Skip to main content

Full text of "Graduate catalog (Florida International University). [1991-1992]"

See other formats


DO  NOT  REMOVE 


Spes  Scientiia  Facultas 


T 


GRADUATE 
CATALOG 

1991  ^  1992 


Florida  International  University 


Florida  International  University 

Member  of  the  State  University  System 
Miami,  Florida 

1991  - 1992  Graduate  Catalog 
Contents 


2 

Academic  Calendar 

5 

State  Board  of  Education 

5 

Florida  Board  of  Regents 

5 

University  Officials 

5 

General  Information 

6 

Accreditation  and  Memberships 

6 

Southeast  Florida  Educational  Consonium 

6 

Academic  Degree  Programs 

7 

Certificate  Programs 

8 

Admissions 

10 

Registration 

10 

Academic  Regulations 

14 

Florida  Residency  Information 

14 

Financial  Aid 

18 

Student  Fees  and  Student  Accounts 

19 

Academic  Affairs 

22 

Student  Affairs 

26 

Business  and  Finance 

27 

North  Miami,  Information  Resource  Management, 

and  Budget  Planning 

28 

University  Relations  and  Development 

28 

Centers  and  Institutes 

34 

Statewide  Course  Numbering  System 

36 

Administration  and  Staff 

38 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

80 

College  of  Business  Administration 

103 

College  of  Education 

138 

College  of  Engineering  and  Design 

158 

College  of  Health 

169 

School  of  Hospitality  Management 

172 

School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 

192 

Campus  Maps 

194 

Index 

Editorial  Preparation  and  typesetting  by  FlU  Enrollment  Support  Services. 
Cover  design  by  Office  of  Publications. 

FlU  and  Rorida  Intemational  University  are  registered  marks. 

Rorida  International  University  believes  in  equal  opportunity  practices  which  conform  to 

all  laws  against  discrimination  and  is  committed  to  nondiscrimination  with  respect  to 

race,  color,  creed,  age,  handicap,  sex,  marital  status,  or  national  origin.  Additionally,  the 

University  is  committed  to  the  principle  of  taking  the  positive  steps  necessary,  to  achieve 

the  equalization  of  educational  and  employment  opportunities. 

Note:  The  programs,  policies,  requirements,  and  regulations  published  in  this  catalog 

are  continually  subject  to  review  in  order  to  serve  the  needs  of  the  University's  various 

publics  and  to  respond  to  the  mandates  of  the  Florida  Board  of  Regents  and  the  Florida 

Legislature.  Changes  in  programs,  policies,  requirements,  and  regulations  may  be  made 

without  advance  notice. 

The  ultimate  responsibility  for  knowing  degree  requirements  and  the  requirements 
imposed  upon  students  by  State  law  rests  with  the  students. 

This  public  document  was  produced  at  a  cost  of  $19,972  or  $0.95  per  copy  to  inform  the 
public  about  University  Programs. 

Fees  given  in  this  catalog  are  tentative  pending  legislative  action. 


2  /  Academic  Calendar  1991-1992 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1991-1992^ 


Fall  Semester 

April  1 
June  1 

July  8  -  9 
July  11  -12 
July  18  - 19 
July  22-26 

July  22  -  23 
July  24  -  26 
July  29  -  August  2 
August  5-9 
August  7 
August  9 


1991 

Last  day  for  International  Students  to  submit  applications  for  Fall  Term  admission. 
Last  day  to  submit  applications  for  Fall  Term  admission  (except  international  students). 

•  Last  day  for  International  Students  to  submit  all  required  supporting  documents  for  Fall  Term  admission. 
Freshman  Orientation  Sessions 
Freshman  Orientation  Sessions 
Freshman  Orientation  Sessions 
Control  Cards  available  for  student  pick-up. 

«  Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  Applications  available  to  students  planning  to  register. 
Freshman  Orientation  Sessions 
Transfer  Students  Orientation  Sessions. 

Official  Registration  Weel<  (Degree-Seeking  Students  only)  by  appointment  time  and  d^. 
Open  Registration  Week. 

Last  day  to  apply  for  Short  Term  Tuition  Loans  for  students  already  registered. 
Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  retain  registered  courses  by  5  p.m. 
.  Ust  day  for  Financial  Aid  recipients  to  validate  class  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses. 

•  Last  day  to  sign  Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  promissory  notes  and  validate  class  schedules  for  students  already 
registered. 

Housing  Check-in  9  a.m.  to  8  p.m. 

Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  Applications  available  to  students  planning  to  register  on  Registration  Day. 

•  Transfer  Students  Orientation. 
Freshmen  Orientation  Sessions. 
Telephone  Registration  available. 
Registration  Day  (10  a.m.  to  7:30  p.m.) 
OlctssGS  Bsoin. 

.  Ust  day  to  apply  for  Short  Term  Tuition  Loans  for  students  wfho  registered  on  or  after  Registration  Day. 
Registration  for  State  Employees  using  fee  waivers. 
Last  day  to  complete  Late  Registration  by  5  p.m. 

•  Drop/Add  Period  ends  at  5  p.m.  . 

•  Last  day  to  drop  courses  or  withdraw  from  the  University  without  incurring  a  financial  liability  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  avoid  cancellation  of  enrollment  by  5  p.m. 
«  Last  day  for  Rnancial  Aid  recipients  applicants  to  validate  class  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses  on 

Registration  Day. 
Ust  day  to  sign  Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  promissory  notes  for  students  who  registered  on  Registration  D^. 
Ubor  Day  Holiday  (University  closed). 
Ust  day  to  register  for  the  October  5th  CLAST  exam. 

Rosh  Hashanah  (No  examinations  or  major  quizzes  may  be  given  during  the  designated  hours.  Jewish  holidays  begin 
at  4  p.m.  the  day  before  the  holiday  and  end  at  7  p.m.  the  day  of  the  holiday.) 

Yom  Wppur  (No  examinations  or  major  quizzes  may  be  given  during  the  designated  hours.  Jewish  holidays  begin 
at  4  p.m.  the  day  before  the  holiday  and  end  at  7  p.m.  the  day  of  the  holiday.) 
Ust  day  to  apply  for  graduation  by  5  p.m. 

.  Ust  day  to  withdraw  from  the  University  with  a  25%  refund  of  tuition  less  bonding  fees  by  5  p.m. 
Faculty  Convocation. 
CLAST  Test. 
Ust  day  to  drop  a  course  with  a  DR  grade  by  5  p.m. 

•  Ust  day  to  withdraw  from  tfie  University  with  a  Wl  grade  by  5  p.m. 
November  1 1            Veterans'  Day  Holiday  (University  closed). 

November  28  -  29    Thanksgiving  Holiday  (University  closed). 

December  6  Classes  End. 

December  7 -14      Official  Examination  Period. 

December  1 7  Grades  due. 

December  19  Grades  Mailed  to  Students. 

Spring  Semester  1992 

October  1  Ustday  for  International  Students  to  submit  applications  for  Spring  Term  admission. 

November  1  Ust  day  for  admission  for  Intemational  Students  to  submit  all  required  supporting  documents  for  Spring  Term  admission. 

•  Ust  day  to  submit  applications  for  Spring  Term  admission  (except  international  students). 

November  12- 15    Control  Cards  available  for  pick-up.  .     ~    •     -r 

.  Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  and  Tuition  Waiver  Applirations  available  to  students  planning  to  register  for  SpnngTerm. 
November  14-15    Freshmen  Orientation  Sessions 
November  18  Transfer  Students  Orientation  Session. 


August  18 
August  19 

August  19-20 
August  21 
August  22 
August  26 

August  26  -  30 
August  30 


August  30 
Septemtser  2 
September  6 
September  9- 10 

September  18 

September  20 

October  4 
October  5 
October  18 


Academic  Calendar  1991-1992  /  3 


November  18-22 
December  2  -  6 
December  4 
December  6 


December  30 
January  2 

January  3 

January  6 
Januarys  - 10 
January  8 
January  10 


January  20 
January  24 
January  31 

February  22 
February  28 

March  2  -  7 
April  1 
April  17 

April  18- 19 


April  18  -25 
A|Dril  24  -  25 


April  27 
April  28 
April  30 


Official  Registration  Week  (Degree-Seeking  Students  only)  by  appointment  time  and  day. 

Open  Registration. 

Last  day  to  apply  for  Short  Term  Tuition  Loans  for  students  already  registered. 

Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  retain  registered  courses  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  for  Rnancial  Aid  recipients  to  validate  class  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses. 

•  Last  day  to  sign  Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  promissory  notes  and  validate  class  schedules  for  students  already 
registered. 

Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  Applications  available  to  students  registiering  on  Registration  Day. 
Housing  check-in  9  a.m.  -  8  p.m. 

•  Telephone  Registration  available. 
Registration  Day  (10  a.m.  to  7:30  p.m.) 

•  Rnancial  Aid  Applications  available  for  1992-1993. 
Classes  Begin. 

Registration  for  State  Employees  using  fee  waivers. 

Last  day  to  apply  for  Short  Term  Tuition  Loans  for  students  who  registered  on  or  after  Registration  Day. 

Last  day  to  complete  Late  Registration  by  5  p.m. 

•  Drop/Add  Period  ends  at  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  drop  courses  or  withdraw  from  the  University  without  incurring  a  financial  liability  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  avoid  cancellation  of  enrollment  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  for  Rnancial  Aid  recipients  applicants  to  validate  class  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses  on 
Registration  Day. 

•  Last  day  to  sign  Short  Temfi  Tuition  Loan  promissory  notes  and  validate  dass  schedules  for  students  who 
registered  on  Registration  day. 

Martin  Luther  King  Holiday  (University  Closed). 

Last  day  to  register  for  the  February  22nd  CLAST  exam. 

Last  day  to  apply  for  graduation  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  withdraw  from  the  University  with  a  25%  refund  of  tuition  less  bonding  fees  by  5  p  m 
CLAST  Test. 

Last  day  to  drop  a  course  with  a  DR  grade  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  witfxiraw  from  the  University  with  a  Wl  grade. 
Spring  Break. 

Deadline  for  1 992-1 993  Financial  Aid  Applications  for  priority  consideration. 
Classes  End. 

•  Good  Friday  (No  examinations  or  major  quizzes  may  be  given  during  the  designated  hours.) 
Passover  (Students  who  obsen/e  Passover  must  make  arrangements  with  their  instructors  for  alternate 
examination  times.  Jewish  holidays  begin  4  p.m.  the  day  before  the  holiday  and  end  at  7  p.m  the  dav 

of  the  holiday.)  ^ 

Official  Examination  Period. 

Passover  ( Students  who  observe  Passover  must  make  arrangements  with  their  instructors  for  alternate 
examination  times.Jewish  holidays  begin  4  p.m.  the  day  before  the  holiday  and  end  at  7  p.m.  the  day 
of  the  holiday.) 
Commencement  Exercises. 
Grades  due. 
Grades  Mailed  to  Students. 


Complete  Summer  Semester  1992 


February  1 
March  1 

March  23 
March  23  -  27 
March  28  -  27 
March  30 


Last  day  for  International  Students  to  submit  applications  for  Summer  Term  admission. 

Last  day  for  admission  for  International  Students  to  submit  all  required  supporting  documents  for  Summer  Term. 

•  Last  day  to  submit  applications  for  Summer  Term  admission  (except  international  students). 

Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  Applications  available  to  students  registering  for  the  Summer  Terms. 

Control  Cards  available  for  pick-up. 

Freshmen  Orientation  Complete  SummerTerm  and  SummerTerm  A. 

Transfer  Students  Orientation  Complete  SummerTerm  and  SummerTerm  A. 


March  30  -  April  3     Official  Registration  Week  (Degree-Seeking  Students  only)  by  appointment  time  and  day. 


April  6 -10 
Aprils 
April  10 


April  30 
May  3 
May  4 


Open  Registration. 

Last  day  to  apply  for  Short  Term  Tuition  Loans  for  students  already  registered. 

Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  retain  registered  courses  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  Day  for  Financial  Aid  recipients  to  validate  class  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses. 

•  Deadline  date  for  1990-1991  Rnancial  Aid  Application  for  priority  consideration. 

•  Last  day  to  sign  Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  promissory  notes  and  validate  dass  schedules  for  students  already 
registered. 

Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  Applications  available  to  students  who  plan  to  register  on  Registration  D^. 
Housing  Check-in  9  a.m.  to  8  p.m. 
Registration  Day  (10  a.m.  to  7:30  p.m.). 

•  Last  day  to  register  for  the  June  6th  CLAST  exam. 


4  /  Academic  Calendar  1991-1992 

May  6  Classes  Begin. 

May  6-12  Registration  for  State  Employees  using  fee  waivers. 

May  8  Last  day  to  apply  for  Short  Tuition  Loans  for  students  who  registered  on  Registration  Day. 

May  12  Last  day  to  complete  Late  Registration  by  5  p.m. 

•  Drop/Add  Period  ends  at  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  drop  courses  or  withdraw  from  the  University  without  incurring  a  financial  liability  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  avoid  cancellation  of  enrollment  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  for  Financial  Aid  recipients  to  validate  dass  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses  on  Registration  Day. 
»  Last  day  to  sign  Short  Term  Tuition  Loan  promissory  notes  and  validate  class  schedules  for  students  who 

registered  on  Registration  day. 
May  25  Memorial  Day  Holiday  (University  closed). 

May  29  Last  day  to  apply  for  Graduation  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  witlxiraw  from  tfie  University  with  a  25%  refund  of  tuition  less  bonding  fees  by  5  p.m. 
June  6                      CLAST  Test. 

June  26  Last  day  to  drop  a  course  with  a  DR  grade  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  witfxJraw  from  the  University  with  a  Wl  grade  by  5  p.m. 
July  3  -  4                  Independence  Day  Holiday  (University  closed). 

August  13  Classes  End. 

August  1 7  Grades  due. 

August  1 9  Grades  Mailed  to  Students. 

Summer  Term  A 

March  26  -  27  Freshmen  Orientation  Sessions. 

March  30  Transfer  Students  Orientation  Session  All  Summer  Sessions. 

May  4  Registration  Day. 

May  6  Classes  Begin. 

May  6-12  Registration  for  State  Employees  using  fee  waivers. 

May  12  Last  day  to  complete  Late  Registration  by  5  p.m. 

•  Drop/Add  Period  ends  at  5  p.m. 

e  Last  day  to  drop  courses  or  withdraw  from  tfie  University  without  incurring  a  financial  liability  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  avoid  cancellation  of  enrollment  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  Day  for  Financial  Aid  recipients  to  validate  class  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses. 
May  15                    Last  day  to  withdraw  from  the  University  with  a  25%  refund  of  tuition  less  bonding  fees  by  5  p.m. 
May  25                     Memorial  Day  Holiday  (University  closed). 

May  29  Last  day  to  apply  for  graduation  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  drop  a  course  with  a  DR  grade  by  5  p.m. 

«  Last  day  to  withdraw  from  tfie  University  with  a  Wl  grade  by  5  p.m. 
June  6  CLAST  Test. 

June  23  Classes  End.** 

August  17  Grades  Mailed  to  Students. 

Summer  Term  B 

May  29  Lastday  to  apply  for  graduation  by  5  p.m. 

June  18 -19  Freshmen  Orientation  Sessions. 

June  25  Registration  Day. 

June  29  Classes  Begin. 

June  29  -  July  6  Registration  for  State  Employees  using  fee  waivers. 

July  3  -  4  Independence  Day  (University  closed). 

July  6  Last  day  to  complete  Late  Registration  by  5  p.m. 

•  Drop/Add  Period  ends  at  5  p.m. 

e  Last  day  to  drop  courses  or  withdraw  from  tfie  University  without  Incurring  a  financial  liability  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  avoid  cancellation  of  enrollment  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  Day  for  Financial  Aid  recipients  to  validate  class  schedules  to  retain  registered  courses. 
July  10                     Last  day  to  withdraw  from  the  University  with  a  25%  refund  of  tuition  less  bonding  fees  by  5  p.m. 
July  24                     Last  day  to  drop  a  course  with  a  DR  grade  by  5  p.m. 

•  Last  day  to  withdraw  from  the  University  with  a  Wl  grade  by  5  p.m. 
August  13                Classes  End. 

August  1 7  Grades  Due. 

August  19  Grades  Mailed  to  Students. 

•Calendar  dates  are  subject  to  change.  Please  contact  appropriate  offices  for  verification  and  updates 

**Grades  will  not  t>e  posted  on  transcripts,  and  graduation  will  not  t>e  processed  until  the  end  of  the  Complete  Summer Temn,  August  13. 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  5 


General  Information 

state  Board  of  Education 


Lawton  Chiles 
Jim  Smith 
Robert  Butterworth 
Gerald  Lewis 
Bob  Crawford 

Betty  Castor 

Tom  Gallagher 


Governor 

Secretary  of  State 

Attorney  General 

Comptroller 

Commissioner 

of  Agriculture 

Commissioner 

of  Education 

Treasurer 


Rorida  Board  of  Regents 
Hon.  Charles  B.  Edwards,  Sr. 

Chairman,  Fort  Myers 
Hon.  J.  Clint  Brown        Vice  Chairman, 
Tampa 
Hon.  DuBose  Ausley  Tallahassee 

Hon.  Betty  Castor  Commissioner 

of  Education 
Hon.  Alec  P.  Courtelis  Miami 

Hon.  Rot}ert  A.  Dressier 

Fort  Lauderdale 
Hon.  Pat  N.  Groner  Pensacola 

Hon.  Cecil  B.  Keene         St.  Petersburg 
Hon.  Peria  Hantman  Miami  Lakes 

Hon.  Ttiomas  P.  Petway  III  Jacksonville 
Hon.  Carolyn  K.  Roberts  Ocala 

Hon.  Joan  D.  Ruffler  Orlando 

Hon.  Ross  A.  Wolf  Student 

Regent 
Hon.  Ciiarles  B.  Reed  Chancellor, 

State  University  System 

University  Officials 

IModesto  A.  Maidique  President 

James  A.  Mau  Acting  Provost  and  Vice 

President  for  Academic  Affairs 

Richard  J.  Correnti  Vice  President 

for  Student  Affairs 

Paul  D.  Gallagher  Vke  President 

for  North  Miami  Campus 

Michael  P.  Morgan  Vice  President 

for  University  Relations 

and  Development 

Leonardo  Rodriguez       Vice  President 

for  Business  and  Finance 

History 

norida  International  University,  a  mem- 
ber institution  of  tlie  State  University 
System  of  Florida,  was  established  by 
the  State  Legislature  on  June  22,  1965. 
Classes  k>egan  at  University  Park  on 
September  19,  1972,  with  6,000  stu- 
dents enrolled  in  upper-division  under- 
graduate and  graduate  programs.  In 
1981  the  University  added  lower- 
division  classes  for  freshmen  and  sopho- 
mores, expanding  its  enrollment  capa- 
city. In  1984,  thie  University  received 
authority  to  begin  offering  degree  pro- 


grams at  ttie  doctoral  level;  these  pro- 
grams received  Level  IV  accreditation 
from  tfie  Soutfiem  Association  of  Col- 
leges and  Schools  (SACS)  in  1 986. 

The  Rorida  Board  of  Regents  ap- 
pointed Charies  E.  Perry  as  the  first 
president  of  FlU  in  July  of  1969.  He  was 
succeeded  in  June,  1976  by  President 
Harold  Brian  Crosby.  Gregory  Baker 
Wolfe  was  named  the  third  president  in 
February,  1979.  Modesto  A.  (f^^ltch) 
Maidique  was  named  the  fourth  Presi- 
dent of  Rorida  International  University 
on  August  27,  1986.  Maidique  received 
his  Ph.D.  in  Electrical  Engineering  from 
tfie  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technol- 
ogy and  was  associated  with  MIT,  Har- 
vard, and  Stanford  for  20  years. 

Goals 

Rorida  International  University  (FlU),  a 
comprehensive,  multi-campus  urban  re- 
search institution,  is  committed  to  provid- 
ing both  excellence  and  access  to  all 
qualified  students  desiring  to  pursue 
higher  education.  FlU  offers  a  compre- 
hensive undergraduate  liberal  arts  edu- 
cation structured  around  a  rigorous  core 
curriculum.  The  University  also  offers  a 
number  of  highly-regarded  master's  and 
doctoral  programs  in  six  of  its  colleges 
and  schools. 

The  University's  academic  programs 
are  designed  to  achieve  four  major 
goals: 

I.To  provide  an  excellent  university 
education  for  all  qualified  students,  chal- 
lenging and  stimulating  ttiem  at  the 
lower-division  level  and  preparing  them 
to  choose  a  major  field  in  the  upper  divi- 
sion, leading  to  selection  of  a  profession 
or  occupation  or  further  study  at  the 
graduate  level.  FlU  encourages  its 
graduates,  as  educated  citizens,  to  pur- 
sue lifetime  opportunities  to  contribute 
to  tfie  development  of  ttieir  community's 
cultural,  aestfietic,  and  economic  envi- 
ronments through  participation. 

2.  To  generate  new  knowledge 
through  a  vigorous  and  ambitious  com- 
mitment to  research  in  all  academic  dis- 
ciplines and  to  encourage  creativity  by 
fostering  an  atmosphere  conducive  to 
tfie  expression  of  ideas,  artistic  develop- 
ment, and  communication  with  the  exter- 
nal community. 

3.  To  serve  the  university's  external 
community,  with  special  attention  to 
Dade,  Broward,  and  Monroe  counties, 
enhancing  South  Florida's  capacity  to 
meet  its  cultural,  economic,  social  and 
urban  challenges  as  we  move  Into  the 
21  St  century. 

4.  To  foster  greater  global  under- 
standing as  a  major  center  of  interna- 
tional education  for  the  people  of  tfie 


Americas  and  the  international  commu- 
nity. 

Campuses 

The  University  operates  two  campuses 
in  Dade  County  and  two  educational 
centers  in  Ft.  Lauderdale.  The  main 
campus  is  located  at  University  Park  in 
west  Dade  County,  approximately  10 
miles  west  of  downtown  Miami.  The 
North  Miami  Campus  is  adjacent  to  Bis- 
cayne  Bay,  at  Northwest  Biscayne 
Boulevard  and  151st  Street.  Broward 
County  area  is  served  cooperatively  by 
the  FAU/FIU  Center,  located  on  the 
campus  of  Broward  Community  College 
in  Davie  and  at  University  Tower  in  Fort 
Lauderdale. 

University  Parl< 

The  University  Park  has  ten  major  build- 
ings including  a  recently  completed  $1 2 
million  Engineering  building,  a  $16  mil- 
lion Cfiemistry  and  Physics  building,  a 
$7  million  College  of  Business  Admini- 
stration Building  (under  construction), 
and  a  $10  million  Student  Center  expan- 
sion. The  campus  development  plan  en- 
vision tour  major  expansion  phases  to 
the  Library  building,  planned  as  a  four- 
teenstory  tower,  beginning  with  the  $1 1 
million  base  construction  in  1992;  a  $10 
million  Arts  Complex  to  be  completed  in 
1993;  a  $3  million  Baseball  Stadium 
Complex  to  be  completed  in  1993;  a  Stu- 
dent HealttVWellness  Services  building 
to  be  completed  in  1992  Labor  Studies 
building  to  be  completed  in  1993,  a  Nau- 
tilus/Fitness Center  to  be  completed  in 
1992;  a  Biology  Greenhouse  and  Con- 
servatory to  be  completed  in  1993;  and 
major  campus  infrastructure  improve- 
ments, including  a  new  major  campus 
entrancemall  for  Tamiami  Trail  access, 
scheduled  for  completion  in  late  1 991 . 

North  l\Aiami  Campus 

The  North  Miami  Campus  encompasses 
200  acres  on  Biscayne  Bay,  including  a 
large  natural  cypress  preserve.  Campus 
facilities  include  six  campus  buildings, 
an  Olympicstandard  Aquatic  Center, 
apartmentstyle  housing  for  -52  stu- 
dents, and  the  Library  with  a  capacity  of 
500  seats,  232,000  volumes,  class- 
rooms, a  modern  foreign  language  labo- 
ratory and  an  instructional  media 
laboratory.  A  $4  million  remodeling  was 
recently  completed  to  accommodate  tfie 
growing  Hospitality  Management  pro- 
gram, including  a  250  seat  auditorium,  a 
restaurant,  lecture  demonstration  labs 
and  multipurpose  commercial  kitchens. 
Future  development  plans  envision  a  $2 
million  project  to  complete  classroom 
and  lab  space  in  the  Hospitality  fvlanage- 
ment  building;  a  new  $9  million  Public 


6  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


Affairs/Journalism  building;  and  a  new 
$1 1  million  Community  Conference 
Center. 

FIU  Broward 

In  collaboration  with  Rorida  Atlantic  Uni- 
versity and  Broward  Community  Col- 
lege, FIU  faculty  and  administrators  are 
working  to  provide  a  comprehensive  ur- 
ban university  presence  in  Broward 
County.  Both  FIU  Broward  facilities  are 
staffed  to  provide  full  student  services  in- 
cluding admissions,  registration,  finan- 
cial aid,  academic  advising,  student 
activities,  and  career  counseling. 

The  University  offers  full  degree  pro- 
grams ctnd  a  variety  of  supplementary 
courses  at  two  major  academic  centers 
in  Broward  County. 

The  FIU  Broward  Program,  located 
in  western  Fort  Lauderdale  emphasizes 
undergraduate  programs  in  cooperation 
with  Broward  Community  College.  Un- 
der ttie  2+2  program,  students  enroll  in 
BCC  for  the  first  tvw)  years  of  university 
study  and  FIU  provides  the  final  two 
years  and  awards  the  bachelor's  degree 
to  graduates.  Tfie  University  Tower,  in 
downtown  Fort  Lauderdale,  serves  as 
thie  administrative  headquarters  for  the 
FIU  Broward  programs  and  as  a  major 
instructional  facility.  Tfie  University 
Tower  is  primarily  utilized  to  provide 
graduate  programs,  research  and  serv- 
ices to  residents  and  businesses  and 
service  industries  in  thie  area. 

General  Academic  Information 

Rorida  International  University  offers  a 
variety  of  academic  programs  and 
courses  at  the  bachielor's,  master's,  and 
doctorate  degree  levels  which  are  de- 
signed to  respond  to  the  changing 
needs  of  tfie  growing  metropolitan  areas 
of  South  Florida.  Degree  programs  are 
offered  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences, College  of  Business  Administra- 
tion, College  of  Education,  College  of 
Engineering  and  Design,  College  of 
Health,  School  of  Hospitality  Manage- 
ment, School  of  Nursing,  and  School  of 
Public  Affairs  and  Services. 

Accreditation  and 
Memberships 

All  academic  programs  of  tfie  University 
are  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation and  tfie  Florida  Board  of  Re- 
gents. Tfie  University  is  an  accredited 
member  of  the  Southern  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Schools.  Tfie  professional 
programs  of  tfie  respective  scfiools  of 
tfie  University  are  accredited  or  ap- 
proved by  tfie  appropriate  professional 
associations,  or  are  pursuing  full  profes- 
sional accreditation  or  approval. 


Tfie  University  is  also  an  affiliate 
member  of  the  Association  of  Upper 
Level  Colleges  and  Universities,  tfie 
American  ^sociation  of  State  Colleges 
and  Universities,  the  Florida  Association 
of  Colleges  and  Universities,  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Community  and  Jun- 
ior Colleges,  a  Charter  Member  of  tfie 
Southeast  Rorida  Educational  Consor- 
tium, and  numerous  otfier  educational 
and  professional  assodations. 

Tfie  following  agencies  have  accred- 
ited professional  programs  at  the  Univer- 
sity: 

Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering 
and  Technology 

American  Assembly  of  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business 

American  Association  of  Colleges  of 
Teacher  Education 

American  Chemical  Society 

American  Council  of  Construction 
Education 

Council  of  Graduate  Scfiools  in  the 
United  States 

Rorida  Consortium  on  Multilingual 
and  Multicultural  Education 

National  Accrediting  Agency  for 
Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences 

National  Association  of  Colleges  of 
Nursing 

National  Association  of  Schools  of 
Public  Affairs 

National  League  of  Nursing 

The  Accreditation  Board  of 
Engineering  and  Technology 

Tfie  American  Dietetics  Association 

Tfie  American  Medical  Association 

Tfie  American  Medical  Record 
Association 

Tfie  American  Occupational  Tfierapy 
Association 

Tfie  American  Physical  Therapy 
Association 

Tfie  American  Society  of  Clinical 
Patfiologists 

The  Council  on  Social  Work 
Education 

Southeast  Florida  Educational 
Consortium 

Rorida  International  University,  Broward 
Community  College,  and  Miami-Dade 
Community  College  are  charter  mem- 
bers of  tfie  Southeast  Rorida  Educa- 
tional Consortium,  which  was 
established  in  1977.  This  organization 
links  the  member  institutions  in  plan- 
ning, maintaining,  and  evaluating  coop- 
erative efforts  in  academic  programs, 
student  services,  and  administrative  sup- 
port services. 


Tfie  overall  objectives  of  tfie  Consor- 
tium are  to: 

1 .  Increase  and  improve  educational 
opportunities. 

2.  Ensure  smooth  transition  from  tfie 
community  college  to  the  university. 

3.  Provide  easy  access  to  institu- 
tional sen/ices  for  students  and  facul^. 

4.  Effectively  utilize  human  and  fiscal 
resources. 

Descriptions  of  specific  cooperative 
arrangements  between  thie  Consortium 
memljer  campuses  and  student  and  fac- 
ulty procedures  are  given  in  the  appro- 
priate sections  of  this  Catalog. 

Academic  Programs 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Master  of  Arts  in 

Comparative  Sociology 

Economics 

Hispanic  Studies 

History 

International  Studies 

Linguistics 

Master  of  Rne  Arts  In  Creative  Writing 

Master  of  Science  in 

Biology 
Cfiemistry 
Computer  Science 
Environmental  and  Urtan  Systems 

(jointly  with  the  College  of 

Engineering  arxJ  Design) 
Geology 

Mass  Communication 
Matfiematical  Sciences 
Psychology 
Physics 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 

Biology 

Computer  Science 
Economics 
Psychology 

College  of  Business 

Administration 

Master  of  Accounting 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

Master  of  International  Business 

IMaster  of  Science  in  Rnance 

Master  of  Science  in  Management 

Information  Systems 
Master  of  Science  in  Taxation 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Business 
Administration 

College  of  Education 

Master  of  Science  in 

Adult  Education  and  Human  Resource 
Development 
Art  Education 
Business  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  7 


Counselor  Education  (School  and 

Community) 
Diagnostic  TeacWng  (majors  in 

Emotional  Disturtiance,  Mental 

Retardation,  and  Specific  Learning 

Disabilities) 
Early  Childhood  Education 
Educational  Leadership 
Elementary  Education 
English  Education 
Health  Education 
Health  Occupations  Education 
Home  Economics  Education 
Industrial  Arts  Education 
International  Development  Education 
Modem  Language  Education  (majors  in 

Spanish  and  French) 
Mathematics  Education 
Music  Education 

Parks  and  Recreation  Management 
Physical  Education 
Reading 

School  Psychology 
Science  Education 
Social  Studies  Education 
Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of  Other 

Languages  (TESOL) 
Vocational  Education  (majors  in 

Administration,  Supen/ision,  and 

Technical  and  Vocational  Education) 

Education  Specialist  (Ed.S.) 

Curriculum  and  Instruction 
Educational  Leadership 

Doctoral  Programs  (Ed.D.) 

Adult  Education  and  Humetn  Resource 

Development 
Community  College  Teaching 
Curriculum  and  Instruction 
Educational  Leadership 
Exceptional  Student  Education 

College  of  Engineering  and 
Design 

Master  of  Science  in 

Civil  Engineering 
Computer  Engineering 
Construction  Management 
Electrical  Engineeririg 
Environmental  Engineering 
Environmental  and  Urtsan  Systems 
Industrial  Engineering 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Master  of  Landscape  Architecture 

College  of  Health 

Master  of  Science  in 

Dietetics  and  Nutrition 
Medical  Laboratory  Sciences 
Occupational  Therapy 
Physical  Therapy 

Master  of  Public  Health 


School  of  Hospitality 
Management 

Master  of  Science  in  Hotel  and 
Food  Service  Management 

School  of  Public  Affairs  and 
Services 

Master  of  Science  in  Criminal 

Justice 

Master  of  Health  Services 

Administration 
Master  of  Public  Administration 
Master  of  Social  Work 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Public 
Administration  (jointiy  with  FAU) 

North  Miami  Campus  Programs 

College  of  Business 
Administration 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

College  of  Education 

All  College  of  Education  programs  are 
available.  Please  contact  ttie  College  for 
additional  information. 

College  of  Health 

Master  of  Public  Health 

School  of  Hospitality 
Management 

Master  of  Science  in  Hotel  and 
Food  Service  Management 

School  of  Public  Affairs  and 
Services 

Master  of  Science  in  Criminal 

Justice 

Master  of  Health  Services 

Administration 
Master  of  Public  Administration 
Master  of  Social  Work 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Public 
Administration  (jointiy  with  FAU) 

Broward  County  Programs 

College  of  Business 
Administration 

Master  of  Accounting  (BC) 

Advanced  Certificate  in 
Accounting  (UT) 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

(BC) 

Master  of  Science  in  Fmance 

(BC/UT) 

Master  of  Science  in  Taxation  (UT) 


Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Business 
Administration  (UT) 

College  of  Education 

Master  of  Science  in  Adult 
Education  and  Human  Resource 
Development  (BC) 
Elementary  Education  (BC) 
Courses  for  Teacher  Education  (BC) 
Courses  in  Vocational  Education  (BC) 

Doctor  in  Education  in  Adult 
Education  and  Human  Resources 
Development  (BC) 

Doctor  in  Education  in  Community 
College  Teaching 

College  of  Engineering  and 
Design 

Master  of  Science  in  Construction 
Management  (BC) 

School  of  Hospitality 
Management 

Courses  in  Hospitality  Management 

School  of  Public  Affairs  and 
Services 

Master  of  Health  Services 
Administration  (BC/UT) 

Master  of  Social  Work  (UT) 

Primary  Location: 

BC  =  Broward  Program  -  Davie 

UT  =  University  Tower  -  Fort  Lauderdale 

In  addition  to  tiie  degree  programs, 
a  variety  of  support  courses  are  offered 
fi'om  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Certificates 

Certificate  Programs  are  structured  com- 
binations of  courses  witii  a  common 
base  of  interest  from  one  or  more  disci- 
plines into  an  area  of  concentration. 

Successful  completion  of  a  Certifi- 
cate Program  is  entered  on  the  stij- 
dent's  tianscript  and  records.  Two  types 
of  certificates  are  awarded: 

Academic  Certificate 

Awarded  by  an  academic  unit  to  a 
student  at  the  time  of  awarding  a 
bachelor's  degree;  or  upon 
completion  of  the  appropriate 
coursewori(  to  a  student  who  already 
has  a  bachelor's  degree. 

An  academic  certificate  shall  not  be 
awarded  to  a  student  wfio  does  not  pos- 
sess either  a  bachelor's  degree  or  does 
not  complete  a  bachelor's  degree  pro- 
gram. An  academic  certificate  is  to  be  in- 
terdisciplinary in  nature,  to  ttie  greatest 
extent  possitile. 


8  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


Professional  Certificate 

Awarded  by  an  academic  unit  to  an 
Individual  who  completes  the 
appropriate  coursework  in  the  area  of 
concentration.  The  professional 
certificate  does  not  need  to  be 
interdisciplinary  or  associated  with  a 
degree  program. 

For  details  and  course  requirements, 
refer  to  the  appropriate  catalog  or  sec- 
tion in  each  College  or  School. 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
Academic  Certificates  in 

Actuarial  Studies 

American  Studies 

Consumer  Affairs 

Environmental  Studies 

Ethnic  Studies 

Gerontological  Studies 

Intemational  Studies 

Labor  Studies 

Latin  American  and  Caribbean  Studies 

Linguistic  Studies 

Marine  Sdence 

Western  Social  and  Political  Thought 

Women's  Studies 

Professional  Certificates  In: 

Labor  Studies  and  Labor  Relations 
Legal  Translation  and  Court  Interpreting 
Student  Media  Advising 
Tropical  Commercial  Botany 
Translation  Studies 

College  of  Business 
Administration 

Banking 

Intemational  Bank  Management 

Intemational  Business 

Marketing 

College  of  Education 

The  College  offers  a  variety  of  Profes- 
sional Certificate  and  Add-On  Teacher 
Certification  programs.  Refer  to  tfie  Col- 
lege of  Education  program  listing  sec- 
tion. 

College  of  Engineering  and 

Design 

Professional  Certificates  in 

Advanced  Apparel  Design 
Apparel  Production  Management 
Retailing  Management 
Heating,  Ventilation,  and  A/C  Design 
Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Industrial  Safety  Production  and 

Manufacturing 
Academic  Certificate 
Meinagement  and  Consumer  Affairs. 

College  of  Health 

Medical  Record  Coding 
Occupational  Therapy 


Prosthetics  and  Orthotics 

School  of  Hospitality 
Management 

Hotel  and  Restaurant  Management 
Travel  and  Tourism  Management 

School  of  Nursing 
Professional  Certificate  in 

Advanced  Nursing  Practice  in  Adult 
Health 

School  of  Public  Affairs  and 
Services 

Academic  Certificate 

Law  and  Criminal  Justice 

Professional  Certificates  in 

Aging  Policy  and  Administration 
Gerontology 

Human  Resource  Policy  and  Manage- 
ment 

Intemational  Comparative  and  Develop- 
ment Administration 

Justice  Administration  and  Policy  Making 
Public  Management 
Public  Personnel  Management  and 
Labor  Relations 


Office  of  Admissions 

Rorida  Intemational  University  encour- 
ages applications  from  qualified  appli- 
cants without  regard  to  sex,  physical 
handicap,  or  cultural,  racial,  religious  or 
ethnic  background  or  association. 

Applicants  to  a  graduate  program  of 
the  University  must  meet  tfte  minimum 
standards  set  forth  by  the  Rorida  Board 
of  Regents  (BOR),  ttie  University,  and 
when  applicable,  additional  require- 
ments set  by  each  department  for  ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program. 
Applicants  must  check  the  individual  de- 
partmental requirements. 

A  student  seeking  admission  into  a 
graduate  program  of  the  University  must 
have  a  bachelor's  degree  or  equivalent 
from  a  regionally  accredited  institution 
or,  in  tfie  case  of  foreign  students,  an  in- 
stitution recognized  in  its  own  country 
as  preparing  students  for  further  study 
at  the  graduate  level.  The  applicant 
must  submit  official  copies  of  all 
transcripts. 

In  most  cases,  an  applicant  must,  at 
a  minimum,  present  either  a  'B'  average 
in  upper  level  work,  or  a  combined 
score  of  1000  on  the  Graduate  Record 
Exam  (GRE)  or  a  score  of  500  on  the 
Graduate  Management  Admission  Test 


(GMAT)  when  applicable  and  required 
by  the  individual  department,  or  a  gradu- 
ate degree  from  an  accredited  Institution. 

All  graduate  applicants,  regardless 
of  previous  grade  point  average  or  de- 
grees, are  required  to  submit  the  appro- 
priate test  scores. 

An  applicant  who  fails  to  meet  these 
criteria  may  appeal  the  admission  deci- 
sion and  be  considered  under  the 
BOR's  Exception  policy.  This  policy  al- 
lows up  to  10  percent  of  the  graduate 
students  admitted  for  a  particulsir  aca- 
demic year  as  exceptions  to  the  above 
criteria. 

Foreign  graduate  applicants  are  ac- 
cepted subject  to  space  and  fiscal  limita- 
tions. In  addition  to  tfie  atxjve  University 
admission  requirements,  foreign  appli- 
cants must  be  academically  eligible  for 
further  study  in  their  own  country  and 
must  demonstrate  proficiency  in  the 
English  language  by  presenting  a  score 
of  500  or  higher  on  the  Test  of  English 
as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL).  For 
further  information,  refer  to  the  Interna- 
tional Admissions  section. 


International  Admissions: 
Graduate  Admission  Standards 
and  Procedures 

International  student  applicants  must 
meet  the  admission  requirements  of  the 
University  as  described  in  the  previous 
sections  and  comply  with  tiie  following: 

Academic  Records 

Appropriate  official  transcripts  and  their 
English  translations  validated  by  an  offi- 
dal  public  translator,  and  all  other  appro- 
priate credentials,  must  be  fonwarded  to 
tfie  Office  of  Admissions. 

Proficiency  in  English 

Proficiency  must  be  established  if  the 
native  language  is  not  English.  The  fol- 
lowing is  accepted:  A  minimum  score  of 
500  on  the  TOEFL.  For  information,  ap- 
plicants should  contact:  TOEFL  Pro- 
gram, Box  899,  Princeton,  New  Jersey 
08540,  U.S.A. 

Declaration  and  Certification  of 
Finances 

Upon  receipt  of  tfte  application  for  ad- 
mission, the  Declaration  and  Certifica- 
tion of  Finances  will  be  mailed  to  the 
applicant.  It  must  be  completed  and  re- 
turned to  the  office  before  tfie  Certificate 
of  Eligibility  (Form  I-20A)  is  issued. 

The  University  is  required  by  immi- 
gration authorities  to  check  carefully  the 
financial  resources  of  each  applicant 
prior  to  issuing  the  Form  I-20A.  Tfiere- 
fore,  it  is  important  that  applicants  are 
aware  of  the  cost  of  attending  tfie  Uni- 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  9 


versity  and  have  the  necessary  support 
funds  for  the  period  of  enrollment. 
Applicants  should  refer  to  the  Annual  Es- 
timate of  Cost  Chart. 

The  total  funds  available  for  the  stu- 
dent for  the  first  or  second  academic 
year,  or  both,  must  equal  the  total  esti- 
mate of  institutional  costs  and  living  ex- 
penses. All  items  in  the  Declaration  and 
Certification  of  Finances  must  be  accu- 
rately answered  to  avoid  unnecessary 
delay  in  processing.  This  document 
must  be  received  by  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sions two  months  prior  to  the  antici- 
pated entry  date. 

Refer  to  the  Annual  Estimate  of  Cost 
table  for  more  Information.  A  married 
student  should  plan  on  an  additional 
$3,500  In  costs  to  cover  ttie  living  ex- 
penses of  a  spouse. 

A  couple  with  children  should  antici- 
pate further  yearly  additional  costs  of  no 
less  than  $1 ,800  for  each  child. 

Health  Insurance 

All  international  students  are  required  to 
purchase  and  maintain  health  insurance 
coverage  to  help  defray  the  costs  In 
case  of  catastrophic  medical  emer- 
gency. Coverage  must  be  adequate  to 
provide  for  costs  at  U.S.  hospitals,  usu- 
ally much  higher  tfian  costs  In  many 
other  parts  of  the  vrorid.  Tfie  University 
has  approved  a  plan  which  provides  cov- 
erage of  most  expenses  and  which  is 
adequate  for  the  needs  of  most  stu- 
dents; however,  a  student  may  select  al- 
ternate coverage  provided  it  meets 
minimal  coverage  requirements.  A  copy 
of  tfie  requirements  for  alternate  policies 
Is  availat)le  from  tfie  Office  of  Interna- 
tional Services.  Compliance  with  tfie  in- 
surance regulation  is  required  prior  to 
registration. 

Application  Deadlines 

Please  refer  to  the  Academic  Calendar 
for  appropriate  dates. 

Required  Entrance  Tests 

Graduate  applicants  are  required  to 
take  either  the  GRE  or  the  GMAT.  For 
information  on  tfie  tests,  applicants 
must  contact  ttie  Educational  Testing 
Service,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540, 
U.S.A.  Information  about  test  center  lo- 
cations may  also  be  obtained  at  ttie 
American  Embassy  in  tfie  applicant's 
home  country. 

Tuition 

An  intematloneil  student  Is  considered  a 
non-resident  and  Is  assessed  non-resi- 
dent fees.  Immigration  regulations  re- 
quire an  internationeil  student  to  attend 
scfiool  at  least  two  semesters  within  an 
academic  year.  An  undergraduate  stu- 


dent is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of 
twelve  credit  hours  per  semester,  and  a 
graduate  student  a  minimum  of  nine  se- 
mester hours  per  term.  Please  refer  to 
tfie  section  on  Student  Fees  and  Stu- 
dent Accounts  for  more  information. 

Fuli-Tlme  Enrollment 

Non-immigrant  alien  students  in  F-1  visa 
status  are  required  by  United  States  im- 
migration regulations  to  be  enrolled  full- 
time,  except  for  the  summer  terms,  and 
to  make  satisfactory  progress  toward 
tfie  degree  program  in  each  term;  other- 
wise tfie  immigration  status  may  be  jeop- 
ardized. Full-time  enrollment  is  defined 
as  enrollment  every  term  In,  or  a  mini- 
mum of  nine  semester  hours  (graduate). 

Tfie  laws  and  regulations  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Justice,  Im- 
migration and  Naturalization  Service 
state: 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to 
comply  with  all  non-immigrant  alien  re- 
quirements as  stated  under  tfie  United 
States  laws  under  Section 
101  (a)(  1 5)(f)(i)  of  the  Immigration  and 
Nationality  Act.  The  University  is  re- 
quired to  report  to  the  Immigration  Of- 
fice any  non-immigrant  alien  student 
wfio:  (a)  does  not  register  at  ttie  Univer- 
sity at  the  time  expected;  (b)  does  not 
carry  a  full  course  of  study;  and  (c)  termi- 
nates attendance. 

Granting  official  Extension  of  Stay  is 
dependent  upon  the  student's  achieving 
normal  academic  progress  toward  the 
degree  requirements. 

Employment 

An  F-1  student  may  not  be  employed  off- 
campus  while  attending  tfie  University 
unless  permission  has  been  granted  by 
tfie  U.S.  Immigration  and  Naturalization 
Service.  Normally,  employment  will  not 
be  permitted,  especially  during  the  stu- 
dent's first  year  of  enrollment;  but  under 
very  special  circumstances,  due  to  unex- 
pected conditions  or  emergencies  aris- 
ing after  Ihe  student's  an'lval,  an 
international  student  may  be  recom- 
mended for  a  work  permit.  Adequate 
proof  must  be  presented  to  the  Interna- 
tional Student  Advisor  to  obtain  tfie  nec- 
essary recommendation.  On-campus 
employment  not  exceeding  20  hours  per 
vraek  while  scfiool  is  In  session  is  permit- 
ted. 

Note:  An  international  student  will 
not  tie  granted  admission  to  the  Univer- 
sity until  all  academic  and  non-aca- 
demic requirements  have  been  met. 
Under  no  circumstances  should  a  stu- 
dent come  to  tfie  University  without  hav- 
ing received  tfie  official  Letter  of 
Admission  and  tfie  I-20A  Form. 


Annual  Estimate  of  Costs 

for  Graduate 

International  Students 


Single  Student  (24  sem  hrs) 
Tuition  and  Fees^  $    5,678 

l^intenance^  $    9,300 

Books  &  Supplies  $       750 

f^tedical  Insurance^  $       450 

Total  $  16,178 

^Tuition  and  fees  are  subject  to 
cfiange.  Fees  Irrclude  tfie  Student 
Healtfi  Fee  ($24.50  per  semester)  and 
tiie  Athletic  Fee  ($10.00  per  semes- 
ter). Amounts  sfxDwn  reflect  15  semes- 
ter hours  for  undergraduate  and  1 2 
semester  fiours  for  graduate  during 
Fall  and  Spring  terms  only. 
^Maintenance  Is  estimated  at  $775  per 
montti  to  cover  room,  fxjard,  clothing, 
transportation,  and  incidentals.  This 
cost  Is  for  1 2  months. 
^All  international  students  are  required 
to  carry  medical  insurance. 


All  correspondence  and  document 
submissions  sfiould  be  directed  to:  Of- 
fice of  Admissions,  Rorida  International 
University,  PC  140,  University  Park,  Mi- 
ami, Rorida  33199  U.S.A.,  telephone 
(305)  348-2363. 

Credit  For  Non-College  Learning 

Graduate  credit,  per  semester,  will  not 
normally  be  awarded  for  experiential 
learning. 

In  cases  where  a  student's  learning 
experience  would  appear  to  have  been 
sufficient  to  develop  tfie  understanding 
and  skills  associated  with  a  course  tfiat 
would  otfierwise  be  included  in  his  or 
her  graduate  program  of  study,  fie  or 
sfie  will  be  allowed  to  register  for  Inde- 
pendent Study  credits  and  demonstrate 
competency  through  development  of  an 
appropriate  project  acceptable  to  tfie 
faculty  member  wfio  represents  tfiat  spe- 
cific area  of  specialization. 

Not  more  tfian  10  semester  hours  of 
a  30  semester  hour  master's  degree, 
nor  15  semester  fiours  of  a  60  semester 
hour  master's  degree,  may  t>e  so 
earned.  A  student  wishing  to  have  this 
policy  waived,  wfiolly  or  in  part,  may  peti- 
tion tfie  Dean  of  ttie  academic  unit  to 
which  fie  or  she  has  t)een  admitted  for 
special  consideration,  and  final  responsi- 
tnlity  for  a  decision  will  rest  with  ttie 
Dean. 


10  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


Office  of 
Registration  and 
Records 

The  Office  of  Registration  and  Records 
is  responsible  for  directing  tfie  Univer- 
sity Registration  activities  including  off- 
campus  course  registration,  and 
establishing,  maintaining,  and  releasing 
students'  academic  records.  The  office 
is  also  responsible  for  space  and  sched- 
uling, Veteran's  Affairs,  off-campus  reg- 
istration, and  graduation. 

The  University  Park  office  is  located 
in  PC  130,  348-2383,  the  North  Miami 
Campus  office  is  located  in  AGI-160, 
940-5750,  and  the  Broward  Programs  at 
Broward  Community  College,  Central 
Campus,  475-4160  and  University 
Tower,  355-5236. 

Classification  of  Students 

The  University  classifies  students  as 
follows: 

Degree-Seeking  Students 

This  category  includes  students  who 
have  been  admitted  to  a  degree  pro- 
gram, but  have  not  completed  the  re- 
quirements for  it. 

Graduate  -  Students  admitted  to  a 
graduate  program. 

Post  Graduate  -  Students  admitted  to  a 
doctoral  program. 

Non-Degree-Seeking  Students 

These  students  may  be  either  affiliated 
or  unaffiliated  in  their  status.  Unaffiliated 
students  are  limited  to  taking  one  se- 
mester of  courses  at  tfie  University.  Affili- 
ated students  must  be  approved  by  the 
appropriate  College  or  School  and  must 
meet  its  specific  requirements.  Under 
no  circumstances  may  more  than  15 
hours,  taken  as  a  non-degree-seeking 
student,  be  applied  toward  graduation 
requirements  at  tfie  University,  if  thie  stu- 
dent should  change  from  non-degree- 
seeking  to  degree-seeking  status. 

The  following  regulations  will  apply 
to  non-degree-seeking  students: 

1 .  Such  students  are  not  required  to 
meet  the  usual  admission  requirements 
and  are  not  officially  admitted  as  regular 
students.  Enrollment  as  a  non-degree- 
seeking  student  does  not  imply  a  right 
for  future  admission  as  a  regular,  de- 
gree-seeking student.  Credit  earned  will 
not  be  counted  toward  a  degree  at  the 
University  unless  such  students  sub- 
sequently apply  for  regular  admission 
and  are  accepted  as  undergraduate  or 
graduate  students. 

2.  Registration  is  permitted  on  a 
space-available  basis  and  is  determined 


at  the  time  of  registration.  Nonndegree- 
seeking  students  may  not  register  dur- 
ing the  official  registration  week  for 
degree-seeking  students. 

3.  No  more  \han  1 5  undergraduate 
level  and  12  graduate  level  semester 
fK>urs  earned  as  a  non-degree-seeking 
student  may  be  counted  toward  a  de- 
gree. Tfie  appropriate  Dean  must  ap- 
prove the  acceptance  of  such  credit. 

4.  Non-degree-seeking  students  will 
not  be  allowed  to  register  for  more  tfian 
one  term  witfiout  obtaining  admission  to 
a  degree  program  at  the  University;  ob- 
taining admission  into  a  formal  Certifi- 
cate Program;  or  acquiring  affiliated 
status  from  the  department  in  which 
they  are  registering. 

5.  Applicants  denied  admission  to 
tfie  University  will  not  be  allowed  to  reg- 
ister as  non-degree-seeking  students 
for  a  period  of  one  year  witfiout  obtain- 
ing admission  into  a  formal  Certificate 
Program  or  obtaining  affiliated  status 
from  the  appropriate  academic 
department. 

6.  Immigration  regulations  prevent 
most  foreign  nationals  from  enrolling 
without  being  admitted  into  a  formal  de- 
gree or  certificate  program,  depending 
on  the  visa  type.  Therefore,  international 
students  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll 
as  non-degree-seeking  students. 

Affiliated  Students 

Students  applying  for  affiliated  status  as 
non-degree  seeking  students  must  be 
approved  by  tfie  appropriate  Dean's  Of- 
fice in  accord  with  criteria  approved  by 
that  College  or  School's  Faculty  Cunicu- 
lum  Committee. 

Certificate  Students 

This  category  includes  students  wfio 
have  been  accepted  into  a  specific  cer- 
tificate program  by  the  academic  depart- 
ment responsible  for  that  program. 
Certificate  programs  are  subject  to  all 
University  regulations. 

Academic  Degree 
Requirements 
Master's  Degree 

The  University  will  confer  the  master's 
degree  wfien  the  following  conditions 
fiave  been  met: 

1.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty  of 
the  College  or  tfie  School  awarding  the 
degree. 

2.  Certification  by  tfie  Dean  of  the 
College  or  tfie  School  concerned  tfiat  all 
requirements  of  the  degree  being 
sought  fiave  been  completed. 

3.  Earned  an  overall  average  GPA  of 
3.0  in  all  courses  . 

4.  Met  the  grade  requirements  for 
major,  core  courses,  and  course  se- 


quences establisfied  by  the  appropriate 
College  or  School. 

Doctoral  Degree 

Tfie  University  will  confer  the  doctoral 
degree  wfien  tfie  following  conditions 
fiave  been  met: 

1 .  Recommendation  of  the  faculty  of 
tfie  College  or  School  awarding  tfie  de- 
gree. 

2.  Completion  of  the  residency  and 
time  limitation  requirements. 

3.  Satisfactory  completion  and  de- 
fense of  a  doctoral  dissertation. 

4.  Certification  to  the  Registrar  by 
tfie  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  ttnat  all 
academic  requirements  fiave  been  met. 

Academic  Definitions 

Program  and  Course  Regulations 

Credit  Hour:  The  term  "credit  hour" 
as  used  refers  to  one  hour  of 
classwork  or  the  equivalent  each 
week  for  an  entire  academic  term. 

Major:  An  integral  part  of  the 
bachelor's  and  master's  degree  is  a 
major  concentration  of  coursework  in 
an  approved  academic  discipline  or 
area.  The  exact  course  and  credit 
requirements  and  prerequisites  for 
each  major  are  outlined  in  the 
departmental  program  areas  in  the 
Catalog. 

Electives:  Students  may  usually 
select  courses  from  any  academic 
area  to  complement  their  area  or 
areas  of  study  or  to  meet  their 
interests  in  order  to  fulfill  the  credit 
hour  requirements  for  the  master's 
degree.  Prerequisite  course 
requirements  should  be  considered  in 
selecting  elective  courses.  Students 
should  refer  to  their  academic 
program  requirements  concerning 
electives. 

Certificate  Programs 

Students  who  fiave  completed  an  ap- 
proved certificate  progreim  will  have  an 
appropriate  notation  placed  on  tfieir  tran- 
script. 

College/Major  Classification 

Graduate  students  are  classified  accord- 
ing to  tfie  college  or  school  and  major  of 
their  degree  program. 

Full-time  course  load:  Graduate, 
nine  semester  hours. 

Change  of  College/School  or  Major 

A  fully  admitted  graduate  student  can 
change  majors,  provided  he  or  she 
meets  the  entrance  requirements  of 
the  new  program,  by  obtaining  and 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Infomfwitlon  / 11 


submitting  the  form  to  the  Office  of 
Admissions.  The  student  is  subject  to 
the  program  requirements  in  effect  at 
the  time  of  the  change  of  major. 

Registration 

The  following  registration  information  is 
subject  to  change  and  students  must 
verify  the  dates  with  the  Office  of  Regis- 
tration and  Records,  PC  130,  University 
Park;  or  ACI-160,  North  Miami  Campus; 
or  at  tfie  Broward  Program,  BCC  Cen- 
tral Campus,  475-4160  and  University 
Tower,  355-5236. 

Registration  for  courses  is  as 
follows: 

Registration  Week  is  held  during 
tfie  preceding  semester  (check  the  Aca- 
demic Calendar  for  tfie  dates)  and  ends 
one  week  later.  Degree  seeking  stu- 
dents are  given  an  appointment  day  and 
time  based  on  ttieir  classification,  GPA, 
and  credit  hours  completed.  Students 
may  add/drop  at  this  time. 

Open  Registration  is  held  folloviflng 
Registration  Week  and  lasts  for  one 
week  only.  There  is  no  appointment  day 
and  time  and  registration  is  on  a  first- 
come,  first-serve  basis.  All  students  who 
have  not  yet  registered  are  encouraged 
to  do  so  at  this  time.  Students  whn  have 
already  registered  may  add  or  drop 
courses  during  tWs  period. 

Registration  Day  is  held  prior  to  the 
beginning  of  the  term  and  is  for  one  day 
only.  Students  who  have  not  registered 
should  do  so  at  this  time  to  avoid  a  late 
registration  fee.  (Check  the  Academic 
Calendar  for  the  date.) 

All  Students,  degree  and  non-de- 
gree-seeking, registering  for  more  that 
18  credit  hours  during  one  semester 
must  obtain  the  approval  arKi  thie  signa- 
ture of  the  Dean  of  their  College  or 
School. 

Telephone  Registration 

All  students  are  able  to  register,  add 
and  drop  courses  using  a  touchtone  tele- 
phone. Students  able  to  use  this  system 
are  given  a  security  access  code  and  in- 
formation on  the  Voice  Response  Tele- 
phone Registration  system  by  the  Office 
of  Registration  and  Records. 

Immunization 

To  register  for  courses,  students  must     • 
provide  the  University  Health  Clinic 
(Tower  Trailer  University  Pari<;  TC  1 10, 
l^torth  Miami  Campus)  with  documenta- 
tton  of  immunization  against  measles 
and  rubella.  Students  should  contact  the 
Health  Clink;  for  more  information. 

Late  Registration  Fee 

Any  student,  degree-seeking  or  non- 
degree-seeking,  who  initiates  registra- 


tion after  Registration  Day  is  assessed  a 
late  registration  fee.  A  student  may  initi- 
ate late  registration  during  tfie  first  week 
of  classes. 

Dropping  and  Adding  Courses 

The  Official  Drop/ Add  period  runs 
throughout  the  first  week  of  classes  (Re- 
fer to  the  Academic  Calendar  for  spe- 
cific dates).  During  this  period  a  student 
may  add  courses  or  register  with  a  late 
registration  fee.  Students  may  also  drop 
courses  or  witfxJraw  from  tfie  University 
viflth  no  records  kept  of  the  courses  and 
without  a  tuition  fee  liability.  The  student 
must  submit  a  drop/add  card  to  tfie  Of- 
fice of  Registration  and  Records  to  offi- 
cially drop  a  course.  If  the  tuition  fee 
fias  already  been  p)aid,  the  student  must 
fill  out  a  Refund  Request  Form  with  the 
Cashier's  Office. 

Late  Adds 

Students  may  add  courses  vwth  appro- 
priate authorization  and  signatures  until 
the  end  of  tfie  second  week  of  classes. 
No  course  can  be  added  after  this 
deadline. 

Late  Drops 

Courses  officially  dropped  after 
Drop/Add  period  and  through  the  eighth 
week  of  the  term  (summer  terms  fiave 
different  deadlines,  please  refer  to  calen- 
dar dates)  are  recorded  on  ttie  student's 
transcript  with  a  symbol  of  'DR' 
(dropped).  Tfie  student  is  financially  li- 
able for  all  dropp>ed  courses.  The  stu- 
dent must  submit  a  Course  Drop  Form 
to  tfie  Office  of  Registration  and  Re- 
cords to  officially  drop  a  course.  Non-at- 
tendance or  non-payment  of  courses 
will  not  constitute  a  drop. 

A  student  may  appeal  the  deadline 
for  a  late  drop  by  submitting  tfie  Appeal 
for  Late  Drop  form.  A  drop  after  the 
deadline  will  be  approved  only  in  cases 
where  circumstances  beyond  tfie  stu- 
dent's control  make  it  impossible  for  the 
student  to  continue;  the  student  must 
provide  appropriate  documentation  of 
such.  The  instructor  will  designate 
wfiether  ttie  student  was  passing  or  fail- 
ing tfie  course  at  the  time  of  ttie  appeal 
to  drop.  The  deadline  to  submit  tills  ap- 
peal is  tiie  last  day  of  classes  of  the 
term. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

A  currently  registered  student  can  with- 
draw h^om  the  University  only  during  ttie 
first  eight  weeks  of  tfie  semester.  In  ttie 
Summer  Semester,  withdrawal  dead- 
lines will  be  adjusted  accordingly.  A 
Wittxlrawal  Form  must  be  filled  out  and 
submitted  to  ttie  Office  of  Registration 
and  Records.  Non-attendance  or  non- 
payment of  courses  will  not  constitute  a 


drop.  (Refer  to  ttie  Academic  Calendar 
for  ttie  deadline  dates.) 

Ttie  tt'anscript  record  of  a  student 
who  wflttidraws  before  or  during  ttie 
DrofVAdd  period  will  contain  no  refer- 
ence to  ttie  student  tjeing  registered 
ttiat  semester  and  no  tuition  fee  is  as- 
sessed. If  the  tuition  has  already  been 
paid,  a  Refund  Request  Form  must  be 
filled  out  witti  the  Cashier's  Office.  If  a 
student  wittidraws  from  ttie  University 
prior  to  ttie  end  of  ttie  fourth  week  of 
classes,  a  25  percent  refurxJ,  less  a 
tiondlr^  fee,  will  be  made. 

Ttie  transcript  record  of  a  student 
who  officially  wittxJraws  after  Drop/ Add 
period  and  before  ttie  end  of  tfie  elghtti 
week  of  the  term  will  contain  a  'Wl'  for 
each  course. 

Ttie  tt'anscript  record  of  a  student 
who  stops  attending  tiie  University  with- 
out officially  wItixJrawing  ft-om  ttie  Uni- 
versity will  contain  an  'F'  grade  for  each 
course. 

A  student  may  appeal  ttie  deadline 
for  a  late  wittidrawal  by  submitting  ttie 
Appeal  for  Late  Wittidrawal  form.  A  with- 
drawal after  ttie  deadline  will  be  ap- 
proved only  in  cases  where 
circumstances  beyond  the  student's  con- 
ft-ol  make  it  impossible  for  ttie  student  to 
continue.  The  student  must  submit  ap- 
propriate documentation  of  such.  Ttie  in- 
stnjctor  will  designate  wtiettier  the 
student  was  passing  or  failing  the 
course(s)  at  ttie  time  of  ttie  appeal  to 
wittTdraw.  The  deadline  to  submit  this  ap- 
peal is  the  last  day  of  classes  or  ttie 
term. 

Grading  System 


Grade  Points  Per 

Grades  Credit  Hour 

A 

4.00 

A- 

3.67 

B+ 

3.33 

B 

3.00 

B- 

2.67 

C-^ 

2.33 

C 

2.00 

C- 

1.67 

D+ 

1.33 

D 

1.00 

D- 

0.67 

F       Failurt 

0.00 

P      Satisfactory  (Pass)  N/A 

IN     Incomplete^  N/A 

Wl  V^fittxlrew  from  University  N/A 
WP  Wittidrew  after  deadline 

witti  passing  grade  N/A 
WF  Wittidrew  after  deadline  with 

failing  grade  0 

AU    Audit  N/A 

DR    Dropped  Course  N/A 


12  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


DP    Dropped  after  deadline  with 

passing  grade  N/A 

DF    Dropped  after  deadline  witfi 

failing  grade  0 

NR    Grade  Not  Reported  or 

Invalid^  N/A 

EM    Examination  N/A 

'in  is  only  a  temporary  symbol.  It  will  re- 
vert to  the  default  grade  after  two  terms. 
^NR  is  only  a  temporary  symbol.  It  will 
default  to  an  'F  after  two  terms  if  it  is 
not  changed  by  thie  instructor. 

Note:  All  courses  for  which  a  student 
is  officially  registered  at  the  end  of  the 
Drop/Add  Period  and  on  which  a  Letter 
Grade,  a  'DF,  or  a  'WF  is  received  are 
calculated  in  ttie  GPA. 

Grading  Options 

The  Colleges  and  the  Schools  make  the 
determination  of  the  grading  option  of 
each  course.  A  course  may  be  offered 
for  a  letter  grade  as  listed  above  or 
Pass/Fail;  or  for  an  optional  grade  in 
which  the  student  fias  a  choice  of  either 
receiving  a  letter  grade  or  pass/fail;  or 
the  student  may  choose  to  audit  a 
course  and  an  'AU'  grade  wnll  be  re- 
corded on  the  student's  records.  The 
grading  option  must  be  indicated  at  the 
time  of  registration.  The  grading  option 
cannot  be  changed  after  the  Drop/Add 
period.  There  are  no  exceptions  to  this 
deadline. 

To  register  for  an  audit,  the  student 
must  obtain  the  permission  and  signa- 
ture of  the  instructor  of  the  course 
audited. 

incomplete  Grade 

An  incomplete  grade  is  a  temporary 
symbol  given  at  the  discretion  of  the  in- 
structor for  work  not  completed  because 
of  serious  interruption  not  caused  by  the 
student's  own  negligence.  An  incom- 
plete must  be  made  up  within  two  se- 
mesters or  it  will  automatically  default  to 
the  grade  that  ttie  student  earned  in  the 
course.  There  is  no  extension  of  the  two 
semester  deadline.  The  student  must 
not  register  again  for  the  course  to 
make  up  ttie  incomplete. 

Forgiveness  Policy 

A  forgiveness  policy  is  a  way  in  which  a 
student  may  repeat  a  limited  number  of 
courses  to  improve  his  or  her  grade 
point  average  (GPA)  by  having  only  the 
grade  received  on  ttie  last  repeat  used 
in  its  calculation.  Under  the  University's 
forgiveness  policy,  a  student  must  file  a 
Repeated  Course  Form  with  the  Office 
of  Registration  and  Records.  The  form 
must  be  submitted  no  later  than  one 
year  after  the  semester  in  which  the 
grade  was  received.  All  courses  taken 


wnth  the  grades  earned  will  be  recorded 
on  the  student's  trsmscript.  The  re- 
peated course  form  will  not  be  proc- 
essed if  the  first  or  repeated  grade 
received  is  'DR',  'DP',  'Wl',  'WP',  'AU', 
'NR',  or  'EM'.  Repeated  courses  will  be 
appropriately  designated  (T:  attempted; 
R:  last  repeat). 

Graduate  students  may  repeat  no 
more  than  tvro  courses  under  this  njle 
with  no  course  being  repeated  more 
than  once.  Ttie  course  shall  be  re- 
peated on  a  letter  grade  basis.  Only  the 
grade  and  credit  received  in  ttie  second 
attempt  shall  be  used  in  computing  the 
overall  GPA.  However,  tfie  original 
grade  will  remain  posted  on  the  stu- 
dent's pennanent  record,  txjt  will  not  be 
used  in  computing  the  overall  GPA. 

A  course  taken  on  a  letter  grade  ba- 
sis must  be  repeated  on  the  same  ba- 
sis. A  student  will  not  be  allowed 
additional  credit  or  quality  points  for  a  re- 
peated course  unless  the  course  is  spe- 
cifically designated  as  repeatable 
(independent  study,  studio  courses, 
etc.).  If  a  student  is  not  using  the  forgive- 
ness policy,  he  or  she  may  still  repeat  a 
course.  All  attempts  will  apply  to  compu- 
tation of  tfie  GPA  but  credit  for  one  at- 
tempt will  apply  toward  graduation. 
Students  must  check  with  the  appropri- 
ate academic  department  to  determine 
whether  there  are  additional  restrictions 
on  repeating  courses. 

Departmental  Credit  by 
Examination 

Departmental  credit  by  examination  is 
available  for  certain  courses.  A  student 
who  has  already  gained  knowledge  of  a 
subject  offered  at  the  University  and 
wfx3  wishes  to  take  an  examination  in 
lieu  of  taking  the  course  should  discuss 
the  matter  with  his  or  hier  academic  advi- 
sor and  with  the  department  offering  ttie 
course. 

Awarding  departmental  credit  by  ex- 
amination is  ttie  prerogative  of  each  aca- 
demic unit.  To  receive  credit  by 
examination,  a  student  must  be  a  regu- 
lar degree-seeking  student,  register, 
and  pay  for  the  courses  in  the  regular 
manner.  Once  the  student  is  awarded 
the  Departmental  Credit  by  Examina- 
tion, an  EM  grade  will  be  recorded  on 
the  transcript. 

Change  or  Correction  of  Grades 

Once  submitted,  end-of-semester 
grades  (except  Incompletes  and  NR's, 
which  default  at  the  end  of  two  terms) 
are  final  sind  are  subject  to  change  only 
through  a  Change  of  Grade  Form  to  cor- 
rect an  error  in  computation  or  transcrib- 
ing, or  v\rtiere  part  of  the  student's  wori< 
has  been  unintentionally  overiooked. 


Final  Examinations 

Rnal  course  examinations  will  be  given 
during  the  week  following  tfie  last  day  of 
classes  during  each  semester.  The  Sum- 
mer semesters  do  not  fiave  final  exami- 
nation periods  and  course  examinations 
may  be  given  at  the  discretion  of  the  fac- 
ulty member  teaching  the  course. 

Grade  Reports 

At  the  end  of  each  semester,  the  Office 
of  Registration  and  Records  mails  each 
registered  student  a  copy  of  his  or  her 
end  of  term  grades. 

Application  for  Graduation 

Each  student  wfio  plans  to  graduate  is 
required  to  submit  to  the  Office  of  Regis- 
tration and  Records  an  Application  for 
Graduation  fonm.  This  form,  supplied  by 
the  Office  of  Registration  and  Records, 
must  be  submitted  before  tfie  end  of  the 
third  week  of  classes  of  the  academic 
semester  in  which  graduation  is  ex- 
pected. A  student  turning  in  the  Applica- 
tion for  Graduation  after  the  deadline 
will  graduate  the  following  semester. 
Tfiere  is  no  charge  for  applying  for 
graduation.  The  Application  for  Gradu- 
ation must  be  signed  by  tfie  academic 
advisor  prior  to  being  submitted  to  ttie 
Office  of  Registration  and  Records. 

A  student  denied  graduation  must 
complete  tfie  remaining  requirements 
needed  for  graduation  and  must  re-ap- 
ply for  graduation. 

Academic  Warning,  Probation, 
and  Dismissal 

Warning 

A  student  wfiose  cumulative  GPA  falls 
below  a  3.0  (graduate)  will  be  placed  on 
warning,  indicating  academic  difficulty. 

Probation 

A  student  on  warning  whose  cumulative 
GPA  falls  below  3.0  (graduate)  will  be 
placed  on  probation,  indicating  serious 
academic  diffkxilty.  The  College/School 
of  tfie  student  on  probation  may  appro- 
priately communicate  conditions  which 
must  be  met  in  order  to  continue  to  en- 
roll. 

Dismissal 

A  student  on  Probation  whose  cumula- 
tive and  semester  GPAs  fall  below  a  3.0 
(graduate)  will  be  automatk^ly  dis- 
missed from  his  or  her  program  and  the 
University.  A  graduate  student  will  not 
be  dismissed  prkx  to  attempting  a  mini- 
mum of  12  flours  of  coursework  as  a 
graduate  student.  The  student  fias  ten 
wort<ing  days  to  appeal  the  dismissal  de- 
cision. This  appeal  must  be  made  in  writ- 
ing to  the  Dean  of  thie  College  or  the 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  / 13 


School  in  which  the  student  is  admitted. 
The  dismissal  from  the  University  is  for 
a  minimum  of  one  year.  After  one  year, 
tfie  student  may  apply  for  readmission 
(see  Readmission)  to  ttie  University  in 
the  same  or  a  different  program,  or  reg- 
ister as  a  non-degree  seeking  student. 
There  are  no  exceptions  to  tfie  one  year 
waiting  period. 

Dismissed  students  sipplying  for  ad- 
mission or  registering  as  non-degree 
seeking  students  are  placed  on  aca- 
demic probation. 

Student  Records 

Rorida  International  University  assures 
tfie  confidentiality  of  student  educational 
records  In  accordance  with  State  Univer- 
sity System  rules,  state,  and  federal 
laws  including  the  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  as 
amended.  Student  academic  records 
are  maintained  in  tfie  Office  of  Registra- 
tion and  Records  and  in  the  academic 
department  of  the  student's  major.  As  a 
rule,  all  currently  enrolled  and  former 
students  have  the  right  to  review  their  re- 
cords to  determine  tfieir  content  and  ac- 
curacy. Parents  of  dependent  students, 
as  defined  by  the  Internal  Revenue 
Code,  and  who  give  evidence  of  tfie  de- 
pendent status,  have  the  same  rights. 
For  tfie  cost  of  photocopying,  students 
may  generally  fiave  copies  of  any  docu- 
ments in  tfieir  file,  except  for  other  insti- 
tutions' transcripts. 

Release  of  Student  Information 
from  Educational  Records 

The  disclosure  or  publication  of  student 
information  Is  governed  by  policies  of 
Ftorida  International  University  and  the 
Board  of  Regents  of  tfie  State  University 
System  of  Florida  within  tfie  framework 
of  State  and  Federal  Laws,  including  the 
Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy 
Act  of  1974. 

A  student's  consent  is  required  for 
the  disclosure  or  publication  of  any  infor- 
mation which  is  a)  personally  identifiable 
and  b)  a  p>art  of  tfie  educational  record. 
However,  certain  exceptions  to  that  gen- 
erality, twth  in  types  of  information 
wHch  can  be  disclosed  and  in  access  to 
that  information,  are  allowed  within  tfie 
regulations  of  tfie  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act.  The  following 
persons  and  organizations  may  have  ac- 
cess to  personally  identifiable  Informa- 
tion wittiout  a  student's  prior  consent: 

A.  Faculty,  administrators,  staff  and 
consultants  employed  by  the  University 
or  the  Board  of  Regents  whose  work  In- 
volves: 

1.  Performance  of  administrative 
tasks  which  relate  to  students; 


2.  Performance  of  supervisory  or  in- 
structional tasks  which  relate  to  stu- 
dents; or 

3.  Performance  of  services  which 
benefit  students. 

A  student's  prior  consent  is  not  re- 
quired for  disclosure  of  portions  of  the 
educational  record  defined  by  the  institu- 
tion as  Directory  Information.  Tfie  follow- 
ing Directory  Information  may  be 
released  by  the  University: 

1 .  Name,  local  and  permanent  ad- 
dress and  telephone  number(s); 

2.  Date  and  place  of  birth,  and  sex; 

3.  Classification  and  major  and  mi- 
nor fields  of  study; 

4.  Participation  In  officially  recog- 
nized activities  and  sports; 

5.  Weight  and  height  of  members  of 
athletic  teams; 

6.  Dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and 
awards  received; 

7.  Tfie  most  recent  previous  educa- 
tional agency  or  institution  attended  by 
tfie  student;  and 

8.  Photographic  image. 

The  information  above,  designated 
by  the  University  as  Directory  Informa- 
tion, may  be  released  or  published  by 
the  University  without  a  student's  prior 
written  consent  unless  exception  is 
made  in  writing  by  tfie  student  or  tfie 
parents  of  a  dependent  student. 

In  order  to  prevent  access  to  or  re- 
lease of  Directory  Information,  students, 
or  the  parents  of  dependent  students, 
must  notify  the  Registrar  (PC  130),  in 
writing,  prior  to  tfie  first  dass  meeting 
day  of  the  semester.  Access  to,  or  re- 
lease of  Directory  Information  w/ill  be 
withheld  until  further  written  instruction 
is  received  from  a  student,  or  tfie  par- 
ents of  a  dependent  student. 

Students  have  a  right  to  challenge 
the  correctness  of  tfieir  educational  re- 
cords and  may  file  written  requests  to 
amend  these  records.  The  Office  of  Reg- 
istration and  Records  (PC  130)  may  be 
contacted  for  furttier  Information  regard- 
ing the  procedure  to  follow  In  filing  com- 
plaints. 

For  complete  information  regarding 
the  policies  outlined  alxive,  please  con- 
tact: 

Registrar 

Office  Registration  &  Records 

PC  130 

Rorida  International  University 

University  Park 

f^iami,  Rorida  33199 

Transcripts 

The  transcript  Is  the  complete  student 
record  of  courses  taken  at  tfie  Univer- 
sity, in  addition  to  tfie  number  of  transfer 
credits  accepted.  The  GPA  is  calculated 


for  £tll  courses  taken  at  tfie  University  af- 
ter Fall  Term  1975  wfiether  tfie  courses 
are  in  the  major  program  or  not.  Once  a 
baccalaureate,  master's,  or  doctorate 
degree  is  earned,  the  GPA  recalculation 
starts  again. 

A  student  must  request  his  or  her 
transcript  in  viniting.  Ttiere  Is  a  process- 
ing period.  The  transcript  will  not  be  re- 
leased if  the  student  has  a  University 
financial  liability. 

Class  Attendance 

The  University  does  not  fiave  an  atten- 
dance policy.  However,  individual  fac- 
ulty may  establish  attendance  criteria  in 
classes  where  it  is  necessary  for  aca- 
demic reasons.  Academic  units  may  es- 
tablish tfieir  own  attendance  policies 
with  tfie  approval  of  tfie  Provost. 

Veterans  Information 

The  Office  of  Veterans  Affairs  assists  all 
veterans  and  their  dependents  wfio 
wish  to  receive  VA  educational  fcienefits. 
The  Office  also  provides  personal  coun- 
seling, fee  deferments,  tutorial  assis- 
tance, and  wori<-shjdy  jobs.  Tfie  VA 
Office  is  located  in  PC  130,  University 
Park;  and  in  ACI-160,  North  l\^iami 
Campus. 

Veterans  who  are  planning  to  attend 
tfie  University  should  contact  ttie  Office 
of  Veterans  Affairs  two  montfis  prior  to 
tfie  date  of  entiy  in  order  to  expedite  ttie 
processing  of  paperwork  required  to  ob- 
tain educational  allowances  from  the 
Veterans  Administration. 

Training  Status 

Full  time        9  Credits 
3/4  time         7  Credits 
1/2  time         5  Credits 
Less  tfian 
1/2  time     4  Credits 

Rate  of  Payment^ 
Number  of  Dependents 

For  rate  of  montiily  payment  of  educa- 
tional allowances  for  veterans  and  de- 
pendents, please  contact  Office  of 
Veteran's  Affairs. 

For  additional  information  regarding 
other  Veterans  Educational  Programs, 
contact  tfie  Office  of  Veterans  Affairs  at 
University  Park,  PC  130,  348-2838. 

Status  Certification 

The  Veterans  Affairs  Office  also  verifies 
the  school  status  of  all  past  and  present 
students  for  purposes  of  Social  Security, 
tijition  reimbursement,  employment,  and 
loan  deferrals. 


14  /  General  InfoimaUon 


Graduate  Catalog 


Enrollment  Status 
Graduate: 

Full  time:  9  credits  or  more. 
Half  time:  6  -  8  credits. 
Less  than  half  time:  5  credits  or  less. 
The  above  enrollment  status  is  for  con- 
tinuous enrollment  for  tfie  semester  tiiat 
the  student  is  attending.  Reduction  of 
course  load  will  reflect  tfie  student's 
status.  See  certification  office  for  further 
details. 

Florida  Residency  Information 
Florida  Student  Definition 

For  the  purpose  of  assessing  registra- 
tion and  tuition  fees,  a  student  shall  be 
classified  as  a  "Florida"  or  "non-Rorida" 
Resident. 

To  qualify  as  a  "Florida"  Resident, 
the  student  must: 

1.  Be  a  U.S.  Citizen,  Resident  Alien, 
parolee,  Cuban  National,  Vietnamese 
Refugee,  or  othier  legal  alien  so  desig- 
nated by  tiie  U.S.  Immigration  and  Natu- 
ralization Service. 

2.  Have  established  a  legal  resi- 
dence in  this  State  and  hiave  maintained 
tiiat  legal  residence  for  twelve  monttis, 
immediately  prior  to  tiie  start  of  the  term 
in  which  tine  student  is  seeking  Rorida 
resident  classification.  The  student's 
residence  in  Rorida  must  be  as  a  bona 
fide  domiciliary  rattier  tiian  for  the  pur- 
pose of  maintaining  a  mere  temporary 
residence  or  abode  incident  to  enroll- 
ment in  an  institution  of  higher  educa- 
tion, and  sfx)uld  be  demonstrated  as 
indicated  below  (for  dependent  students 
as  defined  by  IRS  regulations,  a  parent 
or  guardian  must  qualify), 

3.  Submit  ttie  following  documenta- 
tion (or  in  tfie  case  of  a  dependent  stu- 
dent, tfie  parent  must  submit 
documentation)  prior  to  thie  last  day  of 
registration  for  tfie  term  for  which  resi- 
dent status  is  sought: 

a.  Documentation  establishing  legal 
residence  in  Rorida  (tills  document 
must  be  dated  at  least  one  year  prior  to 
tiie  first  day  of  classes  of  tiie  term  for 
which  resident  status  is  sought).  Tiie  fol- 
lowing documents  will  be  considered  in 
determining  legal  residence; 

(1.)  Declaration  of  Domicile. 

(2.)  Proof  of  purchase  of  a  home  in 
Rorida  which  tfie  shjdent  occupies  as 
his  or  her  residence. 

(3.)  Proof  ttiat  tfie  student  has  main- 
tained residence  in  the  state  for  tiie  pre- 
ceding year  (e.g.,  rent  receipts, 
employment  record). 

b.  Documentation  establishing  bona 
fide  domicile  in  Rorida  which  is  not  tem- 
porary or  merely  incident  to  enrollment 
in  a  Rorida  institution  of  higher  educa- 


tion. Tfie  following  documents  will  be 
considered  evidence  of  domicile  even 
though  no  one  of  these  criteria,  if  taken 
alone,  will  be  considered  conclusive  evi- 
dence of  domicile  (these  documents 
must  be  dated  at  least  one  year  prior  to 
tfie  first  day  of  classes  of  tfie  term  for 
which  resident  status  is  sought): 

(1 .)  Declaration  of  Domicile. 

(2.)  Rorida  Voter's  registration. 

(3.)  Rorida  Driver's  license. 

(4.)  Proof  of  real  property  ownership 
in  Rorida  (e.g.,  deed,  tax  receipts). 

(5.)  Employment  records  or  otfier 
employment  related  documentation 
(e.g.,  W-2,  paycheck  receipts),  other 
than  for  employment  normally  provided 
on  a  tempwrary  basis  to  students  or 
otfier  temporary  employment. 

(6.)  Proof  of  membership  in  or  affili- 
ation witin  community  or  state  organiza- 
tions or  significant  connections  to  the 
State. 

(7.)  Proof  of  continuous  presence  in 
Rorida  during  tiie  period  when  not  en- 
rolled as  a  student. 

(8.)  Proof  of  former  domicile  in  Ror- 
ida and  maintenance  of  significant  con- 
nections while  absent. 

(9.)  Proof  of  reliance  upon  Rorida 
sources  of  support. 

(10.)  Proof  of  domicile  in  Rorida  of 
family. 

(11.)  Proof  of  admission  to  a  li- 
censed practicing  profession  in  Rorida. 

(1 2.)  Proof  of  acceptance  of  perma- 
nent employment  in  Rorida. 

(13.)  Proof  of  graduation  from  high 
school  located  in  Rorida. 

(1 4.)  Any  otiier  factors  peculiar  to 
the  individual  which  tend  to  establish 
the  necessary  intent  to  make  Rorida  a 
permanent  home  and  that  the  individual 
is  a  bona  fide  Rorida  resident,  including 
tfie  age  and  general  circumstances  of 
the  individual. 

c.  No  contrary  evidence  establishing 
residence  elsewfiere. 

d.  Documentation  of  dependent/inde- 
pendent status  (IRS  return  or  affidavit). 

A  student  can  also  qualify  for  "Ror- 
ida" residency  by  one  or  more  of  tine  fol- 
lowing criteria: 

1.  Become  a  legal  resident  and  be 
married  to  a  person  wfio  has  been  a  le- 
gal resident  for  tiie  required  twelve- 
montfi  period,  or, 

2.  Be  a  member  of  the  Armed 
Forces  on  active  duty  stationed  in  Fkar- 
ida,  or  a  spouse  or  dependent,  or, 

3.  Be  a  member  of  the  full-time  in- 
stnjctional  or  administrative  staff  of  a 
state  public  school,  state  community  col- 
lege or  state  university  in  Florida,  a 
spouse  or  dependent,  or, 


4.  Be  a  dependent  and  fiave  lived 
five  years  with  an  adult  relative  wfxs  has 
established  legal  residence  in  Rorida,  or, 

5.  Be  a  former  student  at  a  public  In- 
stitution of  higher  education  wfio  was 
property  classified  as  a  resident  who  re^ 
establishes  domiciliary  status  and  re-en- 
rolls within  a  period  of  twelve  months,  or, 

6.  f^^ake  a  statement  as  to  ttie  length 
of  residence  in  Rorida  and  qualification 
under  tfie  above  criteria. 


Financial  Aid 

The  University  adheres  to  tiie  philoso- 
phy tiiat  a  student  is  entitled  to  a  college 
education  regardless  of  his  or  fier  finan- 
cial condition.  The  Rnancial  Aid  Pro- 
gram at  the  University  includes 
scholarships,  grants,  loans,  cind  employ- 
ment. Instructions  on  how  to  apply  for  fi- 
nancial aid  are  listed  under  Application 
Procedures  for  Financial  Aid.  The  Rnan- 
cial Aid  Office  is  located  in  PC  1 25,  Uni- 
versity Pari<,  348-2431 ;  and  in  ACI-160, 
North  Miami  Campus,  940-5765. 

Loans 

Perkins  Loan  (fonnerly  NDSL):  This  is 
a  federally  funded  loan  in  which  gradu- 
ate stijdents  are  allowed  to  borrow  a 
majflmum  of  $18,000  for  tineir  graduate 
studies  including  any  loans  received  at 
tiie  undergraduate  level. 

Tfiere  is  no  interest  on  the  loan  while 
tiie  student  is  enrolled  at  least  part-time. 
The  repayment  period  begins  at  5%  in- 
terest nine  months  after  tfie  student 
ceases  enrollment  at  an  institution  of 
higher  education.  Maximum  repayment 
time  is  10  years  and  a  minimum  pay- 
ment of  $30  per  montii  is  required. 

Borrowers  who  wori<  in  specially  des- 
ignated jobs  or  geographical  areas  may 
have  part  or  all  of  their  Perkins  Loan  re- 
payment obligation  canceled.  Borrowers 
also  may  be  eligible  to  tiave  tfieir  pay- 
ments deferred  or  postponed  for  spe- 
cific periods  of  time. 

(Refer  to  Eligibility  Criteria  section  to 
determine  eligibility  requirements.) 
Stafford  Student  Loan  (formerly  Guar- 
anteed Student  Loan):  This  federal 
loan  program  enables  students  to  bor- 
row directly  ft-om  eitiier  a  bank,  a  credit 
union,  a  savings  and  loan  association, 
or  other  participating  lenders  to  help 
fund  tiiair  post-secondary  education. 
For  new  borrowers  wfio  seek  loans  for 
periods  of  enrollment  beginning  on  or  af- 
ter July  1 ,  1988,  tiie  interest  rate  is  8% 
and  increases  to  10%  beginning  with 
tiTe  fifth  year  of  repayment.  For  students 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Irrformatlon  / 15 


who  currently  have  7%  or  9%  GSLs,  the 
interest  rate  on  additional  loans  will  con- 
tinue to  be  7%  or  9%. 

Depending  on  the  student's  need, 
graduate  students  may  borrow  up  to 
$7,500  a  year.  The  aggregate  amount 
ttiat  graduates  may  borrow  is  $54,750, 
Including  any  Stafford  loans  received  at 
the  undergraduate  level. 

Loan  repayments  begin  six  to  nine 
months  (depending  on  the  interest  of 
the  loan)  after  the  student  graduates, 
leaves  school,  or  drops  below  fialf-time 
status. 

(Refer  to  Eligibility  Criteria  section  to 
determine  eligibility  requirements). 
PLUS  Loans  and  Supplemental 
Loans  for  Students  (SLS):  PLUS  loans 
are  for  parent  Ijorrowers;  SLS's  are  for 
students.  Both  loans  provide  additional 
funds  for  educational  expenses  and,  like 
Stafford  Student  Loans,  are  made  by  a 
lender  such  as  a  bank,  aedit  union,  sav- 
ings &  loan  association,  and  other  par- 
ticipating lenders.  SLS  arxJ  PLUS  loans 
are  disbursed  on  or  after  July  1 ,  1988 
will  hiave  a  variable  interest  rate,  ad- 
justed each  year.  The  interest  rate  for 
the  91  -92  award  year  will  be  determined 
in  June  1991. 

PLUS  enables  parents  to  borrow  up 
to  $4,000  per  year,  to  a  total  of  $20,000, 
for  each  child  who  is  enrolled  at  least 
half-time  and  is  a  dependent  student. 

Under  tfie  SLS  program,  graduate 
students  may  borrow  up  to  $4,000  per 
year,  to  a  total  of  $20,000.  This  amount 
is  in  addition  to  the  GSL. 

PLUS  and  SLS  borrowers  do  not 
have  to  show  need,  although  like  all  bor- 
rowers, they  may  have  to  undergo  a 
credit  analysis.  To  receive  consideration 
for  an  SLS,  borrowers  must  apply  for  fi- 
nancial aid  to  establish  thieir  eligibility  for 
a  Stafford  Loan. 

SLS  and  PLUS  borrowers  must  be- 
gin repaying  interest  within  60  days  af- 


ter the  loan  is  disbursed,  unless  the 
lender  agrees  to  let  the  interest  accumu- 
late until  the  deferment  ends. 
Emergency  Loan:  This  institutional 
loan  program  assists  students  wrtxi  dem- 
onstrate an  urgent  need  for  immediate 
funds.  Applicants  must  be  enrolled  as 
full-time  students  in  the  semester  for 
which  tfie  request  is  being  made.  The 
amount  loaned  can  be  up  to  $500  and 
must  be  repaid  within  90  days.  This  loan 
may  also  be  used  by  financial  aid  recipi- 
ents as  an  advance  on  their  financial  aid 
awEirds  for  tfie  purpose  of  purchasing 
books. 

Applications  are  available  at  the  R- 
nandal  Aid  Office  and  loans  are  ap- 
proved within  24  hours.  Release  of 
funds  will  occur  within  five  working  days 
of  tfie  request. 

Short  Term  Tuition  Loan:  This  is  an  in- 
stitutional loan  program  available  to  stu- 
dents who  are  unable  to  meet  tfie 
deadline  for  fee  payment. 

To  be  eligible,  an  applicant  must  be 
admitted  to  a  degree  program,  be  en- 
rolled on  a  full-time  basis,  etnd  fiave  no 
outstanding  debts  to  the  University.  Fi- 
nancial aid  recipients  are  not  eligible  to 
receive  this  loan  since  their  tuition/fees 
payment  can  be  deferred  until  tfieir  fi- 
nancial aid  is  disbursed. 

Applicants  who  meet  all  criteria  will 
be  awarded  the  loan.  The  amount  of 
award  is  limited  to  the  student's  actual 
cost  of  tuition  and  otfier  required  fees. 
The  loan  is  due  60  days  from  the  first 
day  of  classes  each  semester.  (Late  reg- 
istration fees  or  other  penalty  ctiarges 
are  excluded  from  loan.) 

Student  Employment 

The  University  offers  employment  oppor- 
tunities through  various  sources.  In  addi- 
tion to  tfie  CWS  Program  which  is 
based  on  financial  need,  other  jobs  are 
available  on  and  off-campus  and  assis- 


tance in  locating  work  is  provided  to  any 
student  through  the  Job  Location  Devel- 
opment Program. 

College  Work  Study  (CWS):  This  is  a 
federal  financial  aid  program  often  in- 
cluded in  the  student's  financial  aid 
award.  It  provides  employment  opportu- 
nities to  eligible  graduate  students.  Stu- 
dents awarded  CWS  funds  may  work  on 
campus,  and  an  effort  is  made  to  assign 
them  to  jobs  related  to  their  field  of 
study  or  special  interests  and  skills. 

(Refer  to  Eligibility  Criteria  section  to 
determine  eligibility  requirements.) 
Job  Location  Developnr>ent  Program 
(JLD):  The  Career  Planning  and  Place- 
ment Office  operates  a  Job  Location  De- 
velopment Program  to  help  currently 
enrolled  students  in  locating  off-campus 
p>art-time  employment. 

Students  seeking  work  may  contact 
the  JLD  coordinator  in  that  office  for  in- 
formation and  assistance. 
Other  Personnel  Services  (OPS):  On- 
campus  employment  opportunities  are 
also  available  through  the  University 
Personnel  Relations  Department  (Em- 
ployment Office)  or  through  tfie  various 
University  departments. 
Caution:  Rnandail  aid  recipients  should 
be  aware  that  all  earnings  from  non-fi- 
nancial aid  employment  will  be  consid- 
ered as  a  resource  for  the  following 
academic  year. 

Eligibility  Criteria 

To  be  eligible  to  receive  Federal  assis- 
tance, students  must: 

1.  Be  enrolled  in  an  eligible  program 
of  study. 

2.  Be  U.S.  citizens;  U.S.  nationals;  or 
U.S.  permanent  residents  or  reside  in 
the  United  States  for  other  than  a  tempo- 
rary purpose  (supportive  documentation 
is  required  to  verify  residency  or  citizen- 
ship status). 


5%  Perkins  Loans 

Repayment  Chart 

Total  Amount 

Number  of 

Amount 

Monthly 

Monthly 

Final 

Total 

Amount 

Borrowed 

Payments 

Payments 

Payment 

Interest 

Repaid 

$500.00 

$30.00 

18 

$9.30 

$  19.30 

$519.30 

1,000.00 

30.00 

36 

28.87 

78.87 

1,078.87 

1,500.00 

30.00 

57 

5.54 

185.84 

1,685.54 

2,000.00 

30.00 

79 

7.93 

347.93 

2,347.93 

2,500.00 

30.00 

103 

17.34 

577.34 

3,077.34 

3,000.00 

31.82 

120 

31.77 

818.35 

3,818.35 

4,000.00 

42.43 

120 

41.84 

1,091.01 

5,099.01 

5,000.00 

52.03 

120 

53.06 

1,363.63 

6,363.63 

7,500.00 

79.55 

120 

79.42 

2,045.87 

9,545.87 

10,000.00 

106.07 

120 

105.37 

2,727.70 

12,727.70 

12,000.00 

127.28 

120 

127.06 

3,273.38 

15,273.38 

16  /  General  Infoimation 


Graduate  Catalog 


3.  Maintain  satisfactory  academic 
progress  in  Itieir  course  of  study  (Refer 
to  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  sec- 
tion). 

4.  Not  be  in  default  of  any  loan  or 
owe  a  repayment  on  a  Pell  Grant, 
SEOG,  or  state  grant. 

5.  Demonstrate  financial  need. 

Other  Fornis  of  University 
Assistance 

A  number  of  scholarsfiips  are  made 
available  by  the  University,  private  or- 
ganizations, or  individuals  for  students 
with  academic  promise  and  financial 
need.  Selection  of  recipients,  award 
amount,  and  eligibility  criteria  are  deter- 
mined by  the  University,  or  the  donor(s), 
or  both. 

Application  information  and  dead- 
lines can  be  obtained  through  the  Finan- 
cial Aid  Office. 


University-Wide  Programs 

To  be  considered  for  a  variety  of  Univer- 
sity scholarships,  students  are  required 
to  file  a  Need  Analysis  Form  (see  Appli- 
cation Procedures  for  Financial  Aid). 

Graduate  Assistant  Matriculation  Fee 
Waivers:  These  waivers  may  be 
awarded  to  Graduate  Assistants  who 
are  to  be  employed  for  a  minimum  of  10 
hours  per  week  and  who  are  enrolled 
full  time  for  at  least  one  semester  during 
the  academic  year. 

Tuition  Waivers:  Tuition  waivers  may 
be  awarded  to  Non-Rorida  residents 
and  foreign  students  to  help  defray  a 
part  or  all  of  tfie  out-of-state  portion  of 
their  tuition.  Awards  are  made  to  stu- 
dents who  demonstrate  high  scholastic 
acNevement,  or  to  students  v\rtT0  have 
special  skills  or  talents. 

Graduate  Scholarships  and  Fellow- 
shlps:  Graduate  scholarships  and  assis- 
tantships  are  provided  to  applicants  who 
demonstrate  qualifications  required  for 
admission  to  graduate  programs.  This  fi- 
nancial aid  may  be  available  in  accord 
with  various  criteria  such  as:  outstand- 
ing academic  potential  and  prior 
achievement,  demonstration  of  financial 
r>eed,  and  minority  recruitment. 

Doctoral  fellowships,  research  assis- 
tantships,  and  teaching  assistantships 
are  awarded  competitively  for  doctoral 
programs  in  Adult  Education,  Biology, 
Business  Administration,  Community 
College  Teaching,  Computer  Science, 
Curriculum  and  Instruction,  Economics, 
Education,  Educatior^l  Leadership,  Ex- 
ceptksnal  Student  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, and  Public  Administration.  Student 
aid  may  be  available  for  other  doctoral 


programs  as  new  programs  are  estab- 
lished. 

Master's  degree  scholarships,  re- 
search assistantships,  and  teaching  as- 
sistantships are  available  in  numerous 
programs.  Students  may  also  gain  part- 
time  employment  to  support  studies  and 
living  costs.  Student  financial  support  is 
also  provided  by  external  agencies.  For 
example,  the  Rorida  Endowment  Fund 
provides  doctoral  fellowships  for  stu- 
dents who  are  Black  American  citizens. 
For  more  information,  contact  the  indi- 
vidual academic  department. 

Fellowship  Program  for  Blacic  Gradu- 
ate and  Professional  Students:  Avail- 
able to  black  graduate  students 
recommended  by  their  academic  depart- 
ments. Awards  are  made  for  Spring  or 
Summer  semesters.  Contact  the  Divi- 
sion of  Graduate  Studies  at  348-2455. 


Special  Schoiarsliips 

Charles  E.  Perry  Graduate  Scholar- 
ships: Available  to  full  time  graduate 
students  with  a  3.5  GPA  or  higher  and  fi- 
nancial need. 

Felix  Memorial  Scholarship:  Available 
to  graduate  Music  majors  with  financial 
need.  Contact  the  Music  Department  at 
348-2896. 

Frank  R.  MacNeill  Memorial  Scholar- 
ship: Available  to  U.S.  graduate  stu- 
dents majoring  in  Insurance  or 
Marketing  with  financial  need  and  a  3.0 
GPA  or  higher. 

Isadore  Hecht  Scholarship:  Available 
to  graduates  of  Dade  or  Broward  high 
schools  who  fiave  completed  10  gradu- 
ate semester  hours  towards  a  degree  at 
the  University.  The  students  must  be  en- 
rolled in  the  Colleges  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences or  Business  Administration,  or  the 
Schools  of  Education  or  Public  Affairs 
and  Services. 

Judith  Seymour  Memorial  Scholar- 
ship: Available  to  students  enrolled  in 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  who 
have  completed  30  semester  h»urs  at 
the  University  and  are  interested  in  his- 
toric preservation. 

Mayor  IHenry  Milander  Public  Service 
Scholarship:  Available  to  graduate  stu- 
dents majoring  in  Public  Administration 
or  Criminal  Justice.  Must  be  a  graduate 
of  any  public  high  school  in  the  Hialeah, 
Miami  Springs,  Miami  Lakes,  Medley, 
and  Virginia  Gardens  communities  to 
qualify.  Must  be  full-time  students,  main- 
tain a  minimum  3.0  GPA,  and  have  civic 
leadership  qualities. 
Ricardo  Nunez  Scholarship  Fund: 
Available  to  full  time  graduate  students 


with  good  academic  progress  and  finan- 
cial need.  Minimum  3.0  G.P.A. 
Dr.  Pablo  Ruiz-Orozco  Scholarship: 
Available  to  full-time  students  seeking 
graduate  degrees  in  Hispanic  Studies 
who  are  natives  of  Ciego  de  Avila, 
Cuba,  or  their  descendants.  If  no  stu- 
dents meet  this  criteria,  a  student  of  Cu- 
ban origin  may  be  selected.  Must  have 
a  minimum  3.0  GPA  and  demonstrate  fi- 
nancial need. 

Pearce  Memorial  Scholarship:  Avail- 
able to  students  majoring  in  Biological 
Sciences  or  Environmental  Studies  who 
are  interested  in  Plant  Science. 
Student  Government  Association 
Academic  Excellence  Scholarship: 
Available  to  full-time  students  with  finan- 
cial need  and  a  minimum  3.5  GPA. 
Student  Government  Association 
l-landicapped  Student  Scholarship: 
Available  to  full-time  students  with  a 
physical  disability,  financial  need,  and  a 
minimum  2.0  GPA. 

Other  scholarship  opportunities  are 
available  through  individual  academic 
departments.  Information  alaout  addi- 
tional externally-funded  scholarships  is 
available  in  the  Rnandal  Aid  Office. 


Application  Procedures  For 
Financial  Aid 

Listed  below  are  all  tfie  documents  re- 
quired to  apply  for  financial  assistance, 
as  well  as  procedures  for  submission  of 
application.  The  deadline  date  to  re- 
ceive priority  consideration  for  available 
funds  is  April  1  of  the  year  preceding 
tfie  academic  year  of  enrollment. 
Need  Analysis  Document:  Students  in- 
terested in  all  forms  of  aid  must  com- 
plete the  Rorida  Rnancial  Aid  Form 
(FAF)  and  mail  it  to  College  Scfwiarship 
Service  (CSS).  The  CSS  will  perform  a 
need  analysis  based  on  the  information 
provided  on  the  FAF  and  send  a  copy  to 
thie  University. 

Financial  Aid  Application  (FAA):  This 
form  must  be  completed  by  all  students 
and  mailed  to  the  Rnancial  Aid  Office  at 
ttieir  primary  campus. 
Financial  Aid  Transcript  (FAT):  All  stu- 
dents who  have  attended  another  institu- 
tion of  higher  education  must  submit  a 
Rnancial  Aid  Transcript  for  each  institu- 
tion attended,  wfiether  or  not  aid  was  re- 
ceived. 

Income  Tax  Return:  Students  selected 
for  verification  by  tfie  U.S.  Dept.  of  Edu- 
cation and  students  who  claim  to  be  in- 
dependent and  are  under  24  years  of 
age  must  submit  an  official  (signed) 
copy  of  their  (and  spouse)  previous  year 
Income  Tax  Return  (1040,  I040A,  or 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  / 17 


1040EZ)  to  the  Rnancial  Aid  Office.  An 
official  (signed)  copy  of  their  parents'  tax 
return  will  also  be  required.  The  appli- 
cant's name  and  social  security  number 
should  be  written  at  the  top  of  the  Par- 
ent's Income  Tax  Fonri  to  insure  proper 
student  identification.  (Students  and/or 
parents  who  did/will  not  file  must  submit 
an  Income  Certification  Statement  for 
IRS  Non-Rlers  available  in  the  Financial 
Aid  Office.) 

PLUS  and  SLS  Applicants:  A  separate 
application  is  required  in  addition  to  the 
other  documents.  The  Financial  Aid  Of- 
fice will  mail  all  completed  loan  applica- 
tions directly  to  the  student.  Unless  the 
applicant  specifies  a  particular  lender, 
he/she  must  make  their  own  contacts 
with  lenders  regarding  the  completed 
application. 

Additional  information  may  be  re- 
quested by  the  Financial  Aid  Office  be- 
fore issuing  an  award  package. 
Note:  The  University  will  not  begin  proc- 
essing financial  aid  applications  until  all 
eligibility  criteria  are  met  and  application 
forms  are  properiy  completed.  It  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  comply  with 
all  requirements.  All  forms  and  addi- 
tional information  may  be  obtained  from 
tfie  Financial  Aid  Office  on  eitiier 
campus. 


Notification  of  Award 

Once  a  need  assessment  has  been 
completed,  a  notice  of  award  will  be 
mailed  to  the  applk^ant. 

It  Is  tiie  student's  responsibility  to  re- 
view tiie  award  and  all  its  conditions 
prior  to  accepting  tfie  aid  offer.  The  stu- 
dent must  then  return  the  signed  copy 
of  the  award  along  with  all  other  re- 
quired documents  witiiin  15  days  or 
make  an  appointment  witii  a  financial 
aid  officer  to  discuss  any  concerns 
he/she  may  have.  If  the  student  fails  to 
do  this,  the  award  will  be  canceled  and 
tiiose  funds  wrill  be  offered  to  other  eligi- 
ble applicants. 

Disbursement  of  Aid 

All  financial  aid  recipients  must  go  to  tiie 
Cashier's  Office  to  have  their  dass 
schedule  validated  prior  to  the  date 
shown  on  the  Fee  Due  Notice  received 
during  registration.  Failure  to  do  this  will 
result  in  the  cancellation  of  all  classes 
for  the  semester. 

Rnancial  aid  cfiecks  will  generally  be 
available  one  month  after  classes  begin 
each  semester. 

Tuition,  fees,  housing  fees,  and 
otfier  outstanding  debts  will  be  de- 
ducted before  releasing  any  funds  to  tfie 
student. 


Satisfactory  Academic 
Progress 

In  keeping  with  guidelines  set  by  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Education,  the  R- 
nancial  Aid  Office  must  determine  if  a 
student  is  maintaining  satisfactory  pro- 
gress for  the  receipt  of  Titie  IV  student  fi- 
nancial aid  (Pell  Grant,  Supplemental 
Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  College 
Wori<  Study,  Perkins  Loans,  Stafford 
Student  Loan/PLUS  Loan,  SLS  Loan, 
and  State  Student  Incentive  Grant  pro- 
grams). This  rule  applies  regardless  of 
the  student's  previous  financial  aid  his- 
tory. 

Tlie  student  must  show  incrementeil 
progress  in  his  or  her  coursework  along 
the  continuum  of  attendance  toward  de- 
gree completion,  as  well  as  remain  in 
good  academic  standing  to  be  eligible 
for  aid. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  tiie  satis- 
factory progress  criteria  will  be  issued 
warnings,  placed  on  probation,  or  have 
all  aid  suspended.  If  a  student  dis- 
agrees with  tiie  Rnancial  Aid  Office's  de- 
cision, tie  or  she  will  have  tiie  right  to 
appeal.  (The  complete  Satisfactory  Pro- 
gress Policy  statement  is  available  in 
tfie  Rnancial  Aid  Office  and  one  copy  is 
provided  to  each  financial  aid  applicant 
along  with  the  notification  of  tfieir  finan- 
cial aid  eligibility.) 

Financial  Aid 
Refunds/Repayments 

When  a  student  receiving  financial  aid 
withdraws  or  drops  below  the  required 
hours  for  receipt  of  that  aid,  tiie  amount 
of  refund  due  (according  to  tiie  Univer- 
sity Refund  Polk;y)  is  refunded  back  into 
the  financial  aid  programs  from  which 
the  student  received  money.  In  addition, 
a  portion  of  tiie  financial  aid  received  as 
cash  disbursement  for  non-instructional 
costs  must  be  repaid  by  the  student  to 
tfie  University. 

The  complete  Refund/Repayment 
Policy  Statement  and  distribution  formu- 
las are  available  in  tfie  Financial  Aid 
Office. 


Students'  Rights  and 
Responsibilities 

As  a  recipient  of  financial  aid,  ttiere  are 
certain  rights  and  responsibilities  of 
which  stijdents  should  be  aware.  By 
knowing  them,  ttiey  will  be  in  a  better  po- 
sition to  make  decisions  which  could  in- 
fluence tfieir  educational  goals  and 
objectives. 

Students  fiave  the  right  to  know: 


1 .  What  financial  aid  programs  are 
available  at  Florida  International  Univer- 
sity. 

2.  The  process  and  procedures  that 
must  be  followed  in  order  to  be  consid- 
ered for  financial  aid. 

3.  The  criteria  used  in  selection  of  re- 
cipients, and  the  method  used  for  calcu- 
lating need. 

4.  The  various  programs  in  tfie  finan- 
cial aid  award  and  flow  the  need  was  de- 
termined. 

5.  The  refund  and  payment  policy  at 
tiie  University. 

6.  How  the  Rnancial  Aid  Office 
makes  its  determination  on  such  ques- 
tions as  student  progress,  the  appeal 
process,  and  other  decisions. 

7.  The  terms,  including  repayment, 
of  any  loan  allocated  by  the  University. 

8.  What  special  facilities  and  serv- 
ices are  available  to  tiie  handicapped. 

Students  are  responsible  for: 

1.  The  timely  and  proper  completion 
of  all  necessary  forms  by  the  estab- 
lished deadlines,  eind  tfie  accuracy  of 
any  information  provided  to  tfie  Univer- 
sity In  tiie  financial  aid  application. 

2.  Promptiy  providing  any  additional 
information  requested  by  tiie  Financial 
Aid  Office. 

3.  Keeping  tfie  Rnancial  Aid  Office 
informed  of  any  changes  in  address, 
name,  marital  status,  financial  sihjation, 
or  any  cfiange  in  tfieir  student  status. 

4.  Reading  and  understanding  all  fi- 
nancial aid  forms  sent  to  them  and/or 
signed  by  tiiem  and  keeping  copies  of 
tiie  forms. 

5.  Notifying  the  Rnancial  Aid  Office 
of  any  scholarship,  grant,  or  other  re- 
sources made  available  to  them  from 
non-University  sources  while  tiiey  are  re- 
ceiving financial  aid. 

6.  Notifying  the  Rnancial  Aid  Office  if 
ttiey  wittidraw  from  tiie  University  or 
cfiange  ttieir  enrollment  status.  Some  re- 
payment may  be  expected  on  a  pro- 
rated basis.  Futijre  aid  may  be 
suspended  if  arrangements  for  payment 
are  not  made  witti  tiie  Financial  Aid  Of- 
fice. 

7.  Maintaining  satisfactory  progress 
in  order  to  be  considered  for  financial 
aid. 

8.  Visiting  tfie  Cashier's  Office  for  an 
exit  interview  if  ttiey  have  received  a 
Peri<lns  Loan  or  Stafford  Student  Loan 
and  do  not  plan  to  return  to  scfxjol  tiie 
following  semester. 

9.  Re-applying  for  aid  each  year. 


18  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


Student  Fees  and 
Student  Accounts 

Fees 

Registration  and  tuition  fees  are  estab- 
lished by  tlie  Board  of  Regents  as  re- 
quired by  tfie  Rorida  Legislature.  These 
fees  are  subject  to  change  without  no- 
tice. The  1990-91  credit  hour  fee  sched- 
ule is  as  follows: 

Credit  Hour  Fees 

Florida  Non-Florida 
Resident     Resident 

Undergraduate  $41.92       $152.29 

Graduate,  Thesis 

or  Dissertation  $74.63       $236.56 

Student  Fees 

Athletic  $10.00        $10.00 

Health  $24.30        $24.30 

The  Health  and  Athletic  fees  are  non- 
refundable fees  assessed  each  term. 

Registration  fees  for  course  audits 
are  the  same  as  the  above  fees,  except 
that  no  assessment  will  be  made  for  the 
out-of-state  portion. 

A  schedule  of  registration  and  tuition 
fees  for  all  programs  is  published  prior 
to  each  semester  and  can  be  obtained 
at  the  Office  of  Registration  and  Re- 
cords. Since  fees  often  change  in  tfie 
fall  semester  tfie  above  fees  siTould  be 
used  for  information  purposes  only.  The 
schedule  of  classes  will  contain  the 
most  accurate  fee  information. 

Fee  Waivers 

Students  using  a  fee  waiver  as  part  of 
the  fee  payment  must  present  the  origi- 
nal and  the  student  copy  to  the  Cash- 
ier's Office  at  the  time  of  payment,  on  or 
before  tfie  last  day  to  pay  fees.  Stu- 
dents wfx)  are  responsible  for  a  portion 
of  tfieir  fees  in  addition  to  the  fee  waiver 
will  be  required  to  pay  their  portion  be- 
fore  the  fee  waiver  is  applied. 

University  and  State  employees  us- 
ing the  State  employee  fee  waiver  to 
pay  their  fees  must  register  on  or  after 
the  day  establislTed  in  tfie  official  Univer- 
sity calendar  for  State  employee  regis- 
tration. A  properly  completed  and 
approved  waiver  form  must  be  pre- 
sented at  the  Cashier's  Office  by  the 
date  published  for  the  last  day  to  pay 
fees.  The  State  employee  fee  waiver  will 
not  be  accepted  as  payment  for  course 
registrations  prior  to  the  announced 
date  for  state  employee  registration. 

Senior  citizens  fee  waivers  are  avail- 
able to  persons  60  years  of  age  or  older 
wtio  meet  the  requirements  of  Rorida 
residency  as  defined  in  this  catalog.  The 
fee  waiver  allows  qualified  individuals  to 
attend  credit  classes  on  an  audit  basis. 


Senior  citizens  using  the  fee  waiver 
must  register  during  tfie  first  weel<  of 
classes 

Rorida  law  requires  that  State  em- 
ployee fee  waivers  and  senior  citizen 
fee  waivers  be  granted  on  a  space  avail- 
able basis  only;  tfierefore,  individuals  us- 
ing tfiese  waivers  must  comply  with  tfie 
procedures  outlined  in  tfie  schedule  of 
classes  for  each  semester. 

Refunds  will  not  be  processed  for 
employees  who  have  registered  and 
paid  prior  to  the  state  employee  registra- 
tion day  and  wish  to  use  the  fee  waiver. 

Fee  Payment 

Fees  may  be  paid  at  the  Cashier's  Of- 
fice at  University  Park,  PC  120,  or  at 
North  Miami  ACI  140.  Broward  students 
may  pay  at  the  Broward  Community  Col- 
lege Cashier's  Office,  by  mail  or  at  the 
Cashier's  Office  at  University  Park  or 
North  Miami.  Night  drop  boxes  outside 
tfie  Cashier's  Offices  are  available  for 
fee  payments  by  check  or  money  order 
through  tfie  last  day  to  pay  fees.  Pay- 
ment is  also  accepted  by  mail.  The  Uni- 
versity is  not  responsible  for  cash  left  in 
the  night  drop  or  sent  through  the  mail. 
Failure  to  pay  fees  by  the  estaWisfied 
deadlines  will  cause  all  courses  to  be 
cancelled.  See  Fee  Liability  betow. 

Late  Registration/Payment  Fee 

Students  wfio  register  or  pay  after  tfie 
publislied  deadline  for  fee  payment  will 
be  subject  to  a  Late  Fee.  The  amount 
of  tfie  fee  will  be  published  in  the  scfied- 
ule  of  classes  for  each  semester. 

Rorida  Prepaid  Tuition  Plan 
Students    , 

Ail  students  planning  to  register  under 
tfie  Rorida  Prepaid  Tuition  Plan  must 
present  ffieir  FPTP  identification  card  to 
the  University  Controller's  Office,  PC 
510  on  tfie  University  Park  Campus  or 
at  ttie  Cashier's  Office  ACI  140,  on  the 
North  Miami  Campus  before  tfie  publish- 
ed last  day  to  pay  fees.  Tfie  portion  of 
the  student  fees  not  covered  by  the  plan 
must  be  paid  by  the  student  prior  to  the 
published  last  day  to  pay  fees  to  avoid 
cancellation  of  classes. 

Rnancial  Aid  Students 

All  financial  aid  recipients  must  come  to 
the  Cashier's  Office  and  pay  the  differ- 
ence between  their  financial  aid  or  scItoI- 
arship  awards  and  their  final  fee 
assessment  and  have  tfieir  dass  sched- 
ule validated  at  the  Cashier's  Office 
prior  to  the  published  last  day  to  pay 
fees.  Failure  to  fiave  the  schedule  vali- 
dated will  result  in  tfie  cancellation  of  all 
classes  for  tfie  semester.  The  validation 
process  cannot  be  handled  through  tfie 


night  drop  or  by  mail,  but  must  be  done 
in  person. 

Fee  Liability 

A  student  is  liable  for  all  fees  associated 
with  all  courses  in  which  he/sfie  is  regis- 
tered at  the  end  of  tfie  drop/add  period. 
Tfie  fee  payment  deadline  is  published 
in  the  official  University  calendar.  If  fees 
are  not' paid  in  full  by  the  published 
dates,  all  courses  will  be  cancelled  and 
any  money  paid  will  be  lost. 

Registration  is  not  complete  until  all 
fees  are  paid  in  full. 

Reinstatement  of  Classes 

Appeals  for  reinstatement  of  registration 
for  classes  cancelled  for  fiscal  reasons 
must  be  filed  in  writing  on  tfie  pre- 
scribed form  with  the  University  by  tfie 
time  specified  on  tfie  cancellation  no- 
tice. Each  request  will  be  evaluated  by 
the  Reinstatement  Appeals  Committee. 
Reinstatement  will  be  considered  for  all 
classes  on  tfie  class  schedule  at  the 
end  of  the  drop/add  period.  Reinstate- 
ment cannot  be  requested  selectively 
for  certain  classes.  The  decision  of  the 
committee  is  final  and  all  reinstatement 
activity,  including  fee  payment,  must  be 
completed  prior  to  tfie  end  of  the  fourth 
week  of  classes.  The  late  registra- 
tion/payment fee  is  applicable  to  all  rein- 
statement approvals. 

Application  Fee 

A  non-refundable  fee  of  $15  shall  ac- 
company each  application  for  admission 
to  the  University. 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee 

A  non-refundable  annual  vehicle  regis- 
tration fee  is  applicable  to  all  persons  op- 
erating or  parking  a  motor  vehicle  on 
both  tfie  University  Park  and  North  Mi- 
ami campuses.  Upon  payment  of  the  ap- 
plicable fee  and  registration  of  the 
vehicle  at  the  University  Public  Safety 
Department  each  vehicle  will  be  as- 
signed a  parking  decal  which  must  be 
permanently  affixed  on  tfie  vehicle.  Tfie 
decal  is  required  for  all  vehicles  parking 
on  campus.  Parking  and  traffic  regula- 
tions are  strictly  enforced. 

Other  Fees 
Library  Fines 

Per  book  per  library  tiour  .25 

Maximum  fine  per  took  $5.00 

Lost  book  fine  $35.00 

Intern  Certificate  of  Participation 

Per  credit  tiour  $4.76 

A/ofe;  These  fees  are  subject  to  cfiange 
as  permitted  by  law.  Additional  fees 
may  be  added  and  special  purpose  fees 
may  be  assessed  in  some  instances. 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  / 19 


Checks 

The  University  will  accept  personal 
checks  for  eunounts  due  to  the  Univer- 
sity. These  checks  must  be  in  the  exact 
amount  due  only.  The  Cashier's  Office 
will  not  accept  checks  above  thie 
Eimount  due,  third  party  checks  or 
checks  for  cash.  State  law  requires  thiat 
a  service  fee  of  $1 5  or  5%  of  the 
amount  of  thie  check  (whichever  is 
greater)  be  assessed  on  a  check  re- 
turned unpaid  by  ttie  bsink  for  einy  rea- 
son. Returned  c^cks  will  be  assigned 
to  an  agency  for  collection  if  not 
promptly  paid.  When  an  account  has 
been  assigned  the  collection  agency  fee 
virill  be  added  to  ttie  University  charges 
for  collection  at  the  current  contract 
rate.  Returned  checks  on  student  ac- 
counts will  result  in  cancellation  of 
classes  and  will  require  petition  for  rein- 
statement. See  reinstatement  of  classes 
above. 

The  Cashier's  Office  will  not  accept 
a  check  on  any  student's  account  which 
has  had  tw/o  previous  dishonored 
checks. 

Refunds 

A  refund  will  be  made  upon  written  appli- 
cation by  the  student  of  all  fees,  except 
tfie  health  and  athletic  fees,  for  all 
courses  dropped  during  ttie  drop/add 
period. 

Students  wtio  have  completed  regis- 
tratkjn  and  have  paid  all  fees  due  and 
have  completely  wittidrawn  from  the  Uni- 
versity prior  to  frie  end  of  the  fourth 
week  of  classes  are  eligible  for  a  refund 
of  25%  of  total  fees  paid  (except  the 
health  and  athletic  fees)  less  the  capital 
improvement  and  building  fees.  Refund 
will  t3e  made  only  upon  written  applica- 
tion by  the  student. 

-  In  ttie  following  exceptional  circum- 
stances, a  full  refund  of  total  fees  paid 
(except  ttie  tiealth  and  athletic  fees)  will 
be  made  upon  presentation  of  the 
proper  documentation: 

-  Death  of  a  student  or  immediate 
family  member  (parent,  spouse,  child,  or 
sibling)  -  Death  certificate  required. 

-  Involuntary  call  to  military  service  - 
copy  of  orders  required. 

-  Illness  of  student  of  such  severity 
or  duration  to  preclude  completion  of 
courses  -  confirmation  by  a  physician. 

Processing  of  refund  applications  be- 
gins after  ttie  end  of  tfie  drop/add  period 
each  semester. 

Appeals  for  hjition  refunds  must  be 
submitted  in  writing  to  ttie  Cashier's  of- 
fice witiiin  two  years  after  ttie  end  of  tiie 
term  for  which  the  refund  is  requested. 
There  are  no  exceptions  to  this  policy. 


Past  Due  Accounts 

Delinquent  accounts  are  sufficient 
cause  to  prohibit  registration,  gradu- 
ation, release  of  tianscripts,  or  release 
of  diplomas. 

The  University  is  not  able  to  grant 
credit  or  time  payments  for  any  fees.  R- 
nancial  aid  is  available  to  those  qualify- 
ing through  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  A 
limited  number  of  short  term  loans  are 
available  to  full  time  enrolled  students 
who  may  experience  problems  in  meet- 
ing fee  payment  due  dates. 

Tfie  University  reserves  tiie  right  to 
assign  any  past  due  account  to  an 
agency  for  collection.  When  an  account 
tias  been  assigned  the  collection 
agency  fee  will  be  added  to  the  Univer- 
sity charges  for  collection  at  tiie  cun-ent 
contract  rate. 

Deadlines 

Students  are  reminded  tiiat  deadlines 
are  strictly  enforced.  The  University  is 
not  able  to  grant  wedit  or  to  extend  tiie 
fee  payment  period  beyond  the  time  set 
in  its  official  calendar.  The  University 
does  not  have  tiie  authority  to  waive 
late  fees  unless  it  lias  been  determined 
tfiat  the  University  is  primarily  responsi- 
ble for  tiie  delinquency  or  ttiat  exb'aordi- 
nary  circumstances  warrant  such 
waiver.  The  University  has  no  authority 
to  extend  deadlines  for  individual  stu- 
dents beyond  tiiose  set  by  the  official 
calendar. 


Academic  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Academic  Affairs  plans 
and  administers  tiie  instructional  pro- 
grams of  tfie  Colleges  and  Schools  of 
ttie  University.  Matters  affecting  faculty, 
cuniculum  and  tiie  development  of  un- 
dergraduate and  graduate  degree  pro- 
grams fall  witiiin  its  purview.  This  office 
also  supervises  academic  support  pro- 
grams, such  as  Continuing  Education, 
ttie  Libraries,  Instructional  Media  Serv- 
ices, Sponsored  Research  and  Training, 
FAU/FIU  Joint  Center  for  Environmental 
and  Urtjan  Problems,  Latin  American 
and  Caribbean  Center,  Center  for  Eco- 
nomic Education,  Institute  for  Judaic 
Studies,  Institute  for  Public  Policy  and 
Citizenship  Studies,  Ttie  Art  Museum, 
Multilingual-Multicultural  Studies  Center, 
Soutiieast  Rorida  Center  on  Aging, 
Souttieast  Multifunction  Resource  Cen- 
ter, and  the  Women's  Studies  Center. 

Providing  direct  service  to  students 
outside  the  classroom,  and  influencing 


ttie  instructional  programs,  tiie  following 
units  also  report  to  ttie  Office  of  Aca- 
demic Affairs:  tiie  Office  of  Undergradu- 
ate Studies  and  the  Division  of 
Graduate  Studies. 

Responsible  for  all  the  academic 
units,  ttie  chief  academic  officer  is  ttie 
Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs.  The 
Vice  President  also  serves  as  liaison  to 
ttie  Rorida  Board  of  Regents  for  aca- 
demic matters,  and  as  a  memlser  of  ttie 
University  Executive  Staff,  ttie  Vice 
President  leads  in  ttie  overall  planning 
and  direction  of  ttie  University. 

(For  detailed  information  on  ttie  Inter- 
national Banking  Center,  Institute  for 
Public  Policy  and  Citizenship  Studies, 
FAU/FIU  Joint  Center  for  Environmental 
and  Urtsan  Problems,  Latin  American 
arKJ  Caribtsean  Center,  Center  on  Aging, 
Center  for  Economic  Education,  Insti- 
tute for  Judaic  Studies,  and  Women's 
Shjdies  Center  refer  to  ttie  Center  and 
Institute  Section.) 

Policy  Statement  with 
Reference  to  Religious  Holy 
Days 

A  faculty  memlser  who  wishes  to  ob- 
serve a  religious  holy  day  stiall  make  ar- 
rangements to  have  anottier  instructor 
conduct  the  class  in  his  or  tier  absence, 
if  possible,  or  stiall  resctiedule  the  dass. 

Because  ttiere  are  some  classes 
and  ottier  functions  wtiere  attendance 
may  be  considered  essential,  ttie  follow- 
ing policy  is  promulgated: 

1.  Each  student  stiall,  upon  notifying 
his  or  tier  insbtictor,  be  excused  from 
dass  to  observe  a  religious  tioly  day  of 
his  or  her  faith. 

2.  While  the  student  will  bie  held  re- 
sponsible for  the  material  covered  in  his 
or  her  absence,  each  student  shall  be 
permitted  a  reasonable  amount  of  time 
to  make  up  any  work  missed. 

3.  No  major  test,  major  dass  event, 
or  major  University  activity  will  be  sched- 
uled on  a  major  religious  holy  day. 

4.  Professors  and  University  adminis- 
ti'ators  stiall  in  no  way  penalize  students 
arisitrarily  wtio  cire  absent  from  aca- 
demic or  sodal  activities  tsecause  of  re- 
ligious observances. 


Office  of  Undergraduate 
Studies 

Ttie  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies  is 
responsible  for  undergraduate  program 
activities  tfiat  span  more  ttian  one  aca- 
demic unit.  Included  in  ttiese  activities 
are  ttie  Academic  Advising  Center,  offer- 
ing advising  for  freshmen,  undedded 
majors,  students  changing  majors,  and 


20  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


non-degree  seeking  students,  and  moni- 
toring of  Core  Curriculum  and  General 
Education  requirements;  the  University 
Learning  Center,  providing  CI_AST  coun- 
seling and  academic  preparation,  na- 
tional test  administration,  and 
assistance  in  improving  academic  skills; 
the  Faculty  Scholars  awards  and  the 
University  Honors  Progrsim;  and  ROTC. 
The  office  is  located  in  PC  1 15,  Univer- 
sity Park,  348-2099;  and  ACI-180,  North 
Miami  Campus,  940-5754. 


Division  of  Graduate 
Studies 

Richard  L  Campbell,  Dean  of 

Graduate  Studies 
Ruben  D.  Jaen,  Coordinator  of 

Graduate  Studies 
The  Division  of  Graduate  Studies  is  un- 
der the  administration  of  the  Dean  of 
Graduate  Studies,  who  reports  directly 
to  the  Provost  and  Vice  President  for 
Academic  Affairs. 

The  Graduate  Dean  is  assisted  by  a 
Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies,  who 
has  responsibility  for  all  requests  for  can- 
didacy certification,  assists  with  minority 
student  recruitment  and  admission,  and 
also  assists  the  Dean  of  Graduate  Stud- 
ies with  the  divisional  matters. 

The  Division  of  Graduate  Studies  is 
responsible  for:  (1 )  the  direction  and 
support  of  all  University  graduate  pro- 
grams; (2)  the  development  of  and  com- 
pliance with  University  graduate  policy, 
procedures,  and  planning;  (3)  graduate 
financial  aid,  acquisition  and  distribution; 
(4)  Universitydientele  linkages  for  devel- 
opment support  and  productivity;  (5) 
graduate  program  external  advisory 
councils;  (6)  graduate  program  review 
eind  accreditation;  (7)  budgetary  support 
and  facilities  for  graduate  programs; 
and  (8)  planning,  development,  budget- 
ary support  and  external  resources. 

Academic  Deans  and  Department 
chairs  within  academic  units  have  the  re- 
sponsibility for  detailed  operations  of  all 
graduate  programs. 

The  Graduate  Dean  works  with  the 
Graduate  Council  in  the  formulation  of 
new  graduate  policies  and  procedures. 
The  Graduate  Council  is  a  subcommitee 
of  the  Faculty  Senate  and  consists  of 
memb)ers  who  also  represent  ttieir  re- 
spiective  colleges/schools  on  the  Coun- 
cil. Thte  Graduate  Council  reviews 
curricula  changes  proposed  by  aca- 
demic units  and  endorsed  by  tfie  Univer- 
sity's Curriculum  Committee. 

Another  committee  in  tfie  Division  of 
Graduate  Studies  is  the  Advisory  Com- 
mittee for  Graduate  Studies.  This  Com- 
mittee makes  recommendations  to  the 


Graduate  Dean  on  the  implementation 
of  graduate  policies  and  procedures  on 
all  programs  that  offer  graduate  de- 
grees. The  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies 
serves  as  Chair  of  this  Committee.  Gen- 
erally, the  members  on  this  Committee 
are  assistant  and  associate  deans  who 
hiave  responsibility  for  graduate  educa- 
tion in  tfieir  respective  academic  units. 
Graduate  students  seeking  informa- 
tion on  general  graduate  policies  and 
procedures,  or  instructions  on  preparing 
and  filing  tfie  tfiesis  or  dissertation, 
should  contact  the  Division  of  Graduate 
Studies  in  PC  520,  University  ParK  or 
call  3482455  for  an  appointment. 


Libraries 

The  University  Litxaries  are  housed  in 
tfie  Athenaeum  (AT)  at  University  Park, 
and  in  a  new  Library  building  (LIB)  on 
the  North  Miami  Campus. 

The  total  library  collection  comprises 
900,000  volumes,  in  addition  to  sub- 
stantial holdings  of  federal,  state,  local, 
and  international  documents;  maps;  mi- 
croforms; music  scores;  newspapers;  In- 
stitutional archives;  and  curriculum 
materials.  The  Library  subscribes  to 
7,075  scholarly  journals  and  other  seri- 
als. 

A  computerized  catalog  of  litxary 
holdings  provides  a  listing  of  materials 
in  both  FlU  Libraries,  and  other  libraries 
in  the  State  University  System.  The  bulk 
of  the  collection  is  housed  in  open 
stacks. 

Classification  of  library  resources  is 
according  to  the  Library  of  Congress 
system,  except  for  some  of  tfie  docu- 
ments and  special  collections  (e.g., 
U.S.,  Florida,  and  U.N.  documents,  ar- 
chives, etc.)  wrtiich  are  arranged  by  their 
own  classification  systems  and  fiave 
separate  public  catalogs. 

In  keeping  with  the  University's  com- 
mitment to  day  and  night  operation,  the 
libraries  are  open  wfien  tfie  University  is 
in  session  and  during  vacation  periods. 
For  exact  library  hours,  please  consult 
tfie  posted  schedules.  Staff  members 
are  always  availalDle  at  tfie  Public  Serv- 
ice desks  to  assist  students  and  faculty 
in  their  use  of  the  library. 

Consortium  Library  Privileges 

Currently  registered  students,  faculty, 
and  staff  may  use  tfie  libraries  of  any  of 
tfie  other  campuses  of  the  State  Univer- 
sity System.  For  access  to  libraries  in 
tfie  southeast  Rorida  region,  students, 
faculty  and  staff  shoukd  consult  with 
members  of  the  Library  staff. 

A  state-of-the-art  system  of  interii- 
brary  loan  links  tfie  libraries  with  others 
throughout  North  America.  It  includes 


the  use  of  telefacsimile  for  time-critical 
requests. 


Instructional  Media 
Services 

Instructional  Media  Services  specializes 
in  the  development,  production,  and  utili- 
zation of  various  types  of  audiovisual 
and  communication  media  for  educa- 
tional purposes.  Tfie  sendees  offered 
are  listed  below,  (an  asterisk  indicates ' 
services  available  to  students): 
The  Production  Centers^  are  "do-it- 
yourself  media  and  graphic  arts  produc- 
tions labs,  providing  technical 
assistance  to  faculty,  staff  and  students 
in  the  creation  of  visual  aids  such  as 
slides,  overtieads,  flyers,  posters  and 
cfiarts  for  classroom  presentations,  pa- 
pers or  projects.  Professional  help  and 
instruction  is  available  on  the  premises 
in  the  use  of  Macintosh  computers,  let- 
ter machines,  copystand  cameras,  over- 
head-makers, laminators,  etc.  While 
consumabale  items  such  as  films,  pos- 
tert)oard  and  transparencies  are  to  be 
provided  by  students,  tfiere  is  no  fee  for 
either  the  help  provided  or  the  use  of 
tfie  facilities.  (AT-134  at  University  Park; 
LIB-150  at  North  Miami). 
Photography  Services  provides  still 
photographic  support  and  services  to 
faculty  and  staff  for  educational,  training 
and  informational  purposes.  (AT-139  at 
University  Park;  services  available  to  all 
FlU  campuses). 

Instructional  Graphics  prepares  art- 
wori<,  graphs,  illustrations,  charts  and 
posters  for  faculty  and  staff.  (AT-135  at 
University  Park;  serves  other  campuses 
through  fax  and  inter-office  mail). 
Instructional  Television  Production 
produces  instructional  media  programs 
(video  and  audio  recordings,  both  in-stu- 
dio  and  remote,  teleconferencing,  and 
multi-media  programs)  for  faculty  and 
staff.  (VH-245  at  University  Pari<;  serv- 
ices available  to  all  FlU  campuses). 
Equipment  Distribution  and  Schedul- 
ing^ provides  a  large  variety  of  educa- 
tional audiovisual  equipment  for  use  by 
faculty  and  staff.  Services  are  available 
to  students  for  classroom  use  and  wfien 
sponsored  by  professors.  (PC-236  at 
University  Park;  ACI-193  at  North  Miami 
Campus). 

^(Tfiese  services  are  available  to  stu- 
dents, as  well  as  faculty  and  staff.) 

Ottier  services  available  are  consult- 
ation on  the  purchase,  rental,  and  instal- 
lation of  audiovisual  equipment;  the 
rental  of  films  for  classroom  viewings; 
and  professional  guidance  on  a  wide 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  21 


range  of  audiovisual  instructional  topics 
and  technology.  For  more  information, 
contact  348-281 1 ,  AT-136,  University 
Park;  or  940-5929,  LIB-150,  North  Mi- 
ami Campus. 

Consortium  Media  Privileges 

Faculty,  staff  and  students  can  use  the 
audiovisual  services  on  any  campus  of 
the  Consortium.  AV  materials  and  equip- 
ment cannot  be  borrowed. 


Continuing  Education 

Carolann  W.  Baldyga,  Dean 
Doris  K.  Sadoff ,  Assistant  Dean 
J.  Patrick  Wagner,  Director, 

Off-Campus  and  Weekend  Credit 

Courses 
Kari  L  Rodabaugh,  Director, 

Conferences  and  Stiort  Courses 

The  University  extends  credit  and  non- 
credit  learning  opportunities  through  the 
Division  of  Continuing  Education. 
Courses  of  instruction  sire  developed 
and  offered  in  a  variety  of  formats. 
These  include  conferences,  seminars, 
short  courses,  workshops,  lecture  se- 
ries, certificate  programs  and  courses 
for  academic  credit.  Learning  opportuni- 
ties are  made  available  at  locations 
throughout  Dade,  Broward  and  Monroe 
counties,  the  University's  campuses  and 
abroad  through  special  arrangements. 
Instruction  can  be  designed  to  serve 
specific  needs  and  respond  to  requests 
from  community  groups,  professional  or- 
ganizations, txjsinesses  and  industry. 

The  Division's  central  office  is  lo- 
cated in  ACI-100,  North  Miami  Campus, 
940-5669.  Offices  and  services  are  also 
available  in  PC  245,  University  Park, 
348-2490. 

Administered  through  the  Office  of 
Academic  Affairs,  the  Division  of  Con- 
tinuing Education  carries  out  the  follow- 
ing programs:  Off-Campus  and 
Weekend  Credit  Courses  and  Confer- 
ences and  Short  Courses. 

Off  Campus  and  Weekend  Credit 
Courses 

Over  230  courses  for  academic  credit 
are  offered  off -campus  and  on  week- 
ends each  year  through  tfie  University's 
eight  Colleges  and  Schools.  Any 
course  listed  in  the  University  Catalog 
may  be  conducted  at  a  suitable  location 
in  Dade,  Broward  or  Monroe  counties. 
Courses  are  regularly  conducted  at  hos- 
pitals, banks,  community  schools,  sind 
other  public  and  private  facilities  appro- 
priate for  educational  delivery.  An  indi- 
vidual, business,  agency  or  association 
can  request  that  a  specific  course  or  de- 
gree program  be  offered. 


Registration  for  Continuing  Educa- 
tion credit  courses  may  be  accom- 
plished at  the  office  of  Registration  and 
Records  at  University  Park  arxJ  North  Mi- 
ami Campus,  and  the  University's 
Broward  Community  College,  Central 
Campus  office.  Students  may  also  regis- 
ter at  the  first  dass  meeting. 

Sponsored  Credit  Institutes  aire  con- 
tract agreements  through  which  an  em- 
ployer, public  agency,  or  professional 
organization  collaborates  with  the  Uni- 
versity to  provide  credit  courses  and  de- 
gree programs  for  its  constituents. 
These  educational  enhancement  bene- 
fits are  arranged  to  serve  the  needs  of  a 
designated  group  of  individuals  at  a  lo- 
cation and  time  convenient  to  them. 

For  information  on  how  to  request  a 
course  or  to  find  out  more  about  educa- 
tional opportunities  available  through 
the  Department,  call  940-5653  in  Dade, 
and  463-2790  in  Broward. 

Conferences  and  Short  Courses 

Noncredit  programs  to  develop  profes- 
sional competence.  Increase  business 
skills,  and  provide  personal  enrichment 
are  offered  through  short  courses,  work- 
shops, seminars,  and  certificate  pro- 
grams. Local,  regional,  national  and 
international  conferences  are  coordi- 
nated in  conjunction  with  the  Univer- 
sity's goals  and  objectives. 

Continuing  Education  Units  applica- 
ble to  professional  licensing  require- 
ments are  available  in  appropriate 
programs. 

Noncredit  program  information  is 
published  each  semester  by  the  Division 
and  may  be  requested  at  the  Division's 
offices  at  University  Park  and  North  Mi- 
ami Campus,  or  by  telephone,  940-5669 
(Dade  and  Monroe),  463-2790 
(Broward).  Registration  is  Initiated  by 
mail,  at  tfie  above  locations,  or  at  the 
first  session  of  each  program  on  a 
space  available  basis. 

Certificate  Programs 
Legal  Certificate  Programs 

Included  are  ttie  Legal  Assistant  (Parale- 
gal), Advanced  Legal  Assistant  Studies, 
Legcil  Certification  Review,  Legal  Secre- 
tarial Studies,  and  Law  Office  Admini- 
stration. Thie  obijective  of  all  programs 
Is  to  develop  occupational  competence 
through  practical  arxJ  substantive  in- 
struction. 

Legal  Assistant  Certificate 

The  Legal  Assistant  curriculum  consists 
of  core  courses  wNch  meet  In  the  eve- 
nings supplemented  by  monthly  Satur- 
day seminars,  and  an  intensive  program 
which  meets  only  on  Saturdays.  Practi- 
tbners  completing  a  course  or  semir»r 


may  request  CLA  continuing  education 
units  from  tfie  National  Association  of 
Legal  Assistants. 

Continuing  Legal  Education  for 
Attorneys  (CLER) 

Seminars  focusing  on  substantive  and 
rwnsubstantive  topics,  approved  by  the 
Rorida  Bar  Association  for  CLER  credit 
are  presented  in  half-day  or  full-day  for- 
mat. Instructors  are  University  faculty, 
and  professiorals  in  various  disciplines. 

Professional  Education  for 
Realtors  and  Brol(ers 

Issues  of  cun-ent  interest  to  real  estate 
professionals  are  presented  in  seminars 
approved  by  the  Florida  Real  Estate 
Commission  (FREC)  for  continuing  edu- 
cation credit. 

Certificate  for  Professional 
Travel  Agents 

This  comprehensive  six-month  course 
develops  skills  required  in  the  transpor- 
tation industry  with  emphasis  on  the 
travel  agency  profession.  The  program 
offers  a  combination  of  academic  exer- 
cise, practical  application,  and  on-the- 
job  training  to  develop  desired 
qualifications.  Certain  phases  of  the  pro- 
gram are  highlighted  by  field  trips  to  pro- 
vide firsthand  knowledge  of  travel 
industry  suppliers. 

Video  Production  Certificate 

In  conjunction  with  the  School  of  Jour- 
nalism and  Mass  Communication,  the 
Division  offers  thie  Certificate  in  Video 
Production.  Hands-on  exercises  lead 
students  through  all  major  phases  of 
video  production.  The  program  pro- 
vides preparation  for  the  fields  of  broad- 
casting, instructional  video,  corporate 
video,  and  applications  in  advertising 
and  public  relations. 

Marketing  Communication 
Certificate 

Marketing  Communication  is  designed 
for  individuals  who  seek  a  career  or 
wish  to  develop  specific  skills  for  current 
or  prospective  employment  in  the  field. 

Designed  for  marketing  support 
staff,  designers  wishing  to  expand  their 
base  of  knowledge,  employees  as- 
signed to  MARCOM  tasks,  home  and 
small  txjsiness  owners  who  need 
greater  proficiency  in  these  areas,  and 
government  and  non-profit  employees 
who  are  communicating  with  the  public. 
The  courses  cover  writing  well  at  work, 
graphic  design  and  marketing  strate- 
gies. Any  of  the  courses  may  be  taken 
for  regular  continuing  education  units. 

This  certificate  program  recognizes 
that  students  come  from  varying  back- 


22  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


grounds.  It  is  organized  to  help 
strengthen  specific  areas  of  expertise. 

Independent  Study  by 
Correspondence 

The  State  University  System  offers  a 
program  of  over  140  courses  with  in- 
structors drawn  from  the  University  of 
Rorida,  Rorida  State  University,  and  thie 
University  of  South  Rorida.  The  pro- 
gram is  administered  by  tfie  Department 
of  Independent  Study  by  Correspon- 
dence, University  of  Rorida,  1938  West 
University  Avenue,  Gainesville,  Rorida 
32603,(904)392-1711. 


Sponsored  Research 
and  Training 

Thomas  A.  Breslln,  Vice  Provost  and 

Director 
Catherine  F.  Kennedy-Thumian, 

Associate  Director 

The  Division  of  Sponsored  Research 
and  Training  serves  the  research  and 
training  needs  of  interested  faculty  by 
providing  timely  information  on  the  avail- 
ability of  local,  state,  and  federal  pro- 
gram support.  Tfie  attraction  of  tfiese 
funds  to  the  campus  provides  an  oppor- 
tunity to  better  serve  the  needs  of  the 
people  of  Florida  through  services  not 
regularly  funded  by  tfie  Legislature. 

Among  tfie  major  goals  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Sponsored  Research  and  Train- 
ing are  tfie  following:  to  help  stimulate 
faculty  and  staff  interest  in  research  and 
ti'aining  projects;  to  assist  tiie  faculty 
and  staff  in  obtaining  funds  for  research 
and  training  projects;  and  to  provide 
technical  assistance  to  faculty  and  staff 
who  manage  conti-act  and  grant  pro- 
grams for  tfie  University.  For  more  infor- 
mation, contact  348-2494. 


The  Art  l\/luseum 

Dahlia  Morgan,  Director 
The  Art  Museum  of  tfie  University  fias 
served  tfie  South  Rorida  community  for 
tfie  last  seven  years  exhibiting  shows  of 
local  and  national  importance.  Exhibi- 
tions from  outside  the  University  and  tfie 
area  are  intended  to  display  the  finest 
available  and  affordable  examples  of 
contemporary  and  historical  art.  Tfiese 
shows  are  obtained  from  a  variety  of 
sources,  pKimarily  professional  organiza- 
tions and  lending  institutions,  individual 
artists,  commercial  galleries,  and  otfier 
educational  institutions. 

The  types  of  exhibitions  displayed  di- 
rectly benefit  rxst  only  tfie  University 
community,  but  also  tfie  public.  Atten- 


dance records  show  tfiat  approximately 
200  people  per  day  visit  tfie  facility  and 
come  from  Dade,  Broward,  Palm 
Beach,  and  Monroe  counties,  for  tfie 
most  part  The  Museum  is  open  six 
days  a  week  and  one  evening. 

The  Art  Museum,  which  occupies  a 
4,000  square  foot  area  on  the  University 
Pari<,  opened  witfi  an  internationally  ac- 
claimed exhibition  of  Contemporary 
Latin  American  Drawings  in  April,  1977. 
Since  that  date  many  exhibitions  have 
been  displayed  including:  Alberto 
Giacometti,  Draftsman  and  Sculptor; 
The  Texturology  Series  of  Jean  Dubuf- 
fet;  Public  Relations:  Pfiotographs  by 
Garry  WinograrxJ;  Mira,  Mira,  Mira,  Los 
Cubanos  de  Miami;  Alfred  Stieglitz, 
1894-1934;  William  Wiley;  A  Collector's 
Eye:  The  Olga  Hirshhom  Collection; 
Miriam  Sfiapiro,  A  Retrospective:  1953- 
1980;  Neil  Welliver;  Treasures  of  the 
Norton  Gallery;  Manuel  Neri;  Realist  Wa- 
tercolors;  English  Naive  Painting;  Mi- 
chael Graves  Exhibition;  Marsden 
Hartley  Exhibition;  Anxious  Interiors; 
American  Art  Today:  Still  Life;  and  na- 
tionally acclaimed  Marcel  Duchamp  Ex- 
hibition. 

The  Museum  has  continued  to  en- 
fiance  its  exhibition  program  with  a  lec- 
ture series  which  has  included  many  of 
tfie  exhibiting  artists  and  scfiolars,  mu- 
seum curators,  and  otf^ers  wfio  have 
been  involved  with  tfie  particular  exhibi- 
tion. Tfie  highly-acdaimed  Critic's  Lec- 
ture Series,  sponsored  by  the  Museum, 
fias  included:  Germaine  Greer,  Robert 
Hughes,  John  Cage,  Tom  Wolfe,  Carter 
Ratdiff,  Susan  Sontag,  Linda  Nochlin, 
John  Canaday,  John  Simon,  and  Mi- 
chael Graves. 

The  Museum  is  operated  by  tfie  Di- 
rector, the  Coordinator  of  University  Col- 
lections, and  a  staff  made  up  partially  of 
University  students  working  through  an 
internship  program. 


Student  Affairs 

The  mission  of  tfie  Division  of  Student 
Affairs  is  to  contribute  to  tf~ie  total  educa- 
tional process  of  students  by  creating  a 
learning  environment  which  fosters  fser- 
sonal  growth  and  development;  pro- 
motes cultural  diversity;  provides 
programs  and  services  which  enhance 
intellectual,  social,  cultajral,  physical, 
emotional,  and  spiritual  development; 
and  prepares  students  to  become  con- 
tributing members  of  tfie  community. 

The  Division  is  comprised  of  tiie  fol- 
lowing departments  and  programs:  Ad- 
missions, Campus  Ministiy,  Career 


Planning  and  Placement,  Disabled  Stu- 
dent Services,  Enrollment  Support  Serv- 
ices, Financial  Aid,  Greek 
Organizations,  Intercollegiate  Atfiletics, 
International  Student  Services,  Minority 
Student  Services,  Orientation,  Precolle- 
giate  Programs,  Public  Safety,  Student 
Activities,  StiJdent  Counseling,  Shjdent 
Government,  Student  Healtfi  Services, 
StiJdent  Judicial  Affairs,  Shjdent  Union, 
and  University  Housing. 

Student  Affairs  offices  are  located  at 
University  Park  in  University  House,  tfie 
first  floor  of  PC,  the  Golden  Pantfier 
Arena  and  tfie  Modular  Building  on  tfie 
west  side  of  campus.  On  tfie  North  Mi- 
ami Campus,  offices  are  located  in  the 
Student  Center  Building,  tfie  Trade  Cen- 
ter, and  tfie  tfiird  floor  of  the  Library. 


Admissions 

Admissions  is  responsible  for  tfie  recruit- 
ment and  admission  of  undergraduate 
applicants.  Staff  provides  information  to 
prospective  students,  guidance  counsel- 
ors and  the  genera!  public  to  inform 
tfiem  of  tfie  academic  and  otfier  educa- 
tional programs  offered  by  tfie  Univer- 
sity. Tfie  department  also  collects  and 
processes  official  application  materials 
for  all  graduate  admissions.  For  specific 
information  on  the  application  process 
and  requirements  for  admission  please 
refer  to  tfie  General  Information  section 
of  tills  catalog. 

Location:  PC  140,  University  Park, 
348-2363;  ACI  160,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5760;  Trailers,  Broward  Pro- 
gram, 475-4150. 


Campus  Ministry 

The  Interfaitii  Campus  Ministry  serves 
student  groups  involved  in  a  variety  of 
activities.  Professional  representatives 
from  various  faitfis  are  available  for  per- 
sonal appointments.  Individual  denomi- 
nations sponsor  campus-wide  programs 
including  worship,  study  groups,  social 
gatfierlngs,  and  culhjral  events.  In  addi- 
tion. Campus  Ministry  sponsors  pro- 
grams and  activities  which  are 
non-denominational. 

Location:  UH  340,  University  Pari<, 
348-2215;  SC  265,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5609  or  940-56 10. 


Career  Planning  and 
Placement 

Career  Planning  and  Placement  (CP&P) 
assists  students  witfi  tfie  identification  of 
tfieir  skills,  values  and  interests  and  pro- 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  23 


vides  the  necessary  tools  for  on-going 
self  assessment.  CP&P  provides  live 
services:  Career  Advisement,  Career    , 
Mentoring  Programs,  Cooperative  Edu- 
cation, Career  Placement  and  ttie  Job 
Location  and  Development  Program. 
Through  these  services  students  and 
alumni  leann  up-to-date  information  ■ 
about  the  worid  of  work,  career/major 
choices,  occupational  trends,  career  op- 
tions, and  job  search  techniques. 

Cooperative  Education  allows  stu- 
dents to  combine  classroom  theory  with 
career  related  practical  work  experi- 
ence. Students  work  in  professional 
training  positions  related  to  tineir  major 
field  of  study  and  earn  a  both  a  salary 
and  academic  credits. 

CP&P  hosts  numerous  workshops 
and  seminars,  schedules  on-campus  in- 
terviews, operates  a  resume  referral  sys- 
tem, and  lists  job  vacancy  notices  for 
part-time,  full-time,  and  summer  employ- 
ment. It  also  houses  a  comprehensive 
career  library,  and  a  computerized  ca- 
reer guidance  system. 

Location:  UH  230,  University  Park, 
348-2423;  SC  260,  North  fi^iami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5813  Trailers,  Broward  Pro- 
gram, 474-1404. 


Disabled  Student 
Services 

Disabled  Student  Services  provides  in- 
formation and  assistance  to  students 
with  disabilities  who  are  In  need  of  spe- 
cial accommodations.  Individual  serv- 
ices are  available  to  students  with 
visual,  hearing,  speech,  physical,  arid 
learning  disabilities;  chronic  health  prob- 
lems, mental  or  psychological  disorders, 
and  temporary  disabilities.  Services  in- 
clude counseling,  coordinating  class- 
room accommodations,  providing 
special  equipment,  note-takers,  readers, 
interpreters,  adapted  testing,  special 
registration,  and  University  and  commu- 
nity referrstls.  Support  and  assistance  in 
overcoming  architectural,  academic,  atti- 
tudinal,  and  other  barriers  encountered 
is  provkJed.  Requests  for  services  must 
be  made  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each 
semester. 

Location:  UH  231,  University  Park, 
348-3532;  SC  261 ,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5813;  BIdg.  9,  Room  224, 
Broward  Program,  948-6793. 


Enrollment  Support 
Services 

Enrollment  Support  Services  manages 
tfie  Division's  computerized  student  re- 


cords database,  the  University's  degree 
audit  (SASS) ,  and  several  computer-re- 
lated programs.  This  unit  also  provides 
computer  system  planning  support  to 
academic  units  and  other  depairtments 
in  the  Division.  The  University  Catalog, 
and  the  Course  Schedule  txsoklet  pub- 
lished each  semester  are  produced  in 
this  unit. 

Location:  PC  135,  University  Park, 
348-2933. 


Financial  Aid 

Rnancial  Aid  is  provided  to  students 
wfio  otherwise  would  be  unable  to  pur- 
sue their  educational  goals  at  die  Uni- 
versity. Rnancial  Aid  includes 
scholarships,  grants,  loans  and  campus 
employment.  Rnancial  need  is  deter- 
mined on  an  individual  tiasis  using 
evaluation  criteria  provided  by  national 
agencies.  For  specific  information  on 
types  of  assistance,  eligibility,  applica- 
tion procedures  and  otiier  requirements, 
please  refer  to  the  General  Information 
section  of  tills  catalog. 

Location:  PC  125,  University  Park, 
348-2431;  ACI-1 60,  Nortii  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5765. 


Greek  Organizations 

Greek  organizations  contribute  to  tiie 
University  by  promoting  leadership, 
scholarship,  service,  social  activities 
and  brotinerhood  and  sistertiood.  There 
are  nine  fraternities  and  five  sororities 
coordinated  by  a  Greek  Council.  In  addi- 
tion, an  Interfraternity  Council  governs 
fraternities  and  a  Panhellenic  Council 
governs  sororities.  A  formal  rush  period 
is  field  in  the  Fall  semester,  and  an  infor- 
mal rush  is  held  during  tfie  Spring  se- 
mester. 

Location:  UH  219,  University  Park, 
348-2950. 


Intercollegiate  Athletics 

FlU  is  a  member  of  the  National  Colle- 
giate Athletic  Association  (NCAA),  the 
New  South  Women's  Conference 
(NSWAC),  and  the  Trans  America  Afli- 
letic  Conference  (TAAC)  for  men.  The 
University  has  competed  at  ttie  Division 
l-AAA  level  since  September  of  1987, 
hiaving  competed  successfully  at  tfie  Di- 
vision II  level  since  1972.  Programs  and 
services  in  Intercollegiate  Atiiletics  pro- 
vide an  opfwrtunity  for  student-athletes 
to  develop  as  skilled  performers  in  an 
educational  setting.  Much  emphasis  is 
placed  on  tiie  student  in  student-attilete 


to  ensure  intellectual,  emotional  and  so- 
cial well-being. 

Athletics 

Atiiletic  team  membership  Is  open  to  all 
full-time  students.  Women's  programs 
consist  of  basketball,  volleyball,  soccer, 
golf,  tennis,  and  cross  country.  Men's 
programs  consist  of  basketball,  soccer, 
baseball,  golf,  tennis,  and  crosscountry. 
To  be  eligible  for  intercollegiate  competi- 
tion, tiie  University  requires  each  stu- 
dent-atiilete  to  be  in  good  academic 
standing  and  make  satisfactory  pro- 
gress towards  a  degree.  Team  memtser- 
ship  is  determined  in  a  manner  which 
does  not  discriminate  based  on  race, 
sex,  national  origin,  marital  status,  age 
or  handicap. 

Rnancial  assistance  is  available  to 
botii  freshmen  and  transfer  students  re- 
cruited for  all  12  athletic  teams.  Assis- 
tance may  include  grants,  scholarships, 
loans  or  self-help  programs.  To  be  eligi- 
ble for  finandeil  assistance,  each  stu- 
dent-atiilete  must  be  In  good  academic 
standing  and  make  satisfactory  pro- 
gress towards  a  degree. 

Campus  Recreation 

Campus  Recreation  provides  a  variety 
of  intramural  sports  and  recreation  activi- 
ties designed  to  educate,  improve  physi- 
cal fitness,  develop  an  appreciation  for 
tfie  value  of  physical  exercise,  and  ex- 
tend leisure  time  skills.  The  department 
manages  open  recreation  and  physical 
fitness  facilities,  and  coordinates  intra- 
mural leagues,  club  sports  and  special 
events. 

Active  sport  dubs  include  Bowling, 
Crew,  Cycling,  Rtness,  Lacrosse,  Row- 
ing, Scuba,  Shotokan  Karate,  Tae  Kwon 
Do,  Rugby  and  Badminton.  Fourteen  in- 
ti'amural  sports  include  bowling,  basket- 
ball, flag  football,  golf,  soccer,  softball, 
co-recreational  softball,  volleyljall,  ten- 
nis, racquetball,  floor  hockey,  wallyball, 
baseball,  and  slam  dunk.  Events  such 
as  power-lifting  competitions,  golf,  soc- 
cer, racquetiaall  and  tennis  tournaments, 
deep  sea  fishing  trips,  and  otiier  recrea- 
tion interests  are  feabjred  each  semes- 
ter. 

Campus  Recreation  also  offers  non- 
credit  dasses  in  a  variety  of  subjects. 
Credit  dasses  are  offered  each  semes- 
ter in  tfie  College  of  Education. 

Athletic  and  Recreational 
Facilities 

Tfie  Golden  Panther  Arena  is  a  multi- 
purpose facility  which  serves  as  the 
base  for  University  programs  in  physical 
education,  athletics,  and  recreatton.  The 
Arena  has  a  seating  ca|>aclty  of  5,000.  It 
contains  racquettiall  courts,  basketi^all 
courts,  an  auxiliary  court  area,  and 


24  /  General  Infoimation 


Graduate  Catalog 


meeting  rooms.  The  arena  is  open  to 
students,  faculty,  staff,  and  alumni  with 
valid  University  Identification  cards.  FlU 
students  are  admitted  to  all  regular  sea- 
son home  athletic  events  free  of  charge 
upon  presentation  of  a  valid  University 
identification  card. 

The  Baseball  and  Soccer  Relds  are 
lighted  and  each  have  a  seating  capac- 
ity for  1 ,500  spectators. 

ntness  Centers  at  University  Park 
and  North  Miami  campuses  are 
equipped  with  a  compilete  line  of  Nauti- 
lus machines  and  locker  rooms.  The 
Centers  are  available  at  rw  cost  to  cur- 
rently enrolled  students  with  valid  identi- 
fication cards.  There  is  a  $40  semester 
fee  for  faculty,  staff,  and  alumni. 

The  Aquatic  Center  on  the  North  M\- 
ami  Campus  overlooks  the  bay  and  is 
fully  furnished  to  provide  an  environ- 
ment for  conversation,  study  and/or  tan- 
ning. The  multipurpose  design  of  the  50 
meter  x  25  yard  pool  and  diving  well  al- 
low for  recreational  and  instructional 
use. 

The  Racquet  Sports  Center  at  Uni- 
versity Park  fias  12  lighted  tennis  courts 
and  eight  lighted  racquetball  courts.  The 
Racquet  Sports  Center  at  North  Cam- 
pus has  six  lighted  tennis  courts,  a  sand 
volleyball  court,  and  two  full-sized  bas- 
ketball courts. 

For  additional  information  or  hours  of 
operation  call: 

Campus  Recreation:  348-2951 
Rtness  Center:  348-2575,  Univer- 
sity Park;  940-5678,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus. 

Golden  Panther  Arena:  348-2900. 
Racquet  Sports  Center:348-2763, 
University  Park;  948-4572,  North  Miami 
Campus. 

Aquatic  Center:  948-4595. 


International  Student 
Services 

International  Student  Services  provides 
assistance  on  matters  regarding  immi- 
gration regulations  and  procedures  re- 
lated to  visa  status.  The  staff  also 
provides  counseling  and  advisement  on 
academic,  personal  and  financial  con- 
cerns, and  serves  as  a  liaison  to  aca- 
demic and  administrative  departments 
throughout  the  University.  An  orientation 
program  is  offered  each  semester  as 
well  as  international  and  inter-cultural 
programs  to  assist  students  in  adapting 
more  effectively  to  the  University  com- 
munity and  to  living  in  Miami. 

An  active  International  Student  Club 
collaborates  with  the  department  in  or- 


ganizing various  social  activities.  Club 
programs  enable  students  to  participate 
in  tiTe  interrational  dimension  of  the  Uni- 
versity and  provide  opportunities  for  in- 
volvement in  the  greater  Miami 
educational  community. 

Location:  UH  217,  University  Park, 
348-2421;  SC  260,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5813. 


Minority  Student 
Programs  and  Services 

Minority  Student  Services  provides  mi- 
nority students  with  personal,  academic, 
social,  and  cultural  support  needed  for 
the  achievement  of  educational  goals. 
Staff  provides  orientation,  leadership  de- 
velopment, counseling  and  tutorial  serv- 
ices; and  serves  as  a  liaison  to 
academic  units  and  student  support 
services  university-wide.  This  depart- 
ment also  collaborates  with  student 
groups  in  coordinating  traditional  cul- 
tural celebrations,  and  other  activities 
for  minority  students'  physical,  mental 
and  social  well-being. 

Location:  UH  216,  University  Park, 
348-2436;  SC  260,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-581 7. 


Orientation 

The  Orientation  program  is  designed  to 
assist  new  shjdents  in  understanding  all 
aspects  of  \he  University  environment. 

New  freshmen  and  transfer  students 
are  strongly  urged  to  attend  an  orienta- 
tion program  before  tiTeir  first  term  of  en- 
rollment. Several  orientation  sessions 
are  scheduled  each  Summer  Term  and 
at  least  one  session  is  offered  before 
Spring  and  Summer  Terms.  Information 
about  the  orientation  program  and  re- 
lated services  is  mailed  to  newly  admit- 
ted undergraduate  students. 

Location:  UH  350,  University  Park, 
348-3828. 


Precollegiate  Programs 

Precollegiate  Programs  provides  infor- 
mation on  educational  opportunities  and 
campus  resources,  and  prepares  prom- 
ising minority  high  school  students  for 
college  through  partnership  programs 
with  educational,  civic,  religious,  busi- 
ness, and  government  agencies  and  or- 
ganizations. Staff  wori<  closely  with  the 
Admissions  office  to  assist  participants 
gain  enb-y  into  the  University. 

Location:  UH  216,  University  Park, 
348-2436. 


Public  Safety 

Public  Safety  is  a  full  service  Public 
Safety  organization  which  maintains  a 
peaceful  and  safe  environment  through- 
out the  University  community.  The 
department  is  a  unit  of  the  State  of  Flor- 
ida law  enforcement  agencies  and  its 
members  fiave  full  police  authority  to  en- 
force state  and  local  laws  and  University 
regulations. 

Public  Safety  also  enforces  Univer- 
sity Park  Rules  and  Regulations.  A  park- 
ing decal  or  permit  is  required  in  order 
to  pari<  any  vehicle  (including  motorcy- 
cles, motorbikes,  and  mopeds)  on  cam- 
pus. Decals  may  be  purchased  in  tfie 
Cashier's  office,  or  in  Public  Safety  if 
paid  by  cfieck  or  money  order.  A  receipt 
will  be  issued  vt/hich  must  be  presented 
at  Public  Safety  along  witii  a  copy  of  tfie 
current  vehicle  registration.  After  tfie  ve- 
hicle is  registered  a  decal  will  be  issued. 
The  entire  decal  (uncut  and  unaltered) 
must  be  permanently  affixed  to  the  vehi- 
cle. All  regulations  are  strictly  enforced. 
For  more  specific  information  please  re- 
fer to  the  University  Parking  Rules  and 
Regulations  brochure  available  on 
eitiier  campus. 

Location:  Tower,  University  Park, 
348-2626  (Information),  348-291 1 
(Emergency);  SO  I,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5555  (Information),  940-591 1 
(Emergency). 


Registration  and 
Records 

The  Office  of  Registration  and  Records 
is  responsible  for  directing  tfie  Univer- 
sity registration  activities,  including  Off- 
Campus  course  registration,  and 
establishing,  maintaining  and  releasing 
students'  academic  records.  The  office 
is  also  responsible  for  Space  and  Sched- 
uling, Veteran's  Affairs,  Graduation,  and 
Records  Archiving. 

Tfie  office  staff  has  the  responsibility 
to  serve  tfie  student,  faculty,  other  ad- 
ministrative offices,  and  the  general  pub- 
Ik:;  to  hold  safe  and  preserve  tfie 
confidentiality  of  tfie  student's  records; 
arxi  to  ensure  tiie  integrity  of  tfie  Univer- 
sity's policies  and  regulations. 

Location:  PC  130,  University  Park, 
348-2383;  AC1  160  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5750;  Broward  Program,  475- 
4150. 


Student  Activities 

Student  Activities  provides  learning  op- 
portunities in  which  stijdents  can  prac- 
tice and  develop  leadership. 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  25 


communication,  problem-solving,  pro- 
gram planning,  organization,  implemen- 
tation, and  evaluation  skills.  Activities 
are  co-currlcular  and  cover  all  aspects 
of  the  educational  experience.  Over  125 
registered  student  organizations  exist  to 
enrich  campus  life  and  contribute  to  the 
social,  cultural,  and  academic  growth  of 
students.  Students  may  organize  addi- 
tional groups  that  promote  the  Univer- 
sity's educational  mission. 

This  unit  also  serves  as  a  resource 
for  commuter  students.  The  Commuter 
Student  Program  collaborates  with  aca- 
demic, administrative,  and  student  af- 
fairs units  to  provide  resources, 
services,  and  inter-agency  and  commu- 
nity referrals. 

Vctrious  informational  materials  are  pub- 
lished and  distributed  on  housing  rental 
practices,  landlord/tenant  regulations, 
eind  other  campus  resources  for  com- 
muter students. 

Location:  UH  340,  University  Park, 
348-2137;  SC  363,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5813;  Modular  12.1  Broward 
Program,  475-4167. 


Student  Counseling 
Services 

Student  Counseling  Services  focus  on 
enhancing  the  emotional  well-being  of 
students.  A  variety  of  individual  and 
group  services  are  offered,  including  ca- 
reer/lifestyle counseling,  workshops  on 
mental  health  and  wellness  issues,  and 
personal  counseling  for  problems  associ- 
ated with  anxiety,  depression,  interper- 
sonal relationships,  coping  skills  and 
feelings  of  inadequacy. 

Counseling  Services  also  offers  a 
structured,  supervised  training  program 
for  graduate  level  students  who  seek  ex- 
posure to  a  diversified  population  within 
a  multi-disciplinary  setting.  All  services 
are  provided  to  students  free  of  charge. 
Complete  confidentiality  is  assured. 

Location:  UH  21 1A,  University  Part<, 
348-2434;  SC  260,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5813. 


the  senate  for  discussion,  support,  fund- 
ing, or  other  action  on  matters  related  to 
various  activities,  issues  or  causes. 

SGA  members  represent  the  student 
body  on  university-wide  committees  and 
task  forces  to  ensure  student  repre- 
sentation at  the  administrative  level.  Stu- 
dents are  encouraged  to  become 
involved  in  all  aspects  of  Student  Gov- 
ernment. 

Location:  UH  31 1 ,  University  Park, 
348-21 2 1 ;  SC  363,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5680;  Modular  12.1,  Broward 
Program,  475-4167. 


Student  Health  Center 

The  Student  Healtti  Center  provides  ac- 
cessible primary  fiealtin  care  resources 
to  enable  students  to  maintain  a  positive 
state  of  healtii.  The  department  holistic 
promotes  health  education,  wellness 
programs  and  preventive  medicine.  The 
Healtti  Center  stimulates  student  aware- 
ness of  health  behaviors  which  may  be 
integrated  into  lifestyle  practices  for  fu- 
ture health  and  wellness. 

Services  include  routine  medical 
care;  physical  examinations,  family  plan- 
ning, diagnosis  and  treatment,  screen- 
ing, laboratory  testing  and  private 
consultations  witii  a  physician  or  nurse 
practitioner.  Referrals  are  made  to  local 
hospitals,  pfiarmades,  and  physicians 
for  services  not  provided.  Appointments 
are  required.  In  case  of  an  emergency 
on  campus,  Public  Safety  may  be  called 
24  hours  a  day. 

Office  visits  are  free  to  students  who 
present  a  valid  identification  card.  Labo- 
ratory and  pharmacy  services  are  pro- 
vided for  a  rwminal  fee.  The  University 
strongly  recommends  the  purchase  of 
student  healtii  insurance.  Brochures  de- 
scribing insurance  coverage  in  detail  are 
available  at  the  Shjdent  Health  Center 
on  both  campuses. 

Please  see  the  Student  Handbook 
for  more  detailed  information  on  Student 
Healtii  Services. 

Location:  Student  Health  Center,  Uni- 
versity Pari<  348-2401;  HM  110,  North 
Miami  Campus,  940-5620. 


tions  of  the  University  and  the  Rorida 
Board  of  Regents.  A  breach  or  violation 
of  any  of  these  laws  or  regulations  may 
result  in  Judicial  or  disciplinary  action. 
Complaints  on  academic  matters  should 
be  directed  to  the  Office  of  the  Provost 
for  Academic  Affairs.  Complaints  on  non- 
academic  matters  sfxjuld  be  directed  to 
Judicial  Affairs. 

If  an  individual  is  involved  in  an  of- 
fense resulting  in  criminal  charges  prior 
to  admission  to  the  University,  tfie  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case  may  be  re- 
viewed to  consider  tfie  individual's 
eligibility  for  admission  and  participation 
in  extracurricular  activities. 

For  more  specific  information  on  the 
Student  Code  of  Conduct,  please  refer 
to  tfie  "Student  Handbook." 

Location:  SC  260,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5817. 


Student  Union 

Tfie  Student  Unions  on  each  campus 
provide  direct  services  to  students  and 
the  University  community.  University 
House  (UH)  at  University  Park,  and  tfie 
Student  Center  (SC)  at  North  Miami  are 
tfie  focal  points  for  the  University  com- 
munity to  meet  and  interact  in  a  non- 
classroom,  educational  environment.  As 
tfie  "hub"  of  shjdent  life,  the  buildings 
house  the  bookstore,  cafeteria,  grill,  tjck- 
etmaster,  vending  machines,  automatic 
banking  facilities,  lounges,  meeting 
rooms,  and  a  gameroom.  SC  also 
houses  a  post  office  and  ttieatre.  UH 
also  houses  a  radio  station,  ballroom, 
arxi  an  overnight  lodging  facility. 

Services  include  lost  and  found, 
locker  rental,  vending  refunds,  non- 
credit  courses,  and  student  identification 
card  distribution. 

Staff  in  the  unions  also  coordinate 
tfie  scheduling  of  space  and  assist  with 
tfie  production  of  Student  and  university- 
wide  events. 

Location:  UH  314,  University  Pari( 
348-2297;  SC  125,  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus, 940-5800. 


Student  Government 
Association 

The  Student  Government  Association  is 
comprised  of  senators  from  all  Schools 
and  Colleges  who  are  elected  by  tfie  stu- 
dent body.  SGA  appropriates  an  annual 
budget  generated  by  tfie  Activity  and 
Service  fee  wNch  is  paid  by  all  shjdents 
at  the  time  of  registration.  Bills,  appro- 
priations, and  resoluttons  come  tiefore 


Student  Judicial  Affairs 

University  policies  and  procedures  re- 
garding tfie  rights  and  responsibilities  of 
students,  and  a  Code  of  Conduct  assur- 
ing that  these  rights  can  be  freely  exer- 
cised witfiout  interference  or 
infringement  by  otfiers,  are  handled  in 
this  department. 

Students  are  subject  to  Federal  and 
State  laws,  local  ordinances,  and  regula- 


University  Housing 

Apartment  style  housing  is  available  for 
single  and  married,  undergraduate  and 
graduate  students  on  botfi  campuses. 
Services  and  programs  are  designed  to 
be  responsive  to  student  needs  and  sup- 
port tfie  educational  goals  of  tfie  Univer- 
sity. 

The  residential  environment  pro- 
vides an  opportunity  to  meet  and  to  in- 
teract witfi  others  in  ways  tfiat 


26  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


sonal  growth,  and  increase  awareness 
of  the  rich  cultural  diversity  within  the 
University.  Students  residing  on  campus 
have  ready  access  to  academic  and  rec- 
feational  facilities. 

Cooking  and  refrigeration  appliances 
are  provided  in  each  room,  however  a 
meal  plan  may  be  purchased  through 
die  cafeteria  on  eithier  campus. 

All  fx)using  is  assigned  on  a  space 
available  basis  without  regard  to  race, 
ethnic  origin,  or  religious  preference. 
Modified  space  is  available  to  students 
with  physical  disabilities.  Contracts  are 
issued  for  the  Fall  and  Spring  semes- 
ters. Summer  housing  is  available  on  re- 
quest. For  further  information  and  ratfes, 
write  the  University  Housing  Office,  H- 
101,  FlU,  University  Park,  Miami,  Ror- 
ida,  33199. 

Location:  H-101,  University  Park, 
348-4190;  Residence  Hall  Lobby,  North 
Miami  Campus,  940-5587. 


Business  and 
Finance 

The  Division  of  Business  and  Finance 
comprises  the  offices  of  Personnel, 
Equal  Opportunity  Programs,  Physical 
Plant  and  Planning,  Controller,  Purcfias- 
ing,  Environmental  &  Safety,  and  Legal 
Affairs. 


Equal  Opportunity 
Programs 

The  office  provides  leadership  and  direc- 
tion in  the  administration  of  the  Univer- 
sity equalization  programs  for  women 
and  minorities  in  several  ways.  It  asasts 
University  units  in  implementing  and 
monitoring  affirmative  action  proce- 
dures; provides  a  channel  for  employee 
and  student  grievances  regarding  dis- 
crimination, or  issues  indicating  a  need 
for  additional  affirmative  action;  adminis- 
ters implementation  of  the  Policy  to  Pro- 
hibit Sexual  Harassment;  and  promotes 
effective  relationships  between  tfie  Uni- 
versity and  community  organizations. 
The  Office  also  administers  the  State 
University  System  Scholarship  Program. 
In  addition,  the  Office  maintains  a  liai- 
son relationship  with  State  and  Federal 
agencies  dealing  with  EEO  and  affirm- 
ative action.  The  Office  is  located  on  the 
University  Park  in  PC  215. 


Florida  Educational  Equity  Act 

The  Rorida  Educational  Equity  Act  was 
passed  by  tfie  State  Legislature  in  1984, 
and  prohibits  discrimination  on  the  basis 
of  race,  sex,  national  origin,  marital 
status,  or  handicap  against  a  student  or 
employee  in  tfie  State  System  of  Public 
Education.  Procedures  for  implementing 
the  Act  have  been  developed,  and  tfie 
University  prepares  an  annual  report  to 
ensure  compliance  with  the  Act.  Tfie  Di- 
rector of  tfie  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity 
Programs  is  tlie  University's  Coordinator 
of  Institutional  Compliance  with  the  Edu- 
cational Equity  Act.  A  copy  of  ttie  Educa- 
tion Equity  Act  Plan  is  available  for 
review  in  tfie  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity 
Programs.  This  Office  has  tfie  responsi- 
bility for  implementing  a  comprehensive 
grievance/complaint  procedure  for  stu- 
dents, applicants,  and  staff  who  believe 
tfiey  have  been  treated  inequitatily 
based  on  race,  sex,  national  origin,  mari- 
tal status,  or  handicap.  Such  griev- 
ances/complaints should  be  lodged  with 
this  Office  in  PC  215,  University  Park. 

AIDS  Policy 

Students  and  employees  of  the  Univer- 
sity who  may  become  infected  with  tfie 
AIDS  virus  will  not  be  excluded  from  en- 
rollment or  employment  or  restricted  in 
their  access  to  University  services  or  fa- 
cilities unless  individual  medically-based 
judgments  establish  that  exclusion  or  re- 
striction is  necessary  to  tfie  welfare  of 
the  individual  or  of  other  members  of 
the  University  community.  The  Univer- 
sity lias  established  an  AIDS  Committee 
which  includes  representation  from  ma- 
jor University  divisions  and  other  Univer- 
sity staff  as  appropriate.  The 
Committee,  which  will  meet  regulariy,  is 
responsible  for  monitoring  develop- 
ments with  regard  to  AIDS,  acting  upon 
and  administering  the  University's  Policy 
on  AIDS  in  specific  cases,  and  coordi- 
nating tfie  University's  efforts  in  educat- 
ing tfie  University  community  on  the 
nature  of  tfie  disease.  In  addition,  tfie 
Committee  will  meet  as  needed  to  con- 
sider individual  occurrences  of  tfie  dis- 
ease which  require  University  action. 

Persons  who  know  or  suspect  ttiey 
are  sero-positive  are  expected  to  seek 
expert  medical  advice  and  are  obli- 
gated, ethically  and  legally,  to  conduct 
tfiemselves  responsibly  for  ttie  protec- 
tion of  others. 

Tfie  University  has  designated  AIDS 
counselors  who  are  available  to  provide 
further  information  on  this  subject.  Con- 
tact one  of  the  following  offices  at  Uni- 
versity Part:  Director,  Office  of  Equal 
Opportunity  Programs,  PC  215;  Coun- 
seling Services,  UH  340;  and  Student 


Health  Semces,  OE  1 15;  and  on  North 
Miami  Ceunpus,  Counseling  Services, 
SC  261 ,  or  Student  Health  Clinic,  TC 
110. 

Sexual  Harassment/ 
Educational  Equity 

All  members  of  tfie  University  commu- 
nity are  entitled  to  study  and  wori<  in  an 
atmosphere  free  from  illegal  discrimina- 
tion. Rorida  International  University's 
equal  opportunity  policies  prohitiit  dis- 
crimination against  students  and  em- 
ployees on  tfie  basis  of  their  race,  color, 
creed,  age,  fiandicap,  sex  (including  sex- 
ual fiarassment),  religion,  marital  status, 
or  natural  origin.  Under  tfie  policies,  it 
does  not  matter  whether  the  discrimina- 
tion was  intended  or  not;  rather  tlie  fo- 
cus is  on  wfiether  students  or 
employees  fiave  been  treated  differently 
or  subjected  to  an  intimidating,  hostile 
or  offensive  environment  as  a  result  of 
tfieir  belonging  to  a  protected  class  or 
having  a  protected  status.  Illegal  sexual 
harassment  includes  unwelcome  physi- 
cal contact  of  a  sexual  nature,  overt  or 
implied  threats  to  induce  performance  of 
sexual  favors,  verbal  fiarassment,  use 
of  sexually  suggestive  terms,  or  display 
or  posting  of  sexually  offensive  pictures. 

Any  employee,  applicant,  or  student 
who  believes  that  he  or  she  may  be  the 
victim  of  unlawful  discrimination  may  file 
a  complaint  with  the  Office  of  Equal  Op- 
portunity Programs,  PC  215,  University 
Pari<  (348-2785)  in  accordance  with  ttie 
procedure. 


Internal  Management 
Auditing 

The  baste  function  of  ttie  Internal  (^n- 
agement  Auditing  department  is  to  as- 
sist all  levels  of  management  in  carrying 
out  tfieir  responsit)ilities  by  furnishing 
tfiem  with  independent  appraisals,  rec- 
ommendations and  pertinent  comments 
concerning  ttie  activities  reviewed. 


Auxiliary  Services 

Auxiliary  Services  supervises  ttie  lx)ok- 
store  and  food  service  operations  at 
both  ttie  University  Park  and  tfie  North 
Miami  Campuses,  including  ttie  Cafete- 
ria, Rathskeller  and  all  vending  opera- 
tions. 

Auxiliary  Services  also  supervises 
ttie  Duplicating  Services  which  includes 
a  Print  Shop,  Convenience  Copiers  and 
a  Toted  Copy  Reproduction  Center. 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  27 


Environmental  Health 
and  Safety 

The  Environmental  Health  and  Safety 
Department  are  responsible  for  compli- 
ance with  all  federal,  state,  and  local  en- 
vironmental, safety,  fire,  and  radiation 
control  regulations.  With  the  exception 
of  employee  health  and  life  insurarx^, 
the  office  also  h£indies  all  university  in- 
surance. This  department  coordinates 
with  ttie  other  university  department  to 
control  all  losses. 


Legal  Affairs 

Legal  services  are  provided  to  the  uni- 
versity under  a  contract  with  tfie  law  firm 
of  Valdea-Faule,  Cobb,  Petrey,  and  Bis- 
choff.  The  Office  of  Legal  Affairs  pro- 
vides representation  and  advice  to 
university  administrators,  faculty  and 
staff  concerning  legal  issues  affecting 
the  university. 


Personnel  Relations 

The  Office  of  Personal  Relations  pro- 
vides human  resource  management 
services  for  personnel  of  all  academic 
£ind  administrative  departments  on  tfie 
University  Park,  North  Miami  and 
BrowEird  Campuses.  Categories  of  per- 
sonnel wtio  receive  services  are  faculty, 
administrators,  staff  and  student  employ- 
ees (including  research  or  graduate  as- 
sistants, college  work  study  students, 
and  student  OPS  employees).  All  serv- 
k»s  provided  by  tfie  office  are  in  compli- 
ance with  applicable  federal  and  state 
regulations,  and  include  six  major  hu- 
man resource  management  areas  -  Em- 
ployment and  Recruitment,  Employee 
Traning  and  Development,  Employee 
Classification  and  Pay,  Employee  Bene- 
fits, Employee/Personnel  Records,  and 
Employee/Labor  Relations. 
The  University  Park  office  is  located  in 
PC  224,  348-2181;  the  North  Miami 
Campus  office  is  k}cated  in  Library 
322-A,  940-5545. 

University  Physical 
Planning 

The  Physical  Planning  department  is  re- 
sponsible for  tfie  direction  of  University 
k>ng-range  capital  programming,  facili- 
ties, arxJ  campus  planning.  These  activi- 
ties Include  capital  budgeting,  building 
programs,  design  coordination,  construc- 
tion management,  and  furnishing  and 
occuparKy  coordination.  The  depart- 


ment is  also  responsible  for  space  as- 
signment and  management,  as  staff  to 
the  University  Space  Committee,  coordi- 
nating all  standards  and  requirements 
related  to  facilities  and  site  plannirig  of 
all  campuses. 


Purchasing  Services 

Purchasing  Services  is  responsible  for  a 
number  of  functions  in  addition  to  the  pri- 
mary function  of  centralized  university 
purchasing.  These  other  functions  in- 
clude Central  Stores,  Central  Receiving, 
Property  Control,  Surplus  Property,  and 
Campus  Mail.  This  same  organization 
structure  has  been  in  operation  since 
the  university  opened  in  1972.  Most 
key  positions  are  filled  with  personnel 
with  over  10  years  of  service  in  tfieir 
units.  The  stability  of  personnel  as  well 
as  the  high  level  of  cooperation  be- 
tween the  related  units  of  purchasing 
help  to  t)etter  serve  thie  university. 


Physical  Plant 

The  Physical  Plant  Department  at  Uni- 
versity Park  and  North  Miami  Campus  is 
responsible  for  tfie  operation,  mainte- 
nance, and  repair  of  all  university  build- 
ings, utilities  systems,  grounds,  roads, 
and  parking  lots.    The  university's  well 
known  energy  conservation  strategy 
and  work  effort  was  conceived,  re- 
viewed, modified,  and  executed  within 
the  Physical  Plant  department. 


North  Miami,  Budget, 
and  Information 
Resource 
Management 

Information  Resource 
Management  (IRM) 

All  computing  and  telecommunications 
activities  on  FlU  campuses  are  under 
tfie  direction  of  tfie  Associate  Vice-Presi- 
dent for  Information  Resource  Manage- 
ment (IRM).  The  three  major  divisions 
of  IRM  sire  University  Computer  Serv- 
ices (UCS),  the  Southeast  Regional 
Data  Center  (SERDAC),  and  Telecom- 
muncations. 


University  Computer  Services 
(UCS) 

University  Computer  Services  (UCS) 
provides  instructional  and  research  com- 
puting support  to  tfie  faculty  and  stu- 
dents of  all  FlU  academic  departments 
on  tfie  University  Park,  North  Miami, 
and  Broward  campuses.  Computer 
hardware  accessible  to  students  in- 
cludes a  DEC  VAX  8800  superminicom- 
puter running  VMS,  a  SUN  4/280 
minicomputer  and  a  SPARCserver  390 
running  UNIX,  and  numerous  IBM-com- 
patible and  Apple  microcomputers.  Serv- 
ices of  most  interest  to  students  include: 
introductory  seminars  and  workshops 
on  tfie  most  widely  used  equipment  and 
software;  comprefiensive  discumenta- 
d'on  libraries;  numerous  phone  lines  and 
several  public  terminal  labs  for  dial-up 
and  direct  VAX/SUN  access;  open  mi- 
crocomputer labs;  a  discount  microcom- 
puter store;  assistance  with 
micro-to-larger  system  data  communica- 
tions; and  peer  and  professional  consult- 
ation on  various  other  computer-related 
problems,  within  the  limits  defined  by 
tfie  academic  departments. 

In  addition  to  instructional  computing 
support,  UCS,  through  its  Applications 
Systems  arxJ  User  Services  Groups,  pro- 
vides support  for  ttie  administrative  func- 
tions of  tfie  University,  including 
Admissions,  Registration,  and  Financial 
Aid. 

Lab  Use:  Students  are  required  to 
have  a  valid  FlU  picture  ID  card  in  order 
to  use  UCS  terminal  and  micro  labs.  Oc- 
casionally, during  ttie  peak  periods  be- 
fore midterm  and  final  exams,  lab  hours 
are  extended  to  meet  increased  de- 
mand. Nevertheless,  users  are  advised 
to  complete  assignments  eariy;  time  lim- 
its may  be  imposed  during  periods  of 
high  demand.  Ethical  computing  prac- 
tices are  stressed.  The  University  Part< 
student  lab  facility  is  located  in  PC-41 1 , 
PC-413,  PC-41 4,  PC-41 5,  PC-41 6,  PC- 
419,  and  PC  322.  For  a  recorded  mes- 
sage with  current  University  Park 
student  lab  hours,  call  348-21 74.  Direct 
other  inquiries  to  ttie  staff  offices  in  PC- 
413A,  348-2568.  Tlie  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus combined  micro  and  terminal  lab  is 
located  in  ACI  293.  Call  940-5589  for  in- 
formation concerning  the  North  Miami  fa- 
cility. 

Part-time  Student  Employment: 

Each  semester,  University  Computer 
Services  employs  over  35  part-time,  stu- 
dent user  consultants.  Alttwugh  primar- 
ily responsible  for  maintaining  a  good 
working  environment  and  flow  of  users 
ttirough  lab  facilities,  these  consultants 
also  diagnose  and  resolve  system  and 
equipment  malfunctions,  and  train  other 
students  to  use  the  tools  and  computing 


28  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


resources  available  in  the  labs.  Given 
the  many  different  disciplines  of  the  lab 
users,  exposure  to  a  large  variety  of 
hardware  and  software,  and  direct  train- 
ing by  DCS  professional  staff,  working 
as  a  user  consultant  for  several  semes- 
ters provides  an  excellent  career  experi- 
ence and  reference.  Students  with 
better  than  average  interpersonal  and 
computer  skills  are  Invited  to  apply. 

Southeast  Regional  Data 
Center  (SERDAC) 

The  State  University  System's  South- 
east Regional  Data  Center  provides  pri- 
mary academic  computing  services  to 
Rorida  International  University  via  an 
Ethernet  network  which  connects  stu- 
dent and  faculty  wori<stations  to  tfie 
Data  Center's  Unix/SUN  and  VMS/DEC 
VAX  cluster  services. 

SERDAC's  computers  allow  conven- 
ient access  to  the  Internet  and  Bitnet  in- 
ternational computer  networks.  The 
Data  Center  also  provides  FIRNCOM 
electronic  mail  and  bulletin  board  serv- 
ices to  tfie  State  Department  of  Educa- 
tion's Florida  Information  Resource 
Networi<  (FIRN),  which  connects  virtu- 
ally all  public  educational  entities  in  Flor- 
ida. Information  on  these  services  may 
be  obtained  by  calling  348-2695. 

SERDAC's  word  processing  facility 
offers  a  multitude  of  services,  from  the 
high  volume  generation  of  personalized 
letters  and  envelopes,  to  the  electronic 
transmission  of  manuscripts  to  selected 
publishers.  For  information  concerning 
this  facility,  please  call  348-3069. 

Primary  operations  and  dispatch 
sen/ices  for  faculty,  student,  and  admin- 
istrative printout  are  located  in  Univer- 
sity Park,  PC-436.  Please  call 
348-2109  for  information  concerning 
tNs  facility. 

Telecommunications 

This  organization  is  responsible  for  pro- 
viding voice  and  data  communications 
services  to  the  University  community. 
Faculty  and  staff  are  the  primary  users 
of  the  University  telephone  system,  and 
they  share  with  students  several  inter- 
campus  data  communications  networks. 
These  provide  users  access  to  all  Uni- 
versity computing  resources,  and  gate- 
ways to  statewide,  national,  and 
internatbnal  computer  r>etwori<s. 

FlU  Telephone  Operators  are  on 
duty  seven  days  a  week.  They  are  re- 
sponsible for  servicing  incoming  informa- 
tion calls  for  the  University  Parit 
(348-2000)  and  North  Miami  Campuses 
(940-5500). 

Since  they  can  notify  the  proper 
authorities  in  case  of  on-campus  emer- 
gencies, FlU  Operators  may  also  be 


reached  by  dialing  't)"  at  University  Park 
and  ext.  5500  at  North  Miami.  How- 
ever, in  an  emergency,  direct  contact 
should  also  be  made  with  Public  Safety 
by  dialing  ext.  291 1  at  University  Park 
and  ext.  591 1  at  North  Mieimi. 


University  Budget 
Planning  Office 

The  University  Budget  Planning  Office  is 
responsible  for  tfie  development  of  all 
operating  and  biennial  budgets  in  all 
budget  entities,  including  the  five  year 
plan,  legislative  budget  request,  operat- 
ing budget  request  and  internal  operat- 
ing budget  plan.  The  office  is  staffed  by 
a  director,  a  staff  assistant,  and  three 
professional  staff. 


University  Relations 
and  Development 

The  Division  of  University  Relations  and 
Development  is  responsible  for  the  op- 
eration of  all  University  programs  relat- 
ing to  external  relations  and  institutional 
advancement.  Division  activities  are 
centered  in  three  departments: 


Development 

The  Develop>ment  Office  coordinates 
the  University's  efforts  to  raise  funds  in 
support  of  the  University  and  its  pro- 
grams from  alumni  and  other  individu- 
als, corporations,  foundations,  and  other 
private  sector  organizations.  The  Office 
develops  and  implements  numerous  pro- 
grams to  raise  funds  annually  from 
alumni  and  others  through  the  Fund  for 
FlU,  and  works  closely  with  ttie  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  FlU  Foundation  and 
other  volunteers  to  increase  private  sup- 
port for  the  University  and  its  students. 

The  Vice  President  for  University  Re- 
lations and  Development  serves  as  the 
principal  University  Uaison  to  tfie  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  FlU  Foundation,  Inc., 
a  group  of  leading  South  Rorida  busi- 
ness and  community  leaders  dedicated 
to  securing  community  support  and  pri- 
vate funds  for  the  University. 


Alumni  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Alumni  Affairs  seeks  to 
maintain  contact  and  encourage  commu- 
nication with  and  participation  in  special 
events  with  the  more  than  45,000  FlU 


alumni  of  record.  Alumni  participation  is 
stimulated  through  activities  by  tfie  FlU 
Alumni  Association  and  through  pro- 
grams sponsored  by  this  office  includ- 
ing: publications,  etlumni  social  events, 
career  development  programs,  speak- 
ers and  wori<shops. 


University  Relations 

University  Relations  is  comprised  of 
three  offices  providing  professional  staff 
and  resources  to  support  university  ad- 
vancement activity. 

The  Office  of  University  Events 
seeks  to  strengthen  university  and  com- 
munity ties,  and  to  coordinate  commu- 
nity events  held  on  tfie  university 
campuses.  This  office  manages  univer- 
sity events  such  as  commencement, 
convocation.  Presidential  lectures  and 
receptions,  and  hosts  special  campus 
visitors. 

The  Office  of  Publications  is 
cfiarged  with  tiie  responsibility  of  produc- 
ing effective,  attractive,  and  informative 
publications  which  are  consistent  with 
tiie  University's  mission  and  goals  and 
are  in  conformance  witfi  the  require- 
ments of  the  State  University  System, 
Publication  staff  provide  editorial, 
graphic,  design,  typesetting,  and  produc- 
tion assistance  for  all  university  publica- 
tions. This  office  produces  tfie  monthly 
faculty/staff  newspaper,  INSIDE. 

The  Office  of  Media  Relations  is 
tfie  University's  primary  linkage  witfi  rep- 
resentatives of  tfie  print  and  broadcast 
media.  News  releases  on  university  pro- 
grams and  on  faculty,  administrators 
and  students  are  issued  from  this  office. 
This  office  also  provides  assistance  in 
promoting  university  events  and  activi-    . 
ties  in  tfie  media. 


Centers  and 
Institutes 

Center  for  Accounting, 
Auditing,  and  Tax 
Studies 

The  Center  for  Accounting,  Auditing, 
and  Tax  Studies  (CAATS)  conducts  and 
sponsors  innovative  research.  Major  on- 
going projects  focus  on  tfie  audit  impact 
of  emerging  technology  and  on  detec- 
tion of  fi-aud. 

CAATS  txiilds  bridges  to  practitio- 
ners by  turning  ideas  into  products;  it  en- 
hances tfie  value  of  accountants' 
services  to  clients  and  to  tfie  public  by 
contributing  to  audit  efficiency  and  effec- 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  29 


tiveness.  CAATS'  international  commit- 
ments relate  to  the  accounting  issues 
confronting  the  less  developed  nations, 
particularly  in  the  Middle  East  and  Latin 
America. 

CAATS  also  conducts  seminars  and 
short  courses  designed  to  provide  edu- 
cational opportunities  to  South  Rorida 
public  accountants,  internal  auditors, 
and  management  accountants.  CAATS 
strives  to  be  self  supporting.  Net  fees 
earned  by  providing  educational  oppor- 
tunities to  accountants,  together  wifri 
contributions  received  from  the  public, 
eire  applied  to  research  and  to  the  en- 
richment of  graduate  instruction.  In  this 
way,  CAATS  provides  the  margin  of  ex- 
cellence which  enriches  the  entire  edu- 
cational experience. 

All  CAATS  activity  is  dedicated  to  ad- 
vancing accounting,  auditing,  and  tax 
knowledge.  CAATS  is  located  in  DM 
397,  University  Park,  348-2581. 


Center  for  the 
Administration  of  Justice 

The  Center  for  the  Administration  of  Jus- 
tice (CAJ)  was  founded  at  Rorida  Inter- 
national University,  a  member  of  ttie 
State  University  System  of  Florida,  in 
1984  to  engage  in  research,  training 
and  public  education  about  tfie  admini- 
stration of  justice  in  Latin  America.  With 
offices  in  Miami  and  San  Jose,  Costa 
Rica,  CAJ  has  become  a  unique  interna- 
tional resource  at  the  forefront  of  justice 
sector  reform  in  Latin  America. 

CAJ  employs  a  multidisdplinary  and 
international  staff  of  specialists,  includ- 
ing lawyers,  political  scientists,  public  ad- 
ministrators and  public  policy  analysts. 
Many  are  former  justice  sector  officials 
with  experience  and  skills  in  justice  sec- 
tor issues. 

Giving  special  emphasis  on  support 
to  kxjal  efforts  to  strengthen  and  invigo- 
rate fsiir  Eind  independent  justice  sys- 
tems, the  CAJ  regulariy  works  witfi 
publk:  officials,  scholars  and  practitio- 
ners in  Latin  America. 

The  CAJ  has  become  a  leading 
source  of  information  and  leadership  on 
justice  sector  reform  issues  in  Latin 
America.  Its  assessments  have  been 
widely  disseminated  eind  fiave  been  criti- 
cal in  public  policy  decision-making 
ttxoughout  the  region. 


Center  for  Banl<ing  and 
Financial  Institutions 

The  College  of  Business  Administration 
at  Rorida  International  University  fias  a 


long  tradition  of  preparing  students  for 
careers  in  the  banking  and  finanaal  insti- 
tutions. The  Center  for  Banking  arxl  R- 
nandal  Institutions  was  establisfied  to 
provide  additional  sen/ices  to  banks  and 
financial  institutions  located  in  tfie  South- 
east United  States  and  in  Latin  America 
and  the  Caribbean. 

Associates  of  tfie  Center  for  Banking 
and  Rnandal  Institutions  are  a  select 
group  of  highly  qualified  functional  spe- 
cialists in  the  areas  of  accounting,  fi- 
nance, information  systems,  marketing, 
and  human  resource  management,  wfio 
are  interested  in  tfie  application  of  tfieir 
functioned  specialties  in  solving  contem- 
porary organizational  problems  in  banks 
and  financial  institutions. 

The  center  for  banking  and  Fineincial 
Institutions  at  FlU  meets  the  demeinds 
of  tfie  banking  and  financial  service  sec- 
tor tinrough  four  major  activities: 

Education 

The  Center  for  Banking  and  Rnancial  In- 
stitiJtions  along  with  the  Department  of 
Rnance,  co-sponsors  tfie  Banking  Cer- 
tificate program.  Upon  completion  of  a 
four  course  sequence  of  banking  and  fi- 
nancial institution  courses,  students  are 
awarded  a  Certificate  in  Beinking  from 
tfie  College  of  Business  Ackninistration. 
The  Center  also  supports  educational 
opportunities  for  bank  and  financial  insti- 
tution employees  and  otfier  individuals 
wfx)  wish  to  continue  their  education  in 
the  area  of  banking  and  financial  institu- 
tions, through  otiier  off  campus  pro- 
grams. 

Management  Deveiopment 

The  Center  for  Banking  and  Rnancial  In- 
stitutions develops  and  conducts  quality 
training  programs  and  conferences  on 
topics  ti-iat  are  of  interest  to  and  de- 
manded by  banks  arxJ  financial  institu- 
tions. The  Center  also  offers  custom 
in-fiouse  h-aining  programs  for  tfiose  in- 
stitutions who  desire  a  more  focused  or 
specialized  program. 

Research 

The  Center  for  Banking  and  Rnancial  In- 
stitutions supports  theoretical  and  ap- 
plied research  on  problems  and  Issues 
in  tfie  financial  service  sector.  The  Cen- 
ter also  publisfies  an  academic  journal. 
The  Review  of  Research  in  Banking  and 
Finance. 

Consulting 

The  Center  for  Banking  and  Financial  In- 
stitiJtions  serves  as  a  consulting  clear- 
inghouse. The  Center  will  assist  banks 
and  otiier  financial  institijtions  in  contact- 
ing experts  fi'om  FlU  and  nationwide  to 
assist  ttiem  in  solving  unique  problems 
in  ttieir  organizations. 


Tfie  Center  for  Beinking  and  Finan- 
cial Institutions  is  located  in  W4-202, 
University  Pari<,  348-2771. 


Center  of  Economic 
Research  and  Education 

The  Center  of  Economic  Research  and 
Education  is  a  Type  II  Center  approved 
by  ttie  Board  of  Regents  of  ttie  State 
University  System.  The  purpose  of  ttie 
Center  is  to  foster  a  greater  under- 
standing of  economics.  Tfie  Center  rep- 
resents an  important  link  between  ttie 
University,  business,  and  education 
communities.  As  part  of  its  activities,  ttie 
Center  undertakes  research  projects, 
sponsors  conferences  and  seminars, 
provides  courses  in  economic  education 
for  teacfiers,  and  disseminates  eco- 
nomic data  and  information. 

Established  in  1982  as  one  of  eight 
centers  located  tiiroughout  ttie  State 
University  System,  tfie  Center  is  located 
in  DM  314,  University  Park.  Its  phone 
number  is  348-3283. 


Center  for  Educational 
Development 

The  Center  for  Educational  Develop- 
ment (CED)  is  a  multidisciplinary  unit 
based  in  tfie  College  of  Education 
wfiose  mission  includes:  (1)  planning, 
technical  assistance,  ti'aining  and  re- 
search in  support  of  educational  sys- 
tems development  internationally  and 
domestically;  (2)  increased  minority 
group  access  to  and  achievement  in 
educational  systems;  (3)  acquisition  of 
state  and  external  resources  for  devel- 
opment of  educational  systems;  and  (4) 
multi-institutional  collatx>ration  in  educa- 
tional development  projects  and  re- 
search. 

Tfie  Center  is  governed  and  sup- 
ported jointiy  by  Florida  International 
University,  Miami  Dade  Community  Col- 
lege, and  ttie  University  of  Miami.  It  is 
comprised  of  two  specialized  institutes: 
ttie  International  InstitiJte  of  Educational 
Development  and  tfie  Urban  Educa- 
tional Development  Institute. 

For  more  information  call  940-5820, 
or  Telefax  956-5494,  or  write  to  ttie  Ex- 
ecutive Director,  Center  for  Educational 
Development,  College  of  Education, 
ACI-370,  North  Miami  Campus,  Florida 
International  University,  North  Miami,  FL 
33181. 


30  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


Center  for  Labor 
Research  and  Studies 

The  Center  for  Labor  Research  and 
Studies  (CLR&S)  was  established  in 
1971  to  promote  research,  curriculum 
development  and  community  service  in 
labor  relations  at  the  University.  Accred- 
ited through  the  University  and  College 
Labor  Education  Association  (UCLEA), 
the  Center  is  one  of  51  accredited  labor 
centers  in  the  United  States.  Its  broad 
mission  is  to  provide  'sen/ices  to  work- 
ers and  their  organizations".  This  broad 
mission  translates  into  three  specific  ob- 
jectives: 1 )  to  provide  comprehensive, 
statewide  labor  education  service;  2) 
provide  internal  and  applied  research 
programs  designed  to  support  faculty  re- 
search in  labor  relations,  the  changing 
nature  of  work,  and  labor  education  is- 
sues; and  3)  develop  a  multidisciplinary 
credit  and  non-credit  curriculum  in  labor 
studies  at  the  University. 

As  a  Type  I  Center  of  the  Florida 
State  University  System,  the  CLR&S 
has  major  responsibility  at  the  University 
for  research  on  labor  relations  and  tfie 
changing  nature  of  work  in  Rorida  as 
well  as  curriculum  development  arxJ 
community  service.  This  responsibility 
can  be  met,  in  part,  by  following  thie  Uni- 
versity's mandate  as  descrit>ed  in  its 
mission  statement:  "(to)  serve  the  broad 
community  with  special  concern  for 
greater  Miami  and  South  Rorida,  en- 
hancing the  metropolitan  area's  capac- 
ity to  meet  its  cultural,  economic,  social 
and  urtaan  challenges." 

Since  it  was  founded,  tfie  CLR&S 
fias  become  known  nationally  for  its  in- 
novative, statewide,  non-credit  training 
programs.  Thiese  educational  activities, 
which  serve  over  2,000  students  a  year, 
hiave  helped  to  educate  labor  and  man- 
agement participants  not  only  in  labor  re- 
lations but  h\ave  introduced  innovations 
in  pension  fund  administration,  dynam- 
ics of  privatization,  and  international  la- 
bor perspectives  to  local  and  national 
audiences. 

The  Center  houses  several  projects 
wfiich  serve  to  carry  out  its  research 
and  training  functions.  Among  them  are 
the  Minority  Workers  Project,  the  Con- 
temporary Labor  Issues  Conference  Se- 
ries, the  Labor  and  Community 
Program,  and  the  Applied  Research  Pro- 
gram. Faculty  research  is  distributed 
through  its  various  publication  series. 

A  credit  certificate  in  Labor  Studies, 
a  Professional  Certificate  in  Labor  Stud- 
ies artd  Labor  Relations,  and  a  Labor 
Studies  Concentration  in  Liberal  Studies 
are  offered  as  well  as  conferences, 
wori<shops,  and  consultation  and  re- 


search services.  The  Center  is  located 
in  TR-2,  University  Pari<,  348-2371. 


Center  for  Management 
Development 

The  Center  for  Management  Develop- 
ment, located  in  the  office  of  tfie  Dean, 
College  of  Business  Administration,  was 
created  by  the  Board  of  Regents  in 
1980. 

Contract  Training 

Management  training  and  executive  de- 
velopment programs  are  provided  in  the 
community  and  at  tfie  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus. Programs  are  created  to  meet  tfie 
unique  training  needs  of  each  client. 
Faculty/trainers  use  highly  interactive, 
practical,  and  industry-specific  activities 
aimed  toward  developing  job-related 
competencies.  Certificates,  Continuing 
Education  Units  (C.E.U.'s),  and  Nurses 
Contact  Hours  may  be  earned. 

Microcomputer  Workstiops 

Located  in  North  Miami  Campus,  this 
lab  is  equipped  with  IBM  personal  com- 
puters. The  programs  offered  include: 

Introduction  to  Microcomputers 
Spreadsheets 
Word  Processing 
Business  and  Accounting 
Applications 

Data  Base  Management 

Technical  Assistance  and 
Consultation 

The  Center  is  a  clearing  house  for 
matching  a  variety  of  faculty  resources 
to  complex  and  specialized  needs  of  the 
community.  It  draws  on  a  variety  of  disci- 
plines in  ttie  College  of  Business  Admini- 
stration to  serve  the  private  and  public 
sectors. 

Certificate  Programs 

Professionals  who  desire  to  upgrade 
their  kfiov\rtedge  and  skills  will  benefit 
from  participating  in  the  appropriate  Cer- 
tificate program.  Currently  non-credit 
certificates  may  be  earned  in: 
Personnel  Administration 

Training  &  Human  Resource 
Development 

Management 

Ma  riveting 

Tfie  Center  is  located  in  ACII  310, 
North  Miami  Campus  940-5825. 


Drinking  Water 
Researcli  Center 

The  Drinking  Water  Research  Center 
(DWRC),  the  only  facility  of  its  kind  in 
tfie  State  of  Rorida,  is  primarily  devoted 
to  conducting  scientific  research  and  de- 
veloping essential  technologies  which 
can  be  used  to  provide  quality  drinking 
water.  Among  tfie  Center's  areas  of  in- 
vestigation are: 

Water  Treatment-evaluating  treat- 
ment processes;  conducting  research 
on  tlie  reactions  that  lead  to  formation 
of  potentially  carcinogenic  compounds 
during  water  disinfection  with  chlorine; 
evaluating  alternative  disinfectants  and 
tfieir  effect  on  water  quality;  researching 
the  use  of  high  energy  electrons  in 
water,  wastewater  and  hazardous  waste 
treatment. 

Surtace  Water  Quality-examining  bio- 
logical sources  of  acid  rain;  studying 
treatment  of  domestic,  industrial  and 
hazardous  wastes  since  improper  dis- 
posal can  affect  surtace  water  quality. 

The  Everglades-examining  nutrient 
loading  and  ecosystem  response;  study- 
ing ground  water  movement  with 
changes  in  drainage  canal  levels;  exam- 
ining tfie  question  of  microbiologically 
mediated  cfiemical  processes;  all  to 
fielp  bring  understanding  about  how 
changes  in  conditions  in  the  Everglades 
will  affect  the  water  quality  in  the  Bis- 
cayne  Aquifer,  the  source  of  South  Flor- 
ida's water. 

Although  the  Center  receives  sup- 
port from  the  state,  its  research  is  pri- 
marily funded  through  research  grants 
or  contracts  awarded  to  individual  re- 
search projects.  Funding  has  been  re- 
ceived from  the  U.S.  Environmental 
Protection  Agency,  the  South  Florida 
Water  Management  District,  The  Ever- 
glades National  Park,  the  Dade  County 
Department  of  Environmental  Re- 
sources Management,  local  water  utili- 
ties and  private  companies. 

While  tfie  Center  has  a  complete  ar- 
ray of  instaimentation  for  the  water  qual- 
ity analyses  necessary  in  the  course  of 
its  research  projects,  time  and  staff  con- 
straints do  not  permit  routine  testing  of 
water  for  irvdividuals. 

The  DWRC  does  not  conduct  aca- 
dernic  classes.  However,  qualified  stu- 
dents often  fiave  an  opportunity  to  work 
as  a  research  assistants  in  the  DWRC 
laboratories  or  carry  out  independent  re- 
search projects.  Cooperation  and  inter- 
cfiange  with  ottier  departments  in  tfie 
University  is  stressed. 

The  Center  is  part  of  the  College  of 
Engineering  and  Design  and  is  located 
in  VH  326,  University  Pari<,  348-2826. 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  31 


Elder's  Institute 

The  Elder's  Institute,  a  continuing  educa- 
tion unit  within  the  Southeast  Florida 
Center  on  Aging,  senses  the  educational 
needs  of  the  senior  adults  on  the  Univer- 
sity's North  Miami  Campus.  The  Insti- 
tute's mission  and  scope  is  to  initiate, 
plan,  design,  and  manage  non-credit 
short  courses,  lectures,  seminars,  and 
workshops  for  the  retired  older  learner. 
Programs  are  offered  during  daytime 
hours,  on  campus.  The  courses  offered 
are  primarily  in  the  humanities,  the  be- 
havioreil  sciences  and  the  social  sci- 
ences. Workshops  and  seminars 
provide  opportunities  to  develop  new 
skills  and  to  explore  methods  and 
means  for  personal  grovrth  and  self-im- 
provement. The  Institute's  instructional 
staff  are  community  experts.  University 
faculty  and  retired  seniors.  The  partici- 
pants are  motivated  learners  who  seek 
knowledge,  new  information  and  skills 
for  intellectual  stimulation  and  personal 
growth.  Additional  benefits  are  in- 
creased social  opportunities  which  can 
lead  to  new  friendships  and  meaningful 
relationships.  The  Institute  also  serves 
as  a  resource  for  community  agencies 
and  professionals  in  the  field  of  gerontol- 
ogy. The  Institute  is  located  in  ACI- 
383B,  North  Miami  Campus,  940-5910. 


English  Language 
Institute 

Since  1978,  the  English  Language  Insti- 
tute (ELI)  has  offered  non-credit  English 
language  instruction  to  non-native 
speakers  of  English  in  ttie  community 
and  from  abroad. 

Classes  in  reading,  grammar,  writ- 
ing, and  conversation  are  taught  at  five 
levels  of  proficiency.  Language  labora- 
tory facilities  are  availat)le  in  which  stu- 
dents can  increase  their  listening 
comprehension  and  speaking  skills  un- 
der the  guidance  of  an  instructor.  Stu- 
dents normally  take  a  full,  four-course 
k>ad,  but  it  is  also  possible  for  fully  ad- 
mitted University  students  to  take  a 
course  in  a  single  skill. 

Testing  and  Placement 

The  English  Language  Institute  offers 
profkjency  testing  of  both  written  and 
oral  proficiency  in  English  as  a  support 
service  for  academic  units  throughout 
ttie  University.  Evaluative  procedures 
are  designed  to  fit  the  needs  of  individ- 
ual programs  or  schools,  to  assist  them 
In  the  identificatbn  of  individual  stu- 
dents' level  of  proficiency  in  English, 
eind  to  place  students  in  appropriate  pro- 


grams of  study  when  needed.  In  addi- 
tion, the  Testing  and  Placement  Center 
regulariy  administers  ttie  Test  of  English 
as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL)  and 
the  Test  of  Spoken  English  (TSE)  for 
members  of  the  University  and  Dade 
County  school  communities.  Rnally,  ttie 
Center  provides  certification  in  oral  Eng- 
lish proficiency  through  the  FlU  Oral 
English  Proficiency  Exams  in  coopera- 
tion with  English  language  agencies 
abroad. 

ESL  Evening  and  Saturday 
Program 

The  English  Language  Institute  offers 
non-credit  courses  in  the  evening  and 
on  Saturday  for  non-native  speakers  of 
English. 

Accent  Reduction 

Accent  reduction  classes  are  avail- 
able for  non-native  speakers  of  English 
wfw  a  have  a  good  command  of  the  lan- 
guage but  who  wish  to  improve  their  pro- 
nunciation. 

The  English  Language  Institute  is  lo- 
cated in  PC  316,  University  Pari<,  348- 
2222. 


FAU-FIU  Joint  Center  for 
Environmental  and 
Urban  Problems 

The  establishment  in  July  1972  of  the 
Joint  Center  for  Environmental  and  Ur- 
ban Problems  at  Florida  International 
University  and  Rorida  Atlantic  University 
was  based  on  ttie  premise  that  many  of 
Rorida's  environmental  and  urtian  prob- 
lems are  intenelated  growth  manage- 
ment problems.  The  headquarters  of  the 
Joint  Center  are  located  on  the  Broward 
campus  of  FAU  at  the  University  Tower 
in  Fort  Lauderdale  with  branch  offices 
on  FlU's  North  Miami  Campus  and 
FAU's  Boca  Raton  campus. 

An  associate  director,  research  asso- 
ciate, and  secretary  staff  ttie  FlU  office. 
Part-time  research  associates  and  assis- 
tants supplement  the  full-time  staff,  as 
do  University  faculty  members  on  indi- 
vidual research  projects. 

The  Joint  Center  functions  as  an  ap- 
plied research  and  publk:  service  facility 
that  carries  out  programs  supportive  of 
local,  regional  and  state  agencies,  edu- 
cational institutions,  and  non-profit  or- 
ganizations. The  Center  achieves  its 
purposes  through  activities  in  the  follow- 
ing program  areas:  (1)  in-house  re- 
search with  eipplication  to  state, 
regional,  eind  local  governments;  (2)  re- 
search projects,  supported  by  grants 
and  contracts  with  publk;  and  private 


agerxjies,  that  address  environmental 
and  urban  problems;  (3)  applied  re- 
search grants  awarded  to  faculty  at  Ihe 
two  universities;  (4)  publication  of  ttie 
Joint  Center's  quarteriy  publication,  Envi- 
ronmental and  Urban  Issues,  and 
growth  management  monograph  series; 
(5)  production,  in  conjunction  with  FlU's 
Media  Services,  of  television  documen- 
taries and  public  service  messages  con- 
cerning selected  urtan  and 
environmental  topics;  and  (6)  work- 
shops, assemblies,  conferences  and 
lectures. 

Research 

Recent  research  undertaken  at  the  FlU 
office  of  the  Joint  Center  includes:  a 
study  of  East  Everglades  environmental 
management  for  ttie  Environmental  Pro- 
tection Agency  and  Urban  Land  Insti- 
tute; analysis  of  public  opinion  on 
transportation  issues  for  the  Rorida 
Department  of  Transportation;  develop- 
ment of  an  implementation  strategy  for 
an  affordat)le  housirig  density  bonus  pro- 
gram in  Palm  Beach  County;  and  devel- 
opment of  a  housing  impact 
assessment  model  for  large,  regional  de- 
velopments. 

Each  year  the  Joint  Center  provides 
grants  to  support  faculty  research  in  ur- 
ban and  environmental  problems.  Re- 
cent awards  to  FlU  faculty  have 
supported  research  in  database  design 
for  geographk;  information  systems  and 
economic  modeling  of  the  Miami-Fort 
Lauderdale  economy. 

Service 

In  cooperation  with  local,  regional  and 
state  agencies,  and  with  private  organi- 
zations, the  Joint  Center  fias  organized, 
directed,  and  staffed  conferences  for 
public  officials  and  community  leaders 
on  issues  of  agricultural  land  retention, 
protection  of  drinking  water  supplies, 
and  growth  management.  In  conjunction 
with  FlU's  Media  Services,  television 
documentaries  concerning  coastal  man- 
agement issues,  agricultural  land  reten- 
tion and  the  lives  of  two  nationally 
prominent  environmental  leaders  in  Ror- 
ida have  been  produced  and  distributed 
for  public  education  purposes.  The  FlU 
office  of  the  Joint  Center  is  located  in 
AC-I,  Room  370,  North  Miami  Campus, 
940-5844. 


The  FlU  Institute  of 
Government 

The  Institute  of  Government,  as  a  part 
of  ttie  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Serv- 
ices, provides  technical  assistance,  con- 
sulting servtees,  policy  fooims  and 


32  /  General  Infonnatjon 


Graduate  Catalog 


executive  leadership  development  pro- 
grams to  municipal,  county  and  state  ad- 
ministrators, staff  members,  appointees 
and  elected  offlciais  In  Dade,  Monroe, 
and  Broward  counties.  The  program 
draws  the  University  together  with  the 
community  in  which  it  resides,  and  cou- 
ples ideas  and  skills  from  many  disci- 
plines with  working  governments. 

Upon  request,  the  Institute  develops 
and  delivers  specialized  training  for  gov- 
ernmental units  to  address  any  needs 
they  have  identified.  The  training  is  de- 
veloped in  consultation  wdth  the  clients 
and  can  be  delivered  at  their  site  or  tfie 
University. 

The  Institute  arranges  technical  as- 
sistance and  consulting  services  when 
governments  feel  they  would  benefit 
from  outside  support.  They  might,  for  ex- 
ample, be  seeking  to  solve  an  internal 
problem,  to  gatfier  and  analyze  re- 
search data  pertinent  to  their  operation, 
or  to  carry  out  an  evaluation  of  some 
segment  or  ctll  of  tfieir  operation. 

The  Institute  hwlds  conferences  and 
workshops  as  a  forum  for  community 
discussion  about  and  analysis  of  policy 
issues  of  concern  to  local  governments 
in  the  South  Florida  area. 

The  Institute  develops  and  can-ies 
out  executive  leadership  development 
through  a  number  of  programs,  such  as, 
the  annual  Executive  Leadership  Devel- 
opment Mentoring  Program.  This  pro- 
gram links  upper-level  public 
administrators  and  elected  officials  with 
less-experienced  administrators  and  offi- 
cials, in  a  year-long  program  starting 
each  fall,  to  provide  personal  and  profes- 
sional growth  for  each  individual 


International  Institute  for 
Housing  and  Building 

The  International  Institute  for  Housing 
and  Building  is  established  by  tfie  Col- 
lege of  Engineering  and  Design,  to  pro- 
vide expertise  in  the  design,  engineering, 
architectural,  and  management  aspects 
of  construction.  Tfie  Institute  provides 
academic  research,  and  service  pro- 
grams to  Southeast  Rorida,  Latin  Amer- 
ica, tfie  Caribbean,  and  developing 
nations  throughout  tfie  wortd. 

The  Institute  emphasizes  the  follow- 
ing activities  related  to  fiousing  environ- 
ment. 

1.  To  initiate  and  carry  out  research 
on  problems  related  to  building  planning 
and  construction,  considering  especially 
tfie  technology,  economic,  financial,  and 
managerial  aspects  of  tfie  topic. 


2.  To  generate  funds  from  outside 
sources  to  finance  theoretical  and  ap- 
plied research  activities. 

3.  To  disseminate  \he  results  of  re- 
search projects  and  encourage  ttieir  im- 
plementation. 

4.  To  provide  technical  services  to 
private  and  official  organizations  with  a 
special  emphasis  on  service  to  the  hous- 
ing production  industries  of  South  Ror- 
ida and  in  international  context. 

5.  To  act  as  an  interface  between 
new  developments  in  Housing  Science 
and  their  application  in  tfie  field  of  fious- 
ing and  planning  in  South  Rorida  and  to 
assess  tfieir  relevance  to  tfie  housing  in- 
dustry. 

6.  To  collect  documents  and  dissemi- 
nate information  on  tfie  latest  advances 
in  building  science  and  housing. 

7.  To  attract  researchers  of  tfie  inter- 
national stature  and  reputation  to  the 
University  and  South  Rorida. 

8.  To  develop  a  learning  environ- 
ment in  the  area  of  building  sciences 
relevant  to  tfie  needs  of  low-  and  me- 
dium-income people  of  the  worid. 

9.  To  collaborate  with  other  research 
institutes,  government  agendes,  and 
universities  to  increase  ihe  effect  of  its 
research  program. 

10.  To  organize  scientific  meetings, 
symposia  conferences,  seminars,  and 
worksfiops  at  tfie  University  and  else- 
wfiere. 

1 1.  To  incorporate  tfie  use  of  alterna- 
tive energy,  energy  conservation,  and  ef- 
ficient use  of  natural  resources  in  the 
planning  of  large  projects,  and  to  en- 
courage the  utilization  of  indigenous  ma- 
terials and  labor  sources. 

12.  To  help  implement  programs  to 
alleviate  the  impact  of  various  disasters 
on  housing  including  the  coordination  of 
disaster  preparedness  activities  related 
to  fxjusing. 

An  underiying  concern  of  the  Insti- 
tute is  to  establish  an  interdisciplinary 
environment  in  which  many  disciplines 
within  tfie  University  and  ths  community 
can  arrive  at  feasible  solutions  to  hous- 
ing and  building  problems.  It  is  located 
in  VH  176,  University  Pari<,  348-3171. 


Institute  of  Judaic 
Studies 

The  Institute  of  Judaic  Studies  (US) 
brings  the  University  and  the  community 
together  in  a  mutual  effort  to  nurture 
teaching  and  research  in  academic  ar- 
eas which  stand  as  tfie  cornerstones  of 
Western  Civilization.  The  objective  cf 
the  Institute  is  to  infuse  Jewish  content 
into  the  cum'culum  of  tfie  University  at 


all  appropriate  levels.  Contemporary  is- 
sues and  problems  provide  focal  points 
for  study,  dialogue,  exchange  and 
travel.  The  Institute  fosters  scholarship 
and  inquiry  into  Jewish  tiiemes  leading 
to  the  development  of  course  offerings 
witiiin  existing  academic  departments. 
For  more  information,  call  348-3225. 


Institute  for  Public 
Policy  and  Citizenship 
Studies 

Tfie  Institute  for  Public  Policy  and  Citi- 
zenship Studies  was  founded  in  1 985  to 
offer  students,  faculty,  and  the  commu- 
nity alternative  learning  opportunities  in 
public  policy  and  citizenship  develop- 
ment. Four  key  objectives  fiave  guided 
tfie  Institute's  programs: 

1 .  To  provide  non-traditional  educa- 
tional opportunities  to  tfie  student  body 
on  tfie  responsibilities  and  opportunities 
of  citizenship. 

2.  To  assist  students  and  faculty  in 
understanding  the  impact  tiiat  public  pol- 
icy has  on  their  daily  lives  and  in  tfieir 
career  pursuits. 

3.  To  promote  interdisciplinary  re- 
search efforts  among  faculty  on  local 
and  national  policy  matters. 

4.  To  encourage  joint  university  and 
community  efforts  on  local  policy  issues. 

Tfie  Institute  sponsors  tfie  Student 
HorKJrs  Mentor  Program,  a  semester- 
long  opportunity  for  students  to  meet 
and  interact  witfi  peers  and  faculty  mem- 
bers from  other  academic  disciplines. 
The  Mentor  Program  encourages  partici- 
pants to  examine  a  public  policy  issue  in 
a  small  group  setting  through  discus- 
sions, research,  or  innovative  projects. 
In  providing  an  alternative  mode  of 
learning,  ttie  Institute  hopes  to  give  stu- 
dents practical  experience  in  community 
decision-making  and  problem-solving. 

Tfie  InstitiJte  also  sponsors  and  sup- 
ports a  variety  of  programs  through 
which  FlU  students  provide  community 
service.  One  such  program  is  tfie  Stu- 
dent Literacy  Corps,  in  Dade  County 
Public  Sctwols'  reading  and  writing 
skills  to  illiterate  citizens.  Otfier  pro- 
grams address  environmental  issues, 
citizen  participation  in  government,  and 
inter-generattonal  projects. 

The  InstitiJte  also  wort<s  in  coopera- 
tion with  other  FlU  centers,  including  tfie 
Women's  Studies  Center,  The  Center 
on  Aging,  The  Latxsr  Center,  and  Tfie 
Latin  American/Caribbean  Center. 

In  addition,  tfie  InstitiJte  sponsors 
conferences  and  events  focusing  on  key     I 
policy  issues  tfiat  are  salient  within  our 
local  community.  Nationally  known 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  33 


speakers  and  University  faculty  are  in- 
vited to  present  their  research  findings 
and  perspectives  on  a  variety  of  issues 
ranging  from  citizenship  education  In 
Dade  County  to  the  ethical  implications 
of  an  aging  society  to  tlie  impact  of  gov- 
ernment regulations  on  the  fishing  Indus- 
try. The  conferences  are  designed  to 
offer  the  public  and  university  commu- 
nity additional  resources  in  under- 
standing the  policy  problems  that  we,  as 
a  community,  face  on  a  daily  basis. 

The  Institute  is  located  in  PC  242, 
University  Parl<,  348-2977. 


Latin  American  and 
Caribbean  Center 

The  Latin  American  and  Caribbean  Cen- 
ter (LACC)  promotes  advanced  educa- 
tion and  research  on  Latin  America  and 
the  Caribbean,  a  region  of  intense  inter- 
est to  ttie  United  States.  LACC  offers  un- 
dergraduate and  graduate  certificate 
programs  to  both  degree  and  non-de- 
gree seeking  students,  sponsors  and 
promotes  faculty  researdi  in  the  region, 
eind  offers  public  education  programs  on 
Latin  America  and  the  Caribbean  to  en- 
hance inter-American  understanding. 

Since  it  was  founded  in  1979,  LACC 
f«s  become  one  of  the  country's  lead- 
ing programs  in  Latin  American  and  Car- 
ibbean studies.  Over  90  language  and 
area  studies  faculty  regulariy  offer 
neariy  100  courses  on  diverse  topics. 
Special  seminars  on  the  Latin  American 
debt  and  business  environment  as  well 
as  other  socio-political  and  historical  is- 
sues complement  LACC's  efforts.  Exter- 
nally funded  research  programs  have 
supported  a  continual  fbw  of  visiting 
Latin  American  scholars  to  ttie  Univer- 
sity and  gifts  from  the  local  community 
have  helped  the  University  to  build  a 
strong  Latin  American  and  Caribbean 
studies  library  collection. 

LACC  regulariy  places  students  in 
foreign  study  programs  and  local  intern- 
ships. More  information  is  available  in 
PC  237,  University  Pari<,  348-2894. 


Institute  for  Public 
Opinion  Researcli 

The  Institute  for  Public  Opinion  Re- 
search (IPOR),  a  research  arm  of  the 
School  of  Journalism  and  Mass  Commu- 
nicatkxi,  conducts  public  opinion  polls 
from  its  survey  research  lab  on  tfie 
hJorth  Miami  Campus.  The  institute  was 
founded  in  1983  and  was  quickly  recog- 
nized by  public  and  private  organiza- 
ttons  tfxoughout  South  Florida  as  a 


valuable  survey  research  resource. 
IPOR's  primary  function  Is  to  provide 
public  policy  decisions-makers  with 
timely  and  relatively  inexpensive  infor- 
mation on  how  a  scientifically-selected 
cross-section  of  the  publk:  starxis  on 
various  policy  issues.  Ways  in  which 
IPOR  is  fulfilling  this  function  include: 

1 .  The  annual  FlU/Florida  Poll  which 
is  the  most  comprehensive  public  opin- 
ion survey  conducted  in  the  state.  The 
FlU/Fbrida  Poll  asks  Roridians  about 
the  important  issues  facing  ttiem  - 
crime,  education,  transportation,  fiealth, 
taxes,  politics,  etc.  -  and  asks  many  of 
the  questions  year  after  year,  providing 
valuable  longitudinal  information  not  be- 
fore available.  The  publication  in  book 
form  of  the  results  of  the  FlU/Rorida 
polls  provides  public  officials,  academ- 
ics, businessmen,  and  thie  general  pub- 
lic with  a  ready  reference  resource 
about  opinion  in  the  state.  The  informa- 
tion provided  in  the  FlU/Rorida  Poll 
books  is  unique  in  ttie  United  States, 
and  gives  planners  and  decision  makers 
in  Rorida  an  additional  valuable  informa- 
tion resource. 

2.  IPOR  provides  sun^ey  research  ex- 
pertise to  members  of  the  FlU  commu- 
nity needing  such  expertise  in 
conjunction  with  thieir  official  duties  at 
the  university.  This  includes  assistance 
in  ttie  preparation  of  research  proposals 
wfiich  call  for  survey  research,  provided 
thiat  the  survey  research  part  of  the  pro- 
ject, if  funded,  is  conducted  under  sub- 
contract by  IPOR  in  cooperation  vwth 
the  director  of  the  funded  project. 

3.  IPOR's  staff  and  facilities  are  avail- 
able in  support  of  instructional  activities 
at  tfie  graduate  and  undergraduate  level 
involving  public  opinion  research  and 
survey  research  methodology. 

4.  IPOR  continues  to  seek  external 
funding  in  support  of  its  long-standing  in- 
terest in  the  area  of  public-policy  com- 
munication. That  may,  for  example, 
include  the  development  of  an  annual 
South  Fksrida  survey,  development  of  a 
standard  metropolitan  area  assessment 
instrument  which  would  be  readily  avail- 
able to  major  cities  and  counties  in  the 
state,  or  development  of  a  standard  in- 
strument by  which  state  and  local  legis- 
lators can  quickly  and  inexpensively 
gauge  Itie  sentiments  of  their  constitu- 
ents on  policy  Issues. 

5.  IPOR,  in  cooperation  vwth  the  Cen- 
tral American  Journalism  Project  of  the 
SJMC,  involves  itself  In  ttie  develop- 
ment of  affordable  and  scientifically  ac- 
ceptable survey  research  methodology 
usable  in  tfie  developing  democracies  of 
Latin  America  and  ttie  Caribbean. 

IPOR  is  located  in  Academic  One, 
Room  266,  on  tfie  North  Miami  Cam- 
pus. For  more  information  call  940-5991 . 


Center  for  Multilingual 
and  Multicultural  Studies 

The  Board  of  Regents  established  ttie 
Center  for  Multilingual  and  Multicultural 
Studies  as  a  center  of  excellence  in  or- 
der to  improve  ttie  quality  of  foreign  lan- 
guage, bilingual  education,  linguistics, 
arKJ  multicultural  programs  offered  in 
ttie  State. 

The  main  purpose  of  the  Center  is  to 
develop,  plan  and  coordinate  research 
and  training  programs  in  the  areas  of  for- 
eign languages  and  literature,  linguis- 
tics, bilingual  education,  multicultural 
approaches  to  ttie  humanities  in  interna- 
tional and  domestic  contexts,  and  inter- 
national studies.  Its  primary  research 
programs  focus  on  language  policy,  mi- 
gration, and  ethnidty. 

The  Center  houses  several  projects 
which  serve  to  carry  out  its  research 
and  fi-aining  functions.  Among  thiese  are 
the  African-New  Worid  Studies  initiative 
and  ttie  documentary  project:  Living 
History:  A  Reflection  on  the  Cuban  Na- 
tion arid  Exile. 

Cuban  Exile  History  and 
Archives  Project 

The  Cuban  Exile  Archives  collects  rare 
imprints,  manuscripts,  audiovisuals, 
ephemeral,  artifacts,  recorded  oral  testi- 
monies and  mactiine  neadat>le  records  il- 
lusti'ating  and  documenting  ttie 
Cuban-American  tieritage.  It  seeks  to 
disseminate  ttiem  tfirough  historical  re- 
search by  members  of  the  University, 
ottier  area  institutions,  and  ttie  general 
public.  The  resulting  research  is  publish- 
ed in  Cuban  Heritage:  A  Journal  of  His- 
tory and  ttie  Humanities  which  appears 
quarteriy.  The  presentation  of  ttie  Cu- 
tian  community's  living  testimony 
tfirough  the  technk;ues  of  oral  Nstory  is 
also  one  of  ttie  Project's  main  concerns. 
The  Project  encourages  ttie  donation  of 
historically  significant  materials  to  ttie 
Cuban  Exile  Archives  or  to  ottier  appro- 
priate repositories. 


Small  Business 
Development  Center 

The  Small  Business  Development  Cen- 
ter (SBDC)  is  a  program  designed  to 
provide  comprehensive  small  business 
management  and  tectmical  assistance 
to  ttie  small  business  community.  The 
Center  serves  as  a  focal  point  for  linking 
resources  of  ttie  federal,  state,  and  local 
governments  witti  ttiose  resources  of 
ttie  University  and  ttie  private  sector. 
These  resources  are  utilized  to  counsel 
and  tt-£iin  small  businesses  in  resolving 


34  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


start-up,  organizational,  financial,  mar- 
keting, technical,  and  otiier  problems 
they  might  encounter. 

The  Small  Business  Development 
Center  is  a  basic  services  center.  It  dis- 
seminates business  management  infor- 
mation, performs  financial  analyses  and 
management  audits,  assists  in  market 
and  feasibility  studies,  and  provides 
business  management  counseling  and 
training. 

In  June  1980,  the  SBDC  started  ac- 
tively fulfilling  its  mission  to  tiie  small 
business  community  of  greater  Miami 
area  by  providing  counseling  services 
and  training  programs  to  tfie  public.  In 
the  past  year,  tiie  SBDC  staff  provided 
4,530  people  from  the  community  WAh 
small  business  management  training. 
Also,  the  Center  counseled  3,100  per- 
sons in  starting  and  managing  their 
small  businesses  during  tiiie  same  pe- 
riod. 

The  Center  also  attracts  many  cli- 
ents through  its  special  services  such  as 
INFO-BID  and  the  Florida  Innovation 
Program.  These  services  are  designed 
to  provide,  respectively,  leads  for  gov- 
ernment and  private  contracts  to  Florida 
small  businesses  and  assistarK«  to  the 
inventor/entrepreneur.  In  addition,  we 
provide  businesses  interested  in  export- 
ing assistance  through  our  International 
Trade  Center. 

The  SBDC  is  actively  involved  in  pro- 
moting community  relations  for  the  Uni- 
versity through  the  activities  of  its  staff 
with  Chamber  of  Commerce,  trade  asso- 
ciations, arxl  community-based  organi- 
zations. These  activities  include  serving 
on  committees  and  numerous  speaking 
engagements. 

The  Center  is  tocated  in  Trailer  MO- 
1,  University  Park,  348-2272,  ACI  350, 
North  Miami  Campos,  940-5790,  and  46 
SW 1  st  Avenue,  Dania,  987-0100. 


Southeast  Florida 
Center  on  Aging 

The  Southeast  Florida  Center  on  Aging 
offers  a  multi-disciplinary  program  in  ger- 
ontology with  a  unique  public  sector  fo- 
cus. It  is  the  mission  of  the  Center  to 
serve  as  a  focal  point  for  applied  public 
policy  research,  to  design  and  imple- 
ment comprefiensivB  gerontological  edu- 
cation and  trainir^g  program  for 
students,  professionals  and  older  learn- 
ers, and  to  demonsti'ate  concepts  to 
serve  older  persons.  The  Center  seeks 
to  achieve  its  goals  through  a  wide  vari- 
ety of  educational  activities  designed  to 
further  the  pursuit  of  knowledge  and  un- 
derstanding about  aging  in  today's  soci- 
ety, with  particular  emphasis  upon  the 


development,  implementation,  and 
evaluation  of  public  policy. 

Objectives 

The  Center  supports,  sponsors,  con- 
ducts, and  participates  in  a  wide  range 
of  activities  etimed  at  improving  the  qual- 
ity of  life  for  older  people  of  South  Ror- 
ida.  Pursuant  to  its  mandate  for 
education  and  ti'ctining,  research  and 
community  service,  thie  Center  is  en- 
gaged in: 

1 .  Development  of  gerontology  edu- 
cation across  disciplines  throughout  the 
University  community. 

2.  Expanded  opportunities  for  train- 
ing and  professional  development  of  per- 
sons working  witii  or  planning  to  work 
witii  older  people. 

3.  Aging  research,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  current  and  future  public  pol- 
icy in  the  area  of  long  term  care. 

4.  A  wnde  range  of  lifelong  learning 
and  educational  opportunities  for  older 
people. 

5.  Technical  assistance  and  support 
to  public  agencies  and  community  or- 
ganizations aimed  at  improving  the  ef- 
fectiveness of  programs  for  older  people. 
The  center  consists  of  three  compo- 
nents: 

Research:  Focus  on  applied  public  pol- 
icy research  as  well  as  promotion  of  re- 
search involving  faculty  from  a  variety  of 
disciplines  within  tiie  University.  There 
is  an  emphasis  on  potential  applications 
of  research  findings  by  policy  makers 
and  healtii  and  social  sciences  practitio- 
ners. 

Education  and  Training:  Organization, 
in  dose  collaboration  with  tiie  academic 
departments,  of  credit  and  non-credit 
certificate  programs  for  undergraduate 
and  graduate  students  and  for  practitio- 
ners in  tiie  field  of  aging.  Delivery  of 
training  seminars  and  workshops  both 
at  Hie  University  and  at  locations 
throughout  Southeast  Rorida. 

The  Elders  Institute,  a  continuing 
education  program,  offers  a  broad  array 
of  continuing  education  courses  for  tfie 
older  learner  and  is  exploring  develop- 
ment of  additional  educational  and  cul- 
tural activities  for  older  persons. 
Program  Development  and  Technical 
Assistance:  Design  of  innovative  con- 
cepts and  programs  that  furttier  public 
policy  objectives  to  expand  opportuni- 
ties for  older  people  or  to  improve  tiie 
delivery  of  health  and  social  services  to 
them.  The  Center  provides  assistance 
and  support  for  agencies  and  organiza- 
tions serving  older  people  throughout 
Rorida. 

The  Center  is  located  in  ACI  383, 
North  Miami  Campus,  940-5550. 


Women's  Studies  Center 

The  Women's  Studies  Center  sen/es  as 
a  University  resource  on  the  specialized 
concerns  and  academic  interests  of 
women.  A  major  focus  of  tiie  Center  is 
tiie  interdisciplinary  Certificate  Program 
in  Women's  Studies  which  provides  sup- 
port for  the  certificate  faculty  committee 
arxl  the  development  of  the  program. 

The  Certificate  in  Women's  Studies 
was  established  to  provide  an  opportu- 
nity for  tfie  interdisciplinary  study  of  tfie 
historical,  political,  economic,  literary,  so- 
cial, and  cultural  roles  of  women;  arxl  of 
tiie  function  of  gender  in  various  socie- 
ties and  cultures.  Tfie  program  is  di- 
rected toward  specialists  and 
generalists  alike:  it  offers  a  plan  of  study 
for  students  in  tfie  various  departments 
wfx3  wish  to  eann  a  certificate  in 
women's  studies,  and  it  welcomes  stij- 
dents  who  wish  to  enroll  in  its  courses 
witiiout  fulfilling  the  requirements  for  the 
certificate. 

The  Center  provides  a  place  and  op- 
portunity to  foster  women's  progress 
tiirough  such  activities  as  referrals, 
counseling,  peer  groups,  access  to  stud- 
ies and  research  on  women's  learning 
and  culture,  and  assistance  on  issues  of 
gender  inequality.  The  Center  offers 
seminars,  conferences,  lecture  series, 
and  related  events  on  both  academic 
and  women's  issues  topics. 

The  Center  is  located  in  DM  212, 
University  Park,  348-2408. 


Florida's  Statewide 
Course  Numbering 
System 

The  course  numbers  appearing  in  tfie 
catalog  are  part  of  a  statewide  system 
of  prefixes  and  numbers  developed  for 
use  by  all  public  post -secondary  and 
participating  private  institutions  in  Ror- 
ida. One  of  tiie  major  purposes  of  tills 
system  is  to  make  transferring  easier  by 
identifying  courses  which  are  equiva- 
lent, no  matter  where  tfiey  are  taught  in 
the  state.  All  courses  designated  as 
equivalent  will  carry  the  same  prefix  and 
last  tiiree  digits. 

The  classifying  and  numbering  of 
courses  is  done  by  faculty  in  each  aca- 
demic discipline.  Their  wort<  is  revievred 
by  all  of  Florida's  postsecondary  institu- 
tions who  make  suggestions  and  criti- 
cisms to  be  incorporated  into  the 
system. 

The  course  numbering  system  is,  by 
law,  descriptive  and  not  prescriptive.  It 
in  no  way  limits  or  controls  wtiat  courses 
may  be  offered  or  fx)w  they  are  taught. 


Graduate  Catalog 


General  Information  /  35 


It  does  not  affect  course  titles  or  descrip- 
tions at  Individual  schools.  It  seeks  only 
to  describe  wtiat  is  being  offered  in  post- 
secondary  education  in  Rorida  in  a  man- 
ner that  is  intelligible  and  useful  to 
students,  faculty,  and  other  interested 
users  of  the  system. 

The  course  numbering  system  was 
developed  so  that  equivalent  courses 
could  be  accepted  for  transfer  without 
misunderstanding.  Each  public  institu- 
tion is  to  accept  for  transfer  aedit  any 
course  which  carries  the  same  prefix 
and  last  three  digits  as  a  course  at  the 
receiving  institution.  For  example,  if  a 
student  has  tal<en  SYG  000  at  a  commu- 
nity college,  ha  cannot  be  required  to  re- 
peat SYG  000  at  tfie  school  to  which  he 
transfers.  Furtfier,  credit  for  any  course 
or  its  equivalent,  as  judged  by  tfie  appro- 
priate faculty  task  force  and  published  in 
the  course  numbering  system,  which 
can  be  used  by  a  native  student  to  sat- 
isfy degree  requirements  at  a  state  uni- 
versity can  also  be  used  for  that 
purpose  by  a  transfer  student  regard- 
less of  wfiere  the  credit  was  earned. 

It  should  be  noted  that  a  receiving  in- 
stitution is  not  precluded  from  using  non- 
equivalent  courses  for  satisfying  certain 
requirements. 

General  Rule  for  Course 
Equivalencies 

All  undergraduate  courses  bearing  the 
same  alpha  prefix  arxJ  last  three  num- 
bers (and  alpha  suffix,  if  present)  have 
been  agreed  upon  to  be  equivalent.  For 
example,  an  introductory  course  in  soci- 
ology is  offered  in  over  40  post-secon- 
dary institutions  in  FkMida.  Since  these 
courses  are  considered  to  be  equiva- 
lent, each  one  will  carry  the  designator 
SYG  000. 

Rrst  Digit 

Tfie  first  digit  of  tfie  course  number  is  as- 
signed by  the  institution,  generally  to  in- 
dicate the  year  it  is  offered:  1  indicates 
freshman  year,  2  indicates  sophomore 
year,  etc.  In  tfta  sociology  example  men- 
tioned above,  or>e  school  which  offers 
tfie  course  in  the  freshman  year  will 
number  it  SOC  1000;  a  school  offering 
the  same  course  in  the  sophomore  year 
will  number  it  SOC  2000.  The  variance 
in  first  numbers  does  not  affect  ttie 
equivalency.  If  the  prefix  and  fast  three 
digits  are  tfie  same,  tfie  courses  are  sub- 
stantively equivalent. 

Titles 

Each  Institution  will  retain  its  own  title  for 
each  of  its  courses.  The  sociology 
courses  menttoned  above  are  titled  at 
different  schools  'Introductory  Sociol- 
ogy,' 'General  Sociology',  and  'Princi- 
ples of  Sock>k)gy'.  The  tide  does  not 


affect  tfie  equivalency.  Tfie  courses  all 
carry  tfie  same  prefix  arxl  last  ttvee  dig- 
its; tfiat  is  what  identifies  tfiem  as 
equivalent. 

Lab  Indicators 

Some  courses  will  carry  an  alpfia  suffix 
indicating  a  lab.  The  alpha  suffixes  'L' 
and  'C  are  used  as  follows  to  indicate 
laboratories:  'L'  means  either  (a)  a 
course,  the  content  of  w/hich  is  entirely 
laboratory  or  (b)  the  laboratory  compo- 
nent of  a  lecture-lab  sequence  in  which 
the  lab  is  offered  at  a  different 
time/place  from  the  lecture. 

'0'  means  a  combined  lecture-lab 
course  in  which  the  lab  is  offered  in  con- 
juration with  the  lecture  at  the  same 
time/same  place. 

Examples 

Marine  Biology    OCB  013  (lecture  only) 
OCB013L  (lab  only) 

Marine  Biology    OCB  01 3C  (lecture 
and  lab  combined) 
Therefore,  OCB  01 3C  is  equivalent 

to  OCB  013  plus  OCB  013L. 

Equivalency  of  Sequences 

In  certain  cases,  sequences  of  courses 
in  a  given  disdpiina  are  equivalent 
rather  than  the  individual  courses  which 
make  up  these  sequences.  (For  exam- 
ple, CHM_045  plus  CHM_046).  In  sev- 
eral institutions  students  have 
completed  substantively  equivalent  con- 
tent. These  sequences  are  deariy  identi- 
fied in  the  Course  Equivalency  Profiles. 

Explanation  of  Prefixes  and 
Numtiers 

Prefixes  and  numbers  in  the  course 
numbering  system  are  not  chosen  at 
random;  they  are  designed  to  describe 
course  content  in  an  organized  fashion 
within  a  classification  system  developed 
for  each  subject  matter  area. 

Generally,  each  of  tfie  major  classifi- 
cations in  a  disci|3line  is  represented  by 
a  three-alpfia  prefix.  In  some  cases,  one 
three-alpfia  prefix  has  been  sufficient  for 
the  entire  discipline.  A  discipline  may 
use  as  many  prefixes  as  necessary  to 
accommodate  its  major  classifications. 
The  togic  of  the  system  allows  it  to  be  in- 
finitely expandable  with  minimal  dismp- 
tion  to  existing  numbers. 

History,  for  example,  has  seven  pre- 
fixes: AFH,  African  History;  AMH,  Ameri- 
can History;  ASH,  Asian  History;  EUH, 
European  History;  HIS,  History  -  Gen- 
eral ;  LAH,  Latin  American  History;  and 
WOH,  Worid  History.  All  history  courses 
in  the  state  will  carry  one  of  these 
prefixes. 

A  complete  Inventory  of  taxonomic 
listings,  equivalent  and  unique  courses 


has  been  made  available  to  each  aca- 
demic department  of  every  institution  in 
the  state.  Students,  through  thieir  local 
advisors,  should  use  this  infonmatk>n  in 
designing  programs  which  will  transfer 
smoothly. 

A  more  specific  example  is  AMH 
3421  (Eariy  American  History) 

AMH         Broad  Area  of  American  History; 
part  of  discipline  of  History 

3  Junior  level  offering  (at  this 
particular  institution) 

4  In  Taxonomy  for  AMH  400 
series  indicates  'Areas  in 
American  History 

2  In  Taxonomy  for  AMH  this 

digit  indicates  courses  in  'His- 
tory of  Florida' 

1  Last  digit  in  this  case  refers 

to  group  of  equated  courses 
dealing  with  'Eariy  History  of 
Rorida' 

Exception  to  the  Rule  for 
Equivalencies 

The  following  are  exceptions  to  tfie  gen- 
eral rule  for  course  equivalencies: 

1.  All  numbers  which  have  second 
digit  of  9  (Ex.:  ART  2906)  are  'place 
keeper'  numbers  for  such  courses  as  di- 
rected independent  study,  thesis  hours, 
etc.  Courses  with  900  numbers  must  be 
evaluated  individually  and  are  not  auto- 
matically transferable. 

2.  All  internships,  practicum,  clinical 
experiences  and  study  abroad  course, 
whatever  numbers  they  carry,  are  not 
automatically  transferable. 

3.  Performance  or  studio  courses  in 
Art,  Dance,  Theatre,  and  Music  are  not 
automatically  transferable,  but  must  be 
evaluated  individually. 

Authority  For  Acceptance  of 
Equivalent  Courses 

Authority  for  acceptance  of  equivalent 
courses  is  State  Board  of  Education 
Rule  6A- 10.24(1 6)  wNch  states: 
(16)  When  a  student  transfers 
among  postsecondary  area  vocational- 
technical  centers,  community  colleges, 
and  universities,  the  receiving  institutton 
shall  award  credit  for  courses  satisfacto- 
rily completed  at  the  previous  institu- 
tions when  ttie  courses  are  judged  by 
ttie  appropriate  common  course  desig- 
nation and  numbering  system  faculty 
task  force  to  be  equiv^ent  to  courses  of- 
fered at  the  receiving  institution  and  are 
entered  in  ihe  course  numbering  sys- 
tem. Credit  so  awarded  can  be  used  by 
tiansfer  students  to  satisfy  certifk:ate 
and  degree  requirements  in  these  insti- 
tutions on  the  same  basis  as  native  stu- 
dents. 


36  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Catalog 


Administration  and 
Staff 

Office  of  the  President 

President  Modesto  A.  Maidtque 

Executive  Assistant 

to  Shs  President  Uva  A.  Clavijo 

Director,  internal 

Management  Auditing  Affredo  Acin 
Director  of 

Governmertt  Relations   Henry  Solares 

Academic  Affairs 

Acting  Provost  and 

Vica  President  James  A.  Mau 

Vice  Provost, 

Broward  Judith  A.  BlL>cker 

Vice  Provost  Thomas  A.  Bresiin 

Woe  Provost  Charles  L.  Eikins 

Vice  Provost,  Institutional 

Research  and 

Planning  Sushi  I  Gupta 

Assistant  to  the 

Provost  Dennis  Wiedman 

Dean,  Continuing 

Education  Carotann  W.  Baldyga 

Dean,  Graduate 

StucSes  Richard  L  Campbeii 

Dean,  Undergraduate 

SbJdies  Fernando  Gonzafez-Reigosa 
Director,  Academic 

Budget  Irerte  Manos 

Director,  Instructional 

Meda  Services  Blanca  A  Riley 

Director,  Office  of 

interrtatiorral  Affairs  tJermis  Gayle 
Director,  Sponsored  Research 

and  Trairtng  Thomas  A.  Breslin 

Director.  Libraries  Laurence  A.  Miller 
Director,  The  Art 

Museum  Dahlia  Morgan 

Academic  Deans 
Dean,  College  of  Arts 

and  Sciences 

(Acting)  Arthur  W.  Herriott 

Dean,  College  of  Business 

Administration  Harold  E.  Wyman 

Dean,  College  of 

Education  I.  Ira  Goldenberg 

Dean,  College  of  Engineering 

and  Design  Gordon  R.  Hopkins 

Dean,  College  of 

Health  William  J.  Keppler 

Dean,  School  of  Hospitality 

Management  Anthony  G.  Marshall 
Dean,  Sdwolof 

Nursing  Unda  A.  Simunek 

Dean,  School  of  Public  Affairs 

and  Services  Allan  Rosenbaum 


Libraries 

Director  Laurence  A.  Miller 

Director  of  Administrative 
Services  Calvin  Burkhart 

Associate  Director     Antonie  B.  Downs 
Assistant  Director  for  Collection 

Development  Salvador  Miranda 

Assistant  Director, 

Reader  Services  Sherry  Carrlllo 

Business  and  Finance 

Vice  President       (.eonardo  Rodriguez 
Wee  President  for  Operations, 

North  Miami      Ronald  G.  Arrowsmith 
Assodate  Vice 

President  Bradley  Biggs 

Director,  Auxiliary 

Services  Juan  Argtxiin 

Director,  Controller's 

Office  James  Ketzle 

Director,  Equal  Opportunity 

Programs  Toni  Eisner 

Director,  Facilities 

Management  Dan  D'Oliveira 

Director,  Health  and 

Environmental 

Safety  Miiagros  G.  Gandia 

Director,  Physical 

Plant  Jose  Gerardo  Gomez 

Director.  Purchasing  Judy  Weech 

[Erector,  University 

Personnel  Relations    Gloria  B.  Carter 
University  Attorney        l.eslle  l^ngbeln 

North  r^iami,  Budget, 
and  Information 
Resource  Management 

Wee  President,  North  Miami 

Campus  Paul  D.  Gallagher 

Assodate  Vice  President  (Acting), 
Information  Resource 

Management  James  E  Helm 

Director,  Budget 

Planning  Charies  L  TirxJer 

[Xrector,  Computer 

Systems  and 

Services  Jacqueline  M.  Zeldman 

Director,  SERDAC         Frederick  Koch 
Director,  Telecommunications 

Zulelka  De  1.3s  Pozas 
Registrar  Lourdes  Meneses 

Student  Affairs 

Wee  President  Richard  J.  Correnti 

Assodate  Vice  President, 

Enrollment  Thomas  A.  Syracuse 

Assistant  Vice  President, 

Student 

Development  Glenda  A.  Belote 

Assistant  Vice  President, 

Minority  Programs  TBA 


Assistant  Vice  President, 

Nortii  Miami  Campus  Helen  Bllson 
Assistant  to  the 

Vice  President  John  A.  Bortanno 

Assistant  to  ttie 

Vice  President  Ametta  R.  Davis 

Director.  Admissions  Carmen  A  Brown 
Director,  Career  Planning 

and  Placement  Olga  Magnusen 

Director,  Counseling 

Center  Lynn  Simek-Mcrgan 

Director,  Enrollment 

Suppon  Services  Gabriel  E  Yanni 
Director,  Financial  Aid  Ana  R.  SarastI 
Director.  Housing  Ana  Sanchez  Sippin 
Director,  Intercollegiate 

Athletics  Richard  Young 

Director,  International 

Services  Judith  Green 

Acti'ng  Director,  Minority 

Programs  Joanne  Nottingham 

Director,  Mnority  Student 

Services  Ozzie  Ritchey 

Director  Student 

Activities,  Larry  Lunsford 

Director,  Student  Center,  North 

M'ami  Campus  George  E  Wilson 
Director,  Health 

Center  Robert  Dollinger 

Director,  Student  Urtion 

University  Park  Ruth  A.  Hamilton 

Director,  University  Public 

Safety  Harvey  Gunson 

University  Relations  and 
Development 

Vice  President  Michael  P.  Morgan,  Jr. 
Assistant  Vice  President. 

Development  (Acting)  Dale  C.  Webb 
Director,  Alumni 

Affairs  Victoria  Hernandez 

Director.  University  Annual 

Suppon  Sandra  A.  Blue 

Director.  FlU 

Foundation  Maryellen  Canfora 

Director,  News 

Bureau  Connie  Crowther 

Centers  and  Institutes 

Director,  Center  for 

Accounting.  Auditing. 

and  Tax  Studies  Felix  Pomeranz 

Director.  Center  for  the 

Administration  of  Justice  Luis  Salas 
Director,  Center  for  Banking 

and   Financial 

Institutions  John  S.  Zdanowicz 

Director,  Center  for  Economic 

Research  and 

Education  Jorge  Salazar-Carrilk) 

Director,  Center  for  Educational 

Development  John  A.  Carpenter 


Graduate  Catalog  General  Information  /  37 

Direcfor,  Center  for  Labor  Research 

and  Studies  Gulllermo  J;  Grenier 
Director,  Center  for  Management 

Development  Willat>eth  Jordan 

Director,  Drinldng  Water 

Research  Center  William  J.  Cooper 
Director,  Elders  Institute  Diane  Otis 
Director,  English  Language 

Institute  Chariotte  K.  Al-Jamal 

Director  (Acting),  FAU-FIU  Joint 

Center  for  Environmental 

andUrttan 

Problems  Thomas  D.  Wilson 

Director,  FlU  Institute 

of  Government  MilanJ.  DIuhy 

Director,  Institute  for 

Judaic  Studies  Stephen  Fain 

Director  (Acting),  Institute 

for  PuUic  Policy 

and  Citizensfiip 

Studies  John  F.  Stack 

Director,  Institute  for 

Public  Opinion 

Research  J.  Arthur  Helse 

Director,  International  Institute 

for  Housing  and  Building  Oktay  Ural 
Director,  Latin  American 

and  Caribbean 

Center  Mark  B.  Rosent)erg 

Director  (Acting),  Multilingual 

and  Multicultural  Studies 

Center  Tanya  Saunders-Hamilton 
Director,  Small  Business 

Development  Center  Marvin  Nesbit 
Executive  Director,  Southeast 

Florida  Center 

onAgng  Max  B.  Rothman 

Director,  Women's  Studies 

Center  Marilyn  Hoder-Salnwn 


38  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalc^ 


College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  fur- 
thers the  study  of  fundamental  intellec- 
tual disciplines,  and  serves  the 
University's  other  Colleges  and  Schools. 
The  College  grants  Bachelor's,  Mas- 
ter's, and  Ph.D.  degrees.  In  addition, 
the  College  serves  students  who  need 
to  complete  general  education  and  core 
curriculum  requirements,  and  other  re- 
quirements, in  order  to  enroll  in  specific 
disciplines  or  professional  programs. 

The  College  is  composed  of  18  de- 
partments, in  addition  to  the  Scfxiol  of 
Computer  Science,  tfie  School  of  Jour- 
nalism and  Mass  Communication,  and 
tfvee  Interdisciplinary  programs. 

Graduate  Programs 

The  College  has  academic  programs 
leading  to  Master's  degrees  in  biology, 
chemistry,  comparative  sociology,  com- 
puter science,  creative  writing,  econom- 
ics, environmental  and  urban  systems 
(offered  jointly  with  the  College  of  Engi- 
neering and  Applied  Sciences),  geology, 
hispanic  studies,  history,  international 
studies,  linguistics,  mass  communica- 
tion, mathiematicai  sciences,  physics, 
and  psychology. 

The  College  offers  academic  pro- 
grams leading  to  tfie  Ph.D.  in  biology, 
computer  science,  economics,  and  psy- 
chology. 

Note:  The  programs,  policies,  require- 
ments, arxJ  regulations  listed  in  tfiis  cata- 
log are  continually  subject  to  review  in 
order  to  serve  the  needs  of  the  Univer- 
sity's various  publics  and  to  respond  to 
the  mandates  of  the  Rorida  Board  of  Re- 
gents and  the  Rorida  Legislature. 
Changes  may  be  made  witfwut  advance 
notice.  Please  refer  to  tfte  General  Infor- 
mation section  for  the  University's  poli- 
cies, requirements,  and  regulations. 


Biological  Sciences 

Walter  M.  Goldberg,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Charles  Bigger,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chair  of  Graduate  Studies 
Chun-fan  Chan,  Associate  Professor 
Helen  Correll,  Research  Scientist 
Leon  A.  Cuervo,  Professor 
George  H.  Dalrymple,  Associate 

Professor 
Kelsey  Downum,  Associate  Professor 


Jack  B.  Fisher,  Research  Scientist 
Kenneth  Gordon,  Associate  Professor 
Rene  Herrera,  Assistant  Professor 
William  Houghton,  Research  Scientist 
Ronald  D.  Jones,  Associate  Professor 
Suzanne  Koptur,  Associate  Professor 
David  N.  Kuhn,  Assistant  Professor 
David  W.  Lee,  Associate  professor 
John  Makemson,  Professor 
Gerald  L  Murison,  Professor 
Knut  W.  Norstog,  Research  Scientist 
Steven  F.  Oberbauer,  Assistant 

Professor 
Case  K.  Okubo,  Associate  Professor 
John  Popenoe,  Research  Sdentist 
L  Scott  QuackentHish,  Assistant 

Professor 
Jennifer  Richards,  Associate  Professor 
Laurie  L.  Richardson,  Assistant 

Professor 
Roger  Sanders,  Research  Sdentist 
Martin  L.  Tracey,  Professor 
Ophelia  1.  Weeks,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in  Biology 

To  be  admitted  into  thie  Master's  degree 
program  in  Biology,  a  student  must: 

1 .  Hold  a  Bachelor's  degree  in  a  rele- 
vant discipline  from  an  accredited  col- 
lege or  university. 

2.  Have  a  3.0  average  or  higher  dur- 
ing the  last  two  years  of  the  undergradu- 
ate program  and  a  combined  score 
(vert^al  arKi  quantitative)  of  1000  or 
higher  on  the  Graduate  Record  Exam.^ 

3.  Tv«j  letters  of  recommendation  of 
the  student's  academic  potential. 

4.  Foreign  students  whose  native  lan- 
guage is  not  English  must  take  the 
TOEFL  (Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language)  and  obtain  a  score  of  550  or 
higher. 

5.  Receive  approval  from  the  Depart- 
mental Graduate  Committee. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Sdence  in  Biology  con- 
sists of  36  credits,  including  a  thesis 
based  upon  tfie  student's  original  re- 
search. A  maximum  of  six  aedits  of 
graduate  coursework  may  be  trans- 
ferred from  other  institutions,  subject  to 
tfie  approval  of  the  Graduate  Committee. 

Required  Courses 

BSC  5408     Experimental  Biology        4 
BSC  6457     Introduction  to  Biological 

Research  3 

BSC  5931      Graduate  Seminar 
(a  1  credit  course 
taken  twice)  2 

BSC  6971      K^aster's  Thesis  6 

Electives^  21 

Foreign  language  competency^ 


These  must  include  at  least  16  credits 
of  courses  in  the  Department  of  Biologi- 
cal Sciences.  No  more  than  six  credits 
can  be  transferred  from  anottier  gradu- 
ate program,  subject  to  tfie  approval  of 
ttie  Graduate  Committee.  At  least  six 
credits  must  be  at  ttie  6000-level  (ex- 
cluding tiiesis  credits).  Credits  taken  at 
the  4000-level  beyond  six,  or  at  a  lower 
levels,  will  not  count  towards  graduation. 
^Competency  will  be  determined  by  ex- 
amination consisting  of  a  clear  transla- 
tion of  technical  material  in  a  foreign 
language.  Credits  taken  to  gain  such 
proficiency  will  not  count  toward  gradu- 
ation. As  an  alternative,  students  may 
substitute  either  six  credits  of  computer 
programming  or  mathematics  beyond 
Calculus  II. 

Graduation  Requirements 

A  grade  of  'C  or  higher  must  be  ob- 
tained in  all  courses  with  a  cumulative 
average  of  3.0  or  higher  in  the  36  cred- 
its, and  a  tfiesis  must  be  completed  and 
accepted  after  presentation  to  an  ad 
fioc  Thesis  Committee  ctiosen  by  tfie 
student's  Thesis  advisor. 

Doctor  of  Pliilosophy  in  Biology 

To  be  admitted  into  the  Ph.D  program  in 
Biology,  a  student  must: 

1 .  Hold  a  Bachelor's  degree  in  a  rele- 
vant discipline  from  an  accredited  col- 
lege or  university; 

2.  Have  a  3.2  grade  point  average 
during  the  last  two  years  of  tfie  under- 
graduate program; 

3.  Have  a  combined  score  (verbal 
and  quantitative)  of  1 ,000  on  tfie  gen- 
eral Graduate  Record  Exam  (GRE)  and 
tfie  results  of  the  biology  advanced  sec- 
tion; 

4.  Foreign  students  wfiose  native  lan- 
guage is  not  Efigiish  must  take  tfie 
TOEFL  (Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language)  and  obtain  a  score  of  550  or 
higher; 

5.  Arrange  to  have  three  letters  of 
recommendation  sent  to  ttie  Departmen- 
tal Director  of  tfie  Graduate  Program 
evaluating  tfie  applicant's  potential  for 
graduate  work; 

6.  Receive  approval  from  the  Depart- 
mental Graduate  Committee. 

Degree  Requirements 

Tfie  Ph.D  in  Biology  is  conferred  In  rec- 
ognition of  a  demonstrated  ability  to 
master  a  specific  field  of  knowledge  eind 
to  conduct  significant  independent  origi- 
nal research.  A  minimum  of  90  semes- 
ter credits  of  graduate  work  beyond  the 
baccalaureate  are  required,  including  a 
dissertation  based  upon  tfie  student's 
original  research.  A  maximum  of  36 
credits  may  be  transferred  from  other 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  39 


graduate  programs  with  the  approval  of 
the  Advisory  Committee. 

Required  Courses 

BSC  5408      Experimental  Biology         4 
BSC  6457      Introduction  to  Biological 

Research  3 

BSC  593 1      Graduate  Seminar 

(a  one  credit  course 

taken  twice)  2 

BSC  5945     Supervised  Teaching  in 

Biology  2 

BSC  7980     Ph.D.  Dissertation  24 

Electives  ^  55 

Foreign  Language  Competency^ 
'  No  more  than  36  credits  may  be  trans- 
ferred from  another  graduate  program, 
sul3ject  to  tlie  approval  of  the  Graduate 
Committee. 

^  Competency  will  be  detennined  by  ex- 
amination consisting  of  a  clear  transla- 
tion of  technical  material  in  a  foreign 
language.  Credits  taken  to  gain  such 
proficiency  will  rx>t  count  toward  gradu- 
ation. As  an  alternative,  students  may 
sut>stitute  either  six  credits  of  computer 
programming  or  matfiematics  beyond 
Calculus  II. 

Graduation  Requirements 

A  grade  of  "C"  or  Hgher  must  be  ob- 
tained in  all  courses  with  a  cumulative 
average  of  3.0  or  higher  in  tfie  90  aed- 
its;  demonstration  of  foreign  language 
completed  and  accepted  by  the  Univer- 
sity. 


Course  Descriptions 

Afore:  laboratories  should  be  taken  con- 
currently with  or  subsequent  to  lectures. 
Students  should  register  for  each  sepa- 
rately. 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

APB  -  Applied  Biology;  BCH  -  Btochem- 
istry;  BOT  -  Botany;  BSC  -  Introductory 
Biology;  EVR  -  Environmental  Studies; 
MCB  -  Microbiology;  OCB  -  Oceanogra- 
phy (Btological);  PCS  -  Process  Cell  Bi- 
ology; ZOO  -  Zootogy. 

BCH  5134C  Woilcshop  in  Chromatog- 
tvphy  Techniques  (1).  Wori^hop  cov- 
ers the  theory  and  practk^  of  chromato- 
graphic techniques  to  separate  complex 
mixtures  of  biomotecules,  including  ab- 
sorptk)n,  ion  exchange,  size  exclusion 
and  affinity  chromatography.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  status. 

BCH  5411 C  Techniques  In  Molecular 
Evolution  Research  (5).  Ribosomal 
genes  from  related  organisms  are  ampli- 
fied by  polymerase  chain  reaction 
(PCR)  and  sequenced.  Phylogenetic 
maps  are  made  by  computer  from  se- 


quence data.  Students  may  use  mate- 
rial from  their  own  research.  Prereq- 
uisites: BCH  3023  and  Lab,  PCB  4524 
and  Lab  or  Graduate  Status. 

BCH  6507C  Workshop  in  Spectropho- 
tometry and  Enzyme  Assay  (1).  Inter- 
action of  light  with  matter  (absorption, 
fluorescence,  light  scattering)  and  emis- 
sion (chemiluminescence,  biolumines- 
cence);  analysis  of  spectra  and  enzyme 
kinetics.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  status. 

BCH  6130C  Workshop  In  ONA  Synthe- 
sis and  Ampliflcation  (1).  Wori^shop  in 
the  chemical  synthesis  of  DNA  and  the 
amplification  of  specific  genes  by  the  po- 
lymerase chain  reaction  (PCR).  Stu- 
dents may  synthesize  DNA 
oligonucleotides  for  use  in  their  own  re- 
search. Prerequisite:  Graduate  status. 

BCH  6131C  Workshop  In  Radioiso- 
tope Use  and  Safety  (1).  Worttshop  in 
the  safe  use  of  radioisotopes  in  t>iologi- 
cal  and  biochemical  experimentation,  la- 
belling of  biochemical  compounds, 
purification  of  labelled  compounds,  £tnd 
instrumentation  involved  in  detecting  of 
radiosiotopes.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
status. 

BCH  6132C  Workshop  In  Electropho- 
resis (1).  Workshop  in  the  application  of 
electrophoresis  to  biochemical  and  ge- 
netic experimentation.  Students  may 
use  material  from  their  own  research  in 
the  laboratory  section.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  status. 

BCH  6133C  Workshop  in  DNA  Se- 
quencing (1).  Wori<shop  in  tfie  manual 
and  automated  sequencing  of  DNA.  Stu- 
dents may  sequence  DNA  from  their 
own  research.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
status. 

BOT  5405  Phycology  (3). 

BOT  5405L  Phycology  Lab  (1).  The 

physiology  and  ecotogy  of  marine  and 
freshwater  algae,  including  morphology, 
reproduction,  and  classification  of  major 
groups. 

BOT  5515  Biochemistry  of  Plant  Natu- 
ral Products  (3).  Aspects  of  primary 
and  secoTKiary  plant  metabolism  will  be 
covered  including  biosynthesis  and  deg- 
radation of  natural  products  as  well  as 
their  t)iok>gical/pharmacological  activity. 
Prerequisite:  CHM  321 1  or  BCH  3023. 

BOT  5575  Photobiology  (3) 

BOT  5575L  PhotoWology  Lab  (1).  The 

study  of  basic  pfiotochemical  mecha- 
nisms as  ttiey  occur  in  molecular  biiologi- 
cal  processes  such  as  plant  growth, 
animal  vision,  tNoluminescence,  and  ra- 
diation damage.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 


BOT  5605  Plant  Ecology  (4).  In-depth 
study  of  plant  ecology  at  3  levels:  individ- 
ual, population,  and  community.  Labora- 
tory and  field  exercises  will  examine 
lecture  topics. 

BOT  5682C  Rorida  Plant  Comntunl- 
ties  (3).  Two-week  field  trip  to  many  di- 
verse plant  communities  of  tfie  state. 
Ecological  arxJ  environmental  factors  in- 
fluencing plant  distribution  will  be  exam- 
ined, contrasting  vegetation  among 
sites.  Prerequisites:  BSC  1010,  BSC 
3043  or  permission  of  instructor. 

BOT  6275  Plant  Breeding  Systems 
(3).  Ecx)logy,  evolution,  genetics  and  de- 
velopment of  plant  breeding  systems. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Instructor. 

BOT  6585C  Plant  Structure  and  Func- 
tion (4).  A  quantitative  assessment  of 
plant  architecture,  morphology  and  anat- 
omy in  relationship  to  physiology,  includ- 
ing the  measurement  of  water  relations, 
energy  and  gas  exchange.  Prereq- 
uisites: Permission  of  instiuctor  and 
Graduate  status. 

BOT  6920C  Workshop  in  Fieki  Tech- 
niques in  Natural  History  of  In- 
sect/Plant Interactions  (1).  Awori^shop 
in  ttie  techniques  for  collecting  and  pre- 
serving plants  and  insects  for  bNoksgical 
arxi  taxonomic  research. 

BOT  6921C  Workshop  In  FieM  Tech- 
niques In  Pollination  Biology  (1). 

Techniques  to  do  a  ttiorough  study  of 
tfie  pollination  biology  of  any  flowering 
plant;  basic  methods  and  simple  instru- 
ments for  field  observations,  measure- 
ments and  manipulations.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  status. 

BOT  6935  Advanced  Topics  in  Bot- 
any (3).  An  intensive  study  of  particular 
plant  topics  rrat  otherwise  offered  in  tfie 
curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
with  different  sutiject  content.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing. 

BSC  5215  Introduction  to  the  Mechan- 
ics of  Biological  Systems  (3).  Me- 
chanical principles  are  used  to  analyze 
tfie  structijre  and  function  of  plants  and 
animals;  especially  Ifie  statks  of  bone 
systems,  and  support  structures  of 
plants.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

BSC  5345  Techniques  in  Scientific 
Diving  (4).  Planning  and  conducting 
safe  scientific  diving  operatk>ns  and  re- 
search. Prerequisite:  Civilian  Diving  Cer- 
tificate (NAUI/PADI)  or  equivalent 

BSC  5408C  Experimental  Btology  (4). 

Latx>ratory  techniques  used  In  biological 
research. 


40  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sdences 


Graduate  Catalog 


BSC  5409C  Biology  Laboratory  Instru- 
mentatior)  for  Secondary  Teachers  I 
(3).  Prirciples  and  practice  of  selected 
Instrumental  techniques.  Spectropho- 
tometry, electrical  measurements  and 
separatory  techniques.  Not  for  BSC  ma- 
jors. Prerequisites:  Tfiree  undergradu- 
ate credits  in  physics,  tlnree  in 
chemistry,  and  six  in  biology. 

BSC  S406C  Wor1(shop  In  Ceil  Culture 
Methods  and  Applications  (1).  Utiliza- 
tion of  primary  and  establislied  cells  to 
study  growth  cell  cyde,  chromosomes, 
cell  differentian.  Special  applications  to 
basic  problems  in  cell  molecular  biology. 
Permission  of  instructor:  Graduate 
status. 

BSC  5606  Biological  Systematics  (3). 

Systems  of  nomenclature  and  contem- 
porary topics  in  classification,  including 
molecular  evidence,  numerical  methods 
and  dadistics.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

BSC  5825  Wildlife  Biology  (3).  The 

study  of  game  and  non-game  wildlife 
with  emphasis  on  management  arKi 
population  regulation.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  Instructor. 

BSC  5931  Graduate  Seminar  (1).  Oral 
presentation  of  an  assigned  literature 
survey.  Required  of  candidates  in  tfie 
Honors  and  Graduate  Programs. 

BSC  5935,  6936  Topics  In  Biology  (1- 

3).  An  intensive  study  of  a  particular 
topic  or  limited  numtier  of  topics  not  oth- 
enwise  offered  in  tfie  curriculum.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  with  different  subject 
content.  Prerequisite:  Senior  or  gradu- 
ate standing. 

BSC  5945  Supervised  Teaching  In 
Biology  (1-2).  Teaching  in  a  biological 
discipline,  under  tfie  supervision  of  de- 
partmental faculty.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing. 

BSC  6415  Animal  Cells  In  Culture  (3) 
BSC  641 5L  Animal  Ceils  In  Culture 
Lab  (2).  Biology  of  animal  cells  cultured 
in  semi-synthetic  media:  cell  nutrition 
growth,  cell  cycle  Jinalysis,  cellular  trans- 
formation and  differentiation,  tieterokary- 
ons  and  somatic  cell  genetics. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

BSC  6456C  Microcomputer  Use  In  Bi- 
ology (1).  Introduction  to  microcom- 
puter operating  environments,  the  utility 
of  microcomputers  in  biology,  arxl  com- 
puter interfacing  to  t)iological  instrumen- 
tation. Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

BSC  6457  Introduction  to  Biological 
Research  (3).  Analysis  of  existing  bio- 


logical data  and  experimental  design. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  starxding. 

BSC  6926  Workshop  In  Biology  (1-2). 

A  short  intensive  treatment  of  a  special- 
ized research  topic  or  technique.  Prereq- 
uisite: Pemiission  of  instructor. 

BSC  6948  Laboratory  Visitation  (1-2). 

Student  visits  to  three  laboratories  to 
learn  tecftniques  and  concepts  applica- 
ble to  f^.S.  or  Ph.D.  research.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

BSC  6971  Master's  Thesis  (1-12). 

Completion  of  dissertation.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  major  professor. 

BSC  8980  Ph.D.  Dissertation  (1-12). 

MCB  5405  Photosynthetic  Bacteria 
(3). 

MCB  5405L  Biology  of  Photosyn- 
thetic Bacteria  Lab  (1).  Study  of  the 
physiology  and  ecology  of  photosyn- 
tlietic  bacteria,  including  "Blue-green  al- 
gae" (cyanobacteria),  purple  and  green 
bacteria,  and  Halobacteria. 

MCB  5505  Virology  (3) 
MCB  5505L  Virology  Lab  (1).  Prind- 
ples  and  methods  of  study  of  bacterial, 
plant,  and  animal  viruses.  Molecular  as- 
pects of  viral  development,  virus  patho- 
gens, and  carcinogens.  Prerequisites: 
Biochemistry,  Genetics,  and  Organic 
Chemistry. 

MCB  6418  Bacterial  Mineral  Cycling 
(3).  Energy  and  metabolic  processes; 
dstrital  food  chains;  cartwn,  nitrogen, 
sulfur  and  trace  mineral  cyding; 
chemoautotrophy;  global  element  cydes. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Instructor. 

MCB  6445  Microbial  Blolumlnes- 
cence  (3).  Molecular  mechanisms, 
physiology,  genetics  and  ecology  of  bio- 
luminescence  in  micro-organisms,  par- 
ticulariy  bacteria.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

MCB  6735  Marine  Microbiology  (3) 
MCB  6735L  Marine  Microbiology  Lab 
(1).  Physiological-ecological  study  of  the 
distribution  in  situ  activity  and  biology  of 
marine  bacteria;  public  health  signifi- 
cance of  patfiogens  and  microbial  toxins 
conveyed  to  man;  diseases  of  marine 
animals.  Prerequisites:  MCB  3023  &  L 
and  BOH  3023  &  L  or  PCB  3023  &  L 

MCB  6935  Advanced  Topics  in  Micro- 
biology (3).  An  intensive  study  of  par- 
ticular microbiological  topics  not 
otherwise  offered  in  the  curriculum.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit  with  different  sub- 
ject content.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 

PCB  5195  Histochemlstry/Mlcrotech- 
nlque  (3) 


PCB  5195L  Hlstochemlstry/Microtech- 
nlque  Lab  (1).  Chemistry  and  use  of 
fixatives  and  dyes;  histochemistry  em- 
phasizes procedures  used  In  research 
and  pathology  labs  Including  techniques 
for  enzymes,  protein,  carbohydrate,  nu- 
deic  acids  and  lipids.  Prerequisite:  Bio- 
chemistry or  Cell  Physiology. 

PCB  5205  Cell  Physiology  and  Bio- 
physics (3).  Fundamental  biophysical 
properties  of  memlxanes,  transport  of 
passive  arKi  active  electrical  phenom- 
ena. Biochemistry  and  biophysics  of  con- 
tractile mechanisms  and  information 
transfer.  Prerequisites:  Calculus  and 
Physical  Chemistry  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

PCB  5259  Topics  In  Developmental 
Biology  (3).  Molecular  and  cellular 
mechanisms  in  the  development  or 
plants  and  animals.  Prerequisite:  Senior 
status  or  permission  of  instructor. 

PCB  5344  Tropical  Ecology  Field  Lab 
(2).  Field  course  in  Costa  Rica  with  field- 
work  in  two  or  more  diverse  habitats 
(rainforest,  and  dry  forest).  Emphasis  on 
diversity  and  interactions  between  spe- 
des.  Visits  to  selected  sites  of  deforesta- 
tion, conservation  and  restoration. 

PCB  5358  Everglades  Research  and 
Resources  Management  (3).  Applica- 
tion of  basic  skills  in  ecology  to  contem- 
porary issues  in  tfie  Everglades  area, 
with  emphasis  on  tfie  relation  kjetvreen 
research  and  management  of  wilder- 
ness, wildlife,  vegetation,  water  and  lire. 
Prerequisite:  PCB  3043  Ecology  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

PCB  5615  Molecular  and  Organlsmal 
Evolution  (3).  The  evolutionary  relation- 
ships among  nucleotides  and  proteins 
as  well  as  the  processes  which  yield 
ttiese  relationships.  The  possible  mo- 
lecular events  leading  to  spedation.  Pre- 
requisites: Genetics  and  Biochemistry. 

PCB  5665  Human  Genetics  (3).  Prind- 
ples  and  techniques  in  the  analysis  of 
tfie  human  race.  Prerequisite:  PCB 
3513. 

PCB  5676  Evolution  and  Develop- 
ment of  Sex  (3).  The  evolutionary  expla- 
nations for  the  evolution  of  sexual 
reproduction  and  models  of  sexual  differ- 
entiation. Prerequisites:  Genetics  and 
Evolution  or  permission  of  instructor. 

PCB  5677  Evolution  and  Develop- 
ment (3).  The  models  and  evidence  for 
tfie  interaction  of  development  and  evo- 
lution, using  Ixsth  plant  and  animal  sys- 
tems. Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  41 


PCB  5686C  Population  Biology  (4).  In- 
trinsic properties  of  natural  and  theoreti- 
cal populations  and  their  dynamics  and 
interactions,  and  responses  to  distur- 
bance. Includes  field  problems  and  com- 
puter exercises.  Prerequisite:  A  course 
In  genetics,  evolution,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

PCB  5687  Evolutionary  Ecology  (3). 

Adaptations  and  interactions  of  plants 
and  animals  in  natural  and  disturtied 
habitats.  Prerequisite:  PCB  3043  or 
equivalent. 

PCB  5835  Neurophysiology  (3) 
PCB  5835L  Neurophysiology  (1).  Com- 
parative neurophysblogy;  physico- 
chemical  mechanisms  of  resting  and 
action  potentials;  synaptic  transmission; 
neural  coding  and  integration;  sensory- 
motor  function  and  neurophysiological 
basis  of  behavior.  Prerequisites:  Bio- 
chemistry or  Cell  Physiology,  Calculus. 

PCB  5934  Topics  In  Skeletal  Muscle 
Physiology  (4).  Advanced  discussion  of 
some  aspects  of  the  biophysics,  bio- 
chemistry and  physiology  of  skeletal 
muscle  contraction.  Topics  may  vary 
from  year  to  year.  Based  on  review  arti- 
cles cind  research  papers.  Prerequisite: 
APB  4240  or  PCB  3703  and  PCB  3203 
or  BCH  3023. 

PCB  6175C  Biological  Electron  Mi- 
croscopy (5).  Principles  and  techniques 
of  transmission  and  scanning  electron 
microscopy  as  applied  to  biological  ma- 
terials. Lecture-laboratory  combination, 
enrollment  limited.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

PCB  6235  Comparative  Immunology 
(3).  An  analysis  of  the  immune  systems 
and  mechanisms  of  invertebrate  and 
vertebrate  animals.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instRJCtor. 

PCB  6237  Immunogenetics  (3).  The 

impact  of  classical  and  molecular  ge- 
netic analyses  on  our  understanding  of 
die  immune  response.  Prerequisite:  A 
course  in  Immunology  amd  Genetics. 

PCB  6255  Gene  Expression  in  Aninral 
Development  (3).  Introduction  to  the 
molecular  biology  of  animal  develop- 
ment; DNA  structure,  cfwomatin,  tran- 
scription, molecular  strategies  in 
development.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

PCB  6345C  Quantitative  Reid  Ecol- 
ogy (6).  Mettiodology  in  the  description 
and  analysis  of  populations  and  commu- 
nities. Prerequisites:  Permission  of  in- 
structor and  STA  31 23  or  equivalent. 

PCB  6405  Biochemical  Ecology  (3). 

Principles  of  chemical  communication 


taetween  diverse  organisms  and  the  im- 
portance of  a  variety  of  allelocfiemicals 
in  community  structure.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

PCB  6526  Advanced  Molecular  Biol- 
ogy (3).  Molecular  genetics,  controlling 
mechanisms,  recombinant  DNA,  gene 
splicing  eind  gene  vector  construction  of 
viral,  bacterial,  plant  and  animal  sys- 
tems. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

PCB  6566  Chromosome  Structure 
and  Function  (3).  Structural  organiza- 
tion and  function  of  the  eukaryotic  chro- 
mosome: euchromatin/fieterochromatin, 
replication,  repair,  DNA  sequence  organ- 
ization. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

PCB  6786  Membrane  Biophysics  (3). 

The  structure  and  function  of  cell  mem- 
branes: ionic  transport,  passive  electri- 
cal properties,  and  excitation. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

PCB  6875  Trends  In  Neurobiology  (2). 

Critical  analyses  and  discussions  of  se- 
lected research  articles  of  current  inter- 
ests. Seminar  format.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

PCB  6935  Advanced  Topics  In  Genet- 
ics (3).  An  intensive  study  of  particular 
genetical  topics  not  othenwise  offered  in 
the  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  with  different  subject  content.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing. 

PCB  7675  Reproductive  Immunology 
(3).  Molecular  and  cellular  interactions 
in  eariy  development,  ontogenetics,  and 
mother  and  fetus.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

PCB  7676  Evolution  and  Develop- 
ment of  Sex  (3).  Models  of  sexual  differ- 
entiation and  reproduction  treated  in  an 
evolutionary  context.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  instructor 

PCB  7689  Advanced  Topics  In  Popu- 
lation and  Evolutionary  Genetics  (3). 
Comparison  of  the  synthetic  and  muta- 
tional drift  hypotfieses;  relationships  be- 
tween molecular  and  phenotypic 
evolutionary  rates  and  ttie  phenotypic  ef- 
fects of  various  forms  of  mutation.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

ZOO  5256  Biology  of  Cmstaceans  (3). 
ZOO  5266L  Biology  of  Crustaceans 
Laboratory  (1).  Morphology,  physiol- 
ogy, systematics  and  evolution  in  crusta- 
ceans. 

ZOO  5376  Animal  Design  ar>d  Move- 
ment (3).  Basic  btomechanical  and  be- 
havioral theories  of  how  animals  feed 
and  move.  Prerequisites:  BSC  1010, 


BSC  1011,  PHY  3053,  and  PHY  3054  or 
equivalent. 

ZOO  5732  Advanced  Anatomy  Denrv 
onstration  (1-4).  Dissection  and  demon- 
stration of  ttie  human  body  with  the 
emphasis  on  structure  and  function. 
May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  8 
credits.  Prerequisite:  ZOO  3733L  and 
Z003734L. 

ZOO  5745  Advanced  Neuroanatomy 

(3).  In-depth  knowledge  of  tfie  embry- 
onic development,  structure,  and  func- 
tion of  ttie  human  nervous  system  with 
a  great  deal  of  clinical  consideration. 
Prerequisite:  ZOO  4743  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

ZOO  6378C  Experimental  Ap- 
proaches to  FurKtional  Morpttology 
(4).  Ttie  use  of  mechanical  analysis, 
electromyography,  high-speed  cinema- 
tography and  other  experimental  tech- 
niques to  solve  problems  in  functional 
morphology.  Prerequisite:  A  course  in 
Anatomy. 

ZOO  6935  Advanced  Topics  In  Zool- 
ogy (3).  An  intensive  study  of  particular 
topics  not  otherwise  offered  in  ttie  cur- 
riculum, fitey  be  repeated  for  credit  with 
different  subject  content.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 


Chemistry 

Leonard  S.  Keller,  Professor  arid 

Chairperson 
Milagros  Delgado,  Assistant  Professor 
Kenneth  G.  Furton,  Assistant  Professor 
Arthur  W.  Herrlott,  Professor  and 

Acting  Dean 
Gary  G.  Hoffman,  Assistant  Professor 
Jeffrey  A.  Joens,  Associate  Professor 
John  T.  Landrum,  Associate  Professor 

and  Graduate  Coordinator 
Ramon  Lopez  de  la  Vega,  Associate 

Professor 
Howard  E.  Moore,  Professor 
John  H.  ParVer,  Professor 
J.  Martin  Qulrke,  Professor 
Stephen  Winkle,  Associate  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in  Chemistry 

Ttie  requirements  for  completion  of  ttie 
Master  of  Science  degree  are: 

A  core  curriculum  of  nine  semester 
hours  plus  a  minimum  of  three  elective 
courses  in  chemistry  or  suitable  cognate 
areas  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  phys- 
ics, geology,  biology,  and  mathematics) 
to  t>e  taken  at  the  discretion  of  ttie  stu- 
dent and  at  the  direction  of  the  Stu- 
dent's Ttiesis  Advisory  Committee.  Each 


42  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


graduate  student  must  also  register  for 
Graduate  Seminar  during  each  semes- 
ter of  study  and  must  complete  a  mini- 
mum of  2  semester  hours  of  graduate 
-seminar,  4  semester  hours  of  graduate 
research  and  8  semester  hours  of  thesis 
research.  A  grade  of  'C  or  higher  must 
be  obtained  in  all  courses  with  a  cumula- 
tive grade  point  average  of  3.0  or 
higher,  and  a  thesis  must  be  completed 
and  accepted  after  presentation  to  tfie 
Thesis  Committee. 

Core  Curriculum 

CHM5181     Special  Topics  in 

Analytical  Chemistry  3 
CHM  5380     Special  Topics  in 

Organic  Chemistry  3 

CHf»4  6430     Advanced 

Thermodynamics  3 

CHM  6935  Graduate  Seminar  (min)  2 
CHM  691 OL  Graduate  Research  (min)  4 
CHM  6970     Thesis  Research      (min)  8 

Elective  courses:  (minimum  3 

required) 

CHM  5440     Kinetics  and  Catalysis       3 

CHM  5280     Natural  Products  and 

Biosyntfiesis  3 

CHM  5250     Organic  Synthesis  3 

CHM  5260     Physical  Organic 

Chemistry  3 

CHM  651 1     Polymer  Chemistry  3 

CHM  6480     Quantum  Chemistry  3 

CHM  5681     Special  Topics  in 

Inorganic  Chemistry  3 

CHM  5581     Special  Topics  in  Physical 

Chemistry  3 

CHM  5490     Spectroscopy  and 

Molecular  Structure  3 

CHM  5506  Physical  Biochemistry  3 
CHM  6461     Statistical 

Thermodynamics  3 

Financial  Support 

Full-time  graduate  students  who  are  in 
good  academic  standing  are  eligible  for 
financial  support.  Teaching  and  re- 
search assistantships  are  available  on  a 
competitive  basis.  Students  may  also  ap- 
ply for  waiver  of  both  In-State  and  Out- 
of-State  tuition.  Inquiries  concerning 
application  to  the  program  and  availabil- 
ity of  financial  support  should  be  di- 
rected to  the  Chemistry  Graduate 
Coordinator. 


Course  Descriptions 

Note:  Laboratories  may  not  be  taken 
prior  to  the  corresponding  course.  Labo- 
ratories must  be  taken  concurrently 
wfiere  noted.  Students  must  register  for 
the  laboratory  separately. 


Definition  of  Prefixes 

CHM-Chemistry;  CHS-Chemistry-Spe- 
dalized;  ISC-Interdisciplinary  Natural 
Sciences;  OCC-Oceanography-Chemi- 
cal. 

CHM  5150  Graduate  Analytical  Meth- 
ods (3).  Analysis  of  analytical  data,  elec- 
trochemistry, spectroanalytical 
techniques,  chromatography,  survey  of 
new  analytical  mettxjds.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

CHM  5156  Advanced  Chromatogra- 
phy (3).  Intensive  examination  of  tfie 
contemporary  practice  of  chromatogra- 
phy Including  available  chromatographic 
tediniques,  their  selection  and  applica- 
tion. Prerequisite:  CHM  4130  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

CHM  5181  Special  Topics  In  Analyti- 
cal Chemistry  (VAR).  An  intensive  ex- 
amination of  one  or  more  areas 
selected  by  instructor  and  students. 
Core  course  Prerequisite:  CHM  4130  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5225  Graduate  Organic  Chemis- 
try (3).  Advanced  topics  in  organic 
chemistry.  Structure  of  organic  mole- 
cules, reaction  mechanisms,  organic 
syntfiesis,  and  natural  product  chemis- 
try. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5250  Organic  Synthesis  (3).  Use 

of  classical  and  modem  reactions  in  tfie 
design  and  constmction  of  complex  or- 
ganic molecules  including  natural  prod- 
ucts. Some  topics  covered  will  be 
construction  reactions,  refunctionaliza- 
tion,  stereochemistry  and  conforma- 
tional analysis.  Prerequisite:  CHM  4220 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5260  Physical  Organic  Chemis- 
try (3).  A  series  of  topfcs  will  be  dis- 
cussed including  molecular  ortsital 
tfieory  as  it  pertains  to  organic  mole- 
cules, kinetic  and  ttiermodynamic  ap- 
proaches to  the  study  of  reaction 
mecfianisms,  quantitative  approaches 
to  conformational  analysis,  etc.  Prereq- 
uisite: CHM  4220  and  physical  chemis- 
try or  permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5280  Natural  Products  Chemis- 
try and  Biosynthesis  (3).  Studies  of 
the  chemical  origins  (biosynthesis),  prop- 
erties, and  synthesis  of  the  various 
classes  of  naturally  occurring  com- 
pburKJs:  terpenes,  steroids,  alkaloids, 
acetogenins.  Prerequisite:  CHM  4220  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5380  Special  Topics  In  Organic 
Chemistry  (VAR).  An  intensive  exami- 
nation of  one  or  more  areas  selected  by 


instructor  and  students.  Core  course 
Prerequisite:  CHM  4220  and  physical 
chemistry  or  permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5425  Graduate  Physical  Chemis- 
try (4).  Prequantum  physics,  tfie  Schrod- 
inger  equation  and  its  solutions,  atoms 
arxj  molecules,  rotational,  vibrational, 
and  electronic  spectroscopy.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

CHM  5440  Kinetics  and  Catalysis  (3). 

Tfieory  of  elementary  reactions,  acti- 
vated complex  theory,  mechanisms  of 
complex  reactions,  f^rerequisites:  CHM 
3411,  MAP  3302. 

CHM  5490  Spectroscopy  and  Molecu- 
lar Structure  (3).  Introduction  to  atomic 
and  molecular  quantum  states,  selec- 
tion rules,  and  fundamental  principles  of 
spectroscopy.  Introduction  to  group  the- 
ory and  to  tfie  tfieory  of  UV/visible,  infra- 
red, Raman,  microwave,  nmr,  photo- 
electron,  and  mass  spectroscopies,  and 
the  applications  of  tfiese  metfwds  to  the 
determination  of  fundamental  physical 
properties  and  ttie  structure  of  organic 
and  inorganic  molecules.  Prerequisite: 
Physical  Chemistry. 

CHM  5490L  Spectroscopy  and  Mo- 
lecular Structure  Lab  (1).  Tfie  theory 
of  spectroscopy  and  tfie  use  of  modem 
instrumentation  to  investigate  molecular 
structure.  Prerequisites:  CHM  3211, 
321 1L.  Corequisite:  PHY  4604  or  CHM 
5490. 

CHM  5506  Physical  Biochemistry  (3). 

Physical  properties  of  biomolecules,  mo- 
lecular conformation;  thermodynamic,  ki- 
netic, and  spectroscopic  properties  of 
biomolecules.  Prerequisites:  CHM 
321 1 ,  MAC  33 1 1 ,  and  physical  chemis- 
try or  permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5517  Solid  State  (3).  Crystalline 
form  of  solids,  lattice  dynamics,  metals, 
insulators,  semiconductors,  and  dielec- 
tric materials.  Prerequisite:  CHM  5490 
or  PHY  4604. 

CHM  5581  Special  Topics  In  Physical 
Chemistry  (VAR).  An  intensive  exami- 
nation of  one  or  more  areas  selected  by 
instructor  and  students.  Prerequisite: 
CHM  341 1  or  permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5650  Physical  Inorganic  Chemis- 
try (3).  Introduction  to  use  of  physical 
methods  to  determine  the  structure  of  in- 
organic compounds.  Prerequisite:  CHM 
4610  or  permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  5681  Special  Topics  in  Inor- 
ganic Chemistry  (VAR).  An  intensive 
examination  of  one  or  more  areas  se- 
lected by  instructor  and  students.  Pre- 


Graduata  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  43 


requisite:  OHM  4610  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

CHM  5931  Special  Topics  (3).  A 
course  covering  selected  special  topics 
in  chemistry. 

CHM  61 57  Advanced  Analytical 
Chemistry  (3).  Modem  analytical  meth- 
ods, applications,  and  instrumentation. 
Topics  include  spectroscopy,  chromatog- 
raphy, electrochemistry,  optimization  the- 
ory, and  computerized  instrumentation. 
Prerequisite:  CHM  4130  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

CHM  6430  Advanced  Themwdynam- 
Ics  (3).  The  laws  of  classical  thermody- 
namics and  their  application.  Open  and 
closed  systems,  In-eversible  processes, 
high  and  low  temperature  systems,  sol- 
ids, liquids,  and  gases.  Core  course. 
Prerequisite:  CHM  341 1  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

CHM  6461  Statistical  Thermodynam- 
ics (3).  Principles  of  statistical  thermody- 
namics. Ensembles,  classical  and 
quantum  statistics,  ideal  and  non-ideal 
gases,  equilibrium,  crystals,  liquids,  and 
polymers.  Prerequisite:  CHM  341 1  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

CHM  6480  Quantum  Mechanics  (3).  In- 
troduction to  quantum  mechanics.  The 
Schrodinger  equation  and  its  solutions, 
approximation  methods,  spin,  symmetry, 
structure  of  atoms  and  molecules.  Pre- 
requisite: CHM  341 1  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

CHM  651 1  Polymer  Chemistry  (3).  A 

quantitative  study  of  polymers.  Mecha- 
nism of  fomiation,  configuration  of  poly- 
mer chains,  and  the  relationship 
between  physical  properties  and  chemi- 
cal constitution.  Prerequisite:  CHM  341 1 
or  permission  of  instnjctor. 

CHM  6905  Independent  Study  In 
Chemistry  (1-6).  Independent  study 
arxi  problems  in  an  area  of  chemistry, 
under  faculty  supen/ision.  May  be  re- 
peated. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

CHM  6910L  Graduate  Research  In 
Chemistry  (VAR).  The  student  works  di- 
rectly with  a  professor  on  a  research  pro- 
ject. Credit  is  assigned  on  thte  basis  of 
four  hr/Wk  per  credit  hour.  Results  to  be 
presented  as  a  seminar.  Permission  of 
instructor. 

CHM  6935  Graduata  Seminar  (1).  An 
examination  of  various  current  research 
topics  in  chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing. 

CHM  6940  Supervised  Teaching  (1-3). 

Graduate  student  serves  as  lecturer  and 
demonstrator  in  undergraduate  laborato- 


ries coordinated  and  supervised  by  a 
faculty  member.  May  be  repeated.  A 
maximum  of  three  hours  may  apply  to 
the  Master's  degree.  Prerequisite:  Full 
graduate  standing. 

CHM  6949  Industrial  internship  (3).  A 

semester  of  supervised  wori<  in  an  out- 
side laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

CHM  6970  Thesis  Research  (1-10).  Re- 
search toward  completion  of  Master's 
Thesis.  Repeatable.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  Department. 

CHM  6971  Master's  Thesis  (1-6).  Com- 
pletion of  thesis.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  major  professor. 

CHS  5531  Forensic  Analysis  (3).  An  in- 
troduction to  established  chemical  analy- 
sis techniques  used  in  forensic  science 
and  new  techniques  under  develop- 
ment. Prerequisite:  CHM  3120,  CHM 
31 20L,  CHM  321 1 ,  CHM  321 1 L  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

CHS  5531 L  Forensic  Analysis  Lab  (1). 

Laboratory  to  accompany  Forensic 
Analysis  CHS  5531.  Prerequisite:  CHM 
3120,  CHM3120L,  CHM  321 1,  CHM 
321 1L  or  permission  of  instructor. 


School  of  Computer 
Science 

Jalnendra  K.  Naviakiia,  Professor  and 

Director 
Farah  Arefl,  Assistarit  Professor 
Toby  S.  Berk,  Professor  and  Associate 

Director 
David  S.  Barton,  Professor 
John  C.  Comfort,  Professor 
Luis  L  Cova,  Assistant  Professor 
Rairrxjnd  Ege,  Assistant  Professor 
Carol  D.  Henley,  Instructor 
Harry  Hoffman,  Instructor 
William T.  Kraynek,  Associate 

Professor 
Wesley  F.  Mackey,  Lecturer 
Masoud  Mllani,  Assistant  Professor 
Ana  Pasztor,  Assodate  Professor 
Alexander  Pelln,  Associate  Professor 
Norman  Pestaina,  Instructor 
N.  Prabhakaran,  Assistant  Professor 
Naphtali  RIshe,  Associate  Professor 
Orlando  Sauleda,  Instructor 
Wei  Sun,  Assistant  f^ofessor 
(}oronTal,  Assistant  Professor 
Mark  Weiss,  Assistant  Professor 

The  School  of  Computer  Science  offers 
both  a  Masters  of  Science  degree  and  a 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  The  Mas- 


ter of  Science  degree  provides  study  in 
state-of-thie-art  computer  applications 
as  well  as  an  introduction  to  the  theoreti- 
Ccd  foundations  of  computer  science. 
The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Computer 
Science  is  designed  to  provide  study  in 
all  major  areas  of  computer  science 
while  leading  to  the  frontiers  of  knowl- 
edge in  a  chosen  field  of  concentration. 

Master  of  Science  in  Computer 
Science 

Admission 

The  following  are  in  addition  to  the  Uni- 
versit/s  graduate  admission  require- 
ments. 

1 .  A  Bachelor's  Degree  in  Computer 
ScierK:e  or  equivalent  degree  in  a  re- 
lated field  from  an  accredited  university 
or  college  as  judged  by  the  School's 
Graduate  Committee. 

2.  A  "B"  average  or  better  in  all 
coursewori<  attempted  while  registered 
as  an  upper-division  student  in  the 
Bachelor's  degree. 

3.  Acceptable  courses  in  Calculus 
and  Statistics. 

4.  GRE  score  of  at  least  650  quanti- 
tative and  500  verbal  taken  vi/ithin  the 
last  three  years;  tiie  score  of  thie  ana- 
lytic portion  of  the  GRE  exam  will  be 
considered. 

5.  Three  letters  of  recommendation 
from  persons  in  a  position  to  judge  tfie 
applicant's  potential  success  in  gradu- 
ate study. 

6.  Approval  of  the  Graduate  Commit- 
tee. 

Required  Courses 

CIS  561 1       Software  Engineering        3 
COP  661 1     Advanced  Operating 

Systems  3 

COT  5420     Theory  of  Computation  I    3 
COT  6400     Analysis  of  Algorithms       3 
In  addition,  thie  student  must  cfxMse 
four  courses  from  the  following  list,  sub- 
ject to  the  approval  of  tfie  Graduate 
Committee: 
CAP  5602     Introduction  to  Artificial 

Intelligence  3 

CAP  5680     Expert  Systems  3 

CAP  5701      Advanced  Computer 

Grapfiics  3 

CDA6501      Distributed  Processing      3 
CIS  6100       Statistical  Computer 

Performance  Evaluation  3 
COP  5621  Compiler  Constnjction  3 
COT  6421  Theory  of  Computation  II  3 
COP  6545     Advanced  Topics  in 

Database  Management  3 
CDA  531 2     Micro  Processing  for 

Software  Designers  3 


44  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


COP  6556     Semantics  of 

Programming 

Languages  3 

MAD  5405     Numerical  Mettx3ds  3 

MAP  6127     Simulation  and  Modeling  3 

In  addition,  the  student  must  satisfy 
one  of  the  following  two  options: 

Thesis  Option 

CIS  6970  Thesis  6 

After  completion  of  the  other  required 
courses,  frie  student  must  conduct  a  re- 
search ttiesis.  The  topic  must  first  be  ap- 
proved by  ttie  faculty  member  who  will 
supervise  the  research  and  tfien  by  the 
Graduate  Committee.  The  thesis  will  be 
accepted  only  after  being  read  and  ap- 
proved by  a  Reading  Committee.  An 
oral  defense  is  required  before  the 
Reading  Committee. 

Non-Thesis  Option 

Additional  Coursework  6 

The  student  is  required  to  take  at  addi- 
tional six  semester  fxjurs  of  approved 
electives.  The  student  then  must  pass  a 
comprehensive  exEuninafion  which  may 
have  tioth  written  and  oral  parts  and 
which  is  based  on  the  student's  course- 
work.  This  examination  may  not  be 
taken  more  than  two  times,  except  by 
permission  of  ttie  Graduate  Committee. 

Remarks:  The  program  requires  a  'B'  av- 
erage or  higher  and  a  grade  of  'C  or 
higher  in  each  course.  A  maximum  of 
two  courses  may  be  transferred  into  the 
program  from  outside  the  University, 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Graduate 
Committee. 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
Computer  Science 

The  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  in  Computer  Science 
are: 

1 .  A  baccalaureate  or  master  degree 
in  Computer  Sciences,  or  equivalent  de- 
gree in  a  related  flekl  as  judged  by  the 
School's  Graduate  Committee. 

2.  Present  a  minimum  of  a  'B'  aver- 
age on  all  upper  division  work  and  ac- 
ceptable courses  in  Calculus  and 
Statistk:s. 

3.  GRE  scores  of  at  least  650  on  tiie 
quantitative  portion  and  500  on  the  ver- 
bal portion.  The  GRE  must  have  been 
taken  witiiin  the  past  five  years. 

4.  Three  letters  of  recommendation 
from  persons  in  a  px3sition  to  judge  the 
applicant's  potential  for  advanced  gradu- 
ate study  in  computer  science. 

5.  Approval  of  the  School  of  Com- 
puter Science  Graduate  Committee. 


Required  Courses 

All  students  must  complete  tiie  tollownng 
courses  and  receive  a  grade  of  'B'  or 
higher  in  each. 
CDA  531 2     Micro  Processing  for 

Software  Designers  3 

CDA  6501  Distributed  Processing  3 
CIS  561 1  Software  Engineering  3 
COP  6545     Advanced  Topics  in 

Database  Management     3 
COP  661 1     Advanced  Operating 

Systems  3 

COT  5420  Theory  of  Computation  I  3 
COT  6400  Analysis  of  Algoritiims  3 
COT  6421  Theory  of  Computation  II  3 
MAD  5405     Numerical  Methods  3 

STA  6807      Queuing  and  Statistkal 

Models  3 

In  addition,  all  students 

1.  Must  successfully  pass  a  Qualify- 
ing Examination  based  on  the  required 
coursewori<. 

2.  Must  take  at  least  12  hours  of 
6000-level  courses  approved  by  tfie 
Graduate  Committee. 

3.  Must  write  a  dissertation  on  their 
research  and  successfully  defend  it 
orally. 

4.  Must  spend  at  least  one  academic 
year  in  full-time  residence.  Normally, 
this  will  be  after  passing  the  Qualifying 
Examination. 

For  additional  information  and  for 
specific  rules  and  regulations  relating  to 
the  above,  please  write  to: 

Dr.  David  Barton 

Graduate  Program  Director 

School  of  Computer  Science 

Rorida  International  University 

University  Pari< 

Miami,  Rorida  33199 


Ck)urse  Description 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

CAP-Computer  Applications;  CDA-Com- 
puter  Design/Architecture;  CIS-Com- 
puter Information  Systems; 
CGS-Computer  General  Studies;  COC- 
Computer  Concepts;  COP -Computer 
Programming;  COT-Computing  Theory; 

CAP  5602  Introduction  to  Artificial  In- 
telligence (3).  Presents  the  basic  con- 
cepts of  Al  and  tiieir  applications  to 
game  playing,  problem  solving,  auto- 
mated reasoning,  natural  language  proc- 
essing and  expert  systems. 
Prerequisite:  COP  3530. 

CAP  5680  Expert  Systents  (3).  Inti-o- 
duction  to  expert  systems,  knowledge 
representation  techniques  and  construc- 
tion of  expert  systems.  A  project  such  as 
the  implementation  of  an  expert  system 


in  a  high  level  Al-language  is  required. 
Prerequisite:  COP  3530  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

CAP  5701  Advanced  Computer 
Graphics  (3).  Advanced  topics  in  com- 
puter graphics:  system  architecture,  in- 
teractive techniques,  image  synthesis, 
current  research  areas.  Prerequisites: 
COP  3530  and  CAP  3700  or  equivalent, 
or  by  permission. 

CDA  5312  Micro  Processing  for  Soft- 
ware Designers  (3).  Design  of  applica- 
tion software  for  OEM  products.  Topics 
include:  16-btt  microprocessor  architec- 
ture and  assembly  language,  HLLs  for 
design  of  microprocessor  software,  soft- 
ware for  multiprocessing  and  multiproc- 
essor systems.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

CDA  6501  Distributed  Processing  (3). 

Stijdy  of  disti'ibuted  systems  of  user  cind 
equipment  using  data  communications 
facilities.  Analysis  of  system  architec- 
ture, hardware,  and  software  for  system 
design.  System  integrity  and  perform- 
ance issues  and  techniques  are  exam- 
ined. Prerequisites:  COP  661 1 ,  CDA 
4500  and  STA  6807. 

CDA  6939  Special  Topics:  Advanced 
Topics  In  Computer  Architecture  (3). 

This  course  deals  witii  selected  special 
topics  in  computer  architecture.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Instructor. 

CIS  5611  Software  Engineering  (3). 

This  course  deals  witii  the  design  of 
large  scale  computer  programs.  In- 
cluded are  topics  dealing  with  planning 
design,  implementation,  validation,  met- 
rics, and  the  management  of  such  soft- 
ware projects.  Prerequisite:  CIS  4610. 

CIS  5900  Independent  Study  (1-10).  In- 
dividual conferences,  assigned  read- 
ings, and  reports  on  independent 
investigations. 

CIS  5910  Project  Research  (1-6).  Ad- 
vanced undergraduate  or  master's  level 
research  for  particular  projects.  Repeat- 
able.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Depart- 
ment. 

CIS  5931  Special  Topics  (VAR).  A 

course  designed  to  give  groups  of  stu- 
dents an  opportunity  to  pursue  special 
studies  not  othenwise  offered. 

CIS  6100  Statistical  Computer  Per- 
formance Evaluation  (3).  An  introduc- 
tion of  tiie  tools  for  quantitative, 
statistkal  and  rational  design,  analysis, 
and  optimization  of  complex  computer 
systems.  Prerequisites:  STA  6807  and 
COP  6611. 

CIS  6612  Special  Topics:  Advanced 
Topics  in  Software  Engineering  (3). 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  45 


This  course  deals  with  selected  topics  In 
software  engineering.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  instructor. 

CIS  6931  Special  Topics:  Advanced 
Topics  In  InfonnaUon  Processing  (3). 

This  course  deals  with  selected  special 
topics  in  information  processing.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Instructor. 

CIS  6932  Special  Topics:  Advanced 
Topics  In  Numerical  Methods  (3).  This 
course  deals  with  selected  topics  in  nu- 
merical methods.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  Instructor. 

CIS  6935  Seminar  In  Contemporary 
Computer  Science  (3).  Research  Semi- 
nar in  Contemporary  Computer  Science. 
Topics  will  vary  from  term  to  term.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

CIS  6970  Thesis  (1-10).  Completion  of 
all  other  requirements  for  the  M.S.  De- 
gree in  Computer  Science. 

CIS  7910  Graduate  Research  (1-25). 

Doctoral  research  prior  to  candidacy.  Re- 
peatable.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
Department. 

CIS  7980  Ph.D.  Thesis  (1  -1 0).  PH.D. 
Thesis.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  In- 
structor. 

COP  5621  Compiler  Construction  (3). 
Basic  techniques  of  compjilation;  self- 
compilers;  syntax  encoding  eind  recogni- 
tion; code  generation  and  optimization. 
Prerequisites:  MAD  3512  and  CIS  4610. 

COP  6611  Advanced  Operating  Sys- 
tems (3). Topics  in  ofjerating  system  de- 
sign: concun-ent  scheduling,  security 
and  protection,  virtualizable  architec- 
tures and  monitors.  Prerequisite:  COP 
4610. 

COP  6545  Advanced  Topics  In  Data- 
base Management  (3).  Architecture 
eind  implementation  aspects  of  DBMS; 
Distributed  datalaases;  Semantic  mod- 
els; advanced  database  languages,  in- 
cluding Prolog-like  languages;  Semantic 
aspects  of  datat>ases;  Database  ma- 
chines. Prerequisite:  COP  4540. 

COP  6556  Semantics  of  Program- 
ming Languages  (3).  TNs  course  pro- 
vides an  overview  of  systematic  and 
effective  approacfies  to  programming. 
Abstraction;  formal  specification  tech- 
niques; program  verification  and;  seman- 
tics of  programming  languages. 
Prerequisite:  COT  5420. 

COT  5420  Theory  of  Computation  I 
(3).  Abstract  models  of  computation; 
halting  problem;  decidability  and  unded- 
dabJIity;  recursive  function  tlieory.  Pre- 
requisite: MAD  3512. 


COT  5936  Topics  In  Algorithms  (3). 

Advanced  data  structures,  pattern 
matching  aUgorithms,  file  compression, 
cryptography,  computational  geometry, 
numerical  algorithms,  combinatorial  opti- 
mization algorithms  and  additional  top- 
ics. Prerequisite:  COP  3530. 

COT  6400  Analysis  of  Algorithnw  (3). 

Complexity  behavior  of  algorithms  is  de- 
scribed for  Set  Manipulation,  Graph  The- 
ory, and  Matrix  Manipulation  problems, 
among  others.  P  and  NP  classes  of 
problems  reveal  an  inherent  difficulty  in 
designing  efficient  silgorithms.  Prereq- 
uisite: COP  3530. 

COT  6421  Theory  of  Computation  II 
(3).  Verification  of  program  correctness; 
program  schemes;  fixed-point  theory  of 
programs;  resolution  and  theorem  prov- 
ing. Prerequisite:  COT  5420. 

COT  6930  Special  Topics:  Advanced 
Topics  In  Theory  (3).  This  course  deals 
witti  selected  special  topics  in  comput- 
ing theory.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

MAP  6127  Simulation  and  Modeling 
(3).  Two  areas  are  covered  in  this 
course:  advanced  queueing  models  and 
simulation  techniques.  The  relationships 
between  these  two  areas,  applications, 
and  simulation  languages  will  be  among 
the  topics  covered.  Prerequisites:  COP 
3530;  and  MAP  51 1 7  or  STA  6807. 


Creative  Writing 

Asher  Z.  Milbauer,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
I.ASter  Standiford,  Professor  and 

Director,  Creative  Writing 
Lynne  Barrett,  Associate  Professor 
John  Dufresne,  Assistant  Professor 
James  W.  Hall,  Professor 

Master  of  Fine  Arts  in  Creative 
Writing 

The  Master  of  Rne  Arts  in  Creative  Writ- 
ing is  the  terminal  degree  for  the  practic- 
ing writer,  designed  to  qualify  tfie 
recipient  to  teach  creative  writing  on  the 
collegiate  and  university  level.  The  pro- 
gram is  fioused  at  the  fvlorth  Miami  Cam- 
pus. Writers  enjoy  the  opportunity  for 
editorial  experience  on  Gulf  Stream 
magazine,  the  annual  FlU  literary 
Awards  competition,  ttie  FlU/South 
Beach  Writers  Wort^shop,  the  Miami 
Book  Fair  Competition,  and  the  Writers 
on  the  Bay  Series,  whiich  has  included 
residencies  by  such  writers  as  Carolyn 
Forche,  Louis  Simpson,  John  Wideman, 


Elmore  Leonard,  James  Crumley,  Luis 
A.  Valenzuela,  Tony  Hillerman,  and 
Henry  Taylor.  Such  major  writers  as 
James  Jones  and  George  Gan'ett  iiave 
served  on  ttie  regular  faculty. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  must  hiave  a  baccalaureate 
degree,  a  3.0  GPAora  1000  combined 
score  on  the  GRE,  and  a  minimum  of 
nine  semester  hours  of  undergraduate 
woric  in  creative  writing.  However,  ad- 
mission is  based  primarily  on  the 
strength  of  the  applicant's  submitted 
writing  sample. 

Degree  Requirements 

Forty  eight  semester  hours  are  required 
in  studio/academk:  curriculum,  with  a 
minimum  in  each  area  as  follows: 
Literature  15 

Writing  Wori<shop  18 

Form  and  Theory  3 

Thesis  6 

There  is  no  foreign  language  require- 
ment. Graduate  wori<shops  include 
short  fiction,  the  novel,  popular  fiction, 
screenwriting,  creative  non-fiction  and 
poetry.  The  program  places  emphasis 
upon  ttie  preparation  and  completion  of 
a  t)ook-length  aeative  thesis. 

Fellowships,  teaching  assistantships, 
arxJ  tuition  remission  scholarships  are 
available  on  a  competitive  basis. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

CRW-Creative  Writing. 

CRW  5130  Advanced  Fiction  Woric- 
shop  (5).  Practice  in  the  techniques  and 
analysis  of  fiction  through  the  reading, 
discussion  arxJ  revision  of  student  manu- 
scripts in  a  woritshop  setting.  May  be  re- 
peated. Prerequisite:  9  fwurs 
undergraduate  CRW  coursework. 

CRW  5331  Advanced  Poetry  Wor1<- 
shop  (5).  Practice  in  the  techniques  and 
analysis  of  poetry  through  ttie  reading, 
discussion  and  revision  of  student  manu- 
scripts in  a  wori<shop  setting.  May  be  re- 
peated. Prerequisite:  9  hours 
undergraduate  CRW  coursework. 

CRW  5620  Advanced  Screenwriting 
Wot1(shop  (5).  Practice  in  the  tech- 
niques and  analysis  of  screenwriting 
through  tfie  reading,  discussion,  and  re- 
vision of  student  manuscripts  in  a  wori<- 
shop  setting.  May  be  repeated. 
Prerequisite:  9  hours  undergraduate 
CRW  coursevrork. 

CRW  5934  Special  Topics  In  Creative 
Writing  (1-5).  A  course  designed  to  give 
students  an  opportunity  to  pursue  spe- 


46  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


dal  studies  in  aspects  of  creative  writing 
not  otherwise  offered.  May  be  repeated. 

CRW  5935  Special  Topics  in  Creative 
Writing  (1-5).  Gives  students  an  oppor- 
tunity to  pursue  special  studies  in  as- 
pects of  creative  writing  not  otherwise 
offered.  May  be  repeated.  Prereq- 
uisites: CRW  2001  and  three  hours  of 
CRW  on  the  3000/4000  level. 

CRW  5940  Advanced  Independent 
Study  in  Creative  Writing  (1-5).  Devel- 
opment and  completion  of  a  graduate 
level  independent  project  in  creative  writ- 
ing undertaken  with  the  consent  of  the 
instnjctor.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  stand- 
ing and  instructor  permission. 

CRW  6971  Creative  Writing  Thesis 
(3).  Research  and  writing  for  the  crea- 
tive writing  thesis.  May  be  repeated.  Pre- 
requisite: 12  hours  graduate  CRW 
coursework. 

ENG  5058  Form  and  Theory  of  Con- 
temporary Literature  (3).  Various  ap- 
proaches and  theories  of  practice  in  the 
major  genres  of  imaginative  writing,  in- 
cluding development  and  articulation  of 
the  creative  esthetic.  May  t>e  repeated. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 


Economics 

Raul  Moncarz,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Hassan  Arvin-Rad,  Assistant  Professor 
iVIanuel  J.  Carvajai,  Professor 
Robert  Cruz,  Assistant  Professor 
Irma  de  Alonso,  Associate  Professor 
IMaria  Dolores  Espino,  Assistant 

Professor 
Timothy  Goodspeed,  Assistant 

Professor 
Antonio  Jorge,  Professor  of  Political 

Economy 
All  Cem  Karayalcin,  Assistant 

Professor 
Bnice  Keliey,  Assistant  Professor 
Panagis  Uossatos,  Professor 
J.  Kenneth  Upner,  Assistant  Professor 
Jorge  Salazar-CarrllSo,  Professor  and 

Director,  Center  for  Economic 

Researcti  and  Education 
Carlos  Sevilla,  Assistant  Professor 
Jong-Shin  Wei,  Assistant  Professor 
Mira  Willdns,  Professor 
Maria  Willumsen,  Assistant  Professor 

The  major  in  economics  provides  tfie 
student  with  an  understanding  of  eco- 
nomk:  problems  and  institutions,  and 
analytical  tools  to  apply  this  knowledge 
to  contemporary  problems.  The  pro- 


gram is  designed  for  the  student  desir- 
ing a  career  in  business,  government,  in- 
ternational agencies,  or  multinational 
corporations;  and  for  those  planning 
graduate  study  in  economics,  business, 
law,  public  administration,  uri^an  stud- 
ies, or  international  relations. 

Master  of  Arts  in  Economics 

To  be  admitted  into  the  Master's  degree 
program  in  Economics,  a  student  must 
meet  the  Universit/s  graduate  admis- 
sion requirements  and: 

1 .  Have  a  'B'  average  (3.0)  or  higher 
during  ti>8  last  two  years  of  undergradu- 
ate studies,  or  a  combined  score  (ver- 
bal, quantitative,  and  analytic)  of  1,500 
or  higher  on  the  tiiree-part  GRE,  which 
every  candidate  must  take.  (If  a  student 
has  taken  ti%  Graduate  Record  Exami- 
nation before  the  new  system  was  intro- 
duced arxJ  scored  1000  or  higher  on  the 
combined  verisal  and  quantitative  sec- 
tions, the  student  does  not  have  to  re- 
take tfie  examination.)  Foreign  students 
whose  native  language  is  rwt  English 
must  take  tfie  TOEFL  and  obtain  a 
score  of  500  or  higher. 

2.  Receive  approval  of  tfie  depart- 
mental graduate  committee. 

3.  Have  taken  as  prerequisites  inter- 
mediate microeconomics,  intermediate 
macroeconomfcs,  statistics,  and  calcu- 
lus. A  student  who  has  not  fulfilled  all 
these  prerequisites  may  be  admitted  on 
a  provisional  basis.  Unless  specifically 
exempted,  tfie  student  must  take  these 
courses  as  required,  obtaining  no  credit 
for  tfiem  in  tfie  program. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master's  degree  program  will  con- 
sist of  30  semester  hours  of  course 
work,  at  a  graduate  level  (course  num- 
bers 5000  or  above).  A  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours  may  be  transferred  into 
the  program  subject  to  tfie  approval  of 
the  graduate  committee.  All  courses 
listed  below  carry  3  credits,  except  tfie 
thesis  (6  credits).  The  specific  require- 
ments are: 

Core  Semester  Hours 

ECO  7115  Microeconomic  Theory  I  3 
ECO  7206  Macroeconomic  Theory  I  3 
ECO  7424     Econometric  Metfiods  I      3 

Additional  Requirements:  (1 2-1 5 
semester  hours) 

Students  will  be  required  to  write  a  tfie- 
sis  for  6  credits,  (ECO  6971),  or  take  tfie 
advanced  seminar  in  applied  economk;s 
(ECO  6939),  which  involves  writing  a  re- 
search paper. 

Electtves 

(15-18  semester  hours)  A  student  must 
take  at  least  four  electives  in  econom- 


ics. The  additional  one  or  two  courses 
required  to  complete  tfie  Master's  pro- 
gram may  be  taken  in  Mathematics,  In- 
ternational Studies,  tfie  College  of 
Business  Administration,  the  School  of 
Public  Affairs  and  Services,  or  in  the 
other  college  or  schools  of  tiie  Univer- 
sity. The  graduate  committee  must  ap- 
prove courses  taken  outside  tfie 
department. 

Graduation  Requirements 

To  receive  tfie  Master's  degree  in  Eco- 
nomics, tfie  student  must  complete  30 
hours  of  course  wori<  witfi  a  'B'  (3.0)  av- 
erage or  higher;  must  receive  a  least  a 
'B'  (3.0)  in  tfie  core  courses;  and  must 
receive  a  grade  of  'C  or  higher  in  each 
course.  If  the  student  decides  to  write  a 
tfiesis,  he  must  receive  the  grade  of 
'P'(pass)  for  ECO  6971. 

Doctor  of  Philosopliy  in 
Economics 

The  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  in  Economics  are: 

1.  A  baccalaureate  degree  from  an 
accredited  university  or  college. 

2.  A  minimum  GPAof  3.0  from  the 
last  two  years  of  the  undergraduate  edu- 
cation or  a  minimum  score  of  1650  on 
tfie  three-part  GRE  (which  every  candi- 
date must  take).  Foreign  students 
wrtiose  native  language  is  not  English 
must  take  the  TOEFL  and  obtain  a 
score  of  550  or  higher. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation 
from  persons  in  a  position  to  judge  the 
applicant's  suitability  for  graduate  study 
in  economics. 

4.  Approval  of  tfie  Graduate  Studies 
Committee  of  tfie  Department  of  Eco- 
nomics. 

5.  Approval  of  tfie  following  courses 
at  tfie  undergraduate  level:  Intermediate 
Microeconomics,  Intermediate  Macro- 
economics, Statistics,  and  Calculus.  Un- 
less specifically  exempted,  sbjdents 
must  take  tfiese  courses  as  required. 
No  graduate  credit  will  tie  awarded  for 
tfiese  courses.  Tfiese  courses  are  pre- 
requisites for  most  graduate  courses 
and  students  cannot  take  the  latter  un- 
less tfiey  take  tfie  prerequisites,  or  are 
specifically  exempted  by  tfie  instructor 
of  tfie  course. 

The  Ph.D.  program  is  irxdependent 
of  tfie  existing  master's  program  in  Eco- 
nomics and  students  in  tfiat  program 
must  apply  for  admission  as  Ph.D.  stu- 
dents. Certain  courses  taken  in  tf>e  mas- 
ter's (xogram,  however,  may  be 
ti^nsferred  and  used  to  fulfill  tfie  require- 
ments of  the  Ph.D.  program,  witfi  tfie  ap- 
proval Of  tfie  Graduate  Studies 
Committee. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  47 


Degree  Requirements 

To  obtain  the  Ph.D.  in  Economics,  stu- 
dents must  complete  the  required 
coursework  and  fulfill  dissertation 
requirements. 

Coursework 

1 .  Requirements:  Students  must 
complete  48  hours  (16  courses)  of 
graduate  level  coursework.  Supervised 
research,  independent  studies,  semi- 
nars, and  dissertation  credit  do  not 
count  towards  this  objective. 

This  required  minimum  of  16 
courses  consists  of  eight  courses  in  thte 
Core,  six  courses  in  three  Relds  of  Spe- 
cialization (at  least  two  courses  per 
field,  some  fields  may  have  special  re- 
quirements), and  two  electives  as  ap- 
proved by  the  student's  advisor  who  will 
be  assigned  to  thte  student  at  thie  time  of 
admission  to  ttie  program. 

Core  Courses 

ECO  71 1 5  Microeconomic  Theory  I  3 
ECO  71 16  Microeconomic  Theory  II  3 
ECO  7206  Maaoeconomic  Theory  I  3 
ECO  7207  l^tecroeconomic  Theory  II  3 
ECO  7405     Mathematical  Methods  in 

Economic  Analysis  3 

ECO  7424  Econometric  Methods  I  3 
ECO  7425  Econometric  Methods  II  3 
ECO  7305     History  of  Economic 

Tfiought  3 

Fields  of  Specialization 

Advanced  Economic  Theory 
Economic  Development 
Economics  of  Human  Resources 
Economics  of  Latin  America  and 
the  Caribbean 
International  Economk;s 
Monetary  Economics 
Urt>an  and  Regional  Economics 

2.  Rrst  Year  of  Graduate  Study:  Stu- 
dents are  required  to  take  courses, 
wtiich  must  at  least  include  tfie  first  six 
courses  in  thie  core  as  listed  above.  At 
ttie  end  of  the  year,  students  are  re- 
quired to  ptass  a  comprehensive  qualify- 
ing examination  on  core  theory  -  the  first 
four  of  tfie  core  courses  listed  above.  A 
student  who  fauls  twice  will  not  be  al- 
lowed to  remain  in  the  program. 

3.  Second  Year  of  Graduate  Study: 
Students  will  be  required  to  take  Econo- 
metric Metfx>ds  II  (with  research  paper). 
History  of  Economic  Thought,  and  com- 
plete coursework  in  two  "major  fields"  of 
specieilization.  Thie  designation  "major 
fiekl"  is  to  indicate  a  chosen  field  in 
which  students  must  pass  field  examina- 
tions by  the  end  of  the  second  year.  In 
contrast,  the  term  "minor  field"  desig- 
nates a  chosen  area  thiat  does  not  re- 
quire a  field  examination"  and  the 
courses  of  wheh  do  not  have  to  be 
taken  by  the  second  year.  Students  who 


fail  twice  any  of  their  field  examinatk>ns 
will  not  be  allowed  to  continue  in  that 
field. 

Dissertation  Work 

Upon  completion  of  fiekl  examination  re- 
quirements, students  will  be  required  to 
choose  a  specific  area  of  doctoral  re- 
search. During  this  phase,  wNch  will  nor- 
mally have  a  total  length  of  two  years, 
the  student  vwll: 

a.  Conduct  research  and  complete  a 
dissertation, 

b.  Continue  taking  courses, 

c.  Attend  Advanced  Wori^shops  by 
enrolling  in  ECO  7925  in  the  dissertation 
area  and  present  at  least  one  paper  a 
year  on  the  work  in  that  woH<shop. 

Students  will  nomially  be  required  to 
be  enrolled  as  full-time  students  at  the 
University  for  at  least  a  year  during  the 
dissertation  period.  Except  under  abnor- 
mal circumstances,  the  maximum  num- 
ber of  years  during  which  a  student  may 
do  dissertation  wori<  is  five  years. 

Graduation  Requirements 

To  graduate,  students  must  complete  all 
course  requirements;  fulfill  workshop 
presentation  requirements,  pass  the 
comprehensive  cind  field  examinations, 
and  complete  the  oral  defense  and  ac- 
ceptarx»  of  the  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

ECO-Economics;'ECP-Economic  Prob- 
lems and  Policy;  ECS-Economic  Sys- 
tems and  Development. 

ECO  5709  The  Worid  Economy  (3). 

Designed  to  give  an  overview  of  the  cru- 
cial issues  in  the  worid  economy.  The 
course  covers  trade,  capital,  labor,  and 
technology  flows;  transnational  eco- 
nomic organizations;  current  economic 
crisis;  glot>al  economic  interdepend- 
ence; and  the  nature  and  characteristics 
of  international  economic  order.  Re- 
quired for  MIB  Program. 

ECO  5735  Multinational  Corporations 
(3).  Economk;  theory  and  multinatwnal 
corporations.  Economic  effects.  Conse- 
quertces  of  nationalization.  Spread  of 
the  multinational  form.  State-owned  mul- 
tinatk>nal  corporations.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  instructor  for  undergraduates. 

ECO  5906  Advanced  Individual  Study 
(3).  Supervised  readings,  individual  tuto- 
rial, and  preparation  of  report.  Requires 
consent  of  faculty  supervisor  and 
Department  Chairperson.  Open  to  sen- 
k)rs  and  graduate  students. 


ECO  5936  Special  Topics  (3).  A  course 
designed  to  give  students  a  particular 
topic  or  a  limited  number  of  topics  not 
othenA/ise  offered  in  the  curriculum. 

ECO  5945  internship  (3).  Directed  indi- 
vidual study  wNch  assists  the  student  in 
using  economic  analysis  in  his  employ- 
ment. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  In- 
structor. 

ECO  6936  Special  Topics  (3).  A  course 
designed  to  give  students  a  particular 
topic  or  a  limited  number  of  topics  not 
othenwise  offered  in  the  curriculum. 

ECO  6938  Individual  Graduate  Study 
(6-9).  Supervised  readings,  tutorial,  and 
preparation  of  report.  Open  only  to 
graduate  students.  Requires  consent  of 
supervisor  and  approval  of  Department 
Chairperson. 

ECO  6939  Advanced  Seminar  in  Ap- 
plied Economics  (3).  Variable-topic 
study  group  in  application  of  economic 
aralysis  to  specific  problems.  Open  to 
seniors  and  graduate  students. 

ECO  6971  Thesis  (6).  Writing  and  com- 
pletion of  thesis  by  candidate  for  a  Mas- 
ter of  Arts.  Prerequisites:  Student  must 
be  a  Master's  degree  candidate,  have 
had  at  least  15  hours  of  graduate  work 
in  economics;  have  a  thesis  topic  ap- 
proved by  the  Department's  Graduate 
Committee  and  permission  from  the  in- 
structor. 

ECO  711 5  Microeconomic  Theory  I 
(3).  Models  of  consumer  and  producer 
behavior,  partial  equilibrium  analysis  of 
product  and  factor  markets,  two/sector 
models  of  general  equilibrium  and  wel- 
fare economics.  Prerequisites:  ECO 
3101  or  equivEilent,  Calculus  I;  Calculus 
II  recommended. 

ECO  7116  Microeconomic  Theory  U 

(3).  The  Hicks/Samuelson  and  Arrow/De- 
breu  models  of  genered  equilibrium.  Ac- 
tivity analysis  and  competitive 
equilibrium.  Capital  theory.  Leontief/Sraf- 
fra/Marx  Systems.  Temporary  equilib- 
rium and  money.  Prerequisites:  ECO 
71 15  and  ECO  7405. 

ECO  7118  Graduate  Seminar  In  Eco- 
nomic Theory  (3).  Variable-topic  gradu- 
ate study  group  in  theoretical  problems. 
Open  only  to  students  with  graduate 
standing. 

ECO  7135  Growth,  DIstrl  button  and 
Prices  (3).  Alternative  theories  of 
growth,  income  distribution  and  prices. 
Basic  growth  models;  neoclassical  capi- 
tal theory  and  Cambridge  cx>ntroversies; 
neo/Marxian,  neo/Keynesian  and  other 
approaches.  Prerequisites:  ECO  71 16, 
ECO  7207,  ECO  7405. 


b^^ 


48  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


ECO  7136  Classical  and  Marxian  Eco- 
norhic  Theory  (3).  Classical  and  Marx- 
ian theories  of  value  aind  capital  in  a 
mathematical  mode.  The  Transforma- 
tion Problem.  Simple  and  expanded  re- 
production. Ttie  falling  rate  of  profit  and 
other  Marxian  crises.  Prerequisites: 
ECO  7115,  ECO  7206,  ECO  7405,  ECO 
7116. 

ECO  7206  Macroeconomic  Theory  I 
(3).  Analysis  of  macroeconomic  models 
of  Income  determination  eind  tfie  price 
level,  microeconomic  foundations  of 
macro-behavior,  macroeconometric 
models,  and  basic  open  economy  mac- 
roeconomics. Prerequisites:  ECO  3203, 
ECO  4410,  or  equivalents;  Calculus  I; 
Calculus  II  recommended. 

ECO  7207  Macroeconomic  Theory  II 
(3).  Alternative  approaches  to  macroeco- 
nomic tfieory.  Business  cycle  theories 
and  theories  of  growth  and  income  distri- 
bution. Prerequisites:  ECO  7115,  ECO 
7206,  ECO  7405. 

ECO  7216  Monetary  Theory  and  Pol- 
icy (3).  Relationship  of  money  supply 
and  interest  rate  to  economic  stabiliza- 
tion. Consideration  of  federal  reserve 
system,  money  market,  and  factors  de- 
termining money  supply  and  demand. 
Neo-Keynesian,  CNcago,  and  radical 
policy  views. 

ECO  7236  Money,  Banking,  and  Mone- 
tary Policy  (3).  Monetary  theory  and  its 
application.  Consideration  of  central 
banking  in  tfie  U.S.  and  its  relation  to 
ttie  international  economy,  money  mar- 
kets, arKi  financial  intermediaries.  Sur- 
vey of  current  policy  views. 

ECO  7305  iHlstory  of  Economic 
Thought  (3).  Exploration  of  the  evolu- 
tion of  economic  thought  and  analysis  in 
the  changing  sodo/historical,  institu- 
tional and  political  setting  in  which  it 
takes  place.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

ECO  7315  Graduate  Seminar  In  Eco- 
nomic Theory  (3).  Variable-topic  gradu- 
ate study  group  in  tfieoretical  prot)lems. 
Open  only  to  students  with  graduate 
standing. 

ECO  7405  Mathematical  Methods  in 
Economic  Analysis  (3).  Applicatk>n  of 
mathematical  methods  to  economics. 
The  topics  and  tools  of  mathtematical 
economics  are  presented  in  a  rigorous 
fashk>n  within  an  economic  context. 
Prerequisites:  Cakxilus  I,  ECO  3101 
and  ECO  3203,  or  equivalents. 

ECO  7424  Econometric  Methods  I  (3). 

Practical  and  tfieoretkal  foundations  of 
empirical  economics.  Knowledge  in  for- 
mulation, estimation,  and  evaluation  of 


/^( 


econometric  models.  Prerequisites: 
ECO  4410  or  equivalent;  Calculus  I; 
Calculus  II  recommended. 

ECO  7425  Econometric  Methods  II 
(3).  A  continuation  of  ECO  7424.  Ad- 
vanced single  equation  estimation,  esti- 
mation of  distributed  lags,  simultaneous 
equations,  time  series  and  models  of 
qualitative  choice.  Prerequisites:  ECO 
7424  and  MAS  3103  or  equivalent. 

ECO  7505  Public  Finance  (3).  Partial 
and  general  equilibrium  analysis  of  tax 
incidence  efficiency,  public  goods,  pub- 
lic pricing  problems,  the  social  rate  of 
discount,  and  non-market  decision  mak- 
ing. 

ECO  7617  Seminar  in  Economic  His- 
tory (3).  Topics  in  economic  history,  ex- 
ploration of  the  economic  history 
literature  on  a  selected  theme,  student 
presentations.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor  for  undergraduates.        — >. 

CO  7705  International  Trade  (3).        \ 

Positive  and  normative  aspects  of  inter-   ! 
national  trade.  Theories  of  comptarative 
advantage,  commercial  policy,  trade  and 
income  distribution.  Prerequisites:  Ad- 
vanced Microeconomic  Theory;  Calcu- 
lus. 

¥eC0  7716  International  Money  (3). 

Theory  of  international  monetary  equilib- 
rium. Problems  of  international  pay- 
ments and  exchange  rate  control;  their 
effect  on  international  monetary  prob- 
lems. Analysis  of  short  and  long  term 
monetary  flows  and  macroeconomic  ad- 
justment. Pi-erequisites:  Advanced  Mac- 
\  roeconomics  and  Calculus. 

^O  7925  Advanced  Workshop  (3)."^ 

Enables  students  to  attend  advariced 
workshop  presentations  and  to  present 
tfie  results  of  their  own  researcli.  Prereq- 
uisite: Completion  of  field  examination 
requirements. 

ECO  7980  Dissertation  (Ph.D.)  (1  -6). 
To  be  taken  every  semester  for  re- 
search on,  and  writing  of  Ph.D.  disserta- 
tion by  candidates  for  the  Ph.D. 
Prerequisite:  Completion  of  field  exami- 
nation requirements. 

ECP  6605  Urban  and  Regional  Analy- 
sis (3).  Application  of  economk:  analysis 
to  urtian  growth  and  tfie  urisan-regional 
environment.  Consideration  of  public 
servk:es,  transportation,  ghetto  prob- 
lems, and  urban  organization.  Analysis 
of  environmental  protection  problems 
and  policies.  Recommended  prepara- 
tion: ECO  3101,  ECO  3203  and  ECP 
3303. 

ECP  6705  Managerial  Economics  (3). 

Basic  microeconomic  concepts  as  ttiey 


apply  to  decision  making  within  the 
organization;  supply  and  demand;  mar- 
ket structure  and  mari<et  behavior  in 
specific  industries.  Prerequisites:  ECO 
3021  and  ECO  3011. 

ECP  6715  Macroeconomic  Forecast- 
ing for  Management  (3).  Bask:  macro- 
economics concepts  as  ttiey  apply  to 
decision  making  within  tfie  firm.  Tradi- 
tional models  of  income  determination 
and  forecasting  analysis.  Prerequisite: 
ECP  6705. 

ECP  7035  Cost%enefit  Analysis  (3). 

This  course  covers  benefit-cost  analy- 
sis, cost-effectiveness  analysis,  Ijenefit- 
risk  analysis,  risk-risk  analysis,  and 
systems  analysis.  All  of  these  tech- 
niques are  designed  to  provide  guid- 
ance to  decision  makers,  particularly  in 
tfie  government  sector.  Prerequisite: 
ECO  3101. 

ECP  7205  Labor  and  hiuman  Re- 
sources (3).  Empirical  and  theoretical 
analysis  of  tfie  factors  determining  em- 
ployment and  earnings,  recent  develop- 
ments in  tfie  tfieory  of  labor  supply, 
critiques  of  neoclassical  tfieory,  and  cur- 
rent issues  in  public  policy.  Prerequisite: 
Calculus. 

ECP  7405  Industrial  Organization  (3). 

The  organization  of  tfie  industrial  econ- 
omy with  particular  emphasis  as  to  the 
type  of  competition,  the  bases  of  monop- 
oly power  and  the  extent  of  monopoly 
power.  Prerequisites:  Advanced  Micro 
and  Cetlculus. 

ECP  7606  Urban  and  Regional  Eco- 
nomics (3).  The  economics  of  urtsaniza- 
tion  processes,  internal  organization  of 
cities,  and  regional  settlement  Spatial 
grovirth  models  and  spatial  development 
planning.  Prerequisites:  ECO  7115, 
ECO  5205,  ECS  4013  or  equivalent; 
and  ECO  6636. 

ECP  7636  Location  Theory  (3).  Sys- 
tematic exposition  of  urt>an  arxJ  indus- 
trial location  tfieory.  Spatial  price  tfieory 
and  spatial  competition.  Prerequisites: 
ECO  3101  or  equivalent;  Calculus  I;  Cal- 
culus II  and  ECO  7115  recommended. 

ECS  5005  Comparative  Economic 
Systems  (3).  A  critical  evaluation  of  tfie 
design,  goals,  and  achievements  of  eco- 
nomic policies  in  capitalist  and  socialist 
economies.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor  for  undergraduates. 

ECS  5025  Economic  Planning  (3). 

Analysis  of  planning  methods  in  capital- 
ist and  socialist  economies.  Evaluation 
of  macro  and  micro  economk:  planning 
tools  (input-output)  and  programming 
techniques.  Tfieory  and  practice  of  eco- 
nomic development  planning  of  agricul- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  49 


ture,  industrialization,  foreign  trade,  and 
manpower.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

ECS  6436  The  Economics  of  Carib- 
bean Migration  (3).  The  course  exam- 
Irws  the  economic  causes  and 
consequences  of  Cariblsean  immigra- 
tion to  tiie  United  States.  Special  em- 
phasis on  the  effects  of  Carifcibean 
migration  on  tlie  United  States  economy. 

ECS  7015  Development  Economics: 
Theory  (3).  Analytical  approaches  to 
economic  development.  Analysis  of 
macro  models,  specific  resources  and 
sectors,  and  trade  and  income  distribu- 
tional problems  in  relation  to  developing 
countries.  Prerequisites:  ECO  71 15  and 
ECO  7116  or  equivalents. 

ECS  7026  Development  Economics: 
Planning  and  Policy  (3).  Planning  and 
policy  making  in  developing  economies. 
Economy/wide  planning  models;  project 
appraisal;  financial,  stabilization  and 
trade  policies.  Prerequisites:  EGO  71 15, 
ECO  71 16,  ECO  5025,  and  ECO  7405. 

ECS  7405  Economics  of  Latin  Amer- 
ica (3).  Dependence,  population  explo- 
sion, urban  migration,  agricultural 
reform,  industrialization  and  import  sub- 
stitution, common  markets.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor  for  undergradu- 
ates. 

ECS  7435  Economics  of  the  Carib- 
liean  (3).  Macroecorramic  assessment; 
income  distribution,  emptoyment  and  mi- 
gration; industrial  and  agricultural  devel- 
opment; international  ti'ade, 
multinational  and  integration  attempts. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

ECS  7445  Economics  of  Central 
America  (3).  Recent  economic  events 
in  region  dealing  witin  institutional  back- 
ground and  structure  of  current  eco- 
nomy activities.  Special  emphasis  on 
problems  of  growth,  social  transforma- 
tion and  economic  integration.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Instiuctor. 


English 

Ashar  Z.  Mllbauer,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
Harry T.  Antrim,  Professor 
St  George  Tucker  Arnold,  Associate 

Professor 
Lynne  Barrett,  Associate  Professor 
Lynn  M.  Berk,  Assodate  Professor 
GIsela  Casinos,  Assistant  Professor 


Maneck  Daruwala,  Assodate  Professor 
John  Dufresne,  Assistant  Professor 
Richard  A.  Dwyer,  Professor 
Charles  Elkins,  Professor  and  Vice 

Provost 
Mary  Jane  Elkins,  Assodate  Professor 
Peggy  Endel,  Associate  Professor 
John  Ernest,  Assistant  Professor 
Mary  Free,  Assodate  Professor 
Virginia  Gathercole,  Associate 

Professor 
Peter  Hargatai,  instructor 
Jeffrey  Knapp,  Instructor 
James  Hall,  Professor 
Tometro  Hopkins,  instructor 
Kenneth  Johnson,  Associate  Professor 
Kathleen  McCormack,  Assodate 

Professor 
Carmeia  Pinto  Mcintire,  Assodate 

Professor 
Sheila  Post-Lauria,  Assistant  Professor 
Robert  Ratner,  Instructor 
Merl-Jane  Rochelson,  Asdstant 

Professor 
Richard  Schwartz,  Associate  Professor 
Ronn  Sllverstein,  Instructor 
Blen  Sprechman,  Lecturer 
Lester  Standiford,  Professor 
Richard  Sugg,  Professor 
Donald  Watson,  Professor 
Butler  H.  Waugh,  Professor 
Rot>ert  Weinberger,  Instructor 
Barbara  Weitz,  Instructor 
C.  Kemp  Williams,  Assistant  Professor 
Mehmet  Yavas,  Assodate  Professor 

The  English  Department  offers  two 
graduate  degree  programs:  Creative 
Writing  and  Linguistics.  See  the  descrip- 
tion of  tfie  programs  and  tiieir  graduate 
course  offerings  under  Creative  Writing 
and  Linguistics. 

Below  is  a  list  of  graduate  courses  of- 
fered by  the  English  Department. 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

AML  -  American  Literahjre;  CRW-Crea- 
tive  Writing;  ENG-English-General;  ENL- 
English  Literature;  LIN  -  Linguistics; 
LIT-Literature. 

AML  5305  Major  American  Literary 
Rgures  (3).  Each  section  will  consider 
the  lifework  of  several  autfxjrs  such  as 
Hawthorne,  Melville,  Whitman,  Twain, 
James,  Faulkner,  Mailer,  Wright,  BaW- 
win.  May  be  repeated. 

AML  5505  Periods  In  American  Litera- 
ture (3).  The  literature  and  criticism  re- 
garding one  specified  period  of 
American  Literature,  such  as  Colonial, 
Federal,  Transcendental,  Antebellum, 


and  Twentieth  Century.  May  be  re- 
peated witin  change  of  period.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  5009  Literary  Criticism  and 
Scholarship  (3).  Techniques  and  goals 
of  humanistic  research,  bibliography, 
and  critical  commentary. 

ENG  5018  Practical  Criticism  (3).  Ap- 
plies various  critical  theories  -  e.g.  \he 
formalistic,  historical,  shuctural,  arche- 
typal, sociological,  etc.  -  to  specific  liter- 
ary  productk^ns. 

ENG  5058  Form  and  Theory  of  Con- 
temporary Literature  (3).  Various  ap- 
proaches and  ttieories  of  practice  in  the 
major  genres  of  imaginative  writing,  in- 
cluding development  and  articulation  of 
the  creative  esthietic.  May  be  repeated. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

ENG  5907  independent  Study  (VAR). 

Individual  conferences,  assigned  read- 
ings, reports  on  independent  investiga- 
tions, with  the  consent  of  tiie  Chair- 
person. 

ENG  6909  Independent  Study  (VAR). 

Individual  conferences,  assigned  read- 
ings, reports  on  independent  investiga- 
tions, with  the  consent  of  the  Chair- 
person. 

ENL  5220  Major  British  Uterary  Fig- 
ures (3).  Each  section  will  consider  the 
lifework  of  an  author  such  as  Chaucer, 
Spenser,  Milton,  Pope,  Wordsworth, 
Dickens,  Browning,  Joyce,  or  others. 
May  be  repeated. 

ENL  5505  Periods  In  English  Utera- 
ture  (3).  The  literature  and  criticism  re- 
garding one  specified  period  of  English 
Literature,  such  as  Medieval,  Renais- 
sance, Victorian,  Twentietti  Century,  and 
Contemporary.  May  be  repeated  with 
cfiange  of  period.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instixictor. 

LIT  5363  Literary  Movements  (3).  Indi- 
vidual sections  will  stijdy  the  auti^ors, 
worths,  and  audiences  involved  in  such 
phenomena  as  Humanism,  Mannerism, 
Romanticism,  Symbolism,  the  Hariem 
Renaissance,  and  otfiers.  May  be  re- 
peated. 

LIT  5934  Special  Topics  (3).  A  course 
designed  to  give  groups  of  students  an 
opportunity  to  pursue  special  stijdies 
not  othenwise  offered.  May  be  repeated. 

UT  6934  Special  Topics  (3).  A  course 
designed  to  give  groups  of  students  an 
opportunity  to  pursue  special  studies 
not  otiienwise  offered.  May  be  repeated. 


50  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Geology 

Rorentin  Maurrasse,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Bradford  Clement,  Assistant  Professor 
Charles  ConiKM-,  Assistant  Professor 
Grenville  Draper,  Professor 
Rosemary  Hickey-Vargas,  Assistant 

Professor 
Claudia  Owen,  Lecturer 
Gautam  Sen,  Associate  Professor 
Edward  Robinson,  Visiting  Lecturer 

The  Geology  Program  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  careers  In  re-   . 
Search,  teaching,  and  other  governmen- 
tal or  private  agencies.  The  main 
objectives  of  the  Department  Is  to  con- 
tribute to  the  search  for  a  better  under- 
standing of  local  geological  problems, 
focusing  especially  on  those  related  to 
ground  water  supply;  and  to  conduct  re- 
search on  the  geology  of  the  Caribbean 
region.  Well-equipped  laboratories  ex- 
pose students  to  the  major  techniques 
of  the  sciences.  The  program  offers 
both  a  rigorous  B.S.  degree  In  Geology 
and  a  broader-based  interdisciplinary 
B.A.  in  Geology.  Grades  of  'D'  will  not 
be  accepted  for  required  courses  in 
eittier  program  option. 

Master  of  Science  in  Geology 

Admission 

To  be  admitted  to  the  Master's  degree 
program  in  Geology,  a  student  must 
meet  the  following  minimum  require- 
ments: 

1 .  Satisfactorily  meet  \he  Universit/s 
general  requirements  for  admission. 

2.  Hold  a  Bachetor's  degree,  or 
equivalent  In  a  relevant  discipline  of  Sci- 
ences or  Mathematics.  A  maximum  of  4- 
credit  hours  of  advanced  undergraduate 
course  wori<  will  be  allowed  to  count  to- 
ward the  Master's  degree. 

Students  entering  with  a  Badielor's 
degree  in  ciiemlstry  wliose  graduate 
work  will  be  mainly  in  geochemistry/pe- 
trology, or  students  entering  with  a 
Bachelor's  degree  in  Physics  or  Mathe- 
matics whose  graduate  wori<  will  be 
malr>ly  in  geophysics  should  take  ad- 
vanced test  (GRE)  In  the  field  of  under- 
graduate specialization. 

3.  Have  a  grade  point  average 
(GPA)  of  3.0  or  Ngher  (or  equivalent) 
during  the  last  tvw  years  of  undergradu- 
ate program,  and  a  minimum  score  of 
1000  In  tine  Graduate  Record  Examina- 
tion. 

4.  Submit  at  least  tiree  letters  of  rec- 
ommendation, preferably  from  persons 
in  the  academic  community  wfiia  are  in  a 
position  to  comment  on  \he  applicant's 
potential  for  graduate  work. 


5.  Students  whose  native  language 
Is  other  tfian  English  must  demonstrate 
adequate  level  of  proficiency  in  English 
as  a  foreign  language.  An  equivalent 
score  of  500  on  tfie  TOEFL  (Test  of  Eng- 
lish as  a  Foreign  Language),  of  the  Edu- 
cational Testing  Service  is  required. 
Foreign  students  who  have  not  met  this 
requirement  may  be  conditionally  admit- 
ted and  allowed  to  enroll  in  an  intensive 
English  Program  prior  to  beginning 
course  wori<  in  Geology.  Satisfactory 
English  proficiency  must  be  demon- 
strated within  tiie  first  year  of  study. 

Application  Procedures 

Admission  decisions  to  the  Program  will 
be  made  by  the  Department's  Graduate 
Admission  Committee. 

To  hie  considered  for  admission  appli- 
cants must  submit  the  following  docu- 
ments prior  to  tile  term  In  which  they  are 
seeking  admission: 

1.  FlU  Graduate  Application  Form. 

2.  Certified  tianscripts  of  all  college 
level  wori<.  When  applicable,  a  certified 
English  ti-anslation  must  accompany  the 
original. 

3.  Graduate  Record  Examination 
scores  taken  within  the  previous  tvw 
years. 

4.  Scores  of  English  Proficiency, 
wften  applicable. 

5.  Curriculum  vltae  or  resume  witfi 
pertinent  information  regarding  appli- 
cant's previous  experience  and  aciiieve- 
ments. 

6.  A  statement  of  Intent,  including  a 
brief  discussion  (not  to  exceed  2000 
words,  including  space)  of  educational 
goals  and  career  projections.  Applicant 
may  also  Indude  a  copy  of  previous  writ- 
ten scientific  work. 

7.  Three  letters  of  recommendation 
from  former  professors  or  academic  ad- 
visors. Applicants  must  also  comply  with 
deadlines  set  by  the  University  for  con- 
sideration for  admission  in  tfie  upcom- 
ing semester. 

Degree  Requirements 

Program  of  Study 

Introductory  meetings  with  faculty  mem- 
bers of  the  department  are  arranged  for 
all  Incoming  graduate  students  and  a 
program  of  stijdy  Is  planned  as  eariy  as 
possible  after  discussion  with  the  chair- 
person of  tiie  Graduate  Admission  Com- 
mittee. 

Required  Courses 

A  minimum  of  28  credits  within  the 

Department,  Including: 

GLY  5931  GLY  6931  Graduate 

Seminars  2 


GLY  5286      Research  Instrumentation 
and  Techniques  in 
Geobgy  4 

Courses  in  field  of  spedaiization  16 

GLY  6971      Thesis  12 

Electives  8 

Courses  in  the  field  of  concentratbn 
and  electives  are  chosen  by  the  student 
In  consultation  with  an  advisor.  All  such 
courses  are  selected  to  fit  tfie  student's 
particular  professional  goals. 

Foreign  Language  Competency 

All  students  are  required  to  have  a  read- 
ing knowledge  of  a  modern  foreign  lan- 
guage. Competency  will  be  determined 
by  an  examination  which  will  consist  of 
a  dear  translation  into  English  of  a  tech- 
nical paper  from  French,  Spanish,  Ger- 
man or  Russian.  Courses  taken  to  gain 
such  profidency  will  not  be  counted  to- 
ward graduation.  As  an  alternative,  stu- 
dents may  substitute  6  credits  of 
Computer  Sdence  or  Mathematics  be- 
yond Calculus  II. 

Relds  of  Concentration 

Petrology  -  Geochemistry 

Reld,  analytical  and  experimental  re- 
search In  petrology/geochemistry  of  Ig- 
neous rocks.  Application  of  phase 
equilibria,  and  major  element  trace  ele- 
ment and  Isotope  systematlcs  to  tiie  in- 
terpretation of  the  origin  and  chemical 
evolution  of  tiie  upper  mantle  and  mag- 
mas. Stijdy  areas  Indude  Hawaii,  Chile, 
the  Caribbean  islands,  tiie  Bonln-Mari- 
ana  arc-basin  system  and  India. 

Paleontology 

Biostratigraphic  analyses  of  major  fossil 
groups  and  their  application  to  universal 
problems  of  earth  history  as  can  be  ex- 
emplified in  Florida,  tfie  Caribbean  and 
Soutii  America.  Analyses  of  general 
protJems  of  animal  extinction,  paleoecol- 
ogy  of  specific  groups,  evolution,  and 
computer  programs  in  paleontology. 
The  department's  Caribbiean  Geological 
Collection  indudes  the  most  comprehen- 
sive stratigraphic  sections  of  the  region 
to  canry  our  stratigraphic  analyses. 

Stratigraphy  •  Sedimentation 

Research  on  lltlx>stnatigraphy  and  fades 
analysis  of  sedimentary  rocks  of  South 
Florida  and  the  dncum  Cariblaean  re- 
gion. Tectonic  evolution  and  paleoecol- 
ogy  of  sedimentary  Isasins  of  ttiese 
regions  and  tiieir  relationships  to  global 
and  regional  tectonk;  processes.  Hydro- 
cartxsn  assessment  of  potential  source 
of  rocks. 

Structural  Geology  -  Tectonics 

Analysis  of  geologic  deformation  as  it  oc- 
curs from  the  microscopk:  to  the  re- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  SI 


gional  scale,  based  on  the  principles  of 
continuum  mechanics  and  rock  rtieol- 
ogy.  Geometry  and  dynamics  of  major 
types  of  stmctures.  Structural  analysis 
and  tectonic  synttiesis.  Field  oriented  in- 
vestigations in  the  circum  Caribbean 
region. 

Geophysics 

Application  of  geophysical  metfxjds  to 
ttie  investigation  of  current  problems  in 
the  Earth  Sciences.  Lil«ely  thesis  topics 
include:  analysis  of  regional  gravity, 
aeromagnetic  and  related  potentiail  field 
data  from  Mexico  and  tlie  circum  Carib- 
bean, paleomagnetic  stratigraphy  and 
plate  reconstmction,  geophysical  vol- 
canology.  Coursework  will  cover  topics 
In  geophysical  principles,  field  methods 
and  data  analysis. 

Regional  Geology 

Tailored  to  student's  professional  needs 
including  options  in  Environmental  Geol- 
ogy, Hydrogeology  and  General  Geol- 
ogy. Such  options  are  multidisciplinary 
in  nature  and  will  involve  courses  from 
other  science  departments  and  engi- 
neering. 

Graduation  Requirements 

1 .  A  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  in  all 
course  wori<  required  for  the  36  credits 
toward  tlie  master's  degree. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  quali- 
fying examinations  on  general  geologic 
skills  and  field  of  subspecialization.  FeuI- 
ure  to  pass  this  examination  will  termi- 
nate the  student's  admission  in  the 
progreun. 

3.  Completbn  and  successful  de- 
fense of  a  thesis.  Members  of  the  The- 
sis committee  will  t>e  jointly  determined 
tiy  the  students  advisor  and  the  Gradu- 
ate Admission  Committee. 

Participation  in  Instructional 
Activities 

All  students  in  tfw  program  are  required 
to  participate  in  instmctional  aspects  of 
the  Department  as  teaching  assistants. 
Specific  assignments  may  include  super- 
vision of  laboratories,  assistance  on 
field  trips,  or  curatorial  duties. 


^    Course  Descriptions 

Note:  Laboratories  may  not  be  taken 
prior  to  the  con^esponding  lecture 
course.  Laboratories  must  be  taken  con- 
cuaendy  where  noted,  but  students 
must  register  for  the  laboratory  sepa- 
rately. 

Dsfinitlon  of  Prefixes 

EVS-Environmental  Science;  GEO-Ge- 
ography/Systematk:;  GLY -Geology; 
MET-M<Bteorology;  OCE-Oceanography; 


OCG-Oceanography-Geological;  OCP- 
Ocecinography/Physical. 

GLY  5021  Eartti  Sciences  for  Teach- 
ers (3).  Study  of  geological  materials 
and  processes,  as  covered  in  Physical 
Geology,  but  at  a  higher  level  and  with 
additional  assignments.  Prerequisite: 
Penmission  of  instructor.  Corequisite: 
GLY  5021 L 

GLY  5021 L  Earth  Sciences  for  Teach- 
ers Lal>oratory  (1).  Study  of  tfie  proper- 
ties of  minereils  arid  rocks;  interpretation 
of  topographic  and  geologic  maps; 
study  of  the  geology  of  Rorida,  includ- 
ing field  trips.  Prerequisite:  Pennission 
of  instructor.  Corequisite:  GLY  5021 . 

GLY  5158  Florida  Geology  (4).  De- 
tailed lithostratigraphic  arxl  biostratig- 
rctphic  analyses  of  Southeast  Rorida 
and  tfieir  relationship  to  tectonics,  paleo- 
dimates.  Prerequisite:  GLY  5695  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

GLY  5246  Geochemistry  (3). 
GLY  5246L  Geochemistry  Lab  (1).  Ori- 
gin of  chemical  elements  and  principles 
affecting  their  distribution  in  tfie  solar 
system,  solid  earth  and  hydrosphere. 
Use  of  chemical  data  to  solve  geologic 
problems.  Prerequisites:  Physical  Geol- 
ogy and  General  Chemistry 

GLY  5286  Research  Instrumentation 
and  Techniques  in  Geology  (3).  Sur- 
vey of  techniques  and  instrumentation 
used  in  geological  research,  including 
computing  and  data  handling.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing  or  pennission 
of  instructor.  Corequisite:  GLY  5286L. 

GLY  5286L  Research  Instrumentatton 
and  Techniques  in  Geology  Lab  (1). 

Introductbn  to  advarv^  instrumenta- 
tion and  analytical  techniques  in  Geol- 
ogy, including  computing  and  data 
processing.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Corequisite:  GLY  5286. 

GLY  5298  Topics  in  Geochemistry  (3). 

Seminar  covering  current  research  in  se- 
lected areas  of  low-temperature  geo- 
chemistry: oceans  and  oceanic 
sediments;  continental  waters  and  sedi- 
ments; hydrothermal  systems.  Prequi- 
site:  GLY  4555  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

GLY  5322  Igneous  Petrology  and  Geo- 
chemistry (3).  Presentation  and  discus- 
sion of  current  topics  in  igneous 
petrology  and  geochemistry  in  a  semi- 
r»r  format.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
Instructor. 

a.y  5335  Metamorphic  Geology  (3). 

Metamorphic  mineralogy;  characteristics 
of  low,  medium  and  high  pressure  meta- 


morphic rocks;  pressure-temperature  de- 
terminations; metamorphic  textures; 
modeling  and  detennlnation  of  P-T-t 
paths. 

GLY  5335L  Metamorphic  Geology  Lab 
(1).  Metamorphic  mineralogy;  charac- 
teristics of  low,  medium  and  high  pres- 
sure metamorphk:  rocks; 
pressure-temperature  determinations; 
metamorphic  textures;  modeling  and  de- 
termination of  P-T-t  paths. 

GLY  5346  Sedimentary  Petrology  (3). 

Systematic  study  of  sedimentary  rocks. 
Special  emphasis  on  geneticai  aspects, 
geochemistry,  paleontology,  mineralogy, 
and  microfades.  Emphasizes  micro- 
scopic study.  Prerequisite:  GLY  4555. 
Corequisite:  GLY  5346L. 

GLY  5346L  Sedlmentery  Petrology 
Lab  (1).  Laboratory  studies  of  sedi- 
ments and  sedimentary  rocks  with  em- 
phasis on  microscopic  analyses  and 
geochemical  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
GLY  4555  and  GLY  4555L.  Corequisite: 
GLY  5346. 

GLY  5408  Advanced  Stnjctural  Geol- 
ogy (3).  Advanced  treatment  of  the  the- 
ory of  rock  mechanics  to  solve  problems 
solve  natural  rock  deformation.  Prereq- 
uisites: GLY  4400,  MAC  3413,  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Corequisite:  GLY 
5408L 

GLY  5408L  Advanced  Structural  Geol- 
ogy Lab  (1).  Problem  solving  in  tfieory 
of  rock  defomiation.  Experimental  proce- 
dures in  rock  mecfianics.  Corequisite: 
GLY  5408. 

GLY  5425  Tectonics  (3).  Properties  of 
the  litfx>sphere;  plate  kinematics  and 
continental  drift;  characteristics  of  plate 
boundaries;  mountain  belts;  formation  of 
sedimentary  basins.  Prerequisites:  GLV 
1010,  1100,  4400,  4310,  3200  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

GLY  5446  Topics  in  Structural  Geol- 
ogy and  Tectonics  (3).  Selected  ad- 
vanced topics  in  structural  geology  and 
rock  deformation.  Latest  advances  in 
cfustal  tectonics.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
5408. 

GLY  5455  Physical  Volcanology  (3). 
Description  of  vok^arwes  and  their  prod- 
ucts, ^ophysical  and  tectonk;  con- 
straints on  volcanic  processes,  and 
modeling  and  forecasting  of  voteanic 
eruptions.  Prerequisite:  GLY  4450,  GLY 
4310  or  permission  of  instructor. 

GLY  5457  Analysis  of  Geophysical 
Data  (3).  Reduction  arxl  interpretation 
of  geophysical  data,  induding  time  se- 
ries analysis,  continuation  of  potential 
fields.  Three-dimensional  modeling  of 


52  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


gravity,  magnetic  data,  integrated  geo- 
physical surveys.  Prerequisites:  GLY 
4450,  PHY  3048,  PHY  3049,  MAC 
3311,  MAC  331 2,  MAP  3302.  Corequi- 
site:GLY5457L. 

GLY  5457L  Analysis  of  Geophysical 
Data  Lab  (1).  Field  and  laboratory  appli- 
cations of  geophysical  techniques.  Com- 
puter aided  analysis  and  three- 
dimensional  modeling  of  gravity  and 
magnetic  data.  Prerequisites:  GLY 
4450,  PHY  3048,  PHY  3049,  MAC 
3311,  MAC  3312,  MAP  3302.  Corequi- 
site:  GLY  5457. 

GLY  5495  Seminar  in  Geophysics  (2). 

Detailed  investigation  of  current  geo- 
physical techniques,  including  topics  on 
instrument  design.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
5457  or  permission  of  instructor. 

GLY  5546  Topics  in  Stratigraphy  (3). 

Discussion  of  research  projects  and/or 
current  literature  in  stratigraphic  correla- 
tion as  derived  from  sedimentologic  prin- 
ciples and  biozonation.  Prerequisite: 
GLY  5346. 

GLY  5608  Advanced  Paleontology  i 
(3).  Discussion  of  current  literature  and 
research  projects  on  evolution,  system- 
atics  functional  morphology,  with  reports 
by  members  of  tfie  seminar.  Prereq- 
uisites: GLY  4650,  GLY  5609,  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

GLY  5621  Caribbean  Stratigraphic  Mi- 
cropaleontology  (3).  Survey  of  the  stra- 
tigraphy of  biostratigraphic  type-sections 
described  in  the  Caribbean  area.  Deep- 
sea  stratigraphy  from  both  piston-cores 
and  Deep-Sea  Drilling  Project  samples. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  planktonic  fo- 
raminifera  and  radiolaria  species  used 
as  index-species  in  thie  equatorial-tropi- 
cal tMozonation  typified  in  Cretaceous 
and  Cenozoic  Caribbean  sediments.  Pa- 
leot>iogeographic  and  paleoecologic 
considerations.  Considerable  time  will 
be  devoted  to  the  study  and  identifica- 
tion of  specimens  under  tfie  micro- 
scope. Prerequisite:  GLY  4650  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

GLY  5785  Caribbean  Shaiiow-Marine 
Environments  (3).  Four-week  field 
study  of  multiple  tropical  environments 
as  illustrated  in  tfie  Caribbean.  Physico- 
chemical  processes  in  nearshore  arena- 
ceous, argillaceous  and  calcareous 
environments.  Coral  reef  morphology, 
ecology  and  distributk>n  patterns.  Dy- 
namical processes  acting  on  nearshore 
environments,  and  tiieir  effects  on  reef 
growth  and  distribution.  Reef  bioero- 
sion.  Coastal  evolution  in  response  to 
natural  processes.  On-site  study  of 
some  similar  emerged  environments  in 
the  Caribbean  islands.  Economic  impor- 


tarx^  of  tropiced  shallow-marine  environ- 
ments in  worid  fuel  resources.  Course  in- 
cludes extensive  field  wori^  both  on  land 
and  underwater,  and  an  individual  field 
research  project.  Qualifications:  Open  to 
advanced  undergraduate  and  graduate 
students  in  the  eartii  and  biological  sci- 
ences or  cognate  fields. 

GLY  5826  Hydrogeoiogic  Modeling 
(3).  Inti'oduction  to  the  techniques  used 
in  modeling  groundwater  flow  and  sol- 
ute transport  in  geologic  systems  and 
their  application  in  regional  studies.  Pre- 
requisites: GLY  5827,  MAP  3302,  or  per- 
mission of  insbxictor. 

GLY  5827  Hydrogeology  (3).  Recharge 
and  discharge  of  groundwater,  geologic 
controls  on  groundwater  occurrence, 
movement  and  water  chemistry.  Prereq- 
uisite: Physical  Geology,  Chemistry,  or 
permission  of  insbxictor. 

GLY  5931  Graduate  Seminar  (1).  Pres- 
entation or  critical  examination  of  cur- 
rent research  problems  in  geology.  A 
selection  of  topics  is  considered  each 
term.  Topics  may  also  include  individual 
research  in  tiie  student's  field  of  investi- 
gation. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
or  permission  of  instixjctor. 

GLY  6159  Stratigraphy  of  the  Circum 
Caribbean  Region  (4).  Detailed  litfios- 
tratigraphic  and  biostratigraphic  analy- 
ses of  Caribbean  islands,  Central 
America,  northern  Soutii  America  and 
Caribbean  basin.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
5621  or  permission  of  instructor. 

GLY  6247  Trace  Element  and  Isotope 
Geochemistry  (3).  Principles  of  b-ace 
element  and  isotope  fractionation  and 
radioactive  decay,  and  ttieir  application 
to  the  interpretation  of  igneous  rocks 
and  the  chemical  evolution  of  tfie  eetrth. 
Prerequisite:  GLY  5246  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Corequisite:  GLY  6247L. 

GLY  6247L  Trace  Element  and  iso- 
tope Geochemistry  Lab.  (1).  Analysis 
of  trace  elements  in  rocks  eind  minerals; 
use  of  trace  element  and  isotopk:  data 
in  solving  geologic  problems.  Prereq- 
uisite: GLY  5246  or  pemiission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

GLY  6328  Advanced  igneous  Petrol- 
ogy (3).  Interpretation  of  igneous  rocks; 
chemistry  and  physics  of  magma  gen- 
eration and  crystallization;  origin  of  ma- 
jor igneous  rock  series  with  emphasis 
on  tectonic  controls.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  insbuctor.  Corequisite:  GLY 
6328L. 

GLY  6328L  Advanced  igneous  Petrol- 
ogy Lab  (1).  Identification  of  rocks  us- 
ing microscopic  and  microprobe 


techniques.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
insbuctor.  Corequisite:  GLY  6328. 

GLY  6392  Topics  in  Igneous  Petrol- 
ogy and  Geochemistry  (3).  Research 
seminar  in  contemporary  pebology  and 
geochemistry.  Student  presentation  on 
tiiesis  research.  Prerequisite:  GLY  5322 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

GLY  6417  Caribbean  Structural  Geol- 
ogy and  Tectonics  (4).  Students  will  be 
assigned  areas  and/or  topics  tq  make 
presentation  of.  Tfiese  will  be  intro- 
duced and  supplemented  by  lecture  ma- 
terial. Prerequisite:  GLY  5408 

GLY  6447  Advanced  Topics  in  Struc- 
tural Geology  and  Tectonics  (3).  De- 
tailed exploration  of  selected  research 
topics  in  structural  geology  and  tecton- 
ics. Prerequisites:  GLY  5446  or  permis- 
sion of  insbxictor. 

GLY  6468  Paleomagnetism  (3).  Phys- 
ics of  rock  and  mineral  magnetism,  geo- 
magnetism and  paleomagnetism;  field 
£uxJ  laboratory  metfiods,  geomagnetic 
field  behavior,  magnetosttatigraphy,  ap- 
parent polar  wander.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
4400,  GLY  3200  or  permission  of  insfruc- 
tor.  Corerequisite:  GLY  6468L. 

GLY  6468L  Paleomagnetism  Lat>ora- 
tory  (1).  Physics  of  rock  and  minerals 
magnetism,  geomagnetism  and  paleo- 
magnetism; field  £tnd  laboratory  meth- 
ods, geomagnetic  field  behavior, 
magneostratigraphy,  apparent  p>olar 
wander.  Prequisite:  GLY  4400,  GLY 
3200  or  pennission  of  insfructor.  Core- 
quisite: GLY  6468 

GLY  6485  Physics  of  the  Earth  (3). 

Properties  and  dynamics  of  tiie  Earth's 
interior  studied  from  a  physical  perspec- 
tive. Topics  include  heat  flow,  fluid  flow, 
earthquake  seismology.  Prerequisites: 
GLY  4450  and  MAC  3313. 

GLY  6496  Advanced  Topics  in  Geo- 
physics (3).  Discussion  of  research  pro- 
jects and  current  literature  in  geo- 
physics. Prerequisite:  GLY  5495. 

GLY  6595  Topics  in  Sedimentoiogy 
(3).  Oral  presentation  by  students  of  re- 
search projects  and  survey  of  relevant 
literature  with  reports  by  members  of 
(he  seminar.  Prerequisite:  GLY  5546. 

GLY  6626  Stratigraphic  MIcropaleon- 
tology:  Foraminifera  (3).  Nomencla- 
ture, taxonomy,  and  biostratigraphy  of 
Cretaceous  and  Cenozoic  planktonic  fo- 
raminifera. Studies  of  stratigraphicaily 
important  teixa  from  Caribbean  land  sec- 
tions, piston  cores,  and  DSDP/ODP 
sites.  Prerequisites:  GLY  5621  or  per- 
mission of  insbxictor. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  53 


GLY  6627  Stratlgraphic  Mlcropaleon- 
tology:  Radlolaria  (3).  Nomenclature, 
taxonomy  and  biostratigraphy  of  Creta- 
ceous and  Cenozolc  radiolaria.  Studies 
of  stratigrapfiicaily  important  taxa  using 
Caribbean  land  sections,  piston  cores, 
and  DSDP/ODP  sites.  Prerequisites: 
GLY  5621  or  permission  of  instructor. 

GLY  6628  Stratlgraphic  Mlcropaleon- 
tology:  Calcareous  Nannofosslls  (3). 
Nomerxjiature,  taxonomy,  and  biostratig- 
raphy of  Triassic  to  Recent  nannofos- 
sils.  Intensive  training  of  identification  of 
mari<er  taxa  using  land  and  DSDP/ODP 
sites.  Prerequisites:  GLY  5621  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

GLY  6690  Topics  In  Paleontology  (3). 

Oral  presentation  and  discussion  of  cur- 
rent research  projects  and  relevant  lit- 
erature, with  reports  by  members  of  the 
seminar.  Prerequisite:  GLY  5608  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

GLY  6931  Advanced  Graduate  Semi- 
nar (1).  Oral  presentation  and  discus- 
sion by  students  of  an  assigned 
literature  survey,  with  reports  by  mem- 
bers of  the  seminar.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
5931  or  permission  of  the  Instructor. 

GLY  6966  Master's  Comprehensive 
Examination  (0).  Oral  and  written  ex- 
aminations on  knowledge  in  general  ge- 
ology and  the  student's  field  of 
concentration.  Scliedule  to  be  selected 
in  consultation  with  the  Graduate  Com- 
mittee. Prerequisite:  Advanced  graduate 
standing. 

GLY  6971  Master's  Thesis  (1-12). 

Field  and/or  laboratory  research  project 
toward  ttiesis.  Selected  in  consultation 
with  major  professor.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  major  professor. 

OCG  6105  Advanced  Marine  Geology 
(3). 

OCG  610SL  Advanced  Marine  Geol- 
ogy Lab  (1).  Application  of  geophysical 
and  geological  data  to  the  interpretation 
of  the  earth's  crust  under  the  oceans,  in- 
cluding tfie  data  provided  by  the  Deep- 
Sea  Drilling  Project,  dredging,  pistorv 
coring,  gravity  magnetism,  and  seismidly. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  gpven  to  the 
genesis  and  evolution  of  the  Atlantic  and 
Caribbean  margins,  and  their  potential  for 
oil  resources.  PrerequisitB:  GLY4730  or 
permission  of  insk^uctor. 

OCG  6280  Marine  Sedimentary  Petrol- 
ogy (3). 

OCG  6280L  Marine  Sedimentary  Pe- 
trology Lab  (1).  Analysis  of  the  gene- 
sis, distribution  pattern,  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  marine  sedimen- 
tary fades,  with  emphasis  on  deep-sea 
sediments.  Topics  include  deep-sea  di- 


ager«t°ic  and  lithification  processes, 
their  geochemical  relationship  in  time 
and  space.  Prerequisite:  GL'Y'  4555  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

OCG  6664  Paleoceanography  (3). 

Mesozoic/Cenozoic  development  of  thte 
major  ocean  t>asins,  their  circulation  and 
sedimentation  history.  Use  of  micropale- 
ontologic  and  stable  isotopic  techniques 
in  paleoceanographic  analysis.  Prereq- 
uisite: GLY  4730  or  permission  of  insHuctor. 


History 

Mark  D.  Szuchman,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Daniel  Cohen,  Assistant  Professor 
John  D.  French,  Assistant  Professor 
Howard  Kaminsky,  Professor  Emeritus 
Eric  J.  Leed,  Associate  Professor 
Alex  Uchtenstein,  Assistant  Professor 
Felice  LHshllz,  Assistant  Professor 
Brian  Peterson,  Associate  Professor 
Joyce  S.  Peterson,  Associate  Professor 
Gerald  Poyo,  Assistant  Professor 
Darden  Asbury  Pyron,  Associate 

Professor 
Howard  B.  Rock,  Professor 
Warren  T.  Treadgold,  Associate 

Professor 

Master  of  Arts  in  History 

The  Department  of  History  offers  the 
M.A.  degree,  with  concentration  in  one 
of  the  three  culture  areas:  United  States 
History,  European  History  and  Latin 
American  History.  Students  will  chose  to 
follow  either  a  thesis  or  a  report  track,  in 
consultation  with  Vne  Department's 
Graduate  Advisor.  Students  must  make 
their  selection  either  prior  to  registering 
for  ttieir  first  Research  Seminar  or  be- 
fore completing  the  first  twelve  (12)  se- 
mester-liours  toward  the  degree, 
whichever  comes  first.  The  degree  re- 
quirements for  the  M.A.  vary  somewhat, 
according  to  the  option  taken. 

Entranca  Requirements 

Requirements  for  admission  into  the 
M.A.  degree  program  in  History  are  tfie 
same  regardless  of  the  option  selected. 
Applk^nts  must  also  satisfy  wfiatever 
additional  requirements  the  University 
sets  for  admission  to  graduate  work.  Ap- 
plications should  include  transcripts 
from  any  postsecondary  institutions  at- 
tended, GRE  scores,  and  two  (2)  letters 
of  recommendation. 


Applicants  seeking  entrance  for  the 
Fall  Term  should  prepare  all  application 
materials  in  time  for  the  Department  of 
History  to  receive  tfiem  no  later  than 
February  1 5.  Applicants  will  be  notified 
of  the  Department's  decisbn  regarding 
their  application  no  later  than  March  15. 

Application  materials  from  individu- 
als seeking  entrance  for  the  Spring 
Term  must  be  received  by  the  Depsirt- 
ment  of  History  no  later  than  Octolser 
15.  Applicants  will  be  notified  of  the  De- 
partment's decision  no  later  than  No- 
vember 15. 

1 .  Applicants  to  the  M.A.  degree  pro- 
gram in  History  must  have  an  under- 
graduate average  of  3.0  (on  a  4.0  scale) 
or  score  1000  or  tsetter  In  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination.  The  GRE  must  be 
taken  within  three  years  prior  to  tfie  ap- 
plication. 

2.  Two  letters  of  recommendation. 
Applicants  should  ensure  that  each  let- 
ter on  their  behalf  is  signed  by  the 
author  along  the  sealed  flap  of  the  enve- 
lope. Letters  should  be  mailed  directly 
to  the  Graduate  Advisor,  Department  of 
History. 

3.  Applicants  must  have  completed 
12  semester-hours  of  credit  (on  the  ba- 
sis of  3-hour  courses)  in  the  undergradu- 
ate courses  in  History. 

Any  applicant  with  fewer  than  twelve 
(1 2)  semester-hours  of  undergraduate 
courses  in  History  may  be  accepted  pro- 
visionally and  take  a  maximum  of  nine 
(9)  semester-hour  credits  by  registering 
for  courses  under  the  category  of  "Spe- 
cial Student"  (consult  ttie  University 
Catalog  and  the  Office  of  Admissions). 
After  completing  nine  semester-hiours  of 
undergraduate  course  wori^  in  History 
wnth  no  grade  lower  than  a  'B'  (3.0),  the 
student  may  apply  for  regular  admis- 
sion. The  application  will  be  reviewed  by 
the  Department's  Graduate  Advisor,  in 
consultation  with  tfie  Department's  fac- 
ulty. 

Degree  Requirements 

Thesis  Option 

1.  A  minimum  of  30  semester-hours 
for  ttie  degree,  including  a  maximum  of 
six  semester-hours  of  Thesis  Research. 
All  coursework  must  be  taken  at  FlU. 

2.  A  minimum  of  24  semester-hours 
of  coursework. 

3.  A  minimum  of  one  Research  Semi- 
nar (3  semester-fiours). 

4.  Reading  competence  in  a  foreign 
language.  Language  competency  is  as- 
sessed in  cooperation  with  tfie  Depart- 
ment of  Modem  Languages.  Courses 
required  to  meet  ttie  language  compe- 
tency requirement  do  not  count  toward 
ttie  degree.  The  Latin  American  concen- 
tration requires  proficiency  in  Spanish  or 


54  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Portuguese;  the  European  concentra- 
tion in  Spanish,  French  or  German;  tfie 
United  States  concentration  in  any  of 
the  above. 

5.  The  following  limits  are  placed  in 
accumulating  credits  toward  the  M.A.  de- 
gree: 

a.  ^k)  more  than  three  semester- 
hours  of  HIS  5908  (Independent  Study). 

b.  Students  must  receive  the  grade 
of  'B'  (3.0)  or  better  for  any  course  to 
count  toward  the  degree. 

c.  A  maximum  of  six  semester-hours 
of  HIS  5930  (Special Topics). 

6.  All  students  are  required  to  take 
HIS  6128  (Historical  Methods). 

7.  Core  Area.  Students  will  select 
one  core  area  for  concentration  in 
United  States  History,  European  History, 
or  Latin  American  History,  in  consult- 
ation with  the  Graduate  Advisor.  Twelve 
semester-hours  of  course  work  will  be 
taken  within  the  core  area. 

8.  Breadth  Areas.  Students  will  take 
six  semester-hours  in  breadth  areas. 
These  may  be  courses  taken  within  the 
Department  of  History  tfiat  are  outside 
the  culture  area  of  concentration,  or  in 
associated  disciplines  outside  of  the 
Department  (writh  the  approval  of  the 
Graduate  Advisor),  or  a  combination  of 
the  two. 

9.  Students  will  register  for  up  to  six 
semester-hours  of  HIS  6970  (Thesis  Re- 
search). 

10.  The  thesis  must  be  successfully 
defended  and  formally  approved  by  a 
Supervisory  Committee  composed  of 
three  members  of  the  Department  of 
History.  The  Supervisory  Committee  is 
convened  and  headed  by  the  thesis  su- 
pervisor. In  cases  of  cross-disciplinary 
research,  an  external  reader  from  a  dif- 
ferent department  may  form  part  of  the 
Supervisory  Committee,  substituting  for 
one  member  from  the  Department  of 
History. 

11 .  The  degree  candidate  will  pre- 
pare the  thesis  in  accordance  to  the 
regulations  stipulated  in  the  University's 
Graduate  Policies  Manual.  The  degree 
will  be  conferred  after  the  approval  of 
ttie  final  version  of  the  thesis  by  the  Of- 
fice of  the  Dean  of  tfie  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences. 

Report  Option 

1 .  A  total  of  30  semester-hours  of 
course  work  are  needed  for  tfie  M.A.  de- 
gree. The  report  option  does  not  set  re- 
quirements of  the  Core/Breadth  area 
distribution.  Students  will  design  tfieir 
distribution  needs  in  consultation  with 
tfie  Graduate  Advisor  and  the  relevant 
faculty.  All  courses  must  be  taken  in  tfie 
Department  of  History. 


2.  A  minimum  of  two  Research  Semi- 
nars (6  semester-hours)  must  be  taken. 
If  approved  by  the  faculty,  the  papers 
written  for  the  seminars  will  be  pre- 
sented to  the  Graduate  Advisor. 

3.  The  following  limits  are  placed  on 
accumulating  credits  towards  tfie  Mas- 
ter's degree: 

a.  Students  must  receive  the  grade 
of  'B'  (3.0)  or  better  for  the  course  to 
count  toward  the  degree. 

b.  HIS  5908  (Independent  Study)  is 
limited  to  three  semester-hours. 

c.  HIS  5930  (Special  Topics)  is  lim- 
ited to  six  semester-hours. 

4.  HIS  6128  (Historical  Methods)  is 
required  of  all  students. 

Core  Courses 

The  following  courses  count  as  Re- 
search Seminars  for  both  the  Thesis 
and  the  Report  options: 
AMH  5905     Readings  in  American 

History 
AMH  59 1 5     Research  in  American 

History 
EUH  5905     Readings  in  European 

History 
EUH  5915     Research  in  European 

History 
LAH  5905      Readings  in  Latin 

American  History 
LAH  591 5      Research  in  Latin 

American  History 
HIS  5289       Comparative  History 
HIS  5930       Special  Topics 
HIS  5908       Independent  Study 
HI  S  59 1 0       Advanced  Research 

Seminar 
Consultation  with  the  Graduate  Advi- 
sor is  required  before  registering  for  the 
following  courses: 
HIS  61 28       Historical  Methods 
HIS  6970      Ttiesis  Research 
HIS  6971       fibster's  Thesis 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

AMH-Amertean  History;  EUH-  European 
History;  HIS-General;  LAH-Latin  Ameri- 
can History;  WOH-Worid  History. 

AMH  5905  Readings  in  American  His- 
tory (3).  Students  read  books  from  dif- 
ferent historiographical  traditions  and 
with  conflicting  interpretations  about  an 
important  subject  in  American  history. 
Subjects  will  vary  according  to  profes- 
sors. Course  may  be  repeated  with  de- 
partmental approval.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 

AMH  5915  Research  In  American  His- 
tory (3).  Students  conduct  research  in 


primary  and  secondary  sources  on  as- 
pects of  important  subjects  in  American 
History.  Subjects  will  vary  according  to 
professor.  F'rerequisite:  Graduate  stand- 
ing. 

AMH  5935  Topics  in  American  His- 
tory (3).  An  examination  of  specific 
tfiemes  or  topics  in  American  fiistDry. 
The  theme  will  vary  from  semester  to  se- 
mester. With  a  change  in  theme,  tfie 
course  may  be  repeated.  (Tfie  theme 
will  be  announced  in  the  yeariy  sched- 
ules.) Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

EUH  5905  Readings  In  European  His- 
tory (3).  Students  read  books  from  dif- 
ferent historiographical  traditions  and 
with  conflicting  interpretations  about  an 
important  subject  in  European  history. 
Subjects  will  vary  according  to  profes- 
sors. Course  may  be  repeated  with  de- 
partmental approval.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 

EUH  5915  Research  In  European  His- 
tory (3).  Students  conduct  research  in 
primary  and  secondary  sources  on  as- 
pects of  important  subjects  in  European 
History.  Subjects  will  vary  according  to 
professor.  Course  may  be  repeated  with 
departmental  approval.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 

EUH  5935Toplcs  In  European  History 

(3).  An  examination  of  specifk:  themes 
or  topics  in  European  Wstory.  The 
theme  will  vary  from  semester  to  semes- 
ter. With  a  change  in  theme,  the  course 
may  be  repeated.  (The  theme  will  be 
announced  in  the  yeariy  schedules.) 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

HIS  5289  Comparative  History  (3).  A 

study  of  specific  topics  in  history  tfiat  cut 
across  regional,  national,  and  dirono- 
logical  lines.  Tfie  topics  will  change  from 
semester  to  semester,  and  with  a 
change  in  content,  the  course  may  be 
repeated.  (Tfie  topic  of  the  course  will 
be  announced  in  the  yearly  schedule). 

HIS  5908  Independent  Study  (VAR).  In- 
dividual conferences,  assigned  readings 
arxi  reports  on  independent  investiga- 
tions, with  the  consent  of  the  instmctor. 

HIS  5910  Advanced  Research  Semi- 
nar (3).  Small  group  sessions  will  ana- 
lyze particular  subject  areas  in  history, 
with  the  consent  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  5930  Special  Topics  (3).  An  exami- 
nation of  specific  themes  or  topics  in  his- 
tory. The  tfieme  will  vary  from  semester 
to  semester,  and  with  a  change  in  con- 
tent, the  course  may  be  repeated.  (The 
theme  will  be  announced  in  tfie  yeariy 
schedule).  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
Standing. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  55 


HIS  5940  Supervised  Teaching  (3). 

The  students  will  work  under  the  close 
supervision  of  a  regular  member  of  the 
faculty  in  a  mentorial  fashion.  The  super- 
vision will  cover  various  aspects  of 
course  design  and  delivery  in  History. 

HIS  6128  Historical  Methods  (3).  A 

seminar  designed  to  introduce  the  begin- 
ning graduate  student  to  the  technical 
aspects  of  tfie  study  of  history.  This 
course  treats  thie  problems  involved  in 
the  preparation  of  tfie  Master's  thesis. 

HIS  6970  Thesis  Research  (1-10).  Re- 
search toward  completion  of  Master's 
Thesis.  May  be  repeated.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Department. 

HIS  6971  Master's  Thesis  (3).  The 

course  is  for  students  preparing  their 
tfieses.  Prerequisite:  Successful  comple- 
tion of  all  graduate  requirements  and 
electives. 

LAH  5905  Readings  in  Utin  Ameri- 
can History  (3).  Students  read  books 
from  different  Nstoriographiceil  traditions 
and  with  conflicting  interpretations  about 
an  important  subject  in  Latin  American 
Nstory.  Subjects  will  vary  according  to 
professors.  Course  may  be  repeated 
with  departmental  approval.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing. 

LAH  5915  Research  In  Latin  Ameri- 
can History  (3).  Students  conduct  re- 
search in  primary  and  secondary 
sources  on  aspects  of  importzint  sub- 
jects in  Latin  American  History.  Subjects 
will  vary  according  to  professor.  Course 
may  be  repeated  with  departmental  ap- 
proval. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

LAH  5935  Topics  In  Latin  American 
History  (3).  An  examinatbn  of  specific 
themes  or  toptes  in  Latin  American  his- 
tory. The  tfieme  will  vary  from  semester 
to  semester.  With  a  change  in  theme, 
tfte  course  may  be  repeated.  (The 
theme  will  be  announced  in  ttie  yearly 
schedules.)  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 


International  Relations 

Ralph  S.  Clem,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Ken  I.  Boodhoo,  Associate  Professor 
Thomas  A.  Breslln,  Associate  Professor 
Peter  R.  Craumer,  Assistant  Professor 
Nancy  E  Erwin,  Assistant  Professor 
Damlan  J.  Fernandez,  Assistant 

Professor 
Farrokh  Jhabvala,  Professor 
Antonio  Jorge,  Professor 


Charies  G.  MacDonald,  Professor 
Mohladdin  Mesbahl,  Assistant 

Professor  ^ 

Susan  Waltz,  Associate  Professor 
Gregory  B.  Wolfe,  Professor 

The  Department  of  International  Rela- 
tions does  not  presently  offer  a  degree 
program  at  the  graduate  level  but  does 
however  offer  graduate  courses.  These 
courses  are  offered  to  supplement  other 
graduate  degree  programs  at  tfie  Uni- 
versity. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

CPO-Comparative  Politics;  GEA-Geog- 
raphy-Regional  (Area);  GEO-Geogra- 
phy-Systemic;  HFT-Hospitality,  Food, 
Tourism;  INR-lntemational  Relations; 
POS-  Political  Science;  PUP-Public  Pol- 
icy. 

GEO  5415  Topics  in  Social  Geogra- 
phy (PG,  IP)  (3). Topics  discussed  in- 
clude geographic  aspects  of  population 
and  ethnicity,  with  empfiasis  on  sources 
and  analysis  of  data  and  pertinent  con- 
cepts. Prerequisite:  GEA  3000  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

INR  5087  Ethnicity  and  the  Politics  of 
Development  (3).  This  course  exam- 
ines tfie  conceptual  and  substantive  di- 
mensions of  etfinidty  in  tfie  context  of 
worid  politics  and  political  development. 
The  course  will  highlight  ethnicity  and 
ethnic  groups  as  critical  factors  in  North- 
South  politics. 

INR  5607  international  Relations  and 
Development  (3).  An  analysis  and  con- 
ceptualization of  the  process  of  develop- 
ment as  it  takes  place  in  the  international 
context.  Special  attention  given  to  tiie 
role  of  international  organizations  in  pro- 
moting development  and  tfie  manner  in 
wliich  differences  in  developmental 
levels  conditions  international  relations. 

INR  5906  Independent  Study  (VAR). 
Directed  independent  research.  Re- 
quires prior  approval  by  instructor. 

INR  5935  Topics  In  International  Rela- 
tions (3).  Varies  according  to  tfie  instruc- 
tor. 

INR  6008  Colloquium  In  Intemational 
Studies  (3).  A  systemk;  and  Intema- 
tioneil  Relations  theory  supplemented 
with  a  consideration  of  legal.  Institutional 
and  developmental  issues.  Prerequisite 
for  MIB  students:  INR  6603  (Worid  Poli- 
tk»). 

INR  6605  Contemporary  Intemational 
System  (3).  Study  of  syntiietic  review  of 
tfieories  of  devetopment  and  ap- 


proaches to  tfie  study  of  development 
as  a  process  of  social,  political,  and  eco- 
nomic change.  Prerequisites:  CPO  5035 
and  ESC  5025. 

INR  6975  Thesis  (1-6).  Registration  for 
students  working  on  tfieir  tiiesis.  Prereq- 
uisites: All  other  coursewori<  for  tiie  Mas- 
ter's in  Intemational  Studies. 


International  Studies 

Susan  Waltz,  Director,  International 

Studies 
Participating  Departments: 
Usandro  Perez,  Chairperson, 

Anthropology  /  Sociology 
Raul  Moncarz,  Chairperson  Economics 
Mark  Szuchman,  Cftairperson,  History 
Ralph  Clem,  Chairperson,  International 

Relations 
Joel  Gottlieb,  Chairperson,  Political 

Science 

Master  of  Arts  in  International 
Studies 

Tfie  Master's  program  in  Intemational 
Studies  is  an  interdisciplinary  program 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  ca- 
reers in  government,  tfie  private  sector, 
or  intemational  agencies.  The  program 
focuses  on  tfie  txoad  issue  of  socio-eco- 
nomic development.  Students  may  spe- 
cialize in  tfie  area  of  intemational 
relations  and  development,  social 
cfiange  and  development,  development 
economics,  or  Latin  America  and  Carib- 
bean studies.  The  interdisciplinary  char- 
acter of  tfie  progrsim  ensures  tiiat  ttie 
subject  matter  is  treated  as  a  wfide. 
Scfiolarships  and  assistantships  are 
available. 

Admission  Requirements 

A  3.0  GPA  in  upper-level  wort<  from  an 
accredited  institution  and  a  combined 
score  of  1000  on  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination.  Foreign  applicants  must 
be  eligible  for  furtfier  study  in  tiieir  own 
country  and  must  demonstrate  profi- 
ciency in  tfie  English  letnguage. 

Degree  Requirements 

Tfie  Master  of  Arts  in  Intematkjnal  Stud- 
ies requires  a  minimum  of  36  semester 
hours  of  course  wori<  at  the  graduate 
level.  Students  may  also  have  to  satisfy 
prerequisites  at  tfie  undergraduate  level 
for  some  courses  in  tfie  program.  Such 
courses  will  not  be  counted  toward  the 
36  fiour  minimum  requirement.  (A  maxi- 
mum of  six  semester  hours  of  graduate 
coursewori<  may  be  transfen-ed  from 
otfier  institutions  of  fiigtier  education 
subject  to  the  approval  of  tfie  Interde- 
partmental Advisory  Committee). 


56  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Core  Courses:  (1 5  semester  hours) 
CPO  5035     Politics  of  Development     3 
ECS  5025     Economic  Problems  of 

Emerging  Nations  3 

INR  5607      International  Relations 

and  Development  3 

POS  5706     Research  Methodology     3 
SYP  5447      Sociology  of  International 

Development  3 

Electives  15 

A  minimum  of  five  graduate  level 
courses  chosen  from  frie  departments 
of  Economics,  History,  International  Re- 
lations, Political  Science,  and  Sociol- 
ogy/Anthropology. Elective  courses  may 
also  be  taken  in  otfier  fields  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Director. 

Thesis  (6) 

The  thesis  requirement  will  rwrmally  be 
undertaken  after  completion  of  a  major 
portion  of  the  coursework  and  the  ap- 
proval of  a  thesis  proposal.  The  thesis 
must  demonstrate  an  ability  to  organize 
existing  knowledge,  synthesizing  the 
available  information  from  more  than 
one  discipline,  and  focusing  that  knowl- 
edge to  illuminate  a  problem,  policy,  or 
theory  in  International  Studies. 

Language  Requirement 

Prior  to  graduation,  all  students  must 
demonstrate  competency  in  tfie  use  of  a 
modern  foreign  language.  Language 
courses  cannot  count  for  credit  in  the 
program. 


School  of  Journalism 
and  Mass 
Communication 

J.  Arthur  Helse,  Professor  and  Director 
Lillian  Lodge  Kopenhaver,  Professor 

and  Associate  Director 
Wiliiam  Adams,  Associate  Professor 
Gerardo  Bolanos,  Deputy  Executive 

Director,  CAJP 
James  E  Couch,  Associate  Professor 
Humberto  Deigado,  Assistant  Professor 
Charles  Fair,  Associate  Professor 
Aivin  Goldstein,  Associate  Professor 
Charles  Green,  Executive  Director, 

Central  American  Journalism  Project 
Kevin  Hall,  EcBtor-in-Residence 
David  L  Martinson,  Associate 

Professor 
Debra  Miller,  Assistant  Professor 
Agatha  Ogazon,  Program  Coordinator, 

CAJP 
Patricia  B.  Rose,  Associate  Professor 
Robert  Ruttenberg,  Associate 

Professor 


Mel  Stein,  Creative  IDirector-ln- 

Residence 
Lorna  Veraldl,  Assistant  Professor 
Jacic  Virtue,  Associate  Executive 

Director,  CAJP 
William  F.  Wright,  Associate  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in  Mass 
Communication 

The  graduate  program  of  tfie  School  of 
Journalism  and  Mass  Communication  of- 
fers professional  education  leading  to 
the  M.S.  in  Mass  Communication  writh 
spedalizations  in  print  journalism,  stu- 
dent media  advising,  and  publk:  rela- 
tions. The  orientation  of  tfie  graduate 
fxogram  is  primarily  professional,  not 
theoretical.  The  program  is  designed  to 
enhance  graduates'  abilities  to  wori<  in 
the  mass  communication  professions. 

Admission  Requirements 

To  be  eligible  for  admission  to  the  gradu- 
ate program,  applicants  must  meet  the 
following  requirements: 

1 .  All  applicants  must  fiave  a  bache- 
lor's degree  from  a  regionally  accredited 
college  or  university. 

2.  Ail  candidates  must  show  promise 
of  success  in  graduate  studies.  The  fac- 
ulty will  consider  the  following  criteria  in 
making  this  determination: 

a.  Grade  Requirements 
Minimum  GPA:  Candidates  must 

have  a  minimum  grade  point  average 
(GPA)  of  3.0  earned  during  ttie  junior 
and  senior  undergraduate  years. 

Graduate  Record  Examination 
(GRE):  The  GRE  or  -  upon  request  from 
the  candidate  in  certain  cases  -  the 
Graduate  Management  Admission  Test 
(GMAT)  is  required.  Passing  score  for 
the  GRE  is  at  least  1000;  passing  score 
for  the  GMAT  is  450.However,  if  the  un- 
dergraduate GPA  is  higher,  a  lower  GRE 
score  can  be  accepted.  No  applicant  will 
be  fully  admitted  to  the  master's  pro- 
gram if  Ns  or  lier  GRE  score  is  tower 
than  850. 

Applicants  who  have  taken  the  GRE 
more  than  five  years  from  the  date  of  ad- 
mission have  to  repeat  the  GRE  exami- 
nation. 

b.  Professional  experience  in  a  field 
directly  related  to  the  specialization  the 
student  plans  to  pursue  is  an  advan- 
tage. Applicants  without  such  profes- 
sional experience  must  complete 
additional  undergraduate  coursework. 
Some  may  be  required  to  serve  an  in- 
ternship with  a  professional  organiza- 
tion. Applicants  should  contact  tfie 
graduate  coordinator  in  the  appropriate 
area  of  specialization  to  find  out  what 
they  must  do  to  meet  this  requirement. 


c.  Three  letters  or  recommendation 
sent  to  the  student  services  coordinator. 
These  letters  should  be  from  persons 
competent  to  judge  the  applicant's  aca- 
demic or  professional  record  aind  poten- 
tial for  success  as  a  professional  in 
mass  communication. 

d.  A  detailed  statement  explaining 
why  the  applk:ant  wsints  to  pursue  the 
M.S.  in  Mass  Communication. 

e.  Competence  in  the  fundamentals 
of  statistics.  Undergraduate  coursewori^ 
in  statistics  or  quantitative  social  re- 
search may  demonstrate  this  compe- 
tence. Students  wittiout  coursework  in 
statistics  will  not  be  admitted  to  tfie 
graduate  research  course,  MMC  5445. 

3.  All  candidates  whose  native  lan- 
guage is  not  English  must  present  a 
minimum  score  of  550  on  the  Test  of 
English  as  a  Foreign  Language 
(TOEFL). 

Appiication  Procedures 

A  student  applying  for  admission  to  tfie 
graduate  program  must; 

1 .  Submit  an  application  for  admis- 
sion to  the  University  Admissions  Office. 

2.  Have  two  official  copies  of  tran- 
scripts from  all  colleges  or  universities 
attended  sent  to  tfie  Admissions  Office. 
(Copies  submitted  by  applicants  will  be 
rejected.) 

3.  Submit  scores  of  tfie  GRE  and 
TOEFL  to  tfie  Admissions  Office. 

Admission  Deadline 

Students  wishing  admittance  to  the 
graduate  program  must  apply  at  least 
six  weeks  prior  to  tfie  start  of  classes  of 
tfieir  first  term  of  graduate  study. 

Degree  requirements 

Plan  of  Study:  During  the  first  semester, 
students  working  with  faculty  advisers, 
will  plan  their  pursuit  of  the  master's  de- 
gree. The  study  plan  will  include  a  time- 
table for  completion  of  the  wori<.  Any 
changes  in  tfie  plan  must  be  approved 
by  tfie  student's  adviser. 

Writing  Proficiency 

During  the  first  week  of  tfie  first  semes- 
ter, students  must  mke  a  writing  profi- 
ciency exam,  which  includes  grammar. 
Students  wfio  fail  tfie  test  must  com- 
plete tfie  school's  undergraduate  writing 
course,  MMC  3101 ,  with  a  grade  of  'B' 
or  better.  (No  graduate  aedit  is  given 
for  this  course.)  Students  may  take  no 
more  tfian  nine  graduate  credits  -  and 
no  professional  courses  -  until  they  pass 
tfie  writing  proficiency  exam  or  MMC 
3101. 

Transfer  Credit 

Students  may  petition  to  transfer  up  to 
six  flours  of  graduate  credit  toward  the 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  57 


degree.  To  be  approved  for  transfer,  the 
courses  must  have  been  taken  at  a  re- 
gionally accredited  college  or  university; 
the  student's  advisor  must  Judge  the 
courses  relevant  to  the  student's  plan  of 
study;  the  student  must  not  have  used 
tie  credits  toward  another  degree;  and 
the  student  must  have  earned  a  'B'  or 
Ngher  in  the  courses.  No  transfer 
courses  will  substitute  for  the  school's 
core  courses. 

Time  Limit 

All  work  applicable  to  the  degree,  includ- 
ing transfer  credit,  must  be  completed 
witNn  six  years. 

Grades 

Students  must  maintain  a  minimum 
GPA  of  3.0  in  all  courses  required  for 
ttie  degree.  No  more  ttian  two  'C 
grades  will  be  allowed. 

Foreign  Language  Requirements 

No  foreign  language  will  be  required  un- 
less the  student's  plan  of  study  includes 
profkitency  in  another  language. 

Professional  Project,  Thesis 

Students  complete  a  professional  pro- 
ject in  their  areas  of  specialization.  Work 
on  tfie  project  will  center  around  the  Pro- 
fessional Project  Seminar,  to  be  taken 
during  the  final  semester.  Projects  will 
be  graded  by  an  evaluation  committee. 
Students  must  receive  a  'B'  or  higher  on 
fhe  project.  Students  may  also  opt  to  do 
a  thesis. 

Required  Courses 

To  earn  Itie  M.S.  in  Mass  Communica- 
tion, students  must  meet  the  following 
requirements: 

1 .  Students  must  take  at  least  36 
flours  of  acceptable  graduate  credit. 
(Students  receiving  three  credit  hours 
for  the  Professional  Project  will  be  re- 
quired to  take  one  or  two  3-credit  elec- 
tives,  depending  on  the  specialization.) 
No  undergraduate  credit  in  the  field  of 
journalism  and  mass  communication 
may  count  toweird  these  36  hours. 

2.  At  least  nine  hours  must  tie  in  a 
fiekj  of  concentration  outside  the  School 
of  Journalism  and  Mass  Communica- 
tkjn.  A  minimum  of  three  of  those  credits 
have  to  be  at  thie  graduate  level  (5000 
or  6000  level). 

3.  Foreign  students  who  have 
passed  the  TOEFL  test  with  a  score  of 
500  or  higher  but  who  are  unable  to  use 
the  English  language  on  a  professional 
level  may  substitute  one  advanced  writ- 
ing course  with  a  course  approved  by 
their  advisor. 

In  addition,  to  qualify  for  this  rule,  the 
foreign  student  htas  to  demonstrate  an 


acceptable  level  of  skills  in  tfie  language 
of  origin. 

Cor«  Curriculum 

All  students,  in  all  areas  of  specializa- 
tion, must  take  1 2  to  1 5  semester  hours 
in  the  following  core  courses: 
MMC  6402    Theories  of  Mass 

Communication  3 

MMC  5445    Applied  Research 

Methods  in  Media  3 

MMC  6635    Contemporary  Issues  in 

Mass  Communication        3 
MMC  6950    Professional  Project       3-6 

Journalism 

The  sequence  in  journalism  is  for  tfiose 
wtx)  wish  to  develop  advanced  joumalis- 
tk:  skills  as  reporters  for  newspapers, 
wire  services,  magazines,  radio  and  tele- 
vision. Courses  in  ttie  sequence,  plus 
Ein  outside  concentration,  permit  ttie  stu- 
dent to  develop  a  specialization  in  one 
aspect  of  journalism. 

Students  pursuing  the  sequence  in 
journalism  may  be  mid-career  profes- 
sionals; may  have  a  communication  un- 
dergraduate degree  but  no  professional 
experience;  or  may  have  an  undergradu- 
ate degree  in  another  discipline  and  no 
professional  journalism  experience. 

Students  in  tfie  latter  two  categories 
will  be  required  to  complete  necessary 
undergraduate  journalism  skills  courses. 
They  must  complete  a  professional  in- 
ternship as  part  of  their  preparation  for 
the  master's  degree.  Specific  under- 
graduate course  requirements  will  be  de- 
termined by  thie  journalism  program 
coordinator. 

In  addition  to  tfie  core  courses,  stu- 
dents must  take  the  following  courses: 
JOU  61 96     Advanced  Writing 

Techniques  3 

(print  majors  only) 
JOU  6197     Advanced  Reporting 

Techniques  3 

JOU  61 98     Advanced  Public  Affairs 

Reporting  3 

JOU  6199     Judicial  System  Reporting  3 
JOU  6931      Seminar  on  Special 

Topics  3 

Student  Media  Advising 

In  addition  to  tfie  core  courses,  students 
in  tfie  student  media  advising  sequence 
must  take  tfie  folkswing  courses: 
JOU  5806     Student  PuWicattons 

Supervision  3 

MMC  5207    Ethical  and  Legal 

Foundations  of  the 

Student  Press  3 

VIC  5205       Trends  in  Graphics  and 

Design  3 

Students  specializing  in  student  me- 
dia advising  must  take  one  or  two  addi- 


tional 3-credit  graduate  courses  in  tfie 
school  in  an  appropriate  area  of  empha- 
sis. Courses  must  be  approved  by  tfie 
student's  advisor. 

Public  Relations 

In  addition  to  tfie  core  courses,  students 
in  the  publk:  relations  sequence  must 
take  tfie  following  courses: 

PUR  5406     Multi-Cultural 

Communications  3 

PUR  5607     Public  Relations 

Management  3 

PUR  5806     Public  Relations 

Strategy,  Planning,  and 

Evaluation  3 

PUR  6935     Advanced  Public 

Relations  Seminar  3 

Student  Media  Advising 
Certificate  Program 

This  professional  certificate  program  is 
designed  primarily  for  journalism  teach- 
ers and  for  student  media  advisers  on 
all  levels  and  for  those  eisplring  to  the 
profession.  This  program  will  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  tfie  certification,  re-certi- 
fication or  incentive  credits  for  current 
public  scfiool  teachers  in  tfie  field. 

Tfie  Certifk^ate  in  Student  Media  Ad- 
vising requires  15  credits  to  be  taken  as 
follows: 

Required  Courses: 

JOU  5806     Student  Publications 

Supervision 
MMC  5207    Ethical  and  Legal 

Foundations  of  ttie 

Student  Press 
VIC  5205       Trends  in  Graphics  and 

Design 

Elective  Courses 

Students  must  take  two  of  the  folk>wlng: 
RTV  5936     Seminar  in  New 

Communication 

Technologies 
MMC  6402    Theories  of  Mass 

Communication 
MMC  6635    Contemporary  Issues  in 

Mass  Communication 
JOU  6 1 96     Advanced  Writing 

Techniques 
PUR  4101      Publications  Editing  and 

Design 
JOU  4208      Magazine  Editing  and 

Production 


otfier  courses  upon  approval  of  faculty 
advisor. 


58  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

ADV-Advertising;  FIL-Film;  JOU-Journal- 
ism;  MMC-  Mass  Media  Communica- 
tion; PGY-Photography;  PUR-Public 
Relations;  RTV-Radio-Television;  VIC- 
Visual  Communication. 

ADV  6355  Advertising  and  Society 
(3).  The  relationship  between  advertis- 
ing, economic,  political,  moral,  and  ethi- 
cal issues. 

ADV  6805C  Advanced  Creative  Strat- 
egy and  Tactics  (3).  Writing  and  visuali- 
zation relevant  to  developing  creative 
strategies  for  different  media,  clients 
and  campaigns. 

JOU  5806  Student  Publications  Su- 
pervision (3).  Oesigned  to  assist  teach- 
ers £uxl  advisers  of  journalism  at  the 
high  school  etnd  junior  college  level,  this 
course  emphasizes  the  technical  as- 
pects of  producing  student  newspapers, 
yeartxioks,  and  magazines,  as  well  as 
the  legal  and  ethical  considerations  fac- 
ing today's  adviser.  In  addition,  attention 
is  given  to  matters  pertaining  to  curricu- 
lum and  methodology  for  effective  jour- 
nalistic Instruction. 

JOU  6196  Advanced  Writing  Tecli- 
nlques  (3).  Techniques  of  creative  jour- 
nalistic writing.  Including  description, 
narration,  euiecdote,  point  of  view.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing. 

JOU  6197  Advanced  Reporting  Tecii- 
niques  (3).  Intensive  instruction  in  hnw 
to  find  accurate  and  printable  facts,  with 
emphasis  on  use  of  public  records.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing. 

JOU  6198  Advanced  Public  Affairs 
Reporting  (3).  A  journalist's  examina- 
tion of  how  to  report  urban  government 
and  thte  forces  shaping  public  policy  and 
dedsion-meiking.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 

JOU  6199  Judicial  System  Reporting 
(3).  A  journalist's  examination  of  the  judi- 
cial system,  from  police  headquarters  to 
the  courtroom.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 

JOU  6931  Seflfiinar  on  Special  Topics 
(3).  Instruction  in  specialized  areas  of 
journalism. 

MMC  5207  Ethical  and  Legal  Founda- 
tions of  the  Student  Press  (3).  Exam- 
ines ethical  and  legal  foundations 
underlying  the  operation  of  the  student 
press  on  American  ceimpuses,  stressing 
both  rights  and  responsibilities  and  how 
to  organize  publications  to  protect  both. 


MMC  5445  Applied  Research  Meth- 
ods In  the  Mass  Media  (3).  An  ad- 
vanced course  in  the  design,  execution, 
and  utilization  of  research  studies  by  me- 
dia practitioners  with  special  emphasis 
on  origineil  proprietary  studies. 

MiUC  5661  Minorities  and  the  Mass 

Media  (3).  A  critical  review  of  tfie  role  of 
thie  mass  media  as  it  relates  to  ethnic, 
religious,  and  social  minorities  in  a  plu- 
ralistic society. 

MiMC  5932  Special  Topics  Seminar 
(3).  A  variable  topic  seminar  dealing  with 
issues  of  interest  to  tfie  community.  Ex- 
amples are  rights  of  high  scfiool  joumal- 
ists,  cable  TV,  the  use  of  mini-computers 
in  creative  communication. 

MMC  6402  Theories  of  Mass  Commu- 
nication (3).  Examines  theories  and 
processes  of  mass  communication.  Spe- 
cial emphasis  on  explaining,  measuring 
and  reporting  the  impact  of  mass  Com- 
munication. Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 

MiUC  6635  Contemporaty  Issues  In 
Mass  Communication  (3).  Contempo- 
rary issues  regarding  media  responsi- 
bility to  society  and  thie  social 
responsibility  of  communicators.  Analy- 
sis and  evaluation  of  media  ethics  and 
performance.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 

MIMC  6950  Mass  Communication  Pro- 
fessional Project  (1-6).  The  profes- 
sional project  is  designed  to 
demonstrate  thte  student's  excellence  in 
an  area  of  communication  study.  Must 
be  completed  within  one  calendar  year. 
Prerequisites:  Completion  of  Core,  Se- 
quence Courses  and  Electives. 

PUR  5406  Multi-Cultural  Communica- 
tions (3).  Explores  the  multi-cultural  di- 
mensions of  communications  with 
diverse  audiences  in  the  United  States 
and  abroad.  Prerequisite:  PUR  3000, 
PUR  4800  or  permission  of  instructor. 

PUR  5607  Public  Relations  Manage- 
ment (3).  Operations  and  objectives  of 
organized  public  relations  activities  and 
programs.  The  role  of  management  in 
corporate  and  agency  public  relations 
and  policy  formulation  in  tiie  public  proc- 
ess. Prerequisite:  PUR  3000  and  PUR 
4100  and  PUR  4800  or  permission  of  in- 
sti^ctor. 

PUR  5806  Public  Relations  Strategy, 
Planning  and  Evaluation  (3).  Ad- 
vanced study  in  evaluating  public  rela- 
,  tions  effectiveness,  measurement  and 
interpretation  of  public  attitudes,  and  de- 
velopment of  campaign  strategies.  Pre- 
requisite: PUR  3000,  and  PUR  4800  or 
permission  of  instructor. 


PUR  6935  Advanced  Public  Relations 
Seminar  (3).  A  series  of  case  studies  im- 
merses students  in  the  applications  of 
public  relations  tfieory/prindples  to  prac- 
tice. A  variety  of  different  public  relations 
fields  will  be  studied.  Prerequisites: 
PUR  5607  and  PUR  5806. 

RTV  5806  Telecommunication  Man- 
agement Structures  (3).  Intensive 
study  of  telecommunication  manage- 
ment problems,  theory  of  same,  solu- 
tions of  same  tiirough  practical 
application  and  examination  of  case 
studies.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

RTV  5935  Seminar  in  International 
Comparative  Broadcasting  Systems 

(3).  Intt-oduction  to  international  telecom- 
munication systems  witii  special  empha- 
sis on  broadcasting.  Comparison  with 
other  countries.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instiuctor. 

RTV  5936  Seminar  in  New  iUlass  Com- 
munication Technologies  (3).  Discus- 
sion of  new  communication  techno- 
logies and  their  influence  on  the  society. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

RTV  6309  Advanced  Broadcast  News 
(3).  Advanced  techniques,  principles 
and  issues  of  reporting  for  the  electi'onic 
media,  from  spot  news  to  documenta- 
ries. Prerequisite:  Graduate  steindlng. 

RTV  6465C  Field  Production  Practi- 
cum  (3).  The  student  will  be  responsible 
for  the  organization  and  complete  pre- 
production,  production,  and  post-produc- 
tion of  his/her  pfoject(s).  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 

RTV  6468C  Studio  Production  Practi- 
cum  (3).  The  student  will  t>e  responsible 
for  tiie  organization  and  complete  pre- 
production,  production  and  post-produc- 
tion of  his/her  project(s).  Will  also  be 
required  to  do  directing  and  I.D.  work. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

RTV  6937  Seminar  in  Telecommunica- 
tion Policies  and  Planning  (3).  Intro- 
duction to  national  and  international 
telecommunication  policies,  witti  empha- 
sis on  planning  and  decision  making. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

VIC  5205  Trends  In  Graphics  and  De- 
sign (3).  Design  principles  arxJ  hx>w 
tfiey  relate  to  trends  in  student  and  pro- 
fessional media,  including  newspapers, 
magazines  and  yeartxwks.  Deals  with 
graphics,  packaging,  typography  and 
modern  design. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  59 


Linguistics 

Asher  Z.  Milt>auer,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chairperson,  English 
C.  Kemp  Williams,  Assistant  Professor 

and  Director,  English 
Lynn  M.  Berk,  Associate  Professor, 

English 
Isabel  Castellanos,  Associate 

Professor  and  Chair,  ^/lodern 

Languages 
Virginia  Gathercoie,  Associate 

Professor,  English 
Tometro  Hopkins,  Instructor,  English 
John  B.  Jensen,  Associate  Professor. 

Modern  Languages 
Peter  A.  Machonis,  Associate 

Professor,  Modern  Languages 
Mehmet  Yavas,  Assodate  Professor, 

English 

Master  of  Arts  in  Linguistics 
Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  must  meet  the  University's 
graduate  general  admissions  require- 
ments; a  GRE  score  of  1000  on  the  ver- 
bal and  quantitative  sections  or  an 
undergraduate  GPA  of  3.0  will  be  re- 
quired. In  addition,  non-native  speakers 
of  English  must  submit  a  TOEFL  score 
of  600. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Unguistics  re- 
quires 36  graduate  hours  in  Linguistics, 
distributed  as  follows: 

1.  Required  Courses:  (21) 

LIN  5018       Introduction  to  Linguistics  3 
LIN  5501        English  Syntax  3 

LIN  5206       Phonetics  3 

LIN  6323       General  Phonology 

(Prerequisite:  LIN  5206)    3 
LIN  6510       Generative  Syntax  I  3 

LIN  6805       Semantics  , 

(Prerequisite:  LIN  6510)    3 
LIN  5146       Historical  and  Comparative 

Linguistics 

(Prerequisite:  LIN  5206)     3 

or 
LIN  5107       History  of  ttie  English 

Language 

or 
FRE  5840      History  of  tfie  French 

Language 

or 
SPN  5840     History  of  the  Spanish 

Language 

2.  The  remaining  hours  must  be  se- 
lected from  any  graduate  Linguistics  of- 
ferings, including  courses  in  the 
following  areas: 

Acoustic  Phonetics 

General  Morphology  and  Syntax 

Dialectology 


Sociolinguistics 

Psychology  of  Language 

Language  Acquisition 

Second  Language  Acquisition 

Language  Contact 

Studies  in  Bilingualism 

Applied  Linguistics 

Language  Universals 

Cognitive  Linguistics 

Speech  Errors  and  Linguistic 
Knowledge 

Research  Methods  in  Unguistics 

StRJCture  of  a  Non-Indo-European 
Language 

Special  Topics  in  Linguistics 

Seminar  (various  topics) 

Thesis  (maximum  of  six  hours) 
Linguistic  courses  are  taught  in  the  De- 
partments of  English  and  Modern  Lan- 
guages. See  those  sections  for  specific 
course  descriptions. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Each  student  will  be  required  to  take  a 
minimum  of  five  semester  hours  of  for- 
mal study  of  a  foreign  language  not  al- 
ready known  by  tiie  student  or  of  Middle 
or  Old  English.  The  language  to  be 
studied  will  be  decided  on  in  consult- 
ation witii  the  student's  advisor. 

Examination  Requirement 

Students  will  be  required  to  take  a  writ- 
ten comprehensive  exam  in  Unguistics. 

Thesis/Non-Thesis  Options 

Students  may  elect  to  follow  a  thesis  or 
a  non-thesis  option.  Those  electing  to 
write  a  thesis  will  take  up  to  six  credit 
hours  in  thesis  research  as  part  of  their 
required  36  hours.  When  completed, 
the  tfiesis  will  be  defended  orally  before 
a  committee  made  up  of  ttiree  faculty 
members,  including  the  thesis  director. 
Those  electing  to  follow  the  non-thesis 
option  will  take  all  36  hours  in  non-the- 
sis courses. 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

LIN  -  Unguistics. 

UN  5017  Cognitive  LingulsUcs  (3).  Ex- 
plores the  nature  of  fuiman  reason  and 
categorization  as  revealed  by  language. 
Examines  the  role  of  the  metaptior, 
imagination,  and  bodily  experience  In 
human  thought  processes.  Prereq- 
uisites: UN  3013,  or  UN  3010,  or  the 
equivalent,  or  permission  of  instixictor. 

UN  5018  Introduction  to  Linguistics 
(3).  Inti-oduction  to  Unguistic  theory  and 
analysis,  witii  special  emphasis  on  the 
major  components  of  languages  and 
modem  approaches  to  tiieir  analysis. 


UN  5107  History  of  the  English  Lan- 
guage (3).  Study  of  tiie  development  of 
tiie  grammar  arxd  vocabulary  repre- 
sented in  samples  of  the  English  lan- 
guage from  the  8tti  century  to  modern 
times.  Prerequisite:  LIN  3013  or  permis- 
sion of  insti-uctor. 

LIN  5108  Language  Universals  (3). 
Universal  properties  of  language  from 
two  major  perspectives:  those  of  Typolo- 
gists  and  of  Universal  Grammarians.  A 
variety  of  linguistic  structures  and  tiieo- 
retical  explanations  are  examined.  Pre- 
requisite: LIN  3013,  or  UN  3010,  or  UN 
5018,  or  the  equivalent. 

UN  5146  Historical  and  Comparative 
Unguisttes  (3).  The  study  of  linguistic 
metix)dology  for  determining  historical 
and  genetic  relationships  among  lan- 
guages. Diachronic  syntax  and  its  meth- 
odology will  he  included.  The  relevance 
of  historical  comparative  linguistics  to 
similar  processes  found  in  language  ac- 
quisition and  to  socio-llnguistics  will  be 
studied.  Prerequisite:  LIN  5206. 

UN  5206  Phonetics  (3).  The  study  of 
the  articulatory  mecfianisms  used  in  pro- 
ducing speech  sounds  and  of  tiieir 
acoustic  properties.  Ear  training  in  tiie 
phonetic  transcription  of  speech  sounds 
used  in  the  world's  languages. 

UN  5431  General  Morphology  and 
Syntax  (3).  The  study  of  linguistic  meth- 
odology for  determining  tfie  morphologi- 
cal and  syntactic  structures  of 
languages.  Distinct  thieoretical  ap- 
proaches to  analysis  will  be  empha- 
sized. The  student  will  study  recent 
developments  in  linguistics  tiiat  bear  on 
language-universal  and  language-spe- 
cific aspects  of  morphology  and  syntax. 
Prerequisite:  Introductory  course  in  Lin- 
guistics or  permission  of  instiTJctor. 

UN  5501  English  Syntax  (3).  This 
course  will  focus  on  syntactic  analysis  of 
English.  Altixsugh  the  course  itself  is 
non-tfieoretical,  it  uses  a  variety  of  un- 
deriying  tfieoretical  approaches  to  ti-ain 
students  in  syntactic  analysis. 

UN  5715  Language  Acquisition  (3). 
The  study  of  tiie  processes  underiying 
normal  first-language  acquisition.  The  fo- 
cus is  on  tiie  development  of  tiie  subsys- 
tems of  language  (i.e.,  tiie  phonological, 
morphological,  syntactic,  and  semantic 
subsystems)  in  the  child's  growing  com- 
mand of  his  native  language. 

UN  5732  Speech  En-orsand  Linguis- 
tic Knowledge  (3).  This  course  focuses 
on  tiie  nature  of  linguistic  errors  pro- 
duced by  speakers  In  tfieir  native  lan- 
guages. Students  will  read  research  on 
enters  produced  by  adult  native  speak- 


60  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


ers  of  a  language,  on  first-language  er- 
rors of  children,  arxi  on  errors  made  by 
persons  acquiring  a  second  language. 
Prerequisite:  LIN  3013  or  LIN  3010. 

UN  5748  Applied  Ungulstics:  Theory 
and  Applications  (3).  Theoretical  & 
practical  approaches  to  second-lan- 
guage acquisition.  Examination  of  & 
hands-on  experience  with  early  and  re- 
cent approaches  (Contrastive  Analysis, 
Error  Analysis,  Parameter  Setting,  etc.) 

UN  6323  General  Phonology  (3).  The 

study  of  phonological  process  in  lan- 
guages and  linguistic  methodology  for 
phonological  analysis.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  recent  theoretical  questions 
corx»ming  such  issues  as  the  abstract- 
ness  of  underlying  forms,  the  natural- 
ness of  processes,  and  the  relevance  of 
markedness  to  a  phonological  descrip- 
tion. Prerequisite:  LIN  5206,  Phonetics. 

UN  6378  Structure  of  a  Non-Indo- 
European  Language  (3).  An  in-depth 
study  of  tfie  structure  of  a  non-Indo- 
European  language.  Tfie  peirticular  lan- 
guage to  be  studied  will  be  varied  from 
semester  to  semester.  Course  may  be 
repeated.  Prerequisites:  LIN  5013,  LIN 
5206,  LIN  5222,  and  a  course  in  syntax. 

UN  6510  Generative  Syntax  1(3).  This 
course  will  expose  students  to  thie  theo- 
retical models  on  wNch  much  contempo- 
rary work  in  English  grammar  is  based. 
Students  will  read  works  on  selected  top- 
ics such  as  stmctural  linguistics,  trans- 
formational grammar,  and  case 
grammar.  Specific  content  may  change 
from  semester  to  semester.  May  be  re- 
taken for  credit  when  content  changes. 
Prerequisite:  LIN  5501,  English  Syntax. 

UN  6602  Language  Contact  (3).  A 
study  of  the  language  changes  that  oc- 
cur wfien  two  or  more  languages  come 
into  contact  with  one  anottier.  The 
course  will  also  examine  the  charac- 
teristtes  of  the  individuals  and  communi- 
ties involved  in  such  contact. 

UN  6805  Semantics  (3).  The  study  of 
linguistic  semantic  language-universal 
and  language-specific  prop>erties  of  tfie 
semantic  stnjcture  of  words  in  sen- 
tences will  be  considered.  Recent  de- 
bate and  theoretical  aspects,  including 
tfx>se  toucNng  on  the  nature  of  word 
meaning,  presuppositional-assertional 
grammar,  and  Speech-Act  tfieory,  will 
be  read  and  discussed.  Prerequisite:  In- 
troductory course  In  Linguistics  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

UN  6905  Independent  Study  (VAR). 

This  course  is  designed  for  students 
wtto  wish  to  pursue  specialized  topics  in 
advanced  Linguistics:  phonetics,  phonol- 


ogy, morphology,  syntax,  semantics, 
psycholinguistics,  historical  linguistics, 
or  language  contact.  Prerequisite:  Intro- 
ductory course  in  Linguistics  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

UN  6937  Seminar  in  Ungulstics  (3). 

Topics  vary  each  semester.  Prerequisite: 
A  previous  course  in  the  same  sub-area 
of  Linguistics. 

UN  6971  Thesis  (1-6).  Prerequisite: 
Completion  of  all  other  requirements  for 
the  M.A.  degree  in  Linguistics. 


Mathematics 

Dev  K.  Roy,  Associate  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Gerardo  Aiadro,  Assistant  Professor 
William  Calbeck,  Assistant  Professor 
Mark  L  Copper,  Assistant  Professor 
Domitlla  Fox,  Instructor 
Susan  Gorman,  Instructor 
Peter  Hoiden,  Assistant  Professor 
Steven  M.  Hudson,  Assistant  Professor 
George  Kafkoulis,  Assistant  Professor 
Mark  Leckband,  Associate  Professor 
Diana  McCoy,  Instructor 
Abdelhamid  IMezlani,  Assistant 

Professor 
Richard  Nadel,  Instructor 
J.  Michael  Pearson,  Assistant  Professor 
Thanases  Pheldas,  Assistant  Professor 
Taje  Ramsamujh,  Assistant  Professor 
David  Rltter,  Associate  Professor 
Michael  Rosenthal,  Instructor 
Richard  L.  Rubin,  Associate  Professor 
Anthony  C.  Shershin,  Associate 

Professor 
Minna  Shore,  Instructor 
James  F.  Sllfker,  Associate  Professor 
W.  Jay  Sweet,  Assistant  Professor 
Enrique  Villamor,  Assistant  Professor 
Willie  E  Williams,  Associate  Professor 
John  Zweibel,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in 
Mathematical  Sciences 
Admission 

Tfie  following  are  in  addition  to  the  Uni- 
versity's graduate  admission  require- 
ments 

1 .  Bacfielor's  degree  in  mathemat- 
ics, applied  mathematics  or  mathemati- 
cal sciences  from  an  accredited 
university  or  college. 

2.  A  'B'  average  or  higher  In  upper  di- 
vision mathematics  courses. 

3.  Graduate  Record  Examination 
taken  viflthin  the  past  five  years,  with  at 


least  650  on  the  quantitative  portion  and 
500  on  each  of  the  other  two  parts. 

4.  Three  letters  of  recommendation 
concerning  the  candidate's  achievement 
sind  potential,  from  persons  familiar  with 
ttie  candidate's  previous  academic  per- 
formance. 

5.  Approval  of  the  Graduate  Commit- 
tee. 

Core  Courses 

The  student  must  choose  three  courses 
form  each  of  the  following  lists: 

List  A: 

MAA  5616     Introduction  to  Real 

Analysis  3 

MAP  5236     Mathematical  Techniques 

of  Operations  Reseeirch    3 
MAS  52 15     Number  Theory  3 

STA  5446      Probability  Theory  3 

STA  6807     Queuing  and  Statistical 

Models  3 

ListB: 

MAD  5405  Numerical  Methods  3 

MAP  5407  Methods  of  Applied 

Analysis  3 

MAS  5415  Applied  Linear  Algebra  3 

COT  5420  Theory  of  Computation  I    3 

COT  6400  Analysis  of  Algorithms  3 

Eiectives:  (6  semester  hours) 
Tfie  student  must  choose  six  fiours  of 
graduate  level  coursework  in  computer 
science,  economics,  engineering, 
matfiematics,  physics  or  statistics,  with 
the  prior  approval  of  tfie  Mathematics 
Graduate  Committee. 

Master's  Project 

Tfie  student  will  prepare  an  expository 
paper  under  tfie  direction  of  a  faculty 
member,  wfio  will  assign  tfie  grade. 
Successful  completion  of  the  master's 
project  requires  a  grade  of  'B'  or  higher, 
as  well  as  approval  of  a  committee  con- 
sisting of  tfiree  mathematics  faculty  (in- 
cluding tfie  director). 
Remarks:  The  coursework  must  be  com- 
pleted with  a  'B'  average  or  higher  and 
a  grade  of  'C  or  higfier  in  each  csurse. 
A  maximum  of  two  courses  may  be 
transferred  into  tfie  program  from  out- 
side the  University,  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Graduate  Committee. 

Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

MAA-Mathematics,  Analysis;  MAD  - 
Mathematics,  Discrete;  MAP-Mathe- 
matics,  Applied. 

COT  5420  Theory  of  Computation  I 
(3).  Abstract  models  of  computation; 
halting  prol>lem;  decidability  and  undeci- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  61 


daljiiity;  recursive  function  theory.  Pre- 
requisite: MAD  3512. 

COT  640Q  Analysis  of  Algorithms  (3). 

Complexity  ksehavior  of  algorithms  is  de- 
scribed for  Set  Manipulation,  Graph  The- 
ory, and  Matrix  Manipulation  problems, 
among  others.  P  and  NP  dasses  of 
problems  reveal  an  inherent  difficulty  in 
designing  efficient  algorithms.  Prereq- 
uisite: COP  3530. 

MAA  5616  Introduction  to  Real  Analy- 
sis (3).  Lebesgue  Measure  and  Integral 
vyith  applications  to  Integretl  Trsinsforms. 
Prerequisite:  MAS  3105,  MAA  421 1 , 
MAP  4401  or  MAA  421 2. 

MAD  5405  Numerical  Methods  (3).  Ad- 
vanced ideas  and  techniques  of  numeri- 
cal analysis  for  digital  computation. 
Topics  include:  linear  and  non-linear  sys- 
tems, ordinary  differential  equations, 
continuous  system  modeling  tech- 
niques, and  languages.  Prerequisites: 
MAS  3105  and  MAP  3302. 

MAP  5236  Mathematical  Techniques 
of  Operations  Research  (3).  This 
course  surveys  the  mathematical  meth- 
ods used  in  operations  research.  Topics 
will  be  chosen  from  linear  programming, 
dynamic  programming,  integer  program- 
ming, network  analysis,  classical  optimi- 
zation techniques,  and  applications 
such  as  inventory  theory.  Prerequisite: 
MAP  51 17  and  MAS  3105  and  either 
CGS  3420  or  COP  2210. 

MAP  5407  Methods  of  Applied  Analy- 
sis (3).  Convergence,  fixed  point  theo- 
rems, application  to  finding  roots  of 
equations,  normed  function  spaces,  lin- 
ear operators,  applications  to  numerical 
Integration,  differential  and  integral  equa- 
tions. Prerequisites:  MAA  4211,  MAP 
3302,  and  MAS  3105. 

MAS  5145  Applied  Unear  Algebra  (3). 

Concepts  of  finite  dimensional  vector 
spaces.  Theorems  that  have  infinite  di- 
mensioned analogues  and  ttx^se  with  im- 
portant applications  are  emphasized. 
Prerequisites:  MAS  3105  and  MAA 
3200. 

MAS  5215  Number  Theory  (3).  Topics 
to  t>e  discussed  are  selected  from  the 
following:  congruences,  Diophantine 
equations,  distribution  of  primes,  primi- 
tive roots,  quadratic  reciprocity,  and  clas- 
sical theorems  of  number  tfieory. 

MAT  5907  Independent  Study  (VAR). 

IrxJividual  confererKes,  assigned  read- 
ing, and  reports  on  independent  investi- 
gations. 

STA  5446-STA  5447  Probability  The- 
ory I  and  II  (3-3).  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  acquaint  the  student  with  ttie 


basic  fundamentals  of  probability  theory. 
It  reviews  tfie  basic  fourxJations  of  prob- 
ability tiieory,  covering  such  topics  as 
discrete  probability  spaces,  random 
walk,  Markov  Chains  (transition  matrix 
£ind  ergodk;  properties),  strong  laws  of 
probability,  convergence  theorems,  and 
law  of  iterated  logarithm.  Prerequisite: 
MAC  3313. 

STA  6807  Queuing  and  Statistical 
Models  (3).  Review  of  probability  con- 
cepts, basic  probability  distributions, 
Poisson  process,  queuing  models,  statis- 
tical models.  Prerequisites:  Permission 
of  Instructor,  MAC  331 2  and  either  STA 
3033  or  STA  3321. 


Modern  Languages 

lsal>el  Castetlanos,  Associate 

Professor  and  Chairperson 
Irmenla  Aragon,  Instructor,  (North 

Miami  Campus) 
Aurelk)  Baldor,  Instructor 
Rodolfo  Cortina,  Professor 
James  O.  Crosby,  Professor 
Leonei  A.  de  la  Cuesta,  Associate 

Professor 
Lucia  l-lelena,  Visiting  Associate 

Professor 
Danielle  JohnsorvCousin,  Associate 

Professor 
Elena  de  Jongh,  Assistant  Professor 
Yvonne  Guers-Viliate,  Professor 

Emeritus 
John  B.  Jensen,  Associate  Professor 
Peter  A.  Machonis,  Associate  Professor 
Ramon  Mendoza,  Professor  (North 

Miami  Campus) 
Ana  Roca,  Assistant  Professor 
Reinaldo  Sanchez,  Professor 
ArKlnee  Stayman,  Instructor 
Marceiie  Welch,  Associate  Professor  . 
Florence  Yudin,  Professor 
Maida  Watson  Espener,  Associate 

Professor 

Master  of  Arts  in  Hispanic 
Studies 

To  be  admitted  into  thie  Master's  degree 
program,  a  student  must: 

1 .  Hold  a  Bachelor's  degree  in  Mod- 
em Languages,  Linguistics  or  one  of  the 
Socieil  Sciences  as  related  to  thie  His- 
pank;  worid  from  an  accredited  univer- 
sity or  college,  or  its  equivalent; 

2.  Have  a  3.0  GPA  or  higher  during 
the  last  two  years  of  the  student's  under- 
graduate program  and  a  combined 
score  (quantitative  and  vert>al)  of  1 ,000 
or  Ngher  on  the  ORE.  Students  who 
have  not  taken  thie  GRE  may  enroll  in 


graduate  courses  in  tfie  cooperating  de- 
partments; however,  admission  to  the 
graduate  program  is  conditional  upon 
taking  and  receiving  a  score  of  1 ,000  on 
tiie  GRE  within  six  months  of  the  begin- 
ning of  study; 

3.  Have  the  ability  to  SF>eak  both 
Spanish  arxJ  English  with  near-native  flu- 
ency; 

4.  Submit  two  letters  of  recommenda- 
tion, preferably  from  persons  in  Une  aca- 
demic community  who  are  in  a  position 
to  comment  on  the  applicant's  suitability 
for  graduate  wori<; 

5.  Receive  approval  of  the  depart- 
mental graduate  committee.  Students 
with  defidendes  will  be  advised  to  com- 
plete certain  course  work  Isefore  begin- 
ning graduate  work. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master's  degree  program  consists 
of  33  semester  hours  of  graduate  level 
work.  A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  gradu- 
ate course  wori<  may  be  transfen-ed  into 
tfie  progrsun  from  other  institutions,  sub- 
ject to  the  approval  of  tfie  departmental 
graduate  committee.  Six  core  courses 
and  three  elective  courses  are  required 
at  tfie  5000-and  6000-level. 

Core  Courses 

LIN  5934       Special  Topics  in 

Linguistics  3 

FOT  5805      Translation  and 

Interpretation  Arts  3 

SPN  6505     Spanish  Culture  3 

SPN  5525     Spanish  American 

Culture  3 

SPN  6535     The  Hispanic  Presence  in 

tine  United  States  3 

One  course  at  tfie  graduate  level  on 
Latin  American  sociology,  anthropology, 
political  science,  or  history,  to  be  taken 
outside  of  the  dep>artment. 

The  following  are  examples  of 
courses  that  will  satisfy  tWs  require- 
ment. Each  semester  tfie  department 
prepares  a  list  of  appropriate  courses 
from  among  the  offerings  of  tfie  cooper- 
ating departments,  which  should  be  con- 
sulted prior  to  registration. 
SOC  5338     Sociology  of  International 

Development  3 

CPO  5035     The  Politics  of 

Development  3 

HIS  591 0       Urtaanism  in  Latin  America  3 
ECS  5005     Comparative  Economic 

Systems  3 

ECS  5025     Economic  Problems  of 

Emerging  Nations  3 

EC^  5405     Economics  of  Latin 

America  3 

CYP  6055     Theories  and  Research  in 

Acculturation  and 

Multiculturallsm  3 


62  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


GYP  6076     Psychology  of 

Crosscultural 

Sensitization  in  a 

Multicultural  Context  3 
DEP6145  Culture  and  Childhood  3 
DEP  6450     Culture  and  Aging  3 

Electives 

A  student  must  take  at  least  nine  gradu- 
ate credits  of  electives  from  courses  of- 
fered by  the  department,  such  as 
French  or  Spanish  linguistics,  literature 
and  translation/interpretation,  or  from 
tfx>se  offered  by  the  departments  of  His- 
tory, Political  Sciences,  Sociology/An- 
thropology, Economics,  and  Psychology. 

Third  Language 

Students  will  be  required  to  speak  either 
French,  Portuguese,  or  Haitian  Creole 
at  a  level  of  general  communication.  Stu- 
dents who  do  not  meet  this  requirement 
upon  admission  must  begin  their  study 
of  the  third  language  in  their  first  semes- 
ter of  study. 

Graduation  Requirements 

To  receive  the  Master's  degree  In  His- 
panic Studies,  students  must  complete 
all  the  course  work  with  a  3.0  GPA  or 
higher,  eind  must  receive  at  least  a  'B'  in 
each  of  the  core  courses.  After  having 
completed  27  graduate  credits  (core 
and  elective  courses),  students  will  have 
the  option  of  writing  a  thesis  (equivalent 
to  six  credits)  or  taking  two  courses  or 
more  and  submitting  a  research  paper. 
The  thesis  will  be  presented  to  an  ad 
hoc  committee  chosen  by  the  student 
and  his  or  her  advisor. 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

ARA-Arabic  Language;  CHI-Chinese 
Language;  FOL-Foreign  Languages; 
FOT-Foreign  Languages  in  Translation; 
FOW-Foreign  Languages,  Comparative 
Literature;  FRE-French  Language;  FRT- 
French  Translation;  FRW-French  Litera- 
ture (Writings);  GER-Genman 
Language;  GET-German  Translation; 
HBR  -Hebrew;  ITA-ltallan  Language; 
ITT-ltalian  Translation;  JPN-Japanese 
Language;  UN-Linguistics;  POR-Portu- 
guese  Language;  POW-Portuguese  Lit- 
erature (Writings);  PRT-Portuguese 
Translation;  RUS-Russian  Language; 
SPN-Spanish  Language;  SPT -Spanish 
Translation;  SPW-Spanish  Literature 
(Writings). 

(See  English  listing  for  additional  Lin- 
guisttes  courses.)  Application  of  basic 
language  skills. 


FOL  5735  Romance  Linguistics  (3). 

The  common  and  distinctive  Romance 
features.  Survey  of  linguistic  geography 
and  internal/external  influences. 

FOL  5906  Independent  Study  (1-3). 

Project,  field  experience,  readings,  or  re- 
search. 

FOT  5125  Uterature  inTransiation 
(3).  Masterpieces  of  worid  literature. 
Open  to  students  who  are  proficient  in 
more  than  one  language. 

FOT  5805Trartslatlon/lnterpretation 
Arts  (3).  The  language  bam'er  and  trans- 
lation and  interpretation.  Types,  modes, 
and  quality  of  T/i:  philologicJal,  linguistic, 
and  socio-linguistic  theories.  History  of 
T/I  from  Rome  to  date.  The  impact  of  T/I 
on  Inter-American  developments.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

FOW  5395  Genre  Sttidles  (3).  Examina- 
tion of  a  single  literary  form  (e.g.  short 
story,  poetry),  or  tfie  study  of  interaction 
between  literary  types  (e.g.  novel  and 
drama). 

FOW  5545  Bicultural  Writings  (3).  Ex- 
periment in  linguistic  pluralism.  Content 
and  focus  to  be  determined  by  the  inter- 
national community. 

FOW  5587  Comparative  Studies  (3). 

Cross-over  and  distinctiveness  in  a 
multi-language  problem,  period,  or  aes- 
thetic. 

FOW  5934  Special  Topics  In  Lan- 
guage/Literature (3).  Content  and  ob- 
jectives to  be  determined  by  students 
and  teacher. 

FOW  5938  Graduate  Seminar  (3). 

Topic  and  approach  to  be  determined  by 
students  and  instructor.  (Approval  of  tfie 
Department  required.) 

FRE  5060  Language  for  Reading 
Knowledge  (3).  Designed  primarily  for 
graduate  students  wtx)  wish  to  attain 
proficiency  for  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  require- 
ments. Open  to  any  student  who  has  no 
prior  knowledge  of  tfie  language. 

FRE  5061  Language  for  Reading 
Knowledge  (3).  Emphasis  on  transla- 
tion of  materials  from  the  student's  field 
of  specialization.  Prerequisite:  FRE 
5060  or  equivalent. 

FRE  5565  Studies  In  Billngualism  (3). 

Readings  and  analysis  of  bilingual  pro- 
grams and  binational  goals. 


FRE  5735  Special  Topics  in  Linguis- 
tics (3).  Content  to  be  determined  by 
students  and  instructor.  (Approyal  of 
Department  required.) 

FRE  5755  Old  French  Language  (3). 

Introduction  to  the  phonology,  morphol- 
ogy, and  syntax  of  the  Old  French  lan- 
guage. Reading  and  analysis  of  thte 
12th  and  13th  century  texts  in  their  origi- 
nal. Comparison  of  major  medieval  dia- 
lects. Prerequisite:  FRE  4840  or  FRE 
5845. 

FRE  5845  History  of  the  Language 
(3).  The  internal  and  external  history  of 
language  development.  Examination  of 
modal  texts  from  key  periods  of  evolu- 
tion. Prerequisite:  FRE  3780  or  LIN 
3010  or  LIN  3013. 

FRE  5908  Independent  Study  (1-3). 

Project,  field  experience,  readings,  or  re- 
search. 

FRT  5805  Translation/interpretation 
Arts  (3).  Techniques  of  professional 
translation  and  interpretation.  Prereq- 
uisite: FRT  4801. 

FRW  5395  Genre  Studies  (3).  Examina- 
tion of  a  single  literary  form  (e.g.  short 
story,  poetry),  or  tfie  study  of  interaction 
between  literary  types  (e.g.  novel  and 
drama). 

FRW  5934  Special  Topics  In  Lan- 
guage Uterature  (3).  Content  and  ob- 
jectives to  be  determined  by  student 
and  instructor. 

FRW  5938  Graduate  Seminar  (3). 

Topic  and  approach  to  be  determined  by 
students  and  instructor.  (Approval  of  the 
Department  required.) 

GER  5060  German  for  Reading  Knowl- 
edge (3).  Designed  primarily  for  gradu- 
ate students  who  wish  to  attain 
proficiencyJor  M.A.  or  Ph.D.  require- 
ments. Open  to  any  student  who  has  no 
prior  knowledge  of  the  language. 

GER  5061  German  for  Reading  Knowl- 
edge (3).  Emphasis  on  translation  of 
materials  from  tt>e  student's  field  of  spe- 
cialization. Prerequisite:  GER  5060  or 
tfie  equivalent. 

UN  5207C  Acoustic  Phonetics  (3).  In- 
troduction to  principles  of  acoustic  and 
instrumental  phonetics,  including  tfie 
physics  of  speech  sounds  and  use  of 
tfie  sound  spectrograph  and  other  instru- 
ments. Prerequisites:  LIN  3010  and  one 
additional  course  in  phonetics/ptionol- 
ogy.  Corequisite:  One  of  the  prereq- 
uisites may  be  counted  as  a  corequisite. 

UN  5760  Research  Methods  In  Lin- 
guistics (3).  The  collection  and  analysis 
of  linguistic  data:  sampling  techniques. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  63 


Interviews,  recordings,  questionnaires, 
transcription,  basic  statistical  proce- 
dures, including  the  use  of  computer 
analysis.  Prerequisite:  LIN  3010  or 
equivalent. 

UN  5601  Soclollngulstlcs  (3).  Princi- 
pies  and  theories  of  linguistic  variation 
with  special  attention  to  con'espon- 
dences  betwreen  social  and  linguistic 
variables.  Prerequisite:  LIN  3010  or 
equivalent. 

UN  5613  Dialectology  (3).  The  geogra- 
phy of  language  variation:  linguistic  ge- 
ography, adases,  national  and  regional 
studies.  Dialectology  within  a  modem  so- 
dolinguistic  frame  work;  research  ap- 
proaches. Prerequisites:  LIN  3010  and 
one  other  graduate-level  linguistics 
course. 

UN  5625  Studies  Irt  Blllnguallsm  (3). 

Readings  and  analysis  of  bilingual  pro- 
grams and  binational  goals.  Prereq- 
uisite: LIN  3010  or  equivalent. 

UN  5720  Second  Language  Acquisi- 
tion (3).  Research,  theories,  and  issues 
in  second  language  acquisition.  Topics 
include  the  Monitor  Model,  tfw  role  of 
the  first  language,  motivation,  age,  indi- 
vidual differences,  code-switching,  and 
tfie  environment;  affective  variables  and 
attitudes. 

UN  6934  Special  Topics  in  Unguis- 
tics  (3).  Content  to  be  determined  by 
students  and  instructor.  (Approval  of  the 
Department  required.) 

(See  English  listing  for  additional  Lin- 
guistics courses.) 

SF>N  5060  Language  for  Reading 
Knowledge  (3).  Designed  primarily  for 
graduate  students  who  wish  to  attain 
proficiency  for  M.A.  or  Ph.D.  require- 
ments. Open  to  any  student  wtw  fias  no 
prior  knowledge  of  the  language. 

SPN  5061  Language  for  Reading 
Knowledge  (3).  Emphasis  on  tiansla- 
tion  of  materials  from  tiie  student's  field 
of  specialization.  Prerequisite:  SPN 
5060  or  the  equivalent. 

SPN  5525  Spanlsii  American  Culture 
(3).  A  graduate  survey  of  the  major  artis- 
tic phenomena  in  Latin  America.  Art,  mu- 
sic, film,  and  literature  will  be  discussed 
in  their  cultursil  context.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  and  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

SPN  5565  Studies  in  Blllnguallsm  (3). 
Readings  and  analysis  of  bilingual  pro- 
grams and  tiinational  goals. 


SPN  5845  History  of  the  language 
(3).  Historical  development  of  the  Span- 
ish language,  primarily  from  the  point  of 
view  of  internal  linguistic  change.  Span- 
ish as  an  example  of  general  processes 
of  language  development.  Prereq- 
uisites: LIN  3010  and  one  ottier  course 
in  Spanish  linguistics. 

SPN  5908  Independent  Study  (1-3). 

Project,  field  experience,  readings,  or 
research. 

SPN  6505  Spanish  Culture  (3).  Se- 
lected development  in  language,  litera- 
ture, £U1,  music,  film,  and  the  social 
institutions  of  Spain.  Prerequisites: 
Graduate  standing  and  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

SPN  6535  The  Hispanic  Presence  In 
the  United  States  (3).  Readings  in  lit- 
erature, culture,  and  language  to  illus- 
trate ttie  experience  of  the  major 
Hispanic  groups  in  the  United  States. 
Prerequisites:  Graduate  standing  and 
permission  of  the  instixictor. 

SPN  6930  Special  Topics  In  Unguls- 
tics  (3).  Content  to  be  determined  by 
students  and  instmctor.  (Approval  of  tiie 
Defjartment  required.) 

SPN  6970  Thesis  Research  (1-10).  Re- 
search toward  completion  of  Master's 
Thesis.  Repeatable.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  Department. 

SPT  5118  Uterature  In  Translation  (3). 
Masterpieces  of  world  literature.  Open 
to  students  who  are  profk:ient  in  more 
than  one  language. 

SPW  5155  Comparative  Studies  (3). 

Cross-over  and  distirwtiveness  in  a 
multi-language  problem,  period,  or  aes- 
thetic. 

SPW  5237  The  Traditional  Spanish 
American  Novel  (3).  Study  and  analy- 
sis of  the  traditional  Spanish  novel  as  a 
form  of  art,  from  19th  century  LJzardi's 
El  periquillo  sarniento,  to  1950.  The  nov- 
els and  autfiors  studied  are  repre- 
sentative of  'costijmbrismo', 
'romantidsmo',  'naturalismo',  'modernis- 
mo',  and  'criollismo'. 

SPW  5277  Twentieth  Century  Spanish 
Novel,  from  1956  to  the  Present  (3). 

Analysis  of  tine  Spanish  novel  from  Fer- 
losio's  El  Jarama  to  tfie  present.  The 
perspective  will  be  focused  within  histori- 
cal, social,  and  artistk:  context.  Repre- 
sentative autinors  such  as  Cela,  Martin 
Santos,  Umbral,  Dellt)es,  Benet,  Goyti- 
solo,  etnd  others  will  be  included. 

SPW  5286  Contemporary  Spanish 
American  Novel  (3).  A  study  of  the 
Spanish  American  Novel  from  1950. 
The  course  will  intensively  and  exten- 


sively focus  on  ttie  novelists  wtx>  are 
best  known  for  their  innovations,  defin- 
ing and  analyzing  the  qualities  which 
give  originality  and  newness  both  in 
ttiemes  and  language. 

SFW  5346  Poetry  of  Jorge  Guillen  (3). 

Selected  readings  from  the  five  volumes 
of  Aire  nuestro.  Emphasis  on  the  tech- 
niques of  dose  reading  and  explication. 
Related  selections  from  Guillen's  literary 
critidsm. 

SPW  5358  Graduate  Seminar:  Prose 
and  Poetry  of  Jorge  Luis  Borges'  (3). 

Close  readings  of  short  stories  and  po- 
etry. Emphiasis  on  Borge's  linguistic  and 
cultijral  pluralism  and  the  interplay  of 
philosophy  with  tabulation. 

SPW  5359  Graduate  Seminar:  Poetry 
of  Pablo-Neruda  (3).  Chronological  ex- 
amination of  the  major  works  of  Chile's 
Nobel  Laureate.  Related  readings  from 
Neruda's  Memories.  Emphasis  on  ttie 
poet's  linguistic  and  aesthetic  innova- 
tions. 

SPW  5425  Quevedo:  Poetry  (3).  Ck>se 

reading  of  selected  poems  by  Spain's 
greatest  baroque  poet  and  creator  of 
modern  Spanish  satire,  including  poems 
on  love,  death,  and  metaphysical  con- 
cerns, and  a  wide  range  of  humorous 
poems. 

SPW  5426  Quevedo:  Prose  Satire  (3). 
Close  reading  of  selected  satires  in 
prose  by  Spain's  greatest  baroque  sati- 
rist and  creator  of  modem  Spanish  sat- 
ire. Indudes  Quevedo's  picaresque 
novel  El  Buscon,  and  his  Suenos,  or  Vi- 
sions of  Hell. 

SPW  5575  Spanish  American  Modem- 
ism  (3).  An  in-depth  study  of  prose  and 
poetry  of  one  of  ttie  most  important  peri- 
ods of  Spanish  American  literature,  fo- 
cusing on  Marti,  Dario,  Najera,  Casals, 
Silva,  Valenda,  Lugones,  and  Herrera  y 
Reissig. 

SPW  5934  Special  Topics  In  Un- 
guaga^Uterature  (3).  Content  and  ob- 
jectives to  be  determined  t>y  student 
and  instructor. 

SPW  6395  Genre  Studies  (3).  Examina- 
tion of  a  single  literary  form  (e.g.  short 
story,  poeti^,)  or  ttie  study  of  interactkxi 
between  literary  types  (e.g.  novel  and 
drama). 

SPW  6936  Graduate  Seminar  (3). 

Topic  and  approach  to  be  detennined  by 
students  and  instructor.  (Approval  of  tiie 
Department  required.) 


64  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Physics 

Richard  A.  Bone,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
Yesim  DaricI,  Assistant  Professor 
Rudolf  Rebig,  Associate  Professor 
Bernard  Gerstman,  Associate  Professor 
Kenneth  Hardy,  Professor 
Wal  Leung,  Assistant  Professor 
Oren  Maxwell,  Associate  Professor 
Stephen  L.  MIntz,  Professor 
John  W.  Sheldon,  Professor 
Walter  van  Hamme,  Assistant  Professor 
Xuewen  Wang,  Assistant  Professor 
James  R.  Webb,  Asastant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in  Pliysics 

The  Master  of  Science  In  Physics  is  a 
45  semester  hour  program  consisting  of 
coursework  at  the  5000  and  6000  level 
and  research  with  one  of  the  departmen- 
tal research  groups  culminating  in  a 
master's  thesis.  Students  entering  the 
program  must  have  a  bachelor's  degree 
or  equivalent  coursework  in 
Physics. 

Required  Courses: 

PHY  5115  Mathematical  Physics  I  3 
PHY  5116  Mathematical  Physics  II  3 
PHY  5240     Advanced  Classical 

Mechanics  3 

PHY  5346      Advanced 

Electromagnetic 

Theory  I  3 

PHY  5347     Advanced 

Electromagnetic 

Theory  II  3 

PHY  6645     Advanced  Quantum 

Mechanics  I  3 

PHY  6646     Advanced  Quantum 

Mechetnics  II  3 

PHY  6524     Statistical  Physics  3 

PHY  6935     Graduate  Research 

Semineir  4-6 

In  addition,  three  semester  hours  of  spe- 
cialized coursework  are  required  in  the 
student's  area  of  specialization  and  12- 
14  hours  of  the»s  work  for  a  total  of  45 
hours. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

AST-Astronomy;  PHS-Physics/Special- 
ized;  PHY-Physfcs;  PHZ-Physlcs;  PSC- 
Physical  Sciences;  ENU-Nuclear 
Engineering. 

AST  5214  Stellar  Astrophysics  (3)  Top- 
tes  in  Stellar  Astrophysics,  in  greater  de- 
tail and  depth  than  similar  topics  in  AST 
3213.  Emphasis  on  current  stellar  struc- 
ture, evolution  models  cind  tfie  underly- 
ing observational  data.  Prerequisites: 


PHY  3124,  PHY  3503,  PHY  4324,  PHY 
4222  or  equivalent. 

PHY  511S  Mathematical  Physics  I  (3). 

Methods  of  solution  for  problems  In 
mathematical  physics:  Variational  princi- 
ples, complex  variables,  partial  differen- 
tial equations,  integral  equations,  and 
transforms.  Prerequisites:  MAG  3313, 
MAP  3302. 

PHY  5116  Mathematicai  Physics  II  (3). 

Additional  solution  methods  in  mathe- 
matical physics:  Perturtiation  metlxjds, 
Laplace's  and  Pbisson's  Equations, 
waves,  special  functions,  vector  fields, 
vector  waves.  Prerequisite:  PHY  51 15. 

PHY  5240  Advanced  Classical  Me- 
chanics (3).  Advanced  formulations  of 
thie  equations  of  motion  and  their  appli- 
cations: tfie  central  field  protilem,  rigid 
body  dynamics,  oscillations  and  continu- 
ous systems.  Prerequisite:  PHY  4222. 

PHY  5346  Advanced  Electromagnetic 
Theory  I  (3).  Advanced  treatment  of 
classical  electromagnetism:  Electrostat- 
ics, Green's  function,  (^place's  equa- 
tion, multipole  expansion, 
magnetostatics,  Maxwell's  equations, 
waves.  Prerequisite:  PHY  4324. 

PHY  5347  Advanced  Electromagnetic 
Theory  II  (3).  Additional  topics  in  classi- 
cal electomagnetism:  Wave  guides,  radi- 
ating and  diffracting  systems,  Kirchoff's 
Integra!  for  diffraction,  covariant  formula- 
tion of  field  equations.  Prerequisite: 
PHY  5346. 

PHY  5930  Seminar  in  Physics  (1-3).  A 

series  of  specialized  lectures/seminars 
on  selected  topics  in  Physics/Astro- 
Physics.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of 
Department. 

PHY  5936  Special  Topics  Research  (1- 
10).  Participation  in  an  original  investiga- 
tion in  ttieoretical  or  experimental 
physics/astro-physics  under  direct  fac- 
ulty supervision.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

PHY  5937,  PHY  5938  Seminar  in  Spe- 
cial Topics  (3).  Seminar  work  under  tfie 
supervision  of  a  faculty  member  on  sub- 
ject material  of  mutual  interest. 

PHY  6255  Molecular  Biophysics  (3). 

The  use  of  ttieoretical  physics  tech- 
niques to  investigate  biological  systems: 
Protein  structure  arxl  dynamics,  electron 
tunneling,  nuclear  tunneling,  hemoglo- 
bin, photosynthesis,  vision.  Prerequisite: 
PHY  4605. 

PHY  6524  Statistical  Physics  (3).  Fun- 
damental principles  of  statistical  me- 
chanics; fluctuations,  noise  and 
irreversible  ttiermodynamics;  kinetic 


metfiods  and  transport  theory.  Prereq- 
uisites: PHY  3503  and  PHY  4222. 

PHY  664S  Advanced  Quantum  M«- 
chanlcs  I  (3).  Advanced  topics  in  quan- 
tum mechanics:  Quantized  systems, 
relativistic  quantum  mechanics,  poten- 
tial scattering.  Prerequisite:  PHY  4605. 

PHY  6646  Advanced  Quantum  Me- 
chanics II  (3).  Additional  topics  in  ad- 
vanced quantum  mechetnics:  Collision 
theory,  symmetry  transformations,  con- 
servation laws,  group  theory.  Prereq- 
uisite: PHY  6645. 

PHY  6651  Quantum  Scattering  The- 
ory I  (3).  Tfie  investigation  of  atomic 
and  electronic  scattering  processes:  Po- 
tential scattering,  long  range  potentials, 
electron-atom  collisions.  Prerequisite: 
PHY  6645. 

PHY  6652  Quantum  Scattering  The- 
ory 11  (3).  The  mathematical  investiga- 
tion of  scattering  processes: 
Auto-ionization,  fast  vs.  slow  collisions, 
Regge  poles,  S  and  T  matrices.  Prereq- 
uisite: PHY  6651. 

PHY  6668  Relativistic  Quantum  Reld 
Theory  I  (3).  Introduction  to  relativistic 
quantum  fields:  General  formalism, 
Klein-Gordon  field,  Dirac  field,  vector 
fields,  interacting  fields,  CPT  theorem, 
reduction  formulae,  gauge  tfieory.  Pre- 
requisite: PHY  6646. 

PHY  6669  Relativistic  Quantum  Field 
II  (3).  Additional  topics  in  relativistic 
quantum  fields:  perturbation  theory,  U 
matrix,  Wick's  tlieorem,  dispersion  rela- 
tions, renormaiization.  Ward  identity, 
renormalization  group,  path  integral  for- 
malism. Prerequisite:  PHY  6668. 

PHY  6675  Quantum  Theory  of  Many 
Particle  Systems  I  (3).  An  introduction 
to  the  physics  of  many  particle  systems: 
Second  quantization,  Fock  spaces. 
Boson  and  Fermion  symmetry,  Gell- 
Mann-Low  theorem,  diagrammatic  ex- 
pansions, Goldstone  theorem. 
Prerequisite:  PHY  6646. 

PHY  6676  Quantum  Theory  of  Many 
Particle  Systems  II  (3).  Additional  top- 
ics in  the  piiysics  of  many  particle  sys- 
tems: Fermi  gas,  Bose  condensation, 
Hartree-Fock  approximation,  random 
phase  approximation,  finite  temperature 
formalism,  hadrons.  Prerequisite:  PHY 
6675. 

PHY  6935  Graduate  Research  Semi- 
nar (1-2).  Seminars  presented  by  stu- 
dents, faculty,  and  visitors  on  a  variety 
of  topics  of  current  research  interest.  Re- 
peataUe.  Required  every  semester. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  65 


PHY  6970  Thesis  Research  (1-10).  Re- 
search toward  completion  of  Master's 
Thesis.  Repeatable.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  Department. 

PHY  6971  Master's  Thesis  (3).  Theo- 
retical and/or  experimentai  research 
leading  to  thesis.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  major  professor. 

PHY  7980  Dissertation  Research  (1- 

9).  Students  conduct  dissertation  re- 
search at  \he  doctoral  level  in  theoretical 
or  experimentai  physics  under  faculty  su- 
pervision. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

PHZ  51 30  Theoretical  Treatment  of 
Experimentai  Data  (3).  Statistical  analy- 
sis of  physical  processes  and  statistical 
tests,  with  particular  emphasis 

on  instrumentation-related  problems. 
Mathematical  modeling  and  computer 
simulation.  Prerequisite:  Undergraduate 
statistics  course,  or  equivalent,  or  per- 
mission of  instaictor. 

PHZ  5234  Atomic  and  Molecular  Colli- 
sion Phenomena  (3).  Investigation  of 
atomic  and  molecular  collision  phenom- 
ena: Kinetic  theory,  elastic  scattering,  in- 
elastic scattering,  excitation  and 
ionization,  heavy  particle  collisions.  Pre- 
requisites: PHY  4605  and  PHY  4222. 

PHZ  5405  Solid  State  Physics  (3). 
Crystalline  form  of  solids,  lattice  dynam- 
ics, metals,  insulators,  semi-conductors, 
crystalline  surfaces,  and  amorphous  ma- 
terials. Prerequisites:  PHY  3124  or  CHM 
3411. 

PHZ  5505  Low  Energy  Plasma  Phys- 
ics (3).  The  investigation  of  the  kinetics 
of  rarefied  gases  and  thermal  plasmas: 
Phase  space,  random  currents,  orbit  the- 
ory, plasma  sheaths,  radiation,  the  pinch 
effect.  Prerequisites:  PHY  3503,  PHY 
4324,  and  PHY  4222. 

PHZ  5606  Special  Relativity  (3).  A  de- 
tailed study  of  special  relativity:  Lorentz 
transformations,  relativistic  electrody- 
namics. Prerequisite:  PHY  3124. 

PHZ  6326  Low  Energy  Nuclear  Phys- 
ics I  (3).  Introduction  to  the  physics  of 
nuclei  and  nuclear  processes:  Nuclear 
forces,  scattering  processes  and  nu- 
clear models.  Prerequisite:  PHY  4605. 

PHZ  6327  Low  Energy  Nuclear  Phys- 
ics II  (3).  Additional  topics  in  nuclear 
physics:  The  shell  and  collective  mod- 
els, nuclear  reactions  and  applications, 
scattering  theory,  entrance  channel  phe- 
nomena, rearrangement  collision  and 
breakup  reactions.  Prerequisite:  PHZ 
6326. 


PHZ  6354  introduction  to  Particle 
Physics  (3).  An  introduction  to  modern 
particle  theory:  Elementary  field  theory, 
symmetries,  quantum  electrodynamics, 
quari^-parton  model,  quantum  chromody- 
namics,  Weinberg-Salam  model.  Prereq- 
uisite: PHY  6646. 

PHZ  6426  Advanced  Solid  State  Phys- 
ics (3).  Electronic  structures  of  solids 
and  surfaces,  electron-electron  interac- 
tion, superconductivity,  magnetism  in 
solids,  amorphous  systems,  glasses, 
polymers,  percolation,  localization, 
phase  transition,  fractals.  Prerequisites: 
PHY  4324  and  PHY  4605. 


Political  Science 

Joel  Gottlieb,  Associate  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Bruce  Detwiler,  Associate  Professor 
Eduardo  Gamarra,  Assistant  Professor 
Antonio  Jorge,  Professor 
Dario  Moreno,  Assistant  Professor 
Brian  Nelson,  Associate  Professor 
Nicol  Rae,  Assistant  Professor 
Marie  Rosenberg,  Professor 
Cheryl  Rubent>erg,  Associate  Professor 
Rebecca  Saiolcar,  Assistant  Professor 
John  Stacic,  Professor 
Judith  H.  Stiehm,  Professor  and 

Provost 
Mary  Volcansek,  Professor 
Christopher  Warren,  Associate 

Professor 

The  Department  of  Political  Science 
does  not  presently  offer  a  degree  pro- 
gram at  tfie  graduate  level  but  does 
however  offer  graduate  courses.  Tliese 
courses  are  offered  to  supplement  other 
graduate  degree  programs  at  the  Univer- 
sity. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

OPO-Comparative  Politics;  INR-lnterna- 
tbnal  Relations;  POS-Political  Science; 
POT-Poiitical  Theoi^;  PUP-Public  Policy. 

CPO  5036  Politics  of  Development 
(5).  This  course  examines  divergent  ex- 
planations for  development  and  under- 
development. Of  central  importarx»  are 
the  concepts  and  theories  which  empha- 
size ttie  political  dimensions  of  develop- 
ment, including  theory  and  concept. 


processes  of  development,  and  actors 
in  the  development  process. 

CPO  5935  Topics  In  Comparative  Poli- 
tics (1-6).  A  rigorous  examination  of  a 
topic  in  comparative  politics.  Subject 
matter  varies  according  to  instructor. 
Topic  will  be  announced  in  advance. 

CPO  6936  Seminar  in  Comparative 
Polltk^s  (3).  Graduate  seminar  on  spe- 
cial topic  in  comparative  politics.  Topic 
to  be  announced  in  advance. 

INR  5087  Ethnicity  and  the  Politics  of 
Development  (3).  This  course  exam- 
ines tfie  conceptual  and  substantive  di- 
mensions of  ettinicity  in  tfie  context  of 
world  politics  and  political  development. 
The  course  will  highlight  ethnicity  and 
ethnic  groups  as  critical  factors  in  North- 
South  politics. 

INR  5414  Topics  in  International  Law 
(3).  An  intensive  examination  of  tfie  po- 
litical dimensions  of  international  law  in 
the  context  of  rapidly  changing  global 
political  relations. 

INR  5933 Topics  In  Interriational  Poli- 
ttes  (1-6).  A  rigorous  examination  of  a 
topic  in  intennatlonal  politics.  Subject 
matter  varies  according  to  instiuctor. 
Topic  to  be  announced  in  advance. 

INR  6007  Semirtar  in  international 
Politics  (3).  Graduate  seminar  on  spe- 
cial topic  in  international  politics.  Topic 
to  be  announced  in  advance. 

INR  6205  World  Politics  (3).  This 
course  provides  graduate  students  with 
an  understanding  of  tfie  major  concep- 
tual approaches  to  worid  politics.  It  em- 
phasizes tfie  analysis  of  significant 
actors,  institutions,  and  processes  at 
work  in  tfie  contemporary  global  system 
as  well  as  possibile  future  alternatives. 

INR  6939  Semlnar.in  International 
Law  (3).  Allows  for  specialized  and  topi- 
cal offerings  by  regular  and  visiting  fac- 
ulty. Also  permits  experimental  courses. 

POS  51 58  Topics  in  Politics  (VAR). 
Sut)ject  matter  varies  according  to  in- 
structor. 

POS  5638  Topics  in  Public  Law  (1-6). 

A  rigorous  examination  of  a  topic  in  pub- 
lic law.  Subject  matter  varies  according 
to  instructor.  Topic  will  be  announced  in 
adveince. 

POS  5706  Methodology  (3).  This 
course  is  an  introduction  to  the  principal 
concepts  and  techniques  of  quantitative 
and  non-quantitative  methodology  in  the 
Social  Sciences.  It  is  designed  to  famil- 
iarize the  student  with  the  language  and 
format  of  quantitative  and  non-quantita- 
tive applications  in  order  to  permit  stu- 


66  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


dents  to  deal  effectively  with  the  litera- 
ture of  their  field. 

POS  5909  Independent  Study  (1-6). 

Designed  for  advanced  students  who 
wish  to  pursue  specialized  topics  in  f>o- 
litical  science.  Arrangements  must  be 
made  with  instructor  during  prior 
semester. 

POS  5932  Topics  In  Urban  Politics 
(VAR).  An  extensive  examination  of  the 
processes  by  which  social  conflicts  In 
American  urban  areas  are  represented 
and  regulated.  Emphasis  is  on  ttie  ways 
in  which  urtsan  problems  are  identified 
and  proposed  solutions  formulated,  le- 
gitimatized, and  administered  by  urtsan 
policy-making  processes,  includes  a  dis- 
cussion of  urban  political  culture.  En- 
ables the  student  to  understand  the 
major  problems  confronting  communi- 
ties in  urt>an  areas. 

POS  6146  Seminar  in  Urban  Politics 
(VAR).  Graduate  seminar  on  special  top- 
ics in  urban  politics.  Topic  to  be  an- 
nounced in  advance. 

POS  6934  Seminar  in  Politics  (VAR). 

Subject  matter  varies  according  to  in- 
structor. 

POS  6939  Seminar  in  Public  Law 
(VAR).  Graduate  seminar  on  special 
topic  in  public  law.  Topic  to  be  an- 
nounced in  advance. 

POS  6976  Thesis  (1-6).  Requires  stu- 
dents to  enroll  for  thesis  or  dissertation 
research  for  at  least  one  credit  hour 
every  semester  in  wNch  ttiey  are  en- 
gaged in  such  research.  Prerequisites: 
All  other  coursework  for  the  Master's  in 
International  Studies. 

POT  5934  Topics  in  Political  Theory 
(VAR).  An  intensive  examination  of  se- 
lected topics  dealing  with  political  the- 
ory. Subjects  will  vary,  depending  upon 
ttie  desires  of  students  and  faculty.  Al- 
lows the  student  to  choose  topics  of  par- 
ticular interest  to  him  or  her. 

PUP  5934  Topics  In  Public  Policy  (1- 

6).  A  rigorous  examination  of  a  topic  in 
public  policy.  Subject  matter  varies  ac- 
cording to  instructor.  Topic  will  be  an- 
nounced in  advance. 

PUP  6007  Seminar  in  Public  Policy  (1- 

6).  Graduate  seminar  on  special  topic 
dealing  with  public  policy  analysis.  Sub- 
ject matter  varies  according  to  instnjc- 
tor.  Topic  to  be  announced  in 
advance. 


Psychology 

Paul  Foos,  Associate  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Lorraine  Bahrick,  Associate  Professor 
Milton  Blum,  Professor  Emeritus 
Brian  Cutler,  Associate  Professor 
Marvin  Dunn,  Associate  Professor 
Joan  Erber,  Professor 
Luis  Escovar,  Associate  Professor 
Gordon  FInley,  Professor 
Ronald  Fisher,  Professor 
Arthur  Rexser,  Associate  Professor 
Scott  Fraser,  Associate  Professor 
Jacob  Gewirtz,  Professor 
Edward  Girden,  Distinguished 

Professor  Emeritus 
Fernando  Gonzalez-Relgosa, 

Associate  Professor 
David  Kravitz,  Assistant  Professor 
William  Kurtines,  Professor 
Mary  Levitt,  Associate  Professor 
Gary  Moran,  Professor 
Janat  Parker,  Assodate  Professor 
James  Rotton,  Associate  Professor 
Juan  Sar>chez,  Assistant  Professor 
Bernard  Saper,  Professor 
Wendy  Silverman,  Associate  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in 
Psychology 

The  Masters  of  Science  in  Psychology 
program  at  ttie  University  is  designed  to 
train  practitioners  and  researchers  wtxj 
can  function  in  a  variety  of  applied  set- 
tings. The  core  curriculum  and  admis- 
sion prerequisites  are  intended  to 
provide  students  with  a  base  of  knowl- 
edge in  psychology.  A  distinctive  feature 
of  tfie  program  is  its  emphasis  on  a 
dose  working  relationship  between  stu- 
dent and  faculty.  Under  faculty  supervi- 
sion, students  are  encouraged  to 
develop  individually  tailored  programs  of 
study  that  reflect  both  student  interests 
and  program  strengths. 

The  curriculum  consists  of  36  semes- 
ter hours  of  graduate  study  in  wNch  the 
exposures  focus  specifically  on  training 
the  student  to  perform  the  skills  men- 
tioned ahiove.  Students  are  expected  to 
select  electives,  project/thesis  topics, 
and  supervised  field  experiences  that 
meet  not  only  the  degree  requirements, 
but  also  their  academic  interest  and  par- 
ticular professional  objectives.  Six  of  the 
36  semester  credit  hours  consist  of  Mas- 
ter's thesis  credits. 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
Psychology 

The  doctorate  program  in  psychology 
has  a  two-fold  focus:  (1 )  Life-span  devel- 
opment (2)  applied  psychology.  The 
program  emphasizes  normal  develop- 


ment as  well  as  cross-cultural  and  url^an 
perspectives  on  the  life  span  and  legal 
and  industrial/organizational  applied  psy- 
cfx)logy.  The  emphasis  is  on  academic 
quality  and  the  curriculum  is  designed  to 
foster  a  commitment  both  to  basic  re- 
search and  to  application  as  an  integral 
.  part  of  tfie  IrxJividual  student's  specialty 
area  development.  The  curriculum  of- 
fers a  broad  background  in  life-span  de- 
velopment and  applied  psychology 
while  encouraging  the  development  of 
an  area  of  specialization  early  in  gradu- 
ate training. 

Students  are  expected  to  master  a 
series  of  core-course  requirements  de- 
signed to  facilitate  a  thorough  grounding 
in  theory,  methodology,  and  content 
both  in  basic  and  applied  research.  In 
addition,  a  number  of  seminars  reflect- 
ing specialized  foci  are  offered.  Stu- 
dents are  also  required  to  pursue 
specific  areas  of  interest  through  inde- 
pendent study  with  individual  faculty 
members  and  through  apprenticeship 
with  a  primary  advisor  for  the  purpose  of 
acquiring  direct  research  experience. 

Graduate  Admission 
Requirements 

The  following  are  in  addition  to  the  Uni- 
versity's Graduate  Admission  Require- 
ments: 

1.  A  3.0  or  higher  GPAduring  the 
last  two  years  as  an  upper  division  stu- 
dent or  a  total  score  (quantitative  plus 
vert)al)  of  1 ,000  or  higher  on  the  GRE 
tor  ttie  Master's  degree  and  1100  or 
higher  for  the  Ph.D.  degree,  or  both.  For- 
eign students  whose  native  language  is 
not  English  must  take  the  Test  of  Eng- 
lish as  a  Foreign  Language  (the  TOEFL 
examination)  and  obtain  a  500  score  of 
higher. 

2.  The  GRE  and  GPA  stated  above 
are  only  minimum  requirements.  All  ap- 
plications are  reviewed  by  the  Graduate 
Studies  Admission  Committee,  wtiich 
makes  the  final  admissions  decisions. 
Since  admission  to  the  program  is  com- 
petitive, the  committee's  requirements 
are  normally  higher  than  the  minimum 
aforementioned  standards. 

Graduate  Admissions  Procedures 

Applicants  must  submit  ttie  following  to 
the  Graduate  Studies  Admission  Com- 
mittee, Department  of  Psychology,  Ror- 
ida  International  University,  Miami, 
Rorida  33199: 

1 .  A  photocopy  of  the  admission  ap- 
plication submitted  to  the  Admissions  Of- 
fice. 

2.  A  brief  essay  stating  thefeasons 
for  the  interest  in  ttie  program  and  ca- 
reer goals. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  67 


3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation, 
preferably  from  previous  instructors 
and/or  persons  familiar  witfi  applicant's 
academic  background. 

Applicants  to  the  program  who  are 
not  psychwiogy  majors  may  be  accepted 
conditionally  until  they  meet  the  cate- 
gory requirements,  listed  below,  early  In 
tfieir  graduate  career.  A  maximum  of 
nine  semester  hours  credit  earned  in 
the  non-degree  seeking  student  cate- 
gory exclusive  of  prerequisite  under- 
graduate courses  may  be  applied  to 
graduate  degree  requirements.  The  un- 
dergraduate course  requirements  are 
designed  to  make  certain  tfiat  students 
accepted  into  thie  graduate  program 
have  a  broad  base  of  dependable  psy- 
chological krwwiedge  and  acquaintance 
with  tfie  basic  methodologies  upon 
which  tfie  discipline  is  founded. 

Category  A.  Satisfactory  completion 
of  one  psychology  laboratory  or  re- 
search methods  course. 

Category  B.  Satisfactory  completion 
of  introductory  upper  division  statistics. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

CLP-Clinical  Psychology;  CYP-Commu- 
nity  Psychology;  DEP-Developmental 
Psychology;  EAB-Experimental  Analysis 
of  Behavior;  EDP-Educational  Psychol- 
ogy; EXP-Experimental  Psychology; 
INP-lndustrial  and  Applied  Psychology; 
LIN-Lingulstlcs;  PCO-Psychology  for 
Counseling;  PPE-Psychology  of  Person- 
ality; PSB-Psychobiotogy;  PSY-Psychol- 
ogy;  SOC-Sociotogy;  SOP -Social 
Psychology;  SPA-Speech  Pathology 
and  Audiology. 

CLP  5166  Advanced  Abnormal  Psy- 
chology (3).  Advanced  study  of  the 
causes,  psychopathology  manifesta- 
tions, and  social  and  personal  conse- 
quences of  behavior  disturbance. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  tfie  critical  exami- 
nation of  current  research  on  tfie  biologi- 
cal, psychological,  and  social  aspects  of 
these  disorders.  Clinical  approaches  to 
diagnosis,  course,  and  prognosis  in  tfie 
contemporary  mental  health  context  (in- 
cluding 'practlcum'  assignments  if  feasi- 
ble) are  covered. 

CLP  5175  Personality  Dynamics  (3).  A 
review  of  different  approaches  to  the 
study  of  personality  dynamics  and  of  the 
related  therapeutic  modalities.  Special 
consideration  is  given  to  psycfioanalysis 
and  neo-analytk;  psycfiology.  Otfier 
therapeutic  models  wHch  Influence  cur- 
rent psychological  Itiought  are  also  con- 
sidered. Prerequisites:  Successful 
completion  of  a  course  in  tfieories  of  per- 


sonality, or  equivalent.  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

CLP  5185  Current  Issues  in  Mental 
Health  (3).  A  critical,  intensive  examina- 
tion of  selected,  important  issues  in 
mental  health.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the 
empirical  study  of  contemporary  prob- 
lems related  to  the  making  of  mental  pa- 
tients; planning,  programming,  and 
administering  mental  health  services;  po- 
litical, ethical,  and  legal  constraints  on 
the  operation  of  mental  health  facilities; 
interdisciplinary  cooperation  among 
helping  sind  human  service  profession- 
als; and  evaluation  of  preventive  care 
£ind  treatment  services.  Prerequisite:  Ab- 
normal Psychology  or  permission  of  tiie 
instructor. 

CLP  6168  Psychopathology  Across 
the  Ufe-Span  (3).  Exploration  of  the 
causes  of  psycfiopathology  from  a  life- 
span developmental  orientation  and  im- 
plications for  theories  of  personality. 
Prerequisites:  CLP  5166  and  permission 
of  insti-uctor. 

CLP  6395  Forensic  Psychology.(3). 

This  course  surveys  the  practical  and 
ethical  issues  surronding  the  interface 
between  clinical  psychology  and  ttie 
law.  Prerequisite:  CLP  4144,  CLP  6168 
or  equivalent  of  either. 

CLP  6437  Behavioral  Assessment  in 
Childhood  (3).  Standardized  tests  and 
inventories  for  tfie  behavior  assessment 
of  infants,  children,  and  adolescents  will 
be  surveyed.  Prerequisites:  Proseminar 
courses  eind  second  year  graduate 
standing. 

CLP  6438  Psychological  Assessment 
(3).  Theory,  research,  and  applications 
of  psychological  assessment  in  areas 
such  as  interviewing,  intellectual  and 
cognitive  functioning,  and  personality 
testing.  May  t>e  repeated  for  credit  witii 
different  subject  matter.  Prerequisite: 
STA3122  and  permission  of  instructor. 

CYP  5534  Groups  as  Agents  of 
Change  (3).  Theory  and  practice  in  util- 
izing groups  as  agents  of  change  or 
development  in  communities  and  organi- 
zations. Didactic  presentation  and  struc- 
tured exercises  focus  on  relevant 
issues.  Stijdents  design  and  implement 
problem-focused  interventions,  using 
class  as  client  system. 

CYP  5535  Psychology  of  Institutional 
and  Social  Change  (3).  A  stijdy  of  the 
theoretical  basis  of  and  strategies  ap- 
plied to  tfie  process  of  effecting  social 
change  In  community  Institutions  in- 
volved in  the  delivery  of  human  services. 

CYP  5954  Community  Psychology 
Reld  Experiences  II  (5).  Same  orienta- 


tion and  description  as  Reld  Experience 
I.  Students  in  this  course  will  be  able  to 
pursue  their  wori<  with  community  institu- 
tions in  more  depth.  Prerequisite:  Stu- 
dents enrolled  in  this  course  must  have 
completed  Community  Psychology  Reld 
Experiences  I. 

CYP  6055  Psychological  Theories 
and  Research  on  Acculturation  and 
MulUculturallsm  (3).  A  review  of  tfieo- 
ries and  research  on  acculturation  and 
multicultijralism  concepts  with  an  em- 
phasis on  tf-iose  models  that  have  gener- 
ated a  substantial  body  of  empirical 
research.  Stress  will  be  placed  on  tfie 
implications  of  these  findings  for  commu- 
nity stability  and  disruption  as  well  as 
tfie  implications  for  the  delivery  of  hu- 
man services  in  multicultural  settings. 

CYP  6526  Psychological  Methods  of 
Program  Evaluation  (3).  Development 
of  skills  for  the  psychological  assess- 
ment monitoring  and  evaluation  of  hu- 
man service  programs  witii  emphasis 
on  the  application  of  basic  principles  of 
behavioral  science  research  in  tfie  fieU, 
exclusive  of  public  school  settings. 

CYP  6536  Principles  and  Methods  of 
Psychological  Consultation  (3).  An 

analysis  of  tfie  basic  psychological  ap- 
proaches underiying  consultation,  with 
special  emphasis  on  tfie  practical  appli- 
cation of  the  processes  of  learning,  cog- 
nition, and  interpersonal  relations  to 
techniques  of  consulting  witi^  various 
'target'  agencies,  individual  clients,  and 
other  professionals  in  community  set- 
tings. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
at  FlU  or  permission  of  instnjctor. 

CYP  6766  The  Psychology  of  Cross- 
cultural  Sensitization  in  a  Multicul- 
tural Context  (3).  A  series  of  weekly 
seminars  to  increase  student  sensitivity 
to  working  with  clients  from  different  cul- 
tural backgrounds.  Thie  objectives  of  the 
course  are:  (1)  facilitating  shjdent  aware- 
ness of  cultural  differences  and  their  im- 
pact on  social  and  human  services 
delivery  systems,  (2)  identifying  tfie  stu- 
dent's own  personal  cultursd  biases  and 
values  when  interacting  witii  culturally 
different  persons,  and  (3)  teaching  stij- 
dents to  develop  culturally  appropriate 
intervention  skills. 

CYP  6936  Current  Issues  in  Commu- 
nity Psychology  (3).  An  intensive  analy- 
sis of  contemporary  tfieoretical, 
practical,  and  professional  aspects  of 
tfie  field  of  Community  Psychology.  Top- 
ics discussed  may  lead  to  the  graduate 
project  required  of  each  student  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  graduate  study  in 
psychology  (otfier  graduate  students  ad- 
mitted by  permission  of  instructor). 


68  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


DEP  5056  Issues  In  Life-Span  Devel- 
opmental Psycfiology:  Infancy 
through  Old  Age  (3).  A  survey  in  depth 
of  theories,  issues,  methods,  and  data 
in  life-span  developmental  psychology 
through  the  entire  age  range.  Prereq- 
uisites: DEP  3001  or  DEP  4464,  or  their 
equivalents,  are  recommended. 

DEP  5058  Biological  Basis  of  Behav- 
ior Development  (3).  Introduction  to 
tfieory  and  research  underiying  behav- 
ioral development.  Covers  such  pre-and 
post-natal  determinants  as  evolution,  ge- 
netics, neuroendocrines,  as  well  as  so- 
cial development,  behavioral  ecology, 
eind  sodobiology.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Corequisite:  Proseminar  courses. 

DEP  5068  Applied  Life  Span  Develop- 
mental Psychology  (3).  This  course  is 
designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
various  applications  in  life-span  develop- 
mental psychology.  An  overview  of  gen- 
eral issues  and  areas  of  application  is 
offered,  and  specific  applications  are 
considered.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

DEP  5099  Proseminar  in  Infancy, 
Childhood,  arKi  adolescence  (3).  Pro- 
vides a  comprehensive  review  of  issues 
in  perceptual,  cognitive,  social,  emo- 
tional, and  personality  development 
from  infancy  through  adolescence.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Corequisite: 
Pro-seminars. 

DEP  51 18  Cuirent  Issues  in  Cognitive 
and  Perceptual  Development  In  in- 
fancy (3).  Provides  an  in-depth  analysis 
of  current  issues,  methods,  research 
and  theory  of  cognitive  and  perceptual 
development  during  the  first  year  of  life. 
Special  emphasis  on  object  and  event 
perception,  memory,  and  imitation.  Pre- 
requisites: Two  courses  in  developmen- 
tal psychology  -  any  level  recommended. 

DEP  5405  Proseminar  in  Psychology 
of  Adulthood  and  Aging  (3).  A  compre- 
fiensive  review  of  topics  in  adulthood 
and  aging  including:  biological  changes, 
social  processes,  work,  family,  cogni- 
tion, memory,  personality,  and  psychopa- 
tinology.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
or  permission  of  insbuctor. 

DEP  5608  Theoretical  Perspectives  in 
Deveiopmental  Psychology  (3).  The 
focus  of  tNs  course  is  on  the  major  para- 
digms, models,  and  theories  that  have 
been  influentiEtl  in  developmental  psy- 
chology, both  historically  and  contempo- 
raneously. Meta-theoretical  issues, 
paradigmatic  influences,  and  specific 
theories  are  considered.  Prerequisite: 


Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

DEP  5725  Research  Seminar  in  Psy- 
chosocial Development  (1).  This 
course  is  designed  to  develop  research 
sl<ills  and  competencies  in  thie  area  of 
psychosocial  development.  Tfie  empha- 
sis of  the  course  is  on  involvement  in 
original  research.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Corequisite:  Senior  un- 
dergraduate or  graduate  standir>g. 

DEP  5796  Methods  of  Developmental 
Research  (3).  Survey  of  issues  and 
metiiods  at  all  stages  of  life-span  devel- 
opmental research  including  ttieofy, 
metiiods,  design,  and  data  reduction. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Corequisite: 
Proseminars. 

DEP  6069  Seminar  in  LHe-Span  Cog- 
nitive Developmental  (3).  This  gradu- 
ate seminar  will  examine,  tiirough 
intensive  reading  and  seminar  discus- 
sion, the  major  tiieories,  issues  and  em- 
pirical research  on  cognitive  growth, 
change  and  decline  from  infancy 
through  old  age.  Prerequisites:  Two 
courses  in  Developmental  Psychology 
(any  level). 

DEP  6096  Seminar  in  Psychology  of 
Life-Span  Social  Development  (3). 
This  course  includes  a  consideration  of 
general  issues  and  discussion  of  the  ap- 
plication of  life-span  models  to  selected 
topics  development.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

DEP  6117  Psychology  of  Caregiving 
(3).  A  survey  of  theory  and  research  on 
the  effects  of  caregiving/parenting  be- 
haviors, and  conditions  on  behavior  out- 
comes in  offsprings,  botti  for  infra- 
humans  and  humans.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
stil ctor. 

DEP  6145  Psychology  of  Culture  and 
Childhood  (3).  Extensive  cross-cultural 
readings  will  serve  as  tiie  focus  for  semi- 
nar discussion  of  cultural  influences  on 
children's  t)iological,  motor,  perceptual, 
cognitive,  social,  and  personality  devel- 
opment. Prerequisite:  Graduate  stand- 
ing or  permission  of  inshiictor. 

DEP  6186  Social  Development  and 
Learning  (3).  Theories  and  facts  of  so- 
do-emotional  development,  learning, 
and  the  acquisition  and  mainterrance  of 
social  relationships  in  eariy  life  are  ex- 
amined critically.  Prerequisites:  DEP 
3000  or  DEP  3001  or  equivalent. 

DEP  6438  Gerontological  Assess- 
ment (3).  This  seminar  for  advanced 
graduate  students  involves  an  intensive 
examination  of  \he  theory,  validity,  and 


reliability  of  the  major  assessment  instru- 
ments in  gerontology.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 

DEP  6465  Psychology  of  Culture  and 
Aging  (3).  An  intensive  examination  of 
cultural  influerwes  on  social  and  psycho- 
logical aging  processes  including  minor- 
ity aging  and  involving  seminar 
discussion  and  independent  projects. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

DEP  6466  Cognitive  Processes  in  Ag- 
ing (3).  An  intensive  analysis  of  tiie 
background  and  recent  developments  in 
tiie  area  of  age  changes  and  age  differ- 
ences in  intellectual  functioning  and 
learning  memory  processes.  Prereq- 
uisite: DEP  5405. 

DEP  6477  Psychology  of  Social  Proc- 
esses in  Aging  (3).  An  intensive  analy- 
sis of  tfie  tiackground  and  recent 
developments  in  theoretical  models  of 
social  development,  personality  proc- 
esses, and  social  processes  in  the  older 
adult.  Prerequisite:  DEP  5405. 

DEP  6645  Cognitive  and  Language 
(3).  Course  covers  the  acquisition  of 
cognitive  processes  and  language,  and 
ttieir  interdependence.  Tfieory  and  re-    ' 
search  focusing  on  innate  vs.  learned 
aspects  are  discussed.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

DEP  6936  Current  Literature  in  the 
Psychology  of  Infancy,  Childhood, 
arKi  AdolescerKe  (3).  This  seminar  will 
present  and  evaluate  current  research 
articles  in  tiie  major  journals  in  infant, 
child,  and  adolescence  psyctrology.  Pre- 
requisite: Second  year  graduate  stand- 
ing. 

DEP  6937  Current  Literature  in  the 
Psychology  of  Adulthood  and  Aging 
(3).  This  seminar  will  present  and  evalu- 
ate current  research  articles  in  the  major 
journals  in  the  psychiology  of  adultiiood 
cind  aging.  Prerequisite:  Second  year 
graduate  standing. 

DEP  6945  Ufe-span  Developmental 
Psychology  Practicum  (3).  This  is  an 
individually  tailored  program  wtiere  stu- 
dents will  work  in  cin  agency  on  a  spe- 
cific problem  or  project,  culminating  in  a 
final  written  report.  Prerequisite:  Second 
year  graduate  standing. 

EAB  5655  Advanced  Methods  of  Be- 
havior Change  (3).  An  intensive  stijdy 
of  selected  metfiods  of  modifying  hu- 
man befiavior,  empfiasizing  the  applica- 
tions of  the  principles  of  respondent  and 
operant  conditioning,  as  well  as  tfx>se 
derived  from  modern  social  learning 
tfieories.  Practice  and  role  playing  op- 
portunities are  provided  in  behavior  ther- 


Graduate  Catalog 


\L^ 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  69 


apy,  relaxation  thierapy,  bel^avior  modifi- 
cation, biofeedbacic  or  similar  behavioral 
approaches.  Prerequisites:  EAB  4794, 
CLP  4374,  GYP  4144;  enrollment  In  an 
authiorized  program;  equivalent  bacl«- 
ground;  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EDP  6935  Special  Topics  In  Educa- 
tional Psychology  (VAR).  An  intensive 
analysis  of  a  p>articular  topic  In  educa- 
tior«l  psychology.  Students  must  have 
topics  approved  by  the  instructor  prior  to 
registration.  Open  only  to  advanced  and 
graduate  students  in  tfie  College  of  Edu- 
cation. 

EXP  5005  Advanced  Experimental 
Psychology  Lecture  (2) 
EXP  5005L  Advanced  Experimental 
Psychology  Lab  (3).  Lecture  and  Labo- 
ratory courses  investigating  experimen- 
tal research  in  ttie  fundamental 
processes  of  human  behavior.  Includes 
preceptual,  cognitive,  and  linguistic  proc- 
esses. Prerequisites:  PSY3212  and 
STA3122orSTA3111. 

EXP  5099  Prosemlnar  In  Experimen- 
tal Psychology  (3).  Provides  a  compre- 
hensive review  of  current  research  and 
ttieory  in  areas  such  as  learning,  mem- 
ory, cognition,  sensation,  and  percep- 
tion. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EXP  5406  Theories  of  Learning  (3). 
The  major  tJ>eoretical  systems  of  learn- 
ing are  covered,  with  the  intent  of  deter- 
mining fx)w  well  each  accounts  for  the 
pherK>mena  of  learning.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  exploring  the  controversial  is- 
sues raised  by  extant  theories,  and  the 
experimental  resolution  of  these  theoreti- 
cal controversies.  The  impact  of  ttieory 
on  current  thinking  about  learning  is 
considered. 

EXP  5508  Applied  Cognitive  Psychol- 
ogy (3).  Covers  the  basic  tfieories  of 
cognitive  psychology  perception,  atten- 
tion, memory,  learning,  knowledge,  with 
emphasis  on  application  to  real-world 
problems.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
Standing. 

EXP  7747  Practicum  In  Causal  K/lodel- 
Ing  (3).  Introduction  to  linear  structural 
relations  models,  emphasizing  logical 
and  practical  problems  in  inferring  cau- 
sation for  experimental  and  correlational 
research  designs. 

INP  6136  Psychology  of  Legal  Con- 
sultation (3).  Practice  in  basic  non-clini- 
cal areas  in  which  psychologists  assist 
attorneys,  including  jury  selection,  sur- 
veys, and  simulations.  Prerequisite: 
SOP  6098  or  equivalent. 

INP  6940  Strategies  and  Methods  of 
Applied  Psychological  Research  (3). 


A  practicum  course  in  tfie  psycfnlogical 
research  strategies  and  tfie  application 
of  computers  In  tfie  analyses  of  psycho- 
logical data. 

UN  5701  Psychology  of  Language 
(3).  An  overview  of  tiie  psychology  of 
language  and  the  psychological  'reality' 
of  linguistic  structure.  Behavioristic  vs. 
cognitive  views  of  psycholinguistics  are 
examined.  Consideration  is  given  to  the 
biological  bases  of  language  and 
thiought,  language  acquisition,  and  lan- 
guage pathology. 

PSY  5206  Fundamentals  of  Design  of 
Experlnrtents  (3).  CRD  and  RCB  de- 
signs. Latin  square  designs.  Factorial, 
nested  and  nested-factorial  experi- 
ments. Rxed,  random  and  mixed  mod- 
els. Split-plot  designs.  Covariance 
Einalysis.  Prerequisites:  STA3122  and 
31 23,  or  tiieir  equivalents. 

PSY  5246C  Multivariate  Analysis  In 
Applied  Psychological  Research  (3). 

Covers  basic  techniques  of  multivariate 
analysis,  emphasizing  the  rationale  and 
applications  to  psychological  research. 
Includes  multiple  regression,  Hotellings 
T#,  MANOVA,  principle  component 
analysis,  and  factor  analysis.  Prereq- 
uisite: STA3123  or  equivalent;  linear  al- 
gebra recommended. 

PSY  5908  Directed  Individual  Study 
(VAR).  Under  tine  supervision  of  an  in- 
structor in  the  graduate  degree  pro- 
gram, the  graduate  student  delves 
individually  into  a  topic  of  mutual  inter- 
est which  requires  intensive  and  pro- 
found analysis  and  which  is  not 
available  in  a  formal  offering.  May  t>e  re- 
peated once.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instf-uctor. 

PSY  5917  Psychology  Research 
Prosemlnar  (3).  Specialized  research 
and  presentation  to  faculty  members  in 
his  or  her  major  research  area.  Seminar 
style.  This  course  is  intended  as  a  core 
course  for  the  masters  program  in  psy- 
chology. Prerequisite:  Full  graduate  ad- 
mission. 

PSY  5918  Supervised  Research 
(VAR).  Research  atpprenticeship  under 
tfie  direction  of  a  research  professor  or 
a  thesis  advisor.  Prerequisite:  Full  gradu- 
ate admission. 

PSY  5939  Special  Topics  in  Psychol- 
ogy (VAR).  Special  topics  will  be  an- 
nounced in  advance. 

PSY  6328  Principles  of  Psychological 
Assessment  (3).  This  course  provides 
advanced  instruction  in  tfie  principles 
and  methods  underiying  tfie  administi-a- 
tion,  construction  and  evaluation  of 


psychological  tests  and  measures.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing. 

PSY  6956  Psychology  Reld  Experi- 
ence (VAR).  Placement  of  students  in 
applied  settings  for  the  purpose  of  devel- 
oping community-based  experience  in 
tfie  application  of  tfieoretical  and  metii- 
odologlcal  approaches.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 

PSY  6971  Master's  Thesis  in  Psychol- 
ogy (3-6).  Supervised  research  on  an 
original  research  project  submitted  in 
partial  fulfillment  of  Master's  degree  re- 
quirement. 

PSY  7940  Supervised  Teaching  In 
Psychology  (1).  Supervised  teaching 
under  the  guidance  of  faculty  advisor. 
May  be  repeated  only  ttiree  times.  Pre- 
quisite:  Doctoral  graduate  study. 

PSY  7980  Dissertation  Research  In 
Psychology  (3-12).  Supervised  re- 
search on  an  original  research  project 
submitted  in  partial  fulfillment  of  doctoral 
degree  requirements.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  candidacy. 

SOP  5058  Prosemlnar  In  Social  Psy- 
chology (3).  An  in-deptii  examination  of 
tfie  role  of  social  psychology  in  tfie  so- 
cial sciences  and  tfie  major  substantive 
prokiiems  as  tfiey  relate  to  contempo- 
rary societal  issues.  Minimum  Prereq- 
uisite: An  inb'oductory  course  in  soda! 
psychology  or  its  equivalent. 

SOP  5316  Theories  and  Methods  of 
Cross-Cultural  Research  (3).  An  inten- 
sive analysis  of  contemporary  theories 
and  methods  of  cross-cultural  research 
in  psycfxjiogy  including  topics  such  as: 
culture  as  a  research  treatinent,  differen- 
tial incidence  of  personality  ti-aits,  tfie 
use  of  ethnographies,  'etic'  vs.  'emic'  dis- 
tinction. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

SOP  5616  Social  Psychology  of  Or- 
ganizations (3).  The  application  of  con- 
cepts and  theories  from  social  psy- 
chology and  sociology  to  the  organiza- 
tional setting.  Emphasis  would  be  on 
role  tiieory,  value  formation  and  the  op- 
eration of  norms,  including  tfieir  devel- 
opment and  enforcement.  Formal  and 
informal  organization  stixicture,  power 
and  authority  concepts,  and  leadership 
tiieories  will  be  covered.  Communica- 
tion processes  and  networks  and  tfieir 
effects  on  task  accomplishment  and  sat- 
isfaction will  be  included. 

SOP  6098  Prosemlnar  in  Legal  Psy- 
chology (3),  Tfie  application  of  psycfio- 
logical  research  methods  and 
psychological  knowledge  to  contempo- 
rary issues  in  criminal  and  dvil  litiga- 
tions. Prerequisite:  Graduate  Standing. 


70  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Sociology/Anthropology 

Usandro  Perez,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
Jerry  Brown,  Associate  Professor 
Janet  Chernela,  Associate  Professor 
Stephen  Fjellman,  Professor 
Chris  Girard,  Assistant  Professor 
Hugh  Gladwin,  Associate  Professor 
Guillermo  Grenier,  Associate  Professor 
Jannes  Ito-Adler,  Assistant  Professor 
Antonio  Jorge,  Professor 
A.  Douglas  KIncaid,  Assistant 

Professor 
Barry  Levlne,  Professor 
Kathleen  Logan,  Associate  Professor 
Shearon  Loweiy,  Associate  Professor 
Anthony  P.  Maingot,  Professor 
James  Mau,  Professor  and  Acting 

Provost 
Betty  Mon'ow,  Associate  Professor 
William  Osborne,  Associate  Professor 
Patricia  Pessar,  Associate  Professor 
Alejandro  Portes,  Patricia  and  Phillip 

Frost  Endowed  Professor 
Alex  Stepick,  Associate  Professor 
William T.  Vickers,  Professor 
Lois  West,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Arts  in  Comparative 
Sociology 

The  M.A.  program  in  Comparative  Soci- 
ology provides  students  with  advanced 
educational  opportunities  in  social  sci- 
ence research  and  analysis  leading  to 
professional-level  competence  and  em- 
ployment opportunities  in  higher  educa- 
tion, government  service,  and  the 
private  sector.  This  M.A.  program  can 
also  serve  as  preparation  for  doctoral- 
level  studies  in  Sociology  and  Anthropol- 
ogy. The  M.A.  curriculum  emphasizes 
our  faculty  strengths  in  Sociology,  So- 
ciocultural  Anthropology,  and  cross-cul- 
tural research,  and  provides  a  strong 
foundation  in  social  theory  and  meth- 
ods. Selected  electives,  graduate  collo- 
quiums, and  a  research  thesis  complete 
the  requirements  for  the  M.A.  in  Com- 
parative Sociology. 

Admission  Requirements 

Application  to  the  Master  of  Arts  pro- 
gram in  Comparative  Sociology  is  made 
through  FlU's  Office  of  Admissions.  The 
minimum  requirements  for  admission  in- 
clude: 

1 .  A  tiaccalaureate  degree  from  an 
accredited  college  or  university; 

2.  A  3.2  grade  point  average  (GPA) 
or  higher  during  tl>e  last  two  years  of  the 
undergraduate  program,  or  a  combined 
score  of  1 000  or  higher  on  the  vert>al 
and  quantitative  sections  of  the  Gradu- 
ate Record  Examination  (GRE); 


3.  Two  letters  of  reference  from  for- 
mer instructors  or  others  who  are  able 
to  evaluate  thie  applicant's  potential  for 
graduate  study; 

4.  Foreign  students  wfhose  native  lan- 
guage is  not  English  must  take  the 
TOEFL  (Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language)  and  obtain  a  score  of  500  or 
higher. 

Each  applicant  to  thie  program  must 
complete  a  graduate  application  form, 
and  arrange  for  tfie  sending  of  official 
transcripts  of  all  prior  college  work,  an 
official  report  of  GRE  scores,  and  letters 
of  reference  to  the  Office  of  Admissions. 
An  application  will  not  be  processed  un- 
til the  file  is  complete. 

Applications  for  admission  are  evalu- 
ated by  the  Departmental  Graduate 
Studies  and  Assistantship  Committee. 
Admissions  are  competitive,  so  the 
meeting  of  the  minimum  requirements 
does  not  guarantee  acceptance  into  the 
M.A.  program. 

A  baccalaureate  major  in  Sociology 
or  Anthropology  is  not  required  for  ad- 
mission to  tfie  M.A.  Program  in  Com- 
parative Sociology.  Beginning  graduate 
students  who  fiave  no  prior  coursework 
in  Sociology,  Anthropology,  or  Statistics 
may  be  required  to  take  one  or  more  un- 
dergraduate courses  as  prerequisites 
for  graduate  courses  (based  on  the 
Graduate  Committee's  evaluation  of  the 
student's  undergraduate  record). 

Degree  Requirements 

The  M.A.  in  Comparative  Sociology  re- 
quires a  total  of  36  semester  hours  of 
credits,  including  15  credits  in  core 
courses,  15  credits  in  electives,  and  a 
master's  thesis  based  upon  tfie  stu- 
dent's original  research  (including  6 
credits  of  enrollment  in  SYA  6975  The- 
sis). A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  gradu- 
ate coursework  may  be  transferred  from 
other  institutions,  subject  to  tfie  ap- 
proval of  the  Graduate  Committee. 

Required  Courses  (36): 

SYA  61 25     Classical  Social  Theories  3 
SYA  61 26     Contemporary  Social 

Theories  3 

SYA  6305      Research  Methods  I  3 

SYA  6306      Research  Methods  II  3 

SYA  6925     Graduate  Colloquium  in 
Comparative  Sociology 
(1  credit  course  taken 
three  times)  3 

Four  electives  in  Sociology  and  Anthro- 
pology (must  be  at  the  5000-level  or 
higher)  12 

One  elective  In  another  department 
(must  be  numbered  5000  or  above  and 
be  approved  by  the  graduate  advisor     3 
SYA  6975      Thesis  6 


Graduation  Requirements 

To  remain  in  good  standing  and  to  qual- 
ify for  graduation,  students  must  main- 
tain a  graduate  GPA  of  3.0  or  higher.  All 
M.A.  course  requirements  must  be  met 
and  a  tfiesis  must  be  completed  eind  ac- 
cepted after  presentation  to  a  Thesis 
Committee  cfiosen  by  tfie  student's  and 
tfie  Thesis  advisor.  All  requirements  for 
tfie  M.A.  in  Comparative  Sociology,  in- 
cluding the  successful  defense  of  the 
thesis,  must  be  completed  within  six 
years  of  tfie  first  enrollment  in  the  gradu- 
ate program. 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

ANT-Anthropology;  DHE-Demography  & 
Human  Ecology;  HUS-Human  Services; 
LIN-Linguistics;  MAF-Marriage  &  Fam- 
ily; SYA-Sociological  Analysis;  SYD-So- 
ciology  of  Demography  and  Area 
Studies;  SYG-Sociology,  General;  SYO- 
Social  Organization;  SYP-Social  Proc- 
esses. 

ANT  5316  American  Culture  and  Soci- 
ety (3).  Anthropological  analysis  of  tfie 
cultures  and  subcultures  of  the  United 
States,  focusing  on  the  social,  ethnic, 
and  regional  organizations  and  their  cor- 
responding value  and  symbolic  sys- 
tems. Prerequiate:  Graduate  standing 
or  permission  of  instaictor. 

ANT  5496  Social  Research  and  Analy- 
sis (3).  A  graduate  overview  of  the  sd- 
entific  methods  used  in  intercultural 
studies.  Includes  tfie  philosophical  basis 
of  science,  research  design,  and  hy- 
pothesis testing  using  both  secondary 
and  original  data.  Students  will  conduct 
a  research  project  in  this  course.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  status  or  permission  of 
tfie  instructor. 

ANT  5548  Ecological  Anthropology 
(3).  Theories  of  human  adaptation,  in- 
cluding environmental  determinism,  pos- 
sibilism,  cultural  ecology,  materialism, 
and  evolutionary  ecology.  Credit  for  both 
ANT  3403  and  ANT  5548  will  not  be 
granted.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  stand- 
ing or  permission  of  instructor. 

ANT  5908  Directed  Individual  Study 
(VAR).  Supervised  readings  and/or  field 
research  and  training.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  Instructor. 

ANT  5915  Directed  Field  Research 
(VAR).  Permission  of  instructor  required. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  71 


ANT  6931  Seinli\ar  on  Latin  America 
(3).  Analysis  of  Latin  American  cultures 
and  classes  using  case  studies.  Stu- 
dents read  a  series  of  anthropological  or 
sociological  wori<s  and  discuss  them  in 
a  semir«r  format.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

ANT  6932  Seminar  In  Human  Ecology 

(3).  Analysis  of  human  ecology  using 
case  studies.  Students  read  a  series  of 
works  on  human  adaptations  and  dis- 
cuss them  in  a  seminar  format.  Prereq- 
uisite: ANT  3403  or  ANT  6548  or 
equivalent. 

SYA  5135  Sociology  of  Knowledge 
(3).  The  study  of  the  theoretical  basis  of 
knowledge  and  the  inter-relatedness  of 
knowledge  and  social  factors,  particu- 
lariy  as  krKiwIedge  relates  to  institutional 
forms  of  befiavior. 

SYA  5909  Directed  Individual  Study 
(VAR).  Supervised  readings  and/or  field 
research  and  training.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  instructor. 

SYA  5941  Directed  Field  Researcli 
(VAR).  Permission  of  instructor  required. 

SYA  6125  Classical  Social  Theories 

(3).  Classical  sodal  theories  of  the  19th 
arid  eariy  20th  centuries.  Includes  the 
ideas  of  such  thinkers  as  Spencer, 
Comte,  Durkheim,  Marx,  \Neber,  Sim- 
mel,  Pareto,  Morgan,  Tylor  and  Boas. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

SYA  6126  Contemporary  Social  Theo- 
ries (3).  The  major  currents  and  trends 
in  contemporary  sociological  theory.  Em- 
ph£isis  on  the  application  of  tfieories  to 
specific  research  issues  and  practices. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

SYA  6305  Research  Methods  i  (3). 
The  first  in  a  two  course  sequence  on  re- 
search methods  in  comparative  sociol- 
ogy. Includes  research  design  and 
hypothesis  testir)g,  participant  ot>sen/a- 
tion,  interviewing  techniques  and  survey 
research.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  stand- 
\ng  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SYA  6306  Research  Methods  ti  (3). 
The  second  in  a  two-course  sequence 
on  research  methods  in  comparative  so- 
ciology. Includes  the  quantitative  analy- 
sis of  sociological  research  data,  and 
the  preparation  of  written  reports  and  ar- 
ticles. Prerequisite:  SYA  6305  and  STA 
31 11  or  STA  61 66  or  equivalent. 

SYA  6925  Graduate  Colloquium  In 
Comparative  Sociology  (1).  Colloqui- 
ums presented  by  facul^,  visiting  schol- 
ars, ar>d  graduate  students  on  topics  of 


current  research  interest.  Repeatable. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  starxling. 

SYA  6943  South  Rorida  Area  Study 
(3).  Current  issues  in  South  Rorida  Stud- 
ied through  large-scale  survey  research 
conducted  by  class  members.  Provides 
experience  in  resesirch  techniques  and 
the  development  and  testing  of  theory. 
Prerequisites:  SYD  6625  and  SYA  6305. 

SYA  6975  Thesis  (1-6).  Registration  for 
students  working  on  thie  thesis  for  the 
M.A.  in  Comparative  Sociology  or  the 
M.A.  in  International  Studies.  Prereq- 
uisite: All  other  course  work  for  the  M.A. 
in  Comparative  Sociology  or  Intema- 
tional  Studies. 

SYD  5045  Demographic  Analysis  (3). 

The  study  of  tfie  processes  that  deter- 
mine the  size  and  composition  of  hu- 
man populations.  Emphasis  on 
demographic  transition  theory  and  the 
antecedents  and  consequences  of  differ- 
ential growth  rates  throughout  the  world. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor. 

SYD  6236  International  Migration  and 
Refugees  (3).  Comparative  analysts  of 
the  causes,  consequences,  artd  policies 
concerning  population  movements 
across  national  borders.  Includes  review 
of  various  theories  of  labor  migration. 
Students  will  conduct  research  on  a  mi- 
gration or  refugee  topic.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

SYD  6325  Seminar  in  the  Compara- 
tive Sociology  of  Gender  (3).  The  ex- 
amination of  women's  and  men's  roles, 
statuses,  and  life  opportunities  from  a 
historical  and  comparative  perspective. 
Current  theoretical  developments  in  Ihe 
study  of  gender  are  empfiasized.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

SYD  6427  Seminar  in  Comparative  Ur- 
ban issues  (3).  Current  theoretical  de- 
velopments in  the  study  of  urbanism, 
including  the  evolution  and  growth  of  cit- 
ies, spatial  and  social  structures,  migra- 
tion, and  tfie  critical  problems  of  social 
life  in  cities.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SYD  6615  Seminar  in  Comparative 
Analysis  of  Selected  Regions  (3). 

Comparative  social  analysis  using  stud- 
ies from  two  or  more  world  regions.  Stu- 
dents read  a  series  of  works  on  issues 
such  as  bureaucracy,  modernization, 
and  development,  and  discuss  them  in 
a  seminar  fonnat  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate starKling  or  permission  of  instructor. 


SYD  6625  South  Florida  Sociocultural 
Systems  (3).  The  sociological  and  an- 
thropological analysis  of  South  Florida. 
Presents  tools  for  regional  study  includ- 
ing demography,  cultural  ecology,  and 
ethnic  group-centered  symbolic  sys- 
tems. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
or  permission  of  tJie  instructor. 

SYD  6655  Seminar  on  Social  Change 
In  Asia  (3).  An  examination  of  social 
change  in  contemporctry  Asia,  including 
tfie  relationships  between  states,  the 
changing  political  economies,  and  the 
role  of  social  movements  and  cultural  in- 
stitutions in  change.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SYD  6705  Comparative  Analysis  of 
Ethnicity  and  Race  (3).  Consideration 
of  major  tfieories  of  ethnicity  and  race 
and  analysis  of  selected  ethnic  groups 
in  various  worid  regions.  Includes  tfie 
study  of  race  and  ethnic  issues  in  Miami 
and  the  South  Rorida  region. 

SYO  6135  Advanced  Comparative 
Family  Systems  (3).  Comparative 
study  of  the  family  as  an  institution 
adapting  to  social  and  economic  condi- 
tions. Cultural  variation  in  marriage,  par- 
enthood and  gender  roles.  Historical 
influences  on  tfie  pluralistic  American 
family.  Credit  for  both  SYO  4130  and 
SYO  6135  will  not  be  granted.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing  or  permission 
of  tfie  instructor. 

SYP  5447  Sociology  of  intemationai 
Development  (3).  To  introduce  tfie  ba- 
sic concepts  arid  questions  of  the  field 
as  applied  to  the  intemationai  arena.  To 
illustrate  the  common  areas  of  sodal  sd- 
ence  analysis  in  dealing  wnth  questions 
of  intemationai  development. 

SYP  6306  Comparative  Social  iMove- 
ments  (3).  Comparative  analysis  of  so- 
dal movements  and  social  cfiange, 
irx:luding  peasant  movements,  environ- 
mentalism,  dvil  rights,  feminism,  and  na- 
tionalism. Competing  theories  of  social 
movements  are  exaimined.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  tfie 
instructor. 

SYP  6907  Seminar  in  Comparative  So- 
cial Chiange  (3).  The  cross<ultural  and 
comparative  analysis  of  contemporary 
social  change,  including  processes  of 
social  action  such  as  terrorism,  re- 
formism, revolution,  and  tfie  use  of  elec- 
toral systems  and  democratic 
processes.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  tfie  instructor. 


72  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Statistics 

Carlos  W.  Brain,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
Ung  Chen,  Instructor 
Gaurl  L.  Ghal,  Associate  Professor 
Ina  Parks  Howell,  Lecturer 
Laura  Relsert,  Instructor 
Samuel  S.  Shapiro,  Professor  and 

Associate  Dean 
Hassan  Zahedi-Jasbi,  Associate 

Professor 
Jyoti  N.  Zaikiicar,  Assistant  Professor 

The  Department  of  Statistics  does  not 
presently  offer  a  degree  program  at  the 
graduate  level  but  does  however  offer 
graduate  courses.  These  courses  are 
offered  to  supplement  other  graduate 
degree  programs  at  the  University. 


Course  Description 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

STA  -  Statistics.  MAP  -  Mathematics/Ap- 
plied. 

MAP  51 17  Mathematical  and  Statisti- 
cal Modeling  (3).  Study  of  ecological, 
probabilistic,  and  various  statistical  mod- 
els. Prerequisites:  MAC  3313,  COP 
2210  or  COS  3420,  MAS  3105;  and 
STA  3322  or  STA  3164  or  STA  3033. 

STA  5126/PSY  5206  Fundamentals  of 
Design  of  Experiments  (3).  CRD  and 

RGB  designs.  Latin  square  designs.  Fac- 
torial, nested  and  nested-factorial  experi- 
ments. Rxed,  random  and  mixed 
models.  Split-plot  designs.  Covariance 
analysis.  Prerequisites:  STA  31 23  or 
STA  31 12  or  equivalent. 

STA  5206  Design  of  Experiments  I  (3). 

Design  and  aralysis  of  completely  ran- 
domized, randomized  block,  Latin 
square,  tectorial,  nested  and  related  ex- 
periments. Multiple  comparisons.  Credit 
for  both  STA  4202  aixi  STA  5206  will  not 
be  granted.  Prerequisite:  STA  3322  or 
STA  31 64  or  STA  3033  or  (STA  31 63 
and  STA  3321). 

STA  5207  Topics  in  Design  of  Experi- 
ments (3).  This  applied  course  in  de- 
sign of  experiments  covers  topics  such 
as  spjit-plot  design,  confounding,  frac- 
tional replication,  incomplete  block  de- 
signs, and  response  surface  designs. 
Prerequisite:  STA  5206. 

STA  5236  Regression  Analysis  (3). 

Simple,  multiple  and  polynomial  regres- 
sion, analysis  of  residuals,  model  build- 
ing and  other  related  topics.  Credit  for 
both  STA  4234  and  STA  5236  will  not  be 


granted.  Prerequisites:  STA  31 64  or 
STA  31 23  or  STA  31 1 2,  and  MAS  31 05. 

STA  5446-STA  5447  Probability  The- 
ory I  and  II  (3-3).  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
basic  fundamentals  of  probability  theory. 
It  reviews  the  basic  foundations  of  prob- 
ability theory,  covering  such  topics  as 
discrete  probability  spaces,  random 
walk,  hterkov  Chains  (transition  matrix 
and  ergodic  properties),  strong  laws  of 
probability,  convergence  theorems,  and 
law  of  iterated  logarithm.  Prerequisite: 
MAC  3313. 

STA  5505  Nonparametric  Methods 
(3).  Distribution-free  tests:  sign,  Mann- 
Whitney  U,  Wilcoxon  signed  rank, 
Kruskai-Wallis,  Friedman,  etc.  Rank  cor- 
relation, contingency  tables  and  other  re- 
lated topics  Credit  for  both  STA  4502 
and  STA  5505  will  not  be  granted.  Pre- 
requisite: Rrst  course  in  statistics. 

STA  5676  Reliability  Engineering  (3). 

The  course  material  is  designed  to  give 
the  student  a  basic  understandir)g  of  the 
statistical  and  mathematical  techniques 
which  are  used  in  engineering  reliability 
analysis.  A  review  will  be  made  of  the 
basic  fundamental  statistical  techniques 
required.  Subjects  covered  include:  dis- 
tribiutions  used  in  reliability  (exponential, 
binomial,  extreme  value,  etc.);  tests  of 
hypotheses  of  failure  rates;  prediction  of 
component  reliability;  system  reliability 
prediction;  and  reliability  apportionment. 
Prerequisite:  STA  3322. 

STA  5800  Stochastic  Processes  for 
Engineers  (3).  Probability  and  condi- 
tional probability  distributions  of  a  ran- 
dom variable,  bivariate  probability 
distributions,  multiple  random  variables, 
stationary  processes,  Poisson  and  nor- 
mal processes.  Prerequisites:  STA 
3033,  MAC  3313,  MAP  3302. 

STA  5826  Stochastic  Processes  (3). 

This  course  is  intended  to  provide  the 
student  with  She  basic  concepts  of  sto- 
chastic processes,  and  tfie  use  of  such 
techniques  in  the  analysis  of  systems. 
Subjects  include:  Markov  Processes, 
queueing  theory,  renewal  processes, 
birth  and  death  processes,  Poisson  and 
Normal  processes.  Applications  to  sys- 
tem reliability  ctnalysis,  behavioral  sci- 
ence, and  natureil  scier>ces  will  be 
stressed.  Prerequisite:  STA  5447. 

STA  5906  Independent  Study  (VAR). 

Individual  conferences,  assigned  read- 
ing, and  reports  on  independent  investi- 
gation. 


STA  6166/STA  6167  Statistical  Meth- 
ods In  Research  I  and  II  (3-3).  For  non- 
matfiematical  sciences  graduate 
students.  A  non-calculus  exposition  of 
methods  and  applications  of  statistical 
techniques  for  the  analysis  of  data.  Sta- 
tistical packages  will  be  used.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing. 

STA  6246  Data  Analysis  I  (3).  Explora- 
tory data  analysis;  testing  of  distribu- 
tional assumptions;  Chi-square  tests, 
tests  for  means,  variances,  and  propor- 
tions. Prerequisites:  STA  3033,  STA 
3322,  or  STA  6327. 

STA  6247  Data  Analysis  II  (3).  Analysis 
of  variance,  regression  analysis.  Analy- 
sis of  covariance,  quality  control,  correla- 
tion, empirical  distributions. 
Prerequisites:  STA  6246  and  MAS  3105. 

STA  6326  Mathematical  Statistics  I 
(3).  An  Introduction  to  the  theories  un- 
deriying  statistical  analysis.  Basic  con- 
cepts of  probability  theory,  combina- 
torial analysis,  random  variables,  and  ex- 
pectation. Prerequisite:  MAC  3313. 

STA  6327  MaUiematical  Statistics  II 
(3).  Estimation  of  parameters,  tests  of 
hypotfieses,  regression,  non-parametric 
methods,  analysis  of  variance,  and  multi- 
variate concepts.  Prerequisite:  STA 
6326. 

STA  6807  Queueing  arxl  Statistical 
Models  (3).  Review  of  probability  con- 
cepts, basic  probability  distributions, 
Poisson  process,  queueing  models,  sta- 
tistical models.  Prerequisites:  Permis- 
sion of  Instructor,  MAC  3312  and  either 
STA  3033  or  STA  3321. 

STA  6940  Supervised  Statistical  Con- 
sulting (3).  Formulation  of  statistk^ 
problems  from  client  information,  con- 
sulting session  management,  interper- 
sonal aspects  of  consulting,  problem 
solving  techniques.  Prerequisites:  Per- 
mission of  instructor,  STA  41 02,  STA 
6247,  and  STA  6327. 

STA  7707  Multivariate  Methods  I  (3). 

Multivariate  normal,  Wishart  and  Hotell- 
ing's  distributions.  Inferences  for  one 
and  two  mean  vectors.  Profile  analysis. 
One-  and  two-way  MANOVA.  Multivari- 
ate multiple  regression.  Prerequisite: 
STA3123orSTA3112. 

STA  7708  Multivariate  Methods  II  (3). 

Principal  components  analysis.  Factor 
analysis.  Canonical  correlatiori  analysis. 
Discriminant  analysis.  Cluster  analysis. 
Multidimensional  scaling.  Prerequisite: 
STA  7707. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  73 


Visual  Arts 

William  Maguire,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Ralph  F.  Buckley,  Associate  Professor 
William  Burke,  Associate  Professor 
James  M.  Coupor  III,  Professor 
Carol  Damlan,  Instructor 
Eduardo  Del  Valle,  Associate  Professor 
Richard  Duncan,  Associate  Professor 
MIrta  Gomez,  Associate  Professor 
Ellen  Jacobs,  Professor 
Juan  Martinez,  Instructor 
Dahlia  Morgan,  Lecturer/Art  Museum 

Director 
Manuel  Torres,  Associate  Professor 
Barbara  Watts,  Assistant  Professor 
Sandra  Winters.  Assistant  Professor 

The  Department  of  Visual  Arts  does  not 
presently  offer  a  degree  program  at  ttie 
graduate  level  but  does,  however,  offer 
graduate  courses.  These  courses  are 
offered  to  supplement  other  graduate 
degree  programs  at  tfie  University. 

Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

ARH-Art  History;  ART-Art. 

ARM  5907  Directed  Studies  (1-6).  A 

group  of  students,  with  the  approval  of 
the  art  faculty,  may  select  a  master 
teachier  of  theory,  research  or  criticism 
in  selected  areas  as  film,  painting,  sculp- 
ture, architecture,  crafts,  art  history, 
mulli-rhedia  art,  etc.  Arrangements  must 
be  made  at  least  a  semester  tiefore 
course  is  offered.  May  be  repeated. 

ARH  5913  Research  (1-6).  Art  history, 
criticism,  and  theory  in  areas  not  cov- 
ered by  the  present  program  and  which 
ttie  student  wisties  to  study.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated. 

ART  5125C  Ceramics  (3).  The  ad- 
vanced student  will  explore  all  aspects 
of  expression  in  day  and  glaze.  Stu- 
dents will  be  expected  to  be  mostly  self- 
directed.  Prerequisite:  ART  31 1 1 0,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  May  be 
repeated. 

ART  5133C  Fabrics  and  Fibers  (3).  A 

creative  approach  to  fabrics  and  fit>ers, 
using  processes  such  as  dyeing,  embroi- 
dery, quilting,  soft  sculpture,  t}atll<,  on 
and  off  loom  weaving,  etc.  May  be  re- 
peated. 

ART  5159C  Jewelry  and  Metals  (3).  A 

study  of  basic  metal  techmiques  and 
strengthening  of  three-  dimensional  de- 
sign concepts  for  the  beginner.  The  ad- 


vanced student  will  explore  the  more  dif- 
ficult technical  aspects  of  areas  such  as 
hollow  ware,  enameling,  casting,  and 
stone  setting.  May  be  repeated. 

ART  5165C  Glassblowing  (3).  A  basic 
course  in  off-  hand  glass  blowing,  con- 
cerned with  preparing,  forming,  and  fin- 
ishing glass;  understanding  of  glass  as 
an  art  form;  operation  and  maintenance 
of  a  glass  studio.  May  be  repeated. 

ART  5340C  Drawing  (3).  Drawing  will 
be  considered  as  an  essential  part  of 
every  art  student's  curriculum.  Depend- 
ing on  his  lower  level  worl<,  a  student 
will  be  encouraged  to  tal<e  at  least  one 
drawing  course  at  the  University.  Off- 
campus  studio  work  may  be  arranged. 
May  be  repeated. 

ART  5341C  Figure  Drawing  (3).  Draw- 
ing from  the  model  during  assigned  stu- 
dio time.  Open  to  all  students.  May  be 
repeated.  Prerequisite:  ART  3310. 

ART  5403C  Prlntmaklng  (3).  With  a 
knowledge  of  basic  intaglio  and  relief 
printing,  tfie  student  will  explore  specific 
media  such  as  etching,  lithography,  silk- 
screen  and  other  experimental  tech- 
niques. May  be  repeated. 

ART  5580C  Painting  (3).  An  advanced 
course  concentrating  on  conceptual  clar- 
ity and  the  realization  of  stylistic  develop- 
ment. Group,  individual  criticism  will  be 
emphasized.  May  be  repeated.  Prereq- 
uisites: ART  35100  or  equivalent.  Sug- 
gested prerequisites:  ART  383 10  and 
ART  38030.  May  be  repeated. 

ART  571 OC  Figure  Sculpture  (3).  To 
develop  skills  in  representational  struc- 
ture and  anatomy  from  tfie  model  and 
learn  mold-making  techniques.  May  be 
repeated. 

ART  5730C  Sculpture  (3).  With  a  back- 
ground in  beginning  sculpture,  the  stu- 
dent will  develop  standards  of 
excellence,  both  in  concept  and  tech- 
nique, with  stress  on  Individual  expres- 
sion. An  equipped  shnp  Will  be  available 
to  ttie  student.  May  be  repeated. 

ART  5907C  Directed  Study  (VAR).  A 

group  of  students,  with  ttie  approval  of 
the  Visual  Arts  Department  faculty,  may 
select  a  master  artist  teacher  and  pur- 
sue a  course  of  art  study  in  selected  ar- 
eas such  as  graphic  design,  film, 
multi-media,  environmental  design, 
sound,  etc.  Arrangements  must  be 
made  at  least  one  semester  tiefore 
course  is  offered.  May  be  repeated. 

ART  5910C  Research  (1-6).  Students 
may  study  or  research  an  individual  art 
project  with  an  art  faculty  member.  Com- 
plexity and  amount  of  wori<  will  deter- 


mine the  number  of  credit  hours 
granted.  May  tie  repeated. 

PGY  5420C  Photography  (3).  An  ad- 
vanced course  for  majors  and  accom- 
plislied  non-majors,  includes 
demanding  critique  of  student's  work. 
May  be  repeated.  Prerequisite:  PGY 
34100  or  permission  of  instructor. 


College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

IDean  (Acting),  Arthur  W.  Herriott 

Associate  Dean,  Curriculum 

and  Advisement  Fred  Bouma 

Associate  Dean,  Budget 

and  Development  Samuel  Shapiro 
Associate  Dean, 

North  Miami,  Joyce  Peterson 

Director, 

School  of  Computer 

Science  Jainendra  Navlakha 

Director,  School  of 

Journalism  and 

Mass  Communication  J.  Arthur  Heise 

Chairpersons  and  Program 
Directors: 

Biological  Sciences  Walter  Goldberg 

Chemistry  Leonard  Keller 

Economics  Raul  Moncarz 

English  Asher  Milbauer 
Environmental  Studies  John  ParVer 
Geology               RorenUn  Maurrasse 

History  Mark  Szuchman 

Humanities  Ramon  Mendoza 
International 

Relations  Ralph  Clem 

International  Studies  Susan  Waltz 

Liberal  Studies  Janat  Parker 

Mathematics  bev  Roy 

Modern  Languages  Isabel  Castellanos 

Music  John  Augenblick 
Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies  Bruce  Hauptll 

Physics  Richard  Bone 

Political  Science  Joel  Gottlieb 

Psychology  Paul  Foos 
Sodology  and 

Anthropology  LJsandro  I'erez 

Statistics  Carlos  W.  Brain 

Theatre  and  Dance  Marilyn  Skow 

Visual  Arts  William  Maguire 

Faculty 

Adams,  William,  M.A.  (University  of 
Wisconsin-Madison),  Associate 
Professor,  School  of  Journalism  and 
Mass  Communication 


74  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Aladro,  Gerardo,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 

State  University),  Assistant 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Antrim,  Harry,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

f^orida).  Professor,  Engiisfi 
Aragon,  Irmenia,  M.A.  (Temple 

University),  Instructor.  Modern 

Languages 
Arofi,  Farahangiz,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Central  Florida),  Assistant  Professor, 

Scfiool  of  Computer  Science 
Arnold,  St.  George  Tucker,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 

(Stanford  University),  Associate 

Professor,  English 
Arvin-Rad,  Hassan,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Pennsylvania),  Assistant 

Professor,  Economics 
Augenblick,  John,  D.M.A.  (University 

of  Miami),  Associate  Professor  arid 

Chairperson,  Music 
Bahrick,  Lon'aine,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Psychology 
Baldor,  Aure)k>,  M.A.  (Florida 

International  University),  Instructor, 

Modern  Languages 
Bailey,  Patrice,  M.A.  (Indiana  State), 

Instructor,  Theatre  and  Dance 
Barrett,  Lynn,  M.F.A.  (University  of 

North  Carolina-  Greensboro), 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Barton,  David,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Cambridge),  Professor,  School  of 

Computer  Science 
Beer,  IMichelle,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Pittsburgh),  Associate  Professor, 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Berk,  Lynn,  Ph.D.  (Purdue  University), 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Berk,  Toby,  Ph.D.  (Purdue  University), 

Professor,  arxi  Associate  Director, 

Scfmol  of  Computer  Science 
Bigger,  Charles,  Ph.D.  (Florida  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Biological  Sciences 
Blum,  Milton,  Ph.D.  (New  York 

Uni\/brsity),  Professor  Emeritus, 

Psycfiology 
Bone,  Richard,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

West  Indies,  Jamaica),  Associate 

Professor  and  Chairperson,  Physics 
Boodhoo,  Ken,  Ph.D.  (University  of  the 

West  Indies,  Jamaica),  Associate 

Professor,  International  Relations 
Brain,  Carlos  W.,  Ph.D.  (West  Virginia 

University),  Associate  Professor,  and 

Chairperson,  Statistics 
Breslln,  Thomas  A.,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Virginia),  Associate  Professor, 

InterrKttional  Relations,  and  Vice 

Provost 
Brick,  John,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Brooke,  Lee,  B.S.  (The  Julliard 

School),  Assistant  Professor, 

Theatre  and  Dance 


Brown,  Jeny,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Buckley,  Ralph,  M.FA.  (Maryland 

Institute),  Associate  Professor, 

Visual  Ms 
Burke,  William,  MF.A.  (State 

University  of  New  York  at  New 

Paltz),  Associate  Professor,  Visual 

Arts 
Calbeck,  William,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Wisconsin-Madison),  Assistant 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Carvajal,  Manuel,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Florida),  Professor,  Economics 
Carrington,  Jane,  B.FA.  (The  Julliard 

School),  Assistant  Professor, 

Theatre  and  Dance 
Casines,  Gisela,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Florida),  Associate  Professor,  English 
Castellanos,  Isabel,  Ph.D. 

(Georgetown  University),  Associate 

Professor  and  Chairperson,  Modern 

Languages 
Chen,  Chun-Fan,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Michigan),  Associate  Professor, 

Biological  Sciences 
Chen,  Ling,  M.S.  (Tongji  University 

People's  Republic  of  China), 

Instructor,  Statistics 
Chernela,  Janet,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Chung,  Bongkil,  Ph.D.  (Michigan  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Church,  Philip,  M.FA.  (University  of 

California  at  Irvine),  Associate 

Professor,  Theatre  and  Dance 
Cifone,  Rocco,  M.A.  (San  Diego  State 

University),  Instructor,  Tfrnatre  and 

Dance 
Clem,  Ralph,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Professor,  and 

Chairperson,  International  Relations 
Clement,  Bradford,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Geology 
Cohen,  Daniel,  Ph.D.  (Brandeis 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

History 
Comfort,  John  C,  Ph.D.  (Case 

Western  Reserve  University), 

Professor,  School  of  Computer 

Science 
Connor,  Charles,  Ph.D.  (Dartmouth 

College),  Assistant  Professor, 

Geology 
Copper,  Mark  L.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Georgia),  Assistant  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Correll,  Helen,  Ph.D.  (Duke  University), 

Research  Scientist,  Biological 

Sciences 
Cortina,  Rodolfo,  Ph.D.  (Case  Western 

Reserve  University),  Professor, 

h/k)dern  Languages 


Couch,  James  E.,  M.S.  (Florida  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

School  of  Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Couper,  James,  M.A.  (Florida  State 

University),  Professor,  Visual  Arts 
Cova,  Luis,  Ph.D.  (Princeton 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

School  of  Computer  Science 
Craumer,  Peter,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

International  Relations 
Crosby,  James,  Ph.D.  (Ya/e 

University),  Professor,  Modern 

Languages 
Cruz,  Robert,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Pennsylvania),  Assistant  Professor, 

Economics 
Cuervo,  Leon,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Maryland),  Professor,  Biological 

Sciences 
Cutler,  Brian,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Wisconsin-Madison),  Associate 

Professor,  Psychology 
Dalrymple,  George,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Toronto),  Associate  Professor, 

Biological  Sciences 
Damian,  Carol  M.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instructor,  Visual  Arts 
Darici,  Yesim,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Missouri),  Assistant  Professor, 

Physics 
Daruwala,  Maneck,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Rochester),  Associate  Professor, 

English 
de  Alonso,  Inna,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

York,  England),  Associate  Professor, 

Economics 
de  Jongh,  Elena,  Ph.D.  (Tulane 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Modern  Languages 
de  la  Cuesta,  Leonel  A.,  Ph.D.  (Johns 

Hopkins  University),  Associate 

Professor,  Modern  Languages 
del  Valle,  Eduardo,  M.F.A.  (Brooklyn 

College,  City  University  of  New 

York),  Associate  Professor,  Visual 

Arts 
Delgado,  Humberto,  M.A.  (Goddard 

College),  Assistant  Professor, 

School  of  Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Delgado,  Milagros,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Assistant  Professor, 

Chemistry 
Detwiler,  Bruce,  J.D.,  Ph.D.,  (Cornell 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Political  Science 
Downum,  Kelsey,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

British  Columbia),  Associate 

Professor,  Biological  Scierves 
Draper,  Grenville,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

tfie  West  Indies),  Professor,  Geology 
Draper,  Paul,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California-  Irvine),  Assistant 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious 

Studies 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  75 


Dufresne,  John,  M.F.A.  (University  of 

Arl<ansas),  Assistant  Professor, 

English! 
Duncan,  Richard,  M.FA.  (Southern 

Illinois  University),  Associate 

Professor.  Visual  Arts 
Dunn,  Marvin,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Tennessee),  Associate  Professor, 

Psycfwlogy 
Dunscomb,  Richard,  M.M.E.  (Millikin 

University),  Professor,  f^sic 
Dwyer,  Richard,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Los  Angeles), 

Professor,  English 
Ege,  Ralmund,  Ph.D.  (Oregon 

Graduate  Center),  Assistant 

Professor,  School  of  Computer 

Science 
Elklns,  Charles,  Ph.D.  (Southern 

Illinois  University),  Professor,  English 

and  Vice  Provost 
Elklns,  Mary  Jane,  Ph.D.  (Southern 

Illinois  University),  Associate 

Professor,  English 
Endel,  Peggy,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

English 
Erber,  Joan,  Ph.D.  (St.  Louis 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Psychology 
Ernest,  John,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Virginia),  Assistant  Professor,  English 
Erwin,  Nancy,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Florida),  Assistant  Professor, 

International  Relations 
Escovar,  Luis,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 

State  University),  Associate 

Professor,  Psydiology 
Espino,  Maria  Dolores,  Ph.D.  (Florida 

State  University),  Assistant 

Professor,  Economics 
Fair,  Charles,  Ph.D.  (Ohio  University), 

Associate  Professor,  School  of 

Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Fernandez,  Damian  J.,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Miami),  Assistant 

Professor,  International  Relations 
Rebig,  Rudolf,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Munster),  Associate  Professor, 

Physics 
Rnk,  Philip,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Professor,  Music 
Flnley,  Gordon,  Ph.D.  (Harvard 

University),  Professor,  Psychology 
Rsher,  Jacl(  B.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Davis),  Research 

Scientist,  Biological  Sciences 
Rsher,  Robert,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Kansas),  Professor  Emeritus,  School 

of  Computer  Science 
Rsher,  Ronald,  Ph.D.  (Ohio  State 

University),  Professor,  Psycfwlogy 
FJeilman,  Stephen,  Ph.D.  (Stanford 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 


Rexser,  Arthur,  Ph.D.  (Stanford 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Psychology 
Foos,  Paul,  Ph.D.  (Bowling  Green 

State  University),  Associate 

Professor  and  Chairperson, 

Psychology 
Fox,  DomlUla,  M.S.  (University  of 

Mami),  Instructor,  Mathematics 
Fraser,  Scott,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Akron),  Associate  Professor, 

Psychology 
Free,  Mary,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Georgia),  Associate  Professor  and 

Associate  Chiairperson,  English 
French,  John,  Ph.D.  (Yale  University), 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Furton,  Kenneth,  Ph.D.  (Wayne  State 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Chemistry 
Gamarra,  Eduardo,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Pittsburgh),  Assistant  Professor, 

Political  Science 
Gamble,  Richard,  Ph.D.  (Texas  Tech 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Theatre  and  {Dance 
Garcia,  Orlando,  D.M.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Gathercole,  Virginia,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Kansas),  Associate  Professor, 

English 
Gerstman,  Bernard,  Ph.D.  (Princeton 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Physics 
Gewirtz,  Jacob,  Ph.D.  (State  University 

of  Iowa),  Professor,  Psycfwlogy 
Ghal,  Gauri,  Ph.D.  (Iowa  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Statistics 
GIrard,  Chris,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Wisconsin),  Assistant  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Girden,  Edward,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Illinois),  fDistinguished  Professor 

Emeritus,  Psychology 
Gladwin,  Hugh,  Ph.D.  (Stanford 

University),  Assodate  Professor, 

Sociology/ Anthropology 
Goldberg,  Walter,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

fiXami),  Professor  and  Chairperson, 

Biological  Sderwes 
Goldstein,  Aivin  H.,  M.A.  (New  York 

University),  Assodate  Professor, 

School  of  Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Gomez,  Mirta,  MF.A.  (Brooklyn 

College,  City  University  of  New 
York),  Associate  Professor,  Visual 

Arts 
Gonzalez-Relgosa,  Fernando,  Ph.D. 

(Florida  State  University),  Associate 

Professor,  Psychology,  and  Dean, 
Undergraduate  Studies 
Goodspeed,  Timothy,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Maryland),  Assistant 

Professor,  Economics 


Gordon,  Kenneth,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California,  Davis),  Associate 

Professor,  Biological  Sdences 
Gorman,  Susan,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Maryland),  Instructor,  Mathematics 
Gotterer,  Malcolm,  D.B.A.  (Harvard 

University),  Professor  Emeritus, 

School  of  Computer  Sdence 
Gottlieb,  Joel,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Riverside),  Assodate 

Professor  and  Chairperson,  Political 

Sdence 
Grenler,  Gulllermo,  Ph.O.  (University 

of  New  Mexico),  Assistant  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Grenier,  Rot>ert,  D.M.A.  (University  of 

Rochester),  Assistant  Professor, 

Music 
Guers-Vlllate,  Yvonne,  Ph.D.  (Bryn 

Mawr  College),  Professor  Emeritus, 

Modern  Languages 
Hail,  James,  Ph.D.  (University  of  Utah), 

Professor,  English 
Hall,  Kevin,  B.A.  (Fordham  University), 

Editor-in-Residence,  School  of 

Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Hann,  Rolwrt,  Ph.D.  (Temple 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Hardy,  Kenneth,  Ph.D.  (Tulane 

University),  Professor,  Physics 
Hargltai,  Peter,  MF.A.  (University  of 

lulassachusetts).  Instructor,  English 
Hauptli,  Bruce,  Ph.D.  (Washington 

University),  Associate  Professor  and 

Ctiairperson,  Pfvlosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 
Heise,  J.  Arthur,  Ph.D.  (Syracuse 

University),  Professor  and  Director, 

School  of  Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Helena,  Lucia,  Ph.D.  (The  Federal 

University  of  Rio  de  Janeiro), 

Associate  Professor,  Modern 

Languages 
Henley,  Carol,  M.S.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instructor,  School  of 

Computer  Science 
Henley,  Kenneth,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Virginia),  Associate  Professor, 

PHIosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Herrera,  Rene,  Ph.D.  (Fordham 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Biological  Sdences 
Herring,  David,  M.A.  (Trinity 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Theatre  and  Dance 
Herriott,  Arthur,  Ph.D.  (Urvversity  of 

Florida),  f^ofessor.  Chemistry  and 

Acting  Dean,  College  of  Arts  and 

Sdences 
Hicicey-Vargas,  Rosemary,  Ph.D. 

(t^ssachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology)  Associate  Professor, 

Geology 


76  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Hoffman,  Gary,  Pti.D.  (Harvard 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Chemistry 
Hogan,  Bart)ara,  Ph.D.  (Temple 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Philosopfiy  and  Reiigious  Studies 
Holden,  Peter,  Ph.D.  (California 

Institute  of  Technology),  Assistant 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Hopkins,  Tometro,  Ph.D.  (Indiana 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

English 
Houghton,  William,  M.S.  (University  of 

Georgia),  Research  Scientist, 

Biological  Sciences 
Howell,  Ina  Parks,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

South  Florida),  Lecturer,  Statistics 
Huchlngson,  James,  Ph.D.  (Emory 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Hudson,  Steven,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Chicago),  Assistant  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Hynes,  Mary,  Ph.D.  (St.  Louis 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Ito-Adler,  James,  Ph.D.  (Harvard 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Jacobs,  Ellen,  M.S.  (Illinois  Institute  of 

Technology),  Professor,  Visual  Arts 
Jensen,  John,  Ph.D.  (Harvard 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Modern  Languages 
Jhabvala,  Farrokh,  Ph.D.  (Fletcher 

School  of  Law  and  Diplomacy), 

Professor,  International  Relations 
Joens,  Jeffrey,  Ph.D.  (Indiana 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Chemistry 
Johnson,  Kenneth,  Ph.D.  (Brown 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

English 
Johnson-Cousin,  Danielle,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Illinois),  Associate 

Professor,  hAodern  Languages 
Jones,  Ronald,  Ph.D.  (Oregon  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Biological  Sciences  and  Drinking 

Water  Research  Center 
Jorge,  Antonio,  Ph.D.  (Villanova 

Universidad),  Professor,  Economics, 

International  Relations,  Political 

Science  and  Sociology/Anthropology 
Juang,  Shing-Her,  Ph.D.  (Ohio  State 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Statistics 
Kafkoulls,  Geonge,  Ph.D.  (California 

Institute  of  Technology),  Assistant 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Karayalcin,  All  Cem,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University).  Assistant  Professor, 

Economics 
Keller,  Leonard,  Ph.D.  (Yale 

University),  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Chemistry 


Kelley,  Bruce,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Massachusetts  at  Amherst), 

Assistant  Professor,  Economics 
Kincaid,  A.  Douglas,  M.A.  (University 

of  North  Carolina),  Assistant 

Professor,  Sociology/Anthropology 

and  Associate  Director,  Latin 

American  and  Caribbean  Center 
Knapp,  Jeffrey,  M.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instructor,  English 
Kopenhaver,  Lillian  L.,  Ed.D.  (Nova 

University),  Professor  and  Associate 

Director,  School  of  Journalism  and 

Aifess  Communication 
Koptur,  Suzanne,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California),  Associate  Professor, 

Biological  Sciences 
Kovacs,  George,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Louvain),  Professor,  Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 
Kravitz,  David,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

lUinois),  Assistant  Professor, 

Psychology 
Kraynek,  William,  Ph.D. 

(Carnegie-Mellon  University), 

Associate  Professor,  School  of 

Computer  Science 
Kuhn,  David  N.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Davis),  Assistant 

Professor,  Biological  Sciences 
Kurtines,  William,  Ph.D.  (Johns 

Hopkins  University),  Professor, 

Psychology 
l^ndnjm,  John,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Soutfiern  California),  Associate 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Leckband,  IMark,  Ph.D.  (Purdue 

University)  Associate  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Lee,  David,  Ph.D.  (Rutgers  University), 

Associate  Professor,  Biological 

Sciences 
Leed,  Eric,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Rochester),  Associate  Professor, 

History 
Levine,  Barry,  Ph.D.  (New  School  for 

Social  Research),  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Levitt,  Mary,  Ph.D.  (Syracuse 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Psychology 
Lichtenstein,  Alex,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Pennsylvania),  Assistant  Professor, 

History 
Ufshltz,  Felice,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

History 
Uossatos,  Panagis,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Pennsylvania),  Professor, 

Economics 
Upner,  Kenneth,  Ph.D.  (Rutgers 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Economics 
Logan,  Kathleen,  Ph.D.  (Bryn  Mawr 

College),  Associate  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology  arid 

Women's  Studies 


Lopez  de  la  Vega,  Ramon,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Miami),  Assistant 
Professor,  Chemistry 
Lowery,  Shearon,  Ph.D.  (Washington 

State  University),  Associate 

Professor,  Sociology/Anthropology 
MacDonald,  Charles,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Virginia),  Professor,  International 

Relations 
Machonis,  Peter  A.,  Ph.D. 

(Pennsylvania  State  University), 

Associate  Professor,  hAodern 

Languages 
Mackey,  Wesley,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Manitoba),  Lecturer,  School  of 

Computer  Science 
Maguire,  William,  M.S.  (Illinois  Institute 

of  Technology),  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Visual  Arts 
Malngot,  Anthony,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Rorida),  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Makemson,  John,  Ph.D.  (Washington 

State  University),  Professor, 

Biological  Sciences 
Martinez,  Juan  A.,  M.A.  (Florida  State 

University),  Instructor,  Visual  Arts 
Martinson,  David  L.,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Minnesota),  Associate  Professor, 

School  of  Journalism  and  ft/lass 

Communication 
Mau,  James  A.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Los  Angeles), 

Professor,  Sociology/Anthropology 

and  Acting  University  Provost 
Maurer,  David,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Pittsburgh),  Lecturer,  Biological 

Sciences 
Maurrasse,  Rorentin,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Geology 
Maxwell,  Oren,  Ph.D.  (State  University 

of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook), 

Associate  Professor.  Physics 
IMcCormack,  Kathleen,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Miami),  Associate 

Professor,  English 
McCoy,  Diana,  M.A.  (Case  Western 

Reserve  University),  Instructor, 

Mathematics 
McElfresh,  Clair,  D.M.A.  (Case 

Western  Reserve  University), 

Professor,  Music 
Mclntire,  Canrtela  Pinto,  Ph.D. 

(Michigan  State  University), 

Associate  Professor,  English 
IMendoza,  Ramon,  Ph.D.  (Frei 

Universitat,  Berlin),  Professor, 

Modem  Languages  and  Director  of. 

Humanities 
Mesbahl,  Mohiaddin,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Miami),  Assistant  Professor, 

International  Relations 
Meziani,  Abdelhamid,  Ph.D.  (Rutgers 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Mathematics 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  77 


MllanI,  Masoud,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Central  Florida),  Assistant  Professor, 

Scfwol  of  Computer  Science 
Mllbauer,  Asher,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Washington,  Seattle),  Associate 

Professor  and  Chairperson,  English 
Miller,  Debra,  M.A.  (Ohio  University), 

Assistant  Professor,  School  of 

Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
MIntz,  Stephen,  Ph.D.  (Johns  Hopkins 

University),  Professor,  Physics 
Moncarz,  Raul,  Ph.D.  (Florida  State 

University),  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Economics 
Moore,  Howard,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Arkansas),  Professor,  Chemistry 
Moraies-iVlartinez,  Zaida  C,  M.S. 

(Pennsylvania  State  University), 

Instructor  and  Coordinator  of 

Latxiratories,  Chemistry 
Morgan,  Dahlia,  Diplomate  of  College 

Teaching  (University  of  Rorida), 

Lecturer,  Visual  Arts  and  Director  of 

The  Art  l^useum 
Moran,  Gary,  Ph.D.  (Katholieke 

University,  Nijmegan,  Netherlands), 

Professor,  Psychology 
Moreno,  Dario,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Southern  California),  Assistant 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Morrow,  Betty,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Associate  Professor, 

Sociology/Anthropology 
Murison,  Gerald,  Ph.D.  (Johns  Hopkins 

University),  Professor,  Biological 

Sciences 
Nadel,  Richard,  M.S.  (Northwestern 

University),  Instructor,  Mathematics 
Navlakha,  Jainendra,  Ph.D.  (Case 

Western  Reserve  University), 

Professor  and  Director,  School  of 

Computer  Science 
Neal,  Leslie,  M.A.  (Rorida  State 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Theatre  and  Dance 
Nelson,  Brian,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Riverside),  Associate 

Professor,  Political  Science 
Norstog,  Knut,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Michigan),  Research  Scientist, 

Biological  Sciences 
O'Brien,  Mary  Ellen,  M.F.A.  (Tulane 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Theatre  and  Dance 
Oberbauer,  Steven,  Ph.D.  (Duke 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Biohgical  Sciences 
Okulx),  Case,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Guelph),  Associate  Professor, 
Biological  Sciences 
Osborne,  William,  Jr.,  Ph.D.  (Emory 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Sodology/Anthropology 
Owen,  Claudia,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Washington).  Lecturer,  Geology 


Parker,  Janat,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
California  at  Berkeley),  Associate 
Professor,  Psychology  and  Director 
of  Liberal  Studies 
Parker,  John,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
California  at  Berkeley),  Professor, 
Ctiemistry  and  Director  of 
Environmental  Studies 
Pasztor,  Ana,  DRN  (Darmstadt 
University,  West  Germany), 
Associate  Professor,  School  of 
Computer  Science 
Pearson,  J.  Michael,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Texas  at  Austin),  Assistant 
Professor,  Mathematics 
Peiin,  Alexandru,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Pennsylvania),  Associate  Professor, 
School  of  Computer  Science 
Perez,  LIsandro,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Rorida),  Associate  Professor  and 
Chairperson,  Sociology/Anthropology 
Pessar,  Patricia,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Chicago),  Associate  Professor, 
Sociology/Anthropology 
Pestaina,  Norman,  M.S.  (Pennsylvania 
State  University),  Instructor,  School 
of  Computer  Science 
Peterson,  Brian,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Wisconsin),  Associate  Professor, 
History 
Peterson,  Joyce,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Wisconsin),  Associate  Professor, 
History  and  Associate  Dean,  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences 
Pheidas,  Athanasios,  Ph.D.  (Purdue), 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Pliske,  Thomas,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 
University),  Lecturer,  Biological 
Sciences 
Popenoe,  John,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Maryland),  Research  Scientist, 
Biological  Sciences 
Portes,  Alejandro,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Wisconsin-  Madison),  Patricia  and 
Phillip  Frost  Distinguished  Professor, 
Sociology/Anthropology 
Post-Luria,  Slwila,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Chicago),  Assistant  Professor, 
English 
Poyo,  Gerald,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Rorida),  Assistant  Professor,  History 
Prabhakaran,  Nagarajan,  Ph.D. 
(University  of  Queensland), 
Assistant  Professor,  School  of 
Computer  Science 
Pyron,  Darden,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Virginia),  Associate  Professor,  History 
Quackenbush,  L.  Scott,  Ph.D.  (Florida 
State  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Biological  Sciences 
Quirke,  Martin,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Liverpool),  Professor,  Chemistry 
Rae,  Nicol,  D.Phll.  (OKford  University), 
Assistant  Professor,  Political  Science 
Ramsamuih,  Taje,  Ph.D.  (California 
Institute  of  Technology),  Assistant 
Professor,  Mathematics 


Ratner,  Robert,  M.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instnictor,  English 
Relsert,  Laura,  M.S.  (University  of 

Rorida),  Instructor,  Statistics 
Richards,  Jennifer,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California,  Berkeley),  Associate 

Professor,  Biological  Sciences 
Richardson,  Laurie,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Oregon),  Assistant  Professor, 

Biological  Sciences  and  Drinking 

Water  Research  Center 
Rishe,  Naphtall,  Ph.D.  (Tel  Aviv 

University,  Israel),  Associate 

Professor,  School  of  Computer 

Science 
Ritter,  David,  Ph.D.  (Louisiana  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Roca,  Ana,  D.A.  (University  of  Miami), 

Assistant  Professor,  Modern 

Languages 
Rochelson,  Meri-Jane,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Chicago),  Assistant 

Professor,  English 
Rock,  Howard,  Ph.D.  (New  York 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

History 
Rogerson,  Kenneth,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  California  at  San  Diego), 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and 

Religious  Studies 
Rohm,  Joseph,  Ph.D.  (Rorida  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Music 
Rose,  Patricia,  M.BA.  (University  of 

Miami),  Associate  Professor,  Sclxiol 

of  Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Rosenberg,  Mark,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Pittsburgh),  Professor,  Political 

Science,  and  Director  of  Latin 

American  and  Caribbean  Center 
Rosenthal,  Michael,  M.S.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instructor,  Mathematics 
Rotton,  James,  Ph.D.  (Purdue 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Psychology 
Roy,  Dev,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Rochester),  Associate  Professor.and 

Chairperson,  Mathematics 
Rut>ent>erg,  Cheryl,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Miami),  Associate  Professor, 

Polithal  ScierTce 
Rubin,  Richard,  Ph.D.  (WasNngton 

UrMversity),  Associate  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Ruttenberg,  Robert,  M.A.  (New  York 

University),  Associate  Professor, 
'  School  of  Journalism  and  ^4ass 

Communication 
Saiazar-Canilk),  Jorge,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  California  at  Berkeley), 

Professor,  Economics  and  Director, 
Center  of  Economic  Research  anf 
Education 


78  /  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Graduate  Catalog 


Salokar,  Rebecca,  Ph.D.  (Syracuse 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Political  Science 
Salvador,  Miguel,  D.M.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Sanchez,  Juan,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

South  Florida),  Assistant  Professor, 

Psychology 
Sanders,  Roger,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Texas  at  Austin),  Research  Sdentist, 

Biological  Sdences 
Sanchez,  Reinaldo,  Ph.D.  (Washington 

University),  Professor,  Modern 

Languages 
Saper,  Bernard,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Los  Angeles), 

Professor,  Psychology 
Sauleda,  Orlando,  M.S.  (Florida 

International  University),  Instructor, 

School  of  Computer  Science 
Schwartz,  Richard,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Chicago),  Assodate  Professor, 

English 
Sen,  Gautam,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Texas  at  Dallas),  Assodate 

Professor,  Geology 
Sevilla,  Carlos,  Ph.D.  (Stanford 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Economics 
Shapiro,  Samuel  S.,  Ph.D.  (Rutgers 

University),  Professor,  Statistics  and 

Assodate  Dean,  College  of  Arts  and 

Sciences 
Sheldon,  John,  Ph.D.  (Texas  A&M 

University),  Professor,  Physics 
Shershin,  Anthony,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Florida),  Associate  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Shore,  Minna,  Ph.D.  (Leningrad 

Technical  Institute),  Instructor, 

Mathematics 
Silverman,  Wendy,  Ph.D.  (Case 

Western  Reserve  University), 

Assodate  Professor,  Psychology 
Silverstein,  Ronn,  M.A.  (Sir  George 

Williams  University.  Montreal), 

Instructor,  English 
Skow,  Marilyn,  IM.Ph.  (Columbia 

University),  Assodate  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Theatre  and  Dance 
Slifker,  James,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Notre  Dame),  Assodate  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Sprechman,  Ellen,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Lecturer,  English 
Stack,  John,  Jr.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Denver),  Professor,  Political  Science 
Standiford,  Lester,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Utah),  Associate  Professor,  English 

and  IXrector,  Creative  Writing 

Program 
Stayman,  Andree,  M.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instructor,  Modern 

Languages 
Stein,  Mel,  BA.  (Hofstra  College), 

Lecturer/Creative 

DiiBctor-in-Residence,  School  of 


Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Stepick,  Alex,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Irvine),  Associate 

Professor,  Sodology/Anthropology 
Stiehm,  Judith,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Professor,  Political 

Sdence  and  University  Provost 
Sugg,  Richard,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Florida),  Professor,  English 
Sun,  Wei,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Illinois-Chicago  Cirde),  Assistant 

Professor,  Sc/wo/  of  Computer 

Sdence 
Sweet,  William,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Maryland),  Assistant  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Szuchman,  Mark,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Texas),  Professor  and  Chairperson, 

History 
Tal,  Doron,  Ph.D.  (Ben  Gurion 

University,  Israel),  Assistant 

Professor,  School  of  Computer 

Sdence 
Ticknor,  Donna,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Florida),  Lecturer,  Chemistry 
Todd,  Theraid,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Oregon),  Associate  Professor, 

Theatre  and  Dance 
Torres,  Manuel,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

New  Mexico),  Associate  Professor, 

Visual  Arts 
Tracey,  Martin,  Ph.D.  (Brown 

University),  Professor,  Biological 

Sdences 
Treadgold,  Warren,  Ph.D.  (Harvard 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

History 
Vagramian-Nishanian,  Violet,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Miami),  Professor, 

Music 
Van  Hamme,  Walter,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Ghent,  Belgium),  Assistant 

Professor,  Physics 
Veraldi,  Lorna,  J.D.  (New  York  School 

of  Law),  Assistant  Professor,  School 

of  Journalism  and  Mass 

Communication 
Vickers,  William,  F>h.D.  (University  of 

Rorida),  Professor, 

Sodology/Anthropology 
Villamor,  Enrique,  Ph.D.  (Washington 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Volcansek,  Mary,  Ph.D.  (Texas  Tech 

University),  Professor,  Political 

Sdence 
Wainwright,  Peter,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Chicago),  Assistant  Professor, 

Biological  Sdences 
Waltz,  Susan,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

(Denver),  Associate  Professor, 

International  Relations  and  Director 

of  International  Studies 
Wang,  Xuewen,  Ph.D.  (Iowa  State 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Physics 


Warren,  Christopher,  D.A.  (Lehigh 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Political  Sdence 
Warren,  Paul,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Wisconsin-Madison),  Assistant 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious 

Studies 
Watson,  Donald,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Virginia),  Professor,  English 
Watson-Espener,  Maida,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Florida),  Associate 

Professor,  Modern  Languages 
Watts,  Barbara,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Virginia),  Assistant  Professor,  Visual 

Arts 
Waugh,  Butler,  Ph.D.  (Indiana 

University),  Professor,  English 
Webb,  James,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Florida),  Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
Weeks,  Ophelia,  Ph.D.  (Howard 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Biological  Sdences 
Weinberger,  Robert,  M.A.  (Columbia 

University),  Instructor,  English 
Weiss,  Mark,  Ph.D.  (Princeton), 

Assistant  Professor,  School  of 

Computer  Science 
Weilz,  Barbara,  M.S.  (Florida 

International  University),  Instructor, 

English 
Welch,  Marcelle,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Michigan),  Associate  Professor, 

Modern  Languages 
West,  Lois,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Berkeley),  Assistant 

Professor,  Sodology/Anthropology 

and  Women's  Studies 
Wilklns,  Mira,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Cambridge),  Professor,  Economics 
Williams,  C.  Kemp,  Ph.D.  (Indiana 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

English  and  Director,  Unguistics 
Williams,  Willie,  Ph.D.  (Michigan  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Mathematics 
Willumsen,  Maria,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Economics 
Winkle,  Stephen,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Berkeley),  Associate 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Winters,  Sandra,  M.F.A.  (Cornell 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Visual  Arts 
Wright,  William,  M.A.  (Pennsylvania 

State  University),  Assodate 

Professor,  School  of  Journalism  and 

Mass  Communication 
Wolfe,  Gregory  Baker,  Ph.D.  (The 

Fletcher  School  of  Law  and 

Diplomacy),  Professor,  International 

Relations 
Yavas,  Mehmet,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Kansas),  Associate  Professor, 

English 


Graduate  Catalog 


I 


Yudin,  Rorence,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Illinois),  Professor,  Modern 

Languages 
Zahedl-Jasbl,  Hassan,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  California  at 

Riverside),  Associate  Professor, 

Statistics 
Zaiklkar,  Jyotin,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California  at  Santa 

Barbara),Assistant  Professor, 

Statistics 
Zwelbel,  John,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Mathematics 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  /  79 


80  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business 
Administration 

The  College  of  Business  Administration 
(CBA)  offers  academic  programs  lead- 
ing to  the  graduate  degrees  of  Master  of 
Accounting  (M.Acc.),  Master  of  Busi- 
ness Administration  (M.B.A.),  Master  of 
International  Busirwss  (M.I.B.),  Master 
of  Science  in  Rnance  (M.S.F.),  Master 
of  Science  in  Information  Systems  (M.S. 
in  MIS),  Master  of  Science  in  Taxation 
(M.S.T.),  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
Business  Administration  (Ph.D.). 

The  College  is  organized  into  the 
School  of  Accounting  and  Departments 
of  Decision  Sciences  and  Information 
Systems,  Rnance,  Management  and  In- 
ternational Business,  and  Nterketing  and 
Environment. 

Note:  The  programs,  policies,  re- 
quirements, and  regulations  listed  in  this 
catalog  are  continually  subject  to  review 
In  order  to  serve  the  heeds  of  the  Uni- 
versity's various  publics  and  to  respond 
to  the  mandates  of  the  Rorida  Board  of 
Regents  and  the  Rorida  Legislature. 
Changes  may  be  made  v\flthout  advance 
notice.  Please  refer  to  the  General  Infor- 
mation section  for  the  University's  poli- 
cies, requirements  and  regulations. 

Master's  Degree  Programs 

All  students  taking  graduate  business 
courses  must  be  admitted  to  a  business 
graduate  program  or  have  prior  ap- 
proval from  tfie  appropriate  graduate 
counselor. 

The  graduate  programs  of  the  Col- 
lege offer  tfie  student  advanced  profes- 
sional education  for  managerial  careers 
in  business  and  government.  At  the  Mas- 
ter's level,  thie  degrees  of  Master  of  Ac- 
counting, Master  of  Business 
Administration,  Master  of  International 
Business,  Master  of  Science  in  Finance, 
f^toster  of  Science  in  Management  Infor- 
mation Systems,  and  Master  of  Science 
in  Taxation  are  offered. 

The  Master  of  Business  Administra- 
tion degree  is  designed  to  give  students 
a  general  management  education  and 
to  assist  tfiem  in  preparing  for  their  cho- 
sen careers.  More  specialized  prepara- 
tion Is  available  in  the  otfier  programs. 

Admission  Requirements 

To  be  eligible  for  admission  to  the  gradu- 
ate programs  in  the  College,  the  appli- 
cant must: 

1 .  Satisfactorily  meet  ttie  general 
University  requirements  for  admission  to 
graduate  programs. 

2.  Hold  a  Bachelor's  degree  from  a  re- 
gionally accredited  college  or  university. 


3.  Shiow  high  promise  of  success  in 
graduate  studies  as  determined  by  the 
faculty.  Admission  to  all  the  College 
graduate  programs  w/ill  be  based  upon  a 
combination  of  the  Graduate  Manage- 
ment AdmissionTest  (GMAT)  and  the 
upper-division  grade  point  average. 

4.  A  foreign  student  must  obtain  a 
minimum  score  of  500  on  the  TOEFL,  or 
an  equivalent  score  on  a  comparable  ex- 
amination. See  General  Admission  re- 
quirements for  Foreign  Students 
(undergraduate  and  graduate)  in  tfie  Ad- 
mission section  of  the  catalog. 

5.  Be  in  good  standing  with  previous 
colleges  or  universities  attended. 

Application  Procedures 

A  student  planning  to  enroll  in  graduate 
studies  in  the  College  must  complete 
the  following  steps  and  meet  the  stipu- 
lated requirements: 

1 .  Submit  a  Graduate  Application  for 
admission  to  the  Admissions  Office.  Ap- 
plication Forms  will  be  mailed  upon  re- 
quest. Tfie  admission  process  may 
require  as  long  as  two  months  after  re- 
ceipt of  the  application,  depending  upon 
tfie  time  involved  in  tfie  receipt  of  tran- 
scripts and  test  scores. 

2.  Have  a  copy  of  the  official  tran- 
scripts of  all  previously  earned  college 
or  univeraty  credits  sent  from  the  appli- 
cant's former  institution(s)  to  tfie  Admis- 
sions Office.  (Copies  submitted  directly 
by  applicants  are  not  accepted  for  appli- 
cation purposes). 

3.  Submit  scores  on  the  Graduate 
Management  Admissions  Test  (GMAT), 
administered  nationally  by  the  Educa- 
tional Testing  Service  (Box  966,  Prince- 
ton, New  Jersey  08540).  Registration 
forms  will  be  mailed  upon  request. 

Degree  Requirements 

To  be  eligible  for  a  Master's  degree,  a 
student  must: 

1 .  Satisfy  all  University  requirements 
for  a  master's  degree. 

2.  Meet  tfie  requirements  of  an  ap- 
proved program  of  study.  This  program 
of  study  is  developed  by  the  student 
and  his  or  her  graduate  counselor  and 
must  be  approved  by  tfie  appropriate 
Department  Cfiairperson. 

3.  (a)  Complete  a  minimum  of  36  se- 
mester hours  (depending  on  program) 
of  graduate  level  coursework,  for  tfie 
Master  of  Science  in  Rnance  and  Mas- 
ter of  Science  in  Management  Informa- 
tion Systems 

(b)  Complete  a  minimum  40  semes- 
ter hours  of  graduate  level  coursework, 
for  the  Master  of  Business  Administra- 
tion or  39  semester  hours  for  the  Master 
of  International  Business. 


(c)  Complete  a  minimum  of  30  se- 
mester hours  of  graduate  level  course- 
work  for  tfie  Master  of  Accounting  or  the 
Master  of  Science  in  Taxation  programs. 

4.  Earn  a  minimum  average  of  'B' 
(3.0)  in  all  approved  courses  in  tfie  stu- 
dent's program  of  study. 

No  courses  in  which  a  grade  below 
'C  Is  earned  may  be  counted  toward  the 
M.Acc.,  MBA,  MIB,  MSF,  M.S.  in  MIS,  or 
MST  degrees.  However,  all  approved 
work  taken  as  a  graduate  student  will  be 
counted  in  computing  the  grade  point  av- 
erage, including  courses  graded  'D'  or 
'P,  and  any  approved  undergraduate 
courses  taken  while  a  graduate  student. 

Transfer  Credit 

Students  may  receive  permission  to 
transfer  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  semes- 
ter hours  of  graduate  aedit  toward  their 
degree  program,  provided  that:  (1 )  tfie 
courses  were  taken  at  the  graduate 
level  at  an  accredited  college  or  univer- 
sity; (2)  the  courses  were  not  introduc- 
tory or  'survey'  in  nature;  (3)  grades  of 
'B'  or  higfier  were  earned;  (4)  tfie 
courses  are  judged  by  the  faculty  advi- 
sor, the  Department  Chairperson,  and 
the  Dean  to  be  relevant  to  the  student's 
graduate  program;  (5)  tfie  credits  were 
not  used  toward  another  degree;  and 
(6)  the  credits  were  completed  within  six 
years  immediately  preceding  the  award- 
ing of  the  degree.  Credits  are  not  trans- 
ferable until  tfie  student  fias  earned  15 
semester  fiours  in  tfie  CBA  graduate 
program.  Students  wishing  to  transfer  to 
ttie  CBA  must  be  in  good  standing  at 
their  previous  school  or  college. 

Time  Limit 

All  work  applicable  to  tfie  Master's  de- 
gree, including  transfer  credit,  must  be 
completed  within  six  years  immediately 
preceding  the  awarding  of  the  degree. 

Change  of  Major 

The  graduate  student  who  wishes  to 
change  his  or  her  program  major  must 
submit  a  Graduate  Change  of  Major  re- 
quest to  the  Admissions  Office  and 
meet  the  admission  and  program  re- 
quirements in  effect  at  the  time  of  the 
change  of  major. 

Master  of  Business 
Administration  (MBA) 

The  objective  of  the  MBA  program  is  to 
develop  a  management  generalist  who 
fias  a  breadth  of  knowledge  and  under- 
standing of  business  and  who  is  ori- 
ented toward  pragmatic  problem- 
solving.  The  courses  leading  to  the 
MBA  degree  are  designed  to  provide  ex- 
perience in  tfie  techniques  and  con- 
cepts of  business  administration. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  81 


The  MBA  program  has  two  tracks: 

1 .  A  track  of  40  hours  for  students 
who  have  an  undergraduate  degree  in 
business  from  an  AACSB  accredited 
school  awarded  five  years  or  less  prior 
to  acceptance  in  this  program.  This 
track  consists  of  28  hours  of  non-waive- 
able  core  courses  and  1 2  hours  of  ap- 
proved electives  which  may  be  taken 
towards  a  concentration  in  one  subject 
area.  {Note:  students  are  required  to 
take  GEB  6445,  Legal  Environment  of 
Business,  in  addition  to  the  four  elec- 
tives, if  an  upper-division  legal  environ- 
ment of  business  course  was  not 
completed  within  five  years  prior  to  ad- 
mission.) 

2.  A  track  of  up  to  61  hours  for  stu- 
dents who  have  a)  a  business  under- 
graduate degree  awarded  more  than 
five  years  prior  to  acceptance  into  this 
program,  b)  a  business  undergraduate 
degree  ffom  a  school  not  accredited  by 
the  AACSB,  or  c)  a  non-business  under- 
graduate degree.  This  track  consists  of 
21  hours  of  waiveable  pre-core  courses, 
28  hours  of  non-waiveable  core 
courses,  and  12  hours  of  approved  elec- 
tives which  may  be  taken  towards  a 
concentration  in  one  subject  area. 

Seven  Pre-Core  Courses  (21  hours) 

AGG  6026     Accounting  for  Managers 
ECP  6705      Managerial  Economics  I 
ECP  671 5      Macroeconomic 

Forecasting  for 

Management 
GEB  6445     Legal  Environment  of 

Business 
MAN  6569     Kianageriai 

Decision-Making 

I^WR  6805     Marketing  Management 
QMB  6603    Quantitative  Methods  in 
Management 

Nine  Core  Courses  (28  hours) 

ACQ  6175     Financial  Reporting  and 

Analysis 
FIN  6428       Financial  Management 
FIN  6456       Quantitative  Methods  in 

Rnancial  Analysis 
MAN  6204     Organization  and 

Management  Theory 
MAN  6245     Organizational  Behavior 
MAN  6501     Operations  Management 
MAN  6830     Organizatkjn  Information 

Systems 
MAN  6830L  Organization  Information 

Systems  l^b 
MAN  6726     Policy  Analysis 
MAR  6816     Advanced  Nterketing 

Management 


Four  Elective  Courses  (1 2  hours) 

Completion  of  four  approved  6000-level 
courses  offered  by  two  or  more  CBA 
units  leads  to  an  MBA  in  General  Busi- 
ness. Areas  of  concentration  are  also 
available  by  completing  up  to  three  of 
the  four  6000-level  elective  courses  of- 
fered by  the  following  CBA  units.  One  of 
the  electives  is  required  to  be  taken  in 
the  Internatinal  Area. 


CBA  Unit 

Accounting 


Concentration 

Accounting,  Taxation 


Decision  Sciences  Management 
and  Information       Information  Systems, 
Systems  Operations 

Management 


Rnance 


Finance 


Management  and    Organizational 
International  Behavior, 

Business  Human  Resources 

Management, 
International 
Business 


Marketing  and 
Environment 


Marketing 


Each  area  of  concentration  is  sub- 
ject to  approval  by  the  department  offer- 
ing courses  in  that  area.  Some  areas  of 
concentration  may  require  completion  of 
one  or  two  additional  courses  beyond 
the  MBA  requirements. 

Doctoral  Degree  Programs 

The  doctoral  program  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration is  a  selective  one  leading  to 
the  Ph.D.  degree. 

The  program  emphasizes  the  devel- 
opment of  research  and  teaching  skills 
to  ensure  that  graduates  acquire  the  cre- 
dentials necessary  for  placement  in  lead- 
ing academic  institutions. 

Each  doctoral  student's  program  of 
study  is  tailored  to  mesh  faculty  and  stu- 
dent interests  and  to  maintain  a  high 
level  of  interaction  among  the  students 
and  the  faculty. 

The  program  requires  three  to  four 
years  of  full-time  stuc^,  including  a  year 
to  a  year-and-a-half  of  dissertation  re- 
search. Core  txjsiness  courses  are  re- 
quired of  all  doctoral  candidates  during 
the  first  year  of  study;  the  second  year 
consists  of  courses  in  a  major  area  of 
concentration.  The  first  year  is  geared 
toward  breadth  of  knowledge,  whereas 
the  second  year  develops  students'  de- 
pth of  knowledge  in  a  particular  area  of 
concentration. 


Major  Areas  of  Concentration 

Accounting 

Decision  Sciences  and  Information 
Systems 
Rnance 

International  Business 
Management 
Mari^eting 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  are  considered  from  students 
with  a  wide  variety  of  educational  tack- 
grounds,  such  as  business,  liberal  arts 
and  ttie  sciences.  Those  wtio  are  ac- 
cepted into  tfie  program  show  strong  evi- 
dence of  ability  and  scholarly  interests. 

Potential  students  should  provide 
the  following: 

1.  Completed  application  form  and 
processing  fee. 

2.  Three  letters  of  recommendation 
from  academic  sources. 

3.  Official  transcripts  from  all  under- 
graduate and  graduate  coursework. 

4.  A  report  of  the  Graduate  Manage- 
ment Admissions  Test  (GMAT)  score 
from  the  Educational  Testing  Service 
(the  average  GfulAT  score  for  entering 
students  is  above  600). 

5.  A  formed  statement  of  purpose  for 
seeking  the  doctoral  degree. 

6.  International  students  whose  na- 
tive language  is  other  than  English  must 
also  submit  an  official  report  of  tfieir 
score  on  tfie  Test  of  English  as  a  For- 
eign Language  (TOEFL)  from  the  Educa- 
tional Testing  Service.  A  minimum  score 
of  500  is  required.  See  the  General  Ad- 
mission Requirements  for  Foreign  Stu- 
dents (undergraduate  and  graduate)  in 
the  Admission  section  of  the  catalog. 

Admission  to  the  program  is  consid- 
ered as  soon  as  all  the  required  docu- 
ments are  received.  The  Doctoral 
Program  in  Business  Administratksn  at 
the  University  encourages  all  qualified 
persons  to  apply  and  admits  applicants 
without  regard  to  sex,  age,  race,  color, 
creed,  handicap,  marital  status,  national 
or  ethnic  origin. 

Degree  Requirements 

General  degree  requirements  for  all  doc- 
toral candidates  are: 

1.  Demonstration  of  practical  knowl- 
edge of  research  methods  and  proce- 
dures in  the  areas  of  statistics, 
economics,  and  behavioral  sciences;  a 
research  project  is  conducted  at  the  end 
of  ttie  first  year  of  study  to  ensure  that 
all  candidates  have  acquired  the  rele- 
vant skills. 

2.  Successful  completion  of  a  com- 
prehensive examination  at  tfie  end  of 
tfie  secorKi  year  in  a  major  area  of  con- 
centration to  ensure  ttiat  students  are 
prepared  to  liegin  dissertation  research. 


82  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


3.  Successful  completion  and  oral 
defense  of  doctoral  dissertation. 

Rnancial  Aid 

Applicants  to  the  doctoral  program  may 
request  financial  aid  by  completing  the 
form  included  with  the  application.  Re- 
search and  teaching  stipends  are  avail- 
able. The  stipend  may  include  both 
cash  award  and  waiver  of  tuition,  de- 
pending upon  the  applicant's  qualifica- 
tions. 


School  of  Accounting 

Lewis  F.  Davidson,  Professor  and 

Director 
Lucia  S.  Chang,  Professor  and 

Associate  Director 
Rolf  Auster,  Professor 
Delano  H.  Beny,  Instructor 
William  L  Campfieid,  Professor 

Emeritus 
Jacl<  L.  Carter,  Assistant  Professor 
Yong  S.  Ciioe,  Assistant  Professor 
i\tenuel  Dieguez,  Instructor 
Mortimer  Dittenlioffer,  Professor 
Donald  W.  Fair,  Instructor  and 

Associate  Dean 
Miin  hi.  Guo,  Assistant  Professor 
Georgina  Garcia,  Lecturer 
Rosalie  C.  Halibauer,  Associate 

Professor 
Harvey  S.  Hendricltson,  Professor 
Kevin  Kemerer,  Assistant  Professor 
David  Lavin,  Associate  Professor 
IMyron  S.  Lul>eii,  Associate  Professor 
Kenneth  S.  Most,  Professor 
Charles  A.  Nickerson,  Professor 
Leandro  S.  Nunez,  Lecturer 
Robert  B.  Oliva,  Associate  Professor 
Felix  Pomeranz,  Distinguished 

Lecturer,  and  Director,  Center  for 

Accounting,  Auditing,  and  Tax 

Studies 
Leonardo  Rodriguez,  Professor  and 

Vice  President,  Business  and 

Finance 
Bernadette  Ruf,  Assistant  Professor 
Robert  W.  Rutiedge,  Assistant 

Professor 
Paul  J.  Schiacter,  Assistant  Professor 
JohnT.  Sennetti,  Professor 
Barbara  T.  Uliss,  Instructor 
Richard  H.  Wislceman,  Jr.,  Lecturer 
John  Wrieden,  Lecturer 
Harold  E.  Wyman,  Professor  and  Dean 
ShuYeh,  Assistant  Professor 
Doria  Yeaman,  Associate  Professor 


The  School  of  Accounting  offers  two 
graduate  degree  programs,  Master  of 
Accounting  and  Master  of  Science  in 
Taxation.  The  tvro  programs  are  de- 
signed for  students  who  have  com- 
pleted an  undergraduate  degree  in 
accounting,  or  ttie  equivalent,  from  a  re- 
gionally accredited  college  or  university. 
Equivalency  of  undergraduate  degrees 
will  be  determined  by  tPie  Director  of  the 
School  of  Accounting.  Students  whose 
degrees  are  in  majors  other  tfian  ac- 
counting will  be  required  to  complete 
business  or  accounting  deficiencies,  or 
both.  Before  a  student  with  deficiencies 
may  tal<e  courses  in  either  program,  the 
Director  of  the  School  must  approve  the 
student's  program  of  study. 

A  student  with  a  degree  in  business 
who  is  admitted  to  the  M.Acc.  program 
may  be  required  to  complete  up  to  six 
accounting  pre-core  courses  (21  semes- 
ter hours)  from  the  following: 

ACQ  6 1 05     Accelerated  Rnancial 

Accounting  I  4 

ACG  6115     Accelerated  Rnandal 

Accounting  II  4 

ACG  6655     Auditing  and  Accounting 

Systems  4 

ACG  6345     Management  Accounting 

and  Control  3 

BUL6124      Sun/ey  of  Business  Law    3 
TAX  6005      Income  Tax  3 

A  student  with  a  non-business  de- 
gree who  is  admitted  to  the  M.Acc.  pro- 
gram will  be  required  to  complete,  in 
addition  to  the  pre-core  courses  listed 
above,  the  seven  pre-core  courses  of 
thie  Master  of  Business  Administration, 
with  the  exception  of  GEB  6445  (Legal 
Environment  of  Business),  for  which 
MAN  6726  (Policy  Analysis)  must  be 
substituted. 

Graduate  Student  Advising  and 
Preregistration 

All  students  taking  graduate  accounting 
and  tax  courses  must  be  fully  admitted 
to  a  graduate  accounting  program  or 
have  written  permission  from  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  School  of  Accounting.  Regis- 
tration for  all  graduate  accounting  and 
tax  courses  must  be  made  through  the 
School  of  Accounting  Graduate  Advisor. 
All  graduate  students  are  preregistered 
during  a  two-week  period  commencing 
three  weeks  prior  to  official  university 
registration. 

Master  of  Accounting  (M.Acc.) 

The  M.Acc.  degree  is  designed  to  pre- 
pare students  for  entry  and  advance- 
nfient  in  the  accounting  profession  and 
to  provide  the  additional  formal  educa- 
tion needed  by  persons  already  in  ac- 
counting and  other  fields  seeking  either 


a  career  change  or  advancement,  or 
both. 

Tfie  M.Acc.  degree  is  available  in 
the  concentrations  of  accounting/audit- 
ing, systems,  government  accounting, 
and  corporate/management  accounting, 
and  a  separate  track  of  government  ac- 
counting and  auditing.  These  are  de- 
signed to  prepare  the  students  for  the 
careers  described  below: 

Concentration/ 

Track  Career 

Rnandal  Independent  Accountant 

Accounting/      in  tfie  public  accounting 
Auditing  profession 

Systems  Accounting  systems, 

consultant,  auditor,  or 
officer  in  a  business 
corpxjration  or  public 
accounting. 


Internal 
Auditing 


Industry  or  Government 
internal  auditor 


Corporate  Internal  accountant, 
Management/  auditor,  or  officer  in  a 
Accounting       business  corporation. 

A  student  wtx)  wishes  to  sit  for  tfie 
CPA  examination  must  select  courses 
which  satisfy  tfie  30  hours  of  post-bacca- 
laureate study  required  by  the  Rorida 
Statute.  Relevant  portions  of  tfie  Florida 
Statute  are  detailed  below. 

M.Acc.  Program  Concentrations 

Tfie  M.Acc.  program  with  a  concentra- 
tion in  financial  accounting/auditing,  sys- 
tems, internal  auditing,  or 
corporate/management  accounting  con- 
sists of  two  parts  requiring  30  hours:  tfie 
accounting  core  (nine  semester  hours) 
and  tfie  elective  (21  semester  hours). 

Accounting  Core  Requirements 

ACG  6135     Seminar  in  Rnancial 

Accounting  Theory  I 
ACG  6657     The  Environment  of 

Accounting 
ACG  6437     Advanced  Accounting 

Systems 
Courses  in  accounting  are  not  trans- 
ferable unless  approved  in  advance  by 
tfie  Director  of  the  School  of  Accounting. 

The  accounting  elective  require- 
ments are  seven  courses  (21  semester 
hours)  selected  from  tfie  following  tfiree 
groups  of  courses: 

1 .  No  more  than  two  tax  courses 
from  ttiese: 

TAX  6105      Taxation  of  Corporations  I 
TAX  6205      Partnership  Taxation    . 
TAX  6065      Tax  Research  Practice 

and  Procedure 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  83 


2.  If  sitting  for  the  CPA  examination, 
three  courses,  which  include  any  6000- 
level  auditing  course  and  these: 

BUL  61 16      Business  l^w 

TAX  60 1 5      Taxation  of  Corporations 
and  Partnerships 

3.  Additional  6000-level  courses  ap- 
proved by  the  Director  of  the  Schtool  of 
Accounting  with  a  minimum  of  four 
courses  (12  semester  hours)  in  a  single 
concentration  of  financial  account- 
ing/auditing, systems,  government  ac- 
counting, or  corporate/management 
accounting. 


Master  of  Science  in  Taxation 

The  M.S.T.  program  is  designed  to  pre- 
pare students  entry  or  advancement  In 
the  specialized  area  of  taxation.  Stu- 
dents may  develop  their  own  specializa- 
tions. The  final  program  of  studies  must 
be  approved  by  Director  of  tlie  School 
of  Accounting. 

The  M.S.T.  program  consists  of  Iwo 
parts  requiring  30  hours  of  coursework: 
tax  core  (12  semester  hiours);  and  elec- 
tives  (18  semester  hours). 

Tax  Core  Requirements 

TAX  6065      Tax  Research  Practice 
and  Procedure 

TAX  6105      Taxation  of  Corporations  I 
TAX  6405      Estate  and  Gift  Taxation 
TAX  6875      Current  Developments  in 
Taxation 

The  elective  requirements  are  six  ad- 
ditional 6000-level  courses  approved  by 
the  Director  of  the  School  of  Accounting 
three  of  which  must  be  tax  courses  ex- 
cluding TAX  601 5,  TAX  6005,  and  TAX 
6935. 

Students  admitted  to  the  M.S.T.  pro- 
gram who  wish  to  sit  for  the  CPA  exami- 
nation and  who  are  required  to  com  plete 
deficiencies  in  undergraduate  account- 
ing by  completing  the  accounting  pre- 
core  courses,  are  not  required  to  take 
TAX  6005  (Income  Tax)  as  part  of  the 
accounting  pre-core. 

Rorida  State  Board  of  Accountancy  as 
meeting  the  requirements  for  the  addi- 
tional credit  hours  required  for  the  CPA 
Examination.  With  a  carefully  planned 
program  of  study,  a  student  who  earns 
either  a  M.Acc.  or  a  M.S.T.,  will  be  quali- 
fied to  sit  for  the  Certified  Public 
Accounting  Examination,  and  upon  suc- 
cessful completion  of  thie  examination 
be  certified  in  the  State  of  Rorida.  There 
Is  no  additional  experience  requirement. 


Decision  Sciences  and 
Information  Systems 

Daniel  Robey,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Dinesh  Batra,  Assistant  Professor 
Joyce  J.  Elam,  Professor  and  James  L 

Knight  Eminent  Schol^ 
Sushll  K.  Gupta,  Professor  and  Vice 

Provost 
Peeter  J.  Kirs,  Assistant  Professor 
ChristasP.  Koulamas,  Assistant 

Professor 
Jerzy  Kyparlsis,  Associate  Professor 
Tomlslav  Mandakovic,  Professor 
Krishnamurty  Muralldhar,  Assistant 

Professor 
Elena  Pemas,  Instructor 
Rajiv  Sabherwal,  Assistant  Professor 
Radhlka  Santhanam,  Assistant 

Professor 
Maung  K.  Sein,  Assistant  Professor 
Larry  A.  Smith,  Associate  Professor 
Steve  H.  Zanakis,  Professor 
Peter  J.  Zegan,  Lecturer 

Master  of  Science  in 
Management  Information 
Systems 

The  Master  of  Science  in  MIS  program 
emphasizes  advanced  study  in  the 
analysis,  design,  implementation  and 
overall  management  of  information  sys- 
tems in  organizations.  This  program  is 
designed  to  prepare  graduates  for  posi- 
tions of  advanced  responsibility  in  both 
systems  and  user  departments.  The  pro- 
gram is  a  natural  extension  of  under- 
graduate study  in  txjsiness  or  computer 
science.  Students  with  other  lack- 
grounds  will  normally  require  additional 
courses  to  satisfy  the  general  College's 
requirements. 

The  M.S.  in  MIS  program  consists  of 
courses  in  two  areas: 

Prerequisites:  Seven  courses  (21 

semester  hours) 

COS  3403     COBOL  for  Non-Computer 

Science  Majors  3 

COP  2210  Programming  in  PASCAL  3 
MAN  6051     Organization  and 

Maragement  3 

ACG  6026  Accounting  for  Managers  3 
MAR  6805  Marketing  Management  3 
QMB  6603    Quantitative  Methods  In 

Management  3 

ECP  6705     Managerial  Economics      3 

All  of  the  courses  listed  atwve  can 
be  waived  if  they,  or  ttieir  equivalents, 
have  been  taken  previously.  Students 
may  substitute  "C"  or  a  structured  pro- 
gramming language  (not  FORTRAN  or 
BASIC)  for  PASCAL. 


Required  Courses:  14  courses  (40 
semester  hours) 

ISM  6106      Systems  Analysis  3 

MAN  6569     Managerial  Decision 

Making  3 

MAN  6726     Policy  Analysis  3 

ISM  6305      Information  Systems 

Planning  3 

ISM  6205      Data  Structures  and  File 

Processing  3 

ISM  6105      Information  Systems 

Analysis  and  Design         3 
ISM  6405      Decision  Support 

Systems  3 

ISM  6045      Cunent  Economic  and 

Social  Implications  of 

Infomiation  Systems         3 
MAN  69 1 1     Research  in  Systems 

Development  3 

MAN  6501  Operations  Management  3 
FIN  6428  Rnancial  Management  3 
MAN  6830     Organization  Information 

Systems  3 

MAN  6830L  Organization  Information 

Systems  Lab  1 

QMB  6845    Simulation  of 

Management  Systems      3 
A  minimum  of  40  hours  is  required 
for  graduation,  this  may  be  reduced  to 
30  hours  for  students  with  a  graduate 
degree  in  Business  Administration  or  re- 
lated Eirea.  Graduation  requirements  in- 
clude a  minimum  overall  GPA  of  3.0. 
Courses  with  a  grade  below  a  'C  will 
not  be  accepted  for  graduate  credit. 


Finance 

Arun  Prakash,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Gary  Anderson,  Assistant  Professor 
Robert  Bear,  Professor  and  Director, 

Broward  Programs 
William  R.  Beaton,  Professor 
Joel  Barber,  Assistant  Professor 
Chun-Hao  Chang,  Assistant  Professor 
Robert  T.  Daigler,  Associate  Professor 
Krishnan  Dandapani,  Assistant 

Professor 
Karen  Duhala,  Assistant  Professor 
Shahid  Hamid,  Assistant  Professor 
James  Keys,  Instructor 
Simon  Pak,  Associate  Professor 
All  Parhlzgarl,  Professor  and  Director, 

h^BA  Program 
Emmanuel  Roussakis,  Professor 
George  B.  Slmmorw,  Distinguished 

Service  Professor 
Michael  Sullivan,  Assistant  Professor 
William  Welch,  Associate  Professor 

and  Associate  Director,  Center  for 

Banking  and  Firtancial  Institutions 


84  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


John  S.  Zdanowicz,  Professor  and 
Director,  Cer^ter  for  Banking  and 
Financial  Institutions 

Master  of  Science  in  Finance 

This  graduate  program  leading  to  the  de- 
gree of  Master  of  Science  in  Rnance 
(MSF)  is  offered  primarily  for  students 
with  an  undergraduate  business  degree 
who  want  to  concentrate  in  Rnance  at 
the  graduate  level.  The  MSF  program  is 
designed  to  extend  analytical  skills  and 
decision-making  abilities  in  the  solution 
of  problems  related  to  obtaining  and  util- 
izing funds.  Graduates  will  also  have  a 
sound  working  knowledge  of  current  de- 
velopments and  opportunities  as  they 
pertain  to  financial  institutions,  capital 
markets,  and  the  corporate 
enterprise. 

Content  and  Stmcture 

The  program  has  a  minimum  of  36  se- 
mester hours  (12  courses). 

Group  1  -  Common  Body  of 
Knowledge 

All  or  some  of  the  common  body 
courses  can  be  waived  (without  substitu- 
tion) depending  on  tfie  student's  prior 
education.  Students  with  a  recent  de- 
gree in  Business  Administration  from  a 
regionally  accredited  university  should 
be  able  to  waive  most  or  all  of  the  Com- 
mon Body  Courses.  The  areas  covered 
under  common  body  of  knowledge  are  fi- 
nancial and  cost  accounting,  legal  envi- 
ronment in  business,  economics, 
financial  management  and  policy,  opera- 
tions management,  managerial  decision 
making,  organizational  Information  sys- 
tems, marketing,  and  organizational  the- 
ory. If  a  student  is  deficient  In  any  of 
tiiese  areas,  the  student  will  be  required 
to  fulfill  the  requirement  by  taking  the  ap- 
propriate courses.  As  part  of  tiie  com- 
mon body  for  Rnance  majors,  students 
will  be  required  to  take  FIN  6428  (Finan- 
cial Management);  this  requirement 
may,  but  not  necessarily,  be  waived  if 
tiie  student  has  satisfactorily  completed 
two  undergraduate  Corporate  Rnance 
courses. 

Group  2  -  Finance  Core  Courses 

All  MSF-Rnance  students  are  required 

to  take  tfie  following  courses: 

FIN  6246       Rnandal  Mari^ets  and 

Institutions 
FIN  6456       CXiantitive  Methods  in 

Financial  Analysis 
FIN  6516       Security  Analysis 
FIN  6636       International  Rnance 
Fl  N  6804       Theory  of  Finance 


Group  3  •  Finance  Electives 

Nine  hours  of  approved  Rnance  elec- 
tives, other  than  those  mentioned  in 
Group  1  and  Group  2,  must  be  com- 
pleted. 

Group  4  •  Four  Related  Electives 

Students  will  be  required  to  select  four 
6000-level  coupses  from  concentrations 
in  business,  economics,  computer  sci- 
ence, and  other  related  areas.  Students 
will  be  permitted,  but  not  required,  to 
concentrate  in  one  area.  These  elec- 
tives must  be  chosen  witii  prior  approval 
of  the  MSF  program  advisor. 

The  36  semester  hours  requirement 
may  be  reduced  to  30  for  students  who 
possess  an  accredited  Master's  Degree 
in  Business  Administration  (this  would 
result  in  the  reduction  of  two  related 
electives).  Up  to  two  graduate  courses 
may  be  transferred  in  from  another  ac- 
credited school,  even  if  no  advanced  de- 
gree was  obtained. 


Management  and 
International  Business 

Dana  L.  Farrow,  Professor  and 

Cliairperson 
Richard  Ahlers,  Instructor 
Constance  8.  Bates,  Associate 

Professor 
Leonard  H.  Chusmir,  Associate 

Professor 
Gary  Dessler,  Professor 
Herman  Dorsett,  Associate  Professor 
Earnest  Friday,  Assistant  Professor 
Ronald  Gilbert,  Associate  Professor 
Jerry  Haar,  Associate  Professor 
Richard  M.  Hodgetts,  Professor 
William  T.  Jerome,  Oistinguisiied 

University  Professor 
Willabeth  Jordan,  Instructor 
K.  Galen  Kroeck,  Associate  Professor 

and  Director,  [k>ctoral  Studies 
Jan  B.  Luytjes,  Professor 
Kari  O.  Magnusen,  Associate  Professor 
Modesto  A.  Maidlque,  Professor  and 

University  President 
Sherry  Moss,  Assistant  Professor 
Qeanor  Polster,  Instructor 
Kannan  Ramaswamy,  Assistant 

Professor 
William  E  Renforth,  Professor 
Leonardo  Rodriguez,  Professor  and 

Vice  President  Business  and  Finance 
Ronnie  Sllverblatt,  Associate  Professor 
Christine  Specter,  Assistant  Professor 
George  Sutija,  Associate  Professor 
William  M.  Taggart,  Professor 
Anisya  S.  Thomas,  Assistant  Professor 
Enzo  Valenzl,  Professor 


Master  of  International 
Business  (MIB) 

The  Department  offers  a  graduate  de- 
gree, the  Master  of  International  Busi- 
ness, and  the  graduate  level  Certificate 
in  International  Business.  (See  Certifi- 
cate Programs.)  The  Master  In  Interna- 
tional Business  is  designed  to  prepare 
students  who  seek  a  career  in  some  as- 
pect of  global  business.  The  past  few 
decades  have  seen  a  rapid  expansion 
in  the  field  of  international  ti'ade  and  in- 
vestments and  virtually  no  business  en- 
tity today  is  exempt  from  woridwide 
competitive  forces.  This  expansion  has 
resulted  in  \he  development  of  interde- 
pendent economic  systems  witfi  all  the 
political  ramifications  of  such  interde- 
pendence. The  business  person  of  the 
future  must  not  only  have  a  keen  aware- 
ness of  domestic  business  practices, 
but  foreign  business  strategies  as  well. 
Furthermore,  there  must  be  a  global  po- 
litical awareness  and  sensitivity  in  order 
to  develop  viable  corporate  strategies. 

The  global  character  of  the  program 
is  not  only  to  be  found  in  tfie  cuniculum, 
but  witfiin  the  multinational  composition 
of  tfie  students  enrolled  in  tfie  program. 
Qualified  foreign  stijdents  are  actively  re- 
cruited and  the  program  seeks  tiie  ac- 
tive participation  of  foreign  as  \Ne\\  as 
domestic  corporations  tfiough  lectures 
by  executives  of  these  corporations  or 
internships. 

The  program  is  designed  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  accommodate  undergradu- 
ate business  majors  as  well  as  non-busi- 
ness majors.  The  latter  will  have  to  meet 
tfie  pre-core  requirements  which  focus 
on  the  basic  functional  aspects  of  busi- 
ness and  tfie  related  skills  that  might  be 
necessary.  Undergraduate  business  ma- 
jors w/ho  have  not  taken  the  equivalent 
of  any  of  the  pre-core  courses  also 
would  have  to  meet  these  pre-core  re- 
quirements. 

Pre-Core  Courses 

MAN  6245 
ACQ  6026 
MAR  6805 
QMB  6603 


MAN  6830 
MAN6830L 


ECP  6705 
MAN  6569 


FIN  6428 
MAN  6608 


Organizational  Behavior 
Accountir)g  for  Managers 
Marketing  Management 
Quantitative  Metiiods  in 
Management 
Organization  Information 
Systems 

Organization  Information 
Systems  Lab 
Managerial  Economics 
Managerial 
Decision-Making 
Rnanclal  Management 
International  Business 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  85 


Core  Courses 

ACG  6255     International  Accounting 
BUL  6631      International  Commercial 

FIN  6636       International  Finance 

MAN  6603     Problems  in  Comparative 

Management 
MAN  6635     International  Business 

Policy 
MAN  671 7     Corporate  Negotiations 
MAR  6158     International  Marl<eting 
MAN  66 1 7     Managing  Global 

Production  and 

Technology 

In  addition  to  the  core,  MIB  candi- 
dates are  required  to  take  five  electives. 
Tvw  of  the  electives  must  be  in  one  func- 
tional area  (either  within  or  outside  tlie 
College  of  Business  Administration), 
while  the  others  may  be  taken  in  otiner 
eireas.  All  electives  must  be  approved  by 
the  advisor. 

Students  may  choose  their  five  elec- 
tives so  as  to  have  a  concentration  or 
specialization  within  a  particular  area. 
For  example,  suggested  course  se- 
quences for  concentrations  in  Interna- 
tional Banking  Management  of  Scierx^, 
Technology,  and  Innovation  are  given 
b)elow: 

International  Banlting 
concentration: 

FIN  6315 


Graduate  with  Non-Business 
Degree 


FIN  6325 


FIN  6346 
FIN  6625 


FIN  6626 


Commercial  Banking 
Cunent  Issues  in 
Commercial  Banking 
Credit  Analysis 
International  Bank 
Management 

International  Bank  Lending 
Policies  and  Practices 


Management  of  Science, 
Technology,  and  Innovation 
concentration: 

MAN  6679     Master's  Project  in 

International  Business 

MAN  6805     Entrejxeneurship 

ISM  6045      Current  Economic  and 
Social  Implications  of 
Information  Systems 

ISM  6305      Informatbn  Systems 
Planning 

MAN  6675     Special  Topics  in 

International  Business 

Other  concentratkins  (e.g.,  in  area 
studies)  may  be  developed  to  meet  a 
student's  needs. 

Suggested  sequence  of  courses  to 
be  taken  assuming  full-time  status: 


Fall 

ACG  6026 
MAN  6608 
ECP  6705 
MAN  6830 

MAN  6830L 


Hrst  Year 

Spring 

MAN  6245 
MAR  6805 
MAN  6569 
QMB6603 


Fall 

ACG  6255 
FIN  6636 
BUL  6631 
MAN  6603 


Second  Year 

Spring 

MAN  661 7 
MAN  671 7 
MAN  6635 


Summer 

FIN  6428 
MAR  6158 
Elective 


Summer 

Elective 
Elective 
Elective 


Graduate  witii  Business  Degree 
First  Year 


Fall 

ACG  6255 
MAN  6603 
FIN  6636 


Fall 


Spring 

MAN  661 7 
MAN  671 7 
MAN  6635 
Elective 

Second  Year 


Summer 

MAR  6158 

Elective 

Elective 


BUL  6631  -  Elective  -  Elective 

The  purpose  of  sequencing  the 
courses  is  not  only  to  assure  having  the 
appropriate  prerequisites  for  the  pro- 
gram, but  also  to  build  a  dass  con- 
sciousness which  may  lead  to  an 
esprit-de-corps  that  can  be  of  great 
value  at  some  future  time. 

Suggested  Electives 

FIN  6625       International  Bank 
Management 

FIN  6626       International  Bank  Lending 
Policies  and  Practices 

MAN  66 1 5     I  ntemational 

Labor-Management 
Relations 

MAN  6675     Special  Topics  in 

International  Business 

MAN  6606     International  Business 
Environment 

REE  6935     Seminar  in  International 
Real  Estate 

EGO  5709     The  World  Economy 

MAN  6601     International  Management 

MAN  6679     Master's  Project  in 

International  Business 


Certificate  Programs 

Advanced  Certificate  in 
Accounting 

The  purpose  of  the  certificate  program 
is  to  provide  a  structured  program  of 
graduate  level  instruction  for  those  who 
do  not  wish  to  enroll  in  a  graduate  de- 
gree program;  who  need  to  satisfy  man- 
datory continuing  professional 
education  requirements  of  any  state; 
and  wrtTo  need  to  satisfy  post-t>accalau- 
reate  course  credits  to  qualify  for  ttie 
CPA  in  Rorida  or  any  other  state  requir- 
ing a  fifth  year  of  education  to  sit  for  tiie 
CPA  examination. 

Admission 

To  be  admitted  to  the  certificate  pro- 
gram, a  student  must  have  graduated 
from  an  accredited  university  degree 
program  in  accounting,  or  be  a  graduate 
of  any  other  business  discipline,  pro- 
vided tiiat  tiie  student's  transcript  shows 
a  completion  of  at  least  nine  semester 
hours  in  accounting  courses  beyond  the 
principles  level  witii  grades  of  'B'  or 
higher.  Each  student's  transcript  will  be 
evaluated  by  an  advisor  to  ensure  that 
all  deficiencies  are  satisfied. 

Students  applying  for  admission  to 
tiie  certificate  program  must  submit  cur- 
rent transcripts  from  all  colleges  or  uni- 
versities attended. 

Tfie  certificate  program  consists  of 
ten  courses  selected  from  the  list  below. 
However,  students  are  allowed  to  attend 
classes  in  the  program  witiiout  complet- 
ing the  entire  certificate  program.  None 
of  these  courses  will  be  transferable  for 
graduate  credit  in  College  of  Business 
Administration  degree  programs. 

Required  Courses:  (30  semester 
hours) 

ACG  51 75     Issues  and  Problems  in 

Accounting  for 

Nonprofit  Entities  3 

ACG  5395     Seminar  in  Managerial 

Accounting  3 

ACG  5656  Operational  Auditing  3 
ACG  5657     Systems  Auditing  3 

ACG  5695  Seminar  in  Accounting  3 
ACG  5805     Seminar  in  Rnancial 

Accounting  3 

ACG  5837     International  Dimensions 

of  Accounting  and 

Auditing  3 

ACG  5695     Statistical  MetiTods  ih 

Accounting  and  Auditing  3 
ACG  5005     Standards  and  Principles 

of  Financial  Accounting  3 
ACG  5356     Advanced  Managerial 

Accounting  3 

ACG  5386     Conti^ollership  3 


86  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


ACG  5905 

Independent  Study  in 

Accounting  and  Auditing 

3 

ACG  5895 

Specia)  Topics  in 

Accounting  and  Auditing 

3 

BUL5105 

Legal  Environment  of 

Business 

3 

BUL  5666 

Accountant's  Liability 

3 

BUL5665 

Law  for  Accountants 

3 

TAX  5406 

Taxation  of  Estates  and 

Trusts 

3 

TAX  5065 

Taxation  Research  and 

Reporting 

3 

TAX  5105 

Corporation  Taxation 

3 

TAX  5516 

International  Dimensions 

of  Taxation 

3 

TAX  5726 

Tax  Planning 

3 

TAX  5875 

Seminar  in  Taxation 

3 

TAX  5904 

Independent  Study  in 

Taxation 

3 

TAX  5936 

Special  Topics  in 

Taxation 

3 

Banking  Certificate 

The  GIB  (Certificate  in  Banking)  is  de- 
signed for  practicing  bank  managers 
and  bank  employees.  The  core  program 
consists  of  four  undergraduate  or  gradu- 
ate Finance  courses.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  the  four  course  sequence, 
a  Certificate  signed  by  the  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Business  Administration  will 
be  awarded. 

Participants  in  the  CIB  Program 
must  meet  certain  admission  require- 
ments. In  general,  those  intending  to 
take  undergraduate  level  courses  must 
have  an  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  or  its 
equivalent,  and  must  meet  the  other 
lower  division  preparation  requirements 
of  tfie  College.  Participants  planning  to 
take  graduate  level  courses  must  hold  a 
Bachelor's  degree,  submit  a  satisfactory 
score  on  the  Graduate  Management  Ad- 
missions Test,  provide  transcripts  of  all 
undergraduate  work,  and  meet  all  ad- 
mission requirements  of  the  College's 
graduate  programs. 

Program  requirements 

FIN  3414       Intermediate  Rnance        3 

or 
FIN  6426       Rnandal  Management 

Policies 
FIN  4303       Financial  Markets  and 

Institutions  3 

or 
FIN  6246       Rnandal  Markets  and 

Institutions 
FIN  4324      Commercial  Bank 

Management  3 

or 
FIN  6315       Commercial  Banking 


FIN  4345       Credit  Analysis  and  Loan 
Evaluation  3 


FIN  6346       Credit  Analysis 

Applicants  who  are  interested  in  pur- 
suing a  Master's  degree  in  Rnance 
should  take  RN  6426,  FIN  6246,  RN 
6315,  and  RN  6346  rather  than  FIN 
3414,  RN  4303,  FIN  4324,  and  RN 
4345. 


International  Bank 
Management  Certificate 

The  Certificate  in  International  Bank 
Management  (CIBM)  is  designed  to 
train  existing  and  future  bankers  in  tfie 
areas  of  international  b>anking  policy, 
(sractice,  and  technique.  Its  interest  Is  to 
provide  an  interface  between  tfie  domes- 
tic and  international  side  of  banking  for 
bank  managers.  This  certificate  is  not 
open  to  finance  majors. 

Partidpants  in  the  CIBM  must  meet 
tfie  admission  requirements  listed  for 
the  Certificate  in  Banking  Program. 

Required  Courses 

FIN  3414       Intermediate  Rnance        3 


FIN  6426       Rnandal  Management 

Pol  ides 
FIN  4324       Commerdal  Bank 

Management  3 

or 
FIN  6315      Commerdal  Banking 

or 
FIN  6325       Current  Issues  in 

Commercial  Banking 

or 
FIN  4345       Credit  Analysis  and  Loan 

Evaluation 

or 
FIN  6345       Credit  Analysis 
FIN  4604       International  Rnandal 

Management  3 

or 
FIN  6636       International  Rnance 
FIN  4615       International  Banking        3 

or 
FIN  6625       International  Bank 

Management 

Applicants  with  a  Bachelor's  Degree 
wfx)  are  interested  in  pursuing  a  Mas- 
ter's degree  in  Finance  should  take  FIN 
6426,  FIN  6636,  FIN  6625,  and  either 
RN  6315,  RN  6325,  or  RN  6345  rather 
than  RN  3414,  FIN  4324  or  FIN  4345, 
RN  4604,  RN  4615. 


Certifk^te  in  International 
Business 

A  Certificate  program  is  available  to 
graduate  students  wishing  to  acquire  an 
in-depth  understanding  of  international 
business,  but  wh»  find  it  unnecessary  or 
inconvenient  to  enroll  for  a  graduate  de- 
gree program.  Such  students  may  al- 
ready have  the  MBA  degree,  or  an 
undergraduate  business  degree. 

Students  in  the  Certificate  in  Interna- 
tional Business  program  must  meet  the 
general  admission  requirements  for 
graduate  study  in  the  College  of  Busi- 
ness Administration,  and  satisfactorily 
complete  an  approved  program  of  study 
consisting  of  four  courses,  as 
follows: 

MAN  6608     Intennational  Business       3 
MAN  6635     International  Business 

Policy  3 

and  two  graduate  international  business 
courses  approved  by  the  Chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Management  and  In- 
ternational Business. 


Course  Descriptk>ns 

Definition  of  Prefixes: 

ACG-Accounting;  BAN-Banking;  BUL- 
Business  Law;  CIS-Computer  and  Infor- 
mation Systems;  GEB-General 
Business;  FIN-Rnance;  MAN-Manage- 
ment;  MAR-Marketing;  QMB-Quantita- 
tive  Methods  in  Business;  REE-Real 
Estate;  RMl-Risk  Management  and  In- 
surance; TAX -Taxation. 

Departmental  or  School/College 
Designation: 

AC  -  Course  taught  by  School  of  Ac- 
counting 

BA  -  Interdepartmental  course  taught  by 
College  of  Business  Administration 

OS  -  Course  taught  by  Department  of 
Dedsion  Sdences  and  Information  Sys- 
tems 

EC  -  Course  taught  by  Department  of 
Economics,  College  of  Arts  and  Sd- 
ences 

R  -  Course  taught  by  Department  of  Fi- 
nance. 

MA  -  Course  taught  by  Department  of 
Management  and  International  Business 

ME  -  Course  taught  by  Department  of 
Marketing  and  Environment 

MS  -  Course  taught  by  Department  of 
Matfiematical  Sdences,  College  of  Arts 
and  Sdences 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  87 


ACG  5137  Standards  and  Principles 
of  Rnancial  Accounting  (AC)  (3).  A 
survey  of  offidal  pronouncements  on  ac- 
counting standards  and  principles.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  Accounting 
certificate  program  advisor. 

ACG  5256  Intematioruil  Dimensions 
of  Accounting  and  Auditing  (AC)  (3). 

Review  of  and  reasons  for  variations  in 
accounting  and  auditing  practices 
tfirougfiout  ttie  world;  explore  Initiatives 
undertal^en  to  promote  transparency, 
liarmonizatlon,  and  standardization  to  fa- 
cilitate understanding  of  financial  state- 
ments prepared  under  various 
conventions.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  Accounting  certificate  program  advi- 
sor. 

ACG  5307  Advanced  Managerial  Ac- 
counting (AC)  (3).  In  depth  study  of  de- 
termlrtation  and  control  of  production 
costs;  Ixidgetary  control;  CVP  analysis; 
and  aitennative  methods  of  performance 
measurement  sind  analysis.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Accounting  certifi- 
cate program  advisor. 

ACG  5386  Controllership  (AC)  (3). 

Study  of  controllership  function;  role  of 
controller  in  planning,  accounting  for, 
sind  evaluating  company  performance; 
relationshiip  with  internal  auditing.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  Accounting  cer- 
tificate program  advisor. 

ACG  5395  Seminar  In  Managerial  Ac- 
counting (AC)  (3).  An  in-depth  study  of 
selected  areas  of  managerial  account- 
ing. Prerequisite:  ACG  4341  or  equiva- 
lent and  Permission  of  Accounting 
certificate  program  advisor. 

ACG  5507  Issues  ar>d  Problems  In  Ac- 
counting for  Non-ProfK  Entitles  (AC) 
(3).  Study  £ind  analysis  of  accounting, 
reporting,  and  control  standards  and 
practices  of  non-profit  organization  -  In- 
cluding accounting  for  governments, 
hospitals,  universities,  churches,  and 
otfiers.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Ac- 
counting certificate  program  advisor. 

ACG  5516  The  Environment  of  Gov- 
ernment Accounting  (AC)  (3).  Basic 
public  administration  emphasizing  gov- 
ernmental processes  with  which  govern- 
mental EKSountants  and  auditors  come 
Into  contact,  includes  legislative  and  ad- 
ministrative activities  and  operating  func- 
tions having  high  accounting  and 
auditing  Involvement.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  graduate  program  in  School 
of  Accounting  or  permission  of  School 
Director. 

ACG  5518  Historical  and  Compara- 
tive Govemnwnt  Accounting  (AC)  (3). 
Research  and  reporting  on  subjects  in 


the  history  of,  or  on  comparative  as- 
pects of,  government  accounting.  Pre- 
requisite: Admission  to  ti>e  graduate 
program  in  ttie  ScItooI  of  Accounting  or 
permission  of  School  Director. 

ACG  5519  Contemporary  issues  In 
Government  Accounting  (AC)  (3).  Re- 
search and  reporting  on  current  Issues 
related  to  government  accounting.  Pre- 
requisite: Admission  to  graduate  pro- 
gram In  School  of  Accounting  or 
pemilssion  of  School  Director. 

ACG  5545  Analysis  of  Governmental 
Hnancial  Reports  (AC)  (3).  Describes 
content  of  government  fir»ncial  reports 
and  analytical  methods  employed  by  in- 
ternal ctnd  external  users;  covers  con- 
cepts of  disclosure,  budget/actual 
analysis,  credit  evaluations,  operational 
evaluations,  measures  of  fiscal  capacity 
and  signs  of  fiscal  stress  Prerequisites: 
ACG  6515  arxJ  admission  to  graduate 
program  In  tfie  School  of  Accounting  or 
permission  of  School  Director. 

ACG  5546  Governmental  Planning 
and  Budgetary  Accounting  with 
Cases  (AC)  (3).  Budgeting  in  govern- 
ments emphasizing  formulation  leased 
on  accounting  and  auditing  Input. 
Budget  execution  and  analysis  of  devia- 
tions of  actual  from  budgets;  study  of 
ZBB,  PPBS,  and  M80  systems  and 
their  behavioral  and  accounting  bases. 
Prerequisites:  ACG  6505,  ACG  6525 
and  admission  to  the  graduate  program 
in  the  School  of  Accounting  or  permis- 
sion of  the  School  Director. 

ACG  5596  Accounting  for  Specialized 
Governmental  and  Nonprofit  Entities 
(AC)  (3).  Survey  course  by  guest  lectur- 
ers covering  detailed  accounting  con- 
cepts, procedures,  and  reporting  for 
enterprise  fund  entities,  educational  enti- 
tles, and  unique  types  of  internal  service 
funds.  Prerequisites:  ACG  6505,  and  ad- 
mission to  the  graduate  program  of  (he 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
tfw  School  Director. 

ACG  5627  Systems  Auditing  (AC)  (3). 

Principies  and  procedures  of  auditing 
systems  of  information.  Including  tfie 
function,  approach,  and  techniques  of 
systems  auditing  and  the  evaluation  of 
systems  controls.  Emphasis  on  auditing 
computerized  systems.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Accounting  certificate  pro- 
gram advisor. 

ACG  5675  Operational  Auditing  (AC) 

(3).  Examines  operational  auditing  as  a 
professional  discipline  for  testing  and 
evaluating  totality  of  planning  and  oper- 
ating controls;  particular  attention  to  de- 
velopment, "selling"  and  Implementation 
of  recommendations  for  operating  im- 


provement and  cost  containment.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  Accounting  cer- 
tificate program  advisor. 

ACG  3696  Seminar  In  Auditing  (AC) 
(3).  An  in-depth  study  of  recent  develop- 
ments In  auditing.  Prerequisite:  ACG 
4651  or  equivalent  and  permission  of  Ac- 
counting certificate  program  advisor. 

ACG  5806  Seminar  In  Rnancial  Ac- 
counting (AC)  (3).  An  In-depth  study  of 
recent  developments  in  financial  ac- 
counting. Prerequisite:  ACG  4111  and 
permission  of  Accounting  certificate  pro- 
gram advisor. 

ACG  5846  Statistical  Methods  in  Ac- 
counting and  Auditing  (AC)  (3).  For- 
mulation, analysis  and  implementation 
on  a  microcomputer  of  matfiematical 
models  in  financial  and  managerial  ac- 
counting and  auditing.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Accounting  certificate  ad- 
visor. 

ACG  5905  independent  Study  In  Ac- 
counting and  Auditing  (1-3).  Individual 
conferences,  supervised  readings,  and 
reports  on  personal  investigations.  Pre- 
requisites: Written  permission  of  instruc- 
tor, accounting  certificate  program 
advisor.  School  Director,  and  Dean. 

ACG  5936  Special  Topics  In  Account- 
ing and  Auditing  (AC)  (3).  For  groups 
of  students  wfio  wish  cin  Intensive  study 
of  a  particular  topic  or  a  limited  number 
of  topics  not  otherwise  offered  In  the  cur- 
riculum. Prerequisite:  Written  permis- 
sion of  instructor,  accounting  certificate 
program  advisor,  School  Director,  arHJ 
Dean. 

ACG  6005  fHrtancial  Accounting 
Analysis  (AC)  (3).  Introduction  to  thie 
tfieory  and  practice  of  financiaJ  account- 
ing and  reporting,  with  emphasis  on  un- 
derstanding and  detennining  income 
and  financial  position.  (No  credit  will  be 
given  to  students  wfio  have  had  under- 
graduate or  graduate  equivalents).  Pre- 
requisite: QMB  6603  or  equivalent 

ACG  6026  Accounting  for  Managers 
(AC)  (3).  Presentation  of  the  nature, 
techniques  and  uses  of  accounting  from 
the  perspective  of  people  vAxt  manage 
businesses  and  investments  in  txjsi- 
nesses.  Covers  both  financial  and  man- 
agement accounting.  Not  ofjen  to  M.S.T. 
or  M.Acc.  students. 

ACG  6105  Aoceierated  Financial  Ac- 
counting I  (AC)  (4).  Underiying  con- 
cepts and  ethical,  regulatory  and 
business  environment  of  financial  report- 
ing; emphasis  on  measurement,  analy- 
sis and  interpretation  of  income,  cash 
flows  and  financial  position.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  a  graduate  pro- 


88  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


gram  in  the  School  of  Accounting  or  per- 
mission of  tfie  School  Director.  Not  open 
to  those  with  undergraduate  accounting 
degrees. 

ACG  6115  Accelerated  Rnancial  Ac- 
counting II  (AC)  (4).  Underlying  con- 
cepts and  ethical,  regulatory  and 
business  environment  of  financial  report- 
ing; emphasis  on  measurement,  analy- 
sis and  Interpretation  of  financial 
position,  accounting  for  partnerships,  in- 
ternational corpwrations,  and  business 
combinations.  Prerequisites:  ACG  6105 
and  admission  to  a  graduate  program  in 
tfie  School  of  Accounting  or  permission 
of  the  School  Director.  Not  open  to 
tfwse  with  undergraduate  accounting 
degrees. 

ACG  6135  Seminar  in  Financial  Ac- 
counting Theory  I  (AC)  (3).  A  study  of 
the  theoretical  structure  of  accounting, 
with  special  attention  to  asset  and  in- 
come definition,  recognition,  and  meas- 
urement; and  an  afspraisal  of 
pronouncements  of  professional  ac- 
counting organizations.  Prerequisite: 
ACG  4201  and  admission  to  a  graduate 
program  in  the  School  of  Accounting  or 
permission  of  the  School  Director. 

ACG  6145  Seminar  in  Financial  Ac- 
counting Theory  II  (AC)  (3).  A  continu- 
ation of  ACG  6135,  with  emphasis  on 
tfie  protJems  of  accounting  for  price- 
level  changes  and  other  cun-ent  issues. 
Prerequisite:  ACG  6135  and  admission 
to  a  graduate  program  in  the  School  of 
Accounting  or  permission  of  tfie  School 
Director. 

ACG  6175  Rnancial  Reporting  and 
Analysis  (AC)  (3).  Comprehensive 
treatment  of  analysis  of  financial  state- 
ments as  aid  for  decision  making;  looks 
at  current  state  of  financial  reporting 
practices  and  impact  of  published  state- 
ments on  economic  systems.  Prereq- 
uisite: ACG  6026  or  equivalent.  Not 
open  to  M.S.T.  or  M.Acc.  students. 

ACG  6205  Financial  Accounting  III 
(AC)  (3).  Underlying  concepts  and  ethi- 
cal, regulatory  and  business  environ- 
ment of  financial  reporting,  with 
emphasis  on  accounting  for  partner- 
ships, international  corporations,  and 
business  combinatkjns.  Prerequisite: 
ACG  4111  with  a  grade  of  'C  or  higher 
and  admission  to  a  graduate  program  In 
tfie  Scfxjol  of  Accounting  or  permission 
of  tfie  School  Director. 

.  ACG  6245  Accounting  and  Auditing 
Compliance  Issues  (AC)  (3).  Corpo- 
rate, government  and  putilic  accounting 
compliance  with  response  to  institutional 
and  political  regulation;  attention  to  com- 
pliance in  specialized  industries  such  as 


fiealth  care,  transportation,  financial  in- 
stitutions real  estate  and  construction. 
Prerequisites:  ACG  41 1 1  or  equivalent, 
ACG  4651  and  admission  to  a  graduate 
program  In  the  School  of  Accounting  or 
permission  of  the  School  Director. 

ACG  6255  International  Accounting 
(AC)  (3).  Comparative  analysis  of  ac- 
counting concepts  and  practices  in  differ- 
ent countries;  international  accounting 
standards;  problems  of  accounting  for 
multinational  corporations,  including 
transfers  of  funds  and  income  measure- 
ments; the  role  of  accounting  in  national 
economic  development.  Prerequisite: 
ACG  4201  or  equivalent,  and  admission 
to  a  graduate  program  In  tfie  School  of 
Accounting  or  pemfiission  of  tfie  School 
Director. 

ACG  6295  Financial  Accounting  IV 
(AC)  (3).  The  application  of  accounting 
principles  in  tfie  production  of  informa- 
tion for  selected  topics  in  financial  state- 
ments vifith  extensive  examination  and 
evaluation  of  FASB  and  international 
standards  of  accounting.  Prerequisites: 
ACG  6205  and  admission  to  a  graduate 
program  in  tfie  School  of  Accounting  or 
the  permission  of  the  Director. 

ACG  6308  Accounting  for  Decision 
Making  (AC)  (3).  The  uses  and  limita- 
tions of  accounting  data  as  sources  of 
information  for  managerial  decisions. 
Prerequisite:  ACG  6005. 

ACG  6345  Management  Accounting 
and  Control  (AC)  (3).  Accounting  con- 
cepts and  techniques  useful  in  evalu- 
ation, planning,  organization  and  control 
of  a  business  enterprise,  with  attention 
to  mettiods  of  accounting  for  production 
activities;  ethics  in  management  ac- 
counting. Prerequisites:  ACG  61 15  and 
admission  to  a  graduate  fyogram  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
tfie  School  Director.  Not  open  to  those 
with  undergraduate  accounting  degrees. 

ACG  6346  Seminar  in  Managerial  Ac- 
counting I  (AC)  (3).  Analysis  of  transfer 
pricing;  product  pricing;  Incremental 
profit  analysis;  decision  models;  alterna- 
tive performance  measurement  tech- 
niques; and  other  advanced  topics. 
Prerequisite:  ACG  4341  or  ACG  6308, 
and  admission  to  a  graduate  program  in 
the  School  of  Accounting  or  permission 
of  tfie  School  Director. 

ACG  6356  Seminar  in  Managerial  Ac- 
counting II  (AC)  (3).  A  study  of  the  con- 
trollership  function  in  corporate 
organizations;  an  appraisal  of  tfie  con- 
troller's role  in  planning,  accounting  for, 
and  evaluating  company  performance; 
and  relationship  to  internal  audit  func- 
tion. Prerequisite:  ACG  4341  and  admis- 


sion to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
tfie  Scfxiol  Director. 

ACG  6385  Managerial  Control  and 
Controllership  (AC)  (3).  Control  meth- 
ods for  management;  control  structure, 
planning  and  forecasting  for  budgets; 
tfie  functions  of  controllership,  including 
cash  management,  risk  management,  in- 
vestments, tax  administration  and  re- 
cords management  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
ttie  SofTool  Director. 

ACG  6405  Seminar  in  Accounting  In- 
fonnation  Systems  I  (AC)  (3).  Account- 
ing information  systems  security  and 
control  and  legal  and  ethical  compli- 
ance; control  of  computer  failure  and 
abuse  and  compliance  with  laws,  regula- 
tions, and  standards.  Computer  usage 
required.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  tfie  School  Di- 
rector. 

ACG  6415  Seminar  in  Accounting  In- 
fomnation  Systems  11  (AC)  (3).  Account- 
ing information  systems  for  strategic  use 
in  the  management  of  competitive  enter- 
prises; txjdgeting,  performance  meas- 
urement, and  cost  accounting  for 
generating  strategic  Information.  Com- 
puter usage  required.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  pemiisskjn  of 
tine  School  Director. 

ACG  6437  Advanced  Accounting  Sys- 
tems (AC)  (3).  Development  and  con- 
trol of  information  systems  for 
accounting,  emphasis  on  new  microcom- 
puter technology,  software  engineering, 
metfiods  of  data  processing  and  data- 
base management  systems.  Prereq- 
uisites: ACG  4401  or  equivalent  and 
admission  to  a  graduate  program  in  tfie 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
tiie  School  Director. 

ACG  6445C  Accounting  Infomtation 
Systems  Analysis  and  Design  (AC) 
(3).  Accounting  applications  of  infonna- 
tion  systems  analysis  and  design  con- 
cepts, mettiods,  and  tools; 
requirements,  design,  control,  and  proto- 
typing of  accounting  information  sys- 
tems. Computer  usage  required. 
Prerequistes:  Admission  to  a  graduate 
program  in  tfie  School  of  Accounting  or 
pemiission  of  tfie  Scfiool  Director. 

ACG  6455  Accounting  Information 
Systems  Technology,  Control  and 
Audit  I  (AC)  (3).  Accounting  applica- 
tions, conti-ol,  and  audit  of  large  com- 
puter systems;  technology,  control 
concepts  and  procedures,  audit  testing 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  89 


and  documentation,  and  control  and 
audit  software.  Computer  usage  re- 
quired. Prerequisites:  Admission  to  a 
graduate  program  In  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  tfie  School  Di- 
rector. 

ACG  6456C  Accounting  informatipn 
Systems  Technology,  Control  and 
Audit  II  (AC)  (3).  Accounting  applica- 
tions, control,  and  audit  of  small  com- 
puter systems;  technology,  control 
concepts  and  procedures,  audit  testing 
and  documentation,  and  control  and 
audit  software.  Computer  usage  re- 
quired. 

ACG  6506  Governmental  and  Institu- 
tional Accounting  (AC)  (3).  Budgeting, 
accounting,  and  reporting  standards 
and  practices  for  government  and  othier 
not-for-profit  entities.  Prerequisite:  ACG 
41 11  and  admission  to  a  graduate  pro- 
gram in  the  School  of  Accounting  or  per- 
mission of  the  School  Director. 

ACG  6515  Advanced  Governmental 
Accounting  (AC)  (3).  Treats  the  devel- 
oping concept  of  consolidated  finandai 
statements  for  governments.  Also  cov- 
ers advanced  areas  of  accounting,  e.g., 
concepts,  investment  accounting,  grant 
accounting,  and  pension  accounting. 
Prerequisites:  ACG  6505,  ACG  6584, 
admission  to  graduate  program  in 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
School  Director. 

ACG  6517  Audit  of  Governmental  En- 
tities (AC)  (3).  Covers  methods  of 
audits  of  governments  by  independent 
public  accountants,  coordination  with  in- 
ternal audit  staffs;  describ>es  audits  of 
governments  by  internal  auditors  (audits 
of  fidelity,  efficiency  and  effectiveness); 
covers  current  single  audit  concept.  Pre- 
requisites: ACG  6505,  admission  to  the 
graduate  program  in  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting, or  permission  of  School 
Director. 

ACG  6625  EDP  Auditing  Concepts 
(AC)  (3).  Understanding  and  application 
of  concepts  and  procedures  of  auditing 
computer  information  systems;  analysis, 
testing,  and  documentation  of  computer 
security  and  controls  for  management 
and  financial  statement  reports.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  a  graduate  pro- 
gram in  the  School  of  Accounting  or 
permission  of  ttie  School 
Director. 

ACG  6655  Auditing  aiKl  Accounting 
Systems  (AC)  (4)  Standards  and  proce- 
dures of  auditing,  etNcs  and  responsi- 
bilities of  auditors,  audit  evidence, 
reporting,  international  standards;  de- 
sign and  control  of  accountirtg  informa- 
tion systems.  Prerequisites:  ACG  61 15 


with  a  grade  of  'C  or  higher  and  admis- 
sion to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
the  School  Director.  Not  open  to  those 
with  a  undergraduate  accounting 
degrees. 

ACG  6657  The  Environment  of  Ac- 
counting (AC)  (3).  Economics  and 
scope  of  accounting  practice  in  context 
of  self-regulated  profession,  public  pol- 
icy constraints,  complex  business  struc- 
tures and  innovative  transactions,  and 
rapidly  changing  information  technology 
with  extensive  reference  to  business  pe- 
riodicals and  on-line  databases.  Prereq- 
uisites ACG  6135  and  admission  to  a 
graduate  program  In  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  tfie  School 
Director. 

ACG  6675  Studies  in  Auditing  li  (AC) 
(3).  This  course  examines  auditing  in  de- 
pth as  a  professionalized  discipline  for 
reviewing  testing,  and  evaluating  ttie  fi- 
nancial and  (he  operational  activities 
and  controls  of  an  economic  entity.  Fo- 
cus will  be  directed  to  private  sector 
profit  seeking  entities  as  well  as  govern- 
mental and  other  nonprofit  organiza- 
tions. Prerequisite:  Admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  tfie  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  tfie  School 
Director. 

ACG  6676  Advanced  Internal  Audit- 
ing (AC)  (3).  Special  topics  in  internal 
auditing  such  as  forensic  auditing,  man- 
agement consulting,  work  with  external 
auditors,  ethics,  multinational  aspects, 
evaluation  methods,  quality  control,  new 
technologies  and  recent  research.  Pre- 
requisite: Admission  to  a  graduate  pro- 
gram in  the  Scfxiol  of  Accounting  or 
permission  of  thie  School 
Director. 

ACG  6677  Applied  Internal  Auditing 
(AC)  (3).  The  expansion  of  the  internal 
audit  process  into  such  areas  as  admin- 
istrative and  support  functions;  line  func- 
tions such  as  research,  sales,  and 
production;  and  special  areas  such  as 
compliarice,  budgeting  and  controls. 
Prerequisite;  Admission  to  a  graduate 
program  in  tte  School  of  Accounting  or 
permission  of  tfie  School  Director. 

ACG  6696  Studies  in  Auditing  I  (AC) 
(3).  Professional  and  technical  aspects 
of  auditing  practice;  inlnoduction  to  SEC; 
ethics  and  legal  responsibilities;  emer- 
gence of  non-public  practice;  public  ex- 
pectations and  professional  reality;  the 
impact  of  technology;  international  audit- 
ing; recent  auditing  developments.  Pre- 
requisite: ACG  4651  and  admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  tfie  School  of  Ac- 


counting or  permission  of  the  School 
Director. 

ACG  6835  Behavioral  Accounting 
(AC)  (3).  Study  of  the  effect  of  the  proc- 
ess and  products  of  accounting  and  of 
tine  relation  of  cfianges  in  the  process 
and  products  to  individual  and  group  be- 
havior; consideration  of  ways  in  which 
accounting  can  aid  individuals  and  or- 
ganizations to  attain  their  goals.  Prereq- 
uisites: ACG  4111  and  4341  or 
equivalents,  and  admission  to  a  gradu- 
ate program  in  ttie  School  of  Accounting 
or  permission  of  tfie  School  Director. 

ACG  6845  Accounting  and  Quantita- 
tive Methiods  (AC)  (3).  Study  of  statisti- 
cal and  management  science 
techniques  that  are  or  may  be  utilized  in 
financial  and  managerial  accounting. 
Prerequisites:  MAN  3503,  QMB  3150 
and  ACG  4401 ,  or  equivalents,  and  ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
tiie  School  Director. 

ACG  6875  Evolutton  of  Accounting 
TiKJught  (AC)  (3).  Tfie  cultural  origins 
of  accounting  and  its  traditional  contro- 
versies, from  pre-historic  time  onward, 
and  in  an  international  context.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  graduate  program 
in  School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
School  Director. 

ACG  6885  Accounting  Research  and 
Reporting  (AC)  (3).  Examine  tiie  pro- 
jects relating  to  historical  and  current 
problems  in  public  accounting  practice, 
and  preparation  of  appropriate  reports 
in  oral  and  written  formats,  under  a  vari- 
ety of  professional  settings.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  a  graduate  program 
in  die  School  of  Accounting  or  permis- 
sion of  the  School  Director. 

ACG  6905  Independent  Study  In  Ac- 
counting (AC)  (1-3).  Individual  confer- 
ences; supervised  readings;  reports  on 
personal  investigations.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program  in  ttie 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
ttie  School  Director. 

ACG  6935  Special  Topics  In  Account- 
ing (AC)  (1-3).  Intensive  study  for 
groups  of  students  of  a  particular  topic 
or  a  limited  numtjer  of  topics  not  other- 
wise offered  in  ttie  cuniculum.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  a  graduate  program 
in  \he  School  of  Accounting  or  permis- 
sion of  the  School  Director. 

ACG  7157  Seminar:  Theory  and  Con- 
temporary Research  In  Rnanclal  Ac- 
counting (AC)  (3).  An  evaluative 
overview  of  ttie  dassical  literature  in  fi- 
nandai accounting  and  ttie  contempo- 
rary empirical  research  published  in  ttie 


90  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


leading  scholarly  journals.  Examined 
are  income  determination  theories,  nor- 
mative accounting  principles,  account- 
ing information  and  stock  prices,  and 
principal-agent  relationships.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Doctoral  advisor  in 
Accounting. 

ACG  7177  Seminar:  Accounting  Infor- 
mation and  Security  Prices  (AC)  (3). 

An  in-depth  examination  of  accounting 
information  and  security  prices  v*nthin 
capital  markets  theory,  including  a  thor- 
ough examination  of  the  cross-sectional 
properties  and  time-series  profjerties  of 
accounting  numbers  and  the  importance 
of  research  findings  and  new  develop- 
ments in  research  methodology.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Doctoral  advisor  in 
Accounting. 

ACG  7436  Seminar:  information 
Value  and  Agency  Researcli  Account- 
ing (AC)  (3).  An  in-depth  examination  of 
ttie  research  [saradigm  and  thie  associ- 
ated empirical  research  in  accounting  , 
and  auditing.  Examined  are  the  issues 
of  information  value,  risk  aversion,  risk 
sharing  contracts,  as  well  as  account- 
ability from  tfie  starxJpoint  of  monitoring 
contracts.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
Doctoral  advisor  in  Accoun-ting. 

ACG  7695  Seminar:  Contemporary 
Research  in  Management  Accounting 
and  Auditing  (AC)  (3).  A  broad  over- 
view of  classical  and  contemporary  em- 
pirical research  in  managerial 
accounting  and  auditing  including 
budget  and  performance  review,  deci- 
sion making,  information  analysis,  pro- 
fessional judgement,  sampling 
problems,  audit  risk,  etc.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Doctoral  advisor  in  Ac- 
counting. 

ACG  7836  Seminar:  Behavioral  Re- 
search in  Accounting-Individual  Be- 
havior (AC)  (3).  An  in-depth 
exeimination  of  tfie  relationship  of  cogni- 
tive psychology,  cognitive  models  of  hu- 
man judgement,  decisbn  tfieory  and 
accounting  information.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  tfie  human  processing  of 
accounting  information,  the  decision 
value  of  information,  arid  tfie  develop- 
ment of  decision  aids  or  tieuristics.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  Doctoral  advisor 
In  Accounting. 

ACG  7837  Seminar:  Behavioral  Re- 
search in  Accounting-Human  Groups 
and  Systems  (AC)  (3).  The  multifarious 
befiavioral  relationships  of  groups  within 
the  formal  and  informal  organizational 
structure  are  examined  with  respect  to 
performeince  measurement  (efficiency 
eind  effectiveness),  accountability,  plan- 
ning and  control  of  the  development  of 


decision  support  systems.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Doctoral  advisor  in 
Accounting. 

ACG  7886  Seminar:  Empirical  Re- 
search Methodology  and  Paradigms 
in  Accounting  (AC)  (3).  Study  of  re- 
search design,  methods  of  data  collec- 
tion and  analysis  and  problems  of 
measurement  in  accounting  research. 
Empirical  research  studies  in  accounting 
are  integrated  throughout  to  illustrate 
and  analyze  the  structuretl  problems  of 
research  design  as  well  as  the  strengths 
and  weaknesses  of  various  acceptable 
paradigms.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
Doctoral  advisor  in  Accounting. 

ACG  7887  Research  Forum  and  Wortc- 
shop  (AC)  (1).  Regulariy  scheduled 
wori<sfiop  at  which  visiting  scholars  as 
well  as  faculty  and  doctoral  candidates 
present  and  evaluate  research  papers. 
Candidates  are  expected  to  participate 
in  discussions,  act  as  discussants  and 
present  their  own  research  for  critique. 
Sessions  are  held  for  structuring  and 
"brainstorming"  research  projects  in  the 
formative  stages  as  well  as  for  present- 
ing completed  efforts.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  Doctoral  advisor  in 
Accounting. 

ACG  7888  Seminar:  The  Phitosophy 
of  Science,  Theory  Construction,  and 
Verification  in  Accounting  (AC)  (3). 
An  examination  of  knowledge,  tfieories, 
scientific  explanation  and  prediction  as 
related  to  the  social  sciences.  Various 
theories  of  accounting  are  critically  ex- 
amined from  the  standpoint  of  tfieory 
construction  sind  verification  in  tfie  phi- 
losophy of  science.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  Doctoral  advisor  in  Accounting. 

ACG  7889  Seminar:  Positive  Theory 
Research  in  Accounting  (AC)  (3).  Con- 
struction of  tfieory  to  explain  accounting 
£tnd  auditing  practices  in  an  environ- 
ment of  regulation  using  empirical  re- 
search findings  from  a  growing  body  of 
economic-based  research  in  accounting 
and  finance.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
Doctoral  advisor  in  Accounting. 

ACG  7896  Accounting  Research 
Methods  on  Capital  Markets.  (AC)  (3). 
An  advanced  accounting  graduate 
course  in  current  time  series  methods 
used  to  analyze  capitals  and  otfier  time- 
related  financial  markets.  This  course  is 
designed  for  Ph.D.  students  in  account- 
ing and  business  who  already  have  ad- 
vanced statistical  and  financial  training, 
and  serves  as  an  introduction  to  other 
doctoral  courses.  Prerequisite;  Permis- 
sion of  Ph.D.  advisor. 

ACG  7938  Seminar:  Special  Topics  in 
Accounting  Research  (AC)  (3).  Topics 


vary  according  to  instructor  and  student 
interest  in  problems  and  issues  on  the 
frontier  issues  of  accounting.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Doctoral  advisor  in 
Accounting. 

BAN  5652  Savings  and  Loan  Manage- 
ment (Fl)  (3).  Financial  management  of 
savings  and  loan  associations  and  other 
mortgage  lenders,  supply  and  demand 
of  mortgage  funds;  state  and  federal 
regulatory  bodies'  legal  and  institutional 
cfiaracteristics  related  to  mortgage  mar- 
kets. Prerequisite:  FIN  3403  or  FIN 
6428,  or  equivalent. 

BUL  5105  Legal  Environment  of  Busi- 
ness (AC)  (3).  Studies  tfie  importance 
of  law  and  legal  institutions  on  com- 
merce workings  of  administrative  law; 
various  asfjects  of  employment  legisla- 
tion and  other  areas  of  legal  environ- 
ment of  Isusiness.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  accounting  certificate  pro- 
gram advisor. 

BUL  5661  Law  for  Accountants  (AC) 
(3).  A  survey  of  select  topics  of  direct  in- 
terest to  accounting  students,  including 
contracts,  sales,  agencies,  partnerships, 
corporations.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  Accounting  certificate  program 
advisor. 

BUL  5662  Accountanfs  Uabiiity  (AC) 
(3).  Overview  of  accountant  exposure  to 
private  and  public  sector  liability  suits,  in- 
dependent in  auditor  engagements,  se- 
curities regulations  and  otfier  state  and 
federal  laws  of  chief  concern  to  account- 
ants. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Ac- 
counting certificate  program  advisa. 

BUL  61 16  Business  Law  II  (AC)  (3). 

Sut)stantive  issues  and  principles  of  law 
including  agency,  partnership  and  corpo- 
ration law,  commercial  paper,  antitrust, 
employment,  administrative,  environ- 
mental and  computer  law;  ethical  issues 
in  business  \an. 

BUL  6124  Survey  of  Business  Lavi 
(AC)  (3).  Overview  of  substantive  and 
procedural  aspects  of  contract  law, 
U.C.C,  fjartnerships  and  corporations, 
accountant's  liability,  and  other  aspects 
of  government  regulation  of  business. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  a  graduate 
program  in  tfie  School  of  Accounting,  or 
permission  of  tfie  Sctiooi  Director,  fvlot 
open  to  ttiose  with  undergraduate  ac- 
counting degrees. 

BUL  6631  international  Commercial 
Law  (AC)  (3).  Analysis  of  legal  prob- 
lems facing  the  U.S.  international  and 
multinational  businesses.  Topics  include 
tfie  transnational  research  of  economic 
regulation,  international  trade  and  invest- 
ment, antitrust  law,  technology  trans- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  91 


fers,  and  secxirities  law.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
Sdiool  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
the  Schooi  Director. 

BUL6651  Special  Topics  In  Business 
Law  (AC)  (1-6).  intensive  study  for 
groups  of  students  of  a  particular  topic, 
or  a  limited  number  of  topics,  not  otlier- 
wise  offered  in  the  curriculum.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  a  graduate  program 
in  the  Sdiool  of  Accounting  or  permis- 
sion of  ttie  Sctx)ol  Director. 

BUL  6906  Independent  Study  In  Busi- 
ness Law  (AC)  (1-6).  Individual  confer- 
ences; supervised  readings;  reports  on 
personal  investigations.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program  in  ttie 
Sdiool  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
the  School  Director. 

COP  7545  File  and  Database  Manage- 
ment Systems  (DS)  (3).  Fundamentals 
of  datat>ase  concepts  and  methodolo- 
gies, including  data  representation,  data 
modeling,  and  file  organization.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing. 

ECP  6705  Managerial  Economics 
(EC)  (3).  Basic  microeconomic  concepts 
as  thiey  apply  to  decisbn  making  within 
thie  organization;  supply  and  demand; 
msirt<et  structure  and  market  behavior  in 
specific  industries.  Prerequisites:  ECO 
3021  and  ECO  3011. 

ECP  6715  Macroeconomic  Forecast- 
ing for  Management  (EC)  (3).  Busi- 
ness macroeconomic  concepts  as  they 
apply  to  decision  making  witfiin  the  firm. 
Traditional  models  of  income  determina- 
tion and  forecasting  analysis.  Prereq- 
uisite: ECP  6705. 

RN  5418  Working  Capital  Manage- 
ment (R)  (3).  Intermediate  theories  and 
techniques  of  cash,  accounts  receiv- 
able, inventory,  and  accounts  payable 
management.  Prerequisite:  FIN  3403  or 
equivalent. 

RN  5473  Small  Business  Rnance  (R) 
(3).  The  financial  markets,  financial  in- 
struments, cirKJ  managerial  policies  and 
techniques  available  to  potential  and  ex- 
isting entrepreneurs  and  owner/meinag- 
ers.  Emphasis  will  be  upon  analysis  of 
cireas  of  opportunity  for  small  business: 
analysis  of  finar>cing  alternatives;  and 
analysis  of  profitability.  Prerequisite:  FIN 
3403  or  FIN  6428,  or  equivalent. 

RN  5495  Leasing  and  IMergers  (Fl) 
(3).  Discussion-oriented  course;  will  pro- 
vide an  analytk^  foundatton  to  corpo- 
rate development,  strategies,  and 
resource  allocatbn  deciskjns.  Merger 
activity  and  leasing  decisions  will  be 
viewed  as  strategic  decisions  by  the  firm 
to  enable  them  to  achiieve  corporate  ob- 


jectives. Prerequisite:  FIN  3403  or  FIN 
6428,  or  equivalent. 

RN  6246  Financial  Maricets  and  Insti- 
tutions (Fl)  (3).  Analysis  of  the  charac- 
teristics and  efficiency  of  the  money 
markets  and  capit£il  markets.  Types  of 
money  market  and  capital  market  instru- 
ments, and  the  role  of  financial  institu- 
tions in  tfiese  mari<ets. 

RN  6315  Commercial  Banking  (R) 
(3).  The  objectives,  constraints,  aixf  poli- 
cies applicable  to  the  management  of 
commercial  banks.  Emphasis  will  be 
given  to  asset  and  liability  management, 
marketing  of  services  and  othier  banking 
functions. 

FIN  6316  Management  of  Non-Bank 
Rnancial  Institutions  (R)  (3).  The  ob- 
jectives, constraints,  and  policies  appli- 
cable to  the  management  of  non-bank 
financial  institutions,  savings  and  loans 
associations,  credit  unions,  REfTs,  and 
insurance,  investment  and  finance 
companies. 

RN  6325  Current  Issues  In  Commer- 
cial Banking  (Fl)  (3).  I\^ain  policy  issues 
in  commercial  banking  and  the  role  of 
regulatory  authorities.  Presentation  in- 
cludes bank  mergers  and  holding  com- 
panies; national  bank  branching;  and 
ttie  present  structure  and  prospects  of 
tfie  financial  sector.  Prerequisite:  FIN 
6315  or  equivalent. 

RN  6346  Credit  Analysis  (R)  (3).  This 
course  examiries  htow  the  accounting 
framewort^  is  integrated  with  tools  and 
techniques  for  the  einalysis  and  interpre- 
tation of  financial  statements.  Evalu- 
ation of  risk  in  domestic  and  foreign 
loans  and  the  pricing  of  credit  facilities. 
Prerequisite:  FIN  6428. 

RN  6426  Financial  Management  Poli- 
cies (Fl)  (3).  The  selection  and  manage- 
ment of  current  and  permanent  assets 
to  achieve  corporate  objectives.  The  se- 
lection and  management  of  alternative 
sources  of  funds  to  obtain  ttie  optimal 
capital  structure.  Prerequisite:  FIN  6428 
or  equivalent. 

RN  6428  Financial  Management  (Fl) 
(3).  In-depth  examination  of  asset,  liabil- 
ity and  capital  structajre  management, 
witti  emphasis  on  capital  budgeting  tech- 
niques; risk  evaluation;  working  capital 
management;  and  methods  of  short- 
term,  intermediate  and  k)ng-term  financ- 
ing. Prerequisite:  ACG  6005  or 
equivalent. 

RN  6436  Capital  Budgeting  and  Long 
Term  Resource  Allocation  (Fl)  (3).  The 

tfieory  of  capital  allocation  at  thie  level  of 
the  firm,  and  empirical  findings.  Deci- 
sion models  and  their  application.  Tfie 


pattern  of  capital  expenditure  of  indus- 
tries and  of  tfie  economy  as  a  wfiole.  In- 
vestment determinants.  Prerequisite: 
FIN  6428  or  equivalent. 

RN  6446  Competitive  Strategy  (R) 
(3).  Provision  of  tools  for  managerial  de- 
cision-making in  a  variety  of  competitive 
environments  including  demand  analy- 
sis, shwrt-  and  long-run  costs  of  produc- 
tion, demand  for  factors,  mari<et 
structure  and  competitive  strategy. 

RN  6455  Rnancial  Modeling  and 
Forecasting  (Fl)  (3).  An  introduction  to 
Rnancial  Modeling  and  Forecasting. 
Emphasis  is  on  computer  models  and 
forecasting  tfie  financial  variables.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

RN  6456  Quantitative  Methods  in  R- 
nancial  Analysis  (Fl)  (3).  The  applica- 
tions of  computer  techniques  to  financial 
management  of  manufacturing  firms 
and  financial  institutions.  Prerequisite: 
FIN  6428  or  equivalent. 

RN  6487  Rnancial  Risk  Management  - 
Rnancial  Engineering  (Fl)  (3).  A  sur- 
vey of  financial  instruments  used  for 
financial  risk  management,  including  for- 
wards, futures,  options  and  swaps.  Em- 
phasis is  on  identification  of  finarxiial 
risks  and  designing  optimal  risk  manage- 
ment program. 

RN  6508  Rnancial  Futures  and  Rxed 
Income  lnvestnr«ents  (Fl)  (3).  An  exami- 
nation of  tfie  structure,  uses,  and  sti-ate- 
gies  associated  witii  financial  futures 
markets.  Hedging,  speculative  activity, 
arxJ  otfier  risk-return  procedures  are  dis- 
cussed. Prerequisite:  FIN  6428  or 
equivalent. 

FIN  6516  Securities  Analysis  (Fl)  (3). 

An  analysis  of  contemporary  securities 
markets  and  their  operations.  The  deter- 
minants of  tfie  risk-reward  stt'ucture  of 
equity  and  debt  securities.  Prerequisite: 
FIN  6428  or  equivalent. 

RN  6525  Portfolio  Management  (Fl) 
(3).  Financial  ttieories  will  be  applied  to 
tfie  constnjction  of  portfolios.  Portfolio 
management  techniques  will  be  ana- 
lyzed in  regard  to  tfie  goals  of  indlvkJu- 
als,  corporations,  and  various  financicti 
instihjtions.  Prerequisite:  FIN  6516  or 
equivalent. 

RN  6625  International  Bank  Manage- 
ment (Fl,  MA)  (3).  Management  of  the 
international  banking  function;  setting 
goals  and  developing  strategies,  estab- 
lishing an  organizational  sbucture  and 
managing  operations.  International 
banking  services.  Foreign  lending,  risks, 
restraints,  and  portfolio  considerations. 
International  banking  trends  and  implica- 
tions for  regulation. 


92  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


HN  6626  International  Bank  Lending 
Policies  and  Practices  (R,  MA)  (3). 

Organization  of  the  lending  function  and 
examination  of  the  basic  types  of  inter- 
national lending:  trade  financing,  loans 
or  placements  to  foreign  banks,  loans  to 
governments  and  official  institutions, 
and  loans  to  businesses.  Syndicated 
bank  loans.  Documentation  and  legal 
considerations  in  foreign  lending.  As- 
sessing and  managing  risk  in  the  inter- 
national loan  portfolio. 

RN  6636  IntemaUonal  Finance  (Fl, 
IMA)  (3).  A  comparative  study  of  the  insti- 
tutional characteristics  and  internal  effi- 
dency  of  developed  and  under- 
developed capital  markets.  Tfie  relation- 
ships between  world  and  capital  mar- 
kets and  prospects  for  integration.  The 
role  of  multilateral  Institutions,  multina- 
tional corporations,  states,  and  ttie  struc- 
ture of  trade  in  ttie  international  short 
and  long  term  capital  flows.  The  devel- 
opment of  financial  centers.  Prereq- 
uisite: FIN  6428  or  equivalent. 

RN  6716  Financial  Management  of 
Governmental  Organizations  (Fl)  (3). 
The  budgetary  process  of  identifying, 
justifying,  eind  allocating  funds.  The  se- 
curing of  funds  in  the  market  and  the  ef- 
ficient allocation  of  funds. 

RN  6804  The  Theory  of  Finance  (R) 
(3).  The  study  of  the  development  of  the 
theory  of  finance  and  its  implications  for 
the  financial  decisksns  made  by  ttie  man- 
ager of  business  firms.  Topics  include: 
utility  theory;  capital  budgeting;  portfolio 
tfieory;  capital  market  equilibrium;  multi- 
period  valuation;  and  the  cost  of  capital. 
Rnancial  decision  making  is  explored 
under  both  certainty  and  uncertainty 
and  within  the  context  of  both  perfect 
and  imperfect  markets.  Prerequisite: 
FIN  6428  or  equivalent. 

RN  6906  Independent  Study  in  R- 
nance  (Fl)  (1-6).  Individual  conferences; 
supervised  readings;  reports  on  per- 
sonal investigations.  Consent  of  faculty 
tutor  and  Department  Cfiairperson  re- 
quired. 

RN  6915  Master's  Project  In  Rnance 
(Fl)  (1-6).  An  individualized  research  pro- 
ject and  report,  which  may  include  field 
experience  with  a  fimi  or  agency;  library 
research;  computer  programming;  or 
project  development.  The  course  should 
be  taken  during  the  last  half  of  tfie  stu- 
dent's graduate  program.  Consent  of 
faculty  tutor  and  Department  Cfiairper-. 
son  required. 

RN  6936  Special  Topics  in  Rnance 
(Fl)  (1-3).  For  groups  of  students  who 
desire  intensive  study  of  a  particular 
topic  or  a  limited  number  of  topics  not 


otherwise  offered  in  ttie  curriculum.  Con- 
sent of  faculty  supervisor  and  Depart- 
ment Chairperson  required. 

RN  7507  Seminar  in  Futures  Markets 
(Fl)  (3).  Acomprefiensive  examination 
of  ttie  literature  in  futures  martlets.  Em- 
phasizes the  structure  and  pricing  of  fu- 
tures, and  risk-management  via  hedging 
and  artsitrage.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

RN  7528  Seminar  in  Investments  (Fl) 
(3).  Examines  analysis  and  measure- 
ment problems  of  investments.  Includes 
the  application  of  statistical  techniques, 
current  tfieoretical  issues  and  empirical 
literature.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
Instmctor. 

RN  7606  International  Corporate  Fi- 
nance (Fl)  (3).  The  study  of  topics  of  re- 
search interest  to  international  financial 
decisions.  Topics  include  foreign  ex- 
change risk,  international  financial  mar- 
kets, and  foreign  exchange  market 
efficiency.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

RN  7807  Seminar  in  Corporate  R- 
nance  (Fl)  (3).  Familiarizes  students 
with  recent  developments  in  finance  tfie- 
ory. Includes  such  topics  as  tfie  influ- 
ence of  leverage,  uncertainty  and  tfie 
cost  of  capital,  agency  theory  and  re- 
lated topics.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

RN  7808  Financial  Theory  t  (R)  (3). 

This  course  focuses  on  ttie  tfieory  of  fi- 
nancial decision-making  under  certainty 
and  risk.  Includes  investment  under  un- 
certainty, capital  structure,  dividend,  as- 
set valuation,  and  options  pricing. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

RN  7809  Financial  Theory  II  (R)  (3). 

This  course  focuses  on  the  tfieory  of  fi- 
nancial decision-making  under  certainty 
and  risk.  Includes  investment  under  un- 
certainty, capital  structure,  dividend,  as- 
set valuation,  and  options  pricing. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

RN  7810  Financial  Theory  III  (Fl)  (3). 

This  sequel  to  Rnancial  Theory  I  and  II 
focuses  in  on  microfinance.  Discusses 
issues  primarily  in  corporate  finance 
such  as  effects  of  taxation,  agency  the- 
ory, and  signalling  tfieory.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

RN  7811  Seminar  In  Rnancial  Mar- 
kets and  Institutions  (Fl)  (3).  Exam- 
ines recent  developments  in  economic 
and  financial  tfieories  as  applied  to  top- 
ics such  as  ttie  structure  of  financial  mar- 
kets eind  the  economics  of  information 
and  financial  institutions.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 


RN  7812  Seminar  In  Options  and  Con- 
tingent Claims  (Fl)  (3).  An  examination 
of  Die  tfieories  of  option  valuation  and 
artsitrage  pricing,  and  their  applications 
to  security  analysis,  portfolio  manage- 
ment and  financial  instrument  valuation. 
Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  instructor. 

RN  7816  Seminar  In  Portfolio  Theory 
(Fl)  (3).  Examines  investment  and  port- 
folio theory,  with  emphasis  on  the  histori- 
cal development  of  tfie  literature  in  this 
area  and  ttie  recent  analytical  and  em- 
pirical wori<.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

RN  7818  Foundations  of  Financial 
Models  (Fl)  (3).  Introduction  to  mathe- 
matical eind  economic  models  underiy- 
ing  the  development  of  modem  finance 
tfieory.  Includes  discrete  and  continuous 
time  models  in  finance  using  stochastic 
ceilculus.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

RN  7845  Statistical  Methods  In  R- 
nance  I  (Fl)  (3).  Estimation,  and  testing 
of  various  economic  and  financial  mod- 
els. Emphasis  on  econometrk:  tech- 
niques to  deal  with  various  problems  of 
single-equation  models  and  introduction 
to  simultaneous  equation.  Prerequisite: 
Instructor's  permission. 

RN  7846  Statistical  Methods  in  R- 
nance  II  (Fl)  (3).  Emphasis  on  econo- 
metric techniques  and  multivariate 
statistks  as  applied  in  finance.  Includes 
simultaneous  equation  models,  multiple 
discriminant  analysis  and  factor  analy- 
sis. Prerequisite:  Instructor's  permission. 

RN  7855  RnatKiai  Economics  I  (R) 
(3).  An  advance  doctoral  course  cover- 
ing selected  advanced  topics  in  Micro- 
economic  foundations  and  other  topics 
related  to  business.  Emphasis  will  t>e  on 
economics  of  uncertainty,  agency  prob- 
lems, information  and  signalling.  Prereq- 
uisite: ECO  7115  or  Permission  of 
instructor. 

RN  7856  Rnancial  Economics  II  (Fl) 
(3).  An  advanced  doctoral  course  cover- 
ing selected  advanced  topics  in  the  the- 
ory of  macrofinance.  Emphasis  will  be 
on  financial  intemiediation.  Prerequisite: 
ECO  7206  or  Permisston  of  instructor. 

GEB  6445  The  Legal  Environment  of 
Business  (BA)  (3).  A  study  of  federal 
and  state  regulatory  laws,  encompass- 
ing aspects  of  ttie  judicial  process,  le- 
gal/economic aspects  of  Ixjsiness 
organizations,  international  legal  envi- 
ronment, and  legal/political  elements  of 
business  ethics. 

GEB  7906  independent  Study  for  Doc- 
toral Students  (1-15).  Supervised  re- 
search projects  determined  by  professor 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  93 


and  student.  May  Involve  conferences, 
supervised  reading,  and  reports.  Con- 
sent of  sponsoring  professor  and  chair- 
person required. 

GEB  7916  Doctoral  Research  Project 
in  Business  (BA)  (15).  Intensive  re- 
search project  conducted  after  the  first 
tier  of  coursework  is  complete.  Con- 
ducted on  an  individual  t»sis  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  member.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing. 

GEB  7936  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Busi- 
ness Administration  (BA)  (1).  Weekly 
informal  seminars  to  discuss  current  is- 
sues, educational  approaches,  and  ca- 
reer management  for  Ph.D.  students  in 
Business  Administration. 

GEB  7980  Doctoral  Dissertation  in 
Business  Adminlstratk>n  (BA)  (3-15). 
Original  research  that  is  supervised  by  a 
faculty  committee  and  defended  openly 
before  the  university  committee.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  Candidacy. 

ISM  6045  Current  Economic  and  So- 
cial Implications  of  Information  Sys- 
tems (DS)  (3).  Effects  and  implications 
of  socioeconomic  factors  in  the  opera- 
tion of  information  systems  and  interde- 
pendence with  the  legal  and  inter- 
national business  environment.  Privacy 
and  fraud;  computer  system  purchase 
eind  lease  contracts;  economics  of  sys- 
tem design,  selection  and  operation; 
electronic  fund  transfers  and  mail;  inter- 
national considerations.  Prerequisites: 
MAN  6830  and  MAN  6051. 

ISM  6106  Systems  Analysis  (OS)  (3). 

A  study  of  the  systems  approach  to 
problem  solving  as  it  applies  to  any  area 
of  specialization.  Consideration  of  the 
problems  in  determining  system  objec- 
tives; identifying  system  boundaries  and 
constraints;  marshalling  resources  for 
acWeving  system  objectives;  analyzing 
tfie  sub-components  of  tfie  system  and 
their  respective  objectives;  and  manag- 
ing ttie  system.  Prerequisites:  MAN 
6830,  CGS  3300,  and  COP  2210. 

ISM  6155  Information  Systems  Analy- 
sis and  Design  (DS)  (3).  Concepts 
and  methods  used  In  the  analysis  and 
design  of  MIS.  Feasibility  stuc^,  system 
flow  darting,  data  requirements  analy- 
sis, data  design,  user  friendly  systems 
design.  Systems  design  project.  Prereq- 
uisites: ISM  6205  and  ISM  6105. 

ISM  6205  Data  Structures  and  RIe 
Processing  in  Business  (DS)  (3).  This 
course  deals  with  major  levels  of  data 
organization,  data  base  management, 
Nerarcfiic  and  associative  structures, 
file  maintenance,  and  privacy  and  secu- 
rity measures  and  safeguards.  Prereq- 


uisites: MAN  6830,  CGS  3300,  and 
COP  2210. 

ISM  6305  Infomnation  Systems  Plan- 
ning (DS)  (3).  An  in-depth  study  of  sys- 
tems concepts,  as  they  apply  to 
information  systems  in  orgeinizations. 
Consideration  of  planning  for  systems 
development  and  its  accomplishment 
through  the  phases  of  the  life  cycle,  and 
of  tfie  overall  management  of  the  infor- 
mation systems  function.  Prerequisites: 
MAN  6830  and  MAN  6051. 

ISM  6357  Computer  Administration 
(DS)  (3).  The  theory  and  computer  man- 
agement. Topics  include  selection,  train- 
ing, job  and  performance  evaluation, 
arKJ  incentive  schemes  as  thiey  relate  to 
key  positions  of  systems  analysis,  pro- 
gramming, data  preparation  and  entiy, 
and  project  management.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  human  resources  man- 
agement and  development  at  various 
levels  within  the  EDP  department. 

ISM  6405  Decision  Support  Systems 
(DS)  (3).  Concept  of  decision  support  is 
examined  and  typ>es  of  applied  decision 
support  systems  in  business  are  sur- 
veyed. Prerequisites:  MAN  6830,  MAN 
6569,  ISM  6205,  and  ISM  6106. 

ISM  6455  Microcomputer  Applica- 
tions in  Business  (DS)  (3).  Fundamen- 
tals and  comparison  of  contemporary 
microcomputers.  Extensive  usage  of 
available  software  for  making  business 
decisions.  Emphasis  on  small  business 
applications  and  cases.  Student  pro- 
jects. Prerequisites:  Computer  program- 
ming proficiency,  MAN  4504  and  CGS 
3300  or  MAN  6501  and  6830. 

ISM  6930  Special  Topics  in  Manage- 
n>ent  Information  Systems  (DS)  (1-6). 

To  study  the  recent  developments  in  the 
MIS  field  not  otfienwise  offered  in  the 
curriculum,  such  as  office  automation, 
computer  graphics,  etc.  Prerequisites: 
Advanced  standing  and  department 
chairman  approval. 

ISM  7126  Systems  Analysis  and  De- 
sign (DS)  (3).  The  process  of  analyzing 
information  requirements  and  the  de- 
sign and  implementation  of  software  sys- 
tems. Emphasis  on  the  theoretical 
foundations  of  different  systems  devel- 
opment techniques. 

ISM  7083  Deterministic  Decision 
Models  (DS)  (3).  This  course  deals  with 
the  optimal  decision  making  and  model- 
ing of  deterministic  systems  that  origi- 
nate from  real  life.  These  applications, 
which  occur  in  government,  business, 
engineering,  economics,  and  the  natural 
and  social  sciences,  are  largely  charac- 


terized by  tfie  need  to  allocate  limited  re- 
sources. 

ISM  7087  Probabilistic  Decision  Mod- 
els (DS)  (3).  This  course  deals  with  the 
optimal  decision  making  aryj  modeling 
of  probabilistic  systems  that  originate 
from  real  life.  These  applications,  which 
occur  in  government,  business,  engi- 
neering, economics,  and  the  natural  and 
social  sciences,  are  largely  charac- 
terized by  the  need  to  allocate  limited  re- 
sources. 

ISM  7152  Seminar  on  System  Imple- 
mentation (DS)  (3).  Theory  and  re- 
search on  tfie  implementation  of 
information  systems  in  organizational 
settings.  Theories  of  technological  inno- 
vation and  political  action  applied  in  tfie 
design  and  development  of  systems 
within  organizations. 

ISM  7306  Seminar  on  Managing  infor- 
mation Resources  (DS)  (3).  Theory 
and  research  on  the  managerial  view- 
point on  information  processing  func- 
tions within  an  organization.  Relation- 
ship of  information  management  to  stra- 
tegic planning  and  other  business  func- 
tions. 

ISM  7345  Organizational  Impacts  of 
Information  Systems  (DS)  (3).  Analy- 
sis of  ttieory  and  research  on  tfie  im- 
pacts of  information  systems  on  human 
behavior  in  organizations  and  upon  or- 
ganizational design. 

ISM  7406  Decision  Support  Systems 
(DS)  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  de- 
sign of  decision  aids.  Integrating  mod- 
els and  data  with  a  technological 
delivery  system  that  supports  unstmc- 
tured  problem-solving  by  executive. 

MAN  5123  Human  Interaction  1:  Per- 
sonal Growth  l^tMratory  (MA)  (3).  Ex- 
perience designed  to  increase 
awareness  of  personal  social  impact, 
and  sensitivity  to  the  feelings  of  others; 
to  improve  interpersonal  communica- 
tion, and  increase  understanding  of  the 
cfiange-learning  process.  Study  and 
analysis  of  class-group  participation  as 
well  as  other  furx:tional  social  groups. 

MAN  5524  Advanced  Production  Man- 
agement (DS)  (3).  More  advanced 
metixids  in  master  planning,  forecast- 
ing, capacity  management,  production 
activity  scheduling/control,  MRP  and  in- 
ventory management.  This  course  has  a 
professbnal  orientation  similar  to  the 
APICS  certification  guidelines.  Prereq- 
uisite: MAN  4504  or  MAN  6501 ,  or 
Department  Cfiairperson's  approval. 

MAN  5930  Seminar  in  Personnel  Man- 
agement (MA)  (3).  Overview  and  exami- 


94  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


nation  of  the  various  aspects  of  the  per- 
sonnel management  function. 

MAN  6051  Organization  and  Manage- 
ment Process  (MA)  (3).  Analysis  of  or- 
ganizations including  the  evolution  of 
management  thought  and  the  effects  of 
technology  and  the  environment  on  the 
organization.  Emphasis  will  be  on  such 
concepts  as  division  of  work,  delegation 
and  decentralization,  leadership,  motiva- 
tion, work  satisfaction;  as  well  as  plan- 
ning, organizing,  directing,  and 
controlling. 

IMAN  6121  Interpersonal  Behavior 
and  Analysis  (MA)  (3).  A  human  inter- 
action/human relations  training  labora- 
tory, designed  to  inaease  both 
self-awareness  and  understanding  of  be- 
havior dynamics  in  groups.  Course  is  in- 
tended to  enable  students  to  broaden 
their  conceptual  understanding  of  hu- 
man interpersonal  communications  and 
conflict. 

MAN  6124  Hurran  Interaction  II:  Or- 
ganizational Consultation  (IVIA)  (3). 

Theories  and  approaches  to  organiza- 
tion development  and  change,  with  a 
particular  focus  on  public  schools  and  or- 
ganizations. Supervised  laboratory  on 
systematic  consultation  and  action 
skills,  including  schools  and  organiza- 
tions. Supervised  laboratory  on  system- 
atic consultation  and  action  skills. 
Including  method  of  assessment  (survey 
feedback,  milling,  confrontation  meet- 
ings, systems  analysis);  agenda-setting; 
feedback;  coaching;  ttiird-party  consult- 
ation for  conflict  management;  arri  team 
training.  Prerequisite:  MAN  5123. 

MAN  6145  Decision  Styles  and  Mana- 
gerial Effectiveness  (MA)  (3).  An  expe- 
riential, theoretical,  and  applied 
investigation  of  personal  decision  styles 
and  tfieir  relation  to  management  and 
fiuman  effectiveness.  Focus  upon  ana- 
lytic and  intuitive  styles  of  thinking. 

MAN  6204  Organization  and  Manage- 
ment Theory  (MA)  (3).  Analysis  and  de- 
sign of  ttie  structure  and  process  of 
complex  organizations.  Effects  of  task 
uncertainty,  grovrth,  power,  goals,  and 
information  tecfmology  on  organization 
structure  and  control. 

MAN  6245  Organizational  Behavior 
(MA)  (3).  Individual,  interpersonal,  and 
small  group  behavior  in  complex  organi- 
zations. Focus  on  behavior,  its  causes, 
arKi  management  interventions  to  im- 
prove organizational  effectiveness.  Re- 
search methods  to  study  organizational 
behavksr. 

MAN  6265  Group  Processes  In  Or- 
ganizations (MA)  (3).  The  social  and 


psychological  processes  of  organiza- 
tional functioning.  The  roles  played  by 
small  groups  in  organizational  settings. 

MAN  6295  Conflict  in  Organizations 
(MA)  (3).  A  critical  examination  of  ttie 
role  and  impact  of  interpersorial  and  in- 
tergroup  conflict  in  organizations.  Mod- 
els as  approaches  to  utilizing  and 
resolving  conflict  toward  conshuctive 
personal  and  organization  ends  will  be 
emphasized. 

MAN  6311  Advanced  Personnel  Man- 
agement (MA)  (3).  Attention  is  focused 
on  tiie  ttieory  and  practice  of  modem 
personnel  management,  as  related  to 
otfier  management  functions.  Topics  in- 
clude selection;  6-aining;  job  and  per- 
formance evaluation;  and  incentive 
schemes.  Special  attention  is  given  to 
human  resources  management  and  de- 
velopment at  various  organizational 
levels. 

MAN  6321  Personnel  Selection  and 
Placement  (MA)  (3).  Individual  differ- 
ences and  their  measurement  in  person- 
nel selection  and  job  placement.  Job 
design  and  redesign. 

MAN  6331  Compensation  Administra- 
tion (MA)  (3).  An  in-deptii  analysis  of 
Wages  and  salary  administration,  includ- 
ing such  topics  as  job  evaluation;  wage 
incentive  systems;  and  work  sampling. 

MAN  6351  Personnel  Training  and  De- 
velopment (MA)  (3).  Determining  b^ain- 
ing  needs.  Training  metfnods.  The 
training  staff.  Supervisor  development. 
Equal  Employment  Opportijnity  manage- 
ment 

MAN  6405  Lat>or  Relations  (MA)  (3). 

Examines  the  collective  bargaining  sys- 
tem in  the  United  States  from  the  view- 
point of  the  practitioner.  Various  aspects 
of  tiie  environment,  stixictijre,  proc- 
esses, issues  and  impact  of  collective 
bargaining  are  considered.  Special  at- 
tention is  given  to  tiie  negotiation  and 
administration  of  agreements. 

MAN  6411  Collective  Bargaining  Top- 
ics (MA)  (3).  An  advanced  course  in  la- 
bor relations  for  students  wrttii  some 
background  who  desire  more  deptti 
than  tfiat  provided  in  inti'oductory 
courses.  Topics  of  contemporary  inter- 
est, such  as  put)lic  sector  collective  ne- 
gotiations, are  treated  at  length. 

MAN  6501  Operations  Managen>ent 
(DS)  (3).  This  course  covers  analysis, 
design,  and  operations  of  organizational 
systems.  The  systems  approach  is  used 
to  provide  a  framework  or  general 
model  of  analysis,  to  which  specific  con- 
cepts, quantitative  techniques,  and  tools 
can  be  related.  The  material  presented 


has  applkation  to  any  organization  of 
people  and  machines,  including  hospi- 
tals, governmental  agencies,  service  or- 
ganizations, and  industrial  concerns. 
Prerequisite:  MAN  6569. 

MAN  6529  Seminar  in  Production 
Control  Systems  (DS)  (3).  The  control 
systems  for  production  operations  auto- 
mation and  its  impact  on  organizations. 
Integrated  operational-simulation  ap- 
proach. Group  and  individual  projects. 

MAN  6559  Seminar  in  Management 
Science  (DS)  (3).  New  topics  applica- 
tion areas  will  be  explored.  Lectures  will 
relate  to  ttie  latest  advances  in  the  the- 
ory and  application  of  management  sci- 
ence. Prerequisite:  Insti^ctor's  approval. 

MAN  6569  Managerial  Decision-Mak- 
ing (DS)  (3).  This  course  will  investigate 
and  analyze  the  decision-making  prob- 
lems that  managers  face  in  business, 
volunteer  organizations,  government, 
and  ttie  public  sector.  Emphasis  will  be 
F>laced  on  providing  a  variety  of  decision- 
making experiences  for  the  student.  Pre- 
requisite: QMB  6603  or  equivalent. 

MAN  6585  Productivity  Management 
Seminar  (DS)  (3).  Analysis  of  productiv- 
ity in  manufacturing  and  service  organi- 
zations and  metiiodology  for 
productivity  improvement.  Extensive 
cases,  projects,  tours,  and  guests  speak- 
ers. Prerequisite:  Graduate  stijdents  (or 
CBA  certificate  students). 

MAN  6601  International  Management 
(MA)  (3).  Graduate  seminar  focusing  on 
management  issues  confronting  ttie  mul- 
tinational enterprise.  Includes  basic 
trade  theory;  tariffs  and  trade  barriers; 
organizational  transfer,  foreign  ex- 
change; international  financial  manage- 
ment; export-import  procedures; 
comparative  business  customs;  person- 
nel msinagement;  and  institutions  affect- 
ing the  multinational  manager. 

MAN  6603  Problems  In  Comparative 
Management  (MA)  (3).  Discussion  of  lit- 
erature, readings,  and  cases,  aimed  at 
underscoring  the  differences  and  simi- 
larities in  management  behavior  in  differ- 
ent countries  cind  cultures.  General 
instruction  in  obtaining  and  utilizing  com- 
parative data  on  management  differ- 
ences. 

MAN  6606  interrtational  Business  En- 
vironment (ME,  MA)  (3).  A  macro-ex- 
amination of  economic,  political,  and 
cultijral  variables  affectirig  ttie  organiza- 
tion. Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  social 
indications  and  societal  forecasting  of 
diange;  organizational  responses  to 
change;  and  tfie  nature  and  rate  of 
change  in  different  societies. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  95 


MAN  6608  International  Business 
(MA)  (3).  International  variables  as  they 
affect  managers.  Theoretical  constructs 
and  their  application  to  specific  prob- 
lems In  International  business. 

MAN  6615  International  Labor-Man- 
agement Relations  (MA)  (3).  Compara- 
tive analysis  of  selected  industrial 
relations  systems  and  impact  on  multina- 
tional firms  and  international  latxjr  move- 
ments. Emphasis  on  empirical  models 
and  management-oriented  case  studies. 

MAN  6617  Managing  Global  Produc- 
tion arxl  Technology  (MA)  (3).  An  ex- 

ploratbn  of  tfie  management  of 
technology  and  its  relationship  to  ttie  dy- 
namics of  globalization  of  production  in 
both  manufacturing  and  service  indus- 
tries. Prerequisite:  MAN  6608. 

MAN  6635  International  Business  Pol- 
icy (MA)  (3).  An  analysis  of  corporate 
strategies  in  a  rapidly  developing  and 
changing  worid  environment.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  forecasting,  planning, 
and  contingency  strategies.  Tfie  course 
is  taught  by  case  method  and  stresses 
the  environmental  and  institutional  con- 
straints on  decision  making  M^ithin  the 
organization.  Corporate  executives  are 
invited  to  attend  wtienever  possible.  Pre- 
requisites: ACG  6005,  MAN  6245,  FIN 
6428,  and  MAR  6805. 

n/IAN  6675  Special  Topics  in  Interna- 
tional Business  (MA)  (3).  For  groups 
of  students  who  wish  to  study  inten- 
sively a  particular  topic,  or  a  limited  num- 
ber of  topics,  in  international  business, 
not  offered  elsewfiere  In  the  curriculum. 
Prerequisites:  Approval  of  the  faculty  ad- 
visor, Department  Cfiairperson,  and 
Dean. 

MAN  6679  Master's  Project  In  Interna- 
tional Business  (MA)  (3).  An  irxJividual 
research  project  on  an  international  txjsi- 
ness  problem,  which  may  include  field 
work  (including  intemsWp),  library  re- 
search, computer  modeling,  or  tf>e  use 
of  an  approved  research  methodology. 
Prerequisites:  Assignment  of  faculty  ad- 
visor and  permission  of  Department 
Chairperson. 

MAN  6695  Independent  Study  In  Busi- 
ness (MA)  (3).  Individual  conferences; 
supervised  readings;  reports  on  per- 
sonal investigations.  Prerequisites:  As- 
signment of  faculty  tutor  arxi  written 
permission  of  Department  Chairperson, 
and  Dean. 

MAN  6715  Business  Environment 
and  Public  Policy  (ME)  (d).  An  exami- 
nation of  the  economic,  politkal,  social 
and  moral  context  in  wtiich  manage- 
ment decisions  are  made.  The  focus  is 


on  the  public  policy  environment  of  busi- 
ness, vvhereby  community  direction  is 
transformed  into  corporate  behiavior. 

MAN  6717  Corporate  Negotiations 
(MA)  (3).  An  examination  and  analysis 
of  corporate  negotiation  strategies  in 
such  areas  as  collective  bargaining, 
mergers,  joint  ventures,  and  with  govern- 
ment regulation  agencies.  The  legal  en- 
vironment affecting  tfie  negotiated 
process  will  be  dosely  scrutinized,  as 
well  as  internal  and  external  politiceil 
processes.  Prerequisites:  ACG  6026, 
MAN  6245,  FIN  6428,  MAR  6805. 

MAN  6726  Policy  Analysis  (MA)  (3). 

The  use  of  cases,  guest  lectures,  and 
gaming  to  integrate  tfie  analysis  and 
measurement  tools,  the  functional  areas 
and  public  policy  issues.  The  objective 
is  to  develop  skill  in  broad  areas  of  ra- 
tional decision-making  in  ar\  administra- 
tive context  of  uncertainty.  Sfiould  be 
taken  in  tfie  last  semester  of  master's 
program. 

MAN  6805  Entrepreneurship  (MA)  (3). 

A  discussion  of  tfie  general  tfieories, 
principles,  concepts  and  practices  of  en- 
trepreneurship. Heavy  emphasis  is 
placed  on  lecture,  readings,  case  stud- 
ies and  group  projects. 

MAN  6830  Organization  Information 
Systems  (DS)  (3).  Introduction  to  infor- 
mation systems  and  their  role  in  organi- 
zations from  a  user's  viewpoint.  Survey 
and  application  of  tfie  basic  concepts 
necessary  for  understanding  information 
systems.  Study  of  tfie  main  activities  in 
the  development  cyde  used  to  acquire 
information  systems  capability. 

MAN  6830L  Organization  Information 
Systems  Laboratory  (DS)  (1).  Labora- 
tory applications  for  MAN  6830. 

MAN  6905  independent  Study  in  Man- 
agement (MA)  (1-6).  Individual  confer- 
ences; supervised  readings;  reports  on 
personal  investigations.  Consent  of  fac- 
ulty sponsor.  Department  Cfiairman, 
and  Dean  required.  P/F  only. 

MAN  6910  Research  Methods  In  Man- 
agement (MA)  (3).  Covers  tfie  research 
methods  and  analytical  techniques  most 
widely  used  in  research  in  fiuman  re- 
sources £ind  general  management.  Em- 
phasis is  on  helping  students  to  become 
more  aware  of  current  techniques  and 
tfieir  applications. 

MAN  6911  Research  In  Systems  De- 
velopment (DS)  (3).  Conduct  an  indi- 
vidual research  project  or  tfiesis  on  a 
topic  in  tfie  area  of  computer  personnel, 
systems  analysis  and  design,  or  other 
areas  within  tfie  framewori^  of  tfie  MIS 


program,  subject  to  tfie  Instructor's  ap- 
proval. Prerequisite:  ISM  6155. 

MAN  6930  Master's  Seminar  In  Man- 
agement (MA)  (1-3).  An  examination  of 
recent  research  findings  in  selected  ar- 
eas of  current  concern.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  readings;  active  discussion; 
and  small,  short-term  action  and  re- 
search projects.  The  student  may  make 
a  preliminary  selection  of  his/her  mas- 
ter's tfiesis  or  project  topic.  Prereq- 
uisites: Consent  of  faculty  sponsor. 
Department  Chairperson,  and  Dean. 

MAN  6974  Master's  Project  in  Man- 
agement (MA)  (1-6).  Each  student  is  re- 
quired to  develop  and  conduct  an 
individual  research  project  or  tfiesis  on  a 
topic  of  interest.  The  topk:  will  be  cfio- 
sen  in  consultation  with  a  faculty  mem- 
ber in  the  College. 

MAN  7146  Leadership  I  (MA)  (3). 

Course  identifies  leadership  tfieories 
and  research  bearing  on  modern  man- 
agement practice.  Behavioral,  situ- 
ational and  transformational  tfieories  of 
leadership  are  emphasized,  compared 
and  evaluated. 

MAN  7147  Leadership  II  (MA)  (3). 
Draws  on  research  and  case  studies  for 
understanding  of  adaptive  leadership  in 
turbulent,  uncertain  environments.  Em- 
phasis on  effective  management  of  inno- 
vation, entrepreneurial  activity  and  new 
ventures. 

MAN  7155  Fundamentals  of  Behav- 
k)ral  Research  (MA)  (3).  Analytical 
tools  to  conduct  systematic  research. 
Metfiods  of  data  collection  in  lab,  survey 
and  field  reseetrch.  Emphasis  on  princi- 
ples of  measurement  and  statistics  to  in- 
terpret/report behavioral  data. 

MAN  7206  Organizational  Analysis 
(MA)  (3).  Develops  skills  In  organiza- 
tional protilem-solving  through  applica- 
tions of  tiieory  and  research  to  actual 
problems.  Empfiasis  on  needs  analysis, 
process  consultation,  team-building  and 
action  research. 

MAN  7207  Theories  of  Organization 
(MA)  (3).  Organization  functioning  from 
a  macro  perspective;  emphasis  on  evo- 
lution, structure,  design  and  processes 
of  complex  systems.  Study  of  communi- 
cation/information networks,  inter-group 
processes  and  control  strategies. 

MAN  7235  Management  Philosophy 
and  Strategy  (MA)  (3).  Compares  vari- 
ous cross-cultural  management  phitoso- 
phies  to  structure  and  function  of 
different  types  of  organizations.  Empha- 
sis on  how  to  develop  and  implement  a 
management  strategy  for  maximum  pro- 
ductivity in  different  organizations. 


96  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


MAN  7275  Organizational  Behavior 
Management  (MA)  (3).  An  introduction 
to  the  study  of  human  behavior  in  or- 
ganizations. Emphasis  Is  given  to  man- 
agement of  individual  and  group 
processes  including  conflict  attitudes, 
decision  making,  motivation  and  stress. 

MAN  7305  l^uman  Resource  Manage- 
ment (MA)  (3).  Personnel  management 
topics  including  personnel  selection,  per- 
formance appraisal,  training  design,  em- 
ployee development,  and  compensation 
administration.  Legal  and  practical  is- 
sues are  emphasized. 

MAN  7412  L^bor-Ktenagement  Topics 
(MA)  (3).  Presents  various  aspects  of 
tfie  labor-management  relationship  to 
provide  a  contemporary  perspective. 
Emphasis  on  structure,  processes, 
strategies  and  legal  Issues  in  collective 
negotiation  and  industrial  relations. 

MAN  7609  Comparative  Management 
(MA)  (3).  Course  focus  is  cross-cultural 
management,  i.e.,  how  cultural  values 
influence  managerial  behavior.  The  prob- 
lems of  cross-cultural  communications, 
leadership,  motivation,  and  decision 
making  are  examined.  Prerequi- 
sites: Admission  to  Doctoral  program 
and  completion  of  doctoral  core. 

MAN  7616  Multinational  Firm  Global 
Strategy  (MA)  (3).  Overview  of  the  stra- 
tegic management  and  international 
txjsiness  concepts  that  frame  strategic 
activity  in  iWNGs.  Competitive  business 
strategies  in  global  and  multidomestic  in- 
dustries. Prerequisite:  Completion  of 
business  Ph.D.  core. 

MAN  7620  International  Business  Op- 
erations i  (MA)  (3).  Examination  of  the 
functional  management,  operations  and 
concerns  of  international  businesses. 
Emphasizes  analysis  of  problems  in 
managing  joint  ventures,  licensing,  bar- 
ter, and  technology  transfer.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  Doctoral  program 
and  completion  of  doctoral  core. 

MAH  7621  International  Business  Op- 
erations II  (MA)  (3).  Focus  on  political, 
economic,  and  national  security  issues 
wtiich  influence  IB  operations  or  strate- 
gies. Examines  techniques  for  political 
and  economic  risk,  assessment  and  re- 
actions to  such  influences.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  Doctoral  program 
and  completion  of  doctoral  core. 

MAN  7640  International  Business  Re- 
searcii  Methods  (MA)  (3).  Overview  of 
IB  academic  research,  emphasizing  top- 
ics, literature,  metfwds,  information 
sources,  applicatbns,  problems,  and 
journal  characteristics.  Prerequisite:s 


Admission  to  business  IDoctoral  pro- 
gram and  completion  of  doctoral  core. 

MAN  7718  Analysis  of  Corporate  Pol- 
icy Methods  (MA)  (3).  Links  functional 
areas  of  management  to  provide  inte- 
grated view  of  organization  and  public 
policy.  Emphasis  on  measurement, 
einalysis  and  conceptualization  of  organi- 
zation as  a  totality  of  operations. 

MAN  7814  Advanced  Management  Re- 
search (IMA)  (3).  Covers  applications  of 
analytical  methods  in  contemporary 
management  research.  Emphasis  is 
given  to  complex  research  design  strate- 
gies including  multivariate  techniques 
and  multidimensional  scaling. 

MAN  7895  Seminar  In  l\/lanagement 
(MA)  (3).  Key  concepts  in  management 
ranging  from  individual  worker  styles  to 
business  ethics.  Emphasis  on  topics 
such  as  men  and  women  in  organiza- 
tion, decision  making  styles,  and  attribu- 
tion management. 

IMAR  6158  international  Marketing 
(ME)  (3).  This  course  discusses  the  na- 
ture and  scope  of  international  market- 
ing, and  explores  problems  facing 
multinational  firms  and  other  interna- 
tional marketing  organizations,  together 
with  strategies  for  foreign  market  pene- 
tration. Prerequisite:  MAR  6816  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

MAR  6336  Advanced  Promotional 
Strategy  (ME)  (3).  The  course  focuses 
on  planning,  problem-solving,  and  deci- 
sion-making, as  ttiey  apply  to  promotion 
programs.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  ad- 
vertising, with  discussion  of  the  role  of 
promotion  in  relation  to  other  elements 
of  the  marketing  program.  Prerequisite: 
MAR  6816. 

MAR  6406  Advanced  Sales  Manage- 
ment (ME)  (3).  Analysis  of  personal  sell- 
ing's roles  in  marketing  strategy  using 
detailed  case  studies  on  field  sales  man- 
agement, working  with  channel  organi- 
zation, and  planning  and  controlling 
sales  operations. 

MAR  6506  Advanced  Consumer  Be- 
havior (ME)  (3).  Modern  comprehen- 
sive models  of  consumer  behavior  are 
utilized  as  a  framework  for  under- 
standing consumer  decision  processes. 
Prerequisite:  MAR  6816. 

MAR  6646  Advanced  Mari(eting  Re- 
search (ME)  (3).  The  role  of  research  in 
providing  information  for  mari<eting  deci- 
sion-making, including  an  examination 
of  the  research  process  and  the  tools 
available  to  the  researcher.  Prerequisite: 
MAR  6816  or  permission  of  instructor. 


MAR  6075  Current  Issues  in  Market- 
ing I  (ME)  (3).  Intensive  study  of  various 
topic  areas  in  mari^eting.  Course  empha- 
sizes student  reading  and  research, 
with  oral  and  written  reports.  Students 
electing  to  take  this  seminar  may  take 
no  more  tfian  3  credit  hours  of  inde- 
pendent study  In  marketing.  Prereq- 
uisite: MAR  6816. 

MAR  6707  Current  Issues  in  Market- 
ing II  (ME)  (3).  Students  electing  to  take 
this  seminar  may  not  take  independent 
study  in  marketing.  Prerequisite:  MAR 
6075. 

MAR  6805  Marketing  Management 
(ME)  (3).  A  study  of  analysis  and  applica- 
tion of  theory  and  problem  solving  in 
marketing  management.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  tfie  role  of  marketing  in  the  organi- 
zation; planning  tfie  mari^eting  effort; 
management  of  tfie  marketing  organiza- 
tion; control  of  marketing  operations; 
and  evaluation  of  ttie  marketing  contribu- 
tion. 

lUIAR  6816  Advanced  Marketing  Man- 
agement (ME)  (3).  Course  emphasis  is 
on  application  and  integration  of  con- 
cepts and  tools,  through  participation  in 
the  marketing  management  of  a  firm  in 
competition  with  otfier  firms.  The 
course's  focal  point  is  a  computerized 
marketing  management  simulation.  Pre- 
requisite: MAR  6805  or  equivalent. 

MAR  6915  Independent  Study  in  IMar- 

keting  (ME)  (1-6).  Individual  confer- 
ences; supervised  reading;  reports  on 
personal  investigations.  Consent  of  fac- 
ulty tutor.  Department  Chairperson  and 
Dean  required. 

MAR  6936  Special  Topics  in  Market- 
ing (ME)  (1-6).  For  groups  of  students 
desiring  intensive  study  of  a  particular 
topic  or  a  limited  number  of  topics,  not 
otfienA/ise  offered  in  the  curriculum.  Con- 
sent of  faculty  supervisor  and  Depart- 
ment Chairperson  required. 

MAR  7246  Seminar  In  Internattonal 
Marketing  (ME)  (3).  Analyzes  distinctive 
characteristics  and  trends  in  foreign  mar- 
kets. Explores  alternative  intematbnal 
marketing  strategies,  considering  critical 
environmental  differences  among  coun- 
tries. 

MAR  7622  Marketing  Research  Meth- 
odology I  (ME)  (3).  Philosophy,  con- 
cepts, metfiods  of  mari<eting  research 
design.  Experimental  methods,  sam- 
pling procedufes,  measurement  tech- 
niques, other  methodologteal 
considerations.  Prerequisites:  Success- 
ful completion  of  first  year  research 
metliods  requirements  in  a  College  of 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  97 


Business  Ph.D.  Program  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

MAR  7623  Swninar  In  Marketing  Envi- 
ronment (ME)  (3).  Examines  the  dy- 
namic interaction  between  marl<eting 
meinagement  and  the  corporate  environ- 
ment. Encourages  development  of  an 
ability  to  design  arxd  implement  effective 
marketing  strategies. 

MAR  7667  Seminar  toi  Mariceting  Man- 
agement (ME)  (3).  Analytical  ap- 
proaches to  strategical  and  tactical 
marketing  and  public  policy  decisions. 
Emphasis  is  on  relevant  concepts  from 
behavioral  sciences  as  applied  to  mar- 
keting decisions. 

IMAR  7786  Seminar  in  Marketing  Tlie- 
ory  (ME)  (3).  Intensive  analysis  of  the 
nature  and  role  of  hypotheses,  generali- 
zations, and  empirical  regularities.  Criti- 
cal examination  of  theories  of  marketihg 
and  interaction  of  marketing  theory  and 
practice. 

MAR  7815  Seminar  In  Foundations  of 
Marketing  Thought  (ME)  (3).  Founda- 
tions of  marketing,  interdisciplinary  nela- 
tionship>s;  reviews  major  research  areas: 
the  marketing  mix,  consumer  choice 
models,  segmentation,  stochiastic,  and 
analytical  models. 

MAR  7845  Seminar  hi  Services  Mar- 
keting (ME)  (3).  Analyzes  the  nexus  be- 
tween sen/ices  and  marketing 
management.  Identifies  and  appraises 
alternative  corporate  strategies  wittiin  in- 
dustries such  as  banking  and  finance,  in- 
surance, hospitality,  entertainment  and 
leisure,  health  care,  and  education. 

MAR  7875  Sectorial  Marketing  (MA) 
(3).  Course  includes  retailing,  wtx)lesal- 
ing,  pricing,  distribution,  advertising, 
sales  promotion  and  management,  per- 
sonal selling,  interr^tional  services  and 
macromarketing;  and  mari<eting  and 
economic  development. 

MAR  7979  Doctoral  Research  in  Mar- 
keting (ME)  (1-6).  Research  while  en- 
rolled for  a  doctorad  degree  under  the 
directton  of  faculty  members.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Department. 

QMB  6603  Quantitative  Methods  in 
Management  (DS)  (3).  Introduction  to 
basic  quantitative  tools  for  tiie  analysis 
of  problems  arising  in  the  management 
of  organizations,  and  the  application  of 
these  tools  to  real-life  problems.  Prereq- 
uisites: College  Algebra  and  completion 
of  tfie  Computer  Programming  Profi- 
ciency requirement. 

QMB  6805  Deterministic  Models  for 
lUlanagement  Analysis  (DS)  (3).  Appii- 
cations  of  deterministic  models  such  as 


linear  and  nonlinear  programming,  net- 
wort<  analysis  (PERT),  dynamic  pro- 
gramming, and  branch  and  bound 
algorithms)  to  managerial  problems  of 
allocation,  planning,  scheduling,  Invest- 
ment, and  conti-ol. 

QMB  6845  Simulation  of  Management 
Systems  (DS)  (3).  Basic  concepts  of 
computer  simulation  of  systems;  applica- 
tion of  ttiese  concepts  to  a  variety  of 
management  problems.  Industrial  dy- 
namics, urt>an  dynamics,  and  large  sys- 
tem simulation.  Simulation  in  economic 
analysis,  heuristic  methods,  and  man- 
agement games  are  covered.  Prereq- 
uisites: MAN  6569  and  a  Computer 
Programming  language. 

QMB  6855  StochasUc  Models  for  Man- 
agement Analysis  (OS)  (3).  Applica- 
tions of  probabilistic  models  (such  as 
queuing,  inventory,  and  renewal)  to  tiieir 
managerial  prolslems. 

QMB  6875  Stochastic  Models  for  Pro- 
ject Management  (DS)  (3).  Review  of 
deterministic  models  and  principles.  In- 
troduction to  GERT,  critical  path  metfi- 
ods,  criticality  index,  and  resource 
considerations  in  stochastic  networks. 
Emphasis  on  operational  decision-mak- 
ing, advanced  topics,  and  individual  pro- 
jects. Students  use  tiie  computer,  and 
existing  programs,  to  analyze  hypotheti- 
cal project  networi<s,  and  learn  to  inter- 
pret the  results  in  order  to  facilitate 
operational  decisions. 

QMB  6905  independent  Study  in  Deci- 
sion Sciences  (DS)  (1-6).  Individual 
conferences;  supervised  readings;  re- 
ports on  personal  investigations.  Con- 
sent of  instructor,  Department 
Cfiairperson  and  Dean  required.  P/F 
only. 

QMB  6934  Seminar  in  Decision  Sci- 
ences (DS)  (1-3).  An  examination  of  re- 
cent research  findings  in  selected  areas 
of  current  concern.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  readings;  active  discussion;  and 
small,  short-term  action  and  research 
projects.  Consent  of  instructor  required. 

QMB  6974  Project  In  Decision  Sci- 
ences (DS)  (1-6).  Each  student  is  re- 
quired to  develop  and  conduct  an 
individual  research  project  or  tiiesis  on  a 
topic  of  interest.  The  topic  will  be  cho- 
sen In  consultation  with  a  faculty  mem- 
ber in  the  College  and  approved  by  the 
Department  Cfiairperson. 

REE  5115  income  Property  Appraisal 
(Fi)  (3).  Veiluation  and  appraisal  frame- 
work applied  to  income  proF>ertles;  capi- 
tallzatk)n;  rates  and  techniques; 
discounting  and  compound  interest; 
mortgage-equity  analysis.  Includes  Ell- 


wood  analysis;  the  role  of  computers; 
valuation  as  a  guide  to  business  deci- 
sions. 

REE  6020  industrial  Real  Estate  I  (R) 
(3).  General  overview  of  industrial  real 
estate,  focusing  on  types  of  activities;  lo- 
cational  requirements;  finandng  tech- 
niques; brokerage;  government 
influence;  current  trends;  technological 
change;  characteristics  of  industrial 
buildings. 

REE  6021  industrial  Real  Estate  11  (FI) 
(3).  Introduction  to  investment  and  valu- 
ation problems  in  industrial  real  estate. 
Topics  include:  taxation  and  investment 
analysis;  discounted  cash  flow  tech- 
niques; appraisal  framewori<  applied  to 
income  properties.  A  computer  will  be 
utilized  in  approaching  tlie  alxjve  prob- 
lems. 

REE  6105  Appraisal  of  Real  Estate 
(Fi)  (3).  Valuation  and  appraisal  frame- 
work applied  to  residential  and  income 
producing  property;  role  of  computers; 
valuation  ti^ory  and  process  as  a  guide 
to  business  decisions.  Prerequisite: 
REE  4303  or  permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6195  Seminar  in  Real  Estate 
Valuation  Theory  and  Practice  (FI)  (3). 

A  study  of  ttie  process  of  property  valu- 
ation, utilizing  cost,  market  and  income 
approaches.  Tfie  role  of  computers  and 
mass  appraisal  techniques  will  also  be 
examined.  Prerequisites:  Graduate 
standing  sind  permission  of  Instructor. 

REE  6207  Real  Estate  Financial  Analy- 
sis (R)  (3).  Rnancial  analysis  and  struc- 
turing of  real  estate  projects;  traditional 
and  creative  concepts  for  constoiction 
and  permanent  financing;  portfolio  deci- 
sions; government  programs;  money 
and  mortgage  martlets.  Prerequisite: 
REE  6306  or  permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6295  Seminar  In  Real  Estate  Fi- 
nance (FI)  (3).  A  study  of  financial  insti- 
tutions, their  mettTods;  and  interregional 
flows  of  funds  in  mortgage  markets.  Fur- 
tiier  emphasis  is  placed  on  national  eco- 
nomic policies  affecting  mortgage 
markets.  Prerequisites:  Graduate  stand- 
ing and  permission  of  instaictor. 

REE  6305  Real  Estate  Investment  (FI) 
(3).  Advanced  concepts  of  acquisition, 
ownership,  and  disposition  of  invest- 
ment (xoperty;  taxation;  risk  and  return; 
cash  flow  forecasting;  financial  structur- 
ing process;  case  analysis;  strategy  for- 
mulation. Prerequisite:  REE  6306  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6306  Real  Property  Analysis  (Fi) 
(3).  A  study  of  tfie  decision  making  proc- 
esses of  real  property  asset  manage- 
ment. Private  and  public  policy  issues 


98  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


regarding  the  housing  process  and  the 
regulation  of  the  real  property  business 
environment.  Legal  considerations  of 
real  property  ownership,  financing  and 
transfer  of  interests.  Prerequisite:  Con- 
sent of  instructor. 

REE  6395  Seminar  in  Real  Estate  In- 
vestment and  Taxation  (Fl)  (3).  The 

techniques  of  real  estate  investment 
analysis,  utilizing  present  value  and 
cash  flow  approaches.  The  impact  of 
Federal  taxation  on  real  estate  invest- 
ment decisions.  Prerequisites:  Graduate 
standing  and  permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6435  Legal  Environment  of  Real 
Estate  (Fi)  (3).  Legal  environment  of 
real  property  owrwrship,  transfer  and 
brokerage;  estates  in  land;  sales  con- 
tracts; mortgage  transactions;  titles;  con- 
veyances; landlord  and  tenant; 
restrictions;  zoning;  and  eminent  do- 
main; does  not  cover  Florida  Real  Es- 
tate License  Law  or  licensing 
regulations  of  Florida  Real  Estate  Com- 
mission; not  a  license  "prep"  course. 
Prerequisite:  REE  4043  or  REE  6306  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6505  Real  Estate  Management 
(Fl)  (3).  Advanced  theories  and  tech- 
niques of  professional  management  of 
real  estate;  developing  a  management 
plan;  merchandi^ng  space;  market 
analysis;  maintenance;  operating  budg- 
ets; fiduciary  relationships.  Prerequisite: 
REE  6306  or  permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6715  Regional  Real  Estate  Devel- 
opment (Fl)  (3).  Operation  of  real  es- 
tate markets  in  land  allocation;  land  use 
decision  making  In  real  estate;  real  es- 
tate feasibility  studies,  applied  to  spe- 
dfk:  real  estate  projects.  Prerequisite: 
REE  6306  or  permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6734  Real  Estate  Land  Develop- 
ment (Fl)  (3).  Real  estate  development, 
acquisition  of  raw  land;  zoning;  subdivi- 
sion into  sites;  provision  of  utilities  and 
services;  financing;  merchandising  of  im- 
proved sites.  Emphiasis  on  design  and 
development  of  residential  communities. 

REE  6736  Real  Estate  Land  Planning 
(Fl)  (3).  Advanced  theories  of  city 
growth  and  structure;  operations  of  the 
real  estate  market  in  land  allocation;  cur- 
rent practices  in  real  estate  land  plan- 
ning. Prerequisite:  REE  6306  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6755  Real  Estate  and  Regional 
Development  Policy  (Fl)  (3).  An  ad- 
vanced capstone  course  integrating  all 
the  aspects  of  real  estate  and  regional 
development  learned  in  previous 
courses,  projects,  cases,  and  field  trips. 


Prerequisite:  REE  6306  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

REE  6795  Seminar  in  Urban  Housing 
Policy  Problems  (Fl)  (3).  Examination 
of  national  housing  policies  and  their  for- 
mulation; the  role  of  the  public  and  pri- 
vate sectors  in  regard  to  fx>using 
problems;  effectiveness  of  various  hous- 
ing policies.  Prerequisites:  Graduate 
standing  and  permission  of  instructor. 

REE  6816  Real  Estate  Matlceting  (Fl) 
(3).  Techniques  of  selecting,  training, 
and  compensating  sales  personnel;  ob- 
taining and  controlling  listings;  creative 
selling  techniques;  promotion,  advertis- 
ing, and  public  relations;  growth;  ethics. 
Prerequisite:  REE  6306  or  permission  of 
instnactor. 

REE  6825  industrial  Brokerage  (Fl) 
(3).  Defines  distinction  between  indus- 
trial brokerage  and  general  real  estate 
brokerage;  role  and  functions  of  the  in- 
dustrial broker;  industrial  brokerage 
practice.  Includes  negotiating  arxi  leas- 
ing; regulations  and  ethics. 

REE  6906  Independent  Study  in  Real 
Estate  (Fl)  (1-6).  IrxJividual  confer- 
ences; supervised  readings;  reports  on 
personal  investigations.  Consent  of  fac- 
ulty tutor,  Department  Chairperson,  and 
Dean  required. 

REE  6932  Special  Topics  in  Real  Es- 
tate (R)  (1-6).  For  groups  of  students 
desiring  intensive  studies  of  a  particular 
topic  or  a  limited  number  of  topics,  not 
otfierwise  offered  in  the  cuniculum.  Con- 
sent of  faculty  tutor  and  Department 
Chairperson  required. 

REE  6935  Seminar  in  international 
Real  Estate  (Fl,  MA)  (3).  Current  trends 
and  issues  affecting  real  estate  on  an  in- 
ternational level.  Topics  include;  the  mul- 
tinational corporation  and  its  location 
decisions;  foreign  taxation;  inteniational 
trade  and  exchange  rates. 

REE  6946  Industry  Project  (Fl)  (3).  Ad- 
vanced individual  or  group  study  of  spe- 
cialized problems  in  the  real  estate  field. 
Guidance  of  study  to  be  provided  by 
real  estate  faculty.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  advisor. 

RMI 5175  Life  and  Health  Insurance 
(Fl)  (3).  A  review  of  life  insurance  con- 
tracts. Matfiematics  of  Life  Insurance. 
Fundamentals  of  Health  Insurance.  Life 
lnsurarx»  Accounting,  Reserves,  Divi- 
dend, Non-forfeiture  values.  Operations 
and  Investment. 

RMI  5297  Property  and  Liability  Insur- 
ance (Fl)  (3).  Comparative  study  of  the 
structures  and  forms  of  the  major  prop- 
erty and  liability  insurance,  policies,  per- 


sonal and  commerdal  lines.  Analytic  de- 
termiriation  of  tfie  choice  of  tfie  optimal 
mode  of  protection  or  coverage.  Major 
functions  of  insurers  and  regulation. 

RMI  6008  Graduate  Survey  of  Insur- 
ance (R)  (1-6).  Graduate  examination 
of  current  problems  in  insurance,  IrKslud- 
ing  theory,  uses  of  insurance  in  busi- 
ness organizations;  property  and  liability 
insurance;  life  and  health  insurance. 

RMI  6178  Mathematics  of  Life  Insur- 
ance (Fl)  (3).  Present  Values  and  Fu- 
ture \^ues  of  Lump  Sums  and 
Annuities.  Mortality  Tables  Single  Premi- 
ums, Annual  Premiums  and  Net  Level 
Premiums.  Reserves,  Nonforfeiture  Val- 
ues and  Dividends.  Prerequisite:  MAC 
3233  or  equivalent. 

RMI  6912  Independent  Study  in  Insur- 
ance (R)  (1-6).  Supervised  study  of  in- 
surance or  insurance  related  topics, 
developments,  current  issues  and  antici- 
pated trends.  Study  may  be  designed  to 
investigate  a  specialized  area  or  adopt 
a  more  general  approach.  Consent  of 
faculty  supervisor.  Department  Chairper- 
son, and  Dean  required. 

RMI  6936  Special  Topics  in  Insurance 
(Fl)  (1-6).  Intensive  study  for  groups  of 
students  of  a  particular  topic  or  a  limited 
number  of  topics,  not  otfienA/ise  offered 
in  the  Curriculum.  Consent  of  faculty  su- 
pervisor and  l^epartment  Chairperson 
required. 

TAX  5066  Tax  Research  and  Report- 
ing (AC)  (3).  A  study  of  tax  planning  as- 
pects of  a  variety  of  business  and  other 
transactions.  Emphasis  will  t>e  placed 
upon  perceiving  tax  issues  and  conduct- 
ing research  to  resolve  them.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  Accounting 
certificate  program  advisor. 

TAX  5106  Corporate  Taxation  (AC) 
(3).  Tax  implksation  of  corporate  forma- 
tions, distributions,  redemptions,  liquida- 
tions, divisions,  reorganizations, 
collapsibles,  attributes,  consolidations, 
S-Corp,  AET  and  PHC's.  Prerequisites: 
Permission  of  Accounting  certificate  pro- 
gram advisor. 

TAX  5406  Taxation  of  Estates  and 
Trusts  (AC)  (3).  Study  of  income  tax  as- 
pects of  decedents,  followed  by  income 
taxation  of  estates  and  trusts  (subchap- 
ter J).  Special  emphasis  on  throw- 
back" rules,  grantor  trusts,  charitalsle 
remainder  trusts,  artd  foreign  trusts. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Accounting 
certificate  program  advisor. 

TAX  5506  International  Dimensions  of 
Taxation  (AC)  (3).  Tax  provisions  affect- 
ing foreign  corporations  and  non-resi- 
dent etliens,  as  well  as  those  tax 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  /  99 


provisions  affecting  U.S.  person's  busi- 
ness and  investment  activities  outside 
the  U.S.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Ac- 
counting certificate  program  advisor. 

TAX  5725  Tax  Planning  for  Managers 
(AC)  (3).  An  exploration  of  tlie  concepts 
of  federal  income  teixation  and  tax  plan- 
ning, from  tfie  point  of  view  of  the  man- 
ager. Prerequisites:  ACG  6308  and 
permission  of  accounting  certificate  pro- 
gram advisa. 

TAX  5875  Seminar  In  Taxation  (AC) 
(3).  An  in-depth  study  of  recent  legisla- 
tive, administrative,  and  judicial  develop- 
ments in  taxation.  Prerequisites:  TAX 
4001  or  equivalent,  and  permission  of 
Accounting  certificate  program  advisor. 

TAX  5904  Independent  Study  In  Taxa- 
tion (AC)  (1-3).  Individual  conferences, 
supervised  readings,  reports  on  per- 
sonal investigations.  Prerequisite:  Writ- 
ten permission  of  instructor,  Accounting 
certificate  program  advisor,  School  direc- 
tor, and  dean. 

TAX  5936  Special  Topics  in  Taxation 
(AC)  (3).  Intensive  study  for  groups  of 
students  of  a  particular  topic  or  topics 
not  otherwise  offered  in  tfie  cuniculum. 
Prerequisite:  Written  pennission  instmc- 
tor.  Accounting  certificate  program  advi- 
sor, School  director,  and  dean. 

TAX  6005  income  Tax  (AC)  (3).  A  sur- 
vey of  federal  income  taxation,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  taxation  of  individuals  and 
corporations  and  the  ethics  of  income 
tax  accounting.  Prerequisites:  ACG 
61 15  and  admission  to  a  graduate  pro- 
gram in  the  School  of  Accounting  or  per- 
mission of  tfie  School  Director.  Not  open 
to  those  with  undergraduate  accounting 
degrees. 

TAX  6015  Taxation  of  Corporations 
and  Partnerships  (AC)  (3).  An  in-depth 
study  of  income  taxation  of  corporations 
and  partnerships,  including  tax  plan- 
ning. Prerequisite:  TAX  4001  or  equiva- 
lent with  a  grade  of  'C  or  higher  and 
admission  to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
the  School  Director. 

TAX  6065  Tax  Research  (AC)  (3).  An  in- 
depth  study  and  application  of  both  tradi- 
tional and  computer-assisted  tax 
research  tools  and  of  relevant  practice 
and  procedural  mechanisms  affecting 
taxation.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  the  School  Di- 
rector. 

TAX  6105  Taxation  of  Corporations  I 
(AC)  (3).  The  study  of  federal  tax  conse- 
querK»s  of  the  formation  and  operation 
of  corporations  ;  distritutions  and  re- 


demptions; elections  of  Subchapter  S 
status.  Prerequisites:  TAX  6065  and  ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
the  School  Director. 

TAX  61 15  Taxation  of  Corporations  II 
(AC)  (3).  The  study  of  federal  tax  conse- 
quences of  thie  liquidation  and  reorgani- 
zation of  corporations;  multiple 
corporations;  advanced  topNcs  in  corpo- 
rate taxation.  Prerequisites:  TAX  6065 
and  TAX  6105,  and  admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  the  School  Di- 
rector. 

TAX  6205  Partnership  Taxation  (AC) 
(3).  The  intensive  study  of  the  formation, 
operation,  and  dissolution  of  partner- 
ships (general  and  limited).  Prereq- 
uisites: TAX  6065  and  admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  tfie  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  the  School  Di- 
rector. 

TAX  6405  Estate  and  Gift  Taxation 
(AC)  (3).  The  study  of  the  federal  estate 
tax  and  federal  gift  tax  provisions.  Pre- 
requisites: TAX  6065,  and  admission  to 
a  graduate  program  in  tfie  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  tfie  School 
Director. 

TAX  6415  Fiduciary  Accounting  and 
Taxation  (AC)  (3).  The  study  of  the  in- 
come taxation  of  estates,  trust,  and  the 
beneficiaries  thereof,  including  the  deter- 
mination of  distributable  net  income, 
and  throwtjack  rules.  The  grantor  trust 
and  income  in  respect  of  a  decedent  is 
emphasized.  The  use  of  tnjsts  in  tax 
and  estate  planning  is  also  explored. 
Prerequisites:  TAX  6065  and  admission 
to  a  graduate  program  in  the  School  of 
Accounting  or  permission  of  tfie  School 
Director. 

TAX  6445  Estate  Planning  (AC)  (3).  An 
in-depth  discussion  of  tfie  use  of  estate 
tax  planning  tools,  such  as  lifetime  gifts, 
life  insurance,  the  marital  deduction,  the 
use  of  trusts,  future  interests,  annuities, 
powers  of  appointment,  charitable  trans- 
fers, and  postmortem  pisinning.  Prereq- 
uisites: TAX  6405  and  admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  tfie  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  ttie  School  Di- 
rector. 

TAX  6505  International  Taxation  I 
(AC)  (3).  Federal  income  tax  provisions 
applicable  to  non-resident  aliens  and  for- 
eign corporations.  Prerequisites:  TAX 
6065  and  admission  to  a  graduate  pro- 
gram in  the  School  of  Accounting  or  per- 
mission of  ttie  School  Director. 

TAX  6515  international  Taxation  11 
(AC)  (3).  Federal  income  tax  provisions 


applicable  to  U.S.  persons,  business, 
and  investment  activities  outside  the 
U.S.  Prerequisite:  TAX  6505  and  admis- 
sion to  a  graduate  (xogram  in  tfie 
School  of  Accounting  or  p>ermission  of 
the  Scfiool  Director. 

TAX  6805  Tax  Policy  (AC)  (3).  A  study 
of  tfie  tax  accounting  concepts  and  the 
judicial  doctrines  infierent  in  trie  federal 
tax  law,  tax  planning,  and  tax  policy.  Pre- 
requisite: TAX  6065  and  admission  to  a 
graduate  program  in  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  the  School 
Director. 

TAX  6835  Taxation  of  Defetred  Coiiv 
pansation  (AC)  (3).  The  taxation  of 
qualified  and  non-qualified  pension  and 
profit-sharing  plans,  stock  options,  an- 
nuities, lump-sum  distributions,  death 
benefits,  rollovers,  self-employment 
plans,  employee  stock  ownership  plans, 
etc.  Prerequisites:  TAX  6065  and  admis- 
sion to  a  graduate  program  in  the 
School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
tfie  School  Director. 

TAX  6875  Current  Developments  in 
Taxation  (AC)  (3).  The  study  of  recent 
legislative,  administrative  and  judicial  de- 
velopments in  taxation.  Prerequisites: 
TAX  6065  and  at  least  four  additional 
graduate  tax  courses  and  admission  to 
a  graduate  program  in  the  School  of  Ac- 
counting or  permission  of  the  School  Di- 
rector. 

TAX  6876  Transactions  in  Property 
(AC)  (3).  An  in-depth  investigation  into 
tax  problems  relating  to  basis,  capit£tl 
gains  and  losses,  and  nonrecognition 
provisions  for  transactions  in  property 
with  special  emphasis  on  personal  prop- 
erty transactions  and  securities  invest- 
ments. Prerequisites:  TAX  6065  and 
admission  to  a  graduate  program  In  the 
Scfiool  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
the  Scfiool  Director. 

TAX  6877  Seminar  In  Taxation  (AC) 
(3).  Intensive  study  of  a  particular  topic 
or  a  limited  number  of  topfcs.  Tfie  topics 
included  in  tfiis  course  will  depend  upon 
tfie  availability  of  faculty  with  expertise 
in  the  following  special  classes  of  tax 
problems:  advanced  corporate  taxatnn; 
t£txation  of  not-for-profit  institutions;  inter- 
state, state  and  local  taxation;  and  oth- 
ers, as  current  developments  demand. 
Prerequisites:  TAX  6065  and  TAX  6805 
and  admission  to  a  graduate  program  in 
ttie  Scfiool  of  Accounting  or  permission 
of  tfie  Scfiool  Director. 

TAX  6905  Independent  Study  InTaxa- 
tlon  (AC)  (1-3).  Individual  conferences, 
supervised  readings;  reports  on  per- 
sonal investigations.  Prerequisites:  Ad- 
mission to  a  graduate  program  in  the 


100  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Accounting  or  permission  of 
tfie  Sdiool  Director. 

TAX  6935  Special  Topics  In  Taxation 
(AC)  (1-3).  Intensive  study  for  groups  of 
students  of  a  particular  topic(s)  not  otti- 
erwise  offered  in  ttie  curriculum.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  a  graduate  program 
in  the  School  of  Accounting  or  permis- 
sion of  ttie  School  Director. 

TAX  7067  Seminar:  Special  Topics  In 
Taxation  Research  (AC)  (3).  Topics 
vary  according  to  instructor  and  student 
interest  in  problems  and  issues  on  tfie 
frontier  issues  of  taxation.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Doctoral  advisor  in  Ac- 
counting. 

TAX  6726  Tax  Rannlng  for  Managers 
(AC)  (3).  An  exploration  of  the  concepts 
of  federal  income  taxation  and  tax  plan- 
ning, from  the  point  of  view  of  tine  man- 
ager. Prerequisites:  ACG  6308  or 
equivalent  and  permission  of  Account- 
ing advisor. 

TAX  7815  Seminar:  Tax  Policy:  An 
Analysis  of  the  Issues  (AC)  (3).  An  in- 

deptii  examination  of  the  horizontal  and 
vertical  equity  issues  in  taxation,  the  ef- 
fects on  income  distribution,  business 
decisions,  foreign  baleince  of  payments, 
public  finance  issues,  and  economic  pol- 
icy. Emphasized  are  ttie  areas  of  empiri- 
cal research  vis  a  vis  legal  research. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Doctoral  ad- 
visor in  Accounting. 

TRA  5245  Transportation  Logistics 
(ME)  (3).  Quantitative  mettxxis  applied 
to  solving  problems  in  business  logis- 
tics; mathematical  and  statistical  mod- 
els; optionalization  tiieory  and 
simulation.  Problems  selected  from  ar- 
eas of  physical  distribution  manage- 
ment, inventory  control,  mode  selection, 
and  facility  locations. 

TRA  5401  Transportation  Operations 
and  Carrier  Management  (ME)  (3). 
Contemporary  management  techniques 
as  applied  to  earners;  management- 
problems  peculiar  to  transportation 
firms;  economic  analysis  of  marl^eting 
problems;  capital  formation;  costs;  pric- 
ing; labor  relations;  and  government 
regulation. 

TRA  6035  Graduate  Survey  of  Trans- 
portation Management  (ME)  (3). 
Graduate  survey  of  transportation,  its 
elements,  and  their  impact  on  society. 
History,  economics,  arid  regulatory  prin- 
ciples in  transportation.  Gunent  policies 
and  problems  for  all  the  major  transpor- 
tation modes. 

TRA  6905  Independent  Study  in 
Transportation  (ME)  (1-6).  Individual 
conferences;  sup>ervised  readings;  re- 


ports on  personal  investigations.  Con- 
sent of  faculty  tutor.  Department  Chair- 
person, and  Dean  required. 

TRA  6936  Special  Topics  in  Transpor- 
tation (ME)  (1-6).  For  groups  of  stu- 
dents desiring  intensive  study  of  a 
particular  topic  or  a  limited  number  of 
topics,  not  otiierwise  offered  in  tiie  cur- 
riculum. Consent  of  faculty  supervisor 
and  Department  Chairperson  required. 


CoSlege  of  Business 
Administration 

Dean  Harold  E.  Wyman 

Associate  Dean  Donald  W.  Fair 

Assistant  Dean  Anne  M.  Fiedler 

Director,  School  of 

Accounting  Lewis  F.  Davidson 

Chairpersons: 
Decision  Sciences  and 

Infomfiation  Systems     Daniel  Robey 
Rnance  Anjn  J.  Prakash 

Management  and  International 

Business  Dana  L  Farrow 

Marketing  and 

Environment      BarnettA.  Greenberg 

Faculty 

Ahlers,  Richard,  M.B.A.  (University  of 

Detroit),  Instructor,  Management  and 

International  Business 
Anderson,  Gary,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Illinois),  Assistant  Professor,  Finance 
Auster,  Rolf,  Ph.D.  (Northwestern 

University),  CPA  CMA,  Professor, 

Accounting 
Bart>er,  Joel,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Arizona),  Assistant  Professor, 

Finance. 
Bates,  Constance  S.,  D.B.A.  (Indiana 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 
Batra,  Dinesh,  Ph.D.  (Indiana 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Decision  Sciences  and  Information 

Systems. 
Bear,  Robert  M.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Iowa),  Professor,  Finance  and 

Director,  Broward  Programs 
Beaton,  William  R.,  Ph.D.  (Ohio  State 

University),  Professor,  Finance 
Berry,  Delano  H.,  M.B.A.  (East 

Carolina  University),  CMA, 

Instructor,  Accounting 
Campfleid,  William,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Illinois),  CPA  Professor  Emeritus, 

Accounting 


Caimone,  Frank,  Ph.D.  (Waterloo 

University),  Business  Men's 

Professor  of  Marl<eting 
Carter,  Jack  L,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Cincinnati),  Assistant  Professor, 

Accounting 
Chang,  Chung-Hao,  Ph.D. 

(Northwestern  University),  Assistant 

Professor,  Finance 
Chang,  Lucia  S.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Texas  at  Austin),  Professor,  and 

Associate  Director,  Accounting 
Choe,  Yong  S.,  (University  of  Florida), 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Chusmir,  Leonard  H.,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Miami),  Associate  Professor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 
Comer,  Lucette,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Maryland),  Assistant  Professor, 

Marketing  and  Environment 
Daigler,  Robert  T,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Oklahoma),  Associate  Professor, 

Finance 
DandapanI,  Krishnan,  Ph.D. 

(Pennsylvania  State  University), 

Assistemt  Professor,  Finance 
Davidson,  Lewis  F.,  Ph.D. 

(Pennsylvania  State  University), 

Professor  and  Director,  Accounting 
Dessler,  Gary,  Ph.D.  (City  University  of 

New  York),  Professor,  Management 

and  International  Business 
Dieguez,  Manuel,  M.S.M.  (Florida 

International  University),  CPA 

Lecturer,  Accounting 
Dittenhofer,  Mortimer,  Ph.D. 

(American  University),  Professor, 

Accounting 
Dorsett,  Herman  W.,  Ed.D.  (Columbia 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 
Duhala,  Karen,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 

State  University),  Assistant 

Professor,  Finance 
Elam,  Joyce,  J.  (University  of  Texas, 

Austin),  Professor  and  James  L 

Knight  Eminent  Scholar,  Decision 

Sciences  and  Information  Systems 
Fair,  Donald  W.,  M.Acc.  (Bowling 

Green  State  University),  CPA 

Instructor,  Accounting,  and  Associate 

Dean 
Farrow,  L  Dana,  Ph.D.  (Ureversity  of 

Rochester),  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Management  and 

International  Business 
Fiedler,  Anne,  M.BJV.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instructor,  Marketing  and 

Environment,  and  Assistant  Dean, 

Academic  Counseling 
Friday,  Earnest,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Assistant  Professor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Business  Administration  / 101 


Garcia,  Georglna,  M.S.M.  (Florida 
International  University),  CPA, 
Lecturer,  Accounting 
Gayle,  Dennis  J.,  Ph.D.  (UCLA). 
Associate  Professor,  Marketing  and 
Environment 
Gilbert,  G.  Ronald,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Southern  California),  Associate 
Professor,  Management  and 
International  Business 
Goodrich,  Jonathan  N.,  Ph.D.  (State 
University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo), 
Professor,  Marketing  and 
Environment 
Greenl}erg,  Barnett  A.,  DBA 

(University  of  Cohrado),  Professor 
and  Chairperson,  Marketing  and 
Environment 
Guo,  Miin  H.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Arizona),  Assistant  Professor, 
Accounting 
Gupta,  Sushll  K.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Delhi),  Professor,  Decision  Sciences 
and  Information  Systems  and  Vice 
Provost 
Haar,  Jerry,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 
University).  Associate  Professor, 
I       Management  and  International 
Business 
Hallbauer,  Rosalie  C,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  f^Jorida),  CPA,  CMA, 
Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Hamid,  Siiahid,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Maryland),  Assistant  Professor, 
Finance 
Hendrickson,  Harvey  S.,  Ph.D. 
(University  of  Minnesota),  CPA, 
Professor,  Accounting 
Hodgetts,  Richard  M.,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Oklahoma),  Professor, 
Management  and  International 
Business 
Hogner,  Robert  H.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Pittsburgh),  Associate  Professor, 
tAarketing  and  Environment 
Jarrett,  Royland  D.,  M.B.A.  (American 
University),  Regional  Manager, 
Small  Business  Development  Center 
Jerome,  William  T.,  Ill,  D.C.S.  (Harvard 
University),  IDistinguished  University 
Professor.  Management  and 
International  Business 
JorxJan,  Willabeth,  M.P.A.  (Florida 
International  University),  Instructor, 
Management  and  International 
Busiryess,  and  IDirector.  Center  for 
Management  Development 
Kemerer,  Kevin,  M.Acc  (Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute),  Instructor, 
Accounting 
Keys,  James  D.,  M.BJ\.  (Florida 
International  University),  Instructor, 
Finance 
Kirs,  Peeter  J.,  Ph.D.  (State  University 
of  New  York  at  Buffalo),  Assistant 
Professor,  Decision  Sciences  and 
Information  System 


Koulamas,  Christas  P.,  Ph.D.  (Texas 
Tech  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Decision  Sciences  and 
Information  Systems 

Kranendonk,  Carl  J.,  M.B.A. 
(University  of  Tulsa),  Instructor, 
Marketing  and  Environment 

Kroeck,  K.  Galen,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Akron),  Associate  Professor, 
Management  and  International 
Business,  and  Director,  Doctoral 
Studies 

Kyparlsis,  Jerzy,  D.Sc.  (George 
Washington  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Decision  Sciences 

Laskey,  Henry  A.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Georgia),  Assistant  Professor, 
Marketing  and  Environment 

L^vln,  David,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Illinois),  CPA  Associate  Professor, 
Accounting 

Lee,  Donghoon,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Pittsburgh),  Assistant  Professor, 
Marketing  and  Environment 

Lubeil,  Myron,  D.BA.  (University  of 
Maryland),  CPA,  Associate 
Professor,  Accounting 

Luytjes,  Jan  B.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Pennsylvania),  Professor, 
Management  and  International 
Business 

Magnusen,  Karl  O.,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Wisconsin),  Associate  Professor, 
Management  and  International 
Business 

Maidlque,  Modesto  A.,  Ph.D. 
(Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology),  Professor, 
Management  and  International 
Business,  and  University  President 

Mallen,  David  C,  M.B.A.  (Columbia 
University),  Information  Bid 
Coordinator,  Small  Business 
Development  Center 

Mandakovic,  Tomisiav,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Pittsburgh),  Professor, 
Decision  Sciences  and  Information 
Systems 

Mintu,  Alma,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Kentucky),  Assistant  Professor, 
Marketing  and  Environment 

Moss,  Sherry,  Ph.D.  (Florida  State 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Management  and  International 
Business 

Most,  Kenneth  S.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Florida),  CPA  F.CA..  Professor, 
Acxxjunting 

Muralldhar,  Krisnmurty,  Ph.D.  (Texas 
A&M  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Decision  and  Information 
Systems 

Nesbit,  Marvin  D.,  M.BA.  (University 
of  West  Florida),  Director,  Small 
Business  Development  Center 

Nicholls,  J.A.F.,  D.B.A.  (Indiana 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Marketing  and  Environment 


NIckerson,  Charles  A.,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Georgia),  Professor, 

Accounting 
Nurtez,  Leandro  S.,  J.D.  (Nova 

University),  CPA  CMA,  Lecturer, 

Accounting 
Ollva,  Robert  B.,  LLM.  (University  of 

San  Diego)  CPA  Associate 

Professor,  Accounting 
Ortiz,  Marta,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Associate  Professor, 

Marketing  and  Environment 
Pak,  Sinnon,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California,  Berkeley)  Associate 

Professor,  Finance 
Parhizgarl,  All,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Maryland),  Professor,  Finance  and 

Director,  MBA  Program 
Pernas,  Elena  M.,  M.B.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instnictor,  Decision  Sciences 

and  Information  Systems 
Polster,  Elearrar,  M.B.A.  (Florida 

International  University),  Instructor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 
Pomeranz,  Felix,  M.S.  (Columbia 

University),  CPA  CSP,  Distinguished 

Lecturer,  Accounting,  and  Director, 

Center  for  Accounting,  Auditing,  and 

Tax  Studies 
Prakash,  Arun,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Oregon),  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  finance 
Ralieem,  Lynda,  M.B.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Instructor,  Marketing  and 

Environment,  and  Coordinator  of 

Graduate  Programs 
Ramaswamy,  Kannan,  Ph.D.  (Virginia 

Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 
Renforth,  William,  D.B.A.  (Indiana 

University),  Professor,  Management 

and  International  Business 
Robey,  Daniel,  D.B.A.  (Kent  State 

University),  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Decision  Sciences  and 

Information  Systems 
Rodriguez,  Leonardo,  D.BJV.  (Fkirkia 

State  University).  Professor, 

Accounting  and  Management  and 

International  Business  and  Vice 

President,  Business  and  Finance 
Roslow,  Sydney,  Ph.D.  (New  Yorti 

Urnversity),  Professor  Emeritus, 

Marketing  and  Environment 
Roussakis,  Emnruinuel,  Ph.D. 

(Catholic  University  ofLouvain, 

Belgium),  Professor,  Finance 
Ruf,  Bemadette,  M.S.  (Virginia 

Polytechnic  Institute),  Instructor, 

Accounting 
RuUedge,  Robert  W.,  (University  of 

South  Carolina),  Assistant  Professor, 

Accounting 


102  /  College  of  Business  Administration 


Graduate  Catalog 


Sabherwal,  Rajiv,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Pittsburgh),  Assistant  Professor, 

Decision  Sciences  and  Information 

Systems 
Saldarriaga,  Alexander,  M.B.A. 

(Rorida  International  University), 

Regional  Manager,  Small  Business 

Development  Center 
Santhanam,  Radhiks,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Nebraska),  Assistant 

Professor,  Decision  Sciences  and 

Information  Systems 
Schlachter,  Paul  J.,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill). 

Assistant  Professor.  Accounting 
Seaton,  Bruce,  Ph.D.  (Washington 

University).  Associate  Professor, 

Marketing  and  Environment 
Sein,  Maung  K.,  Pti.D.  (Indiana 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Decision  Sciences  and  Information 

Systems 
Sennetti,  John  T,  Ph.D.  (Virginia 

Polytechnic  Institute),  Professor. 

Accounting 
Shepherd,  Philip,  Ph.D.  (Vanderbilt 

University),  Associate  Professor. 

Marketing  and  Environment 
Silverblatt,  Ronnie,  Ph.D.  (Georgia 

State  University),  Associate 

Professor,  Management  and 

International  Business 
Simmons,  George  B.,  D.6A.  (Indiana 

University),  Distinguished  University 

Professor,  Finance 
Smith,  Larry  A.,  Ph.D.  (State  University 

of  New  York  at  Buffalo),  Associate 

Professor,  Decision  Sciences  and 

Information  Systems 
Specter,  Christine,  D.B.A.  (George 

Washington  University),  Assistant 

Professor.  Management  and 

International  Business 
Still,  Richard  R.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Washington).  Professor.  Marketing 

and  Environment 
Sullivan,  Michael  A.,  Ph.D.  (Yale 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Finance 
Sutija,  George,  M.B.A.  (Columbia 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 
Taggart,  William  M.,  Ph.D.  (University 

of  Pennsylvania),  Professor, 

Management  and  International 

Business 
Thomas,  Anisya,  S.  Ph.D.  (Virginia 

Polytechnic  and  State  University). 

Assistant  Professor.  Management 

and  International  Business 
Tsalikis,  John,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Mississippi),  Assistant  Professor, 

Marketing  and  Environment 
Ullss,  Barbara!.,  M.Acc.  (Case 

Western  Reserve  University),  CPA, 

CDP,  Instructor,  Accounting 


Valenzi,  Enzo  R.,  Ph.D.  (Bowling  Green 

State  University),  Professor, 

Management  and  Intematiortal 

Business 
Vasquez,  Arturo,  Ph.D.  (Texas  Tech 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Marketing  and  Environment 
Welch,  William  W.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Michigan),  Associate  Professor, 

Finance,  and  Associate  Director, 

Center  for  Banking  and  Financial 

Institutions. 
Wlskeman,  Richard  H.,  Jr.,  MBA 

(Uriversity  of  Mami),  CPA, 

Distinguisfied  Lecturer.  Accounting 
Wrieden,  John  A.,  J.D.  (George  hteson 

University),  Lecturer,  Accounting 
Wyman,  Harold  E.,  Ph.D.  (Stanford 

University),  Professor,  Accounting, 

and  Dean 
Yeaman,  Doria,  J.D.  (University  of 

Tennessee),  Associate  Professor, 

Accounting 
Yeh,  Shu,  Ph.D.,  (UCLA),  Assistant 

Professor,  Accounting 
Zanakis,  Steve  H.,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 

State  University),  Professor , 

Decision  Sciences  and  Information 

Systems 
Zdanowicz,  John  S.,  Ph.D.  (Michigan 

State  University),  Professor  Finance 

and  Director,  Center  for  Banking  and 

Financial  Institutions 
Zegan,  Peter  J.,  M.S.  (Urvversity  of 

Florida),  Lecturer,  IDecision  Sdences 

and  Information  Systems 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 103 


College  of  Education 

The  College  of  Education  has  a  dual 
mission:  to  prepare  competent  and  crea- 
tive professionals  to  botti  serve  and 
lead  existing  learning  environments; 
and  to  address  the  social,  economic, 
and  political  conditions  that  restrict  the 
possibilities  of  educational  opportunity  in 
a  multicultural,  multipluralistic  society. 
Accordingly,  the  College  concerns  itself 
with  lx>th  education  and  social  changes. 

To  support  its  mission,  the  College  is 
organized  into  six  separate  txjt  related 
departments: 

Educational  Leadership  and  Policy 
Studies* 

Educational  Psychology  and  Special 
Education 

Elementary  Education* 

Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

Middle,  Secondary  and  Vocational 
Education 

Urtsan,  Multicultural  and  Community 
Education 

•(Name  change  pending  Board  of 
Regents  approval) 

Programs  of  studies  include  adult 
education  and  human  resource  develop- 
ment, art  education,  biology  education, 
chemistry  education,  community  college 
teaching,  eariy  childhood  education, 
educational  leadership,  educational  psy- 
chology (including  counseling  and 
school  psychology),  elementary  educa- 
tion, English  education,  history  educa- 
tion, international  development 
education,  mathematics  education,  mod- 
em language  education,  music  educa- 
tion, parks  and  recreation  management, 
physical  education  (teacher  certification 
for  grades  k-8,  teacher  certification  for 
grades  6-12,  exercise  physiology,  and 
sports  managmenent),  physics  educa- 
tion, reading  education,  social  studies 
education,  special  education,  teaching 
English  as  a  Second  Language  . 
(TESOL),  and  vocational  education  pro- 
grams (administration  and  supervision, 
business  teacher  education,  health  oc- 
cupations education,  technology  educa- 
tion, organizational  trair>ing, 
post-secondary  technical  education,  vo- 
cational home  economics  education, 
and  vocational  industrial  education). 

The  College  also  administers  the  Ur- 
lan  Education  Program.  It  is  comprised 
of  the  Urtjan  Education  Certificate  Pro- 
gram arxl  the  Master's  Degree  in  Urtan 
Education. 

Applicants  to  the  College's  programs 
should  carefully  examine  tfie  choices  of 
major  concentrations  and  program  ob- 
jectives. Because  there  are  occasional 
revisions  of  College  of  Education  curricu- 


lum during  ttie  academic  year,  some  cur- 
riculum changes  may  not  be  reflected  in 
the  current  catalog.  Prospective  stu- 
dents are  advised  to  contact  appropriate 
advisors  to  ask  for  current  information 
regarding  specific  programs  of  interest. 
General  advisement  is  available  by 
telephone:  (305)  348-2768  for  Univer- 
sity Pari<,  (305)  940-5820  for  North  Mi- 
ami Campus.  Broward  residents  may 
call  (305)  523-4422  for  North  Miami 
Campus  or  475-4156  for  the  Broward 
Program.  Dade  residents  may  call  (305) 
948-6747  for  the  Broward  Program.  Spe- 
cific program  advisement  is  available  by 
prearranged  personal  appointment  with 
advisors  at  all  locations. 

Note:  The  programs,  policies,  require- 
ments, and  regulations  listed  in  tfiis  cata- 
log are  continually  subject  to  review  in 
order  to  serve  the  needs  of  the  Univer- 
sity's various  publics  and  to  respond  to 
the  mandates  of  the  Rorida  Board  of  Re- 
gents and  tfie  Rorida  Legislature. 
Changes  may  be  made  without  advance 
notice.  Please  refer  to  the  General  Infor- 
mation section  for  tfie  University's  poli- 
cies, requirements,  and  regulations. 

Master's,  Specialist,  and 
Doctoral  Degrees 

Graduate  studies  offered  by  the  College 
provide  specialization  in  degree  pro- 
grams developed  to  reflect  individual  stu- 
dent interests.  A  graduate  program  may 
include  courses,  seminars,  field  experi- 
ences, research  courses,  theses,  and 
dissertations,  depending  upon  the  stu- 
dent's level  and  area  of  emphasis. 

A/laster's  Degree  Programs 

Applicants  for  admission  to  most  Mas- 
ter's programs  in  Education  must  hold 
or  qualify  for  Rorida  teacher  certification 
in  the  appropriate  area.  All  applicants 
must  also  satisfy  Board  of  Regents  ad- 
mission requirements:  A  GPA  of  3.0  in 
ttie  last  60  semester  hours  of  under- 
graduate study  or  1000  on  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  (GRE).  Applicants 
admitted  with  a  pending  GRE  score 
must  sulxnit  a  test  score  within  one  se- 
mester to  be  fully  admitted  or  become  a 
candidate  for  graduation.  All  applicants, 
regardless  of  GPA,  must  submit  a  GRE 
score. 

A/ofe;  Specif ic  (jrograms  may  have 
higher  standards  for  admission. 

Prior  to  formal  admission  to  a  gradu- 
ate progretm,  students  may  be  approved' 
to  take  1 2  semester  hours  of  6000  level 
graduate  credit  as  non-degree  seeking 
students,  v>tiich,  if  applicable  to  the  ma- 
jor field  of  study  and  approved  by  an  ad- 
visor, may  be  applied  to  the  degree 
program. 


Graduate  students  will  complete  at 
least  30  semester  hours  of  study  to  earn 
a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  educa- 
tion. However,  specific  programs  may  re- 
quire more  than  the  minimum  number  of 
hours.  Students  may  transfer  six  semes- 
ter hours  taken  at  another  accredited 
college  or  university  toward  a  master's 
degree  program  having  30-45  semester 
hours,  and  nine  semester  hours  toward 
a  program  having  more  than  45  semes- 
ter hours  with  advisor's  approval. 

Master's  program  students  must 
maintain  an  overall  GPA  of  3.0  in  order 
to  graduate.  No  more  than  two  grades 
of  'C  and  no  grades  of  'D'  or  'F  re- 
ceived in  courses  that  are  part  of  a  mas- 
ter's degree  program  of  study  will  be 
accepted  toward  graduation. 

No  more  than  two  workshop  courses 
may  be  included  in  a  master's  degree 
program. 

Applicants  who  do  not  hold  or  qualify 
for  Florida  Teacher  Certification  may  be 
eligible  for  the  Alternative  Track  Master 
of  Science  Degree  described  in  the  Mid- 
dle, Secondary  and  Vocational  Educa- 
tion section. 

Educational  Specialist  Degree 
Programs 

The  College  offers  Educational  Special- 
ist degree  programs  in  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  and  in  Educational  Leader- 
ship. The  programs  require  a  minimum 
of  36  semester  hours  of  wori<  at  tfie  Uni- 
versity beyond  the  Master's  degree. 
However,  specific  programs  may  require 
more  than  the  minimum  number  of 
hours  and  may  include  six  semester 
hours  of  thesis  if  that  option  is  chosen. 

Admission  requirements  and  transfer 
of  credit  are  the  same  as  for  the  mas- 
ter's programs. 

Other  program  requirements  are  con- 
tained in  the  program  descriptions 
which  may  be  obtained  from  each  pro- 
gram leader. 

Doctor  of  Education  Degree 
Programs 

Thie  Doctor  of  Education  degree  is  of- 
fered in  Adult  Education  and  Human  Re- 
source Development,  Community 
College  Teaching,  Cuniculum  arid  In- 
struction, Educational  Administration 
and  Supervision,  and  Exceptional  Stu- 
dent Education.  Advisement  for  these 
programs  may  be  obtained  by  calling 
thie  appropriate  Department  Office  or  by 
contacting  the  Coordinator  of  Doctoral 
Programs  at  (305)  348-2770.  Detailed 
admission  requirements,  program  de- 
scriptions, and  graduation  requirements 
may  be  obtained  from  doctoral  program 
advisors  in  specific  areas  and  by  exam- 


104  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


ining  program  descriptions  in  this 
catalog. 

North  Miami  Campus  and 
Broward  Program 

The  College  of  Education  has  programs 
of  studies  at  ttie  North  Miami  Campus 
and  at  the  Broward  Center  on  tfie 
Broward  Community  College  Central 
Campus.  Students  interested  in  Informa- 
tion regarding  the  North  Miami  Campus 
or  Broward  Program  course  offerings 
should  call  the  College  of  Education  in 
Broward  at  (305)  948-6747. 

If  calling  Broward  from  Dade,  dial 
475-4156.  If  calling  North  Miami  cam- 
pus from  Broward,  dial  523-4422.  To  call 
North  Miami  campus  from  Dade,  dial 
940-5820. 


Educational  Leadership 
and  Policy  Studies* 

Stephen  M.  Fain,  Professor  and 

Chairperson,  Curriculum  and 

Instruction 
Carlos  M.  Alvarez,  Associate 

Professor,  International 

IDevelopment  Education  and 

Research 
Peter  J.  Cistone,  Professor, 

Educational  Leadership 
Charles  Divita,  Jr.  Professor,  Adult 

Education  and  Human  Resource 

Development 
Miguel  Escotet,  Visiting  Professor 

(Courtesy),  International 

Development  Education/Educational 

Psychology 
Allen  Rsher,  Associate  Professor, 

Educational  Leadership 
Paul  D.  Gallagher,  Associate  Professor, 

Educational  Research,  and  Vice 

President,  North  Miami  Campus 
Lorraine  R.  Gay,  Professor, 

Educational  Research 
Barry  Greenberg,  Professor, 

Educational  Research,  Community 

College  Teaching 
Loriana  M.  Novoa,  Assistant  Professor, 

Educational  Research 
Sarah  W.  J.  Pell,  Associate  Professor, 

Educatiortal  LeadersNp 
Douglas  H.  Smith,  Associate 

Professor,  Adult  Education  and 

Human  Resource  Development 
Robert  S.  Winter,  Associate  Professor, 

International  Development  Education 

The  Department  of  Educational  Leader- 
ship and  Policy  Studies  offers  graduate 
programs  in  adult  education  and  human 
resource  development,  curriculum  and 
Instruction,  educational  leadership  and 
international  development  education. 


The  department  also  provides  research 
preparation  for  College  of  Education 
graduate  programs.  Tlie  department 
graduate  programs  and  support  serv- 
ices exist  to  enhance  the  College  of 
Education's  role  of  a  professional  school 
within  ttie  University.  The  graduate  pro- 
grams and  services  provide  access  and 
offer  excellence  in  professional  prepara- 
tion of  educational  leaders,  researchers, 
and  planners.  The  programs  serve  stu- 
dents who  focus  on  South  Rorida's  ur- 
ban challenges;  state  of  Florida  cultural, 
economic,  and  social  development;  na- 
tional educational  policy  development; 
and  international  cultural,  economic, 
and  social  development  through  educa- 
tion. 

The  department  offers  Master  of  Sci- 
ence degrees  in  Adult  Education  and 
Human  Resource  Development,  Educa- 
tional Leadership  and  International  De- 
velopment Education,  tfie  Specialist 
degree  in  Curriculum  and  Instruction 
and  Educational  Leadership,  and  the 
Doctor  of  Education  degree  in  Adult  Edu- 
cation and  Human  Resource  Develop- 
ment, Curriculum  and  Instruction  and 
Educational  Leadership.  The  depart- 
ment also  offers  a  Certificate  in  Educa- 
tional Leadership  for  students  who 
possess  a  graduate  degree  from  an  ac- 
credited institution  of  higher  education 
and  wfx)  seek  State  of  Rorida  Certifica- 
tion in  Educational  Leadership.  Special- 
ties in  elementary,  middle,  secondary, 
and  higher  education  may  t>e  included 
in  programs  of  study. 

Tfie  department  offers  wori<  for  stu- 
dents enrolled  in  other  doctoral  pro- 
grams who  seek  a  minor  in  educational 
leadership.  Furtfier,  the  College  require- 
ments tfiat  all  doctoral  students  com- 
plete a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours 
of  research  preparation  establishes  a 
substantive  department  role  in  all  col- 
lege doctoral  programs. 

The  department  offers  graduate  pro- 
grams leading  to  the  Master  of  Science, 
Educational  Specialist,  and  tfie  Doctor 
of  Education  degrees. 

"(Name  change  pending  Board  of 
Regents  approval) 

Master  of  Science  Degree 
Programs  in  AduH  Education 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Adult  Educa- 
tion and  Human  Resource  Development 
is  designed  for  the  individual  who 
chooses  to  serve  as  learning  facilitator, 
training  director,  counselor,  administra- 
tor, curriculum  developer  and/or  re- 
searcher in  adult  education  and  human 
resource  development  programs  in  busi- 
ness and  industry,  public  schools,  fK)spi- 
tals,  governmental  agencies,  community 
BS,  universities,  civic  organiza- 


tions, military  service,  or  other  agencies. 
Graduate  programs  of  study  are  de- 
signed in  relation  to  an  individual's  spe- 
cific Interests,  needs,  and  career  goals. 

The  Department  offers  two  master's 
degree  programs  in  Adult  Education:  Ad- 
ministration and  Supervision,  and  Adult 
Education:  Human  Resource  Develop- 
ment. Two  options  are  possible  in  the 
Administration  and  Supervision  pro- 
gram: (1 )  Public  School  Administration, 
or  (2)  General  Adult  Education  Admini- 
stration/Non-Public School  Administra- 
tion (not  a  certification  program). 

Adult  Education:  Human  Resource 
Development  is  designed  for  persons  in- 
terested in  the  design,  implementation, 
evaluation,  and  management  of  human 
resource  development  programs.  One 
half  (15  hours)  of  ttie  program  is  re- 
quired, and  the  otfier  half  consists  of 
elective  courses  selected  by  tfie  advisor 
in  relation  to  tfie  student's  career  goals. 

Adult  Education:  Administration 
and  Supervision 

(For  public  school  adult  educators  only) 

Required  Program:  (30  semester 

hours) 

Required  Core:  (18): 

ADE  508 1      I  nttoduction  to  Adult 
Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development     3 

ADE  5180     Organizational/Community 
Processes  in  AE/HRD       3 

ADE  5260     Organization  and 

Administration  of  Adult 
Education  and  HRD 
Programs  3 

ADE  5385     Adult  Teaching  and 

Learning  3 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Education  Research      3 

RED  6336     Teaching  Reading  in  the 

Content  Area  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis:  (12) 
EDA  6061      Introduction  to 

Educational  Leadership  3 
EDG  6250     Curriculum  Development 

and  Improvement  3 

EDS  6050     Supervision  and  Staff 

Development  3 

Advised  Elective  3 

Adult  Education:  Human 
Resource  Development  (HRD) 

Required  Program:  (30  semester 

hours) 

Required  Core:  (15) 

ADE  508 1      I  ntroduction  to  Adult 
Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development     3 

ADE  51S0     Organizational  Community 
Processes  in  AE/HRD       3 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 105 


ADE  5383      Instaictional  Processes  In 
AE/HRD  3 

ADE  5385      Adult  Teaching  and 

Learning  3 

EOF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

o{  Education  Research      3 

Advised  Electives  1 5 

The  candidate,  with  the  approval  of 
tfie  advisor,  will  select  courses  that  will 
increase  competence  in  a  spedalty  or  a 
supportive  social/behavioral  science. 

Master  of  Science  in 
Educational  Leadersliip 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Educa- 
tional Leadership  is  awarded  upon  suc- 
cessful completion  of  all  program 
requirements.  The  program  consists  of 
courses  and  experiences  designed  to 
develop  entry  level  competencies  for 
persons  seeking  Rorida  certification  in 
Educational  Leadership.  The  curriculum 
consists  of  the  Florida  Educational  Lead- 
ership Core  which  contains  competen- 
cies identified  in  the  eight  domains  of 
effective  school  leadership.  Also  in- 
cluded are  competencies  for  high-per- 
forming principals  identified  by  the 
Rorida  Council  on  Educational  Manage- 
ment. Specialized  experiences  in  se- 
lected areas  of  school  leadership 
corresponding  to  career  aspirations  of 
the  candidate  are  reviewed.  Topics  spe- 
cific to  non-public  school  administration 
may  also  be  elected. 

Admission  to  the  program  requires 
that  the  candidate  meet  criteria  estab- 
lished by  the  Board  of  Regents  for 
graduate  study  and  other  criteria  estab- 
lished by  the  program  faculty. 

To  become  certified  in  Educational 
Leadership,  formerly  Administration  and 
Supervision,  all  candidates  must  suc- 
cessfully complete  the  Florida  Educa- 
tional Leadership  Core  arxJ  pass  the 
Rorida  Educational  Leadership  Certifica- 
tion Examination. 

Required  Program:  (36  semester 

hours) 

EDA  6061 


EDA  6192 
EDA  6195 

EDG  6250 
EDA  6232 
EDA  6242 
EDA  6503 
EDA  6271 


EDA  6930 


Introduction  to 

Educational  Leadership  3 

Leadership  in  Education  3 
Communication  in 

Educational  Leadership  3 

Curriculum  Development  3 


School  Law 
School  Finance 
Principalship 
Microcomputer 
Applications  for 
Administrators 
Seminar  in  Educational 
Leadership 


EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

EDS  6115     School  Personnel 

Management  3 

Guided  Electives  3 

Six  semester  hours  must  be  earned 
in  one  of  the  following  areas:  Eariy  Child- 
hood, Middle  School,  or  Secondary 
School  curriculum  for  state  certification. 

Master  of  Science  in 
International  Development 
Education 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  in  Inter- 
national Development  Education  (IDE) 
is  designed  to  provide  graduate  training 
to  students  interested  in  acquiring  skills 
as  specialists  in  educational  develop- 
ment within  the  context  of  a  changing 
society.  The  program  places  special  em- 
phasis on  planning,  management,  re- 
search, and  evaluation  skills.  Such  skills 
are  developed  in  relation  to  a  specific 
area  of  educational  specialization  and 
with  a  special  empfiasis  on  under- 
standing the  influence  of  the  social  con- 
text of  education  on  educational 
development  and  change. 

Admission  Requirements 

To  be  admitted  into  the  Master's  degree 
program  in  International  Development 
Education  (IDE),  a  student  must:  (a) 
hold  a  Bachelor's  degree  from  an  ac- 
credited institution  or  its  equivalent  for  in- 
ternational students;  (b)  have  a  3.0  GPA 
or  higher  during  the  last  60  semester 
hours  of  undergraduate  study  (or  its 
equivalent  for  foreign  students);  and/or 
(c)  have  a  combined  score  (verbal  and 
quantitative)  of  1000  or  higher  on  the 
GRE  (students  must  submit  the  GRE 
scores  regardless  of  their  GPA  or  de- 
gree); and/or  (d)  have  a  graduate  de- 
gree from  an  accredited  institution  of 
higher  learning;  (e)  in  the  case  of  for- 
eign students  whose  first  language  is 
other  than  English,  a  minimum  score  of 
500  on  the  TOEFL  examination  is  also 
required;  (f)  submit  two  letters  of  recom- 
mendation, preferably  from  persons  in 
the  academic  community  who  are  famil- 
iar with  the  applicant's  record  and  who 
are  able  to  evaluate  the  applicants  back- 
ground, professional  interest,  and  ca- 
reer goals;  (g)  submit  a  short  essay  of 
approximately  250  words  concerning 
the  applicants  background,  professional 
interests  and  goals  in  the  area  of  Inter- 
national Development  Education. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master's  program  requires  the  com- 
pletion of  a  minimum  of  36  semester 
hours  of  coursewori^  at  thie  graduate 
level  with  a  3.0  GPA.  A  maximum  of  six 


semester  hours  of  graduate  wori<  may 
be  transferred  to  the  program  from  other 
universities.  The  36  semester  hours  are 
to  be  completed  in  accordance  with  the 
program  curriculum. 

Language  Requirement 

The  student  must  demonstrate  compe- 
tency in  the  use  of  a  modern  language, 
other  than  English,  prior  to  graduation. 
International  students  may  demonstrate 
competency  in  their  native  language. 
Language  courses  will  not  count  for 
credit  toward  program  completion. 

Required  Program:  (36) 

Social  Context  of  Education  and 
Development:  (6) 

EDF  5850      International  Development 
Education:  Historical 
and  Contemporary 
Reality  3 

EDF  5852      Educational  Development 
Issues  in  Context:  A 
Multidisclplinary 
Perspective  3 

Educational  Research  and 
Evaluation  Methods:  (9) 

EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

EDF  6486      Research  Methods  in 

Education: 

Experimental  Design 

and  Analysis  3 

EDF  6475      Qualitative  Foundations  of 

Educational  Research       3 

Educational  Policy,  Planning, 
Implementation/Management  and 
Evaluation  SItills:  (12) 

EDF  6654      Macro-  and 

Micro-Planning  in 
Education  3 

EDF  6651      International  Development 
Education:  Educational 
Technology,  Planning 
and  Assessment  3 

EDF  6656      International  Development 
Education:  Innovative 
Approaches  in 
Educational  Planning         3 

EDF  6658      Selected  Topics: 
International 
Development 
Education,  Current 
Policy  Issues  and 
Problems  3 

Electives:  (9) 

The  student  wrtll  select,  with  advisor's 
permission,  a  minimum  of  six  semester 
hours  from  courses  available  in  one  of 
the  following  areas: 

1.  A  content  area  of  educational  spe- 
cialization; 


106/  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


2.  Comparative/lntercultural  Educa- 
tion; 

3.  System's  consultation; 

4.  Socioeconomic  and  political  con- 
text of  development; 

5.  Courses  in  any  ofrier  area  of  spe- 
cial interest  to  the  student. 

6.  Thesis  (3-9) 

EDF  6972     Thesis  in  International 
Development  Education 

Educational  Specialist 

The  Educatiorial  Specialist  program  in 
Educational  Leadership  is  designed  to 
build  upon  the  educator's  master  de- 
gree preparation  and  professional  expe- 
rience. The  degree  candidates  may 
Include  coursework  that  prepares  them 
for  state  certification  in  Educational 
Leadership.  Program  descriptions  may 
be  obtained  from  tfie  program  leader 
(305-348-3221). 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  must  hold  a  current  regular 
Florida  teaching  certificate  or  possess 
such  prior  to  award  of  the  degree.  A  3.0 
GPA  in  the  last  60  semester  hours  of  un- 
dergraduate study  or  a  3.5  GPA  in  the 
master's  program  from  an  accredited 
university  and  1000  on  the  Graduate  Re- 
cord Examination  (GRE),  verbal  and 
quantitative  scores,  are  required.  Fur- 
ther, an  interview  with  program  faculty 
and  two  recommendations  are  required. 

Doctor  of  Education  Degree 
Programs 

Adult  Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development  (HRD) 

The  doctoral  program  in  Adult  Educa- 
tion and  Human  Resource  Development 
(HRD)  is  designed  to  serve  the  ad- 
vanced graduate  study  needs  of  a  wide 
range  of  professionals  in  leadership  po- 
sitions who  are  concerned  with  thie  de- 
sign, implementation,  and  evaluation  of 
educational  and  training  programs  for 
adults.  These  professionals  may  be  en- 
gaged in  program  development  and 
evaluation,  instruction  and  training, 
counseling  and  advisement,  consult- 
ation, and  marketing  and  recruitment  ac- 
tivities designed  to  further  the  growth 
and  development  of  adult  learners  or  to 
improve  organizational  functioning 
through  educationally-related  interven- 
tion strategies,  or  both.  Accordingly,  par- 
ticipants in  ttie  program  come  from  such 
diverse  backgrounds  as  business  and  in- 
dustry, higher  educatkan,  public  and  pro- 
prietary schools,  health  and  soda) 
service  agencies,  law  enforcement  and 
corrections,  the  military,  governmental 
agencies,  religious  organizations,  librar- 


ies and  museums,  and  civic  and  profes- 
sional associations. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  ttie  program  must  submit 
thie  following  records  and  documents: 

1 .  Official  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  institutions  attended. 

2.  Official  copy  of  the  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
tfie  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for  Gradu- 
ate Admission. 

The  data  from  applicants  is  reviewed 
by  an  admissions  committee.  The  crite- 
ria applied  in  reviewing  the  applicant's 
files  are  noted  below.  Exceptions  to  one 
or  more  of  tfie  criteria  may  be  granted 
provided  the  applicant  has  excelled  in 
certain  off-setting  assessment  areas. 

1 . 3.0  GPA  in  tfie  last  two  years  of 
undergraduate  work; 

2.  3.25  in  all  graduate  work  at- 
tempted; 

3.  A  master's  degree  from  an  accred- 
ited institution  or  equivalent  preparation; 

4.  A  score  of  at  least  1 000  on  the 
general  aptitude  portion  of  the  GRE; 

5.  Evidence  of  commitment  to  a  ca- 
reer in  the  broad  field  of  Adult  Education 
and  HRD; 

6.  Successful  professional  experi- 
ence in  the  field  of  Adult  Education  and 
HRD; 

7.  Potential  for  leadership  or  re- 
search in  the  field,  or  both. 

Program  of  Study 

Doctorate  programs  of  study  vary  ac- 
cording to  the  individual  needs  of  the 
participants  and  tfieir  cun-ent  or  antici- 
pated professional  goals.  A  typical  pro- 
gram will  require  a  minimum  of  101 
semester  hours  beyond  the  baccalaure- 
ate degree  and  will  involve  the  catego- 
ries of  courses  noted  below.  The  list 
should  be  considered  as  a  sample  pro- 
gram rather  ttian  an  absolute  deline- 
ation of  exact  requirements.  Actual 
programs  are  planned  by  ttie  partici- 
pants, tfieir  major  professor,  and  doc- 
toral committee. 

Required  Core  (18-24) 

Adult  Education  and  HRD  includes  such 
courses  as  comprehensive  Adult  Educa- 
tion and  HRD  planning,  program  devel- 
opment, instructional  design,  adult 
teaching  and  learning.  Adult  Education 
and  HRD  trends  and  issues,  strategies, 
and  research. 


Elective  Core  (9-1 5) 
Elective  Core  varies  according  to  the 
participants'  background  and  profes- 
sional goals. 

Research  and  Statistics.  (1 2) 
Prospectus  and  Dissertation.  (24) 

Curriculum  and  Instruction 

The  doctoral  program  in  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  offers  specieilties  in  the  fol- 
lowing areas:  Art  Education,  Eariy  Child- 
fxx)d  Education,  Elementary  Education, 
English  Education,  Mathematics  Educa- 
tion, Music  Education,  Science  Educa- 
tion, Reading  Education,  and  Social 
Studies  Education. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  the  program  must  submit 
the  following  records  and  documents: 

1 .  Official  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  institutions  attended. 

2.  Official  copy  of  the  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
ttie  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for  Gradu- 
ate Admission. 

Final  decisions  on  admission  are 
made  by  the  Faculty  Admissions  Com- 
mittee. Additional  information  can  Ise  ob- 
tained from  the  Coordinator  of  Doctoral 
Programs,  DM  255. 

Core  Courses:  (15) 

EDG  7222     Curriculum :  Theory  and 

Research  3 

EDG  7362     Instruction:  Theory  and 

Research  3 

EDG  7665     Seminar  in  Curriculum       3 
EDF  7934     Seminar  in  Social 

Foundations  of 

Education  3 

EDF  621 1      Psychological  Foundations 

of  Education  3 

Specialty  Area:  (36) 
The  specialty  areas  include  art  educa- 
tion, eariy  childhood  education,  elemen- 
tary education,  English  education, 
instructional  leadership,  mathematics 
education,  music  education,  reading 
education,  science  education,  and  so- 
cial studies  education. 

Cognate  Area:  (18) 
The  cognate  area  requires  a  minimum 
of  18  semester  hours  of  coursework  in  a 
single  area  of  study  related  to  the  spe- 
cialty. The  courses  should  be  cfiosen 
with  regard  to  coherence  and  relevance 
to  the  anticipated  substantive  aspect  of 
ttie  dissertation  and  in  consultation  with 
the  advisor.  The  cognate  area  may  be 
taken  in  the  College  of  Education,  in  the 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 107 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  or  any 
other  area  offering  courses  relevant  to 
the  student's  program. 

Research  and  Statistics:  (1 2) 

Comprehensive  Examinations  and 
Advancement  to  Candidacy 

The  student  must  successfully  pass 
comprehensive  examinations  covering 
coursewori<  and  also  submit  copies  of  a 
dissertation  proposal,  which  has  k>een 
approved  by  the  supervisory  committee, 
to  the  Dean  of  the  College  and  to  the 
Dean  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Dissertation 

The  student  is  responsible  for  24  semes- 
ter hours  of  dissertation  credits.  The  dis- 
sertation must  be  an  original 
contribution  to  knowledge  in  an  area  of 
early  childhood  education,  elementary 
education,  secondary  education,  one  of 
the  K- 12  areas,  or  in  instructional  leader- 
ship. 

The  student  is  expected  to  complete 
the  dissertation  five  years  from  the  date 
of  advancement  to  candidacy  (i.e.  suc- 
cessful completion  of  all  written  and  oral 
examinations,  favorable  recommenda- 
tions of  tiie  supervisory  and  guidance 
committee,  and  an  approved  disserta- 
tion proposal).  Six  credit  hours  of  disser- 
tation are  taken  per  semester  during  the 
time  that  the  dissertation  is  being  com- 


EDG  7980     Doctoral  Dissertation       24 

Educational  Administration 

The  doctoral  program  in  Educational  Ad- 
ministration and  Supervision  is  designed 
for  students  who  wish  to  pursue  leader- 
ship roles  in  educational  institutions. 
Among  those  roles  are  principals,  super- 
visors, directors,  and  superintendents  of 
public  and  independent  schools;  state, 
federal,  and  international  agency  admin- 
istrators and  staff;  and  research  and  de- 
vek)pment  personnel.  The  curriculum  is 
designed  to  enable  stiJdents  to  become 
familiar  with  and  utilize  effectively  both 
tfieoretical  and  technical  knowledge. 
The  program  of  study  is  multidisciplinary 
and  integrates  broad  intellectual  per- 
spectives into  the  shjdy  and  practice  of 
Educational  Leadership. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  minimum  admission  requirements 
are  as  follows: 

1 .  A  master's  degree  from  an  accred- 
ited institution. 

2.  A3.0  GPAin  the  last  60  hours  of 
undergraduate  work. 

3.  A  3.25  GPA  in  prior  graduate 
work. 


4.  A  score  of  1000  on  the  GRE  (ver- 
bal and  quantitative). 

5.  Evidence  of  three  years  or  more 
of  successful  and  appropriate  profes- 
sional experience. 

6.  Three  letters  of  recommendation 
to  support  the  application  for  admission. 

7.  A  statement  that  sets  forth  the  ap- 
plicant's career  goals  and  relates  those 
goals  to  \he  completion  of  the  doctoral 
program. 

8.  In  the  case  of  a  foreign  student,  a 
TOEFL  score  of  at  least  600  and  a 
score  of  at  least  470  on  the  verisal  por- 
tion of  tiie  GRE. 

9.  An  interview  with  program  faculty 
that  utilizes  targeted  selection  methods. 

10.  Recommendation  by  tfie  pro- 
gram faculty. 

Program  of  Study 

The  program  requires  the  completion  of 
a  minimum  of  99  semester  hours  of  aca- 
demic work  beyond  tiie  baccalaureate 
degree.  Program  requirements  include 
the  following: 

Required  Core  Courses  18 

Guided  Electives  in  Educational 

Leadership  15 

Minor/Cognate  Area  15 

Research  and  Statistics  12 

Dissertation  24 

Upon  completion  of  tfie  coursework, 
each  shjdent  must  pass  a  comprehen- 
sive examination  and  be  advanced  to 
candidacy. 

Tfte  doctoral  dissertation  is  the  final 
component  of  tiie  series  of  academic  ex- 
periences tfiat  culminate  in  the  award- 
ing of  the  Ed.D.  degree.  A  successful 
dissertation  is  a  demonstration  of  thie 
candidate's  ability  to  use  the  tools  and 
metfiods  of  basic  or  applied  research  in 
the  field,  or  both,  to  organize  die  find- 
ings, and  to  report  them  in  a  literate, 
logical,  and  lucid  fashion. 

More  specific  information  concerning 
thte  doctoral  program  is  available  from 
faculty  members  in  the  program  area. 

Research  and  Statistics 
Component  of  Doctoral  Programs 

A  research  requirement  of  1 2  semester 
hours  is  common  to  all  College  of  Edu- 
cation doctoral  programs. 

Required  Courses: 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 
of  Educational 
Research  3 

EDF  6486      Research  Ivlethods  in 
Education: 
Experimental  Design 
and  Analysis  3 

STA  51 66      Statistical  Methods  in 

Research  I  3 


One  of  the  following: 

EDF  6403      Quantitative  Foundations 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

or 
EDG  6475     Qualitative  Foundations  of 

Educational  Research       3 


Professional  Certificate 
Program  in  Adult  Learning 
Systems 

The  professional  certificate  in  adult 
learning  systems  is  a  comprefiensive 
and  integrated  university-based  option 
to  provide  professionals  with  skills  and 
ti-aining  for  adult  education  program- 
mers. The  non-degree  certificate  pro- 
gram may  be  pursued  in  conjunction 
witfi  a  bachelor's  or  master's  degree;  or 
beyond  tfie  bachelor's  or  master's  de- 
gree; or  independent  of  the  pursuit  of  a 
degree.  The  latter  option  is  for  persons 
having  special  responsibilities  and  expe- 
riences in  the  field  of  Adult  Education 
and  Human  Resource  Development. 

Required  Program:  (20) 
ADE  5925     Wort<shop  in  Adult 

Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development  1-6 
ADE  5385     Adult  Teaching  and 

Learning  3 

ADE  5180     Organizational  and 

Community  Processes 
in  AE/HRD  3 

ADE  5383     Development  of  Adult 
Education  and  HRD 
Programs  II  3 

ADE  5935     Special  Topics  in  Adult 
Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development     1 
ADE  6930     Seminar  in  Adult 

Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development  1-3 
To  be  admitted  to  the  program  the  stu- 
dent must: 

1 .  Hold  or  be  seeking  a  bachelor's  or 
master's  degree  from  an  accredited  insti- 
hJtion; 

2.  Have  submitted  ttiree  letters  of 
recommendation  describing  ability  to  en- 
gage in  and  profit  from  such  a  program 
of  studies; 

3.  Submit  a  personal  statement  of  in- 
terests and  goals  which  relate  to  Adult 
Education  and  Human  Resource  Devel- 
opment. 

Applicants  will  develop  a  project  or 
problem -oriented  learning  contract  dur- 
ing tfie  initial  workshop  to  be  pursued 
tiiroughout  tfie  program.  Contracts  will 
be  refined  as  tfie  stijdent  progresses 
ttirough  the  first  part  of  tine  program  of 
studies.  The  culminating  activity,  tiie 


108  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


Seminar,  ADE  6930,  will  require  the  stu- 
dent to  complete,  share,  and  evaluate 
the  tasks  and  activities  within  the  individ- 
ual learning  contract. 

Professional  Certificate 
Program  in  Educational 
Leadership 

The  objectives  of  the  certificate  are  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  SBE  6A-4.082 
(5)  C  which  requires  a  "modified  core 
Rorida  Educational  Leadership  pro- 
gram"; and  to  assist  professional  educa- 
tors In  meeting  tfie  State  requirements 
for  certification  in  Educational  Leader- 
ship. 

Required  Courses:  (24) 

EDA  6192      Leadership  in  Education    3 

EDA6195     Communication  in 

Educational  Leadership     3 
EDA  6232     School  Law  3 

EDA  6242     School  Finance  3 

EDA  6271      Administration  and 

Application  of 

Computers  3 

EDA  6503     School  Principalship  3 

EDE  6250     Development  and 

Improvement  3 

EDS  6050     Supervision  and  Staff 

Development  3 

or 
EDS  6115     School  Personnel 

Management 


Educational  Psychology 
and  Special  Education 

Stephen  S.  Strichart,  Professor, 

Learning  Disabilities  and  Chairperson 
Wendy  Cheyney,  Associate  Professor, 

Learning  Disabilities 
Marisal  Gavllan,  Associate  Professor, 

Educational  Psychology/Bilingual 

Education 
Daniel  A.  Kennedy,  Associate 

Professor,  School  Ck>unseling 
Philip  J.  Lazarus,  Associate  Professor, 

School  Psychology 
Luretha  F.  Lucky,  Associate  Professor, 

Ii4ental  Retardation 
David  E  Nathanson,  Professor,  Gifted 

Education  and  Mental  Retardation 
Howard  Rosenberg,  Associate 

Professor,  Mental  Retardation 
Donald  C.  Smith,  Professor, 

Educational  Psychology/School 

Psychology 
Jethro  W.  Toomer,  Professor, 

Educational  Psychology/Community 

Counseling 


Judith  Jones  Wallcer,  Assistant 
Professor,  Counselor  Education, 
Educational  Psychology 

The  Department  offers  a  variety  of  pro- 
grams to  prepare  counselors  to  work  in 
school  and  community  settings,  psy- 
chologists to  work  in  the  schools,  and 
teachers  of  emotionally  disturbed, 
gifted,  learning  disabled,  and  mentally 
retarded  students.  All  programs  require 
substantial  supervised  fieldwork.  State 
of  Rorida  certification  requirements  are 
met  for  all  programs  preparing  school 
personnel. 

Master  of  Science 

Community  Counseling 

Diagnostic  Teaching:  Emotional 
Disturbance 

Diagnostic  Teaching:  Mental 
Retardation 

Diagnostic  Teaching:  Specific 
Learning  Disabilities 

School  Counseling 

School  Psychology 
Doctor  of  Education 

Exceptional  Student  Education 

Master  of  Science  Degree 
Programs 

Educational  Psychology 

Programs  within  the  field  of  Educational 
Psycfxjiogy  are  designed  to  train  profes- 
sionals to  meet  the  unique  needs  of  indi- 
viduals who  experience  cognitive, 
academic,  and/or  social-emotional  diffi- 
culties that  interfere  with  the  individual's 
progress  in  school  and  in  the  commu- ' 
nity.  Specific  competencies  are  deline- 
ated for  professionals  in  the  field  of 
school  counseling,  community  counsel- 
ing, and  school  psychology. 

Tfiese  programs  emphasize  the 
blending  of  research  and  theory  with 
practical  applied  experience.  They  con- 
sider the  urban,  multi-cultural  nature  of 
the  community,  as  well  as  more  general 
trends  within  specific  fields.  All  pro- 
grams involve  extensive  field  work  with 
accompanying  seminars.  Independent 
study  courses  are  available  to  allow  stu- 
dents to  pursue  specialized  interests 
and  needs. 

Applicants  are  required  to  submit  an 
application  to  the  Office  of  Admissions. 
All  applicants  must  present  ORE  scores 
for  the  Verbal  and  Quantitative  sections, 
three  letters  of  recommendation  (at 
least  one  from  academic  sources  and 
one  from  work  or  volunteer  experience), 
and  an  autobiographical  statement.  Can- 
didates are  admitted  by  action  of  the  De- 
partment's Graduate  Admissions 
Committee.  Criteria  for  program  accep- 
tance include  GRE  scores,  undergradu- 


ate grade  point  average  during  junior 
and  senior  years,  wori<  and  volunteer  ex- 
perience, quality  and  source  of  letters  of 
recommendation,  and  the  candidate's 
career  aspirations  and  goals.  A  com- 
bined Verbal-Quantitative  GRE  score  of 
1000  and/or  GPAof  'B'  or  higher  during 
tfie  undergraduate  junior  and  senior 
years  (i.e.  last  60  semester  hours),  or 
both,  are  required  for  a  candidate  to  be 
admitted  via  regular  procedures. 

All  programs  preparing  school  per- 
sonnel are  approved  by  the  State  of 
Rorida  and  allow  students  completing 
thie  program  to  be  eligible  for  certifica- 
tion by  the  State. 

Counselor  Education  Tracks 

The  counselor  education  tracks  require 
60  semester  hours,  or  the  equivalent  of 
four  academic  semesters,  arid  lead  to 
tfie  Master  of  Science  degree.  The 
tracks  follow  a  competency  based 
model,  the  eariy  part  of  which  is  largely 
generic  In  nature  and  is  concerned  with 
the  development  of  knowledge  and 
skills  in  thie  areas  of  individual  and 
group  counseling,  consultation,  preven- 
tive mental  fiealth,  educational-voca- 
tional development,  client  appraisal, 
systems  intervention,  and  model  pro- 
gram organization  and  evaluation.  The 
latter  pan  of  tlie  program  is  more  differ- 
entiated, and  enables  a  specialization  in 
either  community  or  school  counseling. 
Both  areas  of  specialization  meet  the 
standards  recommended  by  the  Ameri- 
can Association  for  Counseling  and  De- 
velopment and  specialization  in  school 
counseling  qualifies  tfie  graduate  for  the 
Rorida  School  Guidance  Certificate. 
The  Community  Counselor  curriculum 
meets  the  master's  degree  requirement 
for  eligibility  towards  licensure  as  a  men- 
tal fiealth  counselor  by  the  State  of 
Rorida. 

The  prospective  student  should  be 
advised  that  a  substantial  amount  of 
time  is  spent  in  field  work  to  meet  practi- 
cum  and  internship  requirements.  The 
practicum  requirement  is  the  equivalent 
of  one  wori<  day  per  week  spent  in  a 
field  placement  during  one  academic  se- 
mester followed  by  an  internship  consist- 
ing of  a  40  hour  vrark  week  in  a  field 
placement  for  tiye  duration  of  one  aca- 
demic semester.  The  student  should 
plan  for  this  field  work  to  be  during  the 
day,  rather  tfian  during  evening  hours. 

All  students  entering  the  School 
Counseling  track  with  an  undergraduate 
degree  in  an  area  other  than  education 
must  enroll  for  courses  in  general  profes- 
sional education  as  well  as  a  course  in 
reading  as  required  by  tfie  Rorida  State 
Department  of  Education  in  order  to 
meet  state  certification  requirements  in 
Rorida. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 109 


Students  applying  to  the  Community 
Mental  Health  program  with  an  out-of- 
field  undergraduate  major  must  com- 
plete 18  hours  of  prerequisite 
cxjursework. 

Community  Counseling 
Required  Program:  (60) 

First  Year:  (27) 

EGC  6605     Professional  Problems  in 

Counseling  3 

EGC  5405     Introduction  to 

Counseling  3 

EGC  6725     Human  Interaction  I: 

Group  Process  and 

Social  Behavior  3 

EGC  6707     Applied  Behavioral 

Analysis  in  Counseling 

and  Education  3 

EGC  6726     Human  Interaction  II  3 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research^  3 

EGC  6708     Advanced  Counseling  and 

Consultation:  Theory 

and  Practice  3 

EGC  6203     Appraisal  and 

Measurement  in 

Counseling  3 

EGC  5305     Educational-Vocational 

Counseling  3 

Second  Year:  (33) 

EGC  6616     Program  Evaluation  in  the 

Helping  Professions  3 

EGC  6822     Advanced  Practicum  in 

Counseling  and 

Consultation  3 

EGC  6676     Supervised  Field 

Experience  Counseling    10 
EGC  6709     Organizational 

Consultation:  Human 

Interaction  III  3 

EGC  6936     Seminar  in  Counseling 

and  Education  3 

EGC  6469     Counseling  the  Culturally 

Different  3 

Electives  and  Independent  Study  8 

School  Counseling 
Required  Program:  (60) 

First  Year:  (27) 

EGC  6605     Professional  Problems  in 

Counseling  3 

EGC  5405     Introduction  to 

Counseling  3 

EGC  6725  Human  Interaction  I: 
Group  Process  and 
Social  Behavior  3 

EGC  6707     Applied  Behiavioral 

An8ilysis  in  Counseling 
and  Education  3 

EGC  6726     Human  Interaction  II  3 


EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research'  3 

EEX  6051      Exceptional  Children  and 

Youth  3 

EGC  6203     Appraisal  and 

Measurement  In 

Counseling  3 

EGC  5305-    Educational-Vocational 

Counseling  3 

Second  Year:  (33) 

EGC  6616     Program  Evaluation  in 

Counseling  and 

Education  3 

EGC  6708     Advanced  Counseling  and 

Consultation:  Theory 

and  Practice  3 

EGC  6822     Advanced  Practicum  in 

Counseling  and 

Education  3 

EGC  6676     Supervised  Field 

Experience  in 

Counseling  10 

EGC  6469     Counseling  the  Culturally 

Different  3 

EGC  6936     Seminar  in  Counseling 

and  Education  3 

Advised  Electives'  8 

'students  should  consult  with  program 
advisor  regarding  courses  required  by 
the  Department  of  Professional  Regula- 
tion for  certification  eligibility  as  a  Mental 
Health  Counselor. 

School  Psychology 

The  program  in  School  Psychology  re- 
quires 60  semester  hours  and  leads  to 
State  of  Florida  certification  as  a  special- 
ist in  School  Psycfx)logy  as  well  as  edu- 
cational requirements  for  private 
licensure.  The  competencies  to  be  dem- 
onstrated by  the  student  completing  this 
program  are  derived  from  ttie  following: 
Isehavioral/educational  assessment  and 
planning;  counseling  and  child-centered 
consultation  with  teachers,  parents,  and 
agency  representatives;  staffing,  liaison, 
refen-al,  and  case  management;  pro- 
gram development  and  evaluation;  in- 
service  education;  administrative 
consultation;  and  community  develop- 
ment. 

Required  Program:  (60) 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

EGC  5405  Introduction  to  Counseling  3 
EGC  6725     Human  Interaction  I: 

Group  Process  and 

Social  Behavior  3 

EGC  6726     Human  Interaction  II  3 


EGC  6707     Applied  Behavioral 

Analysis  in  Counseling 

and  Education  3 

EGC  6708     Advanced  Counseling  and 

Consultation:  Theory 

and  Practice  3 

EEX  6227      Diagnostic  Teaching: 

Educational  Assessment    3 
SPS  6805      Professional  Problems 

and  Issues  in  School 

Psychology  3 

SPS  6191      Psycho-Educational 

Assessment  I: 

Intellectual  3 

SPS  6191 L    Psycho-Educational 

Assessment  I :  Lab  3 

SPS  6192      Psycfx3-Educational 

Assessment  II:  Process     3 
SPS6192L    Psycho-Educational 

Assessment  II:  Lab  3 

SPS  61 93      Psycho-Educational 

Assessment  III: 

Behavior  3 

SPS6193L    Psycho-Educational 

Assessment  III:  Lab  3 

EGC  6616     Program  Evaluation  in 

Counseling  and 

Education  3 

EGC  6678     Supervised  Field 

Experience  School 

Psychology  10 

EGC  6936     Seminar  in  Counseling 

and  Education  3 

Electives  3-6 

Ttie  student  is  required  to  enter  an 
internship  in  School  Psychology  under 
the  supervision  of  a  field  based  school 
psychologist  for  a  period  of  1 200  dock 
hours.  This  internship  is  a  full-time,  eight 
JTOur  day,  five  day  wreek  involvement 
and  students  entering  tfie  program 
should  plan  for  it  during  the  final  stage 
of  their  training.  At  least  600  hours  of 
tfie  internship  must  be  in  a  setting  from 
kindergarten  to  grade  1 2  in  a  public 
school.  Other  approved  internship  expe- 
riences may  include  private  state  ap- 
proved educational  programs  or  ottier 
appropriate  mental  health-related  pro- 
grams or  settings  for  tfie  education  of 
children  and  youth. 

A  student  with  an  undergraduate  ma- 
jor in  education  is  encouraged  to  select 
electives  in  the  social  and  behavioral  sci- 
ences. Other  students  must  meet  re- 
quirements in  general  professional 
education  to  meet  State  of  Rorida  certifi- 
cation requirements. 

Special  Education 

Tfie  Department  offers  master's  degree 
programs  that  prepare  individuals  to 
teach  exceptional  children  and  youth. 
Emphasis  is  given  to  the  development 
of  skills  in  assessment,  prescriptive  pro- 


110  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


gramming,  behavior  management,  con- 
sultant and  group  leadership  skills. 

Program  applicants  are  required  to 
submit  an  application  to  the  Office  of  Ad- 
missions. All  applicants  must  present 
GRE  scores  for  the  Verbal  and  Quantita- 
tive sections,  three  letters  of  recommen- 
dation (at  least  one  from  academic 
sources  and  one  from  work  or  volunteer 
experience),  and  an  autobiographical 
statement.  Candidates  are  admitted  by 
action  of  the  Department's  Graduate  Ad- 
missions Committee.  Criteria  for  pro- 
gram acceptance  include  GRE  scores, 
undergraduate  grade  point  average  dur- 
ing the  junior  and  senior  years,  wori< 
and  volunteer  experience,  quality  and 
source  of  letters  of  recommendation, 
and  the  candidate's  career  aspirations 
and  goals.  A  combined  Verbal-CJuantita- 
tive  GRE  score  of  1000  and/or  GPA  of 
3.0  or  higher,  during  the  undergraduate 
junior  and  senior  years  is  required  for  a 
candidate  to  be  admitted  via  regular  pro- 
cedures. Applicants  who  do  not  hold  a 
valid  Florida  Teaching  Certificate  must 
complete  all  requirements  for  certifica- 
tion in  addition  to  degree  requirements. 

Programs  are  offered  in  Exceptional 
Student  Education:  Diagnostic  Teaching 
(Mental  Retardation,  Emotional  Distur- 
bance, and  Spedfic  Learning  Disabili- 
ties). All  programs  are  approved  by  the 
State  of  Rorida  and  allow  students  com- 
pleting the  program  to  be  eligible  for  cer- 
tification by  the  State.  Courses  leading 
to  certification  in  the  areas  of  the  Gifted 
are  also  offered. 

ExcdptionaJ  Student  Education: 
Diagnostic  Teaching 

The  major  competencies  of  the  diagnos- 
tic teacher  are  an  extension  and  refine- 
ment of  those  developed  by  the  student 
in  the  undergraduate  speda!  education 
curriculum:  a)  Assessment  of  learning 
styles  through  observation  and  on-going 
monitoring  techniques;  b)  application  of 
behavioral  approaches  to  ttie  building, 
monitoring  and  remediation  of  dass- 
room  behavior;  c)  communication  of  in- 
formation concerning  children  to  others 
within  tiie  school  and  to  parents,  consult- 
ation skills;  d)  curriculum  planning  and 
innovatton  including  staffings  and  lEP; 
e)  supervision  of  spedal  education 
units;  f)  consultation  skills. 

Professional  Certificate  programs 
are  available  in  a  number  of  specialized 
areas.  Consult  the  program  faculty  for 
furttier  information. 

In-Field  Majors 

Tfie  following  program  of  study  is  for  the 
student  who  holds  an  undergraduate  de- 
gree in  Special  Education  from  Rorida 
Intematkinal  University.  A  student  with 
an  undergraduate  major  in  Spedal  Edu- 


cation from  another  institution  must  plan 
a  program  witii  an  academic  advisor  to 
ensure  having  tiie  entiy  skills  for  this 
program. 


Required 

EDF5481 

EEX6050 

EEX  6227 
EEX6211 
EEX  6535 


EMR  6852 


ELD  6323 


Program:  (36) 
Analysis  and  Application 
of  Educational  Research 
Curriculum  Planning  and 
Development 
Assessment  of  Behavior 
Educational  Assessment 
Seminar  in  Spedal 
Education:  School 
Administration 
Advanced  Theory  and 
Practice:  Mental 
Retardation 
Advanced  Theory  and 
Practice:  Specific 
Learning  Disabilities 
Advanced  Theory  and 
Practice:  Emotioned 
Handicaps 
Diagnostic  Teaching: 
Advanced  Practicum 
Independent  Living  and 
the  Handicapped 
or 

Reading  for  Exceptional 
Learners 


EED  6226 

EEX  6846 
EEX  5771 

EEX  5250 

Electives  6 

Out-of-Field  Majors 

A  student  eligible  for  or  holding  a  Rorida 
teaching  certificate  in  other  areas  of  edu- 
cation should  consult  with  an  academic 
advisor  for  evaluation  of  entry  competen- 
des  to  the  program.  If  enti^  competen- 
des  cannot  be  demonstrated  either  on 
the  basis  of  course  equivalents  or  work 
experience,  the  student  will  be  asked  to 
complete  one  or  more  of  tfie  following 
courses  in  addition  to  those  listed  above 
for  In-Field  Majors. 
EEX  322 1      Assessment  of 

Exceptional  Children         3 
EMR  4251     Educational  Planning  for 

the  Mentally  Retarded       3 

or 
ELD  4240      Educational  Planning  for 

Spedfic  Learning 

Disabilities 

or 
EED  4227     Educational  Planning  for 

Emotionally 

Handicapped 
EEX  6051      Exceptional  Children  and 

Youth  3 

EEX  4601      Behavioral  Approaches  to 

Classroom  Learning  3 

EEX  46 1 1      Behavioral  Analysis  1 1        3 
EEX  6106      Diagnostic  Teaching: 

Acquisition  of  Language 

and  Reading  Skills  3 


EEX  4861      Student  Teaching  12 

A  student  who  does  not  hold  nor  is 
currently  eligible  for  a  Rorida  Teaching 
certificate  must  also  complete  all  certifi- 
cation requirements  as  stipulated  by  tiie 
State  Department  of  Education. 

Doctor  Of  Education  in 
ExceptionaS  Student  Education 

The  Doctoral  Program  in  Exceptional 
Student  Education  offers  specialties  in 
ttie  following  areas:  Administration;  Cur- 
riculum Development;  and  Research. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  tfie  program  must  submit 
tiie  following  records  and  documents: 

1 .  Offidal  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  institutions  attended. 

2.  Offidal  copy  of  the  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
tfie  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for 
Graduate  Admission. 

Students  applying  for  the  doctoral 
program  must  have  a  Master's  degree 
GPA  of  at  least  3.25,  and  a  combined 
GRE  score  of  at  least  1000  on  tiie  ver- 
bal and  quantitative  sections,  tiiree 
years  of  appropriate  experience  with  ex- 
ceptional individuals,  a  Bachelor's  or 
Master's  Degree  in  Exceptional  Student 
Education  or  related  area. 

Applicants  who  do  not  hold  a  Mas- 
ter's degree  must  have  a  GPA  of  at 
least  3.0  during  tiie  undergraduate  jun- 
ior and  senior  years  (i.e.  last  60  semes- 
ter hours). 

The  program  components  are  as  fol- 
lows: 

Special  Education  Core:  (1 5) 
EEX  6937     Seminars  in  Spedal 

Education  3 

EEX  6208     Medical  Aspects  of 

Exceptionality  3 

EEX  6301      Research  in  Cognitive 

Processes  of 

Handicapped  Stijdents      3 
EEX  6203     Advanced  Psycho-Sodal 

Aspects  of  Exceptionality    3 
EEX  6535     Seminar  in  Special 

Education  School 

Administration  3 

Specialty  Area:  (30) 
Exceptional  Student  Education  and/or 
related  area  (can  be  satisfied  by  appro- 
priate master's  level  wortc). 

Cognate  Area:  (15) 
Tfie  cognate  area  requires  a  minimum 
of  15  semester  hours  in  one  of  tfie  fol- 
lowing career  tiirusts:  spedal  education 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  /111 


administrator;  special  education  curricu- 
lum specialist;  special  education  re- 
searcher. 

Research  and  Statistics:  (1 2) 

Required  Courses: 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

EDF  6486      Research  Methods  in 

Education: 

Experimental  Design 

and  Analysis  3 

STA5166      Statistical  Methods  I  3 

One  of  the  following: 

EDF  6403      Quantitative  Foundations 
of  Education  3 

or 

EDF  6475     Oialltative  Foundations  of 
Educational  Research 

Electives  1 2 

Additional  courses  in  the  area  of  the 

student's  interests  as  determined  by  the 

student  and  his  or  her  Program  of  Study 

Committee. 

Comprehensive  Examinations  and 
Advancement  to  Candidacy 

The  student  may  be  admitted  to  candi- 
dacy for  the  degree  after  the  following 
conditions  have  been  met: 

a.  Residency  requirement 

b.  Successful  completion  of  Compre- 
hensive Examination 

c.  Recommendation  of  tfie  Program 
of  Study  Committee 

d.  Approval  of  a  dissertation  topic  by 
the  student's  Dissertation  Committee. 

Dissertation:  (EEX  7980) 
The  s-udent  is  responsible  for  24  or 
more  semester  hours  of  dissertation 
credits.  The  dissertation  must  be  an 
original  contribution  to  knowledge  in  ex- 
ceptional student  education.  The  stu- 
dent is  expected  to  complete  the 
dissertation  within  five  years  from  the 
date  of  advancement  to  candidacy. 

Certificate  and  Add-On 
Certification  Programs 

Professional  Certificate 
Program  in  Specific  Learning 
Disabilities,  Emotional 
Disturbance,  and  Mental 
Retardation 

In  order  to  meet  the  needs  of  teachers 
not  wisWng  to  enter  a  Master's  Degree 
program,  but  who  wish  to  complete 
state  certification  in  a  sequential  and 
planned  program  of  study,  the  Univer- 
sity has  establisfied  ttvee  Professional 
Certificate  Programs:  Specific  Learning 


Disabilities,  Emotional  Disturbance,  and 
Mental  Retardation.  The  entrance  re- 
quirement is  eligibility  for  or  possession 
of  a  Florida  Teaching  Certificate  in  ele- 
mentary education. 

In  the  event  a  student  enrolled  in  the 
Professional  Certificate  Program  elects 
to  apply  course  work  taken  toward  meet- 
ing tfie  requirements  for  a  Master  of  Sci- 
ence Degree,  tfie  student  must  follow 
tfie  stipulated  entrance  procedures  for 
the  Master's  Degree  program. 

Specific  Learning  Disabilities 

EEX  6051      Exceptional  Children  and 

Youth  3 

EEX  6106      Diagnostic  Teaching: 
Acquisition  of  Language 
and  Reading  Skills  3 

EEX  6227      Diagnostic  Teaching: 

Educational  Assessment    3 

EEX  4601      Behavioral  Approaches  to 
Classroom  Learning  3 

EEX  621 1      Assessment  of  Befiavior  I  3 

ELD  6323      Advanced  Theory  and 
Practice:  Specific 
Learning  Disabilities  3 

ELD  4240C   Educational  Planning  for 
Specific  Learning 
Disabilities  3 

Emotional  Disturbance 

EEX  6051      Exceptional  Children  and 

Youth  3 

EEX  61 06      Diagnostic  Teaching: 

Acquisition  of  Language 

and  Reading  Skills  3 

EEX  6227     Diagnostic  Teaching: 

Educational  Assessment    3 
EEX  4601      Behavioral  Approacfies  to 

Classroom  Learning  3 

EEX  461 1      Behavioral  Approaches  to 

Classroom  Learning  II 
EED  4227     Educational  Planning  for 

Emotional  Handicaps        3 

Mental  Retardation 

EEX  6051      Exceptional  Children  and 

Youth  3 

EEX  61 06     Diagnostic  Teaching: 
Acquisition  of 
Language  and  Reading 
Skills  3 

EEX  6227     Diagnostic  Teaching: 

Educational  Assessment    3 

EMR  4251     Educational  Planning  for 

the  Mentally  Retarded       3 

EMR  6852     Advanced  Theory  and 
Practice  for  the 
ivlentally  Retarded  3 

EEX  5771      Independent  Living  for  the 
Handicapped  3 


Program  for  Guidance 
Certification 

To  provide  a  means  of  obtaining  the 
Rorida  Guidance  Certificate  (K-1 2)  for 
tiiose  vt/fx)  already  possess  a  Master's 
degree  in  Education  and  do  not  wish  to 
pursue  a  second  Master's  degree. 

Entrance  Requirements 

1 .  Master's  degree  in  Education. 

2.  Cun-ent  employment  as  a  coun- 
selor or  a  minimum  of  tiiree  years  teach- 
ing experience. 

3.  Status  as  a  non-degree  seeking 
graduate  student. 

Required  Program:  (27) 

EGC  5405     Introduction  to  Counseling  3 

EGC  5305     Educational-Vocational 

Counseling  3 

EGC  6708     Advanced  Counseling  and 
Consultation:  Theory 
and  Pi;actice  3 

Professional  Problems  in 


EGC  6605 
EGC  6203 
EGC  6707 
EDF  5432 
EGC  6936 


Counseling 
Measurement  and 
Appraisal  in  Counseling 
Applied  Behavioral 
Analysis  in  Education 
Measurement  and 
Evaluation  in  Education 
Seminar  in  Pupil 
Personnel  Services 


EDF  6215     Application  of  Learning 

Theory  of  Instruction 
EGC  6822     Advanced  Practica  in 
Counseling  and 
Consultation'  3 

Note:  At  the  discretion  of  the  program 
coordinator,  a  minimum  of  six  semester 
flours  of  tiBnsfer  credit  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  ttiese  requirements. 
^This  is  the  terminal  course  in  the  pro- 
gram. All  other  courses  are  required  as 
prerequisites.  Enrollment  is  by  permis- 
sion of  instructor  only. 


Elementary  Education* 

Alicia  Mendoza,  Associate  Professor, 

Early  Childhood/Elemer)tary 

Education  arid  Chairperson 
John  Bath,  Assistant  Professor, 

Science,  Mathematics,  and 

Elementary  Education 
TonI  Bilbao,  Associate  Dean, 

Elementary  Education 
Victoria  J.  Dlmidjlan,  Professor,  Early 

Childhood  Education 
Sharon  W.  Kossack,  Professor, 

Reading  Education 


112  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


Nancy  Marshall,  Associate  Professor, 

Reading  and  language  Arts 

Education 
Graver  C.  Mathewson,  Associate 

Professor,  Reading  and  language 

Arts  Education 
Lynne  Miller,  Assistant  Professor, 

Reading  and  Language  Arts 

Education 
George  S.  Morrison,  Professor,  Early 

Cliiidhood  Education  and  Urban 

Education 
Edward  M.  Reichbach,  Associate 

Professor,  Social  Studies  Education 
S.  L  Woods,  Associate  Professor, 

Elementary  Education 

The  department  offers  programs  in  ele- 
mentary, early  childhood,  and  reading 
education.  The  elementary  education 
program  may  be  tal<en  at  tiie  bache- 
lor's, master's,  or  doctoral  levels.  The 
early  "childhood  and  reading  programs 
offer  master's  and  doctoral  degrees  only. 
The  department  is  committed  to  serv- 
ice to  the  community  and  the  extension 
of  knowledge  through  research. 
The  department's  programs  are: 
Master  of  Science  in  Early  Childhood 
Education,  Elementary  Education;  Read- 
ing Education;  and  Doctor  of  Education 
specialties  in  the  Curriculum  and  Instruc- 
tion degree  in  Early  Childfxiod  Educa- 
tion, Elementary  Education,  and 
Reading  Education. 
*(Name  change  pending  Board  of  Re- 
gents approval.) 

Master  of  Science  in  Early 
Childhood  Education 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  Master's 
program  in  Early  Childhood  Education 
must  hold  or  qualify  for  Rorida  certifica- 
tion or  equivalent  in  elementary  educa- 
tion, and  must  satisfy  requirements  for 
scholastic  aptitude  as  determined  by  the 
graduate  admissions  standards:  GPA  of 
3.0  or  1000  on  ORE.  Applicants  must 
submit  GRE  scores. 

Standard  Track 

Required  Program:  (36) 

EDE  6205     Curriculum  Dea'gn  for 

Childhood  Education         3 
EDF  5432      Measurement  and 

Evaluation  in  Education     3 
EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

EEC  6261      Education  Programs  for 

Younger  Children  3 

RED  6305     Instruction  in  Eariy 

Childhood  Reading  3 

Psychology,  Sociology,  or  Anthropology 
course  (consult  advisor  4000-level 
course  or  higher)  3 


Specialization  Courses 

Courses  to  be  selected  from  among 
Eariy  Childhood  course  listings,  in  con- 
sultation and  with  approval  of  advisor  18 

Thesis  Track 

Required  Program:  (36) 

This  master's  thesis  track  provides  a 

special  foundation  for  doctoral  Degree 

program  entrance. 

EDE  6205     Curriculum  Design  for 

Childhood  Education         3 
EDF  5432      Measurement  and 

Evaluation  in  Education     3 
EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

EEC  6678      Research  3 

EEC  6932     Seminar  3 

RED  6305     Instruction  in  Reading 

(Eariy  Childhood)  3 

Psychology,  Sociology,  or  Anthropology 
course  (consult  advisor)  3 

EEC  6971      Thesis  6 

Specialization  Courses  to  be  selected 
from  among  course  listings  in  eariy  child- 
hood education  in  consultation  and  with 
approval  of  advisor  9 

Master  of  Science  in 
Elementary  Education 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  Master's 
program  in  Elementary  Education  must: 
(1 )  hold  or  qualify  for  Florida  certification 
or  equivalent  in  elementary  education, 
and  (2)  satisfy  requirements  for  scholas- 
tic aptitude  as  determined  by  the  gradu- 
ate admissions  standards:  GPA  of  3.0 
or  1000  on  GRE.  The  applicants  must 
submit  GRE  scores.  The  final  decision 
for  admission  rests  with  the  Faculty  Ad- 
missions Committee. 

Standard  Track 

Required  Program:  (36 ) 

EDE  6205      Curriculum  Design  for 

Childhood  Education         3 
EDE  6225     Educational  Program  for 

Older  Children  3 

EDF  5432      Measurement  and 

Evaluation  in  Education     3 
EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

RED  6155     Instruction  in  Elementary 

Reading  3 

Psychology,  Sociology,  or  Anthropology 
course  (consult  advisor  -  4000-level  or 
higher)  3 

Specialization  Courses 

Courses  to  be  selected  from  among  Ele- 
mentary course  only  and  in  consultation 
and  with  approval  of  advisor.  1 8 


Thesis  Track 

Required  Program:  (36 ) 

This  master's  thesis  track  provides  a 
special  fourxJation  for  doctoral  degree 
program  entrance. 
EDE  6205     Cuniculum  Design  for 

Childhood  Education         3 
EDE  6225     Educational  Programs  for 

Older  Children  3 

EDF  5432      Measurement  and 

Evaluation  in  Education     3 
EDF  5481      Analysis  and  application  of 

Educational  Research       3 
EDE  6488      Research  3 

EDE  6930     Seminar  3 

RED  6155  Instruction  in  Reading  3 
Psychology,  Sociology,  or  Anthropology 
course  (consult  advisor)  3 

EDE  6971      Thesis  6 

Specialization  Courses 

Courses  to  be  selected  from  among 
course  listings  in  elementary  education 
in  consultation  and  with  approval  of 
advisor  6 

Reading 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Reading  devel- 
ops competencies  in  diagnosis  and 
remediation,  teaching  of  reading  K  to 
12,  and  administration  and  supervision 
of  remedial,  corrective,  developmental, 
and  content  area  reading  programs. 
The  graduate  is  competent  to  take  lead- 
ership in  improving  reading  instruction 
and  [xeventing  reading  failure  in 
schools  or  clinics. 

Requirements  for  admission  to  the 
Master's  program  in  Reading  Education 
are  completion  of  an  appropriate  under- 
graduate teacher  education  program, 
satisfactory  scholastic  aptitude,  as  deter- 
mined by  tfie  graduate  admission  stand- 
ards a  GPA  3.0  or  1000  on  the  GRE; 
applicants  are  required  to  submit  GRE 
scores.  Applicants  must  have  taught  for 
a  minimum  of  three  years  prior  to  receiv- 
ing tfie  Master's  degree  in  Reading. 

Standard  Track 

This  master's  track  is  designed  to  meet 
the  needs  of  students  interested  in  read- 
ing assessment  and  instruction.  This 
track  and  the  tfiesis  track  both  lead  to 
state  certification. 

Required  Program:  (36 ) 

EDE  6205     Curriculum  Design  for 

Childhood  Education         3 

EDF  5432      Measurement  and 

Evaluation  in  Education     3 

EDF  5481      Analysis  arxJ  Application 

of  Education  Research      3 

RED  6155     I nstnjction  in  Reading        3 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 113 


RED  6515     Programs  of  Remediation 

In  Reading  3 

RED  6546     Diagnosis  of  Reading 

Difficulty  3 

Psychology,  sociology,  anthiropology,  or 
linguistics  course  in  or  outside  of  ttie 
College  of  Education  3 

Specialization  Courses 

Courses  to  be  selected  from  cimong 
Reading  or  Language  Arts  course  list- 
ings, in  consultation  and  with  sipprova) 
of  advisor  1 5 

Thesis  Traclt 

This  master's  track  is  designed  to  meet 
the  needs  of  students  interested  In  pur- 
suing Independent  research  and  pro- 
vides a  special  foundation  for  doctoral 
degree  program  entrance.  Admission  re- 
quirements for  this  program  are  the 
same  as  for  the  regular  Master's  degree 
program. 

Required  Program:  (36) 

EDE  6205     Curriculum  Design  for 

Childhood  Education         3 
EOF  5432      Measurement  and 

Evaluation  In  Education     3 
EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educationed 

Research  3 

RED  6155/RED  6305  Instruction  in 

Early  Childhood 

Reading  3 

RED  651 5     Programs  of  Remediation 

in  Reading  3 

RED  6546     Diagnosis  of  Reading 

Difficulty  3 

RED  6747     Research  in  Reading         3 
RED  6932     Seminar  in  Reading 

Education  3 

Psychology,  sociology,  anthropology,  or 
linguistic  course  in  or  outside  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Education  (consult  advisor)  3 
RED  6971      Thesis  in  Reading 

Education  6 

Specialized  Course:  One  course  to  be 
selected  from  among  the  course  listing 
in  reading  education  3 

Doctor  of  Education  Degree 
Program 

Tile  Department  offers  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  doctoral  specialties  In  Eariy 
ChiJdfiood  Education,  Elementary  Edu- 
cation and  Reading  Education. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  the  program  must  submit 
the  follovi/Ing  records  and  documents: 

1 .  Official  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  Institutions  attended. 

2.  Official  copy  of  the  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 


4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
the  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for  Gradu- 
ate Admission. 

Applicants  must  have  a  3.25  GPA,  a 
combined  GRE  score  of  1000  on  the 
verbal  and  quantitative  sections.  Final 
decisions  on  admission  are  made  by  the 
Faculty  Admissions  Committee.  Addi- 
tional Information  can  be  obtained  from 
the  Department  in  DM  284. 

Core  Courses:  (15  semester  hours) 
EDG  7222     Curriculum :  Theory  and 

Research  3 

EDG  7362     Instruction:  Theory  and 

Research  3 

EDG  7665     Seminar  In.Curriculum       3 
EDF  7934     Seminar  In  Social 

Foundations  of 

Education  3 

EDF  6211      Psychological  Foundations 

of  Education  3 

Specialty  Area:  (36  semester  hours) 
The  specialty  areas  are  art  education, 
eariy  childfxjod  education,  elementary 
education,  English  education,  instruc- 
tional leadership,  mathematics  educa- 
tion, mi^c  education,  reading 
education,  science  education,  and  so- 
cial studies  education. 

Cognate  Area:  (18  semester  hours) 
The  cognate  area  requires  a  minimum 
of  18  semester  hours  of  course  In  a  sin- 
gle area  of  study  related  to  the  spe- 
cialty. The  courses  should  be  chosen 
w/ith  regard  to  coherence  and  relevance 
to  the  anticipated  substantive  aspect  of 
the  dissertation  and  in  consultation  with 
tfie  advisor.  The  cognate  area  may  be 
taken  in  ttie  other  departments  of  the 
College  of  Education,  In  ttie  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences,  or  any  other  area  of- 
fering courses  relevant  to  the  student's 
progreim. 

Research  and  Statistics:  (12) 
Required  Courses 

EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Research  3 

EDF  6486      Research  Methods  in 

Education:  Design  and 

Analysis  3 

STA  51 66      Statistical  Methods  In 

Research  I  3 

One  of  the  following: 
EDF  6403     Quantitative  Foundations 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

or 
EDF  6475     Qualitative  Foundations 

of  Educational 

Research 


Comprehensive  Examinations  and 
Advancement  to  Candidacy 

The  student  must  successfully  pass 
comprefiensive  examinations  covering 
coursework  and  also  submit  copies  of  a 
dissertation  proposal,  which  has  been 
approved  by  the  supervisory  committee, 
to  the  Dean  of  the  College  ar>d  to  the 
Dean  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Dissertation 

The  student  Is  responsible  for  24  semes- 
ter hours  of  dissertation  credits.  The  dis- 
sertation must  be  an  original  contribution 
to  knowledge  in  an  area  of  eariy  child- 
hood education,  elementary  education, 
secondary  education,  one  of  tfie  K-1 2  ar- 
eas, or  in  instnjctional  leadership. 

The  student  is  expected  to  complete 
the  dissertation  five  years  from  the  date 
of  advancement  to  candidacy  (I.e.  suc- 
cessful completion  of  all  written  and  oral 
examinations,  favorable  recommenda- 
tions of  the  supervisory  and  guidance 
committee,  and  an  approved  disserta- 
tion proposal).  Six  credit  hours  of  disser- 
tation are  taken  per  semester  during  the 
time  that  the  dissertation  is  being  com- 
pleted. 
EDG  7980     Doctoral  Dissertation       24 

Graduate  Professional 
Certificate  Program  in  Reading 
and  Language  Arts 

Tfie  Reading  and  Language  Arts  Certifi- 
cate Program  enables  teachers  to  ex- 
tend their  competence  in  reading  and 
language  arts  instruction.  Completion  of 
ttie  Certificate  Program  qualifies  tfie 
teacher  to  receive  Rorida  State  Certifica- 
tion in  Reading,  grades  K-1 2.  Entrance 
requirements  are  an  introductory  read- 
ing course,  and  a  2.75  GPA  in  the  last 
two  years  of  college  woric  Students  are 
required  to  have  completed  two  years  of 
full-time  teaching  prior  to  completing  the 
program.  Applicants  should  apply  di- 
rectly to  ttie  Chairperson  of  the  Reading 
Program. 

Prerequisite  Course 

RED  6155     Instruction  in  Elementary 

Reading 

or 
RED  6305     Instruction  in  Reading        3 

Required  Program 

EDF  5432      Measurement  and 

Evaluation  in  Education  3 
LAE5415      Chikiren's  Literature  3 

LAE  6355      Instruction  to  Elementary 

Language  Arts  3 

RED  6546     Diagnosis  of  Reading 

Difficulty  3 

RED  6515     Programs  of  Remediation 

in  Reading  3 


114  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


Advised  Electives 

Two  courses  chosen  from  language-re- 
lated courses  offered  outside  of  the 
College  of  Education  6 

"^Elective  courses  are  chosen  from  an 
approved  list  in  consultation  with  a 
Reading  Program  advisor. 

Certification  in  Gifted  Education 

Individuals  who  hold  Rorida  teacher  cer- 
tification in  any  subject  or  field,  may  re- 
ceive certification  for  teaching  the  gifted 
(Grades  K-12)  by  completing  tfie  follow- 
ing courses: 
EGI  5051       Nature  and  Needs  of  the 

Gifted  3 

EGI  5232       Educational  Procedures 

and  Curriculum  for  the 

Gifted  3 

EEX  6732      Guidance  and  Counseling 

of  Gifted  Students  3 


Health,  Physical 
Education  and  Recreation 

Ida  F.  Chadwick,  Associate  Professor. 

Physical  Education  and  Cliairperson 
Judith  A.  Blucker,  Professor,  Pliysical 

Education,  and  Vice  Provost 
Richard  Lopez,  Associate  Professor, 

Exercise  Physiology 
George  B.  Pearson,  Professor, 

Physical  Education 
Thomas  Skaiko,  Associate  Professor, 

Therapeutic  Recreation 
Robert  M.  Wolff,  Associate  Professor. 

Parks  and  Recreation  Management 

The  Department  of  Health,  Physical 
Education,  and  Recreation  offers  pro- 
grams leading  to  the  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  Exercise  Physiology,  Health 
Education,  Parks  and  Recreation  Man- 
agement, Physical  Education,  and 
Sports  Management. 

The  program  requirements  and  de- 
scriptions listed  below  are  subject  to 
change  without  advanced  notice.  Pro- 
gram faculty  should  be  consulted  for 
academic  advisement. 

Master  of  Science  in  Health 
Education 

Exercise  Physiology 
Specialization 

The  graduate  specialization  in  exercise 
physiology  is  designed  to  prepare  indi- 
viduals to  work  in  the  fields  of  exercise 
testing  in  a  supervisory  capacity  and  in 
cardiac  rehabilitation  as  a  designer  of 
exercise  rehabilitation  programs. 


The  program  will  focus  on  the  physi- 
ological effects  of  exercise  and  training 
with  application  to  the  improvement  of 
fiealth  and  functional  capacity  of  hospi- 
talized and  non-hospitalized  individuals 
with  heart  disease.  The  program  will 
emphasize  the  role  of  exercise  in  diag- 
nosis, prevention,  and  rehabilitation  of 
heart  disease. 

The  program  will  enable  students  to 
develop  the  competencies  required  by 
tfie  American  College  of  Sports  Medi- 
cine for  certification  as  an  Exercise  Spe- 
cialist, a  Health  Fitness  Director,  and  a 
Program  Director.  Provisions  will  be 
made  to  enable  those  students  entering 
the  program  without  an  Exercise  Test 
Technologist  Certification  and  a 
HealttVRtness  Instructor  Certification  to 
develop  ttiose  prerequisite  competen- 
des. 

Admission  Requirements 

An  applicant  for  admission  to  graduate 
study  must  meet  the  existing  criteria  set 
forth  by  tfie  Florida  Board  of  Regents. 
Presently,  tfiese  are  a  3.0  GPA  in  the 
third  and  fourth  year  of  the  undergradu- 
ate program,  or  a  combined  score  of 
1000  on  the  GRE  (verbal  and  quantita- 
tive sections),  or  completion  of  a  mas- 
ter's degree  program  at  an  accr^ited 
university.  All  applicants  must  submit  a 
GRE  test  score. 

Prerequisite  Classes 

One  class  in  each  of  the  following  ar- 
eas: exercise  physiology,  kinesiology  or 
applied  ^atomy,  physiology,  and  nutri- 
tion. 

Required  Program:  (30) 

i.  Exercise  Physiology/Sports 
Medicine  Requirement^ 

PEP  5116      Exercise  Specialist  3 

PET  5625      Sports  Medicine  3 

PET  6786      Health  Fitness  Director      3 
PET  6787      Exerdse  Program 

Director  3 

II.  Physiology/Biochemistry/Special 
Topics  Requirement 

APB  4240      Human  Systemic 

Physiology  3 

or 
An  approved  altemativB 

and 
A  second  approved  course  in  physiol- 
ogy, biochemistry,  special  topics  or 
nutrition  3 

III.  Research  Requirement 

Advisor  approved  course  in  research. 

IV.  Internship  Requirement 

PET  6940      Internship  in  Exercise 
Physiology^ 


V.  Electives^  (0-6 ) 

^Students  presently  employed  in  tfie 
field  in  an  administrative  capacity  may 
be  exempted  from  this  requirement. 
Students  wfxj  have  not  taken  PET 
5387  Exercise  Test  Technology  and 
PEP  51 15  Rtness  Instructor  or  wtio  do 
not  fiave  ACSM  certification  in  these  ar- 
eas must  take  these  dasses  as  part  of 
their  required  program  of  study.  Stu- 
dents who  fiave  the  dasses  or  the  certifi- 
cations will  take  electives. 

Master  of  Science  in  Parks  and 
Recreation  Management 

The  graduate  program  in  Pari<s  and 
Recreation  Management  is  planned  to 
provide  advanced  preparation  for  admin- 
istrative and  supervisory  level  positions 
within  a  leisure  services  delivery  sys- 
tem. The  program  includes  electives 
which  give  flexibility  regarding  an  individ- 
ual's spedfic  career  goals  as  a  future 
practitioner  in  Parks  and  Recreation 
fulanagement. 

To  enter  tfie  program  in  Parks  and 
Recreation  Administration,  a  student 
must  fiave  a  3.0  GPA  in  upper  division 
work  or  score  1000  or  higher  on  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination,  possess 
a  bachelor's  degree,  and  have  appropri- 
ate undergraduate  preparation  in  recrea- 
tion. 

Required  Program:  (30-31) 

Required  Core:  (12) 

EDF  5481      Educational  Research       3 

LEI  5510       Program  Administration  in 
Parks  and  Recreation        3 

LEI  5595       Seminar  in  Pari<s, 

Recreation,  and  Sports 
Management  3 

LEI  5605        Philosophical  and  Social 
bases  of  Parks  and 
Recreation  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis: 

(18-19) 

LEI  5907       Individual  Study  3 

Advised  Electives  15 

^A  student  wfio  did  not  complete  a 
Parks,  Recreation,  Leisure  or  Sports  ori- 
ented intemshipfield  experience  during 
his  or  her  undergraduate  degree  curricu- 
lum will  be  required  to  take:  LEI  6922 
Supervised  FieW  Experiences  in  Parks 
and  Recreation  6-9. 

Master  of  Science  in  Physical 
Education 

Tfie  Master  of  Science  degree  program 
in  Physical  Education  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide advanced  preparation  for  teachers 
of  physical  education.  Applicants  for  ad- 
mission must  hold  or  qualify  for  Rorida 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 115 


Teacher  Certification  in  Physical  Educa- 
tion and  must  satisfy  requirements  for 
scholastic  aptitude  as  determined  by  the 
graduate  admission  standards:  GPA  of 
3.0  or  10CX)  on  the  GRE,  or  both.  Appli- 
cants must  submit  GRE  scores. 

Required  Program:  (30) 

Professional  Education:  (3) 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 
of  Educational 
Research  3 

Area  of  Specialization:  (21) 

PET  5216      Sports  Psychology  3 

PET  52380   Perceptual  Motor 

Learning  3 

PET5256C  Sociology  of  Sport  3 

PET  5625      Sports  Medicine  3 

PET  5436      Physical  Education 

Cum'culum  in 

Elementary  School  3 

PET  6597      Survey  of  Research  in 

Physical  Education  3 

PET  6932      Seminar  in  Physical 

Education  3 

PET  451 0      Evaluation  In  Physical 

Education^  3 

RED  6336     Readirra  in  the  Secondary 

School^  3 

Electives  6-12 

^Not  required  of  students  holding  K-8 
Certification  or  students  who  have  com- 
pleted an  equivalent  urxjergraduate 
course. 

^Students  who  have  already  met  the 
Reading  Requirement  as  undergradu- 
ates or  through  ctpproved  in-service  edu- 
cation may  substitute  an  elective  for  this 
course.  The  course  Is  not  required  of 
students  holding  K-8  certification  in 
Physical  Education. 

Sport  Management 

The  purpose  of  this  track  is  to  provide 
an  option  for  persons  seeking  a  mas- 
ter's degree  in  an  allied  (non-teaching) 
career  in  physical  education.  This  de- 
gree program  would  primarily  be  for  per- 
sons who  do  not  presently  hold  Rorida 
teaching  certificatior)  credentials.  Conse- 
quently, completion  of  this  degree  would 
not  provide  such  teacher  certification  for 
the  degree  recipients.  Examples  of  po- 
tential student  clientele  would  include  all 
foreign  ctnd  American  college  graduates 
with  bachelor's  degrees  in  physical  edu- 
cation, sports  science,  business,  recrea- 
tion, and  otfier  related  areas. 

Admission  Requirements 

Students  must  hokl  a  bachelor's  degree 
from  an  accredited  university.  The  pub- 
lished university  requirements  for  admis- 
sion into  the  master's  degree  programs 
must  be  met.  Students  who  do  not  have 


an  undergraduate  major  in  physical  edu- 
cation or  a  related  area  are  responsible 
for  meeting  the  prerequisites  for  any 
course  listed  in  the  program's  curricu- 
lum. A  program  advisor  must  be  con- 
sulted regarding  complete  degree 
requirements. 

Required  Program:  (33) 

EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

PET  5216      Sports  Psychology  3 

PET5256C   Sociology  of  Sport  3 

PET5625C   Sports  Medicine  3 

PET  6944      Supervised  Reld 

Experience'  3-6 

PET  5936      Special  Topics:  Sport 

Management  2-4 

PET  54 1 6      Sports  Administration  and 

Management  3 

'An  internship  in  an  appropriate  sport 
agency  or  business  will  be  required. 

Advised  Electives:  (8-1 3) 

With  the  prior  approval  of  the  program 
advisor,  students  must  elect  at  least 
nine  credits  from  a  variety  of  courses  to 
build  a  specialized  degree  program 
based  on  long-term  career  goals.  With 
approval  from  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment, examples  of  electives  would  in- 
clude, but  not  limited  to,  graduate 
courses  from  such  areas  as  business, 
management,  public  administration, 
parks  and  recreation  administration,  nu- 
trition, psychology,  sociology,  and  physi- 
cal and  occupational  therapy. 


Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Luis  A.  Martinez-Perez,  Associate 
Professor,  Science  Education  and 
Chairperson 

Arnhilda  Badia,  Associate  Professor, 
Modern  Languages  Education 

Rosemere  Baum,  Associate  Professor, 
Home  Economics  Education, 
Vocational  Education 

Curtis  H.  Bradley,  Professor, 
Organizational  Training, 
Vocational-Industrial  Education 

David  Y.  Chang,  Assistant  Professor, 
Art  Education 

Myrna  P.  Crabtree,  Professor,  hiome 
Economics  Education,  Vocational 
Education 

Rot>ert  K.  Gilbert,  Associate  Professor, 
Mathematics  Education 


A.  Dean  Hauenstein,  Professor, 

Technology  Education,  Vocational 

Education 
Edwin  C.  McClintock,  Professor, 

Mathematics  Education 
Dominic  A.  Mofiamed,  Associate 

Professor,  Vocational  Administration 

and  Supervision,  Vocational 

Education 
George  E.  O'Brien,  Assistant 

Professor,  Science  Education 
Clem  Pennington,  Associate  Professor, 

Art  Education 
Janice  R.  Sandiford,  Associate 

Professor,  Health  Occupations 

Education,  Computer  Education, 

Vocational  Education,  and  Assistant 

Dean  for  North  Miami/Broward 
Robert  Shostak,  Professor,  English 

Education 
Rotiert  F.  Testa,  Associate  Professor, 

Educational  Foundations,  Music 

Education 
Jan  L  Tucker,  Professor,  Social 

Studies  Education 
Robert  Vos,  Associate  Professor  and 

Associate  Dean,  Organizational 

Training,  Technical  Education, 

Vocational  Education 
h/iichael  J.  Wagner,  Professor,  Music 

Education 

The  Department  of  Middle,  Secondary 
and  Vocational  Education  offers  gradu- 
ate programs  leading  toward  the  Master 
of  Science  and  the  Doctor  of  Education 
degrees.  Masters  Programs  are  avail- 
able in  thie  following  fields  of  study: 

Art  Education 

English  Education 

Mathematics  Education 

Modem  Languages  Education 

Music  Education 

Science  Education 

Social  Studies  Education 

Vocational  Home  Economics 
Education 

Home  Economic  Education  Track 
(non-school  based) 

Vocational  Industri8tl  Education 

Vocational  Administration  and 
Superviston 

Business  Education  Track 

Health  Occupations  Education  Track 

Technology  Education  Track 

Technical  Education  Track 
Doctoral  programs  are  available  in  the 
following  fields  of  study: 

Curriculum  and  Instructkin 

Vocatk)nal  and  Technical 

Educational  Leadership 
(a  track  of  the  Adult  Education  and  HRD 
program) 


116  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


Master  of  Science  Degree 
Programs 

Art  Education 
Required  Program:  (36) 

Education,  including  Art 

Education:  (15) 

■EDF5481      Analysis  and  Application 
of  Educational 
Research  3 

ARE  6140     Curriculum  and  Instruction 
in  Art  3 

ARE  6262     Organization  and 

Coordination  of  School 
and  Community  Art 
Programs  3 

ARE  6706     Seminar  in  Art  Education: 
Contemporary  Issues 
and  Research  3 

Select  one  of  the  following: 

EDE  6205      Curriculum  Design  for 

Childhood  Education 

or 
ESE  621 5      Secondary  School 

Teaching  Field 

or 
EEX  6051      Exceptional  Children  and 

Youth 
Rve  graduate  art  courses,  including  one 
art  history: 

Art  History  3 

Studio  Art  (Three  semester  hours  credit 
for  each  studio  course)  1 2 

Advisor  Approved  Electives  (2)  6 

English  Education 

Required  Program:  (30) 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

LAE  6339      Teaching  English  In  the 

Secondary  School  3 

ESE  621 5      Secondary  School 

Curriculum  3 

LAE  6935      Seminar  in  English 

Education^  3 

Prerequisite:  Undergraduate  English 
methods  course. 

^Permission  of  Instructor  required. 
Teaching  Field:  English  15 

Advisor  Approved  Electives:  3 

Mathematics  Education 
Required  Program:  (33) 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

MAE  6336     Teaching  Matfiematics  in 

the  Secondary  School  3 
MAE  6899     Seminar  In  Mathematics 

Education'  3 


ESE  62 1 5      Secondary  School 

Curriculum  3 

Teaching  Reld:  Mathematics  12 

Electives:  In  Education  or  Mathematics, 
or  both  9 

'  Permission  of  instructor;  undergradu- 
ate secondary  mathematic  methods, 
and  mastery  of  programming  language 
beyond  Basic  and  graduate  level  mathe- 
matics coursewort<  required. 

Modern  Language  Education 

Prerequisites 

One  course  in  general  linguistics  or  the 
successful  completion  of  LIN  3010  or 
LIN  3013. 

Applicants  for  Admission  must  hold 
or  qualify  for  a  Rorida  Teaching  Certifi- 
cate in  the  area  selected,  must  satisfy 
requirements  for  scholastic  aptitude  as 
determined  by  the  Graduate  Admissions 
Standards,  and  must  show  evidence  of 
a  satisfactory  record  in  the  teaching  field. 

To  be  admitted  into  the  Master's  De- 
gree program,  tfie  student  must  hold  a 
bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited 
university  or  college;  have  a  3.0  aver- 
age or  higfier  in  all  junior  and  senior 
year  course  work  for  the  bachelor's  De- 
gree; or  have  a  combined  score  (verbal 
and  quantitative)  of  1000  or  higher  on 
the  graduate  record  examination;  or 
hold  a  master's  degree  from  an  accred- 
ited university  or  college.  In  any  case, 
tfie  student  must  present  a  GRE  score; 
achieve  a  score  of  220  on  the  Test  of 
Spoken  English;  and  in  the  case  of  inter- 
national students,  whose  first  language 
is  other  than  English,  a  score  of  500  on 
the  TOEFL  examination  is  also  required. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Science  Degree  will  con- 
sist of  30  semester  hours.  A  maximum 
of  six  semester  hours  may  be  trans- 
ferred into  the  program  from  outside  the 
University,  subject  to  tfie  approval  of  the 
major  advisor.  Also,  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours  of  upper  division  under- 
graduate courses  may  be  included  in 
the  program  provided  they  fiave  not 
been  used  to  satisfy  degree  require- 
ments for  an  undergraduate  program. 
This  program  does  not  include  require- 
ments for  initial  teacfier  certification  by 
tfie  State  of  Florida  Department  of  Edu- 
cation. 

Required  Program:  (30) 

Tfie  specific  graduate  requirements 
are:  (30  semester  fiours) 

1.  Required  Core 
All  students  will  be  required  to  complete 
the  following  twelve  semester  hours  in 
the  College  of  Education: 


EDF  5481      Analysis  smd  Application 

of 

Educational  Research       3 
ESE  62 1 5     Secondary  School 

Curriculum  (or 

equivalent)  3 

FLE  6336      Teaching  Second 

Language  in  the 

Secondary  School  3 

FLE  6938      Seminar  in  Second 

Language  Testing  3 

Teaching  Reld:  Modem  Languages     15 
(Prerequisite:  LIN  3010  -  3  semester 
credits 

2.  Reld  Component:  (3) 
The  remaining  three  semester  hours  will 
consist  of  a  supervised  field  experience 
in  the  teaching  of  one  of  the  modern  lan- 
guages. The  field  experience  may  be  ar- 
ranged according  to  one  of  the  following 
options: 

(a)  County  Public  Scfiools; 

(b)  private  school; 

(c)  adult  or  community  college  edu- 
cation; 

(d)  adjunct  teaching  at  the  University. 
All  arrangements  for  field  experience 
must  be  approved  by  the  advisa. 

Graduation  Requirements 

To  receive  tfie  Master  of  Science  De- 
gree with  a  sub-specialty  in  Second  Lan- 
guage Education,  Modem  Language 
track,  the  student  must  complete  the  re- 
quired 30  fxiurs  of  coursework  with  a  'B' 
average  or  higher. 

Music  Education 
Required  Program:  (30 ) 

ESE  62 1 5     Secondary  School 

Cuniculum  3 

or 
EDE  6205      Curriculum  Design  for 

Childhood  Education 
EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

MUE  6345     Methodology  of  Music 

Teaching  3 

MUE  6938     Seminar  in  Music 

Education  3 

MUE  6815     Psychology  of  Music 

Behavior  3 

MUT  5325     Arranging  3 

MUG  5105    Advanced  Conducting       1 
Advisor  Approved  Electives  1 1 

Science  Education 

Required  Program:  (33 ) 

EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 
of  Educational 
Research  3 


I 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 11 7 


ESE  621 5     Secondary  School 

Curriculum  3 

SCE  6635      Teaching  Science  In  the 

Secondary  School  3 

SCE  6933     Seminar  in  Science 

Education  3 

Teaching  Field  12 

Biology  or  chemistry  or  physics  or 

courses  from  the  following  areas  witii 

approval  of  advisor:  biology,  chemistry, 

physics,  geology,  and  environmental 

sciences.  (For  Junior  High  Science 

Teachers). 

Advisor  Approved  Electives  9 

Social  Studies  Education 

Required  Program:  (33  semester 
hours) 

SSE  6633      TeacWng  Social  Studies  in 

the  Secondary  School       3 
ESE  6215      Secondary  School 

Curriculum  3 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

SSE  6939      Seminar  in  Social  Studies 

Education  3 

Teaching  Field:  Social  Studies,  Social 
Science,  History  12 

Advisor  Approved  Electives  9 

Master  of  Science:  Alternate 
Track 

The  Alternate  Track  modifies  the  exist- 
ing master's  degree  programs  to  accom- 
modate candidates  with  a  t>accalaureate 
degree  appropriate  to  the  certification 
area  but  witiiout  certification,  who  are 
seeking  entry  into  the  teaching  profes- 
sion. This  modified  track  will  be  no  less 
rigorous  than  the  existing  master's  de- 
gree program,  but  it  will  include  courses 
which  provide  tiie  rwcessary  back- 
ground in  professional  education  to- 
gether with  the  master's  level  academic 
coursework. 

Enti7  requirements  include  a  bache- 
tor's  degree  or  a  strong  minor  (30  hours 
with  a  3.0  or  higher  in  the  major  sutjject 
area)  in  a  certifiable  teaching  area  (i.e. 
mathematics,  science,  modem  lan- 
guages, music,  art  English,  social  stud- 
ies, Nstory)  and  a  minimum  3.0 
cumulative  GPA  for  tfie  two  most  recent 
years  of  study  or  a  combined  GRE 
score  of  1000.  In  either  case,  the  GRE 
score  must  tie  submitted.  In  addition  to 
the  minimum  GPA  or  the  combined  GRE 
score,  or  both,  the  applicant  must  re- 
ceive an  affirmative  recommendation 
from  the  designated  Program  Leader, 
Dean  of  the  College,  or  his  designee  fol- 
k>wing  a  personal  intervieM/. 

This  degree  program  requires  a  mini- 
mum of  four  semester  sequence  of  full- 


time  study  which  includes  two  Summer 
Terms,  a  Fall  and  a  Spring  Term  and  will 
consist  of  45-48  semester  hours,  de- 
pending on  each  student's  previous  aca- 
demic preparation. 

Alternate  Track 

All  students  admitted  to  tNs  track  will 
complete  the  following  courses  as  well 
as  the  graduate  program  courses  in 
each  of  the  chosen  fields. 
EDF  3521      Education  in  History  3 

EDP  621 1      Psychological 

Foundations  of 

Education  3 

EDG  5995     General  Teaching,  Skills 

and  Lab  3 

Special  Teaching  Lab:  Area  3-6 

Student  Teaching  Practicum  6 

Administratk)n  and 
Supervisk>n  of  Vocattonal 
Education 

Admission  to  tiie  Vocational  Administra- 
tion and  Supervision  program  requires 
adherence  to  ttie  general  standards  as 
specified  in  tfie  Admission  Require- 
ments for  Graduate  Students  at  the  Uni- 
versity. To  be  certified  in  Administi'ation 
and  Supervision  in  Vocational  Education 
in  Rorida,  a  person  must  have  at  least 
three  years  of  successful  teaching  expe- 
rience in  one  of  the  vocational  educa- 
tion areas.  While  one  year  of  successful 
teaching  will  meet  the  experience  re- 
quirement for  admission  to  the  master's 
degree  program  initially,  the  tfiree-year 
teaching  experience  requirement  must 
have  been  completed  eitiier  before  or  at 
the  same  time  as  degree  requirements 
are  completed.  Each  graduate  student, 
in  consultation  with  the  advisor,  plans  a 
program  of  study  to  include  a  core  of 
professional  competence,  an  area  of 
emphasis,  £ind  electives. 

Note:  This  program  is  currently  un- 
der review.  Program  currentiy  under  re- 
view. Program  modifications  may  be 
made  to  conform  to  Department  of  Edu- 
cation Certification  requirements. 
Please  consult  a  program  advisor. 

Required  Program:  (33-36 ) 

Required  Core:  (27-30) 

EVT5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education     3 

EVT  5265      Supervision  and 
Coordination  of 
Vocational  Education 
Programs  3 

EVT  5664      Community  Relations  and 
Resources  for 
Vocational  Education        3 

EVT  6264      Administration  of  Local 
Vocational  Education 
Programs  3 


EVT  6930      Seminar  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

EDA  6061      The  Organization  and 
Operation  of  the  Public 
School  System  3 

EDA  6530     The  Administration  of  the 
Secondary  School  3 

EDS  6050     Supervision  and  Staff 

Development  3 

EDG  6250     Curriculum  Development  3 

RED  6336     Reading  in  the  Content 

Area'  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis 
EVT  6946      Supervised  Reld 

Experience  3 

Electives 

The  candidate  may  select  a  course  (or 
courses)  that  will  increase  administra- 
tive and  supervisory  competencies        3 
'students  who  have  met  the  reading  re- 
quirement as  undergraduates  or 
through  approved  in-service  education 
may  substitute  an  elective  for  this 
course. 

Business  Education 
Required  Program:  (33 ) 
Required  Core:  (12-15) 
EVT  5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Educatton     3 
EVT  5769      Evaluation  in  Vocational 

and  Technical 

Education  3 

EVT  6760      Research  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

EVT  6930      Seminar  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

RED  6336     Reading  in  the  Content 

Area'  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis: 

(12-15) 

BTE  5671      ProtJems,  Issues  and 

Trends  in  Business 

Education  3 

BTE  5455      Teaching  in  Business 

Education 

Occupational  Programs     3 
BTE  5447      Teaching  Basic  Business 

and  Consumer 

Education  3 

or 
BTE  6432      Teaching  Word 

Processing  3 

BTE  6905      Directed  Independent 

Study 

or 
BTE  6940      Supervised  Qinlcal  Reld 

Experience  3 

'students  w/ho  have  met  ttie  reading  re- 
quirement as  undergraduates  or 
through  approved  in-service  education 


118  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


may  substitute  an  elective  for  this 
course. 

The  candidate  will  be  encouraged  to 
make  selections  on  the  basis  of  individ- 
ual needs  and  career  goals.  3-6 

Health  Occupations  Education 
Required  Program:  (30) 
Flequired  Core:  (12-15) 
EVT5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education  3 
EVT  5769      Evaluation  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

EVT  6760      Research  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

EVT  6930      Seminar  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

RED  6336     Reading  in  the  Content 

Area^  3 

^Students  who  have  met  the  reading  re- 
quirement as  undergraduates  or 
through  approved  in-service  education 
may  substitute  an  elective  for  this 
course. 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis:  (9) 

EVT  531 5      Improvement  of  Teaching 

Sti-ategies  in  Healtii 

Occupations  and 

Nursing  Education  3 

EVT  531 7      Occupational  Analysis  in 

Health  Occupations 

and  Nursing  Education  3 
EVT  63 1 8      Issues  in  Health 

Occupations  and 

Nursing  Education  3 

Technical  Electives:  (6) 

The  candidate  will  be  encouraged  to  se- 
lect courses  that  will  increase  subject 
area  technical  competence,  career 
goals,  and  teaching  certification  require- 
ments. 

Home  Economics  Education^ 

This  track  focuses  on  educational  lead- 
ership of  Home  Economists  presently 
employed  in  non-school  educational  en- 
vironments and  tfiose  preparing  for 
such  positions. 

Required  Program:  (30) 

Required  Core:  (18) 

HEE  5335     Trends  in  Vocational 
Home  Economics 
Education  3 

HEE  6156     Teaching  Home 

Economics  in  Diverse 
Environments  3 

ADE  5 1 80     Organizational  and 

Community  Processes 
In  AE/HRD  3 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Applteation 
of  Educational 
Research  3 


HEE  6915      Research  in  Home 

Economics  Education        3 

HEE  6937     Seminar  in  Home 

Economics  Education       3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis 

Witii  prograim  advisor's  approval,  stu- 
dents may  select  courses  in  Home 
Economics  subject  matter  based  on  pro- 
fessional competendes  needed.  9 

Electives 

The  candidate  in  consultation  with  the 
advisor  will  make  selections  on  the  ba- 
sis of  individual  needs  and  career  goals3 

^This  program  does  not  lead  to  State  of 
Rorida  Teacher  Certification.  Admission 
to  this  track  does  not  require  teacher 
certification. 


Technical  Education 
Required  Program:  (30) 

Required  Core:  (15-18) 

EVT  5650      Trends  and  Issues  in 

Vocational  Education        3 
EVT  5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education     3 
EVT  5769      Evaluation  in  Vocational 

and  Technical 

Education  3 

EVT  6760      Research  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

EVT  6930      Seminar  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

RED  6336     Reading  in  the  Content 

Area^  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis:  (6) 

EVT  5078      Technical  Education  in 

American  Society  3 

ADE  5385     Adult  Teaching  and 

Learning  3 

Technical  Electives:  (6-9) 

The  candidate  w/ill  be  encouraged  to  se- 
lect courses  ttiat  will  increase  subject 
area  technical  competence. 

Advised  Electives  for 
Non-education  Graduates:  (6) 

EDF  581 2      National  Educational 

Systems:  A 

Comparative  Analysis       3 

or 
EDF  621 5     Application  of  Learning 

Theory  to  Instruction         3 

'students  who  have  met  the  reading  re- 
quirement as  undergraduates  or 
tfvough  approved  in-service  education 
may  substitiJte  an  elective  for  tiiis 
course. 


Technology  Education 

This  track  focuses  on  educational 
leadership  of  technical  education  pro- 
grams commonly  found  in  industry, 
adult  vocational  education  and  commu- 
nity/junior colleges. 

Required  Program:  (30) 

Required  Core:  (15-18) 

EVT  5650      Trends  arxl  Issues  in 

Vocational  Education         3 
EVT  5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education     3 
EVT  5769      Evaluation  in  Vocational 

and  Technical 

Education  3 

EVT  6760      Research  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

EVT  6930      Seminar  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

RED  6336     Reading  in  the  Content 

Area'  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis: 

(9-12) 

EIA  581 1       Equipment  and  Facilities 

Planning  3 

EIA  6931        Instructional  Projects 

Development  3 

The  stijdent,  under  the  direction  of 
tiie  program  advisor,  may  develop  pro- 
fessional competencies  in  an  area  of 
emphasis  tiirough  seminars,  metiiods 
courses,  workshops,  or  independent 
study. 

'StiJdents  who  have  met  tiie  reading  re- 
quirement as  undergraduates  or 
tinrough  approved  in-service  education 
may  substitute  an  elective  for  tiiis 
course. 

Technical  Electives 

The  student  is  encouraged  to  select 
courses  that  will  inaease  subject  area 
technical  competence.  3-6 

Vocational  Home  Economics 
Education 

Required  Program:  (30) 

Required  Core:  (15-18) 

HEE  5335     Trends  in  Vocational 

Home  Economics 

Education  3 

EVT  5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education     3 
HEE  61 56     Teaching  Home 

Economics  in  Diverse 

Educational 

Environments  3 

HEE  69 1 5      Research  in  Home 

Economics  Education        3 
HEE  6937     Seminar  in  Home 

Economics  Education        3 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 119 


RED  6336     Reading  in  the  Content 

Area'  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis 

Witli  program  advisor's  approval,  a  stu- 
dent may  select  courses  in  subject 
matter  of  Home  Economics  chosen  from 
offerings  outside  of  the  College  of  Edu- 
cation, based  on  professional 
competencies  needed.  9 

Electives 

The  candidate  will  be  encouraged  to 
make  selections  on  the  basis  of  individ- 
ual needs  and  career  goals.  3-6 
'students  who  have  met  the  reading  re- 
quirement as  undergraduates  or 
through  approved  in-service  education 
may  substitute  an  elective  for  this 
course. 

Vocational  Industrial  Education 

Required  Program:  (30) 

Required  Core:  (18-21) 

EVT  5650      Trends  and  Issues  in 

Vocational  Education        3 
EVT  5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education     3 
EVT  5695      International  Comparative 

Vocational  Education        3 
EVT  5769      Evaluation  in  Vocational 

and  Technical 

Education  3 

EVT  6760      Research  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

EVT  6930      Seminar  in  Vocational 

Education  3 

RED  6336     Reading  in  the  Content 

Area'  3 

Area  of  Professional  Emphasis 

A  student  under  the  direction  of  an  advi- 
sor, may  develop  professional 
competencies  in  an  area  of  emphasis 
through  school-based  field  experiences, 
seminars,  methods  courses,  workshops, 
or  independent  study  3-9 

Technical  Electives 

Tfie  candidate  will  be  encouraged  to  se- 
lect courses  that  increase  subject  area 
technical  comjsetence  3-6 

'students  who  have  met  the  reading  re- 
quirement as  undergraduates  or 
through  approved  in-service  education 
may  substitute  an  elective  for  this 
course. 

Doctoral  Programs 
Curriculum  and  Instruction 

The  doctoral  program  In  Curriculum  and 
Instruction  offers  specialties  in  the  fol- 
lowing areas:  Art  Education,  Early  Child- 
hood Education,  Elementary  Education, 
English  Education,  Mathematics  Educa- 


tion, Music  Education,  Science  Educa- 
tion, Reading  Education,  and  Social 
Studies  Education. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  the  program  must  submit 
the  following  records  and  documents: 

1 .  Official  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  institutions  attended. 

2.  Official  copy  of  the  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
the  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for 
Graduate  Admission. 

Applicants  to  tfie  program  must  have  a 
3.25  GPA,  a  combined  GRE  score  of 
1000  on  the  verbal  and  quantitative  sec- 
tions. Rnal  decisions  on  admission  are 
made  by  the  Faculty  Admissions  Com- 
mittee. Additional  information  can  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Coordinator  of  Doctoral 
Programs,  DM  255. 

Core  Courses:  (15) 

EDG  7222     Curriculum :  Theory  and 

Research  3 

EDG  7362     Instruction:  Theory  and 

Research  3 

EDG  7665     Seminar  in  Curriculum       3 
EDF  7934      Seminar  in  Social 

Foundations  of 

Education  3 

EDF  621 1      Psychological  Foundations 

of  Education  3 

Specialty  Area:  (36) 
The  specialty  areas  include  art  educa- 
tion, early  childhood  education,  elemen- 
tary education,  English  education, 
instructional  leadership,  mathematics 
education,  music  education,  reading 
education,  science  education,  and  so- 
cial studies  education. 

Cognate  Area:  (18) 
The  cognate  area  requires  a  minimum 
of  18  semester  hours  of  coursework  in  a 
single  area  of  study  related  to  the  spe- 
cialty. The  courses  should  be  chosen 
with  regard  to  coherence  and  relevance 
to  the  anticipated  substantive  aspect  of 
the  dissertation  and  in  consultation  with 
the  advisor.  The  cognate  area  may  be 
taken  in  the  College  of  Education,  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  or  any 
other  area  offering  courses  relevant  to 
the  student's  program. 

Research  and  Statistics:  (12) 

Comprehensive  Examinations  and 
Advancement  to  Candidacy 

The  student  must  successfully  pass 
comprehensive  examinations  covering 
coursewori<  and  also  submit  copies  of  a 


dissertation  proposal,  which  has  been 
approved  by  the  supervisory  committee, 
to  the  Dean  of  tfie  School  and  to  tfie 
Dean  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Dissertation 

The  student  is  responsible  for  24  semes- 
ter hours  of  dissertation  credits.  The  dis- 
sertation must  be  an  original  contribution 
to  knowledge  in  an  area  of  early  child- 
hood education,  elementary  education, 
secondary  education,  one  of  the  K-1 2  ar- 
eas, or  in  instructional  leadership. 

Tfie  student  is  expected  to  complete 
tfie  dissertation  five  years  from  tfie  date 
of  advancement  to  candidacy  (i.e.  suc- 
cessful completion  of  all  written  and  oral 
examinations,  favorable  recommenda- 
tions of  the  supervisory  and  guidance 
committee,  and  an  approved  disserta- 
tion proposal).  Six  credit  hours  of  disser- 
tation are  taken  per  semester  during  the 
time  that  the  dissertation  is  being  com- 
pleted. 

EDG  7980     Doctoral  Dissertation       24 
Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  the  program  must  submit 
the  following  records  and  documents: 

1 .  Official  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  institutions  attended. 

2.  Official  copy  of  tfie  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
the  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for 
Graduate  Admission. 

Vocational  and  Technical 
Education  Leadership 

The  doctoral  track  in  Vocational  and 
Technical  Education  Leadership  is  de- 
signed to  promote  the  preparation  of 
highly  competent  professionals  in  voca- 
tional and  technical  education. 

It  is  a  track  within  the  Adult  Educa- 
tion and  Human  Resource  Development 
doctoral  program.  Although  each  curricu- 
lum has  its  own  specific  objectives,  tfie 
goals  sfiared  by  these  programs  are  the 
improvement  of  educational  practice 
and  stimulation  of  personal  and  profes- 
sional growth  toward  excellence. 

The  Doctor  of  Education  degree  is 
conferred  on  the  basis  of  high  scholar- 
ship and  skill  in  the  application  of  knowl- 
edge from  tfieory  and  research  findings 
to  practical  vocational  and  technical  edu- 
cation problems. 

Applications  for  admission  to  tfie  doc- 
toral program  are  invited  from  individu- 
als who  are  highly  motivated  and 
intellectually  capable  of  meeting  the 
cfiallanges  of  a  rigorous  doctoral  degree 
program. 


120  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  the  program  must  submit 
the  following  records  and  documents: 

1 .  Official  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  institutions  attended. 

2.  Official  copy  of  tfie  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
tfie  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for 
Graduate  Admission. 

The  data  from  applicants  is  reviewed 
by  an  admissions  committee.  The  crite- 
ria applied  in  reviewing  the  applicant's 
files  are  noted  below.  Exceptions  to  one 
or  more  of  the  criteria  may  be  granted 
provided  the  applicant  has  excelled  in 
certain  off-setting  assessment  areas. 

1 .  3.0  GPA  in  the  last  two  years  of 
undergraduate  work. 

2.  3.25  in  all  graduate  work  at- 
tempted. 

3.  A  master's  degree  from  an  accred- 
ited institution  or  equivalent  preparation. 
4.  A  score  of  at  least  1000  on  the  gen- 
eral aptitude  portion  of  the  GRE. 

5.  Evidence  of  commitment  to  a  ca- 
reer in  the  broad  field  of  Adult  Education 
and  HRD. 

6.  Successful  professional  experi- 
ence in  the  field  of  Adult  Education  and 
HRD. 

7.  Potential  for  leadership  or  re- 
search in  the  field,  or  both. 

Program  of  Study 

Doctorate  programs  of  study  vary  ac- 
cording to  the  individual  needs  of  the 
participants  and  their  current  or  antici- 
pated professional  goals.  A  typical  pro- 
gram will  require  a  minimum  of  99 
semester  hours  beyond  the  baccalaure- 
ate degree  and  will  involve  the  catego- 
ries of  courses  noted  below.  The  list 
should  be  considered  as  a  sample  pro- 
gram ratfier  than  an  absolute  deline- 
ation of  exact  requirements.  Actual 
programs  are  planned  by  the  partici- 
pants, their  major  professor,  and  doc- 
toral committee. 

Program  Components  (99) 
Adult  Education  and  HRD  Gore  1 2 

Generic  Core  30-36 

Vocational  and  Technical  Education 
Leadership  15-21 

Research  and  Statistics  1 2 

Prospectus  and  Dissertation  24 

1 .  Common  AE  &  HRD  and  V  &  TEL 
requirement 

2.  K/lay  include  up  to  36  semester 
hours  of  graduate  credit  from  an  ap- 
proved Masters  degree  program  and 
transfer  credit. 


3.  May  include  AE  &  HRD  courses. 

Certificate  and  Add-on 
Certification  Programs 

Graduate  Professional 
Certificate  Program  in 
Business  Education 

The  professional  Graduate  Certificate 
Program  for  Business  Education  re- 
quires a  minimum  of  18  semester  hours 
of  course  work  above  tfie  bachelor's  de- 
gree. This  program  is  designed  for 
those  who  fiave  already  earned  a  bache- 
lor's degree  with  a  major  in  Business 
Education.  Consequently,  the  student 
will  hiave  already  met  tfie  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  certificate  require- 
ments. 

A  candidate  is  urged  to  consult  the 
Business  Education  advisor  to  plan  a 
program  of  study  prior  to  starting  a  pro- 
gram. 

Required  Courses:  (18) 

RED  6336     Reading  in  tfie  Content 

Area^  3 

EVT5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education     3 
EVT  5769      Evaluation  in 

Vocational-Technical 

Education  3 

BTE  5671       Problems,  Issues  and 

Trends  in  Business 

Education  3 

BTE  5455      Teaching  in  Business 

Education 

Occupational  Programs     3 

or 
BTE  5447      Teaching  Basic  Business 

and  Consumer 

Education 
Advised  Electives  3-6 

^Students  who  have  met  the  reading  re- 
quirements as  an  undergraduate  or 
through  approved  in-service  education 
may  substitute  an  elective  for  this 
course. 

Graduate  Professional 
Certificate  -  Health  Occupation 
Education 

The  overall  purpose  of  tfie  professional 
certificate  program  in  health  occupa- 
tions education  is  to  enfiance  the  devel- 
opment of  basic  teaching  skills  and/or 
instnjctional  techniques  of  fiealth  occu- 
pations educators.  The  professional  cer- 
tificate program  provides  for  the 
continuing  education,  upgrading  or  redi- 
rection needs  of  health  occupations 
teachers  through  planned  advisement 
and  professional  certificate  recognition. 
The  programs  are  for  both  undergradu- 


ate and  graduate,  degree  or  non-degree 
seeking  students. 

This  24  semester  hour  plan  is  designed 
to  meet  tfie  needs  of  the  individual  wtio 
(1 )  is  occupationally  competent  in  a 
fiealth  field  and  currently  teaching  or  de- 
sires to  teach  a  health  occupations  sub- 
ject, (2)  holds  a  teaching  certificate  or 
equivalent  or  bacfielor's  degree  or  both 
including  out  of  field  and  (3)  does  not 
wish  to,  or  is  unalDle  to,  meet  tfie  mas- 
ter's degree  entrance  requirements  nec- 
essary to  pursue  the  master's  degree. 

Prescribed  Courses:  (24) 

EVT  5078      Technical  Education  in 

American  Society  3 

or 
EVT  5650      Trends  and  Issues  in 

Vocational  Education        3 
EVT  5168      Curriculum  Development 

in  Vocational  Education     3 
EVT  5769      Evaluation  in  Vocational 

and  Technical 

Education  3 

EVT  5315      Improvement  of  Teaching 

Strategies  in  Health 

Occupations  and 

Nursing  Education  3 

EVT  531 7     Occupational  Analysis  in 

Health  Occupations 

and  Nursing  Education      3 

and/or 
ADE  5385      Adult  Teaching  and 

Learning  3 

Advised  Electives 

A  minimum  of  two  courses  selected 
from  courses  in  General  Professional 
and  Adult  Education,  Vocational  Educa- 
tion, Health  Service  Administration  or 
Health  Speciality  6 


Urban,  Multicultural  and 
Community  Education 

Robert  V.  Farrell,  Associate  Professor 
and  Chairperson,  Educational 
Foundations 

John  A.  Carpenter,  Professor, 
Educational  Foundations  and 
International  Development  Education 

Joseph  B.  Cook,  Professor, 
Community  College  Teaching 

Chris  Uber  Crosse,  Assistant 
Professor,  TESOL 

E.  Joseph  Kaplan,  Assistant  Professor, 
Educational  Foundations 

Colleen  A.  Ryan,  Associate  Professor, 
Special  Education  for  the 
Emotionally  Handicapped 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 121 


The  Department  of  Urban,  Multicultural 
and  Community  Education  is  fully  com- 
mitted to  two  guiding  missions  of  the 
College  of  Education:  to  support  the 
preparation  of  superior  teachers  and 
other  human  resource  professional,  and 
to  work  for  change  where  change  Is 
needed  in  society  and  its  institutions. 
The  Department  oversees  graduate  pro- 
grams for  students  who  are  interested  in 
working  in  the  fields  of: 

Community  College  Teaching  (Doc- 
toral) 

Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of 
Other  Languages  (TESOL) 

Urt)an  Education 

The  Department  also  coordinates 
ttie  Foundation  of  Education  courses 
and  the  Professional  Education  Core.  It 
is  the  administrative  location  of  the 
Dade  County  Public  School/FlU  Urban 
Education  Program,  which  is  comprised 
of  the  Urtian  Education  Certificate  Pro- 
gram and  the  Master's  Degree  in  Urban 
Education. 

Master  of  Science  in  Teaching 
English  to  Speakers  of  Other 
Languages  (TESOL) 

Requirements  for  admission  are  satisfac- 
tory scholastic  aptitude  as  determined 
by  tfie  Graduate  Admissions  Standards, 
and  evidence  of  a  satisfactory  record  in 
the  teaching  field. 

To  be  admitted  into  t^ie  Master's  de- 
gree program,  a  student  must:  a)  hold  a 
bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited 
university  or  college;  b)  have  a  'B'  (3.0) 
average  or  higher  in  all  junior  and  in  sen- 
ior years  course  work  for  ttie  bachelor's 
degree;  or  have  a  combined  score  (ver- 
t>al  and  quantitative)  of  1 000  or  higlier 
on  ttie  Graduate  Record  Examination; 
or  hold  a  master's  degree  from  an  ac- 
credited university  or  college;  in  any 
case  the  student  must  present  a  GRE 
score;  c)  achieve  a  score  of  220  on  the 
Test  of  Spoken  English;  d)  in  the  case  of 
foreign  students  whose  first  language  is 
other  than  English,  a  score  of  500  on 
ttie  TOEFL  examination  is  also  required. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  consists 
of  30  semester  hours.  A  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours  may  be  transferred  into 
tlie  prograi.i  from  outside  the  University, 
sutjject  to  the  approval  of  the  major  advi- 
sor. Also,  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
hours  of  upper  division  undergraduate 
courses  may  be  included  in  the  program 
provided  they  have  not  been  used  to  sat- 
isfy degree  requirements  for  an  under- 
graduate program. 

This  program  does  not  meet  require- 
ments for  initial  teacher  certification  by 
tfie  Florida  Department  of  Education. 


Prerequisite 

Introduction  to  Linguistics  is  the  prereq- 
uisite to  study  in  the  program.  It  may  be 
satisfied  with  LIN  3010  or  LIN  3013. 

Required  Program:  (30) 

Professional  Education:  (12) 

All  students  will  be  required  to  complete 

12  semester  hours  in  the  College  of 

Education: 

EDF  548 1      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Educational 

Research  3 

TSL5142      Curriculum  Development 

in  ESOL  3 

or 
ESE  62 1 5      Secondary  School 

Curriculum 
TSL  5371      Special  Methods  of 

TESOL  3 

FLE  6938      Seminar  in  Language 

Testing  3 

Program  Courses:  (15) 

In  consultation  with  the  advisor,  stu- 
dents will  choose  15  semester  hours 
from  among  five  groups  of  courses  from 
the  Departments  of  English,  Modern 
Languages,  and  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion. The  student  must  take  one  course 
from  each  category: 

a.  LIN  4680    Modem  English 

Grammar  3 

b.  LIN  5206    Phonetics  3 
LIN  5222    General  Phonology 

SPN  5790  Contrastive  Phonology 

c.  LIN  5342    Advanced  Syntax  3 
LIN  5805    Semantics 

LIN  5431     General  Morphology  and 

Syntax 
LIN  5748    Applied  Linguistics:  Theory 

&  Applications 
LIN  5625    Studies  in  Bilingualism 
LIN  5602    Language  Contact 
LIN  5601    Introduction  to 

Sociollnguistics 
EDG  5707  Cross-Cultural  Studies 
FLE  5908  Individual  Studies 
LIN  5715    Language  Acquisition 
LIN  5701     PsycfwIogy  of  Language 
LIN  5107    History  of  the  English 

Language 
LIN  5732    Speech  Errors  and 

Linguistic  KmwIedge 

Field  Component:  (3) 

The  remaining  three  semester  hours  will 
consist  of  a  supervised  field  experience 
in  the  teaching  of  English  to  speakers  of 
other  languages.  The  field  experience 
may  be  arranged  according  to  one  of 
the  following  options: 

1.  ESOL  in  Public  Schools; 


2.  ESOL  in  adult  or  community  col- 
lege education,  or  both; 

3.  ESOL  in  private  schools  or  private 
enterprise; 

4.  the  English  Language  Institute  at 
the  University. 

All  an'angements  must  be  approved 
by  tfie  advisor. 

Graduation  Requirements 

To  receive  ttie  Master  of  Science  de- 
gree in  Cuniculum  and  Instruction,  with 
a  subspecialty  in  Second  Language 
Education,  TESOL  track,  the  student 
must  complete  the  required  30  semes- 
ter hours  of  coursework  with  a  'B'  or  3.0 
average  or  higher  and  no  more  than  two 
'C  grades  in  required  courses. 

Master  of  Science  in  Urban 
Education 

To  be  eligible  to  enroll  in  the  Master's  in 
Urban  Education  program,  students 
must  meet  all  the  University's  and  tfie 
College  of  Education's  admission  re- 
quirements. 

Required  Courses 

EDF  5941      Practicum  I  in  Urban 

Schools  Education  5 

EDF  5942      Practicum  II  in  Urban 

Schools  Education  5 

EDF  5943      Practicum  III  in  Urban 

Schools  Education  5 

EDF  5481      Analysis  and  Application 

of  Education  Research  3 
EDE  5267     Education  of  the  Child  in 

Urban  Society  3 

EDF  621 1      Psychological  Foundations 

of  Education  3 

EDE  6488     Research  in  Elementary 

Education  3 

Guided  Electives 

As  approved  by  tfie  student's  advisor     6 

Doctor  of  Education  in 
Community  College  Teaching 

The  doctoral  program  in  Community  Col- 
lege Teaching  is  designed  to  provide 
ttie  opportunity  for  specially  selected  stu- 
dents to  enhance  instructional  and  re- 
search skills  related  to  the  continuing 
development  and  operation  of  ttie  com- 
munity college.  The  program  is  offered 
in  a  format  to  make  it  attractive  and 
available  to  place  bound  professionals 
in  Southeast  Rorida.  The  program  is  de- 
signed to  stimulate  research  related  to 
the  community  college,  particularly  in 
the  development  of  innovative  instruc- 
tional approaches. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  requirements  for  admission  consist 
of  a  master's  degree  from  an  accredited 


122  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


university;  combined  quantitative  and 
vert>al  scores  of  1000  on  the  GRE;  a 
score  at  the  50th  percentile  or  higher  on 
the  appropriate  subject  test  of  the  GRE; 
a  3.25  GPA  on  all  post-baccalaureate 
work,  a  departmental  interview,  and  ac- 
ceptance by  the  department  of  the  in- 
structional field. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  the  program  must  submit 
the  following  records  and  documents: 

1.  Official  transcript  from  all  higher 
education  institutions  attended. 

2.  Official  copy  of  the  GRE  scores. 

3.  Three  letters  of  recommendation. 

4.  A  current  resume. 

5.  A  statement  of  personal  interest  in 
ttie  program. 

6.  A  completed  Application  for  Gradu- 
ate Admission. 

Program  of  Study 

Post-baccalaureate  coursework  mini- 
mum requirements  for  tfie  degree,  while 
subject  to  individual  variations,  consist 
of  the  following: 

Community  College/Higher 
Education  Core:  (20) 
EDH  7065     Higher  Education: 
Philosophical  and 
Historical  Perspectives      3 
EDH  7204     Higher  Education: 

Community  College  3 

EDH  7307     Higher  Education: 

Instructional  Metfxxls        4 
EDH  7225     Higher  Education: 
■Developmental     ' 
Programs  3 

Additional  courses  in  Education  that  will 
enhance  tfie  student's  instructional  abili- 
ties and  skills.  7 

Instructional  Field  Specialty  Area: 
(30) 

The  instructional  field  consists  of  30 
graduate  hours  related  to  the  subject 
which  Is  or  will  be  taught  in  tfie  commu- 
nity/junior college. 

Cognate  Area:  (16) 
The  cognate  area  may  be  taken  in  one 
or  more  subject  areas  and  may  include 
graduate  or  undergraduate  (post-bacca- 
laureate) courses.  Tfie  design  of  ttie 
cognate  should  assist  the  student  in  de- 
veloping into  a  well-rounded  community 
college  teacher,  one  wtx)  is  able  to 
adapt  to  changing  conditions  of  instruc- 
tion. 

Research  and  Statistics:  (1 2) 

The  research  and  statistics  requirement 
Is  to  assist  tfie  student  in  expanding  the 
capacity  to  use  research  related  to  in- 
struction. 


Dissertation:  (24) 

The  dissertation  should  be  on  a  topic  of 
importance  to  higher  education  and 
should  reflect  the  student's  professional 
interests  and  goals. 

Previous  graduate  course  work,  in- 
cluding work  completed  as  part  of  a 
master's  degree  program  may  be  ap- 
plied toward  the  doctoral  program  re- 
quirements. 

Add-on  Certification  and 
Certificate  Programs 

Add-on  Certification  in  ESOL 

Individuals  who  cun'entiy  hold  or  are 
working  toward  a  teaching  certificate  in 
any  area  of  education  may  receive  add- 
on certification  in  ESOL  by  completing  a 
set  of  courses  in  ESOL,  and  demonstrat- 
ing language  proficiency  in  English.  For 
admissions  and  graduation  require- 
ments, please  refer  to  the  Degree  pro- 
gram. 

Required  Program 

FLE  6938      Seminar  in  Second 

Language  Testing  3 

EDG  5707     Cultural  and 

Cross-Cultural  Studies  3 
LIN  5625  Studies  in  Bilingualism^  3 
TSL  5371      Special  Methods  of 

TESOL^  3 

TSL  5142      Curriculum  Development 

in  ESOL  3 

'Prerequisite;  LIN  3010 

The  language  proficiency  instru- 
ment, (thie  Test  of  Spoken  English  (TSE) 
will  be  administered  at  tfie  University  on 
a  regularly  scheduled  basis.  Please  con- 
sult the  Director  of  the  Teacher  Training 
Program  in  Bilingual  Education  for  fur- 
ttier  information. 

These  courses  can  also  be  taken  by 
interested  individuals  for  tine  purpose  of 
add-on  certification  only.  Requirements  ' 
for  admissions  are  a  valid  Rorida 
Teacher's  Certificate  and  a  score  of  220 
on  the  Test  of  Spoken  English. 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to 
take,  in  addition  to  tiieir  regular  pro- 
gram, EGC  6469,  Counseling  tfie  Cultur- 
ally Different,  and  EDF  6444, 
Non-Biased  Assessment  of  the  Culhjr- 
ally  Different. 

Graduate  Urban  Education 
Certificate  Program 

This  15  semester-hour  certificate  pro- 
gram is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
teachers  working  in  urtsan  schools. 

Dade  County  Public  School  teachers 
currently  teaching  in  Chapter  I  schools 
are  eligible  to  apply  for  tuition  reimburse- 
ment and  stiperids.  A  limited  number  of 
teachers  are  selected  by  Dade  County 


Public  Schools  to  participate  in  the  pro- 
gram. Applications  are  available  from, 
and  sfx>uld  be  submitted  to,  tfie  Bureau 
of  Education,  Dade  County  Public 
Schools.  Details  concerning  tuition  reim- 
bursement and  stipends  are  available 
from  United  Teachers  of  Dade  or  tfie  Bu- 
reau of  Staff  Development,  Dade 
County  Public  Schools. 

Topics  which  are  included  in  tfie 
courses  are  tine  Urtian  Community,  Af- 
fective Education  Strategies,  Assess- 
ment of  Shjdent  Performance, 
Classroom  Management,  Language  De- 
velopment, Learning  Styles,  Motiva- 
tional Techniques,  Multi-Cultural 
Perspectives,  Parent  Community  In- 
volvement, and  teaching  tiie  basic  skills 
of  mathematics  and  reading. 

Admission 

To  be  admitted  to  tiie  program  students 
must  have  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an 
accredited  college  or  university;  fiave  a 
valid  Rorida  Teaching  Certificate;  and 
be  currentiy  employed  as  a  teacher  in 
selected  Dade  County  Chapter  I 
Scfxjols. 

Required  Courses:  (33) 

EDF  5941      Practicum  I  in  Urban 

Schools  Education  5 

EDF  5942      Practicum  II  in  Urban 

Schools  Education  5 

EDF  5943      Practicum  III  in  Urban 

Schools  Education  5 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

ADE  -  Adult  Education;  ARE  -  Art  Educa- 
tion; BTE  -  Business  Teacfier  Educa- 
tion; CGS  -  Computer  Applications; 
CHD  -  Child  Development;  COA  -  Con- 
sumer Affairs;  DAA  -  Dance  Activities; 
DAE  -  Dance  Education;  EDA  -  Educa- 
tion: Educational  Leadership;  EDE  - 
Education:  Elementary;  EDF  -  Educa- 
tion: Foundations;  EDG  -  Education: 
General;  EDH  -  Education  -  Higher; 
EDP  -  Education:  Psychology;  EDS  - 
Education:  Supen/ision;  EEC  -  Educa- 
tion: Early  Childfwod;  EED  -  Education: 
Emotional  Disorders;  EEX  -  Education: 
Exceptional  Child,  Core  Competencies; 
EGC  -  Education:  Guidance  and  Coun- 
seling; EGI  -  Education:  Exceptional 
Child,  Gifted;  EIA  -  Education:  Industi-ial 
Arts;  ELD  -  Education:  Specific  Learning 
Disabilities;  EME  -  Education:  Technol- 
ogy and  Media;  EMR  -  Education:  Men- 
tal Retardation;  ESE  -  Education 
Secondary;  ETE  -  Engirieering  Technol- 
ogy: Electrical;  ETM  -  Engineering  Tech- 
nology: Mechanical;  EVT  -  Education: 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 123 


Vocational/  Technical;  FAD  -  Family  De- 
velopment; FLE  -  Foreign  Language 
Education;  HEE  -  Home  Economics  Edu- 
cation; HHD  -  Housing;  HLP  -  Health, 
Leisure,  and  Physical  Education;  HME  - 
Home  Management  Equipment;  HOE  - 
Home  Economics;  HSC  -  Health  Sci- 
ences; LAE  -  Language  Arts  and  Eng- 
lish Education;  LEI  -  Leisure;  MAE  - 
Mathematics  Education;  MUE  -  Music 
Education;  PEL  -  Physical  Education; 
PEM  -  Physical  Education  Activities; 
PEO  -  Physical  Education  Activities; 
PEP  -  Physical  Education  Activities; 
PEQ  -  Physical  Education  Professional 
Water;  PET  -  Physical  Education  Ther- 
apy; RED  -  Reading  Education;  SCE  - 
SderK8  Education;  SPA  -  Speech  Pa- 
thology and  Audiology;  SPS  -  School 
Psychology;  SSE  -  Social  Studies  Edu- 
cation; TSL  -  TESOL 

ADE  5081  Introduction  to  Adult  Edu- 
cation and  Human  Resource  Develop- 
ment (3).  Developing  rationale  for  and 
philosophy  of  human  resource  develop- 
ment/adult education:  contrasting  agen- 
cies, program,  and  curricula;  analyzing 
factors  affecting  human  resource  devel- 
opment, differentiating  adults  and 
youths  as  learners;  planning  and  ap- 
praising human  resource  development 
programs. 

ADE  5180  Organizational  and  Com- 
munity Processes  In  A&HRD  (3).  Ana- 
lyzing human  resource  and  community 
development  programs,  the  processes 
and  implemental  strategies;  needs  as- 
sessment objectives,  curricula,  recruit- 
ment, implementation,  and  evaluation. 

ADE  5195  Designing  Education  and 
HRD  Programs  for  Disadvantaged 
Adults  (3).  Distinguishing  various  forms 
of  disadvantage;  analyzing  forces  which 
inhibit  solution;  criticizing  responses  to 
problems;  developing  programs,  curric- 
ula materials,  recruitment  strategies, 
and  evaluation  designs. 

ADE  5260  Organization  and  Admini- 
stration of  Aduit  Education  and  Hu- 
man Resource  Development 
Programs  (3).  Analyzing  regulations  af- 
fecting adult  education/human  resource 
development,  selecting  and  training 
staff;  selecting  organizational  patterns; 
executing  managerial  responsibilities; 
administering  supportive  services;  relat- 
ing training  to  organization  development. 

ADE  5383  instnicdonal  Processes  in 
AE/HRD  (3).  Analyzing  models  for  in- 
structional design;  Identifying  and  evalu- 
ating variables  related  to  such  models; 
developing  designs  unique  for  adult 
leamers  and  organization£il  needs. 


ADE  5385  AduH  Teaching  and  Learn- 
ing (3).  Differentiating  theories  of  learn- 
ing in  relation  to  teaching  adults; 
contrasting  characteristics  of  adults  as 
opposed  to  youth;  evaluating  the  impli- 
cations of  such  distinctions  in  relation  to 
learning  situations  appropriate  for  adults. 

ADE  5906  Individual  Study  In  Adult 
Education  and  Huntan  Resource  De- 
velopment (1-3).  Specialized  intensive 
study  in  areas  of  interest  to  the  student. 
Subject  to  approval  of  program  adviser. 

ADE  5925  Wotlcsiiop  in  Aduit  Educa- 
tion and  Human  Resource  Depart- 
ment (1-6).  Intensive  development  of 
selected  competencies  related  to  instruc- 
tional, curricular  and/or  administrative 
skills  of  special  interest  to  students  in 
adult  education/human  resource  devel- 
opment. 

ADE  5935  Special  Topics  in  Adult 
Education  and  Human  Resource  De- 
velopment (1).  'Mini-courses'  which  pro- 
vide for  an  examination  of  special  facets 
of  adult  education  and  human  resource 
development. 

ADE  5945  Supervised  Reid  Experi- 
ence In  Adult  Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development  (1-6).  Intern- 
ship in  various  programs  according  to 
needs  and  interests.  Supervisory  visits 
by  advisor.  Joint  conferences  artd  semi- 
nars involving  tfie  student,  the  program 
advisor,  and  an  appropriate  repre- 
sentative of  the  cooperating  agency  are 
conducted  intermittently. 

ADE  6674  Organizational  Training 
and  HRD  Trends  and  Issues  (3).  Pres- 
entation &  analysis  of  state-of-art  trends 
impacting  development  of  human  re- 
sources in  specific  organizations  includ- 
ing educational  agencies/business  & 
industry/public  sector  and  commerce. 
Prerequisites:  ADE  5081  or  equivalent. 

ADE  6772  Review  of  Research  in 
Adult  Education  and  Human  Re- 
source Development  (3).  A  review  and 
synthesis  of  research  &  development  ac- 
tivities in  Adult  Education/HRD.  Exami- 
nation of  resources/practices/designs  & 
justifications.  Assessment  of  the  status 
of  research  in  this  field.  Prerequisites: 
EDF  5481 ,  ADE  5383,  ADE  5180. 

ADE  6920  Adult  Education/HRD  Collo- 
quium (1-6).  Lectures  &  discussions  by 
dstinguishied  educators/social  scien- 
tists/organizational executives/graduate 
faculty  &  students.  Colloquia  presents 
specific  topics  related  to  is- 
sues/trends/designs &  applications. 

ADE  6930  Seminar  In  Adult  Educa- 
tion and  Human  Resource  Develop- 
ment (1-3).  Intensive  study  of 


insb-uctional,  cunicular,  and/or  adminis- 
trative principles  and  practices  for  the 
solution  of  problems  of  special  interest 
to  students  in  adult  education  and  hu- 
man resource  development. 

ADE  7475  Comparative  Systems, 
Strategies  and  Materials  for  Adult 
Education/HRD  (3).  A  review  and  cri- 
tique of  ttie  prevailing  inventory  of  pack- 
aged systems  on  tiie  market. 
Examination  of  assumptions  and  prob- 
lems surrounding  their  actual  usage  in 
local  and  national  organizations.  Prereq- 
uisites: ADE  51 80/ ADE  5383. 

ADE  7571  Consulting  as  an  Adult 
Education/HRD  Process  (3).  Examina- 
tion of  use  of  internal/extemal  consult- 
ation in  organizations.  Strategies  for 
making  entry  diagnoses  interventions 
achieving  internalization  of  processes 
outcomes.  Prerequisites:  ADE  5180, 
ADE  5383. 

ADE  7980  Dissertation,  Adult  Educa- 
tion (3-20).  Research  for  doctoral  disser- 
tation for  tiTose  students  approved  for 
candidacy  in  tiie  Adult  Education/  Hu- 
man Resource  Development  Program. 
Prerequisite:  Advancement  to  Candi- 
dacy in  doctoral  program. 

ADE  9964  Compreiiensive  Doctoral 
Examination,  Adult  Education/HRD 
(0).  Comprehensive  doctoral  examina- 
tion in  tiie  Adult  Education/Human  Re- 
source Development.  Prerequisite: 
Pennission  of  Major  Professor. 

ADE  9985  Dissertation  Defense, 
Adult  Education/HRD  (0).  Defense  of 
Dissertation.  Prerequisites:  Permission 
of  Major  Professor  and  ADE  7980. 

ARE  5251  Art  for  the  Exceptional 
Child  (3).  Development  of  instructronal 
art  skills,  techniques,  and  sb'ategies  as 
related  to  the  exceptional  child.  Observa- 
tion and  field  participation  required. 

ARE  5553  Introduction  to  Art  Therapy 
(3).  An  overview  of  art  ttierapy  as  a  ver- 
bal and  nonvertsal  means  of  communica- 
tion with  special  emphasis  on 
psychodynamic  fundamentals  inherent 
to  the  process  for  tfie  purpose  of  diagno- 
sis, treatment,  and  intervention  for  peo- 
ple with  special  needs. 

ARE  5905  Directed  Study  in  Art  Edu- 
cation (1-3).  Individual  investigation  and 
research  in  one  or  more  areas  of  art 
education.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  pro- 
fessor. 

ARE  5945  Practlcum:  Art  Education 
(6).  Supervised  teaching  In  a  junior  or 
senior  high  school.  Prerequisites:  Admls- 
swn  to  the  Alternate  Track  Program  and 
completion  of  prerequisite  coursework  in 


124  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


education  and  subject  matter  area.  Su- 
pervised teaching  in  an  elementary  or 
secondary  school. 

ARE  6140  Curriculum  and  Instruction 
In  Art  (3).  Examination  of  theoretical 
bases  of  curriculum  development  in  art 
education.  Analysis  of  objectives,  con- 
tent, metlTods,  and  materials  for  art  in- 
struction in  tfie  elementary,  junior,  and 
senior  high  school. 

ARE  6262  Organization  and  Coordina- 
tion of  School  and  Community  Art 
(3).  Procedures  for  the  organization,  co- 
ordination and  evaluation  of  school, 
community,  and  In-service  art  programs, 
with  particular  attention  to  thie  urt>an 
multi-cultural  setting. 

ARE  6304  Instruction  in  Early  Child- 
hood Art  (3).  Refinement  of  skills  re- 
lated to  program  development,  methods 
of  teaching,  selection  of  materials,  and 
review  of  research,  in  preschool  and 
early  childhood  education. 

ARE  631 5  Instruction  in  Elementary 
Art  (3).  Refinement  of  skills  related  to 
program  development,  methods  of 
teaching,  selection  of  materials,  and  re- 
view of  research,  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. 

ARE  6706  Seminar  in  Art  Education: 
Contemporary  issues  and  Research 
(3).  Examination  of  current  issues  and 
review  of  research  in  art  education  litera- 
ture. Delineation  and  application  of  an 
individual  research  problem.  Prereq- 
uisite: EDF  5481. 

ARE  6925-29  Workshop  in  Art  Educa- 
tion (3).  Production  and  application  of 
materials  and  techniques  in  art  educa- 
tion, in  a  laboratory  or  field  setting. 

ARE  7938  Doctoral  Seminar  In  Art 
Education  (3).  Advanced  doctoral  study 
in  current  Uieories  and  research  related 
to  art  education.  Prerequisites:  ARE 
6706  and  EDF  6486. 

BTE  5447  Teaching  Basic  Business 
and  Consumer  Education  (3).  Compe- 
tency: Knowledge  of  current  and  evolv- 
ing methods,  techniques  and  practices 
to  teach  and  evaluate  basic  business 
and  consumer  education  programs.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  Standing. 

BTE  5455  Teaching  In  Business  Edu- 
cation Occupatiortal  Programs  (3). 
Competency:  Knowledge  of  current  and 
evolving  methods,  techniques  and  prac- 
tices to  teach  and  evaluate  office  educa- 
tion programs  to  include  office 
simulation  and  cooperative  business 
education. 

BTE  5671  Problems,  Issues  and 
Trends  in  Business  Education  (3). 


Competency:  Historical  information,  is- 
sues, current  trends,  new  dimensions 
and  problems  in  business  education. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

BTE  6432  Teaching  Word  Processing 
(3).  Competency:  Knowledge,  tech- 
niques, methods  of  teaching,  concepts 
and  applications  of  word  processing  es- 
sential for  instruction. 

BTE  6905  Directed  independent 
Study  (1-3).  Competency:  The  ability  to 
identify,  research,  and  repwrt  on  a  spe- 
cial problem  in  business  education.  Sub- 
ject to  approval  of  die  program  advisor. 

BTE  6925  Worl(Shop  in  Business  Edu- 
cation (1-3).  Competency:  Selected 
competencies  related  to  instructional 
and  technical  areas  of  business  educa- 
tion. 

BTE  6940  Supervised  Clinical  Field 
Experience  (1-3).  Competency:  Updat- 
ing and  upgrading  of  occupational  skills 
developed  via  field-based  work  experi- 
ence in  tfie  business  and  office  occupa- 
tions. Placement  is  made  subject  to 
approval  of  program  advisor. 

CHD  5264  Advanced  Studies  In  Child 
Development  (3).  Survey  of  current  lit- 
erature on  selected  areas,  analysis  of 
trends  and  issues,  and  investigation  of 
recent  research  in  Child  Development. 
Prerequisites:  CHD  3220,  CHD  4210  or 
equivsilent. 

CGS  5410  Logo  for  Educators  (3).  As- 
pects of  Logo  as  used  by  educators. 
Creative  aspects,  tiie  language,  philoso- 
phy, sti-ucture,  and  application.  Prereq- 
uisite: Computers  in  Classroom  or 
equivalent. 

CGS  5413  PILOT  for  Educators  (3). 

Authoring  language  PILOT  for  teachers. 
Designed  to  develop  language  and  its 
application  to  all  levels  of  education.  Pre- 
requisite: EME  6405  or  equivalent 

EDA  6061  Introduction  to  Educational 
Leadership  (3).  Examines  the  public 
school  system  as  a  complex  formal 
organization;  the  dynamics  of  commu- 
nity-school interactions;  goal  clarification 
and  program  evaluation;  procurement 
and  allocation  of  resources;  and  Vne  le- 
gal context  witfiin  which  tiie  school  sys- 
tem operates. 

EDA  6063  Administration  of  Inde- 
pendent Schools  (3).  A  survey  course 
to  examine  administration  of  private 
schools.  Will  include  sectarian  and  non- 
sectarian  schools,  historical  overview, 
values,  funding,  administration. 

EDA  6192  Leadership  In  Education 

(3).  Review,  analysis  and  application  of 
concepts  and  ttieories  of  leadership  with 


emphasis  on  organizational  factors, 
group  dynamics,  and  change  processes 
in  education. 

EDA  61 95  Communication  in  Educa- 
tionai  Leadership  (3).  Analysis  of  princi- 
ples, processes,  and  techniques  of 
effective  communication  and  public  rela- 
tions in  educational  leadership.  Study  of 
the  tfieory  and  practice  of  school-com- 
munity relations. 

EDA  6225  Labor  Relations  In  Educa- 
tion (3).  Examining  relations  between  a 
disti-ict  school  board  and  its  employees 
as  professional  organizations,  unions, 
contract  management ,  and  employer- 
employee  relationship)s. 

EDA  6232  School  Law  (3).  A  basic 
course  in  school  law.  Students  will  un- 
derstand: tf>e  law  library  and  its  relation- 
ship to  the  school;  demonsti-ate  a 
knowledge  about  our  legal  system;  will 
function  in  a  legal  framework;  and  will 
identify  basic  concepts  of  the  law  as  ap- 
plied to  education. 

EDA  6242  School  Finance  (3).  De- 
scribes and  analyzes  current  and  emerg- 
ing school  finance  plans;  \he  influence 
of  the  courts  and  federal  and  state  legis- 
lation on  those  pleins;  special  focus  on 
the  Rorida  Education  Finance  Plan;  and 
tiie  budget  responsibilities  of  the  school 
principal  at  tfie  school  center. 

EDA  6271  Microcomputer  Application 
for  Administrators  (3).  The  role  of  com- 
puters in  educational  administration.  Ap- 
plications generic  to  effective  leadership 
utilizing  computer  technology. 

EDA  6503  The  Principalship  (3). 

Organization  and  administration  of  the 
school;  emphasis  on  competencies  nec- 
essary for  leadership  and  management 
of  ti%  school  center,  both  elementary 
and  secondary. 

EDA  6905  individual  Study  in  Educa- 
tionai  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion (1-3).  For  advanced  students 
virishing  to  undertake  an  individual  pro- 
ject directly  related  to  school  administra- 
tion or  supervision.  May  not  substitute 
for  regular  course  offerings.  Prereq- 
uisites: The  student  must  be  in  a  mas- 
ter's degree  program  in  educational 
leadership  at  this  university  and  receive 
tfie  permission  of  the  program  leader 
and  instructor. 

EDA  6928  Worlcshop:  School  Improve- 
ment (1-5).  Offers  an  opportunity  for  ex- 
perienced scfiool  personnel  supervisors 
to  participate  in  a  problem-oriented 
wori^shop. 

EDA  6930  Seminar  In  Educational 
Leadership  (3).  In-deptti  review  of  com- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 125 


patencies  in  the  eight  domains  of  effec- 
tive educational  leadership.  Focus  is  on 
case  studies  and  research  related  to  ba- 
sic and  high  performing  comfjetencies 
of  school  managers. 

EDA  6943  Supervised  Field  Experi- 
ence (1-5).  Supervised  field  experience 
appropriate  to  the  student's  interests 
and  professional  goals. 

EDA  7069  Educational  Policy  (3).  Re- 
view, analysis,  and  synthesis  of  various 
concepts  and  models  of  educational  pol- 
icy formation  and  implementation. 

EDA  7103  Theories  of  Educational  Ad- 
ministration (3).  Examination  of  theo- 
retical constructs  and  models  related  to 
the  organization  and  administration  of 
educational  institutions.  Prerequisites: 
Admission  to  doctoral  program  and  com- 
pletion of  at  least  12  semester  hours  of 
EDA  coursework. 

EDA  7233  School  Law  11  (3).  Examines 
the  area  of  school  law  in  depth  and  In- 
cludes special  topics  in  law,  policy  and 
research.  Prerequisite:  EDA  6232. 

EDA  7236  Law  and  Higher  Education 
(3).  Analyzes  the  legal  structure  of 
higher  education  including  religion,  aca- 
demic freedom,  employment,  due  proc- 
ess, student's  rights,  desegregation,  tort 
liability,  and  cun'ent  other  issues. 

EDA  7288  Politics  of  Education  (3). 

Analysis  of  the  political  dynamics  of  edu- 
cational governance  and  of  the  political 
dimension  of  educational  administration. 

EDA  7550  Administration  of  Higher 
Education  (3).  Analysis  of  colleges  and 
universities  as  social  organizations  with 
sfiecial  emphasis  on  issues  of  admini- 
stration, organization,  and  governance 
in  higher  education. 

EDA  7905  Independent  Study  (1-6). 

An  opportunity  for  advanced  graduate 
students  to  engage  In  independent 
study  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
member.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  doc- 
toral program,  aind  permission  of  pro- 
gram leader. 

EDA  7930  Seminar  in  Educational  Ad- 
ministration and  Supervision  (3).  Con- 
sideration of  current  critical  problems 
and  issues  in  the  organization  and  ad- 
ministration of  educational  institutions 
and  tlie  role  of  official  leadership  in  rela- 
tion to  them.  Prerequisites:  EDA  7103 
and  admission  to  doctoral  program. 

EDA  7937  Special  Topics  in  Higher 
Education  Administration  (3).  Semi- 
nar devoted  to  the  in-<tepth  treatment  of 
selected  special  topics  in  thieory,  re- 
search, and  practice  related  to  higher 
education  administration. 


EDA  7943  Field  Projects  (1-6).  Partici- 
pation by  advanced  graduate  students 
in  field  projects  and  studies,  usually  as  a 
member  of  an  official  worl<  group  related 
to  an  educational  organization.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  doctoral  program, 
and  permission  of  program  leader. 

EDA  7979  Dissertation  Research 
Seminar  (3).  Designed  to  provide  ad- 
vanced doctoral  students  with  a  knowl- 
edge and  understanding  of  the  process 
of  dissertation  research  and  writing  and 
of  tlie  dissertation  defense.  Prerequisite: 
Advanced  doctoral  standing. 

EDA  7980  Dissertation  (3-12).  Re- 
search for  doctoral  dissertation.  Prereq- 
uisite: Advancement  to  candidacy  in 
doctoral  program. 

EDE  5267  Education  of  the  Child  in 
Urt>an  Society  (3).  For  students  desir- 
ing advanced  study  in  the  schooling  of 
inner-city  pupils  in  K-6.  Prerequisites: 
EDF  3723,  EDG  3321 ,  EDG  3322. 

EDE  5905  individual  Study  in  Elemen- 
tary Education  (1-3).  Individual  investi- 
gation in  tiie  area  of  instruction  in 
elementary  education.  Permission  of  in- 
structor required. 

EDE  5925  Workshop  In  Elementary 
Education  (3).  An  opportunity  for  teach- 
ers to  continue  to  develop  competency 
in  a  specified  area  under  ttie  guidance    • 
of  a  specialist  in  selected  fields  in  ele- 
mentary education. 

EDE  6205  Curriculum  Design  for 
Childhood  Education  (3).  A  study  of 
cuniculum  theory,  construction,  and 
evaluation. 

EDE  6225  Education  Programs  for 
Older  Children  (3).  Program  developed 
for  older  children;  curriculum  fi-ends 
based  on  contemporary  psychological, 
educational  and  sociological  research. 

EDE  6488  Research  In  Elementary 
Education  (3).  Expose  students  to  re- 
search in  elementary  education  and  the 
paradigms  associated  with  this  re- 
search. Teach  students  to  be  critical 
readers  of  this  research.  Prepare  stu- 
dents for  ttiesis.  Prerequisite:  EDF  5481. 

EDE  6930  Seminar  in  Elementary  Edu- 
cation (3).  Advanced  study  of  critical  is- 
sues and  problems  in  elementary 
education. 

EDE  6948  Supervised  Reld  Experi- 
ence in  Elementary  Education  (3-9). 

Field  work  in  education  institutions  and 
organizations  in  elementary  education. 

EDE  6971  Thesis  In  Elementary  Edu- 
cation (6).  Design  and  preparation  of 
an  original  scholarly  investigation  in  ele- 


mentary education.  Prerequisites:  EDF 
5481 ,  EDB  6488,  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Corequisites:  EDE  6930. 

EDE  7935  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Ele- 
mentary Education  (3).  Advanced  doc- 
toral study  of  cun'ent  tiieories  and 
research  related  to  elementary  educa- 
tion. Prerequisite:  EDF  6486. 

EDF  5216  Effective  Learning  in  the 
Classroom  (3).  A  behavioral  approach 
to  effective  teaching  techniques,  includ- 
ing theoretical  background,  behavioral 
definitions,  writing  effective  objectives, 
and  evaluation  of  effective  learning  in 
the  classroom.  A  field  experience  will  be 
included. 

EDF  5287  Instructional  Technology: 
Systems  Approach  (3).  Development 
of  instructional  competencies,  witii  an 
emphasis  on  &te  use  of  a  systems  ap- 
proach in  the  design,  implementation, 
and  evaluation  of  programs. 

EDF  5432  Measurement  and  Evalu- 
ation in  Education  (3).  Competencies 
required  for  tine  design,  construction  or 
selection,  and  evaluation  of  measuring 
instruments.  Prerequisite:  EDF  5481. 

EDF  5481  Analysis  and  Application  of 
Educational  Research  (3).  Competen- 
cies required  for  the  design,  implementa- 
tion, and  evaluation  of  educational 
research,  including:  problem  formulation 
cind  analysis;  sample  selection;  instil- 
ment selection;  formulation  of  research 
design  and  procedure;  and  data  analy- 
sis. 

EDF  5517  History  of  American  Educa- 
tion (3).  An  examination  of  different  his- 
torical perspectives  in  the  development 
of  American  education.  Special  focus  on 
differing  interpretations  of  school  and  so- 
ciety relationships. 

EDF  5812  NaUonal  EducaUonal  Sys- 
tems: A  Comparative  Arulysis  (3).  Ex- 
amination of  educational  structures  and 
guiding  educational  objectives  in  a  lim- 
ited number  of  both  developed  and  de- 
veloping countiies.  Analysis  of  the 
responses  of  national  educational  sys- 
tems to  common  educational  issues. 

EDF  5820  Latin  American  Education: 
An  Historical  and  Contemporary 
Overview  (3).  Historical  and  current  de- 
velopment of  Latin  American  education, 
and  analysis  of  the  principal  forces  shap- 
ing this  development. 

EDF  5821  African  Educational  Sys- 
tems: A  Comparative  Approach  (3). 

Contemporary  trends  and  issues  of  edu- 
cation in  selected  independent  African 
countries,  with  historical  analysis  of  colo- 
nial educational  policies  and  practices. 


126  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


EOF  5850  International  Development 
Education:  Historical  and  Contempo- 
rary Reality  (3).  Designed  to  explore 
the  relationship  between  education  and 
the  modernization/development  proc- 
ess. Special  emphasis  on  historic/con- 
temporary educational  planning  models. 

EDF  5851  Sodo/CulturaS  Conflict  in 
Educational  Change  (3).  This  course 
explores  radical  interpretations  of  the  re- 
lationship of  education  to  development 
in  the  Third  World.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  problem  of  values  conflict 
eind  on  the  use  of  appropriate  educa- 
tional technologies.  Prerequisite:  EDF 
5850. 

EDF  5852  Educational  Development 
Issues  in  Context:  A  Multfdisciplinary 
Perspective  (3).  A  critical  analysis  of 
educatiorial  reforms  of  the  past  and  the 
present,  drawing  on  social  science  re- 
search and  policy  issues  in  the  Third 
Worid.  Prerequisite:  EDF  5850. 

EDF  5880  Intercultural  Education:  Na- 
tional and  International  Perspectives 
(3).  Analysis  of  concepts  and  programs 
of  intercultural  and  international  educa- 
tion, consideration  of  the  role  of  educa- 
tion in  fostering  intercultural 
understanding  both  nationally  and  inter- 
nationally. 

EDF  5881  Foundations  of  Bilingual 
Education  (3).  Focus  on  an  under- 
standing of  the  bases  and  rationale  for 
bilingual  education,  including  linguistic, 
psycholinguistic  and  sociolinguistic;  his- 
torical legal  perspectives.  Issues  in  ele- 
mentary, secondiary,  adult,  vocational, 
and  special  education  will  also  be  ad- 
dressed. 

EDF  5905  Independent  Study  (1-3). 

The  student  plans  and  carries  out  an  in- 
dependent study  project  under  direction. 
Topics  are  to  directly  relate  to  content  of 
education  courses.  Independent  study 
may  not  substitute  for  regular  course  of- 
ferings. Prerequisites:  Written  permis- 
sion of  ttie  chairman  of  the  Division  and 
the  approval  of  the  instructor. 

EOF  5941  PracUcum  I  in  Urban  Educa- 
tion (5).  Demonstration  of  competen- 
cies needed  by  teachers  in  urtian 
schools.  Prerequisite:  Current  Florida 
Teaching  Certificate. 

EDF  5942  Practicum  II  In  Urban  Edu- 
cation (5).  Demonstration  of  competen- 
cies needed  by  teachers  in  urlsan 
schools.  Prerequisite:  Current  Florida 
Teaching  Certificate. 

EDF  5943  Practicum  III  in  Urban  Edu- 
cation (5).  Demonstration  of  competen- 
cies needed  by  teachers  in  urfc>an 


schools.  Prerequisite:  Current  Rorida 
Teaching  Certificate. 

EDF  5955  Field  Study  Abroad  (3-6). 

Development  of  intemational  and  cross- 
cultural  understarxjings  of  educational 
philosophies  and  systems  through 
planned  travel  and  study  abroad. 

EDF  621 1  Psychological  Foundations 
of  Education  (3).  An  advanced  survey 
course  designed  to  acquaint  students 
with  major  tfieories  and  tiasic  principles 
of  learning,  instruction,  human  develop- 
ment, personality  and  motivation. 

EDF  6215  ApplicaHon  of  Learning 
Theory  to  Instruction  (3).  Competen- 
cies required  for  analysis  of  selected 
learning  theories  and  application  of 
thiese  theories  to  an  instructional  system. 

EDF  6403C  Quantitative  Foundations 
of  Educational  Research  (3).  Integra- 
tive coverage  of  fundamentals  in  the 
general  field  of  educational  research 
with  emphasis  on  utilizing  computer  for 
data  analysis.  Prerequisites:  EDF  5481 
and  EDF  6486,  and  STA  5163  or  STA 
6113. 

EDF  6444  Non-Biased  Assessment  of 
the  Culturally  Different  (3).  Issues  in 
the  development  and  use  of  assess- 
ment procedures  designed  to  avoid  bias 
against  an  individual's  cultural,  linguis- 
tic, or  ethnic  background. 

EDF  6475  Qualitative  Foundations  of 
Educational  Research  (3).  Introduction 
to  philosophical,  historical,  sociological, 
and  other  methodologies  as  aspects  of 
qualitative  educational  research.  Prereq- 
uisites: EDF  5481  and  EDF  6486. 

EDF  6486  Research  Methods  in  Edu- 
cation: Experimental  Design  and 
Analysis  (3).  Competendes  required 
for  tie  design  and  analysis  of  complex 
educational  problems,  including  formula- 
tion of  pre-experimental,  true  experimen- 
tal, quasi-experimental,  and  factorial 
designs;  and  related  analysis.  Prereq- 
uisite: EDF  5481. 

EDF  6651  international  Development 
Education:  Educational  Technology, 
Planning,  and  Assessment  (3).  Intro- 
duction to  tfie  impact  of  technology  in 
the  delivery  and  management  of  educa- 
tion. Emphasis  is  placed  on  planning,  im- 
plementation, and  assessment  in 
developing  societies. 

EDF  6654  Macro-  and  Micro-Planning 
in  Education  (3).  This  course  Is  de- 
signed to  study  ihe  theoretical  and  meth- 
odological foundations  of  educational 
planning  in  the  U.S.  and  other  countries. 

EDF  6656  International  Development 
Education:  Innovative  Approaches  in 


Educational  Planning  (3).  Introduction 
to  educational  planning  approaches 
which  stress  decentralization.  It  focuses 
on  new  and  innovative  perspectives 
which  emphasize  strategic  aspects  of 
educational  planning. 

EDF  6658  Selected  Topics  In  Interna- 
tional Development  Education:  Cur- 
rent Policy  Issues  and  Problems  (3). 

This  course  is  dedicated  to  the  study  of 
contemporary  problems  and  issues  in 
tfie  fields  of  educational  policy,  planning, 
management,  implementation,  and  re- 
search In  developing  societies. 

EDF  6906  Independent  Study  In  Inter- 
national Development  Education  (3). 

Specialized  intensive  study  in  areas  of 
interest  to  Intemational  Development 
Education  majors.  Prerequisite:  Ap- 
proval of  program  advisor  and  instructor. 

EDF  6925  Workshop  In  Urban  Educa- 
tion (1-5).  An  opportunity  for  school  per- 
sonnel to  develop  special  competencies 
in  teaching  in  an  urban  environment. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

EDF  6212  Research  Problems  In  Edu- 
cational Psychology  (3).  Critical  analy- 
sis of  research  trends  and  topics  in 
educational  psychology  with  specific 
relevance  to  counseling,  school  psychol- 
ogy, or  special  education.  Students  pre- 
pare a  prospectus  for  thesis. 

EDF  6972  Thesis  In  Intemational  De- 
velopment Education  (3-9).  A  thesis  is 
required  of  students  in  International  De- 
velopment Education  which  demon- 
strates tfie  application  of  their  analytical, 
conceptual,  and  technical  skills  to  a  spe- 
cific educational  development  problem. 
Prerequisite:  Final  semester  standing  in 
the  Intemational  Development  Educa- 
tion Master's  degree  program. 

EDF  7934  Seminar  In  the  Social  Foun- 
dations of  Education  (3).  Provides  a 
social  and  philosophical  frame  of  refer- 
ence reflecting  the  society  in  which  edu- 
cation occurs  and  the  resulting 
implications  for  the  functioning  of 
schools.  Prerequisites:  M.S.  or  equiva- 
lent and  at  least  one  graduate  course  in 
history,  philosophy  or  sodology,  or 
equivalent. 

EDG  5325  Analysis  of  Teaching  (3). 

Examination  of  the  research  on  instruc- 
tion in  teaching,  sind  the  development  of 
skills  in  the  observation  and  analysis  of 
teacher  behavior. 

EDG  5414C  Instructional  Strategies 
for  the  Classroom  Teacher  (4).  This 
course  is  spedfically  designed  for  the 
Modified  Master's  Program  in  Educa- 
tion. Focus  is  on  generic  teaching  strate- 
gies suitable  for  teaching  in  South 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 127 


Rorida.  Special  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  thte  development  of  com- 
petance  and  l^nowledge  supportive  of  a 
reflective  practitioner.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  Instructor. 

EDG  5707  Cultural  and  Cross-Cul- 
tural  Studies  (3).  Oven/iew  of  Immigra- 
tion patterns  In  U.S.,  discussions  of 
theories  of  ethnicity,  acculturation,  inter- 
cultural  communication.  Development  of 
teaching  strategies  for  multicultural 
classrooms.  Multicultural  Issues  In  ele- 
mentary, secondary,  adult,  vocational, 
and  special  education  will  also  be  ad- 
dressed. 

EDG  5757  Curriculum  Development 
for  Bilingual  Programs  (3).  Presents 
curriculum  designs  and  plans  for  bilin- 
gual schooling.  Examines  materials 
available  for  bilingual  classes,  with  em- 
phasis on  adaptations  and  original  crea- 
tions to  meet  local  needs.  Issues  In 
elementary,  secondary,  adult,  voca- 
tional, and  special  education  will  £tlso  be 
addressed. 

EDG  6250  Curriculum  Development 
(3).  Development  of  basic  technical  con- 
structs of  curriculum.  Planning  of  reality- 
based  educational  programs  at  all  levels 
of  schooling. 

EDG  6286  Curriculum  Evaluation  and 
Improvement  In  Urban  School  Sys- 
tems (3).  Development  of  skills  in  cur- 
riculum evaluation  and  strategies  for 
improvement  of  on-going  curriculum. 

EDG  6693  Problems  In  Curriculum 
and  Instruction:  Elementary  (3).  Inves- 
tigation of  current  problems  and  solu- 
tions to  essential  curricular  and 
insbxictlonal  issues  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. Prerequisites:  EDE  6205,  EDE 
6225  or  equivalent. 

EDG  6694  Problems  in  Curriculum 
and  Instruction:  Middle  Scfiool  (3).  In- 
vestigation of  current  problems  and  solu- 
tions to  essential  curricular  and 
Instiuctlonal  Issues  In  Middle  School 
education.  Prerequisite:  ESE6215or 
equivalent. 

EDG  6695  Problems  In  Curriculum 
and  Instruction:  H\gh  School  (3).  In- 
vestigation of  cun'ent  problems  and  solu- 
tions to  essential  curricular  and 
instructional  Issues  in  high  scfx>ol  educa- 
tion. Prerequisite:  ESE  6215  or  equiva- 
lent. 

EDG  6920  Colloquium  In  Curriculum 
and  Instruction  (1-6).  Selected  read- 
ings, presentations  and  discussions  on 
topics  related  to  curriculum  and  instruc- 
tion. Colloqula  considers  specific  topics 
related  to  Issues,  b'ends  and  applica- 


tions In  the  broad  field  of  education.  Pre- 
requisite: Masters  Degree. 

EDG  6925  Wori(shop  In  General  Pro- 
fessional Education  (1-3).  Offers  an 
opportunity  for  school  personnel  to  par- 
ticipate In  a  problem -oriented  wori<shop 
in  one  of  the  fields  of  general  profes- 
sional education. 

EDG  6943  Supervised  Field  Experi- 
ence (1-5).  Students  are  provided  an  op- 
portunity to  perform  supervisory  duties 
appropriate  to  tfie  students  professional 
goals.  Only  advanced  graduate  stu- 
dents are  permitted  to  enroll. 

EDG  7222  Theory  and  Research  (3). 

Theories  of  curriculum  organization  and 
a  survey  of  curriculum  research  and  his- 
torical patterns  of  curriculum  develop- 
ment. Prerequisite:  EDG  6250. 

EDG  7362  Theory  and  Research  (3). 

Theories  of  instruction  and  research  in 
the  learning  process,  creativity,  tfie 
thought  process,  human  relations  and 
group  dynamic  and  otiier  fields  related 
to  tPie  development  of  Instructional  \he- 
ory  and  practice.  Prerequisites:  EDG 
6250  Psycfxjiogy  of  Learning  or  equiva- 
lent. 

EDG  7391  Seminar  In  Instructional 
Leadership  (3).  Review  theories  of 
change  and  organizational  development 
applicable  to  education.  Discussion  of 
rules  and  functions  of  supervisors,  cur- 
riculum developers  and  other  leaders  in 
tfie  instixictlonal  process.  Prerequisites: 
EDS  61 15  or  EDS  6050. 

EDG  7665  Seminar  in  Curriculum  (3). 

Provides  advanced  doctoral  students 
thie  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  high 
level  seminar  focused  on  Identifying  the 
forces  wrtiich  shape  cuniculum  theory 
and  practice.  Prerequisite:  EDG  7222. 

EDG  7938  Doctoral  Seminar  In  In- 
structional Leadership  (3).  Advanced 
doctoral  studies  In  cun-ent  thieorjes  and 
research  related  to  Instructional  leader- 
ship. Prerequisite:  EDG  7391. 

EDG  7980  Doctoral  Dissertation  (3- 
20).  Original  contribution  to  knowledge 
In  major  field.  Prerequisite:  doctoral  can- 
didate. 

EDH  6905  Directed  Independent 
Study  (1-6).  Specialized  Intensive  study 
In  higher  education  and/or  community 
college  in  areas  of  interest  to  the  stu- 
dent. Subject  to  approval  of  program  ad- 
visor. Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

EDH  6925  Wori(shop  In  Higher  Educa- 
tion/Community College  (1-6).  Inten- 
sive development  of  selected 
competencies  related  to  instructional 


curricular,  staff  development  and/or  ad- 
ministrative skills  of  special  interest  to 
students  In  higher  education  and  com- 
munity college.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  Instructor. 

EDH  6935  Special  Topics  In  Higher 
Educatlon/Corrvnunity  College  (1-6). 

This  course  provides  for  the  examina- 
tion of  special  aspects  of  higher  educa- 
tion of  Interest  to  students  In  higher 
education  and  community  college  teach- 
ing. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Instruc- 
tor. 

EDH  7065  Higher  Education:  Philo- 
sophical/Historical Perspectives  (3). 

This  course  examines  basic  philosophi- 
cal positions  in  higlier  education;  and 
ttie  history  of  American  higher  educa- 
tion. A  contemporary  philosophical  posi- 
tion Is  then  developed. 

EDH  7204  Higher  Education:  Commu- 
nity College  (3).  This  course  examines 
ttie  structure  of  the  community  college 
Including:  curriculum;  administration  and 
legal  aspects;  the  community  college 
concept;  technical  and  career  programs 
and  current  Issues  and  problems. 

EDH  7225  Higher  Education:  Develop- 
mental Programs  (3).  This  course  ex- 
amines tiie  spectrum  of  developmental 
programs  In  higher  education.  Special 
attention  Is  given  to  program  stiucture, 
academic  support  systems  and  curricula 
designed  to  increase  student  achieve- 
ment. 

EDH  7307  Higher  Education:  Instruc- 
tional Methods  (4).  This  course  will  de- 
velop knowledge  of  and  skill  In  tfie  use 
of  higher  education  instructional  meth- 
ods, such  as  lectijre,  discussion,  demon- 
stration, TV  Instruction,  and  computer 
assisted  instruction. 

EDH  7980  Dissertation  In  Community 
College  Teaching  (1-10).  Research  for 
doctoral  dissertation.  Prerequisites:  Ad- 
vancement to  candidacy  in  tiie  doctoral 
program  arx)  completion  of  all  other  doc- 
toral requirements.  Course  may  be  re- 
peated as  needed. 

EDS  6050  Supervision  and  Staff  De- 
velopment (3).  Competencies  in  super- 
vision and  staff  development.  Focus  is 
on  functions,  tasks,  and  job  dimensions 
of  educational  leaders  who  serve  as  su- 
pervisors and  providers  of  staff  develop- 
ment activities. 

EDS  61 15  School  Personnel  Manage- 
ment (3).  Competencies  required  of  ef- 
fective school  personnel.  Focus  Is  on 
skills  needed  for  exercising  leadership 
In  school  personnel  selection,  evalu- 
ation, and  development. 


128  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


EEC  5906  Individual  Study  In  Early 
Childiiood  Education  (1-3).  Individual 
Investigation  in  the  area  of  preschool 
and  early  childhood  education.  Permis- 
sion of  Instnjctor  required. 

EEC  5926  Workshop  In  Eariy  Child- 
hood Education  (3).  An  opportunity  for 
teachers  to  continue  to  develop  compe- 
tency in  a  specified  area  under  the  guid- 
ance of  a  specialist  in  selected  fields  in 
preschool  and  early  childhood  educa- 
tion. 

EEC  6261  Education  Programs  for 
Younger  Children  (3).  Programs  devel- 
oped for  young  children;  curriculum 
trends  t)ased  on  contemporary  psycho- 
logical, educational,  and  sociological  re- 
search. 

EEC  6612  Screening  and  Assessing 
for  Assignment  of  Preventative,  De- 
velopmental, and  Enrichment  Strate- 
gies for  Primary  Children  (3). 

Designed  to  assist  the  primary  teacher 
and  primary  specialist  to  understand  the 
processes  of  and  methods  for  screen- 
ing, assessing,  and  assignment  of  pre- 
ventative, developmental,  and 
enrichment  strategies  for  primary  chil- 
dren. 

EEC  6678  Research  in  Eariy  Child- 
hood Education  (3).  Expose  students 
to  research  in  eariy  childhood  education 
and  the  paradigms  associated  with  this 
research.  Teach  students  to  be  critical 
readers  of  this  research.  Prepare  stu- 
dents for  thesis.  Prerequisite:  EDF  5481 . 

EEC  6932  Seminar  in  Eariy  Childhood 
Education  (3).  Advanced  study  of  criti- 
cal issues  aixj  prot>lems  in  preschool 
and  eariy  childhood  education. 

EEC  6948  Supervised  Experience  in 
Eariy  Childhood  Education  (3-9).  Raid 
wori<  in  educational  institutions  and  or- 
ganizations in  preschnol  and  eariy  child- 
hood education. 

EEC  6971  Thesis  in  Eariy  Childhood 
Education  (6).  Design  and  preparation 
of  an  original  scholariy  investigation  in 
eariy  childhood  education.  Prereq- 
uisites: EDF  5481,  EEC  6678,  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Corequisite:  EEC 
6932. 

EEC  7932  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Eariy 
Childhood  Education  (3).  Advanced 
doctoral  study  of  current  tfieories  and  re- 
search related  to  eariy  childhood  educa- 
tion. Topics  will  vary  and  may  include: 
social,  cognitive,  affective  and  language 
development.  Prerequisite:  EDF  6486. 

EED  6226  Advanced  Theory  and  Prac- 
tice: Emotional  Handicaps  (3).  Major 
theories  In  the  area  of  betnavior  disor- 


ders, and  skills  in  the  application  of 
these  theories  to  education.  Prereq- 
uisite: EED  4227  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

EElk  5250  Reading  for  Exceptional 
Students  (3).  Instructional  and  curricu- 
lar  adaptations  and  modifications  of  de- 
velopmental reading  programs  for 
students  for  varying  exceptionalities. 
Prerequisite:  RED  4150  or  equivalent. 

EEX  5771/HME  5255  Independent  Uv- 
ing  for  the  Handicapped  (3).  Explores 
the  special  home  and  personal  living 
skills  required  in  order  for  persons  with 
mental  and  physical  limitations  to 
achieve  ttieir  maximum  independence. 
Suitable  for  students  in  psychoeduca- 
tional  services,  health,  physical  educa- 
tion and  recreation,  social  wori<,  home 
economics,  or  anyone  planning  to  work 
with  the  elderiy  or  handicapped.  Ap- 
proved for  certification  for  teachers  of 
the  mentally  retarded. 

EEX  6051  Exceptional  Children  and 
Youth  (3).  Significant  concepts  in  rela- 
tion to  the  learning  and  adjustment  prob- 
lems of  exceptional  children  and  youth. 
Field  experience  and  graduate  project 
required. 

EEX  6060  Curriculum  Planning  and 
Development  in  Special  Education 
(3).  This  course  stresses  special  educa- 
tion curriculum  content  and  methodolo- 
gies, and  emphasizes  the  learning 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children 
and  youth.  Curriculum  planning  and  de- 
velopment as  a  generic  process  will  be 
also  reviewed.  Prerequisite:  EEX  4241 . 

EEX  6072  IMainstreaming  Exceptional 
Children:  Issues  and  Techniques  (3). 

Awareness  of  issues  underiying  the 
movement  to  mainstream  mildly  handi- 
capped students.  Techniques  and  proce- 
dures for  effective  mainstreaming  of 
these  students. 

EEX  6106  Diagnostic  Teaching:  Ac- 
quisition of  Language  and  Reading 
Skills  (3).  Concepts  in  acquisition  and 
development  of  language  and  reading 
skills. 

EEX  6203  Advanced  Psychologi- 
cal/Sociological Aspects  of  Excep- 
tionality (3).  Advanced  psychological 
and  social  aspects  of  fiandicapping  con- 
ditions in  relationship  to  classroom  be- 
havior and  community  functioning. 

EEX  6208  Medical  Aspects  of  Disabil- 
ity (3).  Medical  etiology  and  remediation 
of  disability.  Includes  genetic,  biochemi- 
cal, nutritional,  and  physical  agents  in  re- 
tardation, learning  handicaps,  and 
emotional  illness.  Prerequisite:  EEX 
3202  or  equivalent. 


EEX  621 1  Assessntent  of  Behavior  I 

(3).  Basic  concepts  in  assessment  tfie- 
ory.  Competencies  in  using  a  variety  of 
standardized  tests  In  assessing  and  writ- 
ing educational  prescriptions  for  children 
with  disorder  in  visual,  auditory  and  hap- 
tic  processir)g,  in  language,  or  integra- 
tive systems. 

EEX  6227  Diagnostic  Teaching:  Edu- 
cational Assessment  (3).  Skill  in  appli- 
cation of  assessment  theory  to  class- 
room diagnosis  and  to  tfie  development 
of  instructional  objectives. 

EEX  6301  Research  In  Cognitive  Proc- 
ess (3).  Review  of  research  and  theory 
pertaining  to  cognitive  development  of 
exceptional  individuals.  Applications  of 
theory  and  research  include  cognitive 
strategy  training  and  enhancement  of  at- 
tention and  memory.  Prerequisite:  EEX 
6165  or  DEP  6645. 

EEX  6417  Guidance  and  Counseling 
of  Gifted  Students  (3).  Affective  devel- 
opment, parental  involvement,  counsel- 
ing theories,  underachieving  gifted. 

EEX  6535  Seminar  In  Special  Educa- 
tion School  Administration  (3).  Prob- 
lems in  school  administration  and 
patterns  of  curriculum  organization  as 
tfiey  relate  to  thte  handicapped.  Focus 
on  conceptual  frameworks,  change  fac- 
tors, and  future  trends  in  special  educa- 
tion. Prerequisite:  EEX  6051  or 
equivalent. 

EEX  6846  Diagnostic  Teaching:  Ad- 
vanced Practicum  (3).  Application  of  di- 
agnostic teaching  models  to  indivi- 
dualized, remedial,  and  compensatory 
instructional  programs. 

EEX  6863  Supervised  Field  Experi- 
ence in  Special  Education  (3-9).  Dem- 
onstration of  the  full  range  of  compe- 
tencies in  diagnostic  teaching  learned 
throughout  the  program.  Intemship 
placements  include  a  variety  of  field  set- 
tings. 

EEX  6906  Individual  Study  in  Special 
Education  (1-6).  Concepts  or  compe- 
tencies contracted  for  by  graduate  stu- 
dents with  an  instructor. 

EEX  6927  Workshop  In  Special  Edu- 
cation (1-6).  Selected  competencies  in 
special  education,  developed  in  short- 
term,  intensive  workshops. 

EEX  6937  Seminars  In  Special  Educa- 
tion (3,  repeatable  to  9).  A.  Topics  in 
Mental  Retardation.  B.  Topics  in  Specific 
Learning  Disabilities  C.  Topics  in  Behav- 
ior Disorders. 

EEX  7980  Doctoral  Dissertation  (3- 
20).  Original  contribution  to  knowledge 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 129 


in  major  field.  Prerequisite:  Doctoral  can- 
didate. 

EGC  5305  Educational-Vocational 

Counseling  (3).  Concepts  and  sl<ills  per- 
taining to  vocational  development,  infor- 
mation systems,  career  education 
programs,  educational-vocational  coun- 
seling, and  socio-psychological  Influ- 
ences on  career  development. 

EGC  5405  Introduction  to  Counseling 
(3).  Majortlieoretical  concepts  in  coun- 
seling, competencies  In  relationship- 
building,  interviewing,  role-playing, 
simulation,  and  micro-counseling. 

EGC  5425  Crisis  Counseling  and  In- 
tervention (3).  Prevention  and  interven- 
tion stategies  in  crisis  situations 
including  child  abuse  and  neglect,  sui- 
cide, substance  abuse,  AIDS,  and  per- 
sonal loss. 

EGC  6203  Measurement  and  Ap- 
praisal In  Counseling  (3).  Concepts 
and  sl^ills  related  to  the  use  of  tests  and 
other  appraisal  procedures  in  counsel- 
ing. Particular  emphasis  on  career  and 
vocational  choice  processes.  l.aboratory 
experiences  included. 

EGC  6469  Counseling  the  Culturally 
Different  (3).  Concepts  and  skills  in- 
volved in  counseling  clients  with  back- 
grounds different  from  the  majority 
culture. 

EGC  6510  Theories  in  Group  Dynam- 
ics (3).  Systematic  examination  of  vari- 
ous tfieories  and  relevant  research  used 
in  study  of  small  group  pfienomena.  Pre- 
requisites: EGC  6725,  EGC  6729,  EGC 
6709. 

EGC  6540  Group  Counseling  (3).  Ex- 
ploration of  roles  and  function  of  group 
counseling  In  meeting  client  needs  in  a 
variety  of  settings.  Prerequisites:  EGC 
5405,  EGC  6725,  EGC  6726. 

EGC  6560  Advanced  Group  Develop- 
ment Latwratory  (3).  Development  of 
advanced  skills  in  ttie  analysis  and  un- 
derstanding of  group  process,  function, 
and  structures  through  actual  observa- 
tion of  an  ongoing  group.  Prerequisites: 
EGC  6725,  EGC  6726. 

EGC  6569  Organization  Development 
in  Education  (3).  Analysis  of  theory  and 
practice  of  organization  development 
and  p)lanned  change  in  educational  sys- 
tems. Prerequisites:  EGC  6725,  EGC 
6726,  EGC  6709. 

EGC  6605  Professional  Problems  in 
Counseling  (3).  Competencies  in  re- 
gard to  ttie  development  of  major  role 
and  service  models  and  the  application 
of  budgeting  systems,  legal,  and  ethical 


standards  in  a  psycho-educational  set- 
ting. 

EGC  6616  Program  Evaluation  In  the 
Helping  Professions  (3).  Evaluation 
skills  in  tfie  student's  area  of  specializa- 
tion, including  competencies  in  design- 
ing evaluation  proposals  and  conducting 
an  actual  program  evaluation.  Prereq- 
uisite: EDF  5481. 

EGC  6676  Supervised  Field  Experi- 
ence in  Counseling  (10).  Demonstra- 
tion of  ttie  full  range  of  competencies 
learned  throughout  the  program  in  Coun- 
seling. Internship  placements  Include  a 
variety  of  field  settings. 

EGC  6678  Supervised  Field  Experi- 
ence in  School  Psychology  (10).  (Dem- 
onstration of  the  full  range  of 
competencies  learned  throughout  the 
program  in  School  Psychology.  Intern- 
ship placements  Include  a  variety  of 
field  settings. 

EGC  6705C  Principles  of  Design  in 
Group  Intervention:  Role  of  the  Con- 
sultant (3).  Focuses  on  role  of  leader  or 
trainer  in  complex  training  design  in 
leadership  and  human  relations  training. 
Emphasis  on  Diagnostic  and  behavioral 
skills  that  help  groups  become  more  ef- 
fective. Prerequisites:  EGC  6725,  EGC 
6726,  EGC  6510,  EGC  6509. 

EGC  6707  Applied  Behavioral  Analy- 
sis in  Counseling  and  Education  (3). 

Concepts  and  skills  in  using  behavior 
modification:  functional  analysis  of  be- 
havior, precision  teaching,  token  econo- 
mies, contingency  contracting,  parent 
and/or  teacher  consultation. 

EGC  6708  Advanced  Counseling  and 
Consultation:  Theory  and  Practice 

(3).  Extended  laboratory  experiences 
stressing  the  development  of  skills  in  be- 
havioral approaches  to  individual  and 
group  counseling,  consultation,  parent 
education,  and  in-service  training.  Pre- 
requisites: EGC  5405  and  EGC  6707  or 
equivalent. 

EGC  6709  Human  Interaction  III:  Or- 
ganizadoruii  Consultation  (3).  Theo- 
retical concepts  and  skills  in 
organizational  development  and 
change.  Competencies  in  systems  diag- 
nosis and  assessment,  consultation, 
agenda  setting,  team  building,  decision- 
making, and  feedback.  Prerequisite: 
EGC  6726. 

EGC  6725  Human  Interaction  I:  Group 
Process  and  Social  Behavior  (3).  Con- 
cepts, research,  and  theory  relative  to 
small  group  process.  Students  will  par- 
ticipate in  small  face-to-face  task 
groups,  with  an  emphasis  on  developing 


competencies  in  diagnosis  and  interven- 
tion in  small  groups. 

EGC  6726  Hunrwn  Interaction  II: 
Analysis  of  Group  Participation  (3). 

Participation  In  an  on-going  group  with 
attention  given  to  examination  of  proc- 
esses of  small  group  phenomena  such 
as  interpersonal  communication,  norms, 
decision-making,  leadership,  authority, 
and  membership.  Prerequisite:  EGC 
6725. 

EGC  6822  Advanced  Practlcum  In 
Counseling  (3).  Advanced  competen- 
cies in  counseling  and  consultation.  Pre- 
requisite: Admission  to  ttie  Certificate  or 
Degree  program. 

EGC  6905  Individual  Study  In  Coun- 
seling and  School  Psychology  (1-6). 

Competencies  contracted  for  between  a 
student  and  an  instructor  in  accordance 
with  the  student's  irxjlvidual  needs. 

EGC  6936  Seminars  in  Counseling 
and  Education  (3,  repeatable  to  9). 

Special  topics  in  relation  to  counseling 
or  school  psychology. 

EGI  5051  Nature  and  Needs  of  the 
Gifted  (3).  Identification  and  placement 
procedures,  history  of  the  field,  and  psy- 
chological factors  affecting  development 
of  ttie  gifted-talented. 

EGI  5232  Educational  Procedures 
and  Curriculum  for  Gifted  (3).  Basic 
curriculum  models  in  education  of  ttie 
gifted.  Relation  of  models  to  planning, 
implementation  in  traditional  class- 
rooms, resource  rooms,  and  special 
classes. 

EIA  5811  Equipment  and  Facilities 
Planning  (3).  Competency:  Utilization  of 
research,  design,  and  engineering 
knowledge  and  skills  to  plan  laboratory 
facilities  and  equipment. 

EIA  5905  Individual  Study  (1-3).  Com- 
petency: The  ability  to  identity,  research, 
and  report  on  an  industrial  arts  protslem 
of  interest  to  the  student.  Subject  to  ap- 
proval of  program  advisor. 

EIA  5925L  Wori(shop  In  Technology 
Education  (3).  Competency:  Selected 
competencies  related  to  instructional 
and  technical  areas. 

EIA  6683  Instructional  Projects  Devel- 
opment (3).  Competency:  Knowledge 
and  skill  in  developing  innovative  instruc- 
tional projects  for  use  in  industrisil  arts 
programs,  grade  7-12.  (Includes  pro- 
jects for  handicapped  and  disadvan- 
taged.) 

EIA  6931  Analysis  of  Technology  Edu- 
cation (3).  Competency:  Knowledge  of 


130  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


technology  education  at  the  national, 
state,  and  local  levels. 

ELD  6323  Advanced  Theory  and  Prac- 
tice: Specific  Learning  Disabilities 
(3).  Major  concepts  In  the  area  of  spe- 
cific learning  disability,  and  skills  in  the 
application  of  these  concepts  to  educa- 
tion. Prerequisite:  ELD  4240  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

EME  5315  Instructional  Media  (3).  De- 
velopment of  competencies  for  effective 
selection  and  utilization  of  instructional 
media.  Consideration  of  sources,  selec- 
tion, evaluation,  and  methods  of  imple- 
menting media. 

EME  5403  Introduction  to  Instruc- 
tional Delivery  Systems  (3).  A  study  of 
tfie  rapidly  expanding  electronic  media 
technology  and  its  impact  on  instruc- 
tional delivery.  Prerequisite:  EME  3402 
or  EME  6405. 

EME  5945  Workshop  Computer  Edu- 
cation (1-3).  Offers  an  opportunity  for 
teachers  arid  trainers  to  participate  in  ac- 
tivities using  specific  computer  applica- 
tions. 

EME  6405  Computers  in  the  Class- 
rooms (3).  Learriing  to  use  microcom- 
puters in  a  school  setting.  Emphasis  on 
evaluating  and  documenting  software; 
creation  of  classroom  materials  leading 
to  development  of  useful  software. 

EME  6406  Microcomputers  as  Teach- 
ing Tools  (3).  This  course  develops  abil- 
ity to  use  the  miaocomputer  as  an 
object,  medium,  and  manager  of  instruc- 
tion in  the  classroom.  Prerequisite:  EME 
6405  or  EME  3402  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

EME  6407C  Instructional  Program- 
ming for  Teachers  (3).  An  introductory 
course  for  teachers  to  use  BASIC  to 
write  educational  programs  appropriate 
to  the  teacher's  area  of  specialization. 
Prerequisite:  EME  3402  or  EME  6405  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EME  6412  Educational  Courseware 
Evaluation  and  Development  (3).  This 
course  develops  ability  to  select,  evalu- 
ate, design  ,  and  utilize  appropriate  soft- 
ware for  the  school  curriculum. 
Prerequisites:  EME  6405  or  EME  3402 
and  one  computer  language  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

EME  6628  Administrative  and  Instruc- 
tional Applications  of  Technology  (3). 

Topics  of  this  course  include  data  man- 
agement, instructional  management, 
teleconferencing,  scheduling,  and  pro- 
ductivity software  for  educational  lead- 
ers and  school  managers. 


EME  6905  Independent  Study:  Com- 
puter Education  (1-3).  The  course  pro- 
vides an  opportunity  for  tfie  student  to 
plan  and  carry  out  an  independent  study 
project  under  direction.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

EMR  6852  Advanced  Theory  and 
Practice:  Mental  Retardation  (3).  Ma- 
jor concepts  in  the  area  of  mental  retar- 
dation and  skills  in  the  application  of 
these  concepts  to  education.  Prereq- 
uisite: EMR  4251  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

ESE  6215  Secondary  School  Curricu- 
lum (3).  Examination  of  programs, 
trends,  and  developments  in  curriculum 
and  instruction  in  thie  secondary  school. 
Consideration  and  evaluation  of  innova- 
tions. 

ESE  6425  Research  In  Secondary 
Education  (1-3)(ARR).  Examination 
and  evaluation  of  research  studies  in 
secondary  education.  Prerequisite:  At 
least  one  course  in  research  methods  or 
equivalent  competency.  (Determination 
of  equivalent  competency  will  be  made 
by  the  instructor.) 

ESE  6925  Wortcshop  in  Secondary 
Education  (1-3)(ARR).  Production  and 
application  of  materials  and  techniques 
in  a  lalx)ratory  or  field  setting.  Prereq- 
uisite: Consent  of  instructor. 

ESE  6935  Seminar  in  Secondary  Edu- 
cation (1-3)(ARR).  Analysis  of  selected 
problems  in  secondary  education. 

ESE  6947  Supervised  Reld  Experi- 
ence (3-9)(ARR).  Reld  wori<  in  an  edu- 
cational institution  or  organization. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  Chairperson  of 
the  Division. 

EVT  5078  Technical  Education  in 
American  Society  (3).  Competency: 
Knowledge  of  thie  basic  role  and  current 
status  of  technical  education  in  an  indus- 
trial democracy. 

EVT  51 56  Teaching  Career  Related 
Activities  (3).  Competency:  Integration 
and  articulation  of  career  concepts  and 
activities  with  regular  curriculum. 

EVT  5168  Curriculum  Development  in 
Vocational  Education  (3).  Compe- 
tency: Basic  knowledge  and  skill  in  ana- 
lyzing, planning,  organizing,  and 
developing  curriculum  in  an  area  of  spe- 
cialization. 

EVT  5255  Cooperative  Vocational 
Education  Programs  (3).  Competency: 
Knowledge  and  skill  in  the  basic  philoso- 
phy, principles,  processes,  arxi  proce- 
dures of  the  cooperative  method  in 
vocational  and  technical  education. 


EVT  5265  Supervision  and  Coordina- 
tion of  Vocattonal  Education  Pro- 
grams (3).  Competency:  Knowledge 
and  skill  in  tfie  supervision  of  personnel 
arxi  tfie  coordination  of  work  to  achieve 
institutional  goals. 

EVT  5315  Improvement  of  Teaching 
Strategies  in  Health  Occupations  and 
Nursing  Education  (3).  Competency: 
Knowledge  and  skills  in  methods  of 
teaching  and  clinical  performance  evalu- 
ation appropriate  to  the  health  field  and 
development  of  teaching.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

EVT  5317  Occupational  Analyses  In 
Health  Occupations  and  Nursing  Edu- 
cation (3).  Competency:  Analysis  of  cur- 
rent trends  in  area  of  fiealth  specialty 
and  tfieir  application  to  teaching  learn- 
ing situations  in  health  occupations  edu- 
cation. Prerequisites:  Currently 
teaching,  permission  of  instructor  and 
professional  liability  insurance. 

EVT  5369  Vocational  Educational  Me- 
dia (3).  Competency:  Knowledge  and 
skill  in  selecting,  developing,  and  utiliz- 
ing vocational  instructional  media  forms 
to  communicate  or  demonstrate  con- 
cepts. 

EVT  5505  Vocational  Laboratory  Ac- 
tivities for  Teachers  of  the  Handi- 
capped (3).  Competency:  The  use  of 
projects,  tools,  materials  and  equipment 
to  facilitate  training  the  occupationally 
fiandicapped,  physically  handicapped, 
and  mentally  retarded.  Approved  for  cer- 
tification for  teachers  of  the  mentally  re- 
tarded. 

EVT  5650  Trends  and  Issues  in  Voca- 
tional Education  (3).  Competency:  A 
knowledge  of  the  basic  philosophical 
and  curricular  trends  and  issues  in  voca- 
tional-technical education  at  the  interna- 
tional, national,  state,  and  local  levels. 

EVT  5664  Community  Relations  and 
Resources  for  Vocational  Education 
(3).  Competency:  Knowledge  and  skill  in 
developing  and  utilizing  community  re- 
sources and  establishing  public  rela- 
tions procedures  and  practices  to 
implement  vocational  education  pro- 
grams. 

EVT  5695  International  Comparative 
Vocational  Education  (3).  Compe- 
tency: Skill  and  knowledge  in  compari- 
son of  vocational  education  in  tfie 
United  States  in  terms  of  purposes,  sys- 
tems, and  problems  with  those  of  se- 
lected foreign  countries. 

EVT  5769  Evaluation  In  Vocational 
and  Technical  Education  (3).  Compe- 
tency: Knowledge  and  skills  in  the  use 
of  tests  and  measurements,  to  evaluate 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 131 


teaching  and  learning  effectiveness  and 
the  validity  of  objectives. 

EVT  5905  Individual  Study  (1-3).  Com- 
petency: The  ability  to  identify,  research, 
and  report  on  a  special  problem  of  inter- 
est to  the  student.  Subject  to  approval 
of  program  advisor. 

EVT  5925  Workshop  in  Vocational 
Education  (1-6).  Competency:  Selected 
competencies  related  to  instructional 
and  technical  areas. 

EVT  5927  Woricshop  In  Health  Occu- 
pations Education  (1-3).  Competency: 
Selected  competencies  related  to 
Health  Occupations  Education. 

EVT  6264  Administration  of  Voca- 
Uonal  Education  Programs  (3).  Com- 
petency: Knowledge  of  the  principles, 
practices,  functions,  and  roles  of  admini- 
stration in  the  operation  of  vocational 
education  programs. 

EVT  6267  Program  Planning  In  Voca- 
tional Education  (3).  Competency: 
Knowledge  and  skill  necessary  to  deter- 
mine vocational  program  feasibility  and 
implementation  of  new  programs.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing. 

EVT  6318  Issues  in  Health  Occupa- 
tions and  Nursing  Education.  (3). 

Competency:  Identification  and  examina- 
tfon  of  current  issues  in  Health  Occupa- 
tions and  Nursing  Education.  Prere- 
quisites: Currently  teacNng,  permission 
of  instructor. 

EVT  6359  Vocattonat  Education  in  a 
IMuitlcuitural  Setting  (3).  Competency: 
Knowledge  and  skill  in  developing  and 
modifying  vocational  education  pro- 
grams, materials,  and  practices  for  a 
multicultural  setting.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing. 

EVT  6760  Research  in  Vocationat  Edu- 
cation (3).  Competency:  Knowledge 
and  skill  in  identifying,  defining,  collect- 
ing, analyzing,  and  synthesizing  re- 
search-related problems  in  vocational 
and  adult  education.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing. 

EVT  6790  Program  Evaluation  in  Vo- 
cational Technical  Educatk>n  (3). 

Competency:  Knowledge  and  skill 
needed  to  conduct  a  systematic  evalu- 
ation of  vocational-technical  education 
programs.  Prerequisites:  Graduate 
standing  and  EDF  5432  or  equivalent. 

EVT  6925  Graduate  Workshop  In  Vo- 
cational Education  (1-6).  Competency: 
Selected  competencies  related  to  pro- 
fessional and  program  areas. 

EVT  6930  Seminar  In  Vocational  Edu- 
cation (3).  Competency:  The  applica- 


tion of  knowledge  and  skills  to  solve  spe- 
cial instnjctional,  curricular  arxi/or  ad- 
ministrative and  supervisory  problems 
and  issues  in  vocational  education.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing. 

EVT  6946  Supervised  Field  Experi- 
ence (3-6).  Competency:  Application 
and  refinement  of  competencies  in 
eitfier  classroom,  laboratory,  or  admini- 
stration and  supervision,  via  school- 
based  field  experiences.  Placement  is 
subject  to  approval  of  program  leader. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

EVT  6947  Internship  in  Vocational 
Education  (3).  Competency:  Kmwl- 
edge  and  skill  in  a  new  leadership  set- 
ting, relative  to  the  student's  selected 
area  of  emphasis.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing. 

FAD  5260  Family  Development  (3).  Dy- 
namics of  family  interaction  and  struc- 
ture, including  analysis  of  socio- 
economic and  cultural  influences,  crisis- 
producing  situations,  eind  current  issues 
and  trends  affecting  the  family  unit. 

FAD  5450  Human  Sexuality  (3).  Pro- 
vides a  cognitive  overview  of  human 
sexuality.  Main  emphasis  is  on  the  affec- 
tive dimension  -  an  exploration  of  atti- 
tudes and  values  related  to  sexuality. 

FLE  5895  Bilingual  Education  Teach- 
ing Methodologies  (3).  Examination  of 
various  approaches  to  t)ilingual  educa- 
tion, including  specific  school  and  class- 
room organizations.  Development  of 
specific  instructional  strategies  for  bilin- 
gual students.  Issues  in  elementary,  sec- 
ondary, adult,  vocational,  and  special 
education  will  also  be  addressed. 

FLE  5908  individual  Study  (1-3)(ARR). 

The  student  plans  and  carries  out  an  in- 
dependent study  project  under  direction. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

FLE  5945  Practlcum:  Modern  Lan- 
guages (6).  Supervised  teaching  in  a 
junior  or  senior  high  school.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  the  Alternate  Track 
Master's  Program  and  completion  of  pre- 
requisite coursewori<  in  education  and 
subject  matter  area. 

FLE  6336  Methods  of  Teaching  Mod- 
em Language  (3).  A  modem  study  of 
language  learning  and  teaching  from 
the  theoretical  and  practical  points  of 
view,  including  the  evaluation  and  devel- 
opment of  techtniques  and  materials  for 
second  language  teaching.  Prerequisite: 
LIN  3010  or  ENG  3500  or  equivalent. 

FLE  6925  Workshop  in  Second  Lan- 
guage Education  (1-3)(ARR).  Produc- 
tion and  application  of  materials  and 


techniques  in  second  language  educa- 
tion in  a  laboratory  or  field  setting. 

FLE  6938  Seminar  In  Second  Lan- 
guage Testing  (3).  Advanced  study  and 
research  on  current  topics  and  Issues  In 
the  field  of  second  language  education. 
\feriety  of  topics  to  Include  language 
testing,  language  proficiency,  language 
and  society,  billnguai-bicultural  educa- 
tion, and  error  analysis  and  the  lan- 
guage learner. 

HEE  5335  Trends  in  Vocational  Home 
Economics  Education  (3).  Compe- 
tency: Knowledge  of  cun-ent  social,  eco- 
nomic, and  educational  issues  affecting 
tfie  field  of  vocational  home  economics. 

HEE  5360  Teaching  Child  Develop- 
ment (3).  Course  is  designed  to  up- 
grade competency  in  planning, 
researching,  and  evaluating  experi- 
ences that  are  current  in  content  and 
educational  strategies. 

HEE  5361  Teaching  Consumer  Educa- 
tion and  Family  Economics  (3). 

Course  is  designed  to  upgrade  compe- 
tency in  planning,  researching,  and 
evaluating  experiences  that  are  current 
in  content  and  educational  strategies. 

HEE  5362  Teaching  Clothing  and  Tex- 
tiles (3).  Course  Is  designed  to  upgrade 
competency  in  planning,  researching, 
and  evaluating  experiences  that  are  cur- 
rent in  content  and  educational  strate- 
gies. 

HEE  5363  Teaching  Family  LHe  Edu- 
cation (3).  Course  is  designed  to  up- 
grade competency  in  planning, 
researching,  arxJ  evaluating  experi- 
ences that  are  current  in  content  and 
educational  strategies. 

HEE  5364  Teaching  Housing  and 
Home  Furnishings  (3).  Course  is  de- 
signed to  upgrade  competency  in  plan- 
ning, researching,  and  evaluating 
experiences  that  are  current  in  content 
and  educational  strategies. 

HEE  5365Teachlng  Food  and  Nutri- 
tion (3).  Course  is  designed  to  upgrade 
competency  in  planning,  researching, 
and  evaluating  experiences  that  are  cur- 
rent in  content  and  educational  strate- 
gies. 

HEE  5905  Individual  Study  (1-3).  Com- 
petency: The  ability  to  identify,  research, 
and  report  on  a  special  problem  in  voca- 
tional home  economics.  Subject  to  ap- 
proval of  program  advisor. 

HEE  5927  Special  Wortcshop  Home 
Economics  Educatk>n  (1-3).  Compe- 
tency: Skill  in  developing,  organizing, 
teaching,  evaluating,  and  administering 


132  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


programs  related  to  specified  aspects  of 
liome  economics  education. 

HEE6156  Teaching  Home  Economics 
in  Diverse  Educational  Environments 
(3).  Competency:  Knowledge  of  current 
and  evolving  strategies,  programs,  and 
materials  to  teach  and  evaluate  home 
economics. 

HEE  6915  Research  in  Home  Econom- 
ics Education  (3).  Competency:  The 
analysis  and  application  of  research  per- 
taining to  philosophy,  curriculum,  evalu- 
ation, and  teacher  education  in  home 
economics.  Subject  to  approval  of  pro- 
gram advisor. 

HEE  6928  Special  Worlcshop  in  Home 
Economics  Education  (1-3).  Compe- 
tency: Skill  in  developing,  organizing, 
teaching,  evaluating,  and  administering 
programs  related  to  specific  aspects  of 
home  economics  education. 

HEE  6937  Seminar  in  Home  Econom- 
ics Education  (3).  Competency:  Appli- 
cation of  selected  instructional, 
curricular ,  and/or  administrative  princi- 
ples and  practices  to  the  solution  of 
prolslems  of  special  Interest  to  voca- 
tional home  economics  educators.  Sub- 
ject to  approval  of  program  advisor. 

HIUIE  5225  Problems  of  Home  Man- 
agement in  Contemporary  Society 
(3).  Influence  of  diversified  cultural  im- 
pact on  management  life  styles,  with  em- 
phasis on  problems  of  management 
resources.  Discussion  of  problems  re- 
lated to  single-parent  homes,  retire- 
ment, poverty,  death,  working  parents, 
migrant  families,  and  other  human  situ- 
ations. Prerequisites:  COA  2410,  HME 
4230,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

HIUIE  5255/EEX  5771  Independent  Liv- 
ing for  the  Handicapped  (3).  Explores 
the  special  home  and  personal  living 
skills  required  in  order  for  persons  with 
mental  and  physical  limitations  to 
achieve  their  maximum  independence. 
Suitable  for  students  in  psychoeduca- 
tional  services,  health,  physical  educa- 
tion and  recreation,  social  work,  home 
economics,  or  anyone  planning  to  work 
with  the  elderly  or  handicapped.  Ap- 
proved for  certification  for  teachers  of 
ttie  mentally  retarded. 

HSC  5455  Basic  Driver  Education  (3). 
Content  includes  knowledge  of  the  high- 
way transportation  system,  rules  and 
regulations.  For  Driver  Education  Certifi- 
cation endorsement. 

HSC  5456  Advanced  Driver  Educa- 
tion (3).  Content  includes  advanced 
skills  for  the  teaching  of  driver's  educa- 
tion. Prerequisite:  HSC  5455. 


HSC  5465  Administration  and  Super- 
vision of  Driver  Safety  Education  (3). 

Content  includes  competencies  for 
teacher  ptreparation  arxJ  improvement  in 
driver  and  traffic  safety  education.  Pre- 
requisites: HSC  5455  and  HSC  5456. 

UVE  5415  Children's  Literature  (3). 

Designed  to  develop  a  critical  analysis 
of  ttie  purposes,  strategies  for  teaching, 
and  evaluation  of  literature  for  children. 
Prerequisites:  RED  4150  and  LAE 
4314,  or  their  equivalent. 

LAE  5908  Individual  Study  (1-3) 
(ARR).  The  student  plans  and  carries 
out  an  indeperxdent  study  project  under 
direction.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

LAE  5927  Workshop  in  Language 
Arts  (3).  Offers  opportunities  for  elemen- 
tary sciiool  teachers  to  Increase  their  un- 
derstanding of  reading  language  arts 
instruction,  K-6. 

UkE  5945  Practicum:  English  Educa- 
tion (6).  Supervised  teaching  in  a  junior 
or  senior  high  school.  Prerequisites:  Ad- 
mission to  the  Alternate  Track  Master's 
Program  and  completion  of  prerequisite 
coursework  in  education  and  subject 
matter  area. 

LAE  6305  Instruction  In  Early  Child- 
hood Language  Arts  (3).  Refinement 
of  skills  related  to  program  develop- 
ment, methods  of  teaching,  selection  of 
materials,  and  review  of  research  in  pre- 
school and  eariy  childhood  education. 

LAE  6355  Instruction  to  Elementary 
Language  Arts  (3).  Refinement  of 
skills  related  to  program  development, 
methods  of  teaching,  selection  of  materi- 
als, and  review  of  research  in  elemen- 
tary education. 

I^E  6339  Teaching  English  in  the 
Secondary  School  (3).  Analysis  of 
methods,  progreims,  and  materials  for 
teaching  English  in  tlie  junior  and  senior 
high  school,  and  development  of  teach- 
ing skills.  Prerequisite:  Undergraduate 
course  in  methods  of  teaching  English. 

LAE  6815  Computers  in  English  and 
the  Language  Arts  (3).  Covers  tfie  ba- 
sics needed  to  integrate  computers  in 
teaching  language  arts.  Emphasizes  se- 
lecting and  learning  to  use  software  to 
meet  objectives  In  language,  literature, 
and  composition.  Corequisite:  English 
major  or  equivalent. 

LAE  6925-26  Workshop  in  English 
Education  (1-3)(ARR).  Production  and 
application  of  materials  and  techniques 
in  English  education  in  a  laboratory  or 
field  setting. 


LAE  6935  Seminar  in  English  Educa- 
tion (3).  Designed  for  advanced  stu- 
dents, the  readings  and  discussions  will 
focus  on  policy  issues  and  recent  re- 
search in  English  education.  Though  pri- 
marily for  experienced  English  teachers 
and  supervisors,  the  course  is  open  to 
administrators  and  others,  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

U^E  7938  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Eng- 
lish Education  (3).  Advanced  doctoral 
study  of  current  theories  and  research 
related  to  English  education.  Prereq- 
uisites: LAE  6935,  EDF  6486. 

LEI  5440  Program  Development  in 
Parl(s  and  Recreation  (3).  The  develop- 
ment of  specific  programs  in  parks  and 
recreation  with  emphasis  on  special  pro- 
grams for  young  cliildren,  retardates, 
handicapped  persons,  and  the  elderly. 

LEI  5510  Program  Administration  in 
Parks  and  Recreation  (3).  A  detailed 
analysis  of  administrative  procedures 
and  responsibilities  in  connection  with 
parks  and  recreation  facilities  and  per- 
sonnel. 

LB  5595  Seminar  In  Paries  and  Rec- 
reation Management  (3).  A  discussion 
of  current  problems,  issues,  and  trends 
in  administration  of  parks  and  recreation 
programs. 

LEI  5605  Physical  and  Social  Bases 
of  Parl(s  and  Recreation  Planning  (3). 

Concentration  on  major  phases  of  pre- 
design,  design,  development,  actualiza- 
tion of  park  and  recreation  facilities. 
Course  will  explore  funding,  budget,  site 
selection,  layout,  and  maintenance. 

LEI  5716  Program  Planning  In  Thera- 
peutic Recreation  (3).  This  course  is 
designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  the 
development  of  systematically  designed 
therapeutic  recreation  service  delivery 
programs  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  T.R. 
specialist  and  the  T.R.  administrator. 

LE!  5719  Client  Assessment,  Evalu- 
ation and  Documentation  InT.T.  (3). 
The  course  adresses  client  assessment, 
documentation  and  evaluation  from  the 
direct  service  prespective,  administra- 
tive requirements,  and  health  care  regu- 
latory agency  demands. 

LEI  5907  individual  Study  In  Parks 
and  Recreation  Management  (3).  An 

opportunity  for  individuals  interested  in 
various  aspects  of  park  and  recreation 
administration  to  wori<  on  their  own  un- 
der the  close  supervision  of  an  advisor. 
Permission  of  tfie  instructor  and  depart- 
ment chairperson  is  required. 

LEI  6725  Administrative  Aspects  of 
Therapeutic  Recreation  (3).  An  in-de- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 133 


pth  examination  of  issues  related  to  the 
roles  and  responsibilities  of  ttie  Activity 
Therapies/Therapeutic  Recreation  Ad- 
ministrator. 

LEI  6922  Supervised  Reld  Experi- 
ences In  Parks  and  Recreation  Ad- 
ministration (3-9).  A  practical 
experience  for  individuals  interested  in 
administrative  responsibilities.  Permis- 
sion of  the  instructor  and  Department 
Chairperson  required. 

MAE  5516  Diagnosis  and  Remedia- 
tion In  Mathematics  (3).  Strategies  for 
studying  symptoms,  causes,  and  conse- 
quences of  difficulties  experienced  by 
children  in  elementary  school  mathemat- 
ics. Includes  supervised  case  study  and 
theoretical  models.  Prerequisite:  MAE 
4312. 

MAE  5655  Computers  In  Mathematics 
Education  (3).  Examines  tfie  use  of 
computers  (microcomputers)  in  secon- 
dary school  mathematics.  Designing, 
evaluating,  and  using  varied  types  of 
programs  in  mathematics  classes. 
Learning  to  use  computers  to  design 
mathematics  curriculum. 

MAE  5908  Individual  Study  (1-3).  The 

student  plans  and  carries  out  an  inde- 
pendent study  project  under  direction. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

MAE  5923  Workshop  In  Elementary 
Math  Education  (3).  Production  and  ap- 
plication of  materials  and  strategies  for 
teaching  mathematics  in  elementary 
and  middle  schools. 

MAE  5945  Practicum:  Mathematics 
Education  (6).  Supervised  teaching  in  a 
junior  or  senior  high  school.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  the  Alternate  Track 
Master's  Program  and  completion  of  pre- 
requisite coursework  in  education  and 
subject  matter  area. 

MAE  6305  Instruction  to  Eariy  Child- 
hood Mathematics  (3).  Refinement  of 
skills  related  to  program  development, 
metfiods  of  teaching,  selection  of  materi- 
als and  review  of  research,  in  preschool 
and  early  childfx>od  education. 

MAE  6318  Instruction  In  Elementary 
Mathematics  (3).  Refinement  of  skills 
related  to  program  development,  meth- 
ods of  teaching,  selection  of  materials, 
and  review  of  research,  in  elementary 
education. 

MAE  6336  Teaching  Mathematk^  In 
the  Secondary  School  (3).  Analysis  of 
methiods,  programs,  and  materials  for 
teacNng  mathematics  in  tne  junior  and 
senior  Ngh  school,  and  development  of 
teacNng  skills.  Prerequisites:  Under- 


graduate secondary  math  methods  and 
permission  of  instructor. 

MAE  6899  Seminar  In  Mathematics 
Education  (3).  Designed  to  provide  the 
advanced  student  with  deeper  under- 
standing related  to  mathematics  educa- 
tion. Prerequisites:  EDF  6486,  minimum 
of  3  doctoral  level  math  courses. 

MUE  5907  Directed  Study  in  Music 
Education  (1-3).  Individual  investigation 
in  one  or  more  areas  of  music  education. 

MUE  5928  Workshop  In  Music  (1-3). 

Applications  of  materials  and  techniques 
in  music  in  a  laboratory  or  field  setting. 

MUE  5945  Practicum:  Music  Educa- 
tion (6).  Supervised  teaching.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  the  Alternate  Track 
Master's  Program  eind  completion  of  pre- 
requisite coursewori(  in  education  and 
tfie  sutjject  matter  area. 

MUE  6305  Instruction  In  Eariy  Child- 
hood Music  (3).  Refinement  of  skills  re- 
lated to  program  development,  methods 
of  teaching,  selection  of  materials,  and 
review  of  research,  in  preschool  and 
eariy  childhood  education. 

MUE  6316  Instruction  in  Bementary 
Music  (3).  Refinement  of  skills  related 
to  program  development,  methods  of 
teaching,  selection  of  materials,  and  re- 
view of  research,  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. 

MUE  6345  Methodology  of  Music 
Teaching  (3).  Analysis  of  metfxxls,  pro- 
grams and  materials  for  teaching  music 
in  the  public  schools,  and  development 
of  music  pedagogy  skills. 

MUE  6815  Acoustical  and  Psychologi- 
cal Foundations  of  Music  Behavior 
(3).  An  overview  of  acoustical,  physi- 
ological and  psychological  foundations 
of  music  as  it  influences  human  t)ehav- 
ior.  The  course  will  deal  with  musical 
acoustics,  the  anatomy  of  tfie  human 
fiearing  apparatus,  perception,  reac- 
tions, personality,  mood  and  powers  of 
discrimination. 

MUE  6925-26  Wort(shop  In  Music  Edu- 
cation (1-3).  Applications  of  materials 
and  techniques  in  music  education  in  a 
laboratory  or  field  setting. 

MUE  6938  Seminar  In  Music  Educa- 
tion (3).  Seminar  in  music  programs  in 
tfie  United  States  and  otfier  countries, 
and  current  issues  and  problems  facing 
the  musk:  educator. 

PEP  5115  Rtness  Instruction  (3).  The 

course  prepares  tfie  student  for  tfie 
American  College  of  Sports  Medicine's 
Rtness  Instnjctor  Certification  examina- 
tion. Prerequisite:  PET  3351. 


PEP  51 16  Exercise  Specialists  (3). 

The  course  prepares  the  student  for  the 
American  College  of  Sports  Medicine's 
Exercise  Specialists  Certification  Exami- 
nation. Prerequisites:  PET  3351  and 
PET  5387. 

PEP  51 17  Fitness  for  Older  Adults  (3). 
The  course  explores  tfie  value  of  physi- 
cal activity  for  improving  tfie  physical 
and  mental  well  being  of  older  adults. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  exercise  prescrip- 
tion and  supervision  of  p>rograms  for 
those  working  with  older  adults.  Prereq- 
uisite: PET  3351. 

PET  5216  Sports  Psychology  (3). 

Course  will  irK:lude  an  analysis  of  psy- 
cfwlogical  variables  which  might  influ- 
ence fjhysical  performance.  Topics  to  be 
discussed  include  personality  develop- 
ment, motivation,  anxiety,  tension, 
stress,  aggression,  attribution  tfieory, 
and  social  facilitation.  The  course  is  in- 
tended for  prospective  physical  educa- 
tors and  otfiers  interested  in  motor 
performance. 

PET  5238C  Perceptual  Motor  Learn- 
ing (3).  Students  will  demonstrate  knowl- 
edge and  understanding  of  various 
approacfies  to,  and  theories  of,  percep- 
tual motor  learning,  with  special  empha- 
sis in  physical  education.  Perceptual 
motor  tasks  will  be  performed  as  well  as 
taught  by  tfie  students. 

PET  5256C  Sociology  of  Sport  (3). 

Students  will  demonstrate  a  tfiorough 
understanding  of  the  sociological  bases 
of  sport  and  vi/ill  actively  engage  in  a 
field  study  involving  a  particular  phase 
of  sport  and  society. 

PET  5387  Exercise  Test  Techrrology 
(3).  The  course  prepares  ttie  student  for 
the  American  College  of  Sports  Medi- 
cine's Exercise  Test  Technology  Certifi- 
cation examination.  Prerequisite:  PET 
3351. 

PET  5436  Physical  Education  Curricu- 
lum In  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Ex- 
amination of  objectives,  content, 
metfiods  of  teaching,  and  evaluative 
techniques  in  elementary  school  physi- 
cal education.  Emphasis  on  cuniculum 
development  and  refinement  of  teaching 
skills. 

PET  5476  Sports  Management  and 
Administration  (3).  Examination  of 
skills  and  knowledge  required  in  the 
management  and  administration  of 
sports-related  careers  in  athletics,  rec- 
reation, or  industry.  Prerequisites:  Basic 
management  courses:  MAN  3025,  PAD 
4432  or  equivalent. 

PET  5625C  Sports  Medicine  (3).  Ad- 
vanced conditioning  techniques. 


134  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


strength  and  cardio-vascular  endurance 
training  are  presented.  The  prevention 
and  treatment  of  overuse  injuries  are 
also  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  PET 
3351. 

PET  5906  Individual  Study  (1-3).  Stu- 
dents will  work  independently  on  a  topic 
concerning  some  phase  of  physical  edu- 
cation or  sport  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  member.  Registration  is  by  per- 
mission of  advisor. 

PET  5925  Workshop  in  Pliysical  Edu- 
cation (1-3).  Production  and  or  applica- 
tion of  materials  etnd  techniques  for' 
physical  education  in  a  classroom  and 
or  field  setting. 

PET  5931  Special  Topics  in  Exercise 
Physiology  (1-3).  Designed  to  present 
contemporary  issues  and  practices  in  ex- 
ercise physiology.  Prerequisite:  PET 
3360. 

PET  5936  Special  Topics  in  Physical 
Education  (1-3).  Designed  to  present 
contemporary  issues  and  practices  in 
physical  education  and  sp)ort. 

PET  6597C  Survey  of  Research  in 
Physical  Education  (3).  Following  a 
survey  of  research  in  physical  educa- 
tion, students  will  demonstrate  compe- 
tencies in  applying  this  knowledge  to 
teaching  situations  in  tfie  public  schools. 

PET  6775  Health  Rtness  Director  (3). 

Designed  to  prepare  the  student  for 
ACSM's  Health  Fitness  Director  certifica- 
tion. Prerequisite:  PET  3351,  PET  5387, 
PEP5115,andPEP5116. 

PET  6785  Exercise  Program  Director 
(3).  Designed  to  prepare  the  student  for 
ACSM's  Exercise  Program  Director  certi- 
fication examination.  Prerequisite:  PET 
3351 ,  PET  5387,  PEP  51 1 5,  and  PEP 
5116. 

PET  6925-27  Worlcshop  in  Physical 
Education  (1-3).  Production  and  or  ap- 
plication of  materials  and  techniques  for 
physical  education  in  a  classroom  and 
or  field  setting. 

PET  6932  Seminar  in  Physical  Educa- 
tion (3).  Students  will  participate  in  the 
exploration,  examination,  and  discus- 
sion of  problems,  issues,  and  trends  in 
physical  education  and  sport. 

PET  6940  internship  In  Exercise 
Physiology:  Graduate  (3-6).  Clinical  ex- 
perience, supervised  by  physician,  de- 
signed to  provide  tiie  student  with 
competence  in  exercise  prescription  and 
leadership  in  preventive  and  rehabilita- 
tive outpatient  exercise  programs.  Pre- 
requisites: PET  5387,  PEP  51 15,  and 
PEP  51 16. 


PET  6944  Supervised  Reid  Experi- 
ence (3-9).  Students  may  use  this 
course  to  become  involved  in  an  in-de- 
pth shjdy,  research  project,  or  any  one 
of  a  variety  of  other  activities,  under  tfie 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member. 

RED  5447  Analysis  and  Production 
Reading  K/laterials  (3).  Exploration, 
creation,  and  evaluation  of  basic  read- 
ing materials,  commercial  and  non-com- 
mercial. Prerequisite:  RED  4150  or 
equivalent. 

RED  5448C  Teaching  Reading  by 
Computer  (3).  Evaluation  and  creation 
of  computer  programs  for  teaching  read- 
ing in  grades  4-12.  No  prior  computer 
experience  is  required. 

RED  5911  individual  Study  in  Read- 
ing (1-3).  Individual  investigation  in  the 
area  of  instruction.  Permission  of  instix:c- 
tor  required. 

RED  5925  Worl(shop  In  Reading  Edu- 
cation (3).  An  opportunity  for  teachers 
to  continue  to  develop  competency  in  a 
specified  area  under  Vne  guidance  of  a 
specialist  in  selected  fields  in  reading 
education. 

RED  6155  Instiuction  in  Elementary 
Reading  (3).  Refinement  of  skills  re- 
lated to  program  development,  methods 
of  teaching,  selection  of  materials,  and 
review  of  research  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. 

RED  6247  Organization  and  Supervi- 
sion of  Reading  Program  (3).  Thie 
organization  arxJ  supervision  of  reading 
programs;  problems  of  organization  and 
supervision;  continuity  of  school-wide 
programs,  emphasis  on  leadership  re- 
sponsibilities. Prerequisites:  EDF  5481. 

RED  6305  instruction  in  Early  Child- 
hood Reading  (3).  Refinement  of  skills 
related  to  program  development,  metii- 
ods  of  teaching,  selection  of  materials, 
and  review  of  research,  in  preschool 
and  eariy  childhood  education. 

RED  6336  Reading  in  the  Content  Ar- 
eas (3).  Sti-ategies  for  developing  tiie 
reading  abilities  of  students  in  specific 
subject  areas.  Sti^sses  vocabulary  and 
comprehension  development,  study 
skills,  library  usage,  reasoning,  and  moti- 
vating reading.  Prerequisites:  None. 

RED  6515  Programs  of  Remediation 
in  Reading  (3).  A  course  demonsb'ating 
corrective  and  remedial  procedures;  ap- 
plication of  specific  psychological,  peda- 
gogical, and  psychottierapeutic 
techniques.  Prerequisites:  RED  6155  or 
6305,  RED  6546,  or  tiieir  equivalents. 

RED  6546  Diagnosis  of  Reading  Diffi- 
culty (3).  Technique  for  analyzing  and 


clarifying  reading  difficulties.  Prereq- 
uisite: RED  6155  or  6305,  or  its  equiva- 
lent. 

RED  6747  Research  in  Reading  (3).  A 

course  to  shJdy  significant  research  in 
reading  and  research  metiiodology.  In- 
volves planning  and  research  in  read- 
ing. Permission  of  instructor  required. 
Prerequisite:  EDF  5481. 

RED  6805  Practicum  in  Reading  (3). 

An  analysis  of  reading  difficulties 
tiirough  various  teaching  techniques 
and  programs. 

RED  6845  Clinical  Procedures  In 
Reading  (3).  Supervised  experience,  re- 
sulting in  diagnosis,  prescription  and 
evaluation  of  particular  children  in  a  clini- 
cal setting.  Prerequisites:  RED  6515, 
RED  6546. 

RED  6932  Seminar  in  Reading  Educa- 
tion (3).  An  advanced  master/beginning 
doctoral  course  dealing  wittn  advances 
in  the  tiieory  and  practice  of  reading  in- 
struction. Prerequisites:  Permission  of  in- 
structor and  RED  6747. 

RED  6932  Special  Topics  in  Reading 
Education  (3).  In-deptii  exploration  of  a 
specific  area,  issue,  or  practice  in  read- 
ing education.  Repeatable,  but  Master's 
in  Reading  students  may  count  no  more 
than  two  special  topics  courses  toward 
tile  degree. 

RED  6971  Thesis  in  Reading  Educa- 
tion (6).  Design,  implementation,  and 
written  repwrt  of  an  original  research  in- 
vestigation in  reading  education.  Prereq- 
uisites: Advanced  graduate  standing 
and  consent  of  instructor. 

RED  7938  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Read- 
ing Education  (3).  Advanced  shjdy  in 
current  tileries  and  research  related  to 
reading  education.  Prerequisites:  RED 
6747,  RED  6932,  EDF  6486. 

SCE  5435  SecorKlary  Science  Labora- 
tories: Methods  &  Materials  (3).  In- 
crease tiie  quantity  and  quality  of 
laboratory  experiences  for  secondary 
students  by  managing  tfie  laboratory 
safely,  selecting  appropriate  activities, 
and  evaluating  sbident  performance. 

SCE  5905  individual  Study  (1-3).  The 

student  plans  and  carries  out  an  inde- 
pendent study  project  under  direction. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

SCE  5930  Workshop  In  Elementary 
Science  Education  (3).  Focus  on  con- 
tent, metiiods,  and  materials  needed  for 
teaching  science  in  the  elementary 
school,  K-6. 

SCE  5945  Practicum:  Science  Educa- 
tion (6).  Supervised  teaching  in  a  junior 


II 


I 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 135 


or  senior  high  school.  Prerequisites:  Ad- 
mission to  the  Alternate  Track  Master's 
Program  and  completion  of  prerequisite 
coursework  In  education  and  subject 
matter  area. 

SCE6306  Instruction  In  Eariy  Child- 
hood Science  (3).  Refinement  of  skills 
related  to  program  development,  meth- 
ods of  teaching,  selection  of  materials, 
and  review  of  research,  in  preschool 
and  early  childhood  education. 

SCE  6315  Instruction  in  Elementary 
Science  (3).  Refinement  of  skills  related 
to  program  development,  methods  of 
teaching,  selection  of  materials,  and  re- 
view of  research,  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. 

SCE  6635  Teaching  Science  in  the 
Secondary  School  (3).  Analysis  of 
methods,  programs,  and  materials  for 
teaching  science  in  the  junior  and  senior 
high  school,  and  development  of  teach- 
ing skills. 

SCE  6637  Science  Education  and 
Community  Resources  (3).  This 
course  examines  the  utilization  and  culti- 
vation of  community  resources  to  meet 
science  education  goals  for  various 
populations. 

SCE  6925-26  Workshop  In  Science 
Education  (1-3).  Production  and  appli- 
cation of  materials  sind  techniques  in  sci- 
ence education  in  a  laboratory  or  field 
setting. 

SCE  6931  Special  Topics  In  Science 
Education  (3).  An  Individual  topic  or  lim- 
ited number  of  topics  not  othenvise  of- 
fered in  the  curriculum  that  facilitate 
science  teaching  in  the  elementary 
school  will  be  selected. 

SCE  6933  Seminar  in  Science  Educa- 
tion (3).  Analysis  of  research  trends  and 
selected  topics  in  science  education. 
Mainly  for  graduate  students  in  secon- 
dary science  education.  Individual 
needs  and  interests  will  determine  tfie 
fine  structure  of  the  course  content. 

SCE  7165  Curriculum  Development  in 
Science  Education  (3).  Analysis  of 
theoretical  basis  of  curriculum  develop- 
ment in  Science  Education  Evaluation  of 
currently  availafcile  material.  Develop- 
ment and  testing  of  science  curriculum 
materials.  Prerequisites:  SCE  6933, 
EOF  6486. 

SCE  7761  Research  In  Science  Edu- 
cation (3).  Application  of  research  meth- 
odology to  Science  Education.  Analysis 
of  current  research.  Development  of  re- 
search proposal  in  Science  Education. 
Corxiuct  field  study.  Prerequisites:  SCE 


6933,  EDF  6486,  SCE  7165.  Gorequi- 
site  SCE  7938. 

SCE  7938  Doctoral  Seminar  In  Sci- 
ence Education  (3).  Advanced  doctoral 
seminar  in  current  theories  and  re- 
search related  to  science  education.  Pre- 
requisites: SCE  6933,  EDF  6486. 

SPS  6191  Psycho-Educational  As- 
sessment I:  Intellectual  (3).  Competen- 
cies in  tfie  assessment  of  intellectual 
ability  and  adaptive  behavior  in  children. 
Corequisite:  SPS  6191 L  for  School  Psy- 
chology majors.  No  corequisite  for  other 
majors. 

SPS  61 91 L  Psycho-Educational  As- 
sessment I:  Lab  (2).  Practical  skills  In 
the  assessment  of  intellectual  ability  and 
adaptive  behavior  in  children.  Corequi- 
site: SPS  6191. 

SPS  6192  Psycho-Educationai  As- 
sessment 11:  Process  (3).  Competen- 
cies in  ttie  assessment  of  psycho- 
educational  processes  in  children  and 
their  relationship  to  intellechjal  ability. 
Corequisite  SPS  6192L  for  School  Psy- 
chology majors.  No  corequisite  for  other 
majors.  Prerequisite:  SPS  6191. 

SPS  6192L  Psycho-Educational  As- 
sessment ti:  Lab  (2).  Practical  skills  in 
tfie  assessment  of  psycho-educational 
processes  in  children.  Emphasis  on  as- 
sessing disorders  in  the  visual,  auditory, 
haptic,  language,  and  sensory  integra- 
tion areas.  Corequisites  SPS  6191,  SPS 
6191L. 

SF>S  6193  Psycho-Educationai  As- 
sessment III:  Behavior  (3).  Competen- 
cies in  t>ehavioral  ctnd  personality 
assessment  of  students  within  the 
school  setting.  Emphasis  on  projective 
testing  and  behavioral  observations. 
Corequisite:  SPS  6193L.  Prerequisites: 
SPS  6191,  SPS  6192. 

SPS  6193L  Psycho-Educationai  As- 
sessment III:  Lab  (3).  Practical  skills  in 
projective  aind  behavioral  assessment  of 
students  witfnin  tiie  school  setting.  Core- 
quisite: SPS  6193.  Prerequisites:  SPS 
6191,  SPS  6192. 

SPS  6805  Professional  Problems  in 
School  Psychology  (3).  Competencies 
in  regard  to  tiie  devetopment,  role  and 
furKtion  of  school  psychologists.  Gen- 
eral orientation  arxl  legal  and  ethical  is- 
sues included. 

SSE  5908  Individual  Study  (1-3) 
(ARR).  The  student  plans  and  carries 
out  an  independent  study  project  under 
direction.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  in- 
sbTJCtor. 

SSE  5929  Wori(shop  In  Elementary 
Social  Studies  Education  (3).  Focus 


on  content,  methods  and  materials 
needed  for  teaching  social  studies  in  tiie 
elementary  school,  K-6. 

SSE  5945  Practicum:  Social  Studies 
Education  (6).  Supervised  teaching  In  a 
junior  or  senior  high  school.  Prereq- 
uisites: Admission  to  ttie  Alternate  Track 
Master's  Program  and  completion  of  pre- 
requisite coursewori^  in  education  and 
subject  matter  area. 

SSE  6305  instruction  in  Early  Child- 
hood Social  Studies  (3).  Refinement  of 
skills  related  to  program  development, 
mettxjds  of  teaching,  selection  of  materi- 
Eils,  and  review  of  research,  in  preschool 
and  eariy  childhood  education. 

SSE  6355  Instruction  In  Elementary 
Social  Studies  (3).  Refinement  of  skills 
related  to  program  development,  meth- 
ods of  teaching,  selection  of  materials, 
and  review  of  research  in  elementary 
education. 

SSE  6394  Social  Studies  In  Other  Na- 
tions (3).  The  course  wflll  examine  the 
concept  of  social  studies  as  a  subject 
area  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools  found  in  both  developed  and  de- 
veloping nations.  Comparisons  and  con- 
trasts will  be  made.  Prerequisites:  SSE 
6633,  SSE  6939. 

SSE  6633  Teaching  Social  Studies  in 
the  Secondary  School  (3).  Analysis  of 
metiiods,  programs,  and  material  for 
teaching  social  studies  in  tfie  junior  and 
senior  high  school,  and  development  of 
teaching  skills. 

SSE  6795  Seminar:  Research  In  So- 
cial Studies  Education  (3).  The  course 
will  examine  research  in  social  studies 
education.  The  course  will  serve  as  a 
lab  for  developing  a  dissertation  re- 
search design.  Prerequisite:  EDF  5481. 
Corequisites:  EDF  6486,  STA  5166, 
EDF  6403  or  EDF  6475. 

SSE  6925-28  Woricshop  in  Social 
Studies  Education  (1-3).  Production 
and  application  of  materials  and  tech- 
niques in  social  studies  education  in  a 
laboratory  or  field  setting. 

SSE  6939  Seminar  In  Social  Studies 
Education  (3).  Designed  for  advanced 
students,  ihe  readings  and  discussions 
will  focus  on  policy  issues  and  recent  re- 
search in  social  studies  education. 
Though  primarily  for  experienced  social 
studies  teachers  and  supen/isors,  tiie 
course  is  open  to  administrators  and  otti- 
ers,  with  the  consent  of  ttie  instnjctor. 

SSE  7938  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Social 
Studies  Education  (3).  Advanced  doc- 
toral study  in  current  ttieories  and  re- 
search related  to  social  studies 


136  /  College  of  Education 


Graduate  Catalog 


education.  Prerequisites:  SSE  6939, 
EDF6486. 

TSL  5142  Curriculum  Development  In 
English  as  a  Second  Language  (3). 

Description,  analysis,  planning,  design, 
and  evaluation  of  curriculum  in  English 
as  a  second  language  (K-adult).  Prereq- 
uisite: TSL  6341. 

TSL  5371  Special  Methods  of  TESOL 
(3).  Investigation  of  modern  techniques 
for  the  teaching  of  oral  and  written  com- 
munication in  English  to  non-native 
speakers  of  English,  including  the  evalu- 
ation and  development  of  materials  for 
English  to  speakers  of  other  languages. 
Issues  in  elementary,  secondary,  adult, 
vocational,  and  special  education  will 
also  be  addressed.  Prerequisite:  LIN 
3010. 


College  of  Education 

Dear7  I.  Ira  Goldent)erg 

Associate  Dean  for 

Academic  Affairs  Rol>ert  Vos 

Associate  Dean  for 

Student  and  Community 

Services  TonI  Bilbao 

Director  of  Budget  and 

Finance  Carmen  Mendez 

Assistant  Dean  for 

Nortii  Miami  Campus/ 

Broward  Janice  R.  Sandlford 

Chairpersons: 

Educational  Leadership, 

and  Policy  Studies  Stephen  M.  Fain 
Educational  Psychology 

and  Special 

Education  Stephen  S.  Sttlchart 

Health  Physical 

Education  and 

Recreation  Ida  F.  Chadwick 

Mddle,  Secondary 

and  Vocational 

Education  Luis  A.  Martinez-Perez 
Elementary  Education  Alicia  Mendoza 
Urban,  Multicultural 

and  Community 

Community  Robert  V.  Farrell 

Coordinators/Directors 

Coordinator  of  Doctoral 

Programs  Rotiert  Vos 

Director  of  Internship  and 

Student  Teaching  TBA 

Director  of  Student 

Services  Susan  H.  Lynch 

Faculty 

Alvarez,  Carlos,  M.,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Florida),  Associate  Professor, 


International  Development 
Education,  Educational  Psychology, 
Educational  Research,  Educational 
Leadership,  and  Policy  Studies 

Badia,  Amhilda,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
l^orth  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill), 
Associate  Professor,  Modern 
Language  Education,  Middle, 
Secondary,  and  Vocational 
Education. 

Baum,  Rosemere,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 
Slate  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Home  Economics 
Education,  Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Bath,  John  B.,  Ph.D.  (Syracuse 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Elementary  Mathematics  and 
Science  Education,  Elementary 
Education 

Biltiao,  TonI,  M.A.  (University  of 

Miami),  Associate  Dean,  Elementary 
Education,  Elementary  Education 

Bradley,  Curtis  H.,  Ed.D.  (Temple 
University),  Professor, 
Organizational  Training, 
Vocational-Industrial  Education, 
Middle,  Secondary  and  Vocational 
Education 

Blucker,  Judith  A.,  Ph.D.  (Rorida  State 
University),  Professor,  Health  and 
Physical  Education,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction,  and  Vice  Provost 

CamptwII,  Richard,  Ed.D.  (Indiana 
University),  Professor,  Science 
Education,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction,  Dean  of  Graduate 
Studies,  and  Director  of  Institutional 
Development 

Carpenter,  John  A.,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Southern  California),  Professor, 
Educational  Foundations, 
Educational  Leadership,  Urban, 
Multicultural  and  Community 
Education 

Chadwick,  Ida  F.,  Ph.D.  (Florida  State 
University),  Associate  Professor  and 
Chairperson,  Physical  Education, 
Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

Chang,  DavWY.,  M.A.  (Florida 
International  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Art  Education,  Middle, 
Secondary  and  Vocational  Education 

Cheyney,  Wendy,  Ed.D.  (University  of 
Miami),  Associate  Professor,  Special 
Education  for  Learning  Disabilities, 
Educational  Psychology  and  Special 
Education 

CIstone,  Peter  J.,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 
State  University),  Professor, 
Educational  Leadership,  Educational 
Leadership  and  Policy  Studies 

Cook,  Joseph  B.,  Ed.D.  (University  of 
Florida),  Professor,  Community 
College  Teaching,  Urban, 
Multicultural  and  Community 
Education 


Crabtree,  MyrnaP.,  Ed.D.  (Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University), 
Professor,  Home  Economics 
Education,  Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Dimldjian,  Victoria  J.,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Pittsburgh),  Professor, 
Early  Childhood  Education, 
Elementary  Education 

Divita,  Charles,  Jr.,  Ph.D.  (Florida 
State  University),  Professor,  Adult 
Education  and  Human  Resource 
Development,  Educational 
Leadership  and  Policy  Studies 

Escotet,  Miguel  Angel,  Ph.D. 
(University  of  Nebraska),  Visiti'ng 
Professor  (Courtesy),  International 
Development  Education  and 
Educational  Psychology,  Educational 
Leadership,  and  Policy  Studies 

Fain,  Stephen  M.,  Ed.D.  (Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University), 
Professor  and  Chairperson, 
Curriculum  and  Instruction, 
Educational  Leadership  and  Policy 
Studies 

Farrell,  Rol>ertV.  Ph.D.  (Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University), 
Associate  Professor  and 
Chairperson,  Soa'al  Foundations  of 
Education,  Urban,  Multicultural  and 
Community  Education 

Rsher,  Alien,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Connecticut),  Associate  Professor, 
Educational  Leadership,  Educational 
Leadership  and  Policy  Studies 

Gallagher,  Paul  D.,  Ph.D.  (Rorida  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Educational  Research,  Educational 
Leadership  and  Policy  Studies,  and 
Vice  President  for  North  Miami 
Campus 

Gavilan,  Marisal,  Ed.D.  (University  of 
Tennessee),  Associate  Professor, 
Educational  Psychology  and 
Bilingual  Education/TESOL, 
Educational  Psychology  and  Special 
Education 

Gay,  Lorraine  R.,  Ph.D.  (Florida  Stale 
University),  Professor,  Educational 
Research,  Educational  Leadership 
and  Policy  Studes 

Gilbert,  Robert  K.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Minnesota),  Associate  Professor, 
Mathematics  Education,  Middle, 
Secondary  and  Vocational  Education 

Goldenberg,  I.  Ira,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Connecticut),  Professor,  Urban, 
Multicultural  and  Community 
Education  and  Dean 

Greenberg,  Barry,  Ph.D.  (New  York 
University),  Professor.  Educational 
Research  and  Community  College 
Teaching,  Educational  Leadership 
and  Policy  Studies 

Grosse,  Christine  Uber,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  North  Carolina.  Chapel 
Hill),  Assistant  Professor,  TESOL, 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Education  / 137 


Urban,  Multicultural  and  Community 
Education 

Hauenstein,  A.  Dean,  Ph.D.  (Ohio 
Slate  University),  Professor, 
Vocational  Education,  Technology 
Education,  Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Kaplan,  E.  Joseph,  Ph.D.  (Florida 
State  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Foundations  of 
Education,  Urban,  Multicultural  and 
Community  Education 

Kennedy,  Daniel  A.,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Oregon),  Associate  Professor, 
School  Counseling,  Educational 
Psychology  and  Special  Education 

Kossack,  Sharon  Wall,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Georgia),  Professor, 
Reading  and  Language  Arts 
Education,  Elementary  Education 

Lazarus,  Philip  J.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Florida),  Associate  Professor, 
Educational  Psychology  and  School 
Psychology,  Educational  Psychology 
and  Special  Education 

Lopez,  Richard,  Ed.D.  (Florida  Atlantic 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Exercise  Physiology,  Health, 
Physical  Education,  and  Recreation 

Lucky,  Luretha,  Ed.D.  (Arizona  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Special  Education  for  Mental 
Retardation,  Educational  Psycholgy 
and  Special  Education 

Lynch,  Susan  H.  M.S.  (Florida  State 
University),  Early  Childhood 
Education 

Marshall,  Nancy,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Reading  and  Language  Arts 
Education,  Elementary  Education 

Martinez-Perez,  Luis  A.,  Ph.D.  (Florida 
State  University),  Associate 
Professor  and  Chairperson,  Science 
Education,  Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Mathewson,  Grover,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  California  at  Berkeley).  Associate 
Professor,  Reading  and  Language 
Arts  Education,  Elementary 
Education 

McCtintock,  C.  Edwin,  Ed.D. 

(University  of  Georgia),  Professor, 
Mattiematics  Education  and 
Computer  Education,  Middle, 
Secondary  and  Vocational  Education 

Mendez,  Carmen,  MPA  (Florida 
International  University),  Public 
Administration,  and  Director  of 
Budget  and  Finance 

Mendoza,  Alicia,  Ed.D.  (University  of 
Miami),  Associate  Professor  and 
Chairperson,  Early  CNidhood 
Education,  Elementary  Education 

Miller,  Lynne  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Arizona),  Assistant  Professor, 
Reading  and  Language  Arts, 
Elementary  Education 


Mohamed,  Dominic  A.,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Minnesota),  Associate 
Professor,  Vocational  Administration 
and  Supervision  and  Vocational 
Education,  Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Morrison,  George  S.,  Ed.D.  (University 
of  Pittsburgh),  Professor,  Early 
Childhood  Education  and  Urban 
Education,  Elementary  Education 

Nathanson,  David  E.,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Minnesota),  Professor,  Special 
Education  for  tiie  Gifted/Mental 
Retardation,  Educational  Psychology 
and  Special  Education 

Novoa,  Loriana  M.,  Ed.D.  (Harvard 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Special  Education,  Educational 
Research,  Educational  Leadership 
and  Policy  Studies 

O'Brien,  George  E.,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Iowa),  Assistant  Professor, 
Science  Education,  Middle, 
Secondary  and  Vocational  Education 

Pearson,  George  B.,  Ed.D.  (University 
of  Oregon),  Professor,  Physical 
Education,  Health,  Physical 
Education  and  Recreation 

Pell,  Sarah  W.  J.,  Ed.D.  (Duke 
University),  Assodate  Professor, 
Educational  Leadership,  Educational 
Leadership,  and  Policy  Studies 

Pennington,  Clement,  Ed.D. 
(Pennsylvania  State  University), 
Associate  Professor,  Art  Education, 
Middle,  Secondary  and  Vocational 
Education 

Reichbach,  Edward  M.,  Ed.D.  (Wayne 
State  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Elementary  Education, 
Elementary  Education 

Rosenberg,  Howard,  Ed.D.  (Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University), 
Associate  Professor,  Special 
Education  for  Mental  Retardation, 
Educational  Psychology  and  Special 
Education 

Ryan,  Colleen  A.,  Ph.D.  (Ohio  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Special  Education  for  tije 
Emotionally  Handicapped,  Urban, 
Multicultural  and  Community 
Education 

Sandiford,  Janice  R.,  Ph.D.  (Ohio 
State  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Healtii  Occupations 
Education  and  Computer  Education, 
Middle,  Secondary  and  Vocational 
Education,  and  Assistant  Dean  for 
North  Miami  Campus/Broward 

Shostak,  Rot)ert,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Connecticut),  Professor,  English 
Education  and  Computer  Education, 
Middle,  Secondary  and  Vocational 
Education 

Skaiko,  Thomas,  Ph.D  (University  of 
Maryland),  Therapeutic  Recreation, 


Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

Smith,  Donald  C,  Ph.D.  (Syracuse 
University),  Professor,  Educational 
Psychology  and  School  Psychology, 
Educational  Psychology  and  Specif 
Education 

Smith,  Douglas  H.,  Ph.D.  (Ohio  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Adult  Education  and  Human 
Resource  Development,  Educational 
Leadership  and  Policy  Studies 

Strichart,  Stephen  S.,  Ph.D.  (Yeshiva 
University),  Professor  and 
Chairperson,  Special  Education  for 
Learning  Disabilities,  Educational 
Psycholgy  and  Special  Education 

Testa,  Rot)ert  F.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Miami),  Associate  Professor, 
Educational  Foundations  and  Music 
Education,  Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Toomer,  Jethro,  Ph.D.  (Temple 

University),  Professor,  Educational 
Psychology  and  Community 
Counseling,  Educational  Psychology 
and  Special  Education 

Tucker,  Jan  L,  Ph.D.  (Indiana 

University),  Professor,  Social  Studies 
Education  and  Global  Education, 
Middle,  Secondary  and  Vocational 
Education 

Vigilante,  Nicholas  J.,  Ph.D.  (ONo 
State  University),  Professor 
Emeritus,  Matiiematics  Education, 
Elementary  Education,  Mddle, 
Secondary  and  Vocational  Education 

Vos,  Robert  Ed.D.  (Rutgers 

University),  Associate  Professor  and 
Associate  Dean,  Organizational 
Training,  Technical  Education,  and 
Vocational  Education,  Middle, 
Secondary  and  Vocational  Education 

Wagner,  Michael  J.,  Ph.D.  (Rorida 
State  University),  Professor,  Music 
Education,  Middle,  Secondary  and 
Vocational  Education 

Walker,  Judith  Jones,  Ph.D. 
(University  of  Miami),  Assistant 
Professor,  Counselor  Education, 
Educational  Psychology,  Educational 
Psychology  and  Special  Education 

Winter,  Rotjert  S.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Illinois),  Associate  Professor, 
International  Development 
Education,  Educational  Technology, 
Educational  Leadership  and  Policy 
Studies 

Wolff,  Robert  M.,  Ph.D.  (Ohio  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Parks  and  Recreation  Management, 
Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

Woods,  Sandra  L,  Ed.D.  (Rutgers 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Elementary  Education 


138 1  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of 
Engineering  and 
Design 

Gordon  Hopkins,  Dean 
Gautam  Ray,  Associate  Dean 
Adele  Smith,  Associate  Dean 
Gustavo  Rolg,  Acting  Associate  Dean 
Neil  Hout-Cooper,  Director  of 

Information  Systems  and  External 

Programs 

The  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 
is  composed  of  two  schools  committed 
to  the  development  of  professionals 
who  will  serve  the  community  in  a  wide 
variety  of  fields.  In  addition,  there  are 
two  units  in  the  College  solely  devoted 
to  research  and  otfier  creative  activities. 

Master's  Degrees  can  be  earned  in 
the  following  fields  of  study; 

Civil  Engineering 

Computer  Engineering 

Construction  Management 

Electrical  Engineering 

Environmental  Engineering 

EnvironmentaJ  and  Urt>an  Systems 

Industrial  Engineering 

Landscape  Architecture 

Mechanical  Engineering 

The  programs  of  the  College  are  di- 
rected towards  the  practical  use  of  scien- 
tific, engineering  and  technical 
principles  to  meet  tfie  objectives  of  in- 
dustry, business,  government  and  the 
public. 

The  College  provides  each  student 
with  the  opportunity  to  develop  mari<et- 
able  skills  and  to  obtain  an  education 
which  will  prepare  Hm  or  her  for  a  re- 
warding career  and  personal  growth. 

Underlying  the  programs  of  ttie  Col- 
lege is  a  recognition  that  ttie  growing  im- 
pact of  technology  upon  the  quality  of 
life  is  growing  and  ttiat  the  proper  appli- 
cation of  technology  is  critical  to  meet- 
ing current  and  emerging  human  needs. 

The  College  is  actively  engaged  in  a 
number  of  special  programs  as  a  serv- 
ice to  the  community  and  tfie  University. 
One  of  these  activities  is  the  Interna- 
tional Association  for  Housing  Sdence. 
an  organization  with  membership  from 
more  than  20  nations,  dedicated  to  Im- 
proving housing  technology  and  produc- 
tion, as  well  as  studying  the 
inter-disciplinary  aspects  of  fiousing. 

The  College  faculty  is  actively  en- 
gaged witfn  business,  industry  and  gov- 
ernment. Faculty  members  are 
participating  in  a  variety  of  applied  re- 
search! projects  in  such  areas  as  en- 
ergy, ti^nsportatlon,  solid  waste 
disposal,  biomedical  devices  and  instru- 
mentation, water  resources,  computer 


engineering,  artificial  intelligence,  manu- 
facturing, robotics,  telecommunications, 
micro-electronics,  structural  systems 
biotechnology,  etc. 


School  of 
Engineering 

Gordon  R.  Hopkins,  Dean 
Gautam  Ray,  Associate  Dean 
Gustavo  Roig,  Acting  Associate  Dean 
Neil  Hout-Cooper,  Director  of 

Information  Sen/ices  and  External 

Programs 

Master  of  Science  Degree 
Programs 

The  School  offers  Master  of  Science  de- 
grees in  Civil  Engineering,  Computer  En- 
gineering, Electi-ical  Engineering, 
Industi-ial  Engineering,  and  Mechanical 
Engineering.  The  various  curricula  for 
the  School  are  designed  to  give  the  stu- 
dent an  education  for  entry  into  the  pro- 
fession of  engineering. 

Prospective  graduate  students 
should  refer  to  the  appropriate  section 
of  the  catalog,  or  contact  the  graduate 
advisor  in  eitfier  program. 

l\lote:  The  programs,  policies,  re- 
quirements and  regulations  listed  in  the 
catalog  are  continually  subject  to  re- 
view, in  order  to  serve  the  needs  of  tfie 
University's  various  policies,  and  to  re- 
spond to  the  mandates  of  the  Rorida 
Board  of  Regents  and  the  Rorida  Legis- 
lature. Changes  may  be  made  witix)ut 
advance  notice. 

Rorida  Internationa)  University  and 
the  College  believe  in  equal  opportunity 
practices  which  confonn  to  all  laws 
against  discrimination  and  are  commit- 
ted to  non-discrimination  with  respect  to 
race,  color,  creed,  age,  handicap,  sex, 
marital  status,  or  national  origin.  Addi- 
tionally, the  University  is  committed  to 
the  principle  of  taking  the  positive  steps 
necessary  to  achieve  the  equalization  of 
educational  and  employment  opportuni- 
ties. 

Accreditation 

The  Engineering  Accreditation  Commis- 
sion of  the  Accreditation  Board  for  Engi- 
neering and  Technology  (ABET) 
accredits  college  engineering  programs 
on  a  nationwkte  basis.  Accreditatksn  is 
important  in  many  areas  of  tiie  engineer- 
ing profession.  Students  wishing  more 
information  about  accreditation  should 
consult  their  departmental  offk«  or  the 
Office  of  die  Dean.  The  following  engi- 
neering baccalaureate  programs  are 


ABET  accredted:  Civil,  Electrical,  Indus- 
trial and  MedTanreal. 

Academic  Appeal  Procedures 

Academic  Appeals  not  covered  under 
the  Academic  Misconduct  Policy  shall 
be  processed  in  the  following  manner: 

Step  1 .  The  student  and  faculty 
member  will  meet  informally  in  an  at- 
tempt to  resolve  the  problem  within  45 
days  of  tfie  alleged  occurrence. 

Step  2.  If  the  informal  meeting  does 
not  result  in  an  acceptable  remedy,  the 
student  can  appeal  in  writing  to  the 
Department/Divisional  Cfiairperson 
within  ten  days  of  tfie  informal  meeting. 
The  viffitten  appeal  should  include  the 
nature  and  conditions  of  tiie  problem 
and  a  summary  of  the  informal  meeting 
with  the  faculty  member  involved. 

Within  ten  days  of  tfie  receipt  of  the 
vrtitten  appeal,  the  Chairperson,  stu- 
dent, and  faculty  member  will  meet  in 
an  attempt  to  resolve  the  problem. 

Step  3.  If  the  results  from  tfie  meet- 
ing in  Step  2  is  not  acceptable,  tfie  stu- 
dent can  appeal  in  writing  to  tfie  Dean 
of  tfie  College  witiiin  ten  days.  The  writ- 
ten appeal  should  include  tJie  nature 
and  conditions  of  tJie  problem  and  a 
summary  of  tfie  meetings  in  Step  1  and 
in  Step  2. 

Within  ten  days  of  the  receipt  of  the 
written  appeal,  tfie  Dean  will  meet  with 
ttie  Chairperson,  tfie  student,  and  the 
faculty  member  in  an  attempt  to  resolve 
the  problem. 

The  Dean  will  provide  a  written  deci- 
sion within  ten  days  of  tfie  meeting  in 
Step  3. 

The  Dean's  decision  is  final. 


Civil  and  Environmental 
Engineering 

Oktay  Ural,  Professor  and  Chairperson 

Robert  J.  Fennema,  Assistant  Professor 

Jeffrey  H.  Greenfield,  Assistant 
Professor 

Luis  A.  Prieto-Portar,  Professor 

L  David  Shen,  Associate  Professor 

Vasant  H.  SurtJ,  Professor 

Lambert  Tall,  Professor 

Berrin  Tansel,  Wsiting  Assistant 
Professor 

Leroy  E  Thompson,  Professor 
Fernando  TInoco,  Visiting  Professor 
Ton-Lo  Wang,  Associate  Professor 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 139 


Graduate  Programs 

Leroy  E.  Thompson,  Graduate  Studies 

Coordinator 
The  Department  of  Civil  and  Environ- 
mental Engineering  offers  advanced 
study  for  the  degree  ot  Master  of  Sci- 
ence. Tfie  areas  of  specialty  are  Struc- 
tures, Mechanics,  Geotechnical, 
Construction,  Transportation,  Water  Re- 
sources, and  Environmental  Engineer- 
ing. The  degree  will  be  a  Master  of 
Science  in  Civil  Engineering  or  a  Master 
of  Science  In  Environmental  Engineer- 
ing depending  upon  the  eirea  of  selected 
graduate  study. 

Master  of  Science  in  Civil 
Engineering 

The  Master  of  Science  program  In  Civil 
Engineering  emphasizes  course  w^ork 
as  well  as  research.  The  student  is  gen- 
erally encouraged  to  specialize  in  a  de- 
fined area  of  civil  engineering,  but  also 
find  it  desirable  to  pursue  a  more  gen- 
eral program  of  studies  combining  sub- 
ject material  from  different  areas  of 
specialization  and  interdisciplinary  re- 
lated courses. 

The  graduate  degree  is  offered  to 
prepare  qualified  students  for  the  profes- 
sional practice  of  civil  engineering.  The 
degree  is  available  in  a  thesis  or  non- 
thesis  program.  Tfie  thesis  program  en- 
tails a  minimum  of  six  credits  for  the 
successful  completion  of  the  research 
and  thesis.  The  non-thesis  program 
must  be  supported  by  the  successful 
completion  of  a  project  and  a  report  of 
substantial  engineering  content  for  a 
minimum  of  three  credits.  A  student 
must  satisfactorily  complete  a  minimum 
of  36  semester  credits  of  acceptable 
graduate  coursework  which  includes  a 
minimum  of  12  credits  of  graduate 
courses  in  the  specialty  area. 

Master  of  Science  in 
Environmental  Engineering 

A  Master  of  Science  In  Environmental 
Engineering  is  availsible  to  persons  inter- 
ested in  graduate  work  in  Environmental 
Engineering.  The  program  is  designed 
to  give  graduate  students  a  broad  base 
of  knowledge  on  environmental  engi- 
neering and  on  problem  solving  while 
encouraging  them  to  pursue  individual 
Interests.  Thus,  the  curriculum  has  a 
common  core  of  courses  but  is  flexible 
enough  to  permit  an  interdisciplinary  ap- 
proach, if  so  desired,  and  allows  the  stu- 
dent to  pursue  Ns  or  her  career  goals. 
A  proposed  program  of  studies  will 
be  developed  at  the  time  of  admission 
or  no  later  than  at  the  end  of  the  stu- 
dent's first  semester.  The  applicant 
should  hold  a  Bachelor's  degree  in  engi- 


neering, the  natural  sciences,  or  a  re- 
lated field.  Students  who  do  not  meet 
the  stated  criteria  as  developed  by  the 
faculty  may  be  considered  for  admission 
if  they  complete  the  required  prereq- 
uisites and  satisfy  any  deficiencies. 

Master  of  Science  in 
Environmental  and  Urban 
Systems 

This  program  prepares  the  student  to 
practice  urban  and  regional  planning,  as 
a  discipline  to  address  social,  physical, 
and  economic  problems  of  neighbor- 
hoods, cities,  suburbs,  metropolitan  ar- 
eas, and  larger  regions.  The  student 
must  identify  problems  and  opportuni- 
ties, devise  alternative  policies  or  plans 
and  effect  their  implications. 

Admission  Policies  for  all 
Graduate  Programs 

A  student  seeking  admission  into  the 
graduate  program  must  have  a  bache- 
lor's degree  or  equivalent  from  an  ac- 
credited institution  or,  in  the  case  of 
foreign  students,  an  institution  recog- 
nized in  its  own  country  as  prefjaring  stu- 
dents for  further  study  at  the  graduate 
level.  All  graduate  applicants,  regard- 
less of  previous  grade  point  average  or 
degrees,  are  required  to  submit  their 
GRE  (general)  scores.  An  applicant 
must  present: 

1 .  A  "B"  average  in  upper  level  under- 
graduate wori<,  or  a  3.0  GPA., 

2.  A  combined  score  of  1000  or 
higher  on  the  vertjal  and  quantitative 
sections  of  the  Graduate  Record  Exami- 
nation (GRE). 

Grades  earned  at  an  institution  with 
non-traditional  grading  systems  will  be 
given  every  consideration  and  appli- 
cants will  be  treated  equally  with  stu- 
dents from  institutions  with  traditional 
grading  systems. 

Foreign  students  are  admitted  as 
governed  by  University  Admission  rules 
and  Board  of  Regents  Rule  6C-6.09: 

1 .  Eligible  students  may  be  accepted 
at  the  appropriate  level  subject  to  space 
and  fiscal  limitations. 

2.  In  addition  to  University  admission 
requirements,  foreign  students  must 
meet  tfie  following  requirements  as  a 
minimum: 

a.  The  applicant  shall  be  academi- 
cally eligible  for  further  study  in  his  or 
her  own  country. 

b.  The  applicant  whose  native  lan- 
guage is  other  than  English  shall  demon- 
strate proficiency  in  the  English 
language  by  presenting  a  score  of  550 
or  higher  on  ttie  Test  of  English  as  a  For- 
eign Language  (TOEFL). 


Application  Procedures  for  all 
Graduate  Programs 

A  student  planning  to  enroll  in  the  gradu- 
ate program  must  complete  the  follow- 
ing: 

1 .  Submit  a  Graduate  Application  for 
Admission  to  the  Admissions  Office.  Ap- 
plication forms  will  be  mailed  upon  re- 
quest. 

2.  Have  a  copy  of  ttie  official  tran- 
scripts of  all  ixeviously  earned  college 
or  university  credits  sent  from  the  appli- 
cant's former  institution(s)  to  the  Admis- 
sion Office. 

3.  Submit  scores  on  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  (GRE). 

4.  Foreign  students  must  submit 
TOEFL  scores. 

5.  It  should  be  emphasized  that  the 
admission  cannot  be  acted  upon  until  all 
of  the  documents  arxl  credentials  have 
been  received. 

Degree  Requirements 

To  be  eligible  for  a  Master's  degree  a 
student  must: 

1 .  Satisfy  all  University  requirements 
for  a  Master's  degree. 

2.  Meet  all  undergraduate  deficien- 
cies, the  requirements  of  the  core  or  the 
requirements  of  an  approved  program 
of  study,  or  both.  This  program  of  study 
is  developed  by  tfie  student  and  his  or 
her  advisor  and  must  be  approved  by 
the  Supervisory  Committee  and  by  the 
Coordinator  of  tfie  Program. 

3.  Complete  a  minimum  of  36  semes- 
ter hours  of  acceptable  graduate  level 
courses. 

4.  Earn  a  minimum  average  of  3.0  in 
all  approved  courses  in  the  student's 
program  of  study. 

5.  Complete  an  acceptable  thesis  or 
an  engineering  project. 

6.  Pass  an  oral  examination  that  in- 
cludes an  oral  defense  of  the  thesis. 

7.  Master's  degree  students  in  Envi- 
ronmental Engineering  must,  in  addition; 

a  Take  ENV  6615  Environmental  Im- 
pact Assessment. 

b.  Select,  with  advisor  approval  at 
least  two  courses  from  the  following: 
EES  5506      Occupational  Health 
EES5605C   Noise  Control 

Engineering 
ENV  5105     Air  Quality  Management 
ENV  5356     Solid  Wastes 
ENV  5666     Water  Quality 

Management 

c.  Take  a  mathematics  course  as  de- 
termined by  ttie  advisor  for  the  thesis  or 
project. 

d.  Take  at  least  one  credit  of  ENV 
6935  Environmental  Graduate  Seminar. 


140  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


e.  Complete  a  minimum  of  nine 
credit  hours  of  courses  at  the  6000  level. 

f.  Complete  eight  credit  hours  of 
ENV  6971  Thesis,  or  two  credits  of  ENV 
6916  Engineering  Project. 

Grades  and  Credits 

No  course  in  which  a  grade  below  a  'C 
is  earned  may  be  counted  toward  the 
Master  of  Sdence  in  Civil  Engineering 
or  in  Environmental  Engineering. 

Transfer  Credit 

The  student  may  receive  permission  to 
transfer  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  semes- 
ter hours  of  graduate  credit  provided 
that:  (1 )  the  course(s)  were  taken  at  \he 
graduate  level  at  an  accredited  college 
or  university;  (2)  grade(s)  of  'B'  or 
higher;  (3)  the  course(s)  are  judged  by 
the  faculty  advisor,  Supervisory  Commit- 
tee, or  Coordinator  of  ttie  Program;  (4) 
the  credits  were  not  used  toward  an- 
other degree;  and  (5)  tfie  credit(s)  were 
completed  within  seven  years  immedi- 
ately preceding  tfie  awarding  of  the  de- 
gree. 

Credit  is  not  transferable  until  the  stu- 
dent has  earned  12  semester  hours  in 
the  Civil  Engineering  or  Environmental 
Engineering  programs. 

Time  Limit 

All  work  applicable  to  the  Master's  de- 
gree, including  transfer  credit,  must  be 
completed  writhin  seven  years  immedi- 
ately preceding  the  awarding  of  the 
degree. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

CES-Civil  Engineering  Structures;  ECI- 
Engineering,  Civil;  EGM-Engineering, 
Mechanics;  EGN-Engineering,  General; 
ENV-Engineering,  Environmental;  SUR- 
Surveying  and  Related  Areas;  TTE- 
Transportation  and  Traffic  Engineering 

CCE  5035  Construction  Engineering 
Management  (3).  Course  will  cover  con- 
struction organization,  planning  and  im- 
plementation; impact  and  feasilDility 
studies;  contractual  subjects;  liability 
and  performance;  the  responsib>ility  of 
owner,  contractor  and  engineer.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

CES  5106  Advanced  Structural  Analy- 
sis (3).  Extension  of  the  fundamental 
topics  of  structural  analysis  with  empha- 
sis on  energy  methods  and  methods 
best  suited  for  non-prismatic  members. 
Prerequisite:  CES  4152. 

CCE  5505  Computer  Integrated  Con- 
struction Engineering  (3).  Course  cov- 


ers the  discussion  of  available  software 
related  to  Construction  Engineering  top- 
ics; knowledge  based  expert  systems 
and  their  relevance  to  construction  engi- 
neering planning  and  management  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

CEG  5065C  Geotechnical  Dynanvcs 
(4).  Analytical,  field,  and  laboratory  tech- 
niques related  to  vitxation  problems  of 
foundations,  wave  propagations,  behav- 
ior of  soils  and  rocks,  earth  dams,  shal- 
low and  deep  foundations.  Earthquake 
engineering.  Prerequisite:  ECl  4312. 

CES  5565  Computer  Applications  in 
Structures  (3).  Discussion  and  applica- 
tion of  available  computer  programs, 
techniques  and  equipment  for  the  analy- 
sis, design  and  drafting  of  structures. 
Prerequisites:  CES  4605  and  CES  4704. 

CES  5606  Advanced  Structural  Steel 
Design  (3).  Extension  of  the  analysis 
and  design  of  structural  elements  and 
connections  for  buildings,  bridges,  and 
specialized  structures  utilizing  structural 
steel.  Prerequisites:  CES  4152,  CES 
4605. 

CES  5715  Prestressed  Concrete  De- 
sign (3).  The  behavior  of  steel  and  con- 
crete under  sustained  load.  Analysis 
and  design  of  pre-tensioned  smd  post- 
tensioned  reinforced  concrete  mem- 
bers, and  designing  these  members  into 
the  integral  structure.  Prerequisite:  CES 
4704. 

CES  5800  Timtier  Design  (3)  The 
analysis  and  design  of  modem  wood 
structures.  Effect  of  plant  origin  and 
physical  structure  of  wood  on  its  me- 
chanical strength;  fasteners  and  their 
significance  in  design. 

CES  6706  Advar>ced  Reinforced  Con- 
crete Design  (3).  The  analysis  and  de- 
sign of  reinforced  concrete  and  masonry 
structural  systems  to  formalize  the  stu- 
dent's knowledge  of  the  behavior  of 
structural  components  into  a  final  inte- 
grated structure.  Prerequisites:  CES 
4152,  CES  4704,  ECl  4305. 

CGN  5905  Directed  Independent 
Study  (1-3).  Individual  conferences,  as- 
signed readings,  and  reports  inde- 
pendent investigations  selected  by  the 
student  and  professor  with  approval  of 
advisor. 

CGN  5930  Advanced  Special  Topics 
In  Civil  Engineerirtg  (1-3).  A  course  de- 
signed to  give  groups  of  students  an  op- 
portunity to  pursue  special  studies  in  an 
advanced  topic  of  Civil  Engineering  rrot 
otherwise  offered.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 


CGN  5935  Professiortal  Engineering 
(Civil)  Review  (4).  Prepares  qualified 
candidates  to  take  the  P.E.  written  ex- 
amination in  the  filed  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing. Reviews  hydraulics,  hydrology, 
water  supply  and  wastewater,  geotech- 
nics,  structures,  concrete  and  steel 
design,  etc. 

CWR  5235  Open  Channel  Hydraulics 
(3).  Theoretical  treatment  and  applica- 
tion of  hydraulics.  Flow  in  open  chan- 
nels with  special  reference  to  varied 
flew,  critical  state  hydraultejump,  and 
wave  formation.  Prerequisites:  EGN 
3353  and  ENV  3621. 

ECl  6317  Theoretical  Geotechnical 
Mechanics  (3).  A  continuum  mechanics 
interpretation  of  geotechnical  engineer- 
ing: soil  rheology:  theories  of  yielding: 
failure  arKl  plastic  stability.  Analytical 
and  numerical  modeling  of  non-linear 
properties.  Prerequisites:  ECl  5324  and 
MAP  3302.  Suggested  corequisite:  MAP 
4401. 

ECl  6326  Advanced  Foundations  En- 
girteering  (3).  Computer  applications  in- 
volving the  numerical  analysis  and 
design  of  complex  soil-stmcture  interac- 
tions: highway  and  airfield  pavements, 
deep  foundation  groups  and  NATM  tun- 
nelling techniques.  Prerequisite:  ECl 
4312. 

ECl  6616  Advanced  Groundwater  Hy- 
draulics (3).  Groundwater  flow  through 
porous  medium.  Velocity  holograph,  con- 
formal  mapping,  Schwartz-Christotfel 
transformation,  numerical  methods.  Pre- 
requisite: ECl  6617. 

ECl  6617  Groundwater  Hydrology  (3). 

Groundwater  occurrence,  movement, 
hydraulics,  and  application  to  groundwa- 
ter flow,  including  saltwater  intrusion, 
groundwater  recharge  and  drainage, 
seepage  through  earth  dams.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENV  3621. 

ECl  6637Statistical  Hydrology  (3). 

Quantitative  determination  of  surface 
water  run-off  from  a  statistical  approach. 
Prerequisite:  ENV  3621. 

ECl  6916  Engineering  Project  (1-3).  In- 
dependent research  work  culmirating  in 
a  professional  practice  oriented  report 
for  the  requirements  of  the  non-thesis 
option  of  the  M.S.  degree.  Prereq- 
uisites: Fifteen  graduate  credits  and  ap- 
proved project  plan. 

ECl  6939  Graduate  Seminar  (1-3).  An 

examination  of  recent  technical  findings 
in  selected  areas  of  concern.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  presentations  (oral  and  writ- 
ten), research  activities,  readings,  and 
active  discussions  among  participants. 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 141 


Prerequisite:  Permission  of  graduate's 
advisor. 

ECl  6971  Thesis  (1-6).  The  student  fol- 
lowing the  thesis  option  of  the  Master's 
degree  will  pursue  research  through  this 
course.  The  research  work  will  culmi- 
nate with  an  acceptable  thesis.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  graduate's  thesis 
advisor. 

EES  5135  Water  Quality  Indicators 
(3).  Ecological  studies  of  miao  and 
macro  organisms  which  are  indicators  of 
water  quality.  Emphasis  of  bioassays 
and  early  warning  systems.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

EES  5137  Biological  Monitoring  of 
Freshwater  Ecosystenns  (3).  The  use 

of  aquatic  insects  and  other  inverte- 
brates to  monitor  changes  in  tfie  aquatic 
environment.  Tfie  ecological  aspects  of 
aquatic  insects  in  relation  to  pollution 
stress  are  assessed.  Prerequisite:  EES 
5135  or  permission  of  insti^ctor. 

EES  5506  Occupational  Health  (3).  Ef- 
fects, assessment,  aind  control  of  physi- 
cal and  chemical  factors  in  man's 
working  environment,  including  chemi- 
cal agents,  electromagnetic  radiation, 
temperature,  humidity,  pressures,  illumi- 
nation, noise,  and  vibration.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  graduate  program. 

EES  5605C  Noise  Control  Engineer- 
ing (3).  Fundamentals  of  sound  and 
noise.  Health  fiazards  and  otiier  effects. 
Measurement  and  noise  control  in  trans- 
portation, construction,  and  other  envi- 
ronments. Prerequisite:  Admission  to 
graduate  program. 

EES  6506  Envlronnrwntat  and  Human 
Factors  (3).  Effects,  assessment  and 
control  of  physical  and  chemical  factors 
in  the  natural  and  man-made  environ- 
ments, including  noise,  electi'o-magnetic 
radiation,  air  and  water  pollution,  public 
and  occupational  health,  vector  control, 
communicable  diseases.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  graduate  program. 

EES  6508  Occupational  Health  and 
Toxicology  (3).  A  continuation  of  EES 
5506.  Investigation  of  toxic  substances 
in  air,  water,  and  food  in  the  indusbial 
environment.  Prerequisite:  EES  5506. 

EGM  5111  Experimental  Stress  Analy- 
sis (3).  Course  covers  the  necessary 
tiieory  and  techniques  of  experimental 
stress  analysis  and  tiie  primary  methods 
employed:  Ixittle  coating,  strain  gauges, 
photoelasticity  and  Moire.  Prerequisites: 
EGM  3520,  EGM  5653. 

EGM  5351  Finite  Element  Methods  In 
■Mechanics  (3).  Matrix  techniques  and 
variational  metix>ds  in  solid  mechanics; 


single  element,  assemblage  and  gener- 
alized tfieory:  non-linear  analysis;  appli- 
cations in  structijral  and  soil  mechanics, 
torsion,  heat  conduction  cind  hydro-elas- 
ticity, etc.  Prerequisite:  EGM  3520. 

EGM  5421  Structural  Dynamics  (3). 

Fundamentals  of  free,  forced,  and  tran- 
sient vibration  of  singles  arKi  multi-de- 
gree of  freedom  stixictures,  including 
damping  of  lumped  and  distributed  pa- 
rameters systems.  Prerequisite:  MAP 
3302.  Corequisite:  EGM  5533. 

EGM  5533  Advanced  Mechanics  of 
Materials  (3).  Extension  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  engineering  me- 
chanics to  include  curved  beams, 
warping,  stability,  etc.  Prerequisites: 
CES  4152,  MAP  3302. 

EGM  5653  Theory  of  Elasticity  (3).  An 

advanced  course  covering  ttie  concepts 
of  stress  etnd  strain  tensors,  indicia  nota- 
tion, ti-ansformation  of  sti-esses,  compati- 
bility equations,  ttie  stress  function  eind 
tfie  closed  form  solution  of  some  impor- 
tant continuum  mechanics  problems. 
Prerequisites:  EGM  3520,  MAP  3302. 

EGM  6675  Advanced  PlasUclty  (3). 

Formulation  of  the  plastic  sti'ess-sti'ain 
relationships;  Prandtl-Reuss  equations; 
yield  criteria;  Plane  Plastic  Row  and  tiie 
Plane  Slip  Line  Reld  Theory;  limit  analy- 
sis and  basics  of  aeep.  Prerequisite: 
EGM  3520. 

EGM  6736  Theory  of  Elastic  Stability 
(3).  Course  will  cover  ttie  beam-column 
problem;  elastic  and  inelastic  buckling  of 
bars  and  frames;  review  of  experimental 
wori(  and  design  formulas;  buckling  of 
rings,  curved  bars  and  eirches;  bending 
and  buckling  of  thin  plates  and  thin 
shells.  Prerequisites:  EGM  3520. 

EGM  6796  Theory  of  Plates  and 
Shells  (3).  A  course  covering  tfie  con- 
cepts of  thin  plates  writh  small  deflec- 
tions; ttiin  plates  witti  large  deflections; 
thick  plates;  ttie  Membrane  theory  of 
Shells;  and  the  General  Theory  of  Cylin- 
drical Shells.  Prerequisites:  EGM  3520. 

EGN  5455  Numerical  Methods  In  Engi- 
neering (3).  Stijdy  of  procedures  tliat 
permit  rapid  approximate  solutions, 
wittiin  limits  of  desired  accuracy,  to  com- 
plex structural  analysis.  Prerequisite: 
CES  4152. 

EGN  5990  Fundamentals  of  Engineer- 
ing (FE)  Review  (4).  Prepares  upper 
level  engineering  stijdents  to  take  ttie 
Fundamentals  of  Engineering  (FE) 
State  Board  examinations.  Reviews 
chemistry,  computers,  statics,  dynamics, 
electrical  circuits,  fluid  mechanics,  me- 
chanic of  materials,  material  science 
and  ttiermodynamics. 


ENV  5007  Environmental  Planning 
(3).  Ecological  principles  necessary  to 
preserve  a  quality  environment  are  pre- 
sented by  means  of  planning  policies, 
processes,  and  environmental  indica- 
tors. Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  im- 
pact of  growth  on  environmental  quality. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

ENV  5008  Appropriate  Technology  for 
Developing  Countries  (3).  Tlie  use  of 
appropriate  technology  in  developing 
counb'ies.  Local  traditions  and  adapta- 
tions. Local  materials  in  housing,  food 
production,  cottage  industries.  Coopera- 
tives and  ti^aining. 

ENV  5062  Environmental  Health  (3). 
Stijdy  of  ttie  control  and  prevention  of 
environmental-related  diseases,  both 
communicable  and  non-communicable, 
injuries,  and  ottier  interactions  of  hu- 
mans with  the  environment.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  ttie  instructor. 

ENV  5065  Vector  and  Pest  Control 
(3).  Effects  and  management  of  public 
fiealtti  vectors  and  communicable  dis- 
eases. Prerequisite:  ENV  5500  or  per- 
mission of  instixictor. 

ENV  5105  Air  Quality  Managenient 
(3).  The  air  pollution  prob)lem,  principal 
types,  sources  and  dispersion  of  pollut- 
ants. Physical,  economic,  and  legal  as- 
pects of  control  of  atmospheric 
pollutants. 

ENV  51 16  Air  Sampling  Analysis  (3). 

Practical  laboratory  work  and  ttieoretical 
aspects  involved  in  a  wide  range  of  air 
sampling  and  analysis  systems.  Critical 
comF>cUison  and  examination  of  meth- 
ods and  inshumentation.  Source  test- 
ing, instrumental  sensitivity,  sipplicability 
and  remote  sensing  systems.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENV  5105  or  ENV  4101 . 

ENV  5126  Air  Pollution  Control  (3).  Air 

pollution  control-devices,  principles,  effi- 
ciencies, costs.  Gas  scfubtiers,  electi-o- 
static  precipitation,  thermal  deposition, 
filters,  condensers,  after-  burners.  By- 
product recovery.  Stoichiometry  of  com- 
bustion mixtures  and  basic  industrial 
plant  designs  are  discussed.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENV  4101  or  ENV  5105. 

ENV  5356  Solid  Wastes  (3).  In-deptti 
study  of  ttie  solid  waste  problem.  Topics 
include  municipal,  industrial,  and  agricul- 
tural generation  of  wastes;  municipal  col- 
lection syetems;  methods  of  disposal, 
hazardous  wastes,  and  energetic  con- 
siderations in  ttie  recovery  and  recycle 
of  wastes. 

ENV  5512  Water  and  Wastewater 
Analysis  (3).  Relevance  of  ttie  main 
quality  parameters  and  ttieir  measure- 
ments by  wet  chemistry  and  analytical 


142  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


equipment.  Includes  BOD,  CX3D,  TOC, 
CO,  TSS,  VSS,  alkalinity,  acidity,  pH 
hardness,  ammonia,  TKN,  NO2,  NO3, 
PO4,  etc.  Prerequisites:  ENV  5666, 
OHM  1046,  and  CHIVI  1046L.  Corequi- 
site:ENV5512L. 

ENV  551 2L  Water  and  Wastewater 
Analysis  Laboratory  (1).  Experiments 
are  conducted  which  measure  gross  or- 
ganic pollution  indicators,  suspended 
solids,  conductivity,  all<alinity,  acidity, 
pH,  nitrate,  nitrite,  TKN,  ammonia,  total 
phosphates,  chlorine  residual  and  chlo- 
rine breakpoint.  Prerequisites:  ENV 
5666,  CHM  1046,  and  CHM  1046L. 
Corequisite:  ENV  551 2. 

ENV  5517  Water  and  Wastewater 
Treatment  (3).  Wastewater  collection 
systems.  Integration  of  unit  operations 
into  the  planning  and  design  of  treat- 
ment plants,  including  sludge  handling 
and  disposal.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

ENV  5659  Regional  Planning  Engi- 
neering (3).  Theories  of  urban  and  re- 
gional growth;  collective  utility  analysis; 
input-output  models  in  planning;  applica- 
tion of  linear  programming  to  regional 
soda!  accounting;  economic  base  analy- 
sis. Prerequisite:  Computer  Program- 
ming or  permission  of  instructor. 

ENV  5666  Water  Quality  Management 
(3).  Predicting  and  evaluating  the  effect 
of  human  activities  on  streams,  lakes, 
estuaries.and  ground  waters;  and  the  re- 
lation of  human  activities  to  water  qual- 
ity and  protection  of  water  resources. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

ENV  5905  Independent  Study  (1-3).  In- 
dividual research  studies  available  to 
academically  qualified  students  on 
graduate  status. 

ENV  5930  Special  Topics  in  Environ- 
mental Engineering  (1-3).  Specific  as- 
pects of  environmental  technology  and 
urtjan  systems  not  available  through  for- 
mal course  study.  Open  to  academically 
qualified  students  only. 

ENV  6045  Environmental  Modeling 
(3).  Evaluation  of  regional  resources,  en- 
vironmental stresses,  and  considera- 
tions in  regional  systems;  systems 
analysis  in  environmental  management 
and  its  relation  to  dedsion  making;  mod- 
eling of  air  and  water  systems.  Prereq- 
uisite: Computer  programming-or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

ENV  6510  Advanced  Unit  Operations 
I  (3).  Tlieory  and  design  of  physical, 
chemical,  and  biological  unit  operations 
as  applied  to  thte  advanced  treatment  of 
water  and  wastewater.  Prerequisite: 
ENV  4514  or  equivalent. 


ENV  6511  Advanced  Unit  Operations 
II  (3).  A  continuation  of  ENV  6510  indud- 
ing  tbe  re-use  of  treated  wastewaters 
ctnd  of  sludges.  Prerequisite:  ENV  6510. 

ENV  651 1 L  Advanced  Unit  Opera- 
tions II  Lab  (1).  Bench  scale  experi- 
ments for  scaling-up  arxJ  designing  thie 
following  water  and  wastewater  proc- 
esses: sedimentation,  coagulation,  filtra- 
tion, adsorption,  oxidation  and  gas 
transfer.  Prerequisite:  ENV  6510.  Core- 
quisite: ENV  6511. 

ENV  6516  Advanced  Treatment  Sys- 
tems (3).  Integration  of  unit  operations 
into  advanced  treatment  systems  for  wa- 
ters and  wastewater.  Prerequisite:  ENV 
6511. 

ENV  6558  Industrial  Wastewater  Treat- 
ment (3).  Characteristics  and  composi- 
tion of  industrial  wastewaters.  Sampling 
techniques  and  analyses.  Water  conser- 
vation arxJ  re-use.  Joint  industrial-com- 
mercial collection  and  treatment  of 
wastewaters.  Prerequisite:  ENV  6516. 

ENV  6615  Environmental  Impact  As- 
sessment (3).  An  examination  of  alter- 
native techniques  useful  for  analysis 
and  environmental  impacts  of  man's  ac- 
tivities. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor and  24  graduate  credits. 

ENV  6916  Engineering  Project  (1-2). 

Individual  work  culminating  in  a  profes- 
sional practice-oriented  rep>ort  suitable 
for  the  requirements  of  tfie  M.S.  degree- 
project  operation.  Only  three  credits  are 
applicable  towards  degree.  Prerequisite: 
Completion  of  20  graduate  credits. 

ENV  6935  Graduate  Environmental 
Seminar  (1-3).  The  course  consists  of 
oral  presentations  made  by  students, 
guests,  and  faculty  memlaers  on  current 
topics  and  research  activities  in  environ- 
mental and  urtsan  systems. 

ENV  6971  Thesis  (1-6).  Research  for 
li^aster's  thesis. 

TTE  5015  Applied  Statistics  In  Traffic 
and  Transportation  (3).  Civil  and  Envi- 
ronmental Engineering  statistics  meth- 
ods as  applied  to  traffic  and 
transportation  are  covered.  Topics  in- 
dude:  significance  tests,  standard  distri- 
butions, analysis  of  variance,  and 
regression  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing. 

TTE  5215  Urban  Traffic  Charac- 
teristics (3).  Speed  and  volume  stud- 
ies, stream  characteristics,  traffic  flow 
theory,  accident  characteristics.  Prereq- 
uisite: TTE  4201. 

TTE  5315  Highway  Safety  Analysis 
(3).  Accident  reconstruction,  intersection 
analysis,  highway  safety  standards. 


speed  estimations  from  skidding,  mo- 
mentum/energy relationships,  human 
factors.  Prerequisites:  STA  3033,  TTE 
4201. 

TTE  5506  Urt>an  Mass  Transit  and 
Transportation  Planning  (3).  Models  of 
urtan  growth,  population  forecasts,  trip 
generation,  trip  distribution,  and  trip  as- 
signment models,  model  split,  system 
evaluation,  transit  marketing.  Prereq- 
uisite: TTE  4201 . 

TTE  5526  Airport  Planning  and  De- 
sign (3).  Theory  and  prindples  of  airport 
planning  and  design,  include  both  gen- 
eral aviation  and  major  commercial  air- 
ports. [Design  projects  required. 
Prerequisite:  TTE  5835  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

TTE  5606  Transportation  Systems 
Modeling  and  Analysis  (3).  f^^deling 
and  analysis  techniques  in  transporta- 
tion. Unear  Programming,  queueing  the- 
ory, decision  making  techniques. 
Prerequisite:  TTE  4201. 

TTE  5805  Advanced  Geometric  De- 
sign of  Highways  (3).  Parameters  gov-, 
erning  the  geometric  design  of 
highways;  curve  super-elevation;  widen- 
ing on  liighway  curves;  elements  of  in- 
tersection design;  design  of  inter- 
changes; use  of  AASHO  design  guide- 
lines. Ctesign  project  required.  Prereq- 
uisite: SUR  4201 . 

TTE  5835  Pavement  Design  (3).  Analy- 
sis and  design  of  sub-base,  l^ase,  and 
pavement  of  a  roadway.  Discussions  of 
flexible  pavement  and  rigid  pavement 
as  structural  units.  Boussinesq's  ap- 
proach. Westergaard's  tfieory.  Beams 
on  Elastic  Foundations.  Prerequisites: 
ECI4312andCES4704. 

TTE  5925C  Urt>an  Traffic  Wori(shop 
(3).  Selected  laboratory  problems  re- 
lated to  urtian  traffic.  Prerequisite:  TTE 
4201. 


Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering 

James  Story,  Associate  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Maiek  Adjouadi,  Assistant  Professor 
Jean  ArKirian,  Associate  Professor 
Tadeusz  Babij,  Associate  Professor 
Manuel  Cereijo,  Professor 
Mark  Hagmann,  Associate  Professor 
Malcolm  Helmer,  Associate  Professor 
W.  Kinzy  Jones,  Associate  Professor 
Grover  Larkins,  Assistant  Professor 
Edward  Lee,  Professor 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 143 


Osama  Mohammed,  Professor 
Dong  Pari*,  Assistant  Professor 
Gustavo  Rolg,  Associate  Professor 
Laura  Ruiz,  Instructor 
Pierre  Schmidt,  Professor 
Frank  Urt)an,  Associate  Professor 
Kang  Yen,  Associate  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in  Electrical 
Engineering 

The  Oep>artment  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing offers  both  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tions for  the  Master's  Degree.  A 
student  seeking  the  Master's  degree 
with  or  without  thesis  Is  required  to  pass 
a  comprehensive  oral  or  written  exami- 
nation. 

All  work  counted  for  the  Master's  de- 
gree must  be  completed  during  the  five 
years  immediately  following  the  date  of 
admission. 

T>ie  program  shall  provide  a  broad 
education,  covering  more  than  one  field, 
followed  by  in-depth  studies  of  areas  of 
interest.  Multi-disciplinary  programs 
such  as  Computer  Engineering,  Sys- 
tems Engineering,  and  Biomedical  Engi- 
neering are  also  available. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  following  is  in  addition  to  thie  Univer- 
sity's graduate  admission  requirements. 

1 .  A  student  seeking  admission  into 
the  graduate  program  must  have  a 
Bachelor's  degree  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing or  equivalent  from  an  accredited  in- 
stitution or,  in  thte  case  of  foreign 
students,  an  institution  recognized  in  its 
own  country  as  preparir>g  students  for 
further  study  at  the  graduate  level. 

2.  An  applicant  must  present  a  3.0 
GPA  in  upper  level  work  and  a  com- 
bined score  of  1000  on  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  (GRE). 

3.  Applicants  who  do  not  meet  tfie 
above  criteria  will  be  evaluated  by  a 
committee  for  possible  admission. 

Graduate  Requirements 

All  matters  concerning  academic  regula- 
tions and  policies  etre  decided  by  the 
Dean  of  ttie  School.  The  decisions  will 
be  made  on  the  advice  and  recommen- 
dations of  tfie  specifk:  Department  Chair- 
person of  the  unit  of  the  program,  and 
by  ttie  Committee  on  Admission  and 
Academic  Performance. 

The  degree  will  be  conferred  wtien 
thie  following  conditions  have  been  met. 

1 .  Recommendation  of  the  advisor 
and  faculty  of  the  department. 

2.  Certification  by  ttie  Dean  of  the 
School  tfiat  all  requirements  of  ttie  de- 
gree being  sought  have  been  completed. 

3.  A  GPA  of  at  least  3.0  has  tjeen 
earned  for  certain  courses  required  by 


the  program.  No  grade  below  'C  will  be 
accepted  in  a  graduate  program. 

4.  Met  tfie  undergraduate  deficien- 
cies, if  any  existed  in  tfie  student's 
graduate  program,  as  additional 
courses  toward  the  degree. 

5.  Completed  a  minimum  of  36  se- 
mester hours  of  graduate  level  credit 
(not  more  tfian  nine  graduate  semester 
hours  with  a  grade  of  "B"  or  higher  can 
be  transferred  from  other  accredited  in- 
stitutions). 

6.  Completed  an  acceptable  gradu- 
ate thesis  if  required  of  the  selected  pro- 
grsim. 

7.  Students  must  maintain  an  over- 
all GPA  of  3.0.  In  the  event  that  a  stu- 
dent is  placed  on  a  probationary  status, 
fie  or  she  must  obtain  a  directed  pro- 
gram from  his  or  her  advisor  and  ap- 
proved by  the  dean  prior  to  continuing 
furtfier  course  wori<  toward  the  degree. 
The  student  must  satisfy  the  directed 
course  of  action  within  the  prescribed 
time  limit,  othenA/ise  he  or  sfie  will  be 
academically  dismissed. 

Thesis  Option 

A  student  shall  complete  36  semester 
credit  hours  of  technical  course  wori<  in- 
cluding a  maximum  of  six  semester 
credit  hours  and  minimum  of  three  se- 
mester credit  fiours  of  EEL  6971  -  Mas- 
ter's Thesis. 

The  Supervisory  Committee  shall  de- 
termine the  appropriate  number  of  the- 
sis hours  a  student  shall  be  required  to 
take  for  the  thesis.  Thus,  30  or  more  se- 
mester credit  hours  of  course  work  are 
required. 

The  course  requirements  include  a 
minirnum  of  12  fiours  of  6000-level 
course  credit  and  a  minimum  of  nine 
hours  at  the  5000-6000  level  in  Electri- 
cal Engineering.  No  more  than  six 
hours  of  Individual  Work  (EEL  6905) 
may  be  counted  toward  the  degree. 

Upon  the  successful  completion  of 
all  course  wort<,  including  tfiesis  work, 
and  after  tfie  determination  by  tfie  stu- 
dent's advisor  tfiat  fie  or  she  has  com- 
pleted ttie  ot)jectives  set  for  tfie  tiiesis 
research,  tfie  student  must  pass  a  final 
oral  examination  which  is  primarily  a  de- 
fense of  tfie  tfiesis  research.  Tfie  candi- 
date should  limit  tfie  presentation  to  40 
minutes,  unless  told  differently  by  tfie  ad- 
visor. Tfie  essence  of  tfie  tfiesis  sfiould 
be  presented  in  the  same  manner  as 
tfiat  of  a  technical  paper  at  a  conference. 

Tfie  student  must  submit  ttie  thesis 
to  ttie  examining  committee  and  depart- 
ment chairperson  at  least  ten  days  prior 
to  tfie  orEil  examination  date.  Upon 
passing  the  oral  examination,  and  com- 
pletion of  any  cfianges  or  additions,  or 
both,  as  required  by  the  committee, 
each  memljer  of  ttie  committee  will  sign 


a  special  front  page  available  in  the 
Department.  Hardcover  bound  copies 
sfiould  be  submitted  to  tfie  student's  ad- 
visor and  to  tfie  Library.  Tfie  student 
should  consult  with  ttie  advisor  for  ap- 
proval of  all  course  work  prior  to  registra- 
tion. 

Non-Thesis  Option  (By  petition  only) 

A  student  shall  complete  36  semester 
credit  fwurs  of  technical  course  work 
with  a  maximum  of  six  semester  credit 
hours  of  Individual  Work  (EEL  6905). 
Ttie  course  requirements  include  a  mini- 
mum of  12  semester  credit  fiours  of 
6000-level  course  credit  and  a  minimum 
of  1 2  semester  credit  hours  at  tfie  5000- 
6000  level  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

Tfie  candidate  is  required  to  pass  a 
comprehensive  final  examination.  This 
examination  is  given  near  the  end  of  ttie 
c£tndidate's  final  semester  by  a  commit- 
tee composed  of  three  faculty  members 
appointed  by  ttie  Department.  A  student 
who  fails  the  examination  may  not  at- 
tempt it  again  until  one  semester  has 
elapsed  or  until  additional  wori<  pre- 
scribed by  ttie  examining  committee  is 
completed.  Ttie  student  may  retake  tfie 
examination  only  once.  Tlie  examina- 
tion will  test  tfie  student's  general  ability 
in  his  or  fier  areas  of  study  as  deter- 
mined by  ttie  student's  supen/isory  com- 
mittee. 

Course  Requirements 

Common  Core 

Select  three  courses  with  advisor  ap- 
proval 
EEL  5482      Relds  and  Waves 

Engineering  3 

EEL  5500      Digital  Communications 

Systems  I  3 

EEL  5725      Digital  Systems 

Engineering  I  3 

EEL  5 1 7 1      Advanced  System  Theory  3 
EEL  5352      Bipolar  Transistors  3 

EEL  6261       Power  Systems 

Engineering  3 

EEL  631 1       Advanced  Electronics 

Systems  I  3 


Select  two  courses  with  advisor  approval 
EEL  6020      Numerical  Analysis  of 

Electrical  Devices  3 

MAA4211     Advanced  Calculus  3 

MAA  4402     Complex  Variables  3 

MAD  3401  Numerical  Analysis  3 
MAP  4401     Advanced  Differential 

Equations  3 
MAP  5117     Mathematics  and 

Statistics  Modeling  3 

STA  5546      Probability  Theory  I  3 

STA  5447      Probability  Theory  II  3 


144  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


STA  5800      Stochastic  Processes  for 

Engineering  3 

The  above  two  lists  may  be  changed 
or  expanded  by  the  committee. 
Remaining  course  work  will  be  selected 
by  the  student  and  his  advisor  based  on 
the  student's  career  objectives. 

Students  who  are  dismissed  from 
the  University  due  to  low  grades,  may 
appeal  to  the  Dean  for  reinstatement.  A 
second  dismissal  results  in  no  possibility 
of  reinstatement. 

Master  of  Science  in  Computer 
Engineering 

The  Department  of  Electrical  and  Com- 
puter Engir>eering  offers  both  thesis  and 
non-thesis  options  for  the  Master's  De- 
gree in  Computer  Engineering.  A  stu- 
dent pursuing  the  Master's  degree  with 
or  wifriout  thesis  is  required  to  pass  a 
comprehensive  oral  or  written  examina- 
tion and  must  complete  all  the  required 
wori<  during  the  five  years  immediately 
following  tfie  date  of  admission  to  the 
program. 

The  program  requires  that  students 
entering  this  program  Inave  a  strong 
background  in  math  through  differential 
equations,  physics  with  calculus,  engi- 
neering science,  electrical  engineering 
and  computer  hardware  and  software. 
Tfie  degree  program  will  provide  train- 
ing in  electrical  engineering,  specializing 
in  computer  hardware  design  as  well  as 
in  software  engineering. 

Admission  Requirements 

A  prospective  student  must  meet  all  the 
University's  graduate  admission  require- 
ments. In  addition,  tfie  following  criteria 
will  be  applied  to  consider  a  student  as 
a  candidate  for  tfie  degree: 

1 .  A  student  seeking  admission  into 
tfie  program  must  have  a  bacfielor's  de- 
gree in  engineering,  physical  sciences, 
computer  science  or  mathematics  from 
an  accredited  institution,  or,  in  the  case 
of  foreign  students,  from  an  institution 
recognized  in  its  own  country  as  prepar- 
ing students  for  further  study  at  the 
graduate  level. 

2.  An  applicant  must  have  achieved 
a  "B"  average  in  upper  level  undergradu- 
ate work  arid  a  combined  score  of  1000 
on  tfie  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(vert)al  and  quantitative  portions). 

3.  Applicants  who  have  not  satisfied 
tfie  above  vinll  be  evaluated  by  the  de- 
partmental graduate  admission  commit- 
tee for  probationary  admission. 

4.  In  addition  to  tfie  above  criteria, 
foreign  students  wtiose  native  language 
is  not  English,  must  take  the  Test  of  Eng- 
lish as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL) 
and  obtain  a  score  of  550  or  better. 


5.  The  GPA,  GRE  and  TOEFL 
scores  above  are  to  be  considered  mini- 
mum requirements  for  admissions.  Ap- 
plicants from  science  areas  otfier  ttian 
electrical  or  computer  engineering  will 
be  expected  to  complete  sufficient  back- 
ground material  at  the  undergraduate 
level  prior  to  unconditional  acceptance 
into  the  graduate  program. 

The  degree  will  be  conferred  wfien 
ttie  following  conditions  have  been  met: 

1 .  Recommendation  of  tfie  advisor 
and  faculty  of  tfie  Electrical  and  Com- 
puter Engineering  Department. 

2.  Certification  by  tfie  Dean  of  tfie 
College  of  Engineering  and  Design  that 
all  requirements  of  tfie  degree  being 
sought  fiave  been  completed. 

3.  An  overall  GPA  of  at  least  3.0  has 
been  achieved  for  all  graduate  course 
work. 

4.  The  undergraduate  deficiencies, 
if  any  existed,  have  been  met,  as  addi- 
tional courses  toward  the  degree. 

5.  Completed  a  minimum  of  30  cred- 
its in  engineering  and  computer  sci- 
ence, plus  six  credits  of  tfiesis.  Not 
more  tfian  nine  graduate  semester 
hours  with  a  grade  of  'B"  or  higher  can 
be  transferred  from  other  accredited  in- 
stitutions. 

6.  Completed  at  least  12  credits  of 
6000  level  and  nine  credits  of  5000  or 
6000  level  in  electrical  and  computer  en- 
gineering. 

7.  Completed  the  remaining  nine 
credits  from  computer  science  or  engi- 
neering. Six  credits  maximum  of  4000 
level  may  be  taken  outside  the  School 
of  Engineering  with  advisor's  approval. 

8.  All  courses  and  tfiesis  topics  must 
be  approved  by  the  student's  tfiesis  advi- 
sor in  consultation  with  ttie  student's  the- 
sis committee. 

9.  Completed  an  acceptable  gradu- 
ate thesis  if  required  of  ttie  selected  pro- 
gram. 

10.  Students  must  maintain  an  over- 
all GPA  of  at  least  3.0.  No  grade  below 
"C  will  be  accepted  in  any  course  taken 
to  satisfy  the  graduate  program  require- 
ments. In  tfie  event  tfiat  a  student  is 
placed  on  a  probationary  status,  he  or 
she  must  obtain  a  directed  program  of 
studies  from  his  or  fier  advisor  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Dean  prior  to  continuing 
furtfier  into  the  degree.  The  student 
must  satisfy  the  directed  course  of  ac- 
tion within  the  prescribed  time  limit,  oth- 
erwise he  or  she  will  be  academically 
dismissed. 

Thesis  Option 

A  student  shall  complete  36  semester 
credit  hours  of  technical  course  wori<  in- 
cluding a  maximum  of  six  semester 
credit  hours  and  a  minimum  of  three  se- 


mester credit  fxjurs  of  EEL  6971 ,  dus- 
ter's Thesis. 

The  Supervisory  Committee  sfiall  de- 
termine the  appropriate  number  of  the- 
sis hours  tfie  student  shall  be  required 
to  take  for  tfie  thesis. 

Upon  tfie  successful  completion  of 
all  coursewori<,  including  the  thesis 
work,  and  after  tfie  determination  by  the 
student's  advisor  that  he  or  sfie  has 
completed  the  objectives  set  for  the  the- 
sis research,  the  student  must  pass  a  fi- 
nal oral  examination  which  is  primarily  a 
defense  of  the  thesis  research. 

The  student  must  submit  tfie  tfiesis 
to  the  examining  committee  and  depait- 
ment  chairperson  at  least  ten  days  prior 
to  the  oral  examination  date.  Upon 
passing  tfie  oral  exEunination,  and  com- 
pletion of  any  cfianges  as  required  by 
the  committee,  each  member  of  ttie 
committee  will  sign  a  special  front  page 
available  in  the  department.  Hardcover 
txjund  copies  of  tfie  thesis  sfxjuld  be 
submitted  to  ttie  student's  advisor  and 
to  the  Library. 

Non-Thesis  Option  (By  petition  only). 

A  student  shall  complete  36  semester 
credit  hours  of  technical  coursewori^,  ap- 
proved by  his  or  tier  supervisory  commit- 
tee. The  candidate  is  required  to  pass  a 
comprefiensive  final  examination.  This 
examination  is  given  near  ttie  end  of  the 
candidate's  final  semester  by  a  commit- 
tee composed  of  three  faculty  members 
appointed  by  tfie  department.  A  student 
virtio  fails  the  examination  may  not  at- 
tempt it  again  until  one  semester  has 
elapsed  or  until  additional  wori<  pre- 
scritsed  by  ttie  examining  committee  is 
completed.  The  student  may  retake  the 
examination  only  once.  The  examina- 
tion will  test  ttie  student's  general  ability 
in  his  or  tier  areas  of  study  as  deter- 
mined by  tfie  student's  supervisory  com- 
mittee. 

Common  Core 

EEL  5741      Advanced  Microcomputers 
EEL  5718      Computer  Communication 

Networi<  Engineering 
Parallel  Computer  Design 
VLSI  Design 

Electives  Engineering 

EEL  5725      Digital  Systems 

Engineering  I 
EEL  6726      Digital  Systems 

Engineering  II 
EEL  6575      Data  Communications 

Engineering 
EEL  6444      Optical  Rber 

Communications 

Systems 
EEL  6505      Digital  Signal  Processing 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 145 


EEL  6509      Digital  Communications 

by  Satellite 
EEL  6253      Computer  Analysis  of 

Power  Systems 
EEL  6758      Engineering  Design  of 
Microprocessor  Based 
Operating  Systems 
Electives  Computer  Science  9 

Courses  may  be  selected  by  student 
and  advisor  from  4000,  5000,  and  6000 
level  Computer  Science  course  listings. 
The  above  lists  may  be  changed  or 
expanded  by  the  supervisory  committee. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

EEL  -  Engineering:  Electrical 

EEL  soil  Electrical  Design  in  Build- 
ings (3).  Review  of  electrical  code  and 
regulations.  Design  of  loads,  circuits, 
surge  protectors,  security,  emergency 
systems,  lighting  systems.  Special  con- 
siderations for  electrical  system  in  new 
industrial  buildings.  Prerequisites:  EEL 
3112  and  EEL  4304. 

EEL  5071  Bioelectrical  Models  (3).  En^ 

gineering  models  for  electrical  behavior 
of  nerve  and  muscle  cells,  electrode-tis- 
sue junctions,  volume  conductions  in  tis- 
sue and  the  nervous  system  as  an 
electrical  networi^.  Prerequisite:  ELR 
4202  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5085  Bioradiation  Engineering 
(3).  Spectrum  of  radiation  sources, 
types  of  fields,  properties  of  living  tis- 
sue, mechanisms  of  field  propagation  in 
tissue.  Applications  in  imaging  and  ther- 
apy, hazards  and  safety.  Prerequisite: 
EEL  4410  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5145  Advanced  Rlter  Design  (3). 

Graduate  course  in  tfie  design  and  ad- 
vance Einalysis  of  passive  and  active 
Ngh  order  circuits.  Use  of  computer  as 
a  design  tool.  Prerequisite:  EEL  4140  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5171  Advanced  Systems  Theory 
(3).  State-space  representations  for  con- 
tinuous and  discrete-time  systems,  con- 
trollability and  observability,  pole-zero 
allocation,  Lyapunov  stability  theorem, 
state  ohservers.  Prerequisites:  EEL 
3657  and  graduate  level  or  advanced 
senior  standing  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

EEL  5270  Electrical  Transients  in 
Power  Systems  (3).  Traveling  waves 
on  transmission  and  multi-conductor  sys- 
tems, successive  reflections,  distrikxited 
parameter  systems,  transients  on  inte- 


grated power  systems.  Prerequisite: 
EEL  4213  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5275  Power  Systems  Protection 
(3).  Analysis  of  power  systems  under 
faulted  conditions  using  linear  transfor- 
mation. The  study  of  surge,  transient 
and  waves  on  power  lines.  Computer- 
aided  analysis  and  design  emphasizing 
the  protection  of  equipment.  Prereq- 
uisite: EEL  4215  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

EEL  5352  Bipolar  Junction  Transis- 
tors (3).  Bipolar  junction  transistor  phys- 
ics. Semiconductor  bulk  properties  at 
equilibrium  and  rxsnequilibrium.  PN  junc- 
tion theory.  Theory  ot  the  bipolar  junc- 
tion transistor.  Prerequisite:  EEL  3396 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5353  Reld  Effect  Transistors  (3). 

Field  effect  device  physics  and  technol- 
ogy. MOS  capacitor.  DC  and  AC  charac- 
teristics of  the  MOS  transistor.  The  MOS 
transistor  in  dynamic  operation.  Prereq- 
uisites: EEL  3396  or  permision  of  in- 
structor. 

EEL  5366  Industrial  Electronics  (3).  A 

study  of  solid  state  devices  for  the  con- 
trol of  power,  their  applications  and  limi- 
tations in  power  switching  circuits  and  in 
the  control  of  physical  transducer.  Pre- 
requisites: EEL  4213,  EEL  4304  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

EEL  5371  High  Frequency  Amplifiers 
(3).  Analysis  and  design  of  high  fre- 
quency amplifiers  and  oscillators:  stabil- 
ity, scattering  parameters,  use  of  the 
Smith  chart  and  other  practical  design 
tools,  noise.  Prerequisites:  EEL  4304, 
EEL  4410  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5437  Mlicrowave  Engineering  (3). 

Microwave  guides.  Microwave  tubes.  Mi- 
crowave solid  state  devices.  Microwave 
integrated  circuits.  Microwave  enclo- 
sures. Prerequisite:  EEL  4410  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

EEL  5482  Fields  and  Waves  Erigineer- 
ing  (3).  Concepts  and  theorems  in  fields 
and  waves,  analytic  techniques  for 
guided  waves,  radiation  and  scattering, 
numerical  techniques  for  analysis  of 
electrical  devices  using  digital  comput- 
ers. Prerequisite:  EEL  4410  or  permis- 
,  sion  of  instructor. 

EEL  5500  Digital  Communication 
Systems  I  (3).  This  course  will  consider 
most  important  aspects  of  digital  com- 
munication systems  such  as  noise  re- 
lated subjects,  random  signals,  lineetr 
systems,  and  baseband  digital  modula- 
tion and  multiplexing.  Prerequisites: 
EEL  3135,  EEL  3514,  EEL  31 12  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 


EEL  5501  Digital  Communication  Sys- 
tenrw  11  (3).  This  course  will  consider 
more  important  aspects  of  digital  com- 
munication systems  such  as  matched  fil- 
ters, digital  base  and  modulation, 
multiplexing,  carrier  digital  modulation 
and  error  correction  coding.  Prereq- 
uisite: EEL  5500  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

EEL  5524  Statistical  Communication 
Theory  (3).  Noise,  random  processes, 
correlation,  spectral  analysis  in  the 
analysis  and  design  of  communication 
systems.  Optimization  techniques;  mini- 
mum mean  square  error.  Prerequisite: 
EEL  351 4. 

EEL  5563  introduction  to  Optical 
Fibers  (3).  Use  of  fiber  optics  as  a  com- 
munication medium.  Principles  of  fiber 
optics;  mode  theory;  transmitters,  modu- 
lators, sensors,  detectors  and  demodula- 
tors; fiber  data  links.  Prerequisites:  EEL 
3514,  EEL4314  and  EEL  4410  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

EEL  5653  Digital  Control  Systems  (3). 

Analysis  and  design  of  digital  control 
systems.  Z-transforms,  analysis  and 
control  of  discrete-time  systems,  digital 
control  of  analog  systems.  Several  digi- 
tal controller  design  methods.  Computer 
simulation  and  microprocessor  imple- 
mentation. Prerequisite:  EEL  3657. 
Corequisite:  EEL  461 1  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

EEL  5718  Computer-Communication 
Networl(  Engineering  (3).  System  engi- 
neering synthesis,  analysis,  and  evalu- 
ation of  computer-communication 
networks.  Network  deagn,  routing  and 
flow  control,  telecommunication  traffic 
engineering,  transmission,  switching, 
etc.  Prerequisite:  EEL  5501  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

EEL  5719  Digital  niters  (3).  Analysis, 
design  and  implementation  ot  digital  fil- 
ters. Hardware  and  software  approach 
to  design.  Prerequisites:  EEL  4709  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5725  Digital  Systems  Engineer- 
ing I  (3).  This  course  involves  system- 
atic studies  of  digital  instrumentation, 
digital  control,  digital  communication  sys- 
tems concepts  emd  case  studies.  Prereq- 
uisites: EEL  4304,  EEL  4746  or 
equivalent  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  5741  Advanced  Microprocessor 
Systems  (3).  Interfacing  of  various  mi- 
croprocessors together.  Concepts  of 
master-slave  systems,  virtual  memory 
and  I/O  control  techniques.  Digital  sys- 
tem evaluation  and  optimization.  Prereq- 
uisite: EEL  4746  or  permission  of 
instructor. 


146  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog     || 


EEL  5935  Advanced  Special  Topics 
(1-3).  A  course  designed  to  give  groups 
of  students  an  opportunity  to  pursue 
special  studies  in  an  advanced  topic  of 
Electrical  Engineering  not  othenwise  of- 
fered. Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

EEL  6020  Numerical  Analysis  of  Elec- 
trical Devices  (3).  Numerical  tech- 
niques for  the  analysis  of  static  and 
diffusion  eddy  current  type  field  prob- 
lems and  associated  phenomena  in 
electrical  devices.  Emphasis  on  imple- 
mentation and  applications  to  practical 
problems.  Prerequisites:  EEL  421 3, 
MAP  3302  or  equivalent  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

EEL  6075  Biosignal  Processing  i  (3). 

Cfiaracterizing  biosignals  by  application 
of  time  and  frequency  domain  analytic 
methods.  Comparison  of  analog  and 
digital  processing.  Engineering  design 
for  VLSI  implementations  in  implantable 
devices.  Prerequisites:  ELR  4202  and 
EEL  6505  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6076  Biosignal  Processing  ii  (3). 

Engineering  design  of  advanced  sys- 
tems for  processing  biosignals.  Methods 
for  signal  compression.  Adaptive  sys- 
tems for  automatic  recognition.  Applica- 
tion of  artificial  intelligence  for  signal 
classification.  Prerequisite:  EEL  6075  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6141  Advanced  Networic  Analy- 
sis (3).  Modeling  ctnd  analysis  of  net- 
wori<s  by  t-domain  and  s-domain 
techniques.  Topics  include  topology,  for- 
mulation of  loop  eqs  and  node  pair  eqs., 
state  space  networks,  computer  solu- 
tions. Prerequisite:  EEL  31 12  and  FOR- 
TRAN or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6207  Dynamic  Analysis  of  Electri- 
cal Machines  (3).  State  models  of  rotat- 
ing machines,  derivation  of  machine 
model  parameters,  modeling  of  machine 
and  power  system  dynamics.  Includes 
utilization  of  digital  computers  to  se- 
lected practical  problems.  Prerequisite: 
EEL  4213  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6253  Computer  Analysis  of 
Power  systems  (3).  Power  systems 
einalysis  and  designs  by  computer  solu- 
tions. Interactive  solutions,  povrar  flew, 
optimum  solutions.  Dynamic  solutions 
and  stability.  Prerequisite:  EEL  4215  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6254  Power  Systems  Reliability 
(3).  Expansion  planning,  load  forecast- 
ing, reliability  and  availability  application 
to  generation  planning,  bulk  power  sup- 
ply systems,  generation  system  opera- 
tion and  production  costing  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  EEL  4215  or  permission 
of  instructor. 


EEL  6261  Power  Systems  Engineer- 
ing (3).  steady-state  analysis,  fault  stud- 
ies, load  flow,  dynamic  and  transient 
performance,  on-line  control,  practical 
applications.  Prerequisite:  EEL  4215  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6273  Power  System  Stat>ility  and 
Control  (3).  Direct  methods  for  system 
stability,  computer  analysis  of  large 
scale  models,  Lyapunov  stability,  longer 
term  stability,  security  analysis,  MW-fre- 
quency  control,  isolated  and  multiple 
area  control.  Prerequisites:  EEL  4215 
and  FORTRAN  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

EEL  6311  Advanced  Electronic  Sys- 
tems i  (3).  Principles  of  analog  and  digi- 
tal electronics  network.  Advanced 
analysis,  modeling  and  computer  simula- 
tion of  op  amps.  Analog  design  tech- 
niques and  practical  examples  are 
covered.  Prerequisite:  EEL  431 4  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

EEL  6312  Advanced  Electronic  Sys- 
tems ii  (3).  Study  of  linear  properties  of 
electronic  systems  and  design  of  fault 
tolerant  systems  using  A/D  and  D/Aand 
control  algorithms.  Prerequisite:  EEL 
631 1  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6315  Advanced  Solid  State  Elec- 
tronics (3).  IC  technologies,  properties 
and  fabrication  concepts.  Bipolar,  MOS, 
I^L,  CCD,  bubble  technologies.  Ion  im- 
plantation characteristics.  Lithography 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  EEL  3396, 
EEL  4304  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6395  Applied  Superconductivity 
(3).  Covers  the  basic  physical  properties 
of  superconductors.  Superconducting 
devices:  squids,  memory  &  logic  ele- 
ments. Emphasis  is  placed  on  applica- 
tions of  superconductors.  Prerequisites: 
EEL  3396  and  EEL  4410.  Corequisite: 
EEL  6315,  EEL  6397  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

EEL  6397  Semiconductor  Device  The- 
ory (3).  Device  physics  and  modeling  of 
GaAs  FETS.  GaAs  analog  and  digital  in- 
tegrated circuits.  Modulation  doped  field 
effect  transistors.  Heterojunction  bipolar 
transistor  theory.  Prerequisite:  EEL 
3396. 

EEL  6443C  Electro-Optical  Devices 
and  Systems  (3).  introduction  to  optical 
devices  and  systems  such  as  solid  state 
laser  systems,  their  applications  in  in- 
dustry. Also  holography,  linear  and  non- 
linear optical  modulation  and  demodu- 
lation concepts.  Prerequisites:  EEL 
4410,  EEL  4314.  Corequisite:  EEL  5563 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6444  Optical  Fiber  Communica- 
tion Systems  (3).  Course  focuses  on 


specification,  design  and  application  of 
fiber  optic  communication  systems  con- 
sidering the  fiber  optic  wave  guide,  opti- 
Ccil  devk:e  sources,  photo-detector, 
receiver  and  transmitter  designs.  Prereq- 
uisite: EEL  5501  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

EEL  6505C  Digital  Signal  Processing         | 
(3).  Treatment  of  digital  signal  and  sys- 
tem characteristics:  Z  transforms  and 
FFT  theory.  Real  time  and  correlation 
functions.  Multidimensional  signal  proc- 
essing and  digital  filtering.  Prerequisites: 
EEL  451 0,  EEL  431 4,  EEL  5653  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

EEL  6509  Digital  Communications  by 
Satellite  (3).  This  course  will  consider 
processing  and  non-processing 
transponders,  earth  termir^ls,  propaga- 
tion link  characteristics,  multiple  access 
techniques,  and  spread  spectrum  tech- 
niques. Prerequisite:  EEL  5501  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

EEL  6575  Data  Communications  Engi- 
neering (3).  Digital  networks  for  data 
communications,  CCITT,  HDLC,  SDLG. 
Real  time  switching  techniques.  Micro- 
processor based  network  topologies. 
Busing  schemes  such  as  VME,  MUL- 
TIB,  RS232.  Prerequisites:  EEL  4746 
and  EEL  4314  or  permission  of  Instruc- 
tor. 

EEL  6614  Modern  Control  Theory  I 
(3).  Graduate  level  treatment  of  modem 
control  systems.  Optimal  control  of  feed- 
back systems.  Performance  measures, 
Pontryagln's  minimum  principle,  dy- 
namic programming,  numerical  tech- 
niques. Prerequisite:  EEL  5171  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EEL  6615  Modem  Control  Theory  II 
(3).  Graduate  level  course  in  Stocfiastic 
control.  Stochastic  processes,  linear  esti- 
mation, Kalman  filtering  techniques  in 
state  estimation.  Design  of  feedback 
control  in  the  presence  of  noise.  Prereq- 
uisite: EEL  6614  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

EEL  6666  Intelligent  Electronic  Ma- 
chine Design  (3).  Design  of  electronic 
systems  with  sensors  and  transducers, 
to  function  as  an  integrated  expert  sys- 
tem in  process  control  and  industry. 
Computer  vision,  image  processing  and 
robotics.  Prerequisites:  EEL  4304,  EEL 
3712  and  EEL  4746  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

EEL  6726C  Digital  Systems  Engineer- 
ing II  (3).  Analysis  and  design  of  time 
shared  digital  electronic  systems.  Artifi- 
cial intelligence  and  automation.  Robot- 
ics and  remote  control  systems. 
Advanced  digital  instrumentation  and 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 147 


testing.  Prerequisite:  EEL  5725  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

EEL  6758  Engineering  Design  of  Mi- 
croprocessor Based  Operating  Sys- 
tems (3).  Hardware  microprocessor 
based  systems,  BIOS  (basic  input  and 
output),  Kernel  partitions,  memory,  staci^ 
organization  and  physical  design  of  op- 
erating systems.  Prerequisites:  EEL 
4709  and  EEL  4746  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

EEL  6905  Individual  Work  (3).  Special 
problems  or  projects  selected  by  the  stu- 
dents and  a  faculty  member.  The  stu- 
dent conducts  the  project  with  a 
minimum  of  supervision.  Consent  of 
Department  Chairperson  arxJ  Faculty 
Advisa. 

EEL  6916  Graduate  Project  (1-3).  Inde- 
pendent research  work  culminating  In  a 
professional  practice-oriented  report  for 
the  requirements  of  the  non-thesis  op- 
tion of  the  M.S.  degree  project.  Prereq- 
uisites: Fifteen  graduate  credits  and 
approved  project  plan. 

EEL  6932  Graduate  Seminar  (1).  An 

examir»tlon  of  recent  technical  findings 
in  selected  areas  of  concern.  EmplTasis 
is  placed  on  presentations  (oral  and  writ- 
ten), research  activities,  readings,  and 
active  discussions  among  participants. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  graduate  advi- 
sor. 

EEL  6971  Research  Master's  Thesis 
(1-6).  The  student,  following  the  option 
of  the  Master's  Degree  with  tiiesis, 
should  vwrk  for  his/her  thesis  tiirough 
this  course.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 

EEL  6977  Extended  Thesis  Research 
(0).  For  Graduate  research  students 
who  fiave  completed  their  sequence  of 
thesis  credits,  but  must  register  for  a 
course  to  remain  on  graduate  student 
status. 


Industrial  and  Systems 
Engineering 

Fredrick  Swift,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Hector  Carrasco,  Assistant  Professor 
Chin-Sheng  Chen,  Associate  Professor 
Khoklat  Kengskool,  Associate 

Professor 
ShIh-MIng  Lee,  Associate  Professor 
Menberu  Lulu,  Associate  Professor 
Sergio  Martinez,  Senior  Lecturer  and 

Acting  Associate  Chairperson 
German  Nunez,  Associate  Professor 
Milton  Torres,  Lecturer 


Master  of  Science  in  Industrial 
Engineering 

Sergio  Martinez,  Coordinator 

The  Master  of  Science  program  In  Indus- 
trial Engineering  emphasizes  research, 
as  well  as  course  work,  and  tfie  gradu- 
ate degree  Is  intended  to  prepare  stu- 
dents for  the  professional  practice  of 
Industi-ial  Engineering.  The  Department 
offers  botti  ttnesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tions for  the  Master's  Degree.  The  tiie- 
sis  progrsim  entails  a  minimum  of  six 
credits  for  the  successful  completion  of 
tlie  research  and  tiiesis.  The  non-tfiesis 
option  must  be  supported  by  the  suc- 
cessful completion  of  a  project  and  a  re- 
port documenting  the  engineering  effort. 

Admission  requirements 

The  student  must  meet  all  University 
graduate  admission  requirements.  In 
addition,  he  or  sfie  must  also: 

1  .Have  a  BS  In  engineering  from  an 
accredited  instltijtion  or  must  take  pre- 
requisites as  required  to  remedy  defi- 
ciencies. 

2..  Must  have  a  "B"  average  in  the 
last  60  hours  of  undergraduate  work 
and  have  a  combined  score  of  1000  on 
the  Graduate  Record  Examination. 

3.  Applicants  meeting  only  one  of  ttie 
two  requirements  In  no.  2  will  be  evalu- 
ated by  tlie  department  admissions  com- 
mittee for  prolsationary  admissions. 
Indusb'ial  experience  and  special  re- 
search will  be  considered. 

4.  Foreign  students  must  take  tt\e 
test  of  English  as  a  foreign  language 
(TOEFL)  and  obtain  a  score  of  550  or 
better. 

5.  Students  with  BS  in  engineering 
other  than  Industrial  must  take  one  or 
two  additional  courses  that  have  been 
specially  developed  which  cover  IE  ar- 
eas of  special  need. 

6.  Students  with  degrees  from  disci- 
plines other  than  engineering  will  be  re- 
quired to  take  additional  courses  as 
needed  in  math,  natural  sciences  and 
tiasic  engineering. 

Course  requirements 

All  MSIE  degree  seeking  students  must 
take  tiie  following  four  courses  or 
equivalent  as  core  requirements. 
EIN  5322       Engineering  Management 
El  N  5605       Robotic  Assembly  Cell 
EIN  6248       Advanced  Ergonomics 
EIN  6936       Design  of  Industrial 

Engineering  Systems 

Students  must  also  take  an  addi- 
tional 24  hours  as  prescribed  by  their 
advisor. 


Recommended  program:  (36) 
Four  core  IE  graduate  courses  12 

Four  elective  IE  graduate  courses        12 
Two  elective  graduate  courses  (otiier 
departments)  6 

Thesis  6 

Available  areas  of  concentration 

Integrated  Manufacturing 
Humsin  Factors 
Engineering  Management 
Non-Thesis  option 
By  petition  only.  The  candidate  is  re- 
quired to  F>ass  a  comprehensive  final  ex- 
amination. The  exam  will  be 
administered  by  committee. 

Industrial  Engineering  Electives 

EIN  5332       Quality  Engineering 
EIN  5359       Industi-ial  Financial 

Decisions 
EIN  61 1 7      Advanced  Industrial 

Information  Systems 
EIN  6249       Occupational 

Biomechanics 
EIN  6367       Design  of  Production 

Systems 
EIN  631 9       Advanced  Wori<  Design 
EIN  6345       Inventory  Conti-ol  Systems 
EIN  6357       Advanced  Engineering 

Economy 
EIN  6392       Product  Design  for 

Manufacturability  and 

Automation 
EIN  6397      Advanced  Topics  in 

Manufacturing 

Automation 
EIN  6398      Advanced  Manufacturing 

Process  Engineering 
EIN  6603       Applied  Al/Expert  Systems 

in  industi-ial  Engineering 
EIN  6606       Robotic  Systems 
EIN  6932       Graduate  Seminar 
EIN  6971       Master's  Thesis 
EIN  51 1 5       Sun/ey  of  Industiial 

Engineering  Basics 
ESI  531 5       Survey  of  Operations 

Research 
ESI  631 6       Applications  of  OR  in 

Manufacturing 
ESI  6524       Applied  Industrial  Systems 

Simulation 
ESI  6546       NetvK)ri<  Row  Analysis 

Course  Description 
Description  of  Prefixes 

EIN-Engineering,  Industi-ial;  ESI-Engi- 
neering  Systems  Industial. 

EIN  5115  Survey  of  Industrial  Engi- 
neering Basics  (3).  Review  of  the  fol- 
lowing topics:  Human  Factors,  Work 
Design,  Automation  &  Robotics,  Engi- 


148  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


neering  Economy,  Microprocessor  Appli- 
cations and  Production  Planning  and 
Control. 

EIN  5322  Engineering  Management 
(3).  Organization  of  engineering  sys- 
tems including  production  and  service 
organizations.  Inputs  of  human  skills, 
capital,  technology,  and  managerial  ac- 
tivities to  produce  useful  products  and 
services. 

BN  5332  Quality  Engineering  (3).  This 
course  examines  quality  control  from  an 
engineering  standpoint.  It  covers  ways 
to  meet  the  challenge  of  designing  high- 
quality  products  and  processes  at  low 
cost. 

EIN  5359  Industrial  Rnancial  Deci- 
sions (3).  The  use  of  financial  tech- 
niques and  data  in  planning,  controlling 
and  coordinating  industrial  activities. 
This  course  will  familiarize  tfie  student 
witfv  accounting  concepts  and  analytical 
metiiods. 

EIN  5605  Robotic  Assembly  Cell  (3). 

Concepts  of  rotxst  manipulation  and 
sensing,  part  design  for  robotic  assem- 
iDly,  planning  manipulator  trajectories, 
machine  vision,  robot  p>rogramming  lan- 
guage, cell  control,  and  material  transfer. 

EIN  6117  Advanced  Industrial  Infor- 
mation Systems  (3).  Review  of  thie  fun- 
damental and  theoretical  foundation  of 
industrial  information  systems.  Applica- 
tion of  the  system  design  process  and 
information  system  concepts  to  develop 
integrated  engineering  systems. 

EIN  6248  Advance  Ergonomics  (3). 

Analysis  of  human  factors  in  tiie  design 
of  engineering  systems,  with  emphasis 
on  tiie  interphase  of  man-machine-me- 
dia and  human  limitations  in  relation  to 
equipment  design  and  wori<  environ- 
ments. Prerequisites:  EIN  4314,  EIN 
4243,  and  PCB  3702  or  equivalent. 

EIN  6249  Occupational  Biomechanics 
(3).  Study  of  the  theoretical  fundamentals 
for  the  mechanics  of  the  body.  The  link 
system  of  the  body  and  kinematic  as- 
pects of  body  movement  inducing  appli- 
cations of  biomechanics  to  work  systems. 

BN  6367  Design  of  Production  Sys- 
tems (3).  The  design  of  an  industrial  en- 
terprise including  feasibility,  plant  layout, 
equipment  specifications,  auxiliary  serv- 
ices, economics  arKJ  scheduling. 

BN  6319  Advanced  Wortc  Design  (3). 

Study  of  tine  various  human  physiologic 
systems  and  their  responses  as  it  re- 
lates to  occupational  wori<  including  en- 
durance, fatigue,  recovery,  and  energy 
cost  of  work.  Prerequisites:  EIN  6248. 


BN  6345  Inventory  Control  Systems 

(3).  Design  of  non-traditional  inventory 
control  systems.  Development  of  sev- 
eral inventory  system  models.  Explora- 
tion of  methods  of  collecting  apfxopriate 
demand  and  cost  data  for  effective  sys- 
tems analysis.  Prerequisite:  ESI  3314. 

BN  6357  Advanced  Engineering 
Economy  (3).  Review  of  engineering 
economy  and  ttie  evaluation  of  ad- 
vanced manufacturing  dydtems.  Evalu- 
ation of  alternative  capital  investments 
considering  income  taxes,  depreciation, 
inflation,  risk  and  uncertainty.  Prereq- 
uisite: EIN  3354. 

BN  6392  Product  Design  for  Manufac- 
turability  and  Automation  (3).  Over- 
view and  integration  of  the 
design-material-manufacture  process. 
Design  considerations  for  manufactijra- 
bility,  assembly,  and  economical  produc- 
tion. Concurrent  engineering  systems. 
Prerequisite:  EIN  4395. 

BN  6397  Advanced  Topics  in  Manu- 
facturing Automation  (3).  Overview  of 
manufacturing  systems;  evolution  of 
controls  and  Al;  material  handling;  auto- 
mation damps,  jigs,  and  fixtures;  cutting 
sensors;  machine  vision  and  autono- 
mous manufacturing.  Prerequisites:  EIN 
6392  and  EIN  6398. 

BN  6398  Advanced  Manufacturing 
Process  Engineering  (3).  Non-tradi- 
tional manufacturing  processes.  Tool  se- 
lection. Jig  and  fixture  design.  Material 
handling.  Tolerance  and  dimensioning. 
Product  assembly.  Engir)eering  econom- 
ics. Manufacturing  process  planning. 
Prerequisite:  EIN  3390. 

BN  6603  Applied  Al/Expert  Systems 
In  Industrial  Engineering  (3).  Applica- 
tion of  artificial  intelligence  and  expert 
systems  as  engineering  tools.  Exploring 
the  use  of  PCs  and  symbolic  machine 
witin  various  Al/Expert  Systems  soft- 
ware. Several  projects  are  required.  Pre- 
requisites: CAP  5680. 

BN  6606  Robotic  Systems  (3).  Basic 
robotic  system  principles,  functional  re- 
quirements of  robotic  systems,  simula- 
tion of  system  preliminary  design,  and 
physical  experimentation  of  robotic  sys- 
tems. 

BN  6932  Graduate  Seminar  (1).  An  ex- 
amination of  recent  technical  findings  in 
selected  areas  of  concern.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  presentations  (oral  and  writ- 
ten), research  activities,  readings  and 
discusstons  among  participants. 

BN  6936  Design  of  Industrial  Engi- 
neering Systenrts  (3).  Overview  of  sys- 
tems ttieories.  Systems  design  process 
induding:  Problem  definition,  analysis, 


generation  of  alternatives,  systems 
evaluation,  selection  of  preferred  sys- 
tem, and  implementation.  Prerequisites: 
EIN  6345,  ESI  6316,  and  ESI  6524. 

BN  6971  Master's  Thesis  (1-3).  The 

students  following  the  thesis  option 
should  wori<  on  his/her  thesis  through 
tills  course. 

ESI  5315  Survey  of  Operations  Re- 
search (3).  Review  of  the  followflng  top- 
ics: Linear  Programming,  Integer 
Programming,  Dynamic  Progrsimming, 
Network,  Queuing,  Forecasting,  Inventory 
Theory,  Simulation  and  Quality  Control. 

ESi  6316  Applications  of  OR  in  Manu- 
facturing (3).  Overview  of  OR  tech- 
niques. Manufacturing  system  and 
product  selection.  Sixjp  loading,  re- 
source allocation,  production  schedul- 
ing, job  sequencing,  and  plant  layout 
problems.  System  performance  evalu- 
ation. Prerequisite:  EIN  3314. 

BN  6345  Inventory  Control  Systems 
(3).  Design  of  non-traditional  inventory 
control  systems.  Development  of  sev- 
eral inventory  system  models.  Explora- 
tion of  metiiods  of  collecting  appropriate 
demand  and  cost  data  for  effective  sys- 
tems analysis.  Prerequisite:  ESI  3314. 

ESi  6524  Applied  Industrial  Systems 
Simulation  (3).  Advanced  simulation 
techniques  with  a  focus  on  practical  sys- 
tems modeling  using  several  user-ori- 
ented simulation  languages.  Projects 
involving  design  of  high-perfomiance 
simulation  programs  are  required.  Pre- 
requisite: ESI  3523. 

ESI  6546  Networic  Flow  Analysis  (3). 

Deterministic  and  stochastic  network 
flow  analysis;  minimal  cost  flow,  shortest 
route,  max-flow,  and  out-of-kilter  algo- 
ritfims;  consti-ained  networt<  analysis; 
and  stochastic  queueing  networks.  Pre- 
requisite: ESI  3314. 


Mechanical  Engineering 

M.  Ali  Et>adlan,  Professor  and 

Chairman 
S.  Chellaiah,  Assistant  Professor 
Wei  Jiang,  Visiting  Assstant  Professor 
W.  KInzy  Jones,  Assodate  Professor 
Rene  Leonard,  Assodate  Professor 
Cesar  Levy,  Assodate  Professor 
Ian  Radin,  Visiting  Assodate  Professor 
Gautam  Ray,  Professor 
Richard  Schoephoerster,  Visiting 

Assistant  Professor 
Ebrahim  Shirazlnedjad,  Visiting 

Assistant  Professor 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 149 


Fredrick  Swift,  Professor 
Itirahim  Tansel,  Assistant  Professor 
Kuang-Hsl  Wu,  Associate  Professor 
Gao  Yang,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor 
Tachung  Ylh,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Cesar  Levy,  Coordinator 

Admission  Requirements 

Bachelor's  degree  in  Engineering  or  re- 
lated field  from  an  accredited  institution 
with  a  minimum  3.0  GPA  (on  a  scale  of 
4.0  maximum)  in  the  upper  level  work 
and  a  combined  (vertiai  and  quantita- 
tive) score  of  1000  on  tfie  Graduate  Re- 
cord Examination  (GRE).  Applicants 
having  either  a  3.0  GPA  or  a  score  of 
1000  on  the  GRE  will  be  evaluated  by 
the  department  committee  for  possible 
admission.  Under  certain  circum- 
stances, consistent  with  state  university 
requirements,  students  may  be  admitted 
under  10%  exception  rule.  Therefore, 
minority  students  are  encouraged  to  ap- 
ply for  proper  program  admission.  A  stu- 
dent whose  degree  is  mt  in  Mechanical 
Engineering  may  need  additional  reme- 
dial coursework.  Foreign  students  re- 
quire a  minimum  of  500  on  tfie  TOEFL. 

Course  Requirements 

All  MSME  degree  seeking  students 
must  take  the  following  five  courses  or 
equivalent  as  common  core  courses: 
EGM  531 5     Intermediate  Analysis  of 

Mechanical  Systems         3 
EGM  561 5     Synthesis  of  Engineering 

Mechanics  3 

EGM  6422     Advanced  Analysis  of 

Mechanical  Systems         3 
EML  5709     Intermediate  Ruid 

MechEinics  3 

EML  5277     Computer  Aided  Design 

and  Analysis  of 

Mechanical  Engineering    3 

An  additional  21  credit  hours  are  to 
be  taken  from  the  foltowing  Mechanical 
Engineering  courses  (up  to  a  maximum 
of  six  semester  hours  may  be  taken 
from  courses  offered  by  other  depart- 
ments). 
EGM  6586     Fluid  Mechanic 

Applicatjons  in 

Physiotogical  Systems       3 
EGM  6587    Applied  Biomedical  and 

Diagnostk; 

Measurements  3 

EGM  6588     Solid  Mechanics 

Applications  in 

Physiological  Systems       3 
EML  5 1 03     Intermediate 

Thermodynamics  3 


EML  5104     Classical 

Thermodynamics  3 

EML  51 25     Classical  Dynamics  3 

EML  51 52     Intermediate  Heat 

Transfer  3 

EML  5385     Identification  Techniques 

of  Mechanical  Systems  3 
EML  5562     Advanced  Electronic 

Packaging  3 

EML  5708     Advanced  Design  of 

Thermal  and  FluW 

Systems  3 

EML  61 53  Advanced  Heat  Transfer  3 
EML  6 1 54  Conduction  Heat  Transfer  3 
EML  61 55  Convection  Heat  Transfer  3 
EML  6223     Advanced  Mechanical 

Vibrations  Analysis  3 

EML  6233     Fatigue  and  Failure 

Analysis  3 

EML  6532     Advanced  Applications  in 

Mechanical  Computer 

Aided  Design  3 

EML  671 2     Advanced  Fluid 

Mechanics  3 

EML  6714  Advanced  Gas  Dynamics  3 
EML  6725      Computational  Ruid 

Dynamics  3 

EML  6805     Advanced  Kinematics  of 

Mechanisms  and 

Robots  3 

EML  6971      Master's  Thesis  1-6 

Tliesis  Requirement 

Six  semester  hours  (three  credits  maxi- 
mum per  semester)  must  be  earned  and 
an  acceptable  thesis  must  be  com- 
pleted. Upon  the  approval  of  tfie  depart- 
mental committee,  the  thesis 
requirement  may  be  replaced  by  two  ad- 
ditional courses.  Usually,  this  permis- 
sion is  granted  to  the  student  with 
considerable  research  and  development 
related  wori<  experience. 
Othier  Requirements: 

1 .  Earn  a  minimum  of  3.0  GPA  aver- 
age in  all  approved  courses  in  the  stu- 
dent's program  of  study. 

2.  Pass  a  comprehensive  examina- 
tion (given  by  the  departmental  commit- 
tee) which  may  include  an  oral  defense 
of  tfie  thesis  project.  Students  with  non- 
thesis  option  must  also  pass  this  com- 
prehensive examination. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

EGM  -  Engineering  Mechanics;  EGN  - 
Engineering;  General;  EMA  -  Engineer- 
ing; Materials;  EML  -  Engineering:  Me- 
chanical 

EGM  5315  Intermediate  ArtalysJs  of 
Mechanical  Systems  (3).  Rrst  course 


at  the  graduate  level  in  the  analysis  of 
mechanical  systems.  Modeling  of  the 
system  and  analytical  and  numerical 
methods  of  solution  of  the  governing 
equations  will  be  studied.  Ruid  and 
thermodynamic  systems  will  be  empha- 
sized in  this  course.  Prerequisite:  EGM 
331 1  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EGM  5354  Finite  Element  Method  Ap- 
plication in  Mechanical  Engineering 
(3).  Utilize  the  finite  element  method  to 
solve  protilems  in  heat  transfer,  fluid  dy- 
namics, diffusion,  acoustics,  vibration, 
and  electromagnetism,  as  well  as  the 
coupled  interaction  of  these  phenom- 
ena. Prerequisites:  CGS  3420,  EGM 
3520,  and  EML  41 40. 

EGM  5615  Synthesis  of  Engineering 
Mechanics  (3).  Unified  approach  to  the 
analysis  of  continuous  media  using  con- 
stitutive equations,  mechanical  behavior 
of  materials  and  their  usefulness  in  han- 
dling failure  ttieories  and  composite  ma- 
terials. Prerequisites:  MAP  3302  and 
EGM  3520. 

EGM  5935  Review  of  Topics  in  Me- 
cfianical  Engineering  (4).  To  prepare 
qualified  candidates  to  take  Mechanical 
Engineering  PE  written  examination.  Re- 
viewed courses  include  Thermodynam- 
ics, Ruid  Mechanics,  Mechanics  of 
Materials,  Ntechanlcal  Design  and  Heat 
Transfer. 

EGM  6422  Advanced  Analysis  of  Me- 
cfianlcal  Systems  (3).  Modeling  of  vi- 
brational and  dynamic  systems 
including  solution  of  governing  equa- 
tions by  analytical  and  numerical  tech- 
niques. Prerequisite:  EGM  5315  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EGM  6570  Fracture  Mechanics  (3). 

Failure  criteria  and  the  different  modes 
of  fracture;  stress  intensity  factor;  tfie  J 
integral;  viscous  and  plastic  fracture  me- 
chanics and  crack  displacement  models 
will  be  studied.  Prerequisite:  EGM  5615. 

EGM  6586  Fluid  Mechanics  Applica- 
tion in  Physioiogicai  Systems  (3). 

Ruid  mechanics  principles  including  fi- 
nite element  and  finite  difference  meth- 
ods as  it  is  applied  to  the  analysis  of 
various  physiological  systems  will  be 
covered.  Process  flow,  diffusion  and 
transport  will  be  discussed  in  cardiovas- 
cular and  pulmonary  systems.  Applica- 
tion of  these  primarily  in  the  design  of 
heart-lung  machine,  dialysis  units  and 
heart  valves  will  be  discussed.  Prereq- 
uisite: EGM  4580  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

EGM  6587  Applied  Biomedical  and  Di- 
agnostic Measurements  (3).  Funda- 
mentals of  Hemodynamic  measure- 


ISO  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


ments  and  various  imaging  modalities 
will  be  covered.  The  students  will  be 
spending  some  time  In  clinical  laborato- 
ries in  making  actual  measurements. 
The  course  will  be  taught  In  collabora- 
tion with  the  Diagnostic  Radiology 
Department  at  Mt.  Sinai  Medical  Center, 
and  Baptist  Hospital.  Prerequisite:  EGM 
4580  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EGM  6588  Solid  Mechanics  Applica- 
tion in  Physiological  Systems  (3). 

Solid  mechanics  and  numerical  meth- 
ods as  applied  to  rheology  etnalysis  of 
musculoskeletal  system  and  trauma.  De- 
sign application  in  orthotics  and  prothe- 
sis  and  heart  valve.  Prerequisite:  EGM 
4580  or  permission  of  Instructor. 

EGN  5990  Fundamentals  of  Engineer- 
ing (FE)  Review  (4).  Prepares  upper 
level  engineering  students  to  take  the 
fundamentals  of  Engineering  (FE)  State 
Board  Examinations.  Reviews  Chemis- 
try, Computers,  Statics,  Synamics,  Elec- 
trical Circuits,  Ruid  Mechanics, 
Mechanic  of  Materials,  Material  Science 
and  Thermodynamics. 

EMA  5295  Principles  of  Composite 
Materials  (3).  Thie  mechanical  behavior 
of  composite  materials  used  in  thte  auto- 
motive, aircraft  and  sporting  goods  in- 
dustries, material  and  laminar 
properties;  design  of  composites;  failure 
analysis;  and  environmental  effects.  Pre- 
requisite: EGN  5615  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

EMA  5935  Advanced  Topics  in  Materi- 
als Engineering  (3).  Topics  include  ther- 
modynamics of  solids,  principles  of 
physical  metallurgy,  including  phase 
transformation  and  diffusion  and  analyti- 
cal methods  in  materials  engineering. 

EML  5103  Intermediate  Thermody- 
namics (3).  Thermodynamic  approach 
to  processes  and  engines;  alternative 
formulations  and  legendre  transforma- 
tions; maxwell  relations,  first  and  sec- 
ond order  phase  transitions. 
Prerequisites:  EML  4101  and  EGM  3311. 

EML  5104  Classical  Thennodynamics 
(3).  Mathiematical  analysis  of  tfie  laws  of 
classical  reversible  and  irreversible  tfier- 
modynamics.  Applications  to  mechani- 
cal, electromagnetic,  and  chemical 
systems,  under  ideal  and  real  current  in- 
terest. Prerequisite:  EML  3101. 

EML  51 25  Classical  Dynamics  (3). 

Kinematics  of  rigid  body  motion,  Eule- 
rian  angles,  lagrangian  equations  of  mo- 
tion, inertia  tensor,  momental  ellipsoid. 
Rigid-body  equations  of  motion,  Euler's 
equations,  force-free  motion,  polhade 
and  herpolhade,  theory  of  tops  and  gyro- 
scopes. Variational  principles.  Hamilto- 


nian  equations  of  motion.  Poinsote  rep- 
resentation. Prerequisites:  MAP  3302 
and  EGN  3321. 

EML  5152  Intermediate  Heat  Transfer 
(3).  Multi-dimensional  heat  conduction 
under  steady  and  transient  conditions. 
Heat,  mass  and  momentum  transfer.  Ra- 
diation heat  transfer.  Gas  radiation. 
Free  and  forced  convection.  Prereq- 
uisites: EML  4140  and  EML  5709. 

EML  5277  Computer  Aided  Design 
and  Analysis  of  IMechanical  Systems 
(3).  Computer  aided  geometrical  model- 
ing of  spatial  mecfianical  systems.  De- 
sign criteria  and  analytical  approaches 
for  planer  kinematic  systems  will  be  em- 
phasized. Prerequisites:  EML  4260, 
EML  4535,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

EML  5385  Identification  Techniques 
of  Mechanical  Systems  (3).  FFT,  time 
series  analysis  and  neuretl  networks  are 
introduced.  Applications  of  these  tech- 
niques are  discussed  for  identification  of 
mechanical  structures,  and  machine  di- 
agnostics. Prerequisite:  EML  431 2. 

EML  5562  Advanced  Electronic  Pack- 
aging (3).  Advanced  topics  in  electronic 
packaging.  Evaluation  of  first  through 
fourth  level  assembly.  Applications  of 
computer  layout  design,  tfiermal  man- 
agement and  mechanical  stability  analy- 
sis. Prerequisite:  EML  4561  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

EML  5606  Advanced  Refrigeration 
and  Air  Conditioning  Systems  (3). 

The  various  methods  used  in  the  ther- 
mal design  and  analysis  of  both  refrig- 
eration and  heat  pump  systems  are 
investigated.  Various  methods  of  produc- 
ing heating  and  cooling  are  examined  in- 
cluding vapor  compression,  absorption, 
air  cycle,  steam  jet,  thermoelectric,  solar 
heating  and  cooling  systems. 

EML  5615  Computer  Aided  Design  in 
Air  Conditioning  (3).  Software  will  t>e 
used  to  demonstarate  hieatirg,  ventilat- 
ing and  air  conditioning  design  concepts 
and  sizing  equipment  and  determing 
performance  parameters.  Project  design 
is  required.  Prerequisite:  EML  4601, 
EML  4603. 

EML  5708  Advanced  Design  of  Ther- 
mal and  Fluid  System  (3).  Advanced 
designs  of  pumps,  compressors,  heat 
exchangers,  HVAC  systems  and  ther- 
mal and  fluid  control  devices.  Prereq- 
uisite: EML  4706. 

EML  5709  Intermediate  Ruid  Mechan- 
ics (3).  Basic  concepts  and  scope  of 
fluid  dynamics;  non-inertial  reference 
frames.  Two-dimensional  potential  the- 
ory. Applications  to  airfoils.  The  Navier- 
Stokes  equations;  selected  exact  and 


approximate  equations.  Prerequisite: 
EGN  3353. 

EML  6153  Advanced  Heat  Transfer 
(3).  Review  of  analogies  among  heat, 
mass  and  momentum  transfer.  Free  and 
forced  convection  from  theoretical  and 
experimental  viewpoint  for  laminar  and 
turbulent  flows.  Rim  and  dropwise  con- 
densation. Prerequisite:  EML  5152. 

EML  6154  Conduction  Heat  Transfer 
(3).  Heat  transfer  by  conduction  for 
steady  and  unsteady  One  and  Multidi- 
mensional systems  with  and  without 
heat  generation.  Temperature  distribu- 
tion analysis  using  analytical  and  compu- 
tational methods.  Prerequisite:  EML 
4140. 

EML  61 55  Convection  Heat  Transfer 
(3).  Development  and  solution  of  gov- 
erning equations  of  parallel  flows, 
boundary  layer  flows,  instability  and  tur- 
bulence with  convection  fieat  transfer. 
Prerequisite:  EML  4140. 

EML  6157  Advanced  Radiation  Heat 
Transfer  (3).  Introduce  the  graduate  stu- 
dent to  fieat  transfer  by  radiation  for 
steady  and  unsteady  one  and  multi-di- 
mensional systems.  Radiation  parame- 
ters effecting  different  systems  will  be 
studies.  Prerequisite:  EML  4140. 

EML  6223  Advanced  Mechanical  Vi- 
bration Analysis  (3).  Multidegree  of 
freedom  systems,  discrete  and  continu- 
ous systems;  vibration  control  and  intro- 
duction to  vibration  of  non-linear 
systems.  Prerequisite:  EML  4220. 

EML  6233  Fatigue  and  Failure  Analy- 
sis (3).  A  study  of  tfie  theoretical  and 
practical  aspects  of  material  failure  in- 
cluding failure  modes,  life  prediction,  cor- 
rosion with  tfie  goal  of  designing  a  safe 
product  Prerequisite:  EGM  5615. 

EML  6532  Advanced  Application  in 
IMechanical  Computer  Aided  Design 
(3).  Advanced  CAD  techniques  in  de- 
sign of  mechanical  systems.  Architec- 
ture of  CAD  systems  including  database 
applications.  Advanced  computational 
geometry  student  programming.  Prereq- 
uisites: EML  5277,  EML  5277  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

EML  6712  Advanced  Ruid  Mechanics 
I  (3).  Turbulent  flows  with  emphasis  on 
engineering  metfwds.  Momentum,  en- 
ergy, eind  species  transfer.  Production, 
dissipation,  and  scaling  laws  for  turbu- 
lence. Mixing  length,  effective  viscosity. 
Prerequisite:  EML  5709. 

EML  6714  Advanced  Gas  Dynamics 
(3).  Thermodynamic  and  fluid  mechan- 
ics principles  to  high  speed  flows.  Rows 
to  be  studied  include  flows  with  friction 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 151 


and  heat  loss/addition.  Prerequisite: 
EML4711. 

EML  6725  Computational  Fluid  Dy- 
namics (3).  Basic  computational  meth- 
ods for  incompressible  and 
compressible  flows.  Methods  for  solving 
the  stream  function  equation.  Boundary 
conditions  for  vortidty  and  steam  func- 
tion equations.  Finite  difference  and  fi- 
nite element  techniques.  Prerequisites: 
CGS  3420,  EML  6712. 

EML  6805  Advanced  Kinematics  of 
Mechanisms  and  Robots  (3).  Kine- 
matic analysis  of  mechanisms  and  rolsot 
arms,  geometric  configurations,  analyti- 
cal and  numerical  methods  in  kinemat- 
ics. Prerequisite:  EML  3262. 

EML  6908  Independent  Studies  (1-3). 

Individual  research  studies  available  for 
qualified  graduate  students.  The  work  is 
to  be  performed  under  tfie  supervision 
of  an  advisor.  A  report  is  to  be  submit- 
ted. Students  may  register  for  1  to  3 
credits  per  semester.  Prerequisite:  Advi- 
sor's permission. 

EML  6971  Masters  Thesis  (1-6).  Mas- 
ters thesis  in  any  advanced  topic,  a  re- 
port is  to  be  submitted  and  an  oral 
presentation  is  to  be  made.  Students 
may  register  for  1  to  3  credits  per  se- 
mester. Totcil  of  6  credits  to  be  earned. 
Prerequisite:  Advisor's  permission. 


School  of  Design 

Gordon  Hopkins,  Dean 
Adele  Smith,  Associate  Dean 
Jos6  D.  Mltranl,  Chairperson, 

Construction  Management 
Leonardo  Alvarez,  Ctiairperson, 

Landscape  Architecture  and 

ArcNiectural  Studies 
John  Konarsld,  III,  Chairperson, 

Retailing  arid  Apparel  Studies 

The  School  of  Design  offers  graduate 
degree  programs  in  Construction  Man- 
agement and  Landscape  Architecture. 

Community  Involvement 

The  School  maintains  dose  ties  with  tfie 
landscape  arcNtecture,  architecture, 
and  construction  industries.  Industry  ad- 
visory committees  periodically  review 
the  cuniculum  to  maintain  its  relevance 
to  the  needs  of  tfw  industry. 

Admission  Preparation 

Prospective  students  who  are  consider- 
ing majors  within  the  School  of  Design 
must  meet  tfie  University's  graduate  ad- 
mission requirements.  Many  of  tfie 


School's  academic  programs  require  ex- 
tensive prerequisite  preparation  prior  to 
enrollment  in  certain  courses.  Students 
should  check  the  individual  program  re- 
quirements. 


Construction 
Management 

Jos6  D.  MitranI,  P.E.,  Associate 

Professor  and  Chairperson 
Irtlshad  Ahmad,  Assistant  Professor 
Gabriel  Auricles,  Associate  Professor 
Wilson  Barnes,  Assistant  Professor 

arxi  Coordinator,  Broward  Program 
Bhaskar  Chaudhari,  Professor 
Eugene  D.  Farmer,  Assistant  Professor 
Ayman  Morad,  Assistant  Professor 
Juik)  Otazo,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in 
Construction  Management 

The  master's  degree  is  rapidly  t)ecom- 
ing  the  entry  level  requirement  for  mid- 
dle and  upper  level  managerial 
positions  in  the  construction  industry. 
The  primary  goal  of  this  program  is  to 
provide  ttie  knowledge  and  advanced 
skills  essential  for  success  in  ttiese  posi- 
tions. The  program  is  flexible  enough  to 
accommodate  graduates  from  other  dis- 
dplines  who  may  lack  a  part  of  tiie  un- 
dergraduate tjackground  in  construction 
management. 

Students  who  hold  four-year  under- 
graduate degrees  in  construction  man- 
agement or  its  equivalent  in  related 
fields  may  nonnally  complete  the  mas- 
ter's degree  in  one  academic  year  as 
full-time  students.  'Equivalent  in  related 
fields'  should  indude  studies  in  con- 
struction materials  and  metfxxds,  struc- 
tures, cost  estimating,  construction 
scheduling  and  business  manage- 
ment/finsince.  Students  with  deficiencies 
in  these  fields  may  need  longer  resi- 
dence for  tfie  master's  degree,  as  ttiey 
will  t>e  required  to  take  specified  basic 
courses  to  provide  a  foundation  for  ad- 
vanced courses. 

Admission  Application 

Each  student  wishing  to  enter  the  gradu- 
ate program  must  formally  apply  to  the 
University  for  acceptance.  See  catalog 
for  graduate  application  instructions. 

Admission  Requirements 

In  order  to  be  admitted,  applicants 
should  hold  a  Bachelor's  Degree  in  Con- 
struction, Construction  Management,  Ar- 
cNtecture, Engineering,  Business  or 
'equivalent  related  fields.'  In  addition, 
applicants  must  meet  one  of  the  two  fol- 
lowing criteria: 


1 .  Have  a  'B'  average  (3.0  GPA)  or 
better  w/hile  registered  as  an  upper-divi- 
sion student  working  toward  a  baccalau- 
reate degree. 

2.  Obtained  a  score  of  at  least  1000 
on  tfie  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(GRE)  or  a  minimum  score  of  500  on 
the  Graduate  Management  Admissions 
Test  (GMAT). 

GRE  or  GMAT 

All  graduate  students,  regardless  of  un- 
dergraduate GPA,  are  required  by  tfie 
University  to  take  the  GRE  or  tfie 
GMAT.  Students  that  did  not  take  the 
GRE  or  tfie  GMAT  for  admission  into 
tfie  program  must  take  either  one  no 
later  ttian  the  second  semester  into  their 
master's  work. 

Background 

Applicants  should  fiold  a  Bachelor's  de- 
gree in  Construction,  Construction  Man- 
agement, Architecture,  Engineering, 
Business  or  "equivalent  related  fields." 
Transcripts  of  all  applicants  vinll  be  re- 
viewed to  ascertain  successful  comple- 
tion of  program  prerequisites. 

"Equivalent  in  related  fields"  should 
include  studies  in  construction  materials 
and  methods,  structures,  cost  estimat- 
ing, construction  scheduling  and  busi- 
ness management/finance.  Students 
with  defidendes  in  these  fields  may 
need  longer  residence  for  the  master's 
degree,  as  they  will  be  required  to  take 
spedfied  basic  courses  to  provide  a 
foundation  for  advanced  courses. 

Curriculum 

The  graduate  student  has  a  choice  of 
either  a  thesis  or  non-tfiesis  track  to- 
wards graduation.  The  33  semester 
hour  tfiesis  track  consists  of  30  semes- 
ter hours  of  course  work,  and  three  se- 
mester hours  of  thesis  (three  hours  for 
research  and  three  hours  for  tfiesis 
preparation).  Tfie  non-tfiesis  (master's 
report)  option  consists  of  36  semester 
flours  of  course  work  and  six  semester 
hours  of  master's  report  (three  hours  for 
research  and  three  hours  for  report 
preparation).  A  student  sheill  not  register 
for  either  the  master's  tfiesis  or  master's 
report  without  first  having  received  the 
approval  from  his/her  advisor,  supervi- 
sory committee,  and  the  Chairman  of 
the  Department. 

Course  Requirements 

Graduate  credit  is  awarded  for  courses 
numbered  5000  and  above.  Tfie  work  in 
the  major  field  must  be  in  courses  num- 
bered 5000  or  above.  For  wof1<  outside 
the  major,  courses  numbered  3000  or 
atxive  may  be  taken  provided  they  are 
part  of  an  approved  plan  of  study.  The 
program  of  course  vrork  for  a  master's 


152  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 

degree  must  be  approved  by  the  stu- 
dent's advisor,  supervisory  committee, 
and  Department  Chair.  No  more  than 
six  credits  from  a  previous  master's  de- 
gree program  may  be  applied  toward  a 
second  master's  degree.  These  credits 
are  applied  only  with  the  written  ap- 
proval of  the  Department  Chair  and  th« 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineering  and 
Design. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

Only  graduate  (5000  -  7000)  level  work 
to  the  extent  of  two  courses,  totaling  six 
semester  hours,  earned  with  a  grade  of 
A,  B+,  or  B  may  be  transferred  from  an- 
other institution  approved  by  the  Depart- 
ment Chair  and  the  Dean  of  tfie  College 
of  Engineering  and  Design,  or  from  post- 
baccalaureate  worl<  at  Rorida  Interna- 
tional University.  Credits  transferred 
from  otfier  universities  will  he  applied  to- 
ward meeting  the  degree  requirements 
but  the  grades  earned  will  not  be  com- 
puted in  the  student's  grade  point  aver- 
age. Acceptance  of  transfer  of  wedit 
requires  approval  of  tlie  student's  super- 
visory committee  and  the  Department 
Chiair.  Petitions  for  transfer  of  credit  for 
a  master's  degree  must  be  made  during 
the  student's  first  term  of  enrollment  in 
tfie  master's  program.  Nonresident  or 
extension  work  taken  at  another  institu- 
tion may  not  be  transferred  to  Rorida  In- 
ternational University  for  graduate 
credit.  No  courses  taken  by  correspon- 
dence or  as  part  of  another  degree  may 
be  used  toward  a  graduate  degree. 

Supervisory  Committee 

The  student's  supervisory  committee 
should  be  appointed  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble after  the  student  has  been  admitted 
to  the  master's  program  but  in  no  case 
later  thian  the  second  semester  of  gradu- 
ate study.  Supervisory  committees  for 
graduate  degree  programs  are  nomi- 
nated by  ttie  student's  selected  gradu- 
ate advisor  and  approved  by  the 
Department  Chairperson.  The  student's 
proposed  plan  of  study  must  be  ap- 
proved, in  writing,  by  frie  student's 
graduate  advisor,  tfie  supervisory  com- 
mittee and  the  Department  Chair. 

Master's  Thesis/Report 

A  student,  as  part  of  his/her  plan  of 
study,  must  prepare  a  written  proposal 
for  presentation  to  his/her  graduate  advi- 
sor, supervisory  committee,  and  the 
Chair  of  the  Department.  This  proposal 
must  adhere  to  all  University  and 
Department  regulations  concerning  for- 
mat and  content.  Once  this  proposal  is 
approved,  in  writing,  by  tfie  student's 
graduate  advisor,  his/her  supervisory 
committee,  and  the  Department  Chair, 


the  student  will  be  permitted  to  register 
for  master's  ttiesis  or  master's  report. 

Examination 

A  final  comprehensive  examination, 
oral,  written  or  both,  must  be  passed  by 
the  candidate.  This  excimination,  held 
on  campus  with  all  participants  present, 
will  cover  at  least  tfie  candidate's  field  of 
concentration  and  may  include  any 
other  topics  of  general  construction 
knowledge.  In  no  case  may  it  be  sched- 
uled eariier  tfian  the  term  preceding  the 
semester  in  which  tfie  degree  is  to  be 
conferred. 

Time  Limitation 

All  work,  including  transferred  credit, 
counted  toward  ttie  master's  degree 
must  be  completed  during  the  seven 
years  immediately  preceding  tfie  date 
on  which  tie  degree  is  awarded. 

General  Regulations 

Registration 

Each  student  must  meet  with  his/her  ad- 
visor each  semester,  prior  to  registering 
for  tfie  next  semester.  This  meeting  is  in- 
tended to  review  and  update  tfie  stu- 
dent's file. 

Normal  Loads 

Students  taking  a  minimum  of  nine  se- 
mester credit  hours  per  semester  are 
considered  full  time  students  at  the 
graduate  level.  Students  taking  under 
nine  hours  are  considered  part-time  and 
should  be  aware  tfiat  certain  university 
privileges  and  benefits  may  not  be  appli- 
cable to  part  time  students.  Students 
are  not  recommended  to  take  excessive 
loads.  Special  exceptions  may  be 
made,  at  the  option  of  tfie  Department, 
in  tfie  case  of  students  wflth  a  grade 
point  average  of  3.5  or  greater.  Stu- 
dents that  meet  these  aiteria  wishing  to 
take  over  15  semester  credit  hours  must 
fiave  the  approval  of  both  tfie  Chairman 
of  the  Department  and  tlie  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Engineering  and  Design, 
prior  to  registering  for  an  overioad. 

Students  Rights  and 
Responsibilities 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  ob- 
tain, become  familiar  with,  and  abide  by 
all  Departmental,  College  and  University 
requirements  and  regulations.  These  in- 
clude, but  are  not  limited  to: 

1 .  Tfie  Florida  International  Univer- 
sity Catalog. 

2.  Division  of  Student  Affairs'  Hand- 
book on  Rights  and  Responsibilities  of 
Students. 

3.  Florida  International  University 
Student  Grievance  Procedure. 


Graduate  Catalog 


4.  Department  of  Construction  Man- 
agement Curriculum  and  Progrsim 
sfieets. 

5.  All  Department  of  Construction 
fktenagement  policies  and  regulations. 

Grades 

Ttie  Department  of  Construction  Man- 
agement requires  a  minimum  grade  of 
'B'  or  better  in  all  graduate  work. 
Grade  of  Irwomplete:  A  grade  of  'I'  (In- 
complete) may  be  granted,  at  tfie  option 
of  tfie  Instructor  and  the  Department 
Cfiair,  to  a  student  who,  due  to  serious, 
documented,  and  verifiable  extenuating 
circumstances  beyond  his/her  control 
(such  as  an  illness  requiring  fiospitaliza- 
tion)  is  unable  to  complete  the  work  re- 
quired to  obtain  a  grade  for  a  course.  In 
no  case  shall  a  grade  of  T  be  granted  to 
a  student  because  tie/she  is  not  passing 
a  course  and  desires  additional  time  to 
attempt  to  obtain  a  pasang  grade.  A  stu- 
dent granted  a  grade  of  'I'  must  com- 
plete the  work  deemed  by  the  Instructor 
necessary  to  complete  ttie  course  no 
later  tfian  two  semesters  after  ttie  grade 
was  assigned  to  tfie  student,  or  the 
grade  shall  automatically  revert  to  a 
grade  of  'F  (failing  grade). 

Credit  By  Examination 

Tfie  Department  does  not  generally  of- 
fer credit  by  examination  for  required 
core  courses  or  elective  courses.  A  stu- 
dent with  outstanding,  exceptional  and 
documented  skills  in  a  particular  subject 
as  well  as  an  outstanding  academic  re- 
cord may  request  credit  by  examination, 
and  it  is  the  option  of  tfie  Department 
Faculty  and  tfie  Department  Chairper- 
son wfietfier  to  grant  the  request. 

Credit  For  Non-College  Learning 

The  Department  does  not  award  aedit 
for  credit  for  non-college  learning  (life 
work  experience). 

Student  Work 

Tfie  Department  reserves  tfie  right  to  re- 
tain any  and  all  student  work  for  tfie  pur- 
poses of  record,  exhibition  or  instruction. 

Normal  Academic  Progress 

Tfie  student  will  have  maintained  nor- 
mal academic  progress  when  tfie  stu- 
dent earns  a  minimum  grade  point 
average  of  3.0  for  all  graduate  wori<  at- 
tempted. 

Course  Sequence  and  Prerequisites 

Course  prerequisites  are  cleariy  indi- 
cated on  the  Graduate  Program  sheets, 
available  in  the  Department  office.  It  is 
tfie  students'  responsibility,  not  tfie  advi- 
sor's, to  ascertain  tfiat  required  prereq- 
uisites fiave  been  taken  and  passed 
prior  to  registering  for  a  course.  Failure 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 153 


to  comply  with  prerequisite  require- 
ments may  result  in  the  student  being 
dropped  from  or  failed  in  a  class  without 
prior  warning  from  the  Insttuctor. 

Probation  or  Suspension 

Students  who  do  not  make  satisfactory 
academic  progress  may  be  excluded 
from  further  registration. 

Class  Attendance 

Class  attendance  may  be  required  and 
may  be  used  for  grade  determination  at 
the  option  of  the  instructor. 

Graduation 

In  order  to  be  eligible  to  graduate  thie 
student  must  have  successfully  com- 
pleted his/her  plan  of  study  as  estab- 
lislied  with  the  student's  graduate 
advisor,  his/her  supervisory  committee, 
and  the  Department  Chairperson.  This 
includes  completion  of  all  applicable 
coursev/ork  with  at  least  a  grade  of  'B' 
or  better  and  a  final  grade  point  average 
of  at  least  3.0.  A  student  must  also  have 
submitted  a  complete  master's  ttiesis  or 
report,  whose  format,  content,  and  pres- 
entation must  be  acceptable  to  and  ap- 
proved by  his/her  graduate  advisor, 
supervisory  committee,  and  Department 
Cfiairperson.  The  student  must  addition- 
ally have  successfully  passed  his/her  fi- 
nal examination  (See  Examination, 
above). 

Students  should  contact  an  advisor 
at  least  one  semester  prior  to  their  pro- 
jected graduation  and  request  a  review 
of  his  or  her  file.  At  ttie  start  of  the  final 
semester  the  student  is  required  to  com- 
plete and  have  his  advisor  approve  an 
Application  for  Graduation,  available 
from  the  Department.  (See  catalog  for 
additional  infonnation  on  graduation  pro- 
cedures and  scheduling.)  If  for  any  rea- 
son a  student  fails  to  graduate  in  the 
semester  after  applying  for  graduation, 
that  student  must  reapply  for  gradu- 
ation. 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility,  not 
his/her  advisor's  responsibility,  to  ascer- 
tain that  all  requirements  for  graduation, 
as  stated  in  the  University  Catalog  and 
in  the  Department  Program  sheets, 
have  been  met. 

Core  Courses:  (21) 
BCN  5716      Productivity  in 

Construction  3 

QH^B  6603     Quantitative  f^ethods  in 

(vieinagement '  3 

ECP  6705  Managerial  Economics '  3 
Approved  Graduate  level  Research  3 
ARC  591 6      Innovations  in  Building 

Technology  3 

BCN  6642     Value  Engineering  in 

Construction  3 


BCN  5784     Constmction  Information 

Sen/ices  3 

^  Refer  to  the  Catalog  section  under  Col- 
lege of  Business  Administration  for 
course  descriptions  and  prerequisites. 
BCN  6971      Thesis  6 

or 
BCN  5905     Independent  Study 

(Research  with 

Construction 

Application) 

Directed  Electives: 

(minimum  9  semester  hours) 

BCN  5755     Construction  Accounting 

and  Finance  3 

BCN  6785     Computer  Estimating  and 

Cost  Analysis  3 

BCN  5771      l^anagement  and 

Marketing  of 

Construction  Services        3 
BCN  6935     Graduate  Seminar  3 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

BCN-Building  Construction 
Student  programs  of  study  in  the  gradu- 
ate level  program  are  carefully  designed 
and  sequenced  following  consultation 
with  a  graduate  faculty  advisor.  Appro- 
priate prerequisite  coursework  is  as- 
signed on  thie  basis  of  individual  needs. 

BCN  5626  Construction  Cost  Analy- 
sis and  Control  (3).  Description  of  dif- 
ferent types  of  estimating  techniques  in 
relation  to  different  stages  in  a  construc- 
tion project.  Productivity  analysis,  meas- 
urement of  progress,  and  techniques  of 
cost  control  are  covered.  Prerequisites: 
BCN  4612  and  BCN  4260. 

BCN  5716  Productivity  In  Construc- 
tion (3).  An  in-depth  study  of  common 
issues  relating  to  productivity  improve- 
ments in  construction.  Prerequisite: 
BCN  4612  or  equivalent. 

BCN  5735  Hazardous  Materials  and 
Waste  in  construction  (3).  Discussion 
of  ttie  common  tiazardous  materials  and 
waste  regulations  found  in  construction 
activities.  Prerequisites:  ARC  3463  and 
BCN  3762. 

BCN  5755  Construction  Accounting 
and  Finance  (3).  Money  management 
in  constmction  operations:  financing, 
funding,  sources  of  money,  cash  flow, 
disbursement,  liability  and  bonding,  cost 
and  managerial  accounting,  and  profit 
analysis. 

BCN  5771  Management  ar>d  Market- 
ing of  Construction  Services  (3).  Hu- 
man effectiveness  in  marketing 


construction  management  services  in 
ttie  public  and  private  sectors. 

BCN  5772  Managenwnt  of  Construc- 
tion Organizations  (3).  This  course 
studies  the  management  of  a  construc- 
tion company.  Topics  included  are:  com- 
pany organization,  incorporation 
structures,  policies  and  procedures,  fi- 
nance, accounting,  information  model- 
ing, bidding  strategies,  and  operation. 
Prerequisite:  BCN  3753  or  BUL  41 1 1  or 
BCN  3740. 

BCN  5784  Construction  Information 
Services  (3).  The  application  of  informa- 
tion management  techniques,  including 
computer  hardware  and  software  sys- 
tems, to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  typi- 
cal problems  in  the  practice  of  cons- 
truction management. 

BCN  5905  Directed  Independent  Stud- 
ies (VAR).  Individual  studies  under  su- 
pervision of  faculty,  tutor,  or  advisor. 

BCN  5906  Special  Topics  (VAR).  Inten- 
sive study  for  small  group  of  students  in 
a  particular  topic,  or  a  limited  number  of 
topics  not  otherwise  offered  in  the 
curriculum. 

BCN  6473  Systems  Approach  for 
Housing  Planning  (3).  Discussions  of 
basic  concepts  of  systems  analysis  and 
systems  approach  to  the  field  of  hous- 
ing planning.  The  advantage  of  systems 
approach.  Case  studies. 

BCN  6642  Value  Engineering  in  Con- 
struction (3).  Relationship  of  costs  to 
time  and  life  cycle  of  construction  pro- 
jects, and  methods  to  improve  tfie  eco- 
nomic value  of  construction  projects. 

BCN  6775  Decision  arKl  Risk  Analy- 
sis in  Construction  (3).  Techniques  of 
decision  analysis  for  the  medium  to  top 
level  management  personnel  in  the  con- 
struction industry.  Typical  construction 
related  problems  tliat  involve  risk  and 
uncertainty  are  studied.  Prerequisites: 
STA  3132,  BCN  3640,  and  BCN  4612. 

BCN  6785  Computer  Estimating  and 
Cost  Analysis  (3).  Application  of  com- 
puter software  to  rigorous  exercises  in 
construction  estimating.  Cost  informa- 
tion related  to  construction  with  applica- 
tions in  current  practice. 

BCN  6786  Artificial  Intelligence  Appli- 
cations In  Construction  Management 
(3).  The  course  presents  a  study  of  tfie 
concepts,  techniques,  and  applications 
of  Al  technology  in  the  construction  man- 
agement domain.  Prerequisites:  COP 
2172  and  BCN  5784. 

BCN  6916  Developments  in  Construc- 
tion Technologies  (3).  Study  of  ad- 
vanced field  techniques  and  emerging 


154  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


uses  worldwide.  Information  flow  and 
creativity  are  highlighted  as  crucial  ele- 
ments which  stimulate  new  develop- 
ments. This  course  prepares  the 
students  to  understand  and  deal  with 
concepts  of  change.  Prerequisite:  BCN 
5716. 

BCN  6935  Seminar  on  Construction 
Management  (3).  Advanced  study  of 
problems,  trends,  and  issues  in  a  time 
of  rapid  change  in  building  and  manage- 
ment technology.  Topics  selected  or  de- 
veloped by  class. 

BCN  6971  Thesis  (3-6).  Students  de- 
velop a  thesis  under  the  direction  of  a 
senior  faculty  mentor  and  advance  and 
defend  their  propositions  before  an  audi- 
ence of  peers  and  scholars. 


Landscape  Architecture 
and  Architectural  Studies 

Leonardo  Alvarez,  Assistant  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
J.  A.  Bueno,  Assistant  Professor  and 

Program  Coordinator 
Jaime  Canaves,  Associate  Professor 
Marta  Canaves,  Visiting  Lecturer 
GIsela  Lopez-Mata,  Assistant  Professor 
Jose  Lozano,  Assistant  Professor 
Ira]  Majzub,  Professor 

The  Department  of  Landscape  Architec- 
ture and  Architectural  Studies  is  dedi- 
cated to  advancing  tfie  professions  of 
architecture,  landscape  architecture, 
and  interior  design.  In  keeping  with  the 
nature  of  these  professions,  the  pro- 
grams are  taugfit  in  an  interdisciplinary 
manner,  taking  full  advantage  of  the  re- 
sources and  areas  of  expertise  offered 
by  each.  The  department  offers  two  un- 
dergraduate programs,  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Architectural  Technology  and 
a  Bacfielor  of  Science  in  Interior  Design, 
and  one  graduate  program,  a  t»^aster  of 
Landscape  Architecture. 

Master  of  Landscape 
Architecture 

The  graduate  program  in  Landscape  Ar- 
chitecture is  designed  to  prepare  gradu- 
ates for  professional  practice  as  well  as 
advance  the  kmwiedge  base  of  the  field 
through  research.  By  applying  thteir  un- 
derstanding of  the  natural  and  cultural 
environments,  landscape  architects  plan 
and  design  projects  which  range  from 
gardens  to  regional  space  systems  to 
national  parks.  Whether  for  public  or  pri- 
vate use,  the  landscape  architect  is  con- 


cemed  with  tfie  quality  of  relationships 
between  people  and  their  environment. 
The  Department  offers  two  options 
in  tfie  Landscape  Architecture  graduate 
program.  Tfie  Professional  Degree  Op- 
tion is  intended  for  individuals  with  an 
undergraduate  degree  in  a  major  other 
tfian  a  design  discipline,  or  with  a  pre- 
professional  undergraduate  degree  in  a 
design  discipline.  The  Post-professional 
Degree  Option  is  intended  for  individu- 
als with  an  undergraduate  degree  in 
landscape  architecture  who  wish  to  pur- 
sue advanced  professional  study. 

Professional  Degree  Option 

Individuals  with  a  Bacfielor  of  Arts  or  a 
Bachelor  of  Science,  or  equivalent,  from 
an  accredited  institution  are  eligible  for 
admission  to  tfie  program.  Three  years 
of  full-time  study  in  residence  and  three 
months  of  full-time  professional  intern- 
ship are  normally  required.  However,  a 
part-time  study  option  is  available  sub- 
ject to  tfie  review  of  tfie  Department. 
Satisfactory  completion  of  90  credits  in 
tfie  follovtfl'ng  course  of  study  is  required. 
Landscape  Architectural  Design  36 

Design  Implementation  21 

History  and  Theroy  12 

Professional  Practice  Studies  6 

Research  Specialization  15 

Individuals  with  an  undergraduate 
degree  in  architecture  from  an  accred- 
ited professional  program,  or  with  a  pre- 
professional  undergraduate  degree  in 
architecture,  landscape  architecture,  or 
environmental  design  may  be  granted 
advanced  standing,  not  to  exceed  30 
credits  for  undergraduate  courses  with  a 
grade  of  3.0  or  better  on  a  4.0  point 
scale. 

Post-Professional  Degree  Option 

Individuals  with  an  undergraduate  de- 
gree in  landscape  architecture  from  an 
accredited  professional  program  are  eli- 
gible for  admission  to  the  program.  Two 
years  of  full-time  study  in  residency  are 
nomially  required.  However,  a  part-time 
study  option  is  available  subject  to  the 
review  of  the  Department.  Satisfactory 
completion  of  60  credits  in  the  following 
course  of  study  is  required. 
Landscape  Archictural  Design  24 

Elective  Courses  36 

Scholarships  and  Awards 

The  following  scholarships  and  awards 
are  presented  to  students  fully  admitted 
to  the  graduate  program  in  Landscape 
Architecture  wtio  have  demonstrated 
outstanding  achievements  in  their  stud- 
ies. 

The  Adele  E  Smith  Outstanding 
Student  Award.  Each  year,  upon  nomi- 
nation by  tfie  Program  faculty,  the 


Sdyiol  of  Design  gives  this  award  to  the 
outstanding  graduating  student. 

American  Society  of  Landscape 
Architects  Awards.  On  nomination  by 
the  Program  faculty,  tfie  American  Soci- 
ety of  Landscape  Architects  awards  a 
Certificate  of  Honor  and  a  Certificate  of 
Merit  to  tfie  two  students  who  tiave  dem- 
onstrated a  high  degree  of  academic 
scholarship  and  of  accomplishments  in 
skills  related  to  the  art  and  technology 
of  landscape  architecture. 

Department  of  Landscape  Archi- 
tecture and  Architectural  Studies 
Awards.  These  awards  are  annually 
presented  by  tfie  Department,  upon  tfie 
recommendation  of  the  Program  faculty, 
to  the  students  who  have  demonstrated 
outstanding  achievement  in  scholarship, 
research,  and  design. 

The  Ernest  and  Virginia  Makem- 
son  Memorial  Endowed  Scholarship 
Fund.  This  fund  provides  support  for  stu- 
dents who  fiave  demonstrated  interest 
and  experience  in  restoring  anchor  pre- 
serving Rorida's  natural  and  cultural  en- 
vironment through  tfie  practice  of 
landscape  ctrchitecture  and  design. 

Ownership  of  Student  Wori( 

Student  work,  submitted  to  tfie  Depart- 
ment in  satisfaction  of  course  or  degree 
requirements,  becomes  tfie  physical 
fjroperty  of  tfie  Department.  However, 
students  retain  all  rights  to  tfie  intellec- 
tual property  of  such  wort<.  This  work 
may  include  papers,  drawings,  models, 
and  other  materials.  The  Department 
assumes  no  responsibility  for  safeguard- 
ing such  materials.  At  its  discretion,  tfie 
department  may  retain,  return,  or  dis- 
card such  materials.  The  Department 
will  not  normally  discard  the  materials  of 
currently  enrolled  students  witfiout  giv- 
ing the  student  a  chance  to  reclaim 
tfiem. 


Ck>urse  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

ARG-Architecture;  IND-lnterior  Design; 
LAA-Landscape  Architecture 

ARC  5176C  Computer  Practices  In 
Design  II  (3).  Advanced  study  in  con- 
cepts, issues  and  methods  in  computer- 
aided  architectural  design.  Application  of 
ARC  5175.  Prerequisite:  ARC  5175  or 
equivalent. 

ARC  5916  Innovations  in  Building 
Technology  (3).  Experimental  approach 
to  new  materials  and  metfiods  applica- 
ble to  the  field  of  construction.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

LAA  5235  Theory  of  Landscape  Archi- 
tecture (3).  Critical  review  of  tf>e  envi- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 155 


ronmental  parameters,  morphological 
concepts  and  Ideological  principles  that 
generate  fomi  and  meaning  in  land- 
scape architecture.  Prerequisite:  Depart- 
mental approval. 

LAA  5335  Site  Development  (3).  Is- 
sues, controls,  and  methods  pertinent  to 
the  physiographic,  topographical,  and 
cultural  determinants  of  site  develop- 
ment. Prerequisite:  LAA  5652  or  equiva- 
lent. 

LAA  5371  Computer  Practices  In  De- 
sign I  (3).  Introduction  to  computer  ap- 
plications and  to  computer  utilization  in 
Landscape  Architecture.  Explore  both 
the  potenticils  and  limitations  of  com- 
puter usage  in  the  profession.  Prereq- 
uisites: COC  3300  or  equivalent  and 
departmental  approval. 

LAA  5424  Landscape  Construction  I 
(3).  Study  of  materials  and  methods 
used  in  landscape  construction.  Intro- 
duction to  manipulation  and  calculation 
of  site  work.  Prerequisite:  LAA  5335. 

LAA  5425  Landscape  Construction  II 
(3).  Production  of  complete  set  of  land- 
scape constnjction  documents,  includ- 
ing drawings  and  project  manual  with 
tjtdding  documents,  contract  documents 
and  technical  specifications.  Prereq- 
uisite: LAA  5424. 

LAA  5521  Natural  Landscape  Sys- 
tems (3).  Environmental  planning  and 
landscape  design  issues  will  be  related 
to  an  overview  of  tjasic  ecosystems, 
plant  materials  and  earth  science  con- 
cepts. Prerequisite:  Departmental  ap- 
proval. 

LAA  5652  Interdisciplinary  Design 
Studio  I  (6).  Introduction  to  two-  and 
three-dimensional  representational  tech- 
niques. Fundamental  geometric  con- 
structions, spatial  theory,  three- 
dimensional  perception  and  color  the- 
ory. Programmed  designs  are  executed. 
Prerequisite:  Departmental  approval. 

LAA  5653  Landscape  Architectural 
Design  I  (6).  Introduction  to  the  design 
process  and  sources  of  form  in  land- 
scape architecture.  Projects  focus  on 
spatial  composition  and  the  use  of  land- 
scape materials  in  ttie  solution  of  design 
problems.  Prerequisite:  LAA  5652. 

LAA  5715  Architectural  History  and 
Theory  (3).  An  overview  of  architectural 
Nslory,  from  the  beginnings  of  western 
architecture  and  urtjan  design  to  the 
20th  century,  including  current  trends. 
Departmental  approval. 

LAA  5716  History  of  Landscape  Archi- 
tecture (3).  Historical  survey  of  the  prin- 
cipal sites  and  traditions  manifested  in 


the  evolution  of  landscape  architecture 
and  urban  design  from  antiquity  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  Departmental  ap- 
proval. 

LAA  6215  Landscape  Architectural 
Practice  (3).  Topics  to  be  covered  in- 
clude economic  viability,  organizational 
structure,  intra-office  relationships,  man- 
agement systems,  task  definition,  and 
computer  applications.  Prerequisite: 
LAA  5371. 

LAA  6222  Landscape  Architecture 
Communication  (3).  This  course  devel- 
ops methods  and  techniques  for  the  ef- 
fective communication  of  landscape 
planning  and  design  values  to  the  con- 
sumer. Prerequisite:  Departmental  ap- 
proval. 

LAA  6245  Theory  of  Uit>an  Design 
(3).  Critical  review  of  the  principal  theo- 
ries of  urbanism  tfiat  have  influenced 
the  fabric  and  image  of  the  city  in  West- 
ern history.  Prerequisite:  LAA  5235  and 
LAA  571 6. 

LAA  6246  Typology  of  Landscape  Ar- 
chitecture (3).  Critical  examination  of 
the  origin,  development  and  transforma- 
tion of  form  and  meaning  in  modem  and 
post  modern  landscape  architecture  and 
urban  design.  Prerequisite:  LAA  5235 
and  LAA  571 6. 

LAA  6342  Landscape  Aesthetics  (3). 

This  course  explores  values  of  natural, 
rural,  industrial  and  urtan  landscapes. 
Emphasis  is  on  aesthetic  perception 
and  the  relationship  to  the  design  proc- 
ess. Prerequisites:  LAA  5235  and  LAA 
5716. 

LAA  6382  Methods  of  Environmental 
Analysis  (3).  Primarily  through  case 
studies,  this  course  will  explore  the 
methods  available  to  the  landscape  ar- 
chitect for  analyzing  land  resource  data 
and  applying  the  results  to  land  manage- 
ment and  environmental  design.  Prereq- 
uisites: LAA  5521. 

LAA  6541  Tropical/Subtropical  Land- 
scape (3).  In-depth  study  of  tropical  and 
subtropical  landscapes.  Topics  to  be 
covered  include  natural  resource, 
unique  climatic  conditions,  plant  materi- 
als, natural  processes,  and  the  interac- 
tion of  man  with  the  environment. 
Prerequisite:  LAA  5521. 

LAA  6654  Landscape  Architectural 
Design  2  (6).  This  course  will  focus 
upon  housing  issues  as  they  relate  to 
design.  Project  scale  varies  from  single 
family  homes  to  high  density  multi-fam- 
ily housing  development  of  residential 
environments  in  urtMn  and  rural  set- 
tings. Prerequisite:  LAA 5653. 


LAA  6655  Landscape  Architectural 
Design  3  (6).  This  course  will  explore  a 
range  of  land  etnd  site  design  problems 
at  tfie  planning  and  project  scales.  Em- 
phasis will  be  on  resolution  of  complex 
problems  through  analysis  of  natural, 
physical,  and  social  factors.  Prereq- 
uisites: LAA  6654  and  LAA  6382. 

LAA  6745  Preservation  of  Landscape 
Architecture  (3).  Critical  examination  of 
the  formation  and  preservation  of  his- 
toric sites  with  emphasis  on  interpreta- 
tion, analysis  and  evaluation  of  cultural 
landscapes  and  urtian  places.  Prereq- 
uisite: LAA  5235  and  LAA  571 6. 

LAA  6835  Interdisciplinary  Design 
Studio  2  (6).  Work  on  selected  projects 
with  graduate  students  in  architecture, 
urt>an  and  regional  planning  and/or 
twilding  construction.  Landscape  archi- 
tecture faculty  involvement.  Prereq- 
uisite: LAA  6655. 

LAA  6875  Research  Methods  in  Land- 
scape Architecture  (3).  Advanced  re- 
search methodology  for  landscape 
architecture  students.  Focus  will  be  on 
data  acquisition,  interpretation  and  pres- 
entation formats.  Prerequisite:  LAA 
5371  and  Departmental  approval. 

LAA  6905  Independent  Study  (1-3).  In- 
dividual studies  under  supervision  of  fac- 
ulty, tutor,  or  advisor.  Consent  of  tutor 
and  faculty  chairperson  required.  Prereq- 
uisite: Departmental  approval. 

LAA  6915  Supervised  Research  (1-5). 

Each  student  must  engage  in  super- 
vised wori<  under  a  principal  investigator 
on  either  a  proposal  for  funding  or  a 
funded  project.  Assigned  duties  must  be 
agreed  to  by  student  and  principal  inves- 
tigator prior  to  t)eginning  the  supervised 
work.  Prerequisite:  Department  ap- 
proval. 

LAA  6935  Graduate  Seminars  (1-3). 

Topical  seminar  designed  especially  for 
direction  by  visiting  professionals  or  visit- 
ing faculty  from  other  disciplines.  Prereq- 
uisite: Departmental  approval. 

LAA  6936  Special  Topics  (1-3). 

Course  to  address  current  special  topics 
of  interest.  It  may  tie  developed  in  coop- 
eration with  a  private  or  public  sector  of- 
fice, industry,  or  environmental 
association. 

LAA  6971  Terminal  Project/Thesis  (6). 
Individual  or  group  terminal  project  may 
be  approved  in  lieu  of  a  ttiesis  where 
the  resejirch  does  not  suit  the  conven- 
tional thesis  format.  Prerequisites:  LAA 
6655  and  departmental  approval. 


156  /  College  of  Engineering  and  Design 


Graduate  Catalog 


Drinking  Water 
Research  Center 

William  J.  Cooper,  Director 

The  Drinking  Water  Research  Center 
conducts  basic  and  applied  studies  In 
the  area  of  water  resources  as  It  relates 
to  drinldng  water  quality  and  quantity. 
The  Center  also  provides  the  opportu- 
nity for  undergraduate  arxl  graduate  stu- 
dents to  conduct  independent  research 
In  cooperation  with  other  departments  in 
ttie  University.  See  ttie  General  Informa- 
tion section  'Centers  and  Institutes'  for 
more  details  regarding  the  Center. 

Staff 

William  J.  Cooper,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Associate  Research 

Sctmlar/Scientist  and  Director 
Ronald  D.  Jones,  Ph.D.  (Oregon  State 

University),  Assistant  Professor 
Frances  Parsons,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Miami),  Associate  Research 

Scholar/Scientist. 
Jose  A.  Amador,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 

University),  Postdoctoral  Research 

Associate 
Laurie  L  Richardson,  Ph.D.  (Oregon 

State  University),  Assistant  Professor 


College  of  Engineering 
and  Design 

Dean  Gordon  R.  Hopkins 

School  of  Engineering 
Associate  Dean  Gautam  Ray 

Acting  Associate  Dean      Gustavo  Roig 
Director,  Information  Systems  and 
External  Programs  Neil  Hout-Cooper 

School  of  Design 

Associate  Dean  Adele  Smith 

Chairpersons: 

School  of  Engineering 

Civil  and  Environmental 

Engineering  Oktay  Ural 

Electrical  and  Computer 

Engineering  James  R.  Story 

Industrial  Systems 

and  Engineering  Fredrick  Swift 

Mecharvcal  Engineering  M.  AM  Ebadian 

School  of  Design 

Retailing  and  Apparel 

Studies  John  KonarskI,  III 

Construction 

Management      Jos6  D.  Mitrani,  P.E. 


Landscape  Architecture/ 

Architectural 

Studies  Leonardo  Alvarez 

Directors: 
Drinking  Water 

Research  Center    William  J.  Cooper 
International  Institute 

for  Housing  and  Buildings  Oktay  Ural 
Computer-Aided 

Engineering 

Center  Neil  Hout-Cooper 

Coordinators: 

FEEDS  (Florida  Engineering 

Educational  Delivery 

Systems)  Osiris  Villacampa 

STAC  (Southern 

Technology  Application 

Center)  Osiris  Villacampa 

Faculty 

Adjouadi,  Maiek,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Florida),  Assistant  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Ahmad,  Irtishad,  Ph.D.,  P.E 

(University  of  Cindnnati),  Assistant 
Professor,  Construction  Management 

Alvarez,  Leonardo,  MLA,  AIA,  ASLA 
(Harvard  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Chairperson,  Landscape 
Architecture  and  Architectural 
Studies 

Andrian,  Jean,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Florida),  Associate  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Auricles,  Gat>riel,  Ed.D.  (Rorida 
Atlantic  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Constniction  Management 

Babij,  Tadeusz,  Ph.D.  (Technical 
University,  Wroclaw,  Poland), 
Associate  Professor,  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering 

Barnes,  Wilson  C,  M.Arch,  A.I.A. 
(University  of  Pennsylvania), 
Assistant  Professor  and  Coordinator, 
Construction  Management,  Broward 

Bueno,  J.  A.,  MLA,  ASLA,  P.E. 
(Harvard  University)  As^stant 
Professor,  Landscape  Architecture 
and  Coordinator,  Graduate  Program 
in  Landscape  Architecture 

Canaves,  Jaime,  MArch,  AIA 
(University  of  f^orida).  Associate 
Professor,  Interior 
Design/Architectural  Studies 

Canaves,  Marta,  MLA  (Florida 
International  University),  Visiting 
Lecturer,  Landscape 
Architecture/ArcNtectural  Studies 

Carrasco,  Hector  R.,  Ph.D.  P.E.  (Texas 
A&M),  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial 
Systems  and  Engineering 

Cereljo,  Manuel  R.,  D.Sc.,P.E 
(Universidad  Central),  MSEE 
(Georgia  Institute  of  Technology), 


Professor,  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering 

Chaudhari,  Bhaskar  S.,  Ph.D.,  P.E. 
(University  of  Pennsylvania), 
Professor,  Construction  Management 

Chellalah,  S.,  Ph.D.  (Purdue 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Chen,  Chin  Sheng,  Ph.D.  (Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Irxiustrial  Systems  and  Engineering 

Cooper,  William,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Miami),  Director,  Drinking  Water 
Research  Center 

Dong,  Zhifeng,  Ph.D.  (Xi'an  Jiaotong 
University),  Visiting  Research 
Associate  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering 

Ebadian,  Mohammed  A.,  Ph.D. 
(Louisiana  State  University), 
Professor  and  Chairman, 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Farmer,  Eugene  D.,  M.Arch.,  A.I.A. 
(University  of  Illinois),  Assistant 
Professor,  Construction  /[Management 

Fennema,  Robert  J.,  Ph.D. 
(Washington  State  University), 
Assistant  Professor,  Civil  and 
Environmental  Engineering 

Greenfield,  Jeffrey  H.,  Ph.D. 

(University  of  Pittsburgh),  Assistant 
Professor,  Civil  and  Environmental 
Engineering 

Grossbard,  Judy,  Ph.D.  (Florida  State 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Retailing  and  Apparel  Studies 

Hagniann,  Mark  J.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Utah),  Associate  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Heimer,  Malcolm  L,  Ph.D.  (Penn  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Hopkins,  Gordon  R.,  Ph.D.  (Urvversity 
of  Alabama),  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  and  Dean,  College  of 
Engineering  and  Design 

Hout-Cooper,  Neil  M.,  Ph.D.  (Fhrida 
Atlantic  University),  Assistant 
Professor  and  Director,  Computer 
Aided  Engineering  Center,  and 
Information  Systems  and  External 
Programs 

Howard,  Greta,  M.Sc.  (Florida 
International  University),  Lecturer, 
Retailing  and  Apparel  Studies 

Jiang,  Wei,  Ph.D.  (University  of  Illinois), 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Jones,  Ronald,  Ph.D.  (Oregon  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Drinking  Water  Research  Center 

Jones,  William  K.,  Ph.O. 
(Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology),  Associate  Professor, 
Mecharuck  Engineering/  Electrical 
and  Computer  Engineering 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Engineering  and  Design  / 157 


Kengskool,  Khokiat,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Missouri),  Associate  Professor, 
Industrial  Systems  and  Engineering 

Konarski  III,  John  Ph.D.  (Syracuse 
University),  Chairperson  and 
Assistant  Professor ,  Retailing  and 
Apparel  Studies 

Larklns,  Grover  L.,  Ph.D.  (Case 
Western  Reserve  University), 
Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering 

Lee,  Edward T.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Caltfomla  at  Berkeley),  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Lee,  Shih-Ming,  Ph.D.  (Iowa  State 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Industrial  Systems  and  Engineering 

Leonard,  Rene  J.,  D.A.,  P.E. 
(University  of  Mami),  Associate 
Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

iMiy,  Cesar,  Ph.D.  (Stanford 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Mechanic^  Engineering 

Lopez-Mata,  Giseia,  M.S.  (Pratt 
Institute),  Assistant  Professor, 
Interior  IDesign  and  Coordinator, 
Undergraduate  Program  in  Interior 
Design 

Lozano,  Jose  M.,  MArch,  AIA  (Kent 
State  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Interior 
Design/Architectural  Studies 

Lulu,  Menbem,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Alabama),  Associate  Professor, 
Industrial  Systems  and  Engineering 

Majzub,  Iraj  E.,  D  Arch,  RA  (University 
of  Torino),  Professor,  Landscape 
ArcNtecture  and  Architectural 
Studies 

Martinez,  Sergio,  D.Sc.  (New  York 
University),  Associate  Chairperson, 
Industrial  Systems  Engineering 

Merkel,  Robert  S.,  Ph.D.  (Institute  of 
Textile  Technology),  Associate 
Professor,  Retailing  and  Apparel 
Studies 

Mltfanl,  Jos6  D.,  M.S.,P.E,  Engr. 
(University  of  Florida),  Associate 
Professor  and  Chairperson, 
Construction  Management 

Mohammed,  Osama  A.,  Ph.D.  (Virginia 
Polytech.),  Professor,  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering 

Morad,  A.  Ayman  Ph.D.  (Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Construction  Management 

Nunez,  German,  Ph.D.  (Texas  A&M 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Industrie^  Systems  and  Engineering 

Otazo,  Julk>  O.,  M.A.  Arch.,  BA. 
(University  of  Florida),  Assistant 
Professor,  Construction  Management 

Park,  Dong  C,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Washington),  Visiting  Assistant 
Professor,  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering 


Prieto-Portar,  Luis  A.,  Ph.D.  P.E 

(Princeton  University),  Professor, 
Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 

Radin,  Ian,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Missouri),  Visiting  Associate 
Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

Ray,  Gautam,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 
State  University),  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  and 
Associate  Dean,  School  of 
Engineering 

Richardson,  Laurie,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Oregon),  Assistant  Professor, 
Drinking  Water  Research  Center 

Roig,  Gustavo,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Florida),  Associate  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering,  and  Acting  Associate 
Dean,  School  of  Engineering 

Ruiz,  Laura,  M.S.  (Florida  International 
University),  Instructor  and  Advisor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Schmidt,  Pierre,  Ph.D.  (Pennsylvania 
State  University),  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Schoepiwerster,  Richard,  Ph.D. 
(University  of  Iowa),  Visiting 
Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering 

Shen,  Lon-ll  D.,  Ph.D.,  P.E.  (Clemson 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 

Shirazlnedjad,  Ebrahim,  Ph.D. 
(Technical  University  of  Clausthal, 
West  Germany),  Visiting  Assistant 
Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

Smith,  Adele  E.,  M.S.  (Auburn 

University),  Associate  Dean,  School 
of  Design  and  Associate  Professor, 
Retailing  and  Apparel  Studies 

Stoiy,  James  R.,  Ph.D.  (Urvversity  of 
Alabama),  Chairperson  and 
Associate  Professor,  Electrical  and 
Computer  Engineering 

Subbarao,  WunnavaV.,  Ph.D.,  P.E 
(Andhra  University),  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Surti,  Vasant  H.,  Ph.D.  RE.  (Catholic 
University  of  America),  Professor, 
Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 

Swift,  Fredrick,  Ph.D.  RE  (Oklahoma 
State  University),  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  Chairman 
and  Professor,  Industrial  Systems 
and  Engineering 

Tall,  Lantbert,  Ph.D.,  RE  (Lehigh 
University),  Professor,  Civil  and 
Environmental  Engineering 

Tansel,  Berrin,  Ph.D.,  RE  (University 
of  Wisconsin-Madison),  Visiting 
Assistant  Professor,  Civil  and 
Environmental  Engineering 

Tansel,  Ibrahim,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Wisconsin-Madison),  Assistant 
Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

Thompson,  LeRoy  E.,  Ph.D.,  P.E 
(Rice  University),  Professor,  Civil 
and  Environmental  Engineering 


TInoco,  Fernando,  Ph.D.,  (Iowa  State 
University),  Visiting  Professor,  Civil 
and  Environmental  Engineering 

Ural,  Oktay,  Ph.D.,  RE  (North  Carolina 
State  University),  Director, 
International  Institute  for  Housing 
and  Buildings,  Chairman  and 
Professor,  Civil  and  Environmental 
Engineering 

Urban,  Frank  K.,  Ph.D.,  (University  of 
Florida),  Associate  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Wang,Ton-Lo,  Ph.D.,  RE  (Illinois 
Institute  of  Technology),  Assistant 
Professor,  Civil  and  Environmental 
Engineering 

Wu,  Kuang-Hsl,  Ph.D.  P.E  (Urvversity 
of  Illinois),  Associate  Professor, 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Yang,  Gao,  Ph.D.  (The  Catholic 
University  of  America),  Visiting 
Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineering 

Yen,  Kang  K.,  Ph.D.  (Vanderbilt 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

Yih,  Tachung,  Ph.D.  (Catholic 
University  of  America)  Assistant 
Professor,  fulechanical  Engineering 


158 /College  of  Health 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Health 

The  College  of  Health  offers  programs 
of  professional  study  in  ttie  health  pro- 
fessions and  promotes  articulation  be- 
tween the  academic  units  and  clinical, 
experiential  settings.  Approximately  300 
different  clinical  centers  are  utilized  in 
ttie  various  degree  programs.  The  aca- 
demic departments  of  the  College  offer 
courses  of  study  leading  to  a  baccalau- 
reate degree  in  Dietetics  and  Nutrition, 
Medical  Laboratory  Sciences,  Medical 
Record  Administration,  Occupational 
Tfierapy,  Physical  Therapy  arxl  Pnostfiet- 
ics  and  Ortiiotics.  Master's  degrees  are 
offered  in  Dietetics  and  Nuti-ition,  Medi- 
cal Laboratory  Science,  Occupational 
Therapy,  Physical  Tfierapy,  and  Public 
Healtin.  All  degree  programs  are  appro- 
priately accredited  by  tiieir  respective 
professional  accrediting  txsdy. 

Applicants  to  the  College  must  sub- 
mit an  Application  for  Admission  to  the 
University  and  must  follow  regular  Uni- 
versity procedures.  Applicants  must  be 
eligible  for  admission  to  the  University 
before  being  admitted  to  any  degree  pro- 
gram. Students  interested  in  admission 
to  any  department  or  program  in  tiie  Col- 
lege sfiould  contact  tfie  unit  for  specific 
prerequisites  and  admission  require- 
ments. Specialized  admission  proce- 
dures are  required  for  tiie  Dietetics 
Programs,  Medical  Laboratory  Science, 
Occupational  Therapy,  Physical  Ther- 
apy, and  Prosthetics  and  Orthotics  pro- 
grams. 

The  mission  of  the  College  of  Health 
is  to: 

1 .  Prepare  health  professionals  at 
the  undergraduate  and  graduate  levels. 

2.  Perform  basic  applied  research. 

3.  Provide  services  which  respond  to 
health  needs  at  local,  state,  national, 
and  international  levels. 

Wote;The  programs,  policies,  require- 
ments and  regulations  listed  in  this  cata- 
log are  continually  subject  to  review,  in 
order  to  serve  ttie  needs  of  the  Univer- 
sity's various  publics,  and  to  respond  to 
tfie  mandates  of  tiie  Rorida  Board  of  Re- 
gents and  the  Rorida  Legislature, 
changes  may  be  made  witiiout  advance 
notice.  Please  refer  to  the  General  Infor- 
mation section  for  the  University's  poli- 
cies, requirements,  euid  regulations. 


Dietetics  and  Nutrition 

Katharine  R.  Curry,  Professor. 

Chairperson  artd  AP  Director 
Penelope  S.  Easton,  Professor 

Emeritus 


Evelyn  B.  Enrione,  Assistant  Professor 
Susan  P.  Himburg,  Associate  Professor 

and  Director,  Coordinated 

Undergraduate  Program 
Michele  W.  Keane,  Assistant  Professor 
Nancy  S.  Wellman,  Associate 

Professor 

The  Defjartment  offers  a  graduate  pro- 
gram leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Dietetics  arxd  Nutrition.  The  program  is 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  profes- 
sional practitioners  as  vieW  as  students 
witii  undergraduate  degrees  in  related 
fields.  There  is  an  opportunity  for  stu- 
dents to  complete  ttie  requirements  to 
sit  for  the  National  Registration  Exam 
for  Dietitians  by  enrolling  in  tiie  Ap- 
proved Preprofessional  Practice  Pro- 
gram in  conjunction  vwth  the  master's 
program.  In  some  cases  prerequisites 
must  be  met  before  enrolling  in  gradu- 
ate courses.  Interested  stijdents  should 
contact  the  department  prior  to  applying 
for  admission. 

Minimum  entrance  requirements  un- 
der current  Board  of  Regents  policy 
must  be  met.  This  includes  a  combined 
score  of  1000  on  ttie  Vertial  and  Quanti- 
tative Aptitude  Test  of  tfie  Graduate  Re- 
cord Examination  or  a  least  a  "B"  (3.0 
on  a  4.0  scale)  average  in  ail  upper  divi- 
sion work.  Application  procedures  for  ad- 
mission are  detailed  in  tiie  discussion  of 
the  University  procedures  for  admission 
to  graduate  study. 

Students  have  ttie  option  of  select- 
ing a  Clinical/Community  Nub-ition  or 
Dietetic  Management  empfiasis  in  tiieir 
coursework.  The  Clinical/Community 
track  allows  emphasis  in  nutrition  re- 
search or  applied  nutrition.  Students 
may  also  prepare  themselves  for  posi- 
tions of  responsibility  in  nutritional  care 
community  healtti  agencies  or  private 
practice.  The  Management  track  broad- 
ens the  concepts  of  management  and 
develop  managerial  skills  and  expertise. 
Advanced  courses  in  tiie  School  of  Hos- 
pitality Management  and  College  of 
Business  Administration  are  recom- 
mended in  tiie  program  of  stijdy. 

Students  who  are  candidates  for  ttie 
Master  of  Science  degree  in  Dietetics 
and  Nutrition  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  37  semester  hours  of  graduate  study 
including  at  least  30  hours  at  this  Univer- 
sity. All  coursewori<  must  be  recent 
enough  to  be  relevant  to  die  contempo- 
rary field  of  nuti-ition. 

The  Preprofessional  Practfce  Pro- 
gram is  currentiy  granted  approval 
status  by  The  American  Dietetic  Associa- 
tion's Council  on  Education,  Division  of 
Education  Accreditation/Approval,  a  spe- 
cialized accrediting  body  recognized  by 
the  Council  on  Post  Secondary  Accredit- 


ing and  ttie  United  States  Department  of 
Education. 

The  program  begins  each  Pall  se- 
mester and  is  completed  by  tfie  follow- 
ing June.  StiJdents  have  ttie  opportunity 
for  supervised  dietetic  practice  in  out- 
standing healtii  facilities  in  South  Ror- 
ida. Enrollment  is  limited  to  6  students 
per  year  and  requires  a  sep)arate  appli- 
cation available  from  the  department. 
Application  deadline  is  March  1  for  Fall 
admission.  Students  wtio  never  at- 
tended FlU  must  complete  six  fiours  of 
graduate  wori<  at  FlU  prior  to  tiie  Fall  ad- 
mission date.  To  be  eligible  students 
must  have  completed  an  ADA  Plan  IV  or 
V  program  and  be  admissible  to  tiie 
graduate  program. 

Students'  programs  will  be  planned 
to  support  ttieir  career  goals  In  consult- 
ation witti  tfie  assigned  faculty  advisor. 
Retention  and  graduation  in  the  mas- 
ter's program  requires  maintenance  of  a 
3.0  GPA. 

Master  of  Science  in  Dietetics 
and  Nutrition 

Students'  programs  will  be  planned  to 
support  their  career  goals  in  consult- 
ation witti  the  assigned  faculty  advisor. 
Retention  and  graduation  in  ttie  mas- 
ter's program  requires  maintenance  of  a     ^ 
3.0  GPA. 

Course  Requirements 

Required  Research  Core:  (13-16) 
DIE  6568       Research  Methods  in 

Dietetics  3 

DIE  6937      Graduate  Seminar  In 

Dietetics  1 

STA  61 66      Statistical  Mettiods  in 

Research  3 

DIE  6971       Thesis  In  Dietetics  3-6 

or 
DIE  6908      Supervised  Reld  Study  in 

Dietetics  3    -j 

Scientific  Knowledge:  (6-12) 
Application  to  Discipline:  (6-12) 

Clinical/Community  Track 

DIE  6368       Advanced  Techniques  in 

Dietetic 

Practice  2 

DIE  6368L    Advanced  Techniques  in 

Dietetic 

Practice  Lab  1 

Management  Tracit 

DIE  6128      Advanced  Management  of 
Dietary  Systems  3 

Recommended  Electlves 

DIE  6593       Special  Topics  In  Dietetics  3 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Health  / 159 


HUN  6521      Advanced  Community 

Nutrition^ 

or 
HUN  6408     Advanced  Ufe  Cycle 

Nutrition  3 

HUN  5123     Ethnic  Foods  and  Nutrition  3 
HUN  561 1      Nutrition  Education  in  the 

Community  3 

HUN  5621      Food,  Nutrition  and 

Communication  3 

Master  of  Public  Health 

An  MPH  degree  is  offered  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Health  Services  Administration, 
School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services, 
with  a  concentration  in  Nutrition  in  con- 
junction with  the  Department  of  Dietet- 
ics and  Nutrition.  The  goal  of  this 
degree  program  is  to  prepare  the  public 
health  nutritionist  to  take  a  leadership 
role  on  the  public  health  management 
team  and  to  become  an  expert  technical 
resource  person. 

The  specialty  concentration  in  Nutri- 
tion is  designed  to  provide  a  back- 
ground in  the  science  and  practice  of 
public  health  including  program  plan- 
ning, management,  and  evaluation;  hu- 
man nutrition  and  food  science  and  their 
relationships  to  health;  and  a  working 
knowledge  of  public  health  nutrition  pro- 
grams and  services. 

The  MPH  Nutrition  concentration  re- 
quires 45  hours  of  graduate  coursework 
including: 

Public  Health  core  curriculum  15-18 

Nutrition  required  courses  15-18 

Nutrition  electives  3-6 

Reld  experience  3 

Reld  research  project  3 

Pursuit  of  this  degree  requires  class 
attendance  on  both  University  cam- 
puses. Reld  experiences  require  trans- 
portatkin  availability.  Prospective 
students  shoukJ  contact  both  depart- 
ments. 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

DIE-Dietetics;  FOS-Food  Science;  FSS- 
Food  Service  Systems;  HUN-Human  Nu- 
trition 

DIE  5247  Trends  In  Therapeutic  Nutri- 
tion (3).  Evaluation  and  interpretation  of 
current  research  in  dietary  care  of  meta- 
bolic diseases. 

DIE  5946  Advanced  Practicum  In 
Community  Nutrition  (1-6).  Pre- 
planned clinical  experience  at  tiie  profes- 
sional level  in  community  nutrition. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instoictor 


DIE  5947  Advanced  Practicum  in  Die- 
tetic Administration  and  Management 
(1-6).  Pre-planned  clinical  experience  at 
the  professional  level  in  dietetic  admini- 
stration and  management.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

DIE  5948  Advanced  Practicum  in 
Clinical  Nutrition  (1-6).  Pre-planned 
clinical  experience  at  the  professional 
level  in  clinical  therapeutic  nutrition.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

DIE  6128  Advanced  Management  of 
Dietary  Systems  (3).  Application  of 
management  and  organizational  ttieory 
to  dietetic  systems  in  health  and  commu- 
nity institutions.  Completion  of  ADA  Plan 
IV  (witii  two  management  courses)  and 
permission  of  insti-uctor. 

DIE  6256  Enteral  Nutrition  (3).  The 

specific  indications  for  enteral  feeding 
are  discussed  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  unique  requirements,  and  feeding 
techniques  for  specific  disease  states. 

DIE  6257  Parenteral  Nutrition  (3).  Clini- 
cal and  metabolic  advances  in  the  par- 
enteral feeding  of  the  adult  patient  in 
relation  to  specific  disease  states. 

DIE  6368  Advanced  Techniques  in 
Dietetic  Practice  (2).  Techniques  and 
approacfies  in  changing  nutritional  be- 
havior, establishing  private  practice,  pro- 
viding dietetic  services  in  various  size 
institutions,  hospitals,  nursing  homes, 
and  in  tiie  community.  Prerequisites: 
DIE  4435,  DIE  4435L  or  equivalent. 
Corequisite:  DIE  6368. 

DIE  6368L  Advanced  Techniques  Die- 
tetic Practice  Lab  (1 ).  Individual  prac- 
tice in  conducting  interviews,  planning 
nutiitional  care,  changing  nutritional  be- 
havior, and  providing  dietetic  consult- 
ation. Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  Corequisite:  DIE  6368. 

DIE  6568  Research  Methods  in  Dietet- 
ics (3).  Consideration  of  scientific  metii- 
ods  and  tiieoretical  orientation  as 
applied  to  research  In  dietetics.  Special 
consideration  given  to  various  tech- 
niques of  investigation,  data  collection, 
data  organization,  and  interpretation. 
Prerequisites:  Admission  to  graduate 
program  and  permission  of  insO-ucfor. 

DIE  6578  Field  Research  Methods  in 
Dietetics  (2).  Application  of  field  re- 
search methods  In  interpreting  and  de- 
signing research  studies.  Inti'oduction  to 
interdisclplirary  research  approaches. 
Prerequisite:  DIE  6568. 

DIE  6906  Readings  In  Dietetics  and 
Nutrition  (1-3).  Individual  advanced 
study  in  a  comprehensive  overview  of 
dietetics  and  nutiitlon  or  in-depth  ad- 


vanced study  of  a  specialty.  Prereq- 
uisites: Permission  of  insti'uctor  and  ad- 
Vcinced  standing  In  graduate  program. 

DIE  6907  Individual  Study  in  Dietetics 
(1-3).  Intensive  individual  investigation 
of  a  phase  of  dietetics.  Emphasis  on  re- 
cent findings  in  dietetics  and  allied  disci- 
plines. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
Chairperson  of  the  Department. 

DIE  6908  Supervised  Field  Study  in 
Dietetics  (3).  Pre-planned  practical  ex- 
perience at  the  professional  level  in  an 
area  of  dietetics.  Critical  written  evalu- 
ation by  the  student,  developed  with  fre- 
quent consultation  and  super^sion  of 
insti-uctor.  Prerequisites:  DIE  6578,  12 
hours  of  graduate  study,  and  permission 
of  Instructor. 

DIE  6915  Supervised  Research  (1). 

Continuation  of  tiiesis  or  field  research 
under  thesis  director  or  field  study  super- 
visor. Repeatable.  Prerequisite:  Com- 
pletion of  all  ottier  required  coursework. 

DIE  6935  Special  Topics  in  Dietetics 
(3).  In-depth  study  of  historical,  epidemi- 
ological, prevention,  and  treatment  as- 
pects of  topics  related  to  dietetics. 
Prerequisites:  ADA  Plan  IV  competence 
in  topic  covered,  admission  to  graduate 
program. 

DIE  6937  Graduate  Seminar  In  Dietet- 
ics and  Nutrition  (1).  Presentations  by 
researchers,  practitioners,  and  graduate 
majors  related  to  advances  In  tiieories 
and  applications  in  nutrition  and  dietet- 
ics. Two  semester  enrollment  required 
of  all  graduate  stijdents. 

DIE  6971  Thesis  in  Dietetics  and  Nu- 
trition (3-6).  Prerequisites:  DIE  6578  or 
HUN  681 1,  12  hours  of  graduate  study 
and  permission  of  Thesis  Director. 

HUN  5123  Ethnic  Influences  on  Nutri- 
ture  and  Food  Haliits  (3).  Systematic 
study  of  food  habits  of  various  cultural 
groups.  Emphasis  on  methodology, 
analysis  of  data,  relationship  of  food 
habits  to  nutiitional  standards,  and  cor- 
rective measures.  Includes  laboratory. 
Prerequisite:  Competency  In  food  prepa- 
ration and  nutrition.  Recommended  for 
non-majors. 

HUN  5195  international  Nutrition: 
Prot>lems,  Policies,  and  Planning  (3). 

Advanced  study  of  magnihjde,  causes 
and  nature  of  undernutrition  in  low  In- 
come countries;  emphasis  on  programs, 
planning  and  policies  directed  toward  al- 
leviating hunger.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

HUN  5245  Nutrition  and  Biochemistry 
(3).  Advanced  stijdy  of  the  relationship 
of  nutrition  and  biochemisti7  with  em- 


160 /College  of  Health 


Graduate  Catalog 


phasis  on  digestion,  absorption,  metabo- 
lism of  nutrients,  and  determination  of 
norms.  Prerequisites:  ADA  Plan  IV  and 
permission  of  Instructor. 

HUN  5295  Contemporary  Issues  In 
Food  and  Nutrition  (3).  Updating  food 
and  nutrition  information  through  the 
study  of  current  research.  Recom- 
mended for  non-majors. 

HUN  5611  Nutrition  Education  in  the 
Community  (3).  In-depth  study  of  nutri- 
tion education  information  and  methods 
in  the  community  including  the  nutrition 
education  component  of  school  food 
service  and  other  congregate  meal  pro- 
grams. Prerequisite:  Recent  courses  in 
nutrition  education  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

HUN  5621  Food,  Nutrition  and  Com- 
munication (3).  Concepts  and  tech- 
niques for  effective  professional 
communication  with  individuals,  groups 
and  other  professionals.  Emphasis  on 
communication  via  mass  media.  Prereq- 
uisites: Advanced  standing,  competency 
in  food  and  nutrition  knowledge. 

HUN  6248  Sports  Nutrition  (3).  The  re- 
lationship between  nutrition,  fitness  and 
athletic  performance  for  trained  and  un- 
trained athletes  will  be  examined. 

HUN  6254  Drug  and  Nutrient  Interac- 
tion (3).  The  Interaction  of  drug  and  nu- 
trient metabolism  in  relation  to  nutrition. 

HUN  6335  Functions  of  Vitamins  (3). 

Integration  of  chemical,  biological  and 
physiological  functions  of  vitamins  as  re- 
lated to  human  nutrition. 

HUN  6355  Minerals  in  Human  Nutri- 
tion (3).  Jbe  physiological  and  metabo- 
lic functions  of  selected  macro-  and 
trace  minerals  as  they  relate  to  nutri- 
tional status  in  humans. 

HUN  6408  Advanced  Ufe  Cycle  Nutri- 
tion (3).  In-depth  study  of  nutrient 
needs  of  individuals  and  groups  at  differ- 
ent stages  of  life.  Emphasis  on  nutrient 
inter-relationships  and  effects  of  defi- 
ciencies and  excesses  on  metabolism. 
Prerequisite:  HUN  4241  or  equivalent. 

HUN  6521  Advanced  Community  Nu- 
trition (3).  In-depth  study  of  assess- 
ment of  nutriture  in  population  groups 
and  needs  of  public  for  nutrition  informa- 
tion. Emphasis  on  nutrition  consultation 
for  health  professionals  and  dietary 
care.  Prerequisite:  DIE  3317  or 
equivalent. 

HUN  6811  Lal>oratory  Research  Meth- 
ods in  Dietetics  (2).  Laboratory  applica- 
tion of  research  methods  in  dietetics. 
Prerequisites:  DIE  6568  and  consent  of 
department  chairperson. 


Medical  Laboratory 
Sciences 

Janet  A.  Llnebacl(,  Associate  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
Barbara  V.  Anderson,  Assistarrt 

Professor  and  Director,  Medical 

Tectmology  Program 
Jerry  A.  Bash,  Associate  Professor 
Manoucher  Dezfulian,  Associate 

Professor 
William  J.  Keppier,  Professor  and  Dean 
Patricl(  F.  Shen,  Associate  Professor 
Sylvia  L.  Smith,  Associate  Professor 
Beverly  A.  Warden,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in  Medical 
Laboratory  Sciences 

Admission  to  the  Master  of  Science  de- 
gree program  in  Medical  Latxiratory  Sci- 
ences represents  a  judgment  as  to  the 
probability  of  the  student's  success  in 
graduate  wori^.  This  judgment  is  usually 
biased  on  a  variety  of  factors  including 
the  student's  undergraduate  academic 
record,  specific  admission  test  scores, 
letters  of  recommendation,  and  letter  of 
intent.  To  be  admitted,  a  student  must 
meet  ttie  follownng  minimum  require- 
ments: 

1.  Satisfactorily  meet  the  University's 
general  requirements  for  admission. 
(Consult  the  General  Information  sec- 
tion for  details.) 

2.  Hold  a  bachelor's  degree,  or 
equivalent,  in  medical  techrxjiogy  or  re- 
lated scientific  discipline  from  an  accred- 
ited institution.  Students  entering  the 
program  should  have  completed  a  mini- 
mum of  two  years  of  chemistry,  one 
year  of  mathematics  including  statistics, 
two  years  of  kiiology  including  immunol- 
ogy and  biochemistry.  A  minimum  of  1 2 
semester  hours  of  undergraduate  clini- 
cal courseworit  in  one  of  the  specialty  ar- 
eas is  also  required  for  individuals  wfx> 
do  not  possess  a  bachelor's  degree  In 
medical  technology  or  equivalent  clinical 
experience.  An  applicant  lacking  in 
course  backgrourid  may  be  admitted 
with  deficiencjes  on  condition  that  tfiese 
deficiencies  be  made  up  within  one  year 
of  the  date  of  admission.  Credits 
eamed  in  making  up  these  deficiencies 
will  not  count  toward  the  graduate  de- 
gree. 

3.  Have  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA 
of  3.0  during  the  last  two  years  of  the  un- 
dergraduate program  or  a  minimum 
combined  score  of  1000  on  the  quantita- 
tive and  vert)al  portions  of  tfie  Graduate 
Record  Examination  (ORE)  (or  a  mini- 
mum combined  score  of  1500  on  the 
three-part  GRE). 

4.  Submit  at  least  two  letters  of  rec- 
ommendation from  academic  profes- 


sors, supervisors/employers  and/or  pro- 
fessional associates  who  are  in  a  posi- 
tion to  comment  on  tfie  applicant's 
potential  for  graduate  work. 

5.  Submit  an  autobiographical  state- 
ment or  letter  of  intent  (not  to  exceed 
1000  words)  which  includes  educational 
goals  and  career  projections.  Appli- 
cants may  also  include  copies  of  pre- 
vious written  scientific  work. 

6.  Students  whose  native  language 
is  other  thiein  English  must  demonstrate 
an  adequate  level  of  proficiency  in  Eng- 
lish as  judged  by  a  minimum  score  of 
550  on  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language  (TOEFL).  Foreign  students 
wtx)  have  not  met  this  requirement  may 
be  conditionally  admitted  and  allowed  to 
enroll  in  an  intensive  English  language 
program  prior  to  beginning  coursework 
in  medical  laboratory  sciences.  Satisfac- 
tory English  proficiency  must  be  demon- 
strated within  the  first  year  of  study. 

7.  Approval  from  the  Departmental 
Graduate  Committee. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Medical  Labo- 
ratory Sciences  consists  of  a  minimum 
of  37  credits,  including  a  thesis  based 
upon  the  student's  original  research.  A 
maximum  of  six  credits  of  graduate 
coursewori^  may  be  transferred  from 
other  institutions  subject  to  approval  of 
the  Graduate  Committee.  It  is  expected 
that  a  full-time  student  taking  nine  cred- 
its per  semester  should  be  able  to  com- 
plete the  program  in  two  years. 

Core  Courses  1 2 

Specialty  Courses  9 

Electives  6 

Graduate  Seminars  4 

Thesis  6 

Core  Courses 

MLS  51 75     Advanced  Clinical 

Pathology  3 

MLS  5515     Advanced  Diagnostic 

Immunology  3 

MLS  5615     Research  Instrumentation 
and  Techniques  in 
Medical  Laboratory 
Sciences  3 

MLS  5785     Research  Methods  in 
Medical  Laboratory 
Sciences  3 

Specialty  Courses: 
Clinical  Chemistry 

MLS  6645     Advanced  Clinical 

Analytical  Systems  3 

MLS  6665  Clinical  Endocrinology  3 
MLS  5675  Clinical  Protein  Chemistry  3 
MLS  5685     Therapeutic  Drug 

Monitoring  and  Clinical 
Toxicology  3 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Health  / 161 


Specialty  Courses: 
Hematology 

MLS  5328     Diagnostic  Hematological 

Cytology  and 

Cytochemistry  3 

MLS  6329  Hematological  Oncology  3 
MLS  5345     Advanced  Hematology/ 

Hemostasis  3 

Specialty  Courses: 
Immunohematology 

MLS  6575  Advanced  Blood  Banking  3 
MLS  6595     Advanced 

Immunohematology  3 

MLS  5590     Human  Blood  Group 

Systems  3 

MLS  6944,  6945,  6946  Advanced 

Blood  Banking 

Practicum  I,  II,  III  3 

MLS  5585     Human  Histocompatibility 

Antigens  3 

Specialty  Courses: 
Clinical  Immunology 

MLS  6180     Immunopathology  3 

Specialty  Courses: 
Clinical  Microbiology 

MLS  6425     Advanced  Clinical 

Mycology  3 

MLS  6468     Molecular  Mechanisms 

of  Infectious  Diseases       3 

MLS  5475     Medical  Virology  3 

Electives 

In  consultation  with  ttie  advisor,  ttie  stu- 
dent may  select  a  maximum  of  six  cred- 
its outside  tfie  Department  of  Medical 
Laboratory  Sciences  which  are  not  lim- 
ited to  but  may  include  courses  in  bio- 
logical sciences,  chemistry,  health  care 
administration,  educational  methodol- 
ogy, computer  sciences,  and  business 
administration. 


Courses  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

MLS  -  Medical  Laboratory  Sciences 

MLS  5175  Advanced  Clinical  Pathol- 
ogy (3).  Advanced  study  of  pathokjgical 
conditions  affecting  the  major  organ  sys- 
tems with  emphasis  on  dinical  diagno- 
sis using  laboratory  methods. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  starxJing  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

MLS  5328  DIagrwsUc  Hematological 
Cytology/Cytochemistry  (3).  Morpho- 
logical, cytochemical,  cytogenetic  and 
Immunological  techniques  for  precise 
and  accurate  blood  cell  identification 
that  provide  invaluable  information  for  di- 
agnosis, treatment  and  prognosis.  Pre- 


requisite: Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

MLS  5345  Advanced  Hematology/He- 
mostasls  (3).  An  advanced  course  deal- 
ing with  a  number  of  selected  topics  of 
current  interest  in  clinical  hematology/he- 
mostasis.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
erythrocyte  disorders  and  tjlood  coagula- 
tion. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  5425  Medical  Mycology  (3). 

Study  of  the  essential  procedures  and 
criteria  in  the  identification  of  pathogenic 
fungi.  Recognition  of  fungal  contami- 
nants commonly  encountered  in  clinical 
specimens.  Actinomycetes.  Antimycotic 
agents.  Mycoserology.  Stains,  reagents, 
and  media.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  5495  Agents  of  Foodbome  Dis- 
ease (3).  Natural  history  of  foodborne 
diseases.  Microorganisms  involved  in 
food  processing,  food  spoilage,  food- 
bome illness  and  food  intoxication.  In- 
vestigation of  foodtxime  diseases 
outbreaks.  Prerequisite:  MLS  4405  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  5515  Advanced  Diagnostic  Im- 
munology (3).  A  course  describing  the 
principles,  performance,  quality  control 
and  applications  of  immunological  meth- 
ods used  in  clinical  laboratories  arxJ  re- 
search. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  5585  Human  Histocompatibility 
Antigens  (3).  A  comprehensive  study  of 
the  serology,  dinical  relevsince,  immu- 
nology and  genetics  of  the  human  histo- 
compatibility antigens.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

MLS  5615  Research  Instrumentation 
and  Techniques  (3).  This  course  is  de- 
signed to  introduce  the  beginning  gradu- 
ate student  to  research  instrumentation 
and  techniques  in  tfie  specialized  areas 
of  tfie  medical  laboratory  sdences.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

MLS  5675  Clinical  Protein  Chemistry 

(3).  Lectures  dealing  with  isolation  and 
identification  of  dinically  significant  pro- 
teins and  enzymes.  Pathological  condi- 
tions and  interpretation  of  laboratory 
data.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  5685  Therapeutic  Dmg  Monitor- 
ing and  Clinical  Toxicology  (3).  Lec- 
tures dealing  with  (sharmacokinetic  and 
pharmacodynamic  principles,  methods 
of  analysis,  medico-legal  aspects  of 
drug  testing,  quality  assurance.  Prereq- 


uisite: Graduate  standing  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

MLS  5785  Research  Methods  In  Medi- 
cal Laboratory  Sciences  (3).  Introduc- 
tion to  dinical  and  industrial  research 
mettxjds/experimental  designs.  Analysis 
of  sdentific  literature.  Review  of  statisti- 
cal analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  5690  Human  Blood  Group  Sys- 
tems (3).  An  in-depth  study  of  serology, 
dinical  relevance,  immunology,  genetics 
and  the  tiiochemistry  of  ttie  human  red 
cell,  white  cell  and  platelet  antigens  and 
antibodies.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6180  Immunopathology  (3).  The 

student  will  study  the  pathology  of  immu- 
nological processes  occurring  naturally 
and/or  under  disease  conditions.  Prereq- 
uisite: Graduate  standing  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

MLS  6329  Hematology  Oncology  (3). 
A  detailed  study  of  MLS  hematological 
neoplasms,  in  which  the  etiology, 
pathophysiology,  dinical  and  laboratory 
diagnosis  of  leukemias,  lymphomas  and 
other  malignant  diseases  will  be  consid- 
ered. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6425  Advanced  Clinical  Mycol- 
ogy (3).  Study  of  fungi  wrtiich  cause  dis- 
ease in  man  and  animals.  Application  of 
genetic,  biocfiemical  and  ultrastructural 
procedures  in  the  identification  of  fungi 
including  the  use  of  monoclonal  antibod- 
ies. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6468  Molecular  Mechanisms  of 
Infectious  Disease  (3).  Study  of  mo- 
lecular mechanisms  of  microbial  patho- 
genicity as  it  relates  to  human 
infections.  Examination  of  ttie  processes 
by  which  infection  leads  to  disease.  Dis- 
ease prevention.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  5475  Medical  Virology  (3).  The 

nature  of  viruses  and  viral  disease. 
Types  of  fiuman  viral  infections,  tfieir  de- 
tection and  prevention.  Current  diagnos- 
tic procedures.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instnjctor. 

MLS  6575  Advanced  Btood  Banking 
(3).  A  comprehensive  study  of  the  tech- 
niques and  metfiods  used  to  acquire, 
prepare,  store,  test  and  transfuse  Wood 
and  its  components.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

MLS  6595  Advanced  Immunohematol- 
ogy (3).  A  comprehensive  study  of  anti- 
gen-antibody reactions  and  analogous 


162 /College  of  Health 


Graduate  Catalog 


phenomena  as  they  relate  to  the  patho- 
genesis and  dinical  manifestations  of 
Wood  disorders.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6645  Advanced  Clinical  Analyti- 
cal Systems  (3).  Current  analytical  con- 
cepts and  analytical  systems  in  dinical 
chemistry.  Solid  phase  technology.  Ion- 
specific  electrodes.  Centrifugal  analyz- 
ers. Fluorescence  polarization. 
Robotics.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  stand- 
ing or  permission  of  instmctor. 

MLS  6665  Clinical  Endocrinology  (3). 

Lectures  dealing  with  the  anatomy, 
physiology  and  biochemistry  of  endo- 
crine diseases.  Laboratory  testing  proce- 
dures and  approaches,  dinical 
significance  and  interpretation  of  labora- 
tory data.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  stand- 
ing or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6905  Independent  Study  (1-6).  In- 
depth  study  of  a  spedai  topic  requiring 
assigned  readings,  optional  laboratory 
assignments,  seminar  partidpation,  and 
final  report.  Prerequisite:  Pemission  of 
instructor. 

MLS  691 OL  Directed  Independent  Re- 
search (1-6).  Investigation  of  a  problem 
in  the  area  of  medical  laboratory  sci- 
ences requiring  independent  research 
at  the  graduate  level.  Supervision  by 
graduate  faculty.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  advisor/instructor. 

MLS  6938  Graduate  Seminar  (1).  Oral 
presentation  of  literature  review  or  re- 
search. Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6939  Advanced  Topics  in  Medi- 
cal Laboratory  Sciences  (3).  Current 
topics  in  medical  laboratory  sciences 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  curriculum. 
Review  of  literature  and  discussion  of 
the  selected  topics.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  with  different  subject  content  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing  or  permis- 
sion of  professor. 

MLS  6944  Advanced  Blood  Banking 
Practicum  I  (3).  A  laboratory  course  pro- 
viding in-depth  practical  experience  in 
tfie  various  aspects  of  Blood  Banking  in 
a  community  t>lood  center  and  hospital 
transfusion  service.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6945  Advanced  Blood  Banking 
PracUcum  II  (3).  A  laboratory  course 
providing  in-depth  practical  experience 
in  tine  various  aspects  of  Blood  Banking 
in  a  community  tslood  center  and  hospi- 
tal transfusion  service.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 


MLS  6946  Advanced  Blood  Banking 
Practicum  III  (3).  A  laboratory  providing 
in-depth  practical  experience  in  the  vari- 
ous aspects  of  Blood  Banking  in  a  com- 
munity blood  center  and  hospital 
transfusion  sen/ice.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

MLS  6971  Master's  Thesis  (1-6).  Su- 
pervised research  on  an  original  re- 
search project  submitted  in  partial 
fulfillment  of  Master's  degree  require- 
ment. Minimum  requirement  of  six  credit 
hours.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  major 
instructor. 


Occupational  Therapy 

Gall  Hills  Maguire,  Professor  and 

Chairperson 
Reba  L  Anderson,  Associate 

Professor 
Susanne  D'Agati,  Assistant  Professor 
Anne  Dickerson,  Assistant  Professor 
Susan  Kaplan,  Associate  Professor 
Suze  Dudley,  Assistant  Professor 
Patricia  Micliael,  Assistant  Professor 
Pamela  Shaffner,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in 
Occupational  Tiierapy 

The  curriculum  is  composed  of  three 
main  components:  a  core  of  occupa- 
tional therapy  courses  to  increase  under- 
standing of  thie  theoretical  bases  and 
current  issues  of  occupational  therapy 
practice;  a  research  core  to  develop  criti- 
cal problem  solving,  research,  and  writ- 
ing skills;  and  a  dinical  specialty 
component  thiat  students  design  with  ap- 
proval of  faculty.  In  the  dinical  spedalty 
area,  students  have  the  opportunity  to 
take  four  elective  courses  and  develop 
projects  and  papers  in  addition  to  their 
theses  in  their  area  of  clinical  interest. 
The  course  of  study  is  designed  for  ad- 
vanced study  for  certified  occupational 
therapists  and  permits  part-time  enroll- 
ment. 

Admission  Requirements: 

To  be  admitted  to  thie  Master's  degree 
program  students  must: 

1 .  Hold  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an 
accredited  institution.  Students  wfxj  do 
not  hold  a  laachielor's  degree  in  Occupa- 
tional Therapy  mus  complete  the  profes- 
sional certificate  in  Occupational 
Therapy  after  admission  to  the  graduate 
progra.im 

2.  Have  completed  an  accredited  cur- 
riculum in  occupational  tfierapy.  Stu- 
dents 'Mho  have  not  completed  an 


accredited  curriculum  in  occupationcti 
therapy  can  be  admitted  to  tfie  master's 
program,  but  must  also  complete  the 
Professional  Certificate  in  Occupational 
Therapy. 

3.  Have  a  minimum  of  a  3.0  GPA  av- 
erage based  on  a  4.0  scale  (upper  divi- 
sion) or  a  combined  score  of  1000 
(verbal  and  quantitative  parts)  on  tfie 
Graduate  Record  Examination  (GRE). 

4.  Have  a  basic  statistics  course. 

5.  Provide  three  letters  of  reference, 
a  curriculum  vitae/resume,  a  summary 
statement  of  professional  and  educa- 
tional goals  and  assessment  of  cun-ent 
professional  activities. 

6.  Receive  approval  from  the  depart- 
mental graduate  admissions  committee. 

7.  International  students  are  ac- 
cepted subject  to  space  and  fiscal  limita- 
tions. Students  must  have  a  Bachelor's 
degree  or  equivalent  in  occupational 
therapy  from  an  institution  recognized  in 
their  own  country  as  preparing  students 
for  graduate  level  study;  academic  eligi- 
bility for  further  study  in  their  own  coun- 
try; demonstrate  proficiency  in  tfie 
English  language  by  a  minimum  score 
of  550  on  the  Test  of  English  as  a  For- 
eign Language  (TOEFL). 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Occupational 
Therapy  consists  of  36  credits  including 
a  thesis.  Rfteen  credits  of  core  courses 
must  be  taken  in  the  department  plus  a 
minimum  of  six  credit  hiours  of  thesis. 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  gradu- 
ate coursewori<  may  be  transferred  from 
other  institutions,  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  departmental  graduate 
committee. 

Required  Courses:  (36) 

Occupational  Therapy  Core 

OTH  6009     Current  Issues  and 

Theories  of 

Occupational  Therapy  3 
OTH  6265     Measurement  and 

Assessment  in 

Occupational  Therapy  3 
OTH  621 5     Advanced  Occupatbnal 

Therapy  Intervention 

Strategies         '  3 

OTH  6948     Continuing  Clinical 

Competence  for 

Occupational  Therapists    3 

Research  Core 

STA  6167      Statistical  Methods  in 

Research  II  3 

OTH  5760     Current  Research  in 

Occupatbnal  Therapy       3 

OTH  6970     Master's  Thesis  6 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Health  / 163 


Clinical  Specialty  Component 

Combination  of  occupational  therapy 
and  university  electives  in  an  identified 
area  of  dinical  interest  approved  by  the 
faculty  12 

Professional  Certificate  in 
Occupational  Therapy 

The  certificate  curriculum  will  enable  stu- 
dents who  do  not  fiave  a  bachelor's  de- 
gree in  Occupational  Therapy  to  qualify 
for  certification  by  the  American  Occupa- 
tional Therapy  Certification  Board. 
Graduate  students  who  hold  a  tjache- 
lor's  degree  in  a  field  other  than  occupa- 
tional ttierapy  must  complete  this 
program.  (For  information  on  the  pro- 
gram requirements,  refer  to  the  certifi- 
cate section  at  the  end  of  thie  College  of 
Health  listing. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefix 

OTH  -  Occupational  Therapy 

OTH  5011  Theories  and  Practice  of 
Occupational  Theory  (3).  The  theoreti- 
cal foundations  of  occupational  therapy 
and  Issues  affecting  profession  practice. 

OTH  5162  Adaptation  of  Human  Occu- 
pation (3).  Thirough  development  of  an 
understanding  of  tfie  components  and 
nuances  of  human  occupation,  students 
will  develop  skills  needed  to  promote  op- 
timal performance  through  simulation 
and  adaptation  of  life  tasks. 

OTH  5174  Advanced  OT  Techniques 
In  Upper  Limb  Prosthetics  and  Orthot- 
ics (3).  Clinical  OT  techniques  and  path- 
omechanics  applied  to  upper  limb 
dysfunction  including  utilization  of  bio- 
feedback and  myoelectric  components. 
Prerequisites:  OTH  4421  and  OTH  4170. 

OTH  5195  Occupational  Therapy  Job 
Modification  (3).  Analysis  and  adapta- 
tion of  client's  wori^place  for  the  dis- 
abled. Prerequisite:  Admission  to 
program  or  permission  of  instructor. 

OTH  5326  Psychiatric  O.T.:  Contenv 
porary  Theory  ar>d  Practice  (3).  Exami- 
natnn  of  contemporary  knowledge 
relevant  to  tfie  tfieory  and  practice  of 
O.T.  In  psychiatry.  Prerequisite:  Admis- 
sion to  Program  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

OTH  5340  Occupational  Therapy  Pro- 
gram Development  In  Psychiatry  (3). 

Seminar  discussion  and  practical  experi- 
ence in  occupational  therapy  program- 
ming in  psychiatry. 


OTH  5345  Occupational  Therapy  Pro- 
gram Development  In  Psychiatry  (3). 

Seminar  discussion  and  practical  experi- 
ence in  OT  programming  in  psychiatry. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  program  or 
permission  of  instixictor. 

OTH  5405  Analysis  of  Therapeutic 
Procedures  In  Physical  Dlsat>ilitles 
(3).  A  lecture/lab  course  designed  to  in- 
troduce advanced  students  to  tfieory 
based  assessment  problem  identifica- 
tion and  ti^atment  for  the  physically  dis- 
abled adult. 

OTH  5407  Theoretical  Perspectives 
of  Pain  (3).  Theoretical  perspectives  of 
pain:  etiology,  assessment,  manage- 
ment and  effects.  Prerequisite:  Admis- 
sion to  the  program  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

OTH  5440  Treatment  Approaches  for 
the  Neurologlcally  Impaired  (3).  In  de- 
pth instiTJCtion  in  approaches  to  the  neu- 
rologlcally impaired  patient.  Emphasis 
will  be  on  dysfunction  due  to  stroke  or 
head  injury.  Prerequisite:  OTH  4422  or 
equivalent. 

OTH  5600  Study  of  Gerontology  as 
Related  to  Occupational  Therapy  (3). 

An  overview  of  current  issues  in  the 
practice  of  occupational  therapy  for  the 
aged. 

OTH  5613  Interdisciplinary  Approach 
to  Aging  (3).  Issues  related  to  roles  of 
specific  healtii  team  members  and  appli- 
cation of  interdisciplinary  approach  to 
care  of  ttie  elderiy.  Prerequisite:  Aging 
course  or  wori<  experience  witii  elderly, 
permission  of  instructor. 

OTH  5630  OT  Assessment  of  the  Eld- 
eriy (3).  Study  of  assessment  tech- 
niques appropriate  for  OT  evaluation  of 
the  elderly.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to 
program. 

OTH  5760  Current  Research  In  Occu- 
pational Therapy  (3).  Review  of  statisti- 
cal concepts  and  research  procedures 
in  the  dinical  setting,  with  in-depth  study 
of  tfie  current  status  of  research  in  occu- 
pational ttierapy. 

OTH  5764  Research  In  a  Clinical  Spe- 
ciality (3).  Participation  in  ongoing  re- 
search of  faculty  members  in  dinical 
spedality  area.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

OTH  5905  Independent  Study  (Vari- 
able Credit). 


OTH  5934  Evaluation  and  Treatment 
of  Hand  Dysfunction  (3).  Seminar  in 
current  Issues  related  to  the  assess- 
ment and  treatment  of  common  injuries 
of  the  hand.  Prerequisites:  OTH  3413/ 
341 3L,  OTH  4421  or  equivalent. 

OTH  6009  Current  Issues  and  Theo- 
ries of  Occupational  Therapy  (3).  Ex- 
ploration of  current  issues  and  theories 
In  occupational  ttierapy  leading  to  devel- 
opment of  student's  tiieoretical  refer- 
ence for  practice.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  the  program. 

OTH  6215  Advanced  OT  Intervention 
Strategies  (3).  Principles  and  charac- 
teristics of  treatment  regimens  designed 
to  enhance  tfie  study  of  treatment  effec- 
tiveness. Emphasis  on  application  of  ac- 
tivity appropriate  for  student's  dinical 
concentration.  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  program. 

OTH  6265  Measurement  and  Assess- 
ment in  Occupational  Ttierapy  (3). 

Measurement  concepts  arxj  practices 
used  in  occupational  ttierapy  evaluation. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  program  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

OTH  6507  Occupational  Therapy  for 
Occupationally  Dysfunctional  Chil- 
dren &  Adolescents.  Exploration  of  fac- 
tors leading  to  successful  adaptation  to 
occupational  roles,  are  explored  with 
particular  emphasis  on  tiie  relationship 
between  these  factors  and  Occupational 
Therapy  tiieory.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  InstiTJCtor. 

OTH  6538  Advanced  Methods  In  Pedi- 
atric Assessnnent  (3).  Advanced  appli- 
cations of  tfieory  and  research  In  the 
area  of  pediati'ic  occupational  therapy 
assessment.  Skills  in  neonatal,  neurode- 
velopmental,  occupational  behavior, 
and  computer-assisted  methods. 

OTH  6548  Advanced  Methods  In  Pedi- 
atric Occupational  Therapy  (3).  Ad- 
vanced application  of  theory  and 
research  in  occupational  therapy.  In- 
dudes  neurodevelopmental  ti'eatment 
approaches,  neonates  ttirough  adoles- 
cents. Prerequisite:  OTH  6538 

OTH  6948  Continuing  Clinical  Compe- 
tence for  Occupational  Therapists 
(3).  Design,  execution,  and  presentation 
of  a  major  Occupational  Therapy  project. 

OTH  6970  Master's  Thesis  (3).  Super- 
vised research  on  a  research  project 
submitted  in  partial  fulfillment  of  Mas- 
ter's degree  requirement  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  major  professor. 


164 /College  of  Health 


Graduate  Catalog 


Public  Health 

Joseph  Patterson,  Professor  and 
Director 

H.  Virginia  McCoy,  Assistant  Professor 
Rotiert  R.Stempel,  Assistant  Professor 
Thomas  J.  Tiiompson,  Assistant 
Professor 

Master  of  Public  Health 

The  Master  of  Public  Health  is  an  affili- 
ated program  offered  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Epidemiology  and  Public  Health 
at  the  University  of  Miami's  Scfx)ol  of 
Medicine. 

The  program  is  designed  to  provide 
fundamental  skills  in  core  areas  of  Pub- 
lic Health  to  persons  involved  in  the  pol- 
icy development,  planning,  and 
implementation  of  community  health 
services;  and  to  serve  those  seeking  a 
broader  base  of  knowledge  to  improve 
environmental  and  personal  health  serv- 
ices for  tfie  community.  This  program 
prepares  the  practicing  professional  in 
the  diverse  fields  of  community  health. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  must  meet  the  University's 
general  graduate  admission  require- 
ments: 

1 .  A  bachelor's  degree  or  equivalent 
from  an  accredited  college  or  university 
or,  in  the  case  of  foreign  students,  an  in- 
stitution recognized  in  its  own  country 
as  preparing  students  for  further  study 
at  the  graduate  level,  and  submit  a 
score  of  500  on  the  TOEFL. 

2.  A  minimum  3.0  GPA  (on  tfie  last 
60  undergraduate  hours),  or  a  com- 
bined quantitative  and  verbal  score  of 
1000  on  the  ORE  taken  within  the  last 
five  years;  or  a  score  of  500  on  the 
GMAT;  passed  the  MOAT,  LSAT,  or 
equivalent;  or  a  graduate  degree  from 
an  accredited  institutton.  However,  all 
applicants,  regardless  of  previous  GPA, 
are  required  to  submit  Die  appropriate 
aptitude  test  scores.  In  addition,  appli- 
cants are  required  to  1)  submit  tiiree  let- 
ters of  recommendation  from  persons  in 
the  field  of  public  health  and  the  aca- 
demic major  at  tfie  institution  most  re- 
cently attended;  2)  have  a  personal 
interview  with  the  Graduate  Admission 
Committee;  3)  submit  a  written  personal 
statement  as  described  in  the  applica- 
tion packet  provided  by  Uie  Department 
Public  Healtti;  4)  provide  a  current  cur- 
riculum vitae/resume. 

Students  witii  diverse  backgrounds 
will  be  encouraged  to  apply;  relevant 
wori<  experience  will  be  given  strong 
consideration. 


Field  Training/Master's  Research 
Project 

All  MPH  students  must  complete  eitfner 
a  field-training  residency  or  a  master's 
research  project  as  a  general  core 
course  requirement. 

Field  Experience  Option 

This  option  is  recommended  for  all  stu- 
dents witii  less  ti^n  three  years  of  expe- 
rience in  healtfi-oriented  program.  Reld 
experience  gives  the  student  the  oppor- 
tunity to  gain  practical  experience  under 
preceptor-guided  supervision  in  public 
healtfi.  Students  should  consult  the  Co- 
ordinator of  Field  Training  for  further  in- 
formation. 

Research  Option 

This  option  is  recommended  for  stu- 
dents witii  three  or  more  years  of  experi- 
ence in  a  healtii-related  program.  The 
research  project  affords  ttie  opportunity 
to  conduct  research  on  a  specific  public 
healtii  problem  or  topic  in  eittier  a  com- 
munity or  institutional  setting.  MPH  stu- 
dents who  select  tiie  research  project 
must  choose  a  faculty  member  to  direct 
their  research.  The  advisor  and  the  stij- 
dent  may  identify  otfier  resource  per- 
sons to  serve  in  an  advisory  capacity  for 
the  research  project. 

Degree  Requirements 

Students  must  complete  at  least  45  se- 
mester hours  of  approved  coursework 
with  a  minimum  of  a  'B'  average.  All 
wori<  applicable  to  tiie  degree  must  be 
completed  within  six  years  immediately 
preceding  the  awarding  of  tfie  Master's 
degree. 

Program  of  Study 

The  course  of  study  is  designed  to  allow 
students  to  concenti-ate  in  one  of  four  ar- 
eas: 

Environmental  Health 

Epidemiology 

Health  Promotion 

Public  Health  Policy  and 
Administration 
Courses  for  the  Master  of  Public  Healtii 
are  divided  into  four  major  areas: 

General  Core  (15  semester  hours);  Su- 
pervised Reld  Experience  or  Research 
Project  (3  semester  hours);  Concentra- 
tion Core  (18  semester  hours);  General 
Electives  (9  semester  flours). 

General  Core  Courses:  (15) 
HSA  6405     Behavioral  Aspects  of 

Healtii  and  Practice  3 

HSC  5506     Epidemk)logy  and 

Research  Metiiods  for 
Public  Health  3 


HSC  55 1 5  Statistical  Research 
Metiiods  for  Healtii 
Services  3 

PHC  631 5     Public  Healtii  and 
Environmental 
Management  3 

PHC  6500     Foundations  of  Public 

Healtii  Practice  3 

Field  or  Research  Project:  (3) 

HSA  6875     Administrative  Residency  3 

or 
HSA  6977     Master's  Research  Project 

Environmental  Health 
Concentration 

(Offered  in  cooperation  with  the 
Department  of  Civil  and 
Environmental  Engineering)  (12) 
PHC  61 50     Public  Healtii  Policy 

Analysis  and 

Formulation  3 

PHC  63 1 1      Environmental  Healtii 

Risk  Assessment  3 

PHC  6425     Legal  and  Regulatory 

Aspects  of 

Environmental  Health        3 
PHC  6501      Healtii  Promotion 

Communication  Theory 

and  Design  3 

Concentration  Electives:  (9) 

Select  at  least  tiiree  courses  from  tiie 
following  list: 

EES  5506      Occupational  Health  3 

EVR  5936     Topics  in  Environmental 

Studies  3 

HSA  61 55     Healtii  Care  Policy  and 

Economics  3 

HSA  61 75     Rnancial  Management  of 

Healtii  Systems  3 

PHC  6004     Injury  Epidemiology  and 

Prevention  3 

PHC  61 50     Public  Healtii  Policy 
.  Analysis  and 

Formulation  3 

General  Electives:  (6) 

Environmental  Health  Science 
Option 

Required  Courses:  (9  semester  hours) 
PHC  61 50     Public  Healtii  Policy 

Analysis  and 

Formulation  3 

PHC  631 1      Environmental  Healtii 

Risk  Assessment  3 

PHC  6425     Legal  and  Regulatory 

Aspects  of 

Environmental  Health        3 

Concentration  Electives:  (9) 
Select  at  least  tivee  courses  from  tiie 
following  list: 
ENV  5062     Environmental  Healtii        3 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Health  / 165 


ENV5126 
ENV5116 
ENV5105 
ENV  5306 
ENV  5506 
ENV  5065 
ENV  5655 
ENV  5666 

EVR5936 

EVS5421 


Air  Pollution  Control  3 

Air  Sampling  Analysis       3 
Air  Quality  Management    3 


Solid  Wastes  3 

Occupational  Health  3 

Vector  and  Pest  Control  3 
Environmental  Planning  3 
Water  Quality 

Management  3 

Topics  in  Environmental 
Studies  3 

Industrial  and 
Environmental 
Toxicology  3 

General  Electives:  (9) 

Epidemiology  Concentration 

Epidemiology  is  tfie  study  of  the  distribu- 
tion of  diseases  in  the  community  and 
tiie  factors  influencing  or  determining 
this  distribution.  Interested  students 
should  contact  the  Department  at 
940-5877. 

Health  Promotion  Concentration 

Required  Courses:  (12) 
PHC  6501      Health  Promotion 

Communication 

Theory  and  Design  3 

PHC  6503     Community  Organization 

for  Health  Promotion         3 
PHC  6580     Contemporary  Issues  in 

Health  Promotion  3 

PHC  6750     Program  Development 

and  Evaluation  in 

Health  Promotion  3 

Concentration  Electives:  (6) 

Select  two  courses  from  the  following  list 
PHC  601 6     Social  Epidemiology, 

Health  Promotion 

and  Policy  3 

PHC  6112     Health  Risk  Appraisal        3 
PHC  6150     Public  Health  Policy 

Analysis  and 

Formulation  3 

PHC  631 1      Environmental  Health 

Risk  Assessment  3 

PHC  6502     Health  Promotion  in  ttie 

Workplace  3 

PHC  6530     Principles  of  Maternal  and 

Child  Health  3 

PHC  6585     Health  Promotion  in  the 

Clir^cal  Settings  3 

General  Electives:  (9) 

Public  Health  Policy  and 
Administration  Concentration 

Emphasis  is  on  Healtfi  Policy  Analysis 
and  Ambulatory  Care  Administration. 


Required  Courses:  (12  semester 

hours) 

PHC  61 50     Public  Health  Policy 

Analysis  and 

Formulation  3 

HSA  61 55     Healtti  Care  Policy  and 

Economics  3 

HSA  6175     Rnancial  Management 

of  Health  Systems  3 

HSA  61 49     Sti-ategic  Planning  and 

Marketing  of  Healtin 

Services  3 

Concentration  Electives:  (6) 

Select  two  courses  from  the  following  list: 
HSA  5408     Health  Services 

Consumer  Behavior  3 

HSA  5225      Long  Term  Care 

Administration  3 

HSA  6187     Personnel  Management 

and  Labor  Relations  3 

PHC  61 12     Healtti  Risk  Appraisal        3 
PHC  6425     Legal  and  Regulatory 

Aspects  of 

Environmental  Health        3 
PHC  6503     Community  Organization 

for  Healtii  Promotion         3 
PHC  6530     Principles  of  Maternal  and 

Child  Health  3 

General  Electives:  (9) 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefix 

PHC  -  Public  Health 

PHC  6004  Injury  Epidemiology  and 
Prevention  (3).  Analyzes  tiie  impact 
and  extent  of  injuries  as  a  public  health 
problem.  Issues  of  prevention,  sources 
of  data,  environment,  social  and  occupa- 
tioned  aspects  are  included  in  an  epide- 
miological approach.  Prerequisite:  HSC 
5506. 

PHC  6016  Social  Epidemiology, 
Health  PromoUon  and  Policy  (3).  Ex- 
plores the  epidemiological  aspects  of 
healtti  and  medical  care  of  \he  poor  and 
disadvantaged  population  groups.  Em- 
phasis on  ttie  relationship  of  organiza- 
tion and  delivery  of  health  care, 
including  healtti  promotion,  prevention, 
and  related  topics.  Prerequisite:  HSC 
5506. 

PHC  6112  Health  Risk  Appraisal  (3). 

Healtti  promotion  technique  designed 
for  identifying  personal  healtti  risks  and 
the  use  of  these  methodologies  for  in- 
ducing behavioral  change.  Evaluation  of 
the  effectiveness  of  various  fiealtti  ap- 
praisal instruments.  Prerequisite:  Biosta- 
tistics  &  Epidemiology. 


PHC  6150  Public  Health  Policy  Analy- 
sis and  Formulation  (3).  Strategies  for 
formulating  public  heaitii  policy;  political 
processes;  resource  allocation,  organi- 
zation, and  partk:ip>ation.  Examination  of 
current  policy  issues  and  efforts  to  effect 
change. 

PHC  6311  Environnwntal  Health  Risk 
Assessment  (3).  This  course  explores 
environmental  healtti  care  management 
protslems  associated  witti  risk  to  thie 
population  from  exposure  to  particular 
agents  and  conditions.  Emphasizes 
practical  problems  in  risk  estimation 
ttirough  the  case  mettiod  approach. 

PHC  6315  Public  Health  and  Environ- 
mental Managenwnl  (3).  An  overview 
of  public  healtti  philosophy  and  govern- 
ment organization  in  ttie  provision  of  offi- 
cial agency,  environmental,  and 
preventive  medicine  services,  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  ttie  regulatory  and 
surveillance  responsibilities  auttiorized 
in  ttie  public  sector.  Prerequisite:  PHC 
6500  or  permission  of  instiuctor. 

PHC  6425  Legal  and  Regulatory  As- 
pects of  Environinental  Health  (3). 

The  application  of  law  as  it  relates  to  ttie 
environment  and  human  health.  Legal 
process  and  rule-making;  cost-benefit 
analysis;  judicial  review;  evidentiary 
problems;  and  ottier  elements  of  envi- 
ronmental law  are  emphasized.  Prereq- 
uisites: Epidemiology  and  Biostatistics. 

PHC  6500  Foundations  of  Public 
Health  Practk^e  (3).  Philosophy,  nature, 
and  scope  of  public  health;  organization 
and  administration;  principles  of  disease 
prevention  and  healtti  promotion;  cur- 
rent issues  and  ttends;  socioeconomic 
and  political  forces.  Prerequisite:  Public 
Health  major  or  permission  of  instructor. 

PHC  6501  Health  Promotion  Commu- 
nication Theory  and  Design  (3).  The- 
ory, design,  and  implementation  of 
healtti  education  communication  utilized 
in  reaching  the  publk;.  Emphasis  on  the 
critical  analysis  of  ttie  communication 
processes;  group  techniques  and  media 
mettiods;  and  ttie  consultation  process. 
Prerequisite:  Healtti  Promotion  Concen- 
tration or  by  permission  of  instiuctor. 

PHC  6502  Health  Promotion  in  the 
Workplace  (3).  Emphasis  is  on  program 
design,  management,  and  evaluation  of 
fiealtti  promotion  in  industry.  Current  is- 
sues on  health  assessment,  fitiiess,  and 
emotional  stress  in  the  workplace  will  be 
considered.  Prerequisite:  Healtti  Promo- 
tion Concenti-ation  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

PHC  6503  Community  Organization 
for  Health  Promotion  (3).  Emphasis  is 


166 /College  of  Health 


Graduate  Catalog 


on  the  diagnosis  of  community  healtli 
problems  and  various  organizational 
strategies  utilized  for  effective  solution. 
Review  and  analysis  of  community 
organization  process;  resources;  and 
the  role  of  health  promotion  specialist. 
Prerequisite:  Health  Promotion  Concen- 
tration or  permission  of  instructor. 

PHC  6530  Principles  of  Maternal  and 
Child  Health  (3).  Covers  the  scope  of 
the  field  of  maternal  and  child  fiealth 
with  emphasis  on  the  needs  of  infants, 
children,  youth,  women  and  families  in 
the  reproductive  cyde  and  programs  de- 
signed to  meet  these  needs.  Prereq- 
uisite: Public  Health  major  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

PHC  6580  Contemporary  Issues  in 
Health  Promotion  (3).  Current  prob- 
lems and  findings  in  health  promotion 
content  areas  as  smoking,  alcohol,  and 
drug  misuse,  family  health,  safety,  physi- 
cal fitness,  communicable  and  chronic 
diseases  will  be  discussed.  Prereq- 
uisites: Epidemiology  and  Biostatistics. 

PHC  6585  Health  Promotion  in  Clini- 
cal Settings  (3).  Analysis  of  the  role, 
methods,  and  techniques  of  health  pro- 
motion and  patient  education  pertaining 
to  hospitals,  clinics  and  other  ambula- 
tory health  services.  Prerequisites:  Epi- 
demiology and  Biostatistics. 

PHC  6750  Program  Development  and 
Evaluation  in  Health  Promotion  (3). 

Principles  and  procedures  in  health  pro- 
motion program  development  and  evalu- 
ation. Emphasis  on  needs  assessment, 
planning  models,  evaluation  designs, 
data  collection,  analysis  and  reporting. 
Prerequisites:  Epidemiology  and  Biosta- 
tistics. 


Physical  Therapy 

Awllda  R.  Hasldns,  Assistant  Professor 

and  Chairperson 
Burton  J.  Dunevltz,  Associate 

Professor 
Leonard  Ell»um,  Associate  Professor 
Jennifer  Lander,  Assistant  Professor 

and  Coordinator  of  Graduate 

Program 
Elizabeth  Revel],  Associate  Professor 
Colleen  Rose-SL  Prix,  Assistant 

Professor 
Stanley  H.  Wilson,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Science  in  Pliysical 
Therapy. 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Physical  Ther- 
apy Is  designed  to  enable  physical  thera- 


pists to  pursue  attainment  of  a  speciality 
practice  area  through  advanced  educa- 
tion in  ttieir  chosen  profession.  It  is  also 
designed  to  enhance  thte  research,  ad- 
ministrative and/or  educational  knowl- 
edge and  skills  of  physical  therapists. 

The  curriculum  is  comprised  of  three 
tiasic  components:  physical  thterapy 
courses  designed  to  increase  under- 
standing of  the  tfieoretical  tiasis  and  cur- 
rent issues  of  physical  therapy  practice; 
a  research  sequence  designed  to  im- 
prove the  physical  therapist's  ability  to 
engage  in  research;  and  graduate  level 
elective  courses  which  will  allow  the 
physical  therapist  to  obtain  additional 
skills  and  kmwiedge  in  the  areas  of  ger- 
ontology, health  services  administration, 
education,  or  other  approved  Etrea  of  in- 
terest. 

The  program  permits  part-time  as 
well  as  full-time  study.  The  physical 
therapist  vAk  elects  to  complete  the  pro- 
gram on  a  full-time  basis  can  complete 
the  physical  therapy  coursewori<  in  four 
full  semesters.  All  degree  requirements 
must  be  completed  within  six  years  of 
thie  initial  admission  into  the  program. 

The  goals  of  the  program  are  to: 

1 .  Provide  physical  therapists  with 
skills  to  enable  them  to  function  effec- 
tively in  specialized  clinical  settings,  re- 
search programs,  educational  programs 
and/or  supervisory  positions. 

2.  Prepare  individuals  who  will  con- 
tribute to  the  promotion  of  health  in  the 
community  through  the  application  of 
scientific  principles  of  human  movement 
to  include  identification,  prevention,  as- 
sessment and  correction  of  acute  or 
chronic  movement  dysfunction. 

3.  Provide  physical  therapists  wfx>se 
skills  and  knowledge  are  commensurate 
with  the  expanding  need  for  health  care 
services  in  South  Florida,  as  well  as  tfie 
rest  of  the  state,  nation  and  international 
community. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  tfie  program  must  meet 
tfie  minimum  standards  set  forth  by  the 
Rorida  Board  of  Regents  and  tfie  Uni- 
versity in  addition  to  the  Departmental 
requirements  to  include: 

1 .  Bacfielor's  degree  or  tfie  equiva- 
lent from  an  accredited  institution. 

2.  Graduate  of  an  accredited  entry 
level  physical  therapy  program. 

3.  One  officicti  copy  of  all  college/uni- 
versity transcripts. 

4.  A  minimum  grade  point  average  of 
3.0  based  on  a  4.0  scale  (upF)er  divi- 
sion) or  a  combined  score  of  1000  (ver- 
bal and  quantitative  parts)  on  the 
Graduate  Record  Exam  (GRE). 

5.  A  minimum  of  three  letters  of  rec- 
ommendation to  include  one  from  each 


of  t^ie  following  persons:  a  college  or 
university  professor;  a  physical  thera- 
pist; a  current  or  past  employer. 

6.  Submission  of  a  curriculum  vita/re- 
sume. 

7.  Submission  of  a  summjU7  state- 
ment of  professional  and  educational 
goals  and  assessment  of  current  profes- 
sional activities  (attached  to  resume). 

8.  Licensed  to  practice  physical  tfier- 
apy  in  tfie  state  of  Rorida  or  otfier  juris- 
diction. 

9.  Approval  from  the  departmental 
graduate  admissions  committee. 

10.  An  applicant  who  fstils  to  meet 
tfie  regular  admissions  criteria  may  ap- 
ply to  be  considered  under  the  Board  of 
Regents'  10%  waiver  policy  (up  to  10% 
of  graduate  students  can  tie  admitted  in 
any  one  year  as  exceptions  to  the  regu- 
lar policy). 

1 1 .  Graduates  of  non-U.S.  institu- 
tions must  be  academically  eligible  for 
further  study  in  tfie  country  wfiere  tfie 
degree  was  earned.  If  tfie  applicants  na- 
tive language  is  not  English,  the  appli- 
cant must  demonstrate  proficiency  in 
tfie  English  language  by  presenting  a 
score  of  550  or  higher  on  the  Test  of 
English  as  a  Foreign  Language 
(TOEFL). 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Physical  Ther- 
apy consists  of  36  credits  including  the- 
sis. Rfteen  credits  of  graduate  level 
physical  tfierapy  courses  and  an  ad- 
vanced physical  tfierapy  research 
course  must  be  taken.  Additional  re- 
quired courses  include  a  minimum  of  six 
graduate  credits  of  out-of-department 
electives,  an  approved  graduate  level  re- 
search course,  and  a  graduate  level  sta- 
tistics course.  Tfie  out-of-department 
electives  will  be  determined  by  the  stu- 
dent in  conjunction  with  his  or  her  physi- 
cal tfierapy  advisor. 

A  maximum  of  six  credits  of  gradu- 
ate work  may  be  transferred  from  other 
institutions,  provided  they  are  approved 
by  the  departmental  graduate  commit- 
tee and  are  in  compliance  with  tlie  Uni- 
versity's graduate  policies  and 
procedures. 

A  maximum  of  12  credits  earned  as 
a  non-degree  seeking  student  at  the  Uni- 
versity may  be  accepted  by  the  pro- 
gram, provided  they  are  approved  by 
the  Departmental  graduate  committee 
and  are  in  compliance  with  the  Univer- 
sity's graduate  policies  and  procedures. 

Required  Courses:  (36) 
All  students  accepted  to  tfie  graduate 
program  will  develop  individualized  pro- 
grams of  study.  Tfie  program  of  study 
must  be  approved  by  tfie  physical  ther- 


Graduate  Catalog 


College  of  Health  / 167 


apy  advisor  and  by  the  departmental 
graduate  committee. 

Physical  Therapy  Courses 

Approved  Physical  Therapy  course      15 
Research  Component 

STA  51 26      Fundamentals  of  Design 

of  Experiments  3 

or 

STA  61 66      Statistical  f^thods  in 

Research  I  3 

PHT  69 1 5     Advanced  Physical 
Therapy  Clinical 
Research 
Methodologies  and 
Design  3 

PHT  6971      (blaster's  Thesis  6 

Electives 

Approved  out-of-department  graduate 
level  electives  6 

Approved  out-of-department  graduate 
level  research  course  3 

Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

PHT  -  Physical  Therapy 

PHT  5045  Teaching  Physical  Therapy 
Treatntent  Programs  (3).  Lectures  and 
projects  to  plan  in-service  programs,  pre- 
pare written  instructions,  and  teach 
other  staff  and  families  al30ut  P.T.  pro- 
grams in  Spanish  and  English. 

PHT  5320  Evaluating  and  Treating 
Handicapped  Children  (3).  Analysis  of 
assessment  tools  in  relation  to  treat- 
ment. Competence  in  administration  of 
appropriate  tools  w\\  be  required  at  end 
of  course.  Prerequisites:  Eitiier  STA 
51 26  or  STA  61 66  and  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

PHT  5515  Managing  Therapy  Serv- 
ices for  Handicapped  Children  (3). 

Lectures  and  group  work  to  develop  con- 
sulting and  management  skills  of  tfiera- 
pists  who  provide  services  to 
handicapped  children.  Prerequisites: 
Permission  of  major  advisor  or  instructor. 

PHT  5639  Physical  Therapy  Adminis- 
trative Techniques  and  Methods  (3). 

Provides  an  in-depth  view  of  the  health 
care  industry  and  its  relationship  to  tiie 
P.T.  profession.  Management  tech- 
niques in  all  areas  will  be  presented  with 
emphasis  on  planning  and  financial 
management. 

PHT  5815  Clerkship  In  Physical  Ther- 
apy (2).  Two-week  full-time  clinical  expe- 
rience combined  with  Independent  study 
of  question  or  issue  in  clinical  Physical 
Therapy.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of 
major  advisor. 


PHT  6127  Advanced  Pathologic  Move- 
ment Analysis  (3).  Explores  thie  abnor- 
mal gait  and  movement  patterns  as  they 
relate  to  patiiologic  states  involving 
either  tfie  musculoskeletal  or  the  neu- 
rologic system,  or  both.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6165  Applied  Clinical  Neuroanat- 
omy (3).  Examines  correlation  of  sites 
of  pattioiogy  in  the  central  and  periph- 
eral nervous  systems  witii  actual  pa- 
tients; tfieir  signs  and  symptoms,  thieir 
regimen  of  treatment,  and  prognosis  for 
rehabilitation.  Prerequisites:  Neuroanat- 
omy and  permission  of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6237  Environments/Energy  Ex- 
perxiitures  of  the  Disabled  (3).  Analy- 
sis of  ttie  home  and  wori^  settings  in 
relation  to  various  forms  of  physical  dis- 
abilities. Energy  expenditures  pertain- 
ing to  environmental  factors  as  tiiey 
pertain  to  physical  tiierapy  evaluation 
and  treatment.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6238  Motor  Development:  Adult 
Through  Geriatics  (3).  A  shjdy  of  mo- 
tor development  of  tfie  adult  ttirough  old 
age.  Application  of  developmental  prin- 
ciples to  physical  tfierapy  practice  and 
research.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
major  advisor. 

PHT  6239  Developmental  Disabilities 
In  Adulthood  (3).  A  stijdy  of  adults  witii 
developmental  disabilities;  including  as- 
pects of  societal  perspectives,  political 
and  public  policy  regarding  the  handi- 
capped, and  current  thieories  In  tieat- 
ment  of  the  fiandicapped  adult 
population..  Prerequisite:  Pemiission  of 
major  advisor  and  inshuctor. 

PHT  6325  Advanced  Clinical  Pediat- 
ric Physical  Therapy  (3).  The  study  of 
tfieory,  treatinent  and  current  clinical  re- 
search in  pediab-ic  physical  therapy  prac- 
tice. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  major 
advisor  and  PHT  5320. 

PHT  6365  Theories  In  Sports  Physical 
Therapy  (3).  Study  and  exploration  of 
relevant  issues  in  sports  physical  tfier- 
apy. Focus  on  problem  identification,  in- 
vestigatbn,  analysis,  and  problem 
solving  approaches.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6625  Advanced  Physical  Ther- 
apy Clinical  Research  Methodologies 
and  Design  (3).  Exploration  of  scientific 
method  and  tfieory  as  applied  to  dinical 
and  experimental  research  in  physical 
therapy;  includes  method  of  inquiry, 
techniques  of  data  collection,  organiza- 
tion, and  interpretation.  Prerequisites: 
STA  51 26  or  STA  6166  and  permission 
of  major  advisor. 


PHT  6714  Spinal  Dysfunction  I 
(Lower  Back)  (3).  In-depth  exploration 
of  tfie  evaluation  and  treatment  of  vari- 
ous lumbar  spine  dysfunctions.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6715  Spinal  Dysfunction  II  (Up- 
per Back)  (3).  In-deptfi  exploration  of 
tfie  evaluation  and  treatment  of  various 
cervical  spine  dysfunctions.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6716  Theories  In  Orthopedic 
Physical  Therapy  (3).  Study  and  explo- 
ration of  relevant  issues  in  orthopedic 
physical  tlierapy.  Focus  on  problem 
identification,  investigation,  analysis, 
arxJ  problem  solving  approaches.  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6718  Theories  In  Neurorehabilita- 
tlon  (3).  Examines  cun-ent  tfieories  in 
rwurorehabnlitation  as  they  pertain  to 
physical  therapy  evaluation  and  treat- 
ment. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  major 
advisor. 

PHT  6725  Extremity  Evaluation  and 
Rehabilitation  (3).  In-depth  exploration, 
critical  analysis,  and  investigation  of 
joint  and  extf-emity  dysfunctions.  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  major  advisor. 

PHT  6905  Independent  Study  (1-3).  In- 
dividually determined,  research-ori- 
ented, in-depth  study  of  a  physical 
tfierapy  issue.  An  independent  study 
contract  must  t*  approved  by  tfie  in- 
structor. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  ma- 
jor advisor  and  insbuctor.  Must  be  fully 
admitted  to  tfie  graduate  program. 

PHT  6971  Master's  Thesis  (1-3).  Su- 
pervised research  which  demonstrates 
tfie  application  of  analytical,  conceptual 
arxd  technical  skills  to  a  specific  physical 
tfierapy  program.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  major  advisor. 


College  of  Health 

Dean  William  J.  Keppler 

Associate  Dean  Sylvia  Smith 

Chairpersons  and  Directors: 
Dietetics  and 

Nutrition  Katharine  R.  Curry 

Medical  laboratory 

Sciences  Janet  A.  LIneback 

Medical  Record 

Administration  Blzat>eth  M.  Johnson 
Occupational 

Therapy  Gall  H.  Maguire 

Physical  Therapy      Awllda  R.  Hasklns 
Prosthetics  and 

Orthotics  Ronald  W.  Spiers 

Public  Health  Joseph  Patterson 


168 /College of  Health 


Graduate  Catalog 


Faculty 

Anderson,  Barbara  V.,  M.S.,  M.T. 
(ASCP),  S.B.B.,  (Ohio  State 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Medical  laboratory  Sciences 

Anderson,  Reba  L,  Ph.D.,  O.T.R./L, 
F.A.O.T.A.,  (University  of  Rorida), 
Associate  Professor,  Occupational 
Therapy 

Bash,  Jerry  A.,  Ph.D.,  M.T.  (ASCP), 
(State  Universty  of  New  York  at 
Buffalo),  Associate  Professor, 
Medical  Laboratory  Sciences 

Curry,  Katharine  R.,  Ph.D.,  R.D.,  LD., 
(Southern  Illinois  Urvversity), 
Professor,  Chairperson  Dietetics  and 
Nutrition 

BIlby,  David  W.,  B.S.C.P.  (University  of 
Toledo),  Instructor,  Prostfietic 
Program  Coordinator,  Prosthetics 
and  Orthotics 

D'Agati,  Suzanne,  M.S.,  0.T.R7L 
(University  of  Florida),  Assistant 
Professor,  Occupational  Therapy 

Dezfulian,  Manoucher,  Ph.D.  M. 
(ASCP)  (University  of  California), 
Associate  Professor,  Medical 
Laboratory  Sciences 

Dickerson,  Anne,  M.S.,  O.T.R./L 
(Southwest  Texas  State  University), 
Assistant  Professor,  Occupational 
Therapy 

Dudley,  Suze,  M.S.,  O.T.R./L.  (Rorida 
International  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Occupational  Therapy 

Dunevitz,  Burton  J.,  Ed.D.,  P.T.  (Nova 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
PhysicsJ  Therapy 

Easton,  Penelope  S.,  Ph.D.,  R.D. 
(Southern  Illinois  University), 
Professor  Emeritus,  Dietetics  and 
Nutrition 

Eltiaum,  Leonard,  M.M.,  P.T. 
(University  of  Miami),  Associate 
Professor,  Physical  Therapy 

Enrione,  Evelyn,  Ph.D.,  R.D.  (Purdue 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Dietetics  and  Nutrition 

Rsher,  Karen,  B.S.,PT.  f.l.U.), 
Instructor,  Physical  Therapy. 

Hasidns,  Awilda  R.,  M.S.,  P.T.  (State 
University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo), 
Assistant  Professor  and 
Chairperson,  Physical  Therapy 

Himburg,  Susan  P.,  Ph.D.,  R.D. 
(University  of  M'ami),  Associate 
Professor,  Dietetics  artd  Nutrition 

Johnson,  Elizabeth,  M.,  B.S.,  RRA 
(Rorida  International  University), 
Assistant  Professor  and  Director, 
Medical  Record  Administration 

Kaplan,  Susan  R.,  Ph.D.,  O.T.R./L 
(University  of  Miami),  Associate 
Professor  and  Graduate 
CoorrSnator,  Occupational  Therapy 


Keane,  Michele  W.,  Ph.D.,  R.D. 

(Florida  State  University),  Assistant 

Professor,  Dietetics  and  Nutrition 
Keppler,  William  J.,  Ph.D.  Board 

Certified  (Urvversity  of  Illinois), 

Professor,  Medical  Laboratory 

Sciences,  and  Dean 
Klart>erg,  Renee,  RRA,  (Florida 

International  University),  Clinical 

Coordinator,  Medical  Record 

Administration 
Kogler,  Geza,  B.FJV.C.O.  (Wayne  State 

University),  Instnictor,  Prosthetics 

and  Orthotics 
Lander,  Jennifer,  Ed.D.,  P.T.  (Nova 

University),  Assistant  Professor, 

Physical  Therapy 
Uneback,  Janet  A.,  Ph.D.,  M.T. 

(ASCP)  (University  of  Miami), 

Professor  and  Chairperson,  Medical 

Laboratory  Sciences 
Maguire,  Gail  H.,  Ph.D.,  O.T.R./L., 

F.A.O.T.A.,  (Universty  of  Maryland), 

Professor  and  Chairperson, 

Occupational  Therapy. 
McCoy,  Virginia,  Ph.D.,  (University  of 

Cincinnati),  Assistant  Professor, 

Public  Health 
Michael,  Patricia,  M.P.H.,  O.T.R. 

(University  of  Oklahoma),  Assistant 

Professor,  Occupational  Tfierapy 
Patterson,  Joseph,  DrP.H.  (Urvversity 

of  California  at  Los  Angeles), 

Professor  and  Director,  Public  Health 
ReveiJ,  Elizabeth  O.,  Ed.D.,  P.T  (Nova 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Physical  Therapy 
Rose-SL  Prix,  Colleen  MHSA,  P.T. 

f.l.U.),  Assistant  Professor,  Physical 

Therapy 
Shaffner,  Pamela  K.,  M.S.,  O.TR.L 

(Nova  Urvversity)  Assistant 

Professor,  Occupational  Ttterapy 
Shen,  Patrick  F.,  Ph.D.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

(Urvversity  of  Arkansas),  Associate 

Professor,  Medical  Laboratory 

Sciences 
Smith,  Sylvia  L,  Ph.D.,  S.M.  (AAM, 

ASCP)  (University  of  Mami), 

Associate  Professor,  Medical 

Laboratory  Sciences 
Spiers,  Ronald  W.,  M.Sc,  C.P. 

(Strathclyde  University),  Assodate 

Professor  and  Ctiairperson, 

Prosthetics  and  Orthotics 
Stempel,  Robert,  Dr.  P.H.,  (University 

of  CaHforrva,  Berkeley),  Assistarrt 

Professor,  Public  Health 
Thompson,  Thomas  J.,  Ph.D.,  M.P.H. 

(University  of  Rhode  Island), 

Assistant  Professor,  Public  Health 
Warden,  Beveriy  A.,  Ph.D.,  MT 

(ASCP),  (Northeastern  University) 

Assistant  Professor,  Medical 

Laboratory  Sciences 


Wellman,  Nancy  S.,  Ph.D.,  R.D. 

(University  of  Miami),  Associate 
Professor,  Dietetics  and  Nutrition 
Wilson,  Stanley  H.,  M.S.,P.T.  (St. 
Thomas  of  Viilanova  Urvversity), 
Assistant  Professor,  Physical 
Therapy 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Hospitality  Management  / 169 


School  of  Hospitality 
Management 

Anthony  G.  Marshall,  Dean  and 

Professor 
Rocco  M.  Angeio,  Associate  Dean  and 

Assodate  Professor 
Lee  C.  Dickson,  Assistant  Dean  and 

Assodate  Professor , 
Eilo  BelluccI,  Associate  Professor 
M.  Chase  Burritt,  Visiting  Assistant 

Professor 
Patrick  J.  Cassidy,  Lecturer 
Perclval  Darby,  Assistant  Professor 
Patricia  Deveau,  Assistant  Professor 
Peter  Goffe,  Associate  Professor 
Josieph  B.  Gregg,  Associate  Professor 
David  Grier,  Instructor 
Fritz  G.  Hagenmeyer,  Associate 

Professor 
Mbert  J.  Halebllan,  Associate  Professor 
William  M.  Hansen,  Adjunct  Lecturer 
William  Hebrank,  Ac^unct  Lecturer 
Michael  E.  Hurst,  Professor 
Richard  A.  Huse,  Associate  Professor 
Charies  L.  Ilvento,  Associate  Professor 
Lendal  Kotschevar,  Professor 
Steven  V.  Moll,  Associate  Professor 
Ellsa  Moncarz,  Associate  Professor 
Michael  J.  Moran,  Lecturer 
William  J.  Morgan,  Jr.,  Professor 
William  O'Brien,  Associate  Professor 
Alan  J.  Parker,  Professor 
Barry  L  Peri,  Adjunct  Lecturer 
Nestor  Portocan«ro,  Associate 

Professor 
Roger  Prot>st,  Lecturer 
Joan  S.  Remington,  Visiting  Adjunct 

Lecturer 
Norman  H.  Ringstrom,  Professor 
Kevin  Robson,  Associate  Professor 
William  Stanford,  Lecturer 
David  M.  TaKy,  Visiting  Assistant 

Professor 
Mary  L  Tanke,  Associate  Professor 
ArMlrew  N.  Vladimir,  Assistarrt 

Professor 
Mickey  Warner,  Assodate  Professor 
Theodore  White,  Lecturer 

The  School  of  Hospitality  Management 
offers  Bachelor's  and  iviaster's  pro- 
grams tliat  comt)ine  practical  experi- 
ence with  classroom  theory  to  assist  the 
student  to  gain  the  understanding,  skills, 
arKJ  techniques  needed  to  qualify  for  job 
opportunities,  or  to  achieve  his  or  her  ca- 
reer goals  in  thie  hospitality  industry. 

With  the  cooperation  of  industry  ex- 
ecutives, thie  Scixiol  has  created  an  in- 
ternship program  wNch  literally  utilizes 
the  fiotels,  motels,  restaurants,  dubs, 
airlines,  travel  agencies,  and  cruise 
lines  as  practice  labs  for  students.  The 


advanced  phase  of  tfie  internship  pro- 
gram provides  each  student  a  struc- 
tured and  closely  supervised  manage- 
ment experience  normally  not  available 
to  a  student  until  fie  or  sfie  has  entered 
thte  Industry  after  graduation. 

An  Industry  Advisory  Board  -  which 
includes  outstanding  executives  in  thie 
fx>tel,  food  and  travel  industries  -  wori^s 
regulariy  with  thte  faculty,  staff,  £ind  stu- 
dents of  tfie  Scfx)ol  to  formulate  and 
update  a  curriculum  that  is  current,  flex- 
ible, and  related  to  the  needs  of  the  hos- 
pitality industry. 

The  Scfiool  has  been  designated  a 
Program  of  Distinction  by  the  Board  of 
Regents. 

Note:  The  programs,  policies,  re- 
quirements, and  regulations  listed  in  this 
catalog  are  continually  subject  to  review, 
in  order  to  serve  ttie  needs  of  tfie  Uni- 
versity's various  put3lics,  and  to  respond 
to  the  mandates  of  the  Florida  Board  of 
Regents  and  the  Rorida  Legislature. 
Changes  may  be  made  without  advance 
notice.  Please  refer  to  ttie  General  Infor- 
mation section  for  tfie  University's  poli- 
cies, requirements,  and  regulations. 

Admission 

Applicants  to  tfie  Scfiool  must  submit  an 
AJaplication  for  Admission  to  tfie  Univer- 
sity and  must  follow  the  regular  Univer- 
sity procedures.  Applicants  must  be 
eligible  for  admission  to  tfie  University 
before  admission  to  the  Scfiool. 

Each  candidate  for  admission  to  tfie 
graduate  program  must  present  liis  or 
her  score  on  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination or  tfie  GMAT  and  proof  of  a 
Bachelor's  Degree  from  an  accredited 
institution. 

To  be  admitted,  a  candidate  must 
fiave  maintained  a  'B'  average  in  all  up- 
per divisional  work  or  attained  a  mini- 
mum score  of  1000  on  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  (vert}al  and  quanti- 
tative aptitude  sections)  or  attain  a  mini- 
mum score  of  450  on  the  GMAT.  A 
minimum  TOEFL  score  of  500  is  re- 
quired for  international  applicants. 

Applicants  who  meet  admissions  cri- 
teria but  do  not  fiave  undergraduate 
preparation  In  Hospitality  Management 
must  complete  a  series  of  undergradu- 
ate preparatory  courses.  Specific 
courses  will  depend  upon  tiie  individ- 
ual's undergraduate  preparation. 
Twenty-four  credit  fiours  of  preparatory 
courses  normally  will  be  required.  A 
maximum  of  six  semester  hours  of 
graduate  credit  may  be  transferred  from 
any  otfier  university  or  from  tfie  gradu- 
ate programs  of  tfiis  University. 

Additional  information  on  admission 
procedures  may  be  found  in  tfie  Admis- 
sion section  of  tfie  Catalog. 


Non-Degree  Seeking  Students 

A  number  of  persons  currently  em- 
ployed in  tfie  hospitality  field  may  not 
fiave  tfie  educational  requirements  to 
meet  degree  admission  standards,  but 
may  be  interested  in  enrolling  in  certain 
specific  courses  to  improve  tfieir  skills 
and  to  enfiance  their  chances  for  promo- 
lion.  Any  person  cun-ently  employed  in 
tfie  field  may  register  as  a  Non-Degree 
Seeking  Student  for  a  total  of  1 5  semes- 
ter hours. 

Master  of  Science  in  Hotel  and 
Food  Service  Management 

Core  Courses:  (39  semester  hours) 
HFT  5476      Feasibility  Studies  for  the 

Hospitality  Industry'  3 

or 
HFT  5478      Restaurant  Development' 
HFT  6227      Hospitality  Management 

Training  Systems'  3 

HFT  6246      Organizational  Behavior  in 

tfie  Hospitality  Industry      3 
HFT  6296      Seminar  in  Hospitality 

Management  3 

HR  6446      Hospitality  Industry 

Organizational 

Information  Systems         3 
HFT  6477      Rnancial  Management  for 

the  Hospitality  Industry      3 
VIFT  6586      Research  and  Statistical 

Methods  3 

HFT  6697      Hospitality  Law  Seminar    3 
HFT  6946      Graduate  Internship  3 

Electives:  (5000  and  6000  level)  1 2 

'in  place  of  the  three  following  courses  - 
HFT  5227,  HFT  5476  (or  HFT  5478), 
HFT  6227  and  one  elective,  tfie  student 
may  choose  to  complete  HFT  6916  Hos- 
pitality Industry  Project  which  carries  a 
nine  credit  tiour  requirement 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

FSS  -  Food  Service  Systems;  HFT  - 
Hotel ,  Food,  Tourism. 
F  -  Fall  semester  offering;  S  -  Spring  se- 
mester offering;  SS  -  Summer  semester 
offering. 

FSS  5361  Advanced  Food  Service  Op- 
eration (3).  A  senior  course  designed  to 
coordinate  the  varkius  management 
functions  covered  in  previous  courses 
into  a  comprehensive  approach  to  profit- 
able food  service  operations. 

FSS  6106  Purchasing  and  Menu  Plan- 
ning (3).  Advanced  informatbn  on 
sources,  grades  and  standards,  criteria 
for  selection,  purchasing  and  storage  for 
the  major  foods,  including  development 
of  specifications.  Consideration  of  tfie 


170  /  School  of  Hospitality  Management 


Graduate  Catalog 


menu  pattern  with  particular  emphasis 
on  costing,  pricing,  and  the  work  load 
placed  on  the  production  staff.  Item 
analysis  and  merchandising  features 
are  emphasized.  (S) 

FSS  6365  Food  Service  Systems  (3). 

Principles  of  system  analysis  applied  to 
the  food  service  industry.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  organization  of  modem 
food  production,  preparation,  and  distri- 
bution systems.  Case  study  problems  re- 
quire application  of  economic  and 
management  principles  for  solution. 

FSS  6452  Advanced  Food  Service  De- 
sign Operations  (3).  Advanced  plan- 
ning, programming,  and  project 
documentation  for  commercial  food  serv- 
ice facilities.  Spatial,  environmental,  and 
electro-mechanical  design  factors  are 
stressed,  with  particular  empfiasis  on  ef- 
ficiency modulation  and  investment  as- 
pects. Recommended:  HFT  3343  or 
FSS  4431. 

FSS  6834  Food  Service  Research  (3). 

The  planning,  executing,  and  reporting 
of  an  individual  research  project  dealing 
with  significant  problems  in  food  sendee. 
Students  demonstrate  an  understanding 
of  research  techniques  through  data  col- 
lection, evaluation,  and  interpretation. 

HFT  5476  Feasibility  Studies  for  the 
Hospitality  Industry  (3).  A  survey  of     * 
various  theories  and  techniques  avail- 
able by  which  management  may  deter- 
mine the  financial  feasibility  of  invest- 
ments in  ttie  hospitality  field.  Prereq- 
uisites: HFT  3503  and  HFT  4474.  (S,SS) 

HFT  5478  Restaurant  Development 
(3).  A  study  of  the  procedures  to  re- 
search and  develop  a  restaurant  form 
concept  to  opening.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
market  research,  site  development,  fi- 
nancial feasibility,  and  tfie  formulation  of 
an  operating  plan  for  an  individual  res- 
taurant. Prerequisites:  HFT  3503  and 
HFT  4474.  (F,S) 

HFT  5595  Problems  in  Marketing  (3). 

Team-wori<  analysis  and  recommended 
solution  of  an  actual  marketing  problem 
which  fias  been  posed  by  a  local  opera- 
tor. Prerequisite:  HFT  3503.  (F) 

HFT  5655  Franchising  and  Manage- 
ment Contracts  (3).  A  comprehensive 
course  designed  to  examine  the  fran- 
chise/franchisor -  owner/manager  rela- 
tionships in  fxjtel  and  food  service 
operations  and  the  mutual  obligations 
created  by  each  type  of  contract.  Prereq- 
uisite: HFT  3603(F,S,SS) 

HFT  5718  Quality  Controls  In  Tourism 
(3).  A  study  of  contemporary  social  and 
fiuman  factors  which  influence  actions 
and  interactions  tsetween  consumers 


and  producers  in  tourism  related  indus- 
tries. Prerequisite:  HFT  3700.  Corequi- 
site:  HFT  3722  or  HFT  3753. 

HFT  5719  Implementation  and  Man- 
agenrient  of  Tourism  Projects  (3).  Prac- 
tical development,  implementation,  and 
management  of  tourism  projects  and 
programs  with  emphasis  on  interna- 
tional and  developing  nation  situations. 
Prerequisites:  HFT  3700  and  HFT  3793 
or  equivalent. 

HFT  5901, 5906, 5911  Independent 
Studies  (VAR).  With  permission  from 
ttie  Associate  Dean,  students  may  en- 
gage in  independent  research  projects 
and  other  approved  phases  of  inde- 
pendent stuc^.  (F,S,SS) 

HFT  6225  Multicultural  Human  Re- 
sources Management  for  the  Hospital- 
ity industry  (3).  A  study  of  personnel 
and  consumer  relations  in  the  hospitality 
industry  within  a  multicultural,  multira- 
cial, and  multiethnic  society  through  an 
examination  of  value  systems  and  cul- 
tural characteristics.  Prerequisite:  HFT 
4224  or  equivalent.  (F,S) 

HFT  6226  Motivation  and  Leadership 
(3).  Study  of  motivation,  perception, 
learning,  attitude  formation,  incentive 
theory,  and  job  satisfaction,  with  empha- 
sis on  leadership  and  group  task  per- 
formance. 

HFT  6227  Hospitality  Management 
Training  Systems  (3).  A  course  de- 
signed to  provide  applications  of  proven 
training  systems  and  methods  for  man- 
agers in  the  hospitality  industry.  The 
case  study  method  will  be  used.  (F,S) 

HFT  6246  Organizational  Behavior  in 
the  Hospitality  Industry  (3).  A  sun/ey 
of  tfie  concepts  of  organizational  behav- 
ior and  industrial  psychology  theory, 
from  both  the  research  and  practical 
points  of  view.  The  course  is  designed 
to  assist  students  in  making  sound  deci- 
sions in  ttie  twspitality  area  by  making 
ttiem  sensitive  to  ttie  organizational  pa- 
rameters which  influence  their  deci- 
sions. (S) 

HFT  6256  International  Hotel  Opera- 
tions (3).  A  consideration  of  various  en- 
vironments within  wtiich  ttie 
international  tiospitality  firm  operates. 
Organizational,  financial,  and  mari<eting 
factors  are  of  major  concern.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  those  problems  and  con- 
straints which  are  uniquely  different 
from  problems  of  firms  engaged  in  do- 
mestic operations  of  a  similar  nature.  (S) 

HFT  6296  Seminar  In  Hospitality  Man- 
agement (3).  Attention  is  focused  on 
major  problems  facing  management  in 
today's  economy.  Special  emphasis  is 


placed  on  the  food  service  industry.  Re- 
search of  ttie  current  literature,  class 
analysis,  and  discussion.  (F,S) 

HFT  6297  Seminar  in  Management 
Methods  (3).  Class  will  be  divided  into 
small  groups,  each  of  which  will  meet 
regulariy  with  tfie  executive  committee 
of  an  area  hotel  or  restaurant.  Each 
group  will  be,  in  reality,  the  junior  execu- 
tive committee  for  ttie  property.  The 
groups  will  come  together  periodically 
for  analysis  and  discussion  of  their  expe- 
riences, arxJ  to  relate  their  experiences 
to  principles  of  modem  management. 
(F,S,SS) 

HFT  6447  Hotel  Information  Systems 
(3).  A  seminar  on  computer  systems 
and  their  applications  within  the  tiotel  in- 
dustry. An  intensive  study  of  a  computer- 
ized property  management  system.  All 
computer  applications  are  examined, 
from  reservations  to  ttie  back  office 
through  a  series  of  assignments  and 
projects.  Prerequisites:  HFT  3423  or 
HFT  6446  and  permission  of  instructor. 
(F,S,SS) 

HFT  6446  Hospitality  Industry  Organ- 
izational Information  Systems  (3).  An 

introduction  to  ttie  general  concepts  and 
equipment  that  support  information  man- 
agement by  computer  within  the  Hospi- 
tality Industry.  Data  file  handling  and 
ottier  information  management  tech- 
niques are  stressed.  Students  are  first 
required  to  write  application  programs, 
ttien  to  complete  a  series  of  assign- 
ments utilizing  application  programs  re- 
lating to  guest  cycle  management  on 
ttie  school's  computerized  property 
management  system.  (F,S,SS) 

HFT  6456  Operations  Conti-ol  (3).  Fo- 
cus is  directed  to  the  information  used 
in  the  decision  process  and  the  informa- 
tion flow  associated  with  each  decision 
process  throughout  hotel  or  restaurant 
enterprises. 

HFT  6477  Rnancial  Management  for 
the  Hospitality  Industry  (3).  A  study  of 
ttie  principles  of  financial  management 
and  their  application  to  the  hospitality  in- 
dustry. Discussion  and  case  studies  are 
used  to  develop  plans  for  meeting  finan- 
cial needs  (short,  intermediate,  and  tong 
term)  from  internal  sources  or  capital 
markets.  Attention  is  focused  on  capital 
budgeting,  leasing,  franchising,  merg- 
ers, consolidations,  and  current  financial 
issues  in  the  hospitality  industry.  Prereq- 
uisite: HFT  6446.  (F,S,SS) 

HFT  6486  Invesbnent  Analysis  for  the 
Hospitality  Industry  (3).  Advanced  in- 
vestment mettiods  and  opportunities 
with  emphasis  on  securities  of  ttie  tiospi- 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Hospitality  Manageinent  / 171 


tality  industry,  financing  techniques,  syn- 
dication, negotiations. 

HR  6494  Restaurant  Information  Sys- 
tems (3).  An  in-<iepth  study  of  principles 
relating  to  use  of  computer  systems  in 
the  restaurant  industry.  The  student  is 
required  to  implement  a  simulated  res- 
taurant on  two  computer  systems  main- 
tained by  the  school.  This  simulation 
includes  personnel  files,  daily  manage- 
ment, menu  explosion  and  analysis,  and 
inventory  tracking.  In  addition,  a  re- 
search project  will  be  assigned.  Prereq- 
uisites: HFT  3423  or  HFT  6446  and 
permission  of  instructor.  (F.S.SS) 

HFT  6586  Research  and  Statistical 
Methods  (3).  A  study  of  basic  research 
mettwdology  as  applied  to  a  variety  of 
hospitality  industry  research  projects. 
Techniques  for  data  collection  and  inter- 
pretation, and  methods  of  reporting  are 
considered.  (F,S) 

HFT  6596  Marlceting  Management  (3). 

Team-work  analysis  and  recommended 
solution  of  an  actual  marketing  problem 
which  has  been  posed  by  a  local 
operator. 

HFT  6605  Legislation  and  the  Hospi- 
tality industry  (3).  An  advanced  study 
of  the  legislative  requirements  imposed 
upon  hospitality  industry  operators.  Spe- 
cial emphasis  is  placed  on  the  minimum 
wage  law,  sales  tax,  uniform  provision 
and  maintenance,  tip  credit,  the  determi- 
r>atton  of  v^rhat  constitutes  hours  worked 
for  the  various  job  categories,  discrimi- 
nation, and  sexual  harassment.  Prereq- 
uisite: HFT  3603.  (F.S.SS) 

HFT  6697  Hospitality  l.aw  Seminar 
(3).  Uew  laws  and  their  impact  on  the 
hospitality  industry  are  examined.  Stu- 
dents  research  and  publish  'industry 
alert  bulletins,'  explaining  the  impact  of 
new  legislation  on  the  hospitality  indus- 
try. Prerequisite:  HFT  3603  or  equiva- 
lent, f  ,38) 

HFT  6916  Hospitality  industry  Project 
(3-9).  An  individualized  research  project 
dealing  with  current  problems  in  the  hos- 
pitality irxiustry.  Topics  and  research 
methods  must  be  approved  by  the 
graduate  faculty  before  registration  for 
the  course.  (F.S.SS) 

HFT  6946  Graduate  internship  (3). 

Structured  graduate  management  expe- 
rience in  a  specialized  career  in  the  hos- 
pitality industry.  Programs  include:  food 
and  toverage  management,  rooms  divi- 
sion management,  sales  management, 
in-flight  catering  management,  fast  food 
service  management,  and  restaurant 
management.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instnjctor.  (F.S.SS) 


School  of  Hospitality 
Management 

Dean  Anthony  G.  Marshall 

Associate  Dean  Rocco  M.  Angela 

Assistant  Dean  Lee  C.  Dickson 


Faculty 

Angeio,  Rocco  M.,  M.B.A.  (University 
of  Miami),  Associate  Professor, 
Management  and  Associate  Dean 
Beiiucci,  Elio,  J.D.  (Boston  College), 

Associate  Professor,  Law 
Burritt,  M.  Chase,  B.S.  (Cornell 
University),  Visiting  Assistant 
Professor,  Management 
Cassidy,  Patricic,  B.S.  (Honda 
International  University),  Visiting 
Lecturer,  Wine  Technology 
Darby,  Perclvai,  M.S.  (Florida 

lnternatior\al  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Management 
Deveau,  Patricia  M.,  M.S.  (Urvversity  of 
New  Haven),  Assistant  Professor, 
Information  Systems  Management 
Dickson,  LeeC,  M.B.A.  (Babson 
College),  Associate  Professor, 
l^nagement  and  Marketing  and 
Assistant  Dean 
Goffe,  Peter,  J.D.  (University  of  Miami), 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Gregg,  Joseph  B.,  Ed.D  (Nova 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Management  and  Marketing 
Grier,  David,  Instructor,  Beverage 

Management 
Hagenmeyer,  Fritz,  G.,  M.A.  (Cornell 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Hotel  Engineering 
Halebiian,  Albert  J.  B.S.  C.PJV. 
(Cornell  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Accounting  and  Finance 
Hansen,  William  M.,  M.S.  (Florida 
International  University),  Adjunct 
Lecturer,  Food  Management 
Hebrank,  William,  B.S.  (University  of 
Illinois)  Adjunct  Lecturer,  Wine 
Technology. 
Hurst,  Michael  E.,  M.A.  (Michigan 
State  University),  Professor, 
Management 
Huse,  Richard  A.,  M.S.  (Niagara 
University).  Associate  Professor, 
Tourism 
llvento,  Charles  L,  M.B.A.,  CP.A. 
(Cornell  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Accounting  and  FinarKO 
Kotschevar,  Lendal,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 
University),  Professor,  Management 
Marshall,  Anthony  G.,  J.D.  (Syracuse 

University),  Professor,  Law  and  Dean 
IWoll,  Steven  V.,  M.S.  (Florida 

International  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Accounting  and 
Information  Systems  Management 


Moncarz,  Ellsa,  B.B.A.,  CPJV. 

(Bernard/Baruch  College,  City  U.  of 
New  York),  Associate  Professor, 
Accounting  and  Finance 
Moran,  Michael  J.,  B.S.  (Florida 
International  University),  Lecturer, 
Food  Management 
IMorgan,  William  J.,  Jr.,  Ph.D.  (Cornell 
University),  Professor,  htonagemerrt 
O'Brien,  William,  M.S.  (Florida 
International  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Information  Systems 
Management 
ParVer,  Alan  J.,  Ph.D.  (Columbia 
University),  Professor,  Information 
Systems  Management 
Peri,  Barry  L,  M.S.,  C.PA.  (Florida 
International  University)  Adjunct 
Lecturer,  Accounting  and  Finance 
Portocarrero,  Nestor,  B.B.A.  C.PJk. 
(University  of  Miami),  Associate 
Professor,  Accounting  and  Finance 
Probst,  Roger,  B.S.  (University  of  New 
Haven),  Lecturer,  Food  Management 
Remington,  Joan  S.,  J.D.  (Willamette 
College),  Adjunct  Lecturer, 
Management  and  Marketing 
Ringstrom,  Norman  H.,  Ph.D.  (State 
University  of  Iowa),  Professor, 
Management 
Robson,  Kevin,  M.S.  (Florida 

International  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Food  Management 
Stanford,  William,  Lecturer,  Food 

Management 
Taity,  David  M.,  B.S.  (Rorida  State 
University),  Visiting  Assistant 
Professor,  Management. 
Tanke,  Mary  L,  Ph.D.  (Purdue 
Urvversity),  Associate  Professor, 
Management 
Vladimir,  Andrew,  M.S.  (Rorida 
International  University),  Visiting 
Assistant  Professor,  Management 
Warner,  Mickey,  Ed.D.  (Florida 
International  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Food  Management 
White,  Theodore,  B.S.  (Florida 
International  University),  Lecturer, 
Club  Management 


172  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Public 
Affairs  and  Services 

The  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Serv- 
ices, which  was  establisfied  in  1 978, 
contributes  directly  to  the  overall  mis- 
sion of  Rorida  International  University 
as  a  comprehensive,  multi-campus,  ur- 
ban institution  for  advancing  higher  edu- 
cation, research  and  service  in  an 
international  community  environment. 

The  School  provides  education,  train- 
ing and  research  that  responds  to  the 
professional  development,  problem  as- 
sessment, policy  formulation,  and  pro- 
gram implementation  needs  of 
individuals,  public  service  agencies  and 
other  organizations  addressing  impor- 
tant public  policy  problems  and  issues  in 
tfie  state,  the  nation  and  the  Latin  Ameri- 
can regions  served  by  the  University. 

The  School  offers  degree  programs 
of  professional  study  which  provide  aca- 
demic and  applied  courses  for  students 
interested  in  public  and  non-profit  organ- 
izational needs,  management,  and  re- 
search. The  School  is  organized  into  the 
Departments  of  Criminal  Justice,  Health 
Services  Administration,  Public  Admini- 
stration and  Social  Work.  Each  of  tfiese 
Departments  offer  both  the  baccalaure- 
ate and  master's  degrees.  In  addition,  a 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  (Ph.D.)  is  offered 
in  Public  Administration,  and  a  Ph.D.  in 
Social  Welfare  is  being  planned. 

Admission 

Applicants  to  the  School  must  submit  an 
AJjislication  for  Admission  to  the  Univer- 
sity and  must  follow  the  regular  Univer- 
si^  procedures.  Applicants  must  be 
eligible  for  admission  to  the  University 
before  admission  to  tfie  School. 

Graduate  Admissions 
Requirements 

Policies  on  admissions  and  prereq- 
uisites for  ttie  graduate  programs  are  de- 
scribied  in  ttie  appropriate  departmental 
secttons  of  this  catalog.  At  a  minimum, 
a  student  planning  to  enroll  in  one  of  the 
graduate  degree  programs  in  SPAS 
must: 

1.  Meet  tfie  general  University  re- 
quirement for  admission  to  a  graduate 
program. 

2.  Hold  a  bachtelor's  degree  from  a 
regionally  accredited  college  or  univer- 
sity. 

3.  Meet  the  minimum  requirements 
of  a  3.0  GPA  in  upper-division  grades  or 
a  minimum  score  of  1000  on  tfie  Gradu- 
ate Record  Examination  entrance  exami- 
nation, or  specific  department  require- 
ments for  admission. 


4.  In  addition  to  tfie  above,  a  foreign 
student  whose  native  language  is  not 
English  must  present  a  minimum  score 
of  500  on  the  TOEFL,  or  equivalent 
score  on  a  comparable  examination. 
See  General  Admissions  Requirements 
for  International  Students  in  the  General 
Information  section  of  this  catalog. 

Academic  Advisement 

A  student  who  has  been  accepted  to  a 
degree  program  in  tfie  School  will  be  as- 
signed an  academic  advisor  by  tfie 
Department  in  which  the  academic  ma- 
jor is  desired.  Continued  contact  (at 
least  once  a  semester)  with  the  aca- 
demic advisor  is  urged  to  review  pro- 
gress and  select  courses  for  each 
succeeding  semester.  Such  contact  is 
required  until  an  approved  program  of 
study  is  completed. 


Degree  Requirements 

To  be  eligible  for  a  master's  degree 
within  tfie  SPAS,  a  student  must: 

1.  Satisfy  all  University  requirements 
for  a  master's  degree. 

2.  Meet  tfie  requirements  for  an  ap- 
proved program  of  study.  This  program 
of  study  must  be  approved  by  tfie  appro- 
priate Department  Director. 

3.  Earn  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  in  all 
work  completed  in  tfie  student's  gradu- 
ate program  of  study. 

4.  Ecim  a  minimum  grade  of  'C  in  all 
program  courses  to  be  eligible  for  gradu- 
atkjn.  A  student  must  repeat  all  courses 
in  which  a  grade  of  'D'  or  'P  was  re- 
ceived, and  earn  minimum  grades  of  'C. 

5.  Under  tfie  University's  forgiveness 
policy  graduate  students  may  repeat  no 
more  than  two  courses  with  no  course 
being  repeated  more  ttian  once.  The 
course  sfiall  be  repeated  on  a  letter 
grade  basis. 

Transfer  Credit 

The  student  may  request  and  receive 
permission  to  transfer  graduate  credit  to 
fiis  or  her  master's  degree  program,  pro- 
vided tfiat: 

1 .  Tfie  hours  requested  do  not  ex- 
ceed tfie  maximum  fwurs  allowed  by 
the  Department 

2.  Tfie  transfer  courses  were  taken 
at  tfie  graduate  level  at  an  accredited 
college  or  university. 

3.  Grades  of  'B'  or  fiigher  were 
earned. 

4.  Tfie  courses  are  judged  by  tfie 
Department  Director  to  be  relevant  to 
the  student's  graduate  program. 

5.  The  credits  are  transferred  the 
same  semester  tfie  student  is  admitted 
to  tfie  graduate  degree  program. 


6.  The  credits  were  not  used  in  satis- 
fying the  requirements  for  anotfier  de- 
gree, or  included  in  anotfier  degree. 

7.  The  credits  were  completed  within 
six  years  preceding  the  admission  to  the 
graduate  degree  program. 

Time  Frame  for  Completion  of 
Degree 

All  work  applicable  to  the  master's  de- 
gree requirements,  including  transfer 
credit,  must  be  completed  within  six 
years  immediately  preceding  the  award- 
ing of  tfie  master's  degree. 

SPAS  Graduate  Level  Courses 

The  5000-level  courses  are  open  to 
graduate  students  and  to  undergraduate 
seniors  with  permission  of  tfie  instructor. 

Tfie  6000-level  courses  are  open 
only  to  graduate  students. 

The  7000-level  courses  are  open 
only  to  doctoral  students. 

Clinical  and  Reld  Experiences 

As  an  integral  part  of  tfie  program  cur- 
riculum, tfie  student  may  be  provided  su- 
pervised learning  experiences  in 
community  service  agencies.  Tfie  clini- 
cal and  field  wori<  experience  is  one  of 
orientation,  observation,  arxJ  practice  in 
tfie  particular  program  specialty  of  Pub- 
lic Affairs  and  is  structured  concurrently 
with  relevant  classroom  experiences. 
Numerous  community  organizations  pro- 
vide opportunities  for  student  intern- 
ships and  field  practices. 

Continuing  Education  and 
Special  Programs 

Tfie  Sctiool  of  Public  Affairs  and  Serv- 
ices, in  cooperation  with  tfie  Division  of 
Continuing  Education,  offers  many 
credit,  non-credit,  and  wori<sfiop 
courses  in  Off -Campus  locations  in 
Dade,  Broward,  and  Monroe  Counties. 
Courses  and  kxations  vary  each  semes- 
ter and  tfie  dep)artinents  should  be  con- 
tacted for  specific  offerings. 

Note:  The  programs,  policies,  re- 
quirements, and  regulations  listed  in  this 
catalog  are  continually  subject  to  re- 
view, in  order  to  serve  tfie  needs  of  tfie 
Ursversit/s  various  publics  and  to  re- 
spond to  the  mandates  of  tfie  Fkjrida 
Board  of  Regents  and  the  Florida  Legis- 
lature. Changes  may  be  made  witfiout 
advance  notice.  Please  refer  to  die  Gen- 
eral Information  section  for  tfie  Univer- 
sity's policies,  requirements,  and 
regulations. 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services  / 173 


Criminal  Justice 

Ray  Surette,  Assodale  Professor  and 

Acting  Director 
Robert  Clark,  Professor 
Jose  Marques,  Associate  Professor 
Luis  Salas,  Professor 
Reglna  Sheam,  Associate  Professor 
Robert  Snow,  Associate  Professor 
W.  Clinton  Terry,  Associate  Professor 
James  Vardatis,  Visiting  Assistant 

Professor 
William  Wilbanl(S,  Professor 

Criminal  Justice  is  an  area  of  study  deal- 
ing witli  the  formal  mechanisms  of  so- 
cial control  by  which  sodety  exercises 
constraint  over  its  members.  The  study 
of  criminal  justice  is  interdisciplinary.  It 
involves  law,  the  social  and  behavioral 
sciences,  crime,  the  reaction  of  society 
to  the  crime  problem,  and  the  means 
utilized  in  treating  it. 

A  variety  of  career  opportunities  are 
available  in  criminal  justice  at  all  levels 
of  government  and  the  private  sector. 
Due  to  its  interdisciplinary  approach,  the 
study  of  criminal  justice  fills  tfie  needs  of 
students  seeking  careers  in  teaching,  re- 
search, law,  and  within  the  various  agen- 
cies of  tfie  criminal  justice  system. 

Master  of  Science  in  Criminal 
Justice 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  program 
in  Criminal  Justice  is  a  professional  pro- 
gram designed  to  F>repare  students  for 
management  responsibilities  in  the  crimi- 
nal justice  sector  or  public  sector  related 
activities. 

The  objectives  of  the  master's  pro- 
gram are: 

1 .  To  provide  present  and  future 
criminal  justice  managers  with  the  skills 
needed  to  function  effectively  in  our 
ever-changing  society. 

2.  To  serve  as  a  catalyst  for  interdis- 
ciplinary research  and  study  of  criminal 
justice  and  related  problems. 

3.  To  provide  tfie  criminal  justice  sys- 
tem with  qualified  students  for  academic 
careers  in  administratksn,  planning  and 
analysis,  and  teaching  in  colleges  and 
universities. 

Students  having  a  bacfielor's  degree 
from  an  accredited  institution  and  a  mini- 
mum of  a  3.0  GPA  in  all  undergraduate 
upper  divisKjn  wort^,  or  a  total  score  of 
1000  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examina- 
tion (veri^al  and  quantitative)  or  a  score 
of  500  on  tfie  Graduate  Management 
Admission  Test  (GMAT),  or  a  graduate 
degree  from  an  accredited  institution 
are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  pro- 
gram. All  applicants  must  complete  the 
GRE  prior  to  full  admission  status.  A 


maximum  of  12  semester  hours  may  be 
taken  as  a  non-degree  seeking  student. 
This  status  does  not  guarantee  admis- 
sion to  tfie  degree  program. 

Degree  Credit  Requirements 

The  Master's  degree  in  Criminal  justice 
requires  (36)  semester  hours  of  credit.  A 
maximum  of  (6)  semester  hours  not  in- 
cluded in  another  degree  may  be  trans- 
fen-ed  into  the  program  from  an 
accredited  institution,  subject  to  tfie  ap- 
proval of  the  department  director.  Candi- 
dates have  the  option  of  two  programs 
of  study:  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tions. Those  selecting  the  thesis  option 
are  required  to  complete  30  semester 
hours  of  course  work  and  six  semester 
hours  of  thesis.  The  non-thesis  option 
consists  of  36  semester  hours  of  course- 
work.  All  candidates  must  take  six  core 
courses. 

Specific  Program  Requirements 

Six  courses  in  criminal  justice  are  re- 
quired £ind  tfie  remaining  courses  are 
electives,  two  of  which  may  be  thesis  re- 
quirements, and  two  may  be  taken  out- 
side of  criminal  justice  if  no  courses 
fiave  been  transfenred  into  the  program 
from  another  degree  program. 

Core  Courses:  (18  semester  hours) 
CCJ  5288      Legal  Issues  for  Criminal 

Justice  Administrators       3 
CCJ  6025      Theory  in  Administration 

of  Justice  3 

CCJ  5105      Police  Organization, 

Behavior, 

arx)  Administration  3 

CCJ  5285      Judicial  Piocess  and  Policy  3 
CCJ  5445      Corrections  and 

Correctional 

Management  3 

CCJ  6705      Advanced  Research 

Methods  3 


Electives: 

(1 8  semester  hours) 

CCJ  5056 

History  and  Philosophy 

of  Criminal  Justice 

3 

CCJ  5216 

Criminal  Law 

3 

CCJ  5235 

Criminal  Procedure 

3 

CCJ  5286 

Comparative  Law 

3 

CCJ  5387 

Legal  Aspects  of 

Corrections 

3 

CCJ  5525 

Seminar  in  Juvenile 

Delinquency 

3 

CCJ  5605 

Deviance  and  Social 

Control 

3 

CCJ  5669 

Minorities  in  Justk» 

Administration 

3 

CCJ  5935 

Special  Topics 

3 

CCJ  6456 

Administration  and 
Management  of 

CCJ  Agencies 

3 

CCJ  6477 

Seminar  in  Information 

Systems 

3 

CCJ  6665 

Victimology  and  Criminal 

Justice  System 

3 

CCJ  6706 

Applied  Statistical 

Techniques  for  CCJ 

3 

CCJ  6716 

Planning  and  Program 

Evaluation 

3 

CCJ  6915 

Directed  Individual 
Graduate  Study  in 

Criminal  Justice 

3 

CCJ  6945 

Reld  Research  in  CCJ 

3 

CCJ  6971 

Thesis  Research 

Prospectus 

5 

CCJ  6976 

Masters  Thesis  Defense 

4 

Additional  Procedures 

Thesis  tract  students  will  select  a  com- 
mittee of  three  graduate  faculty  mem- 
t)ers,  the  student's  major  faculty  advisor 
being  a  member  and  chairperson  of  this 
committee.  The  major  advisor  and  com- 
mittee will  tie  responsible  for  overseeing 
the  student's  woti<  while  in  the  master's 
program.  Admission  to  the  program 
should  not  be  construed  as  admission 
to  candidacy  for  a  degree.  Students 
may  apply  for  candidacy  upon  comple- 
tion of  15  semester  hours.  Admission  to 
candidacy  should  be  completed  before 
tfie  student  enrolls  for  the  last  12  hours. 

Graduation  Requirements 

To  receive  the  master's  degree  in  crimi- 
nal justice,  a  student  must  satisfy  all  uni- 
versity regulations  governing  graduate 
study.  Students  in  tfie  thesis  track  must 
be  admitted  to  candidacy  and  complete 
the  six  core  courses,  four  electives,  and 
the  two  thesis  courses.  Tfie  student 
may  be  required  to  undergo  an  oral  dis- 
cussion of  the  tfiesis.  Students  in  the 
non-tfiesis  track  must  be  admitted  to 
candidacy  and  complete  the  six  core 
courses  and  six  electives.  A  minimum 
GPA  of  3.0  is  required. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

CCJ-Criminology  and  Criminal  Justrce. 

CCJ  5056  History  and  Philosophy  of 
Criminal  Justice  (3).  The  Nstorical  and 
philosophical  background  of  criminal  jus- 
tice is  presented  as  a  tiasis  for  a  more 
analytical  understanding  of  the  prob- 
lems and  prospects  of  criminal  justice 
organization,  management,  and  behav- 
ior. 

CCJ  5105  Police  Organization,  Behav- 
ior, ar>d  Administration  (3).  Analysis  of 
the  organization  and  administration  of 
police  departments  and  their  effects  on 
police  tiehavk^r. 


174  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


CCJ  5216  Criminal  i^w  (3).  A  concen- 
trated study  of  the  substantive  criminal 
law  tsased  upon  concepts,  statutes,  and 
cases  that  are  enforced  In  state  and  fed- 
eral courts. 

CCJ  5235  Criminal  Procedure  (3).  A 

case  study  of  major  legal  cases  dealing 
with  criminal  procedure  In  the  United 
States. 

CCJ  5285  Judicial  Process  and  Pol- 
icy (3).  The  functions,  roles,  and  Interac- 
tions of  decision  makers  will  be  analy- 
zed and  evaluated.  The  policy  decisions 
and  processing  of  criminal  cases  within 
the  judicial  system  will  be  examined. 

CCJ  5286  Comparative  Law  (3).  An 

analysis  of  the  major  legal  families  of 
the  wortd.  Emphasis  shall  also  be  given 
to  legal  families  which  are  becoming 
more  important  as  colonialism  comes  to 
a  close. 

CCJ  5287  Legal  Aspects  of  Correc- 
tions (3).  A  study  of  the  contemporary 
legal  rights  of  convicted  offenders,  in- 
cluding ttie  impact  of  litigation  on  offend- 
ers, correctional  agency  personnel  and 
operations,  and  other  justice  agencies. 
Case  law  and  statutes  will  be  reviewed 
Virithin  the  context  of  the  punishment 
and/or  rehabilitation  of  tfie  offender. 

CCJ  5288  Legal  Issues  for  Criminal 
Justice  Administration  (3).  The  course 
will  focus  on  a  basic  understanding  of 
administrative  law  and  procedures  in 
ttie  American  system.  Topics  will  in- 
clude ttie  methods  and  limitations  of  the 
administrative  process  as  it  is  develop- 
ing in  tfie  American  legal  system. 

CCJ  5347  Correctional  Intervention 
Strategies  (3).  An  overview  and  critical 
assessment  of  treatment  and  rehaibilita- 
tion  programs  in  corrections.  Including 
prisons,  probation  and  parole,  halfway 
fx)uses,  and  pre-trial  programs.  Rele- 
vant research  will  be  reviewed. 

CCJ  5445  Corrections  and  Correc- 
tional Management(3).  The  course  fo- 
cuses on  current  critical  issues  and 
.  prolalems  in  ttie  management  of  adjudi- 
cated offenders  in  correctional  systems. 
The  organization  and  administration  of 
community  and  institutional  corrections 
agencies  will  be  reviewed  and  their  per- 
formance analyzed. 

CCJ  5525  Seminar  in  Juvenile  Delln- 
quertcy  (3).  Focuses  on  the  nature, 
scope  and  causes  of  delinquency;  con- 
siders problems  of  tfie  assessment  and 
measurement  of  delinquency.  The  phi- 
losophy, procedures,  and  effectiveness 
of  the  juvenile  courts  will  be  examined, 
including  abuse,  dependency,  neglect, 
delinquency,  and  family  law. 


CCJ  5605  Deviance  and  Social  Con- 
trol (3).  This  course  will  cover  thie  major 
thteoretical  issues  and  ideas  concerning 
deviant  and  criminal  behavior  and  meth- 
ods of  socially  controlling  these  behav- 
iors. 

CCJ  5669  Minorities  in  Justice  Ad- 
ministration (3).  Focuses  upon  the  dis- 
parity in  outcomes  for  minority  groups 
(i.e.  racial/ethnic/sexual)  across  the 
criminal  justice  system,  and  on  alterna- 
tive explanations  for  those  differences  in 
outcome.  Also,  issues  related  to  the  hir- 
ing and  promotion  of  minority  groups 
wfx3  work  in  ttie  criminal  justice  system 
will  be  discussed. 

CCJ  5935  Special  Topics  (3).  An  inten- 
sive analysis  of  a  particular  topic  in  crimi- 
nal justice  not  otiierwise  offered  in  the 
curriculum.  Topics  may  change  each 
term,  but  may  include  organized  crime, 
white  collar  and  political  crime,  victimol- 
ogy, etWcs,  terrorism,  sentencing,  infor- 
mation systems,  and  other  topics  based 
on  student  interest  or  current  concern. 
May  be  repeated.  Prerequisite:  Gradu- 
ate Standing. 

CCJ  6025  Theory  in  Administration  of 
Justice  (3).  The  study  of  ttieoretical  and 
research  issues  related  to  thie  nature 
and  causes  of  crime  and  thie  administi^a- 
tion  of  justice. 

CCJ  6456  Administration  and  Man- 
agement of  Criminal  Justice  Agen- 
cies (3).  An  examination  of  the  criminal 
justice  system  from  the  perspective  of 
administrative  and  management  tiieory. 
Emphasis  is  upon  tfie  identification  of  or- 
ganizational and  administrative  prob- 
lems and  tfieir  solutions. 

CCJ  6477  Seminar  in  Information  Sys- 
tems (3).  An  advanced  seminar  in  the 
survey  and  application  of  electi'onlc  data 
in  tfie  criminal  justice  system.  Prereq- 
uisite: GOG  3300  or  permission  of  in- 
stiTJCtor. 

CCJ  6665  Victimology  and  the  Crimi- 
nal Justice  System  (3).  An  examina- 
tion of  tiie  relationship  of  victims  and 
offenders  and  the  manner  in  which  the 
criminal  justice  system  responds  to  vic- 
tims of  crime. 

CCJ  6705  Advanced  Research  Meth- 
ods (3).  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  de- 
sign of  research  projects,  the  analysis  of 
research  data,  and  tiie  utilization  of  re- 
search within  tfie  criminal  justice  system. 

CCJ  6706  Applied  Statistical  Tech- 
niques for  Criminal  Justice  (3).  Statis- 
tical tools  applicable  to  criminal  justice 
research  are  examined.  Emphasis  is  on 
developing  an  understanding  of  the  vari- 
ous techniques  and  tfieir  applications. 


The  use  of  computerized  statistical  pack- 
ages will  be  presented.  Prerequisites: 
STA  3122  and  STA  3123,  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

CCJ  6716  Planning  and  Program 
Evaluation  (3).  A  systematic  review  of 
ttie  problems  involved  in  productivity,  im- 
provement in  criminal  justice  agencies, 
and  program  evaluation. 

CCJ  6915  Directed  Individual  Gradu- 
ate Study  in  Criminal  Justice  (3).  Stu- 
dents can  select  a  particular  aspect  of 
criminal  justice  for  in-deptii  independent 
study  wflth  a  criminal  justice  faculty.  Pre- 
requisite: Graduate  standing. 

CCJ  6945  Field  Experience  in  Crimi- 
nal Justice  (3).  A  course  designed  to 
provide  selected  students  an  opportu- 
nity to  engage  in  action-oriented  re- 
search wittiin  a  criminal  justice  agency 
on  a  designated  research  project. 

CCJ  6971  Thesis  Research  (3).  TNs 

course  is  devoted  to  tfie  actual  research 
\abor  required  for  a  thesis  in  tfie  Mas- 
ters program. 

CCJ  6976  Masters  Thesis  Defense 
(3).  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  effort 
required  to  prepare  the  tliesis  document. 


Health  Services 
Administration 

David  Bergwail,  Associate  Professor 

and  Director 
Melissa  Ahem,  Assistant  Professor 
Fred  Becker,  Associate  Professor 
Gloria  Decard,  Assistant  Professor 
Thomas  Dunaye,  Professor  aryd 

Associate  Dean 
Burton  Dunlop,  Associate  Professor 
Rosebud  Foster,  Professor 
Charies  Frankenhoff,  Senior  Lecturer 
Frederick  Newman,  Professor 
Martha  Pelaez,  Senior  Lecturer 
Max  Rothman,  Senior  Lecturer 
Kris  Siddharthan,  Assistant  f^ofessor 
Vandon  White,  Professor 

The  Department  of  Healtii  Services  Ad- 
ministration offers  graduate  and  under- 
graduate studies  leading  to  Bachelors 
and  Masters  degrees  in  Health  Services 
Administration. 

The  management  of  health  services 
occurs  in  an  environment  of  organiza- 
tional and  technological  change.  Admin- 
isti^ators  charged  with  executive 
responsibilities  must  be  grounded  in  a 
high  degree  of  formal  professional  ti'ain- 
ing  followed  by  lifelong  learning  which 
fosters  their  continuous  professional 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services  / 175 


growth.  Many  of  the  same  skills  needed 
for  executive  management  are  now  also 
required  to  provide  administrative  leader- 
ship In  staffing,  directing,  coordinating, 
and  controlling  ttie  operational  re- 
sources of  administrative  and  clinical 
units  In  such  organizations. 

The  graduate  program  provides  pro- 
fessional education  to  train  manage- 
ment executives  for  administration  of 
complex  health  care  organizations  in 
governmental  and  private  settings. 

The  Master  of  Health  Services  Ad- 
ministration (MHSA)  provides  profes- 
sional education  for  entry  management 
careers  in  health  services  delivery  or- 
ganizations. The  degree  addresses  ttie 
tfieories  and  issues  of  managing  com- 
plex organizations  in  bo\h  public  and  pri- 
vate settings.  The  program  is  organized 
to  meet  tfie  needs  of  the  working  stu- 
dent. Many  individuals  enrolled  are  al- 
ready employed  In  administrative  roles 
in  ttie  field.  While  enhancing  their  ca- 
reer, ttiey  bring  the  wealth  of  tfieir  expe- 
rience to  the  classroom. 

The  Master's  program  Is  designed 
so  tfiat  full-time  students  may  complete 
all  course  work  in  five  semesters.  The 
same  curriculum  can  be  completed  by 
part-time  students  within  three  years. 
Formal  studies  stress  a  basic  foundation 
of  professional  knowledge,  skills  and 
competencies  in  management,  plan- 
ning, analytic  and  policy  functions  of 
fieaith  services  administration. 

Since  these  studies  provide  a  profes- 
sional emphasis,  the  Department  util- 
izes a  variety  of  local  hospitals,' 
long-term  care  facilities,  prepayment 
plans,  mental  health  programs,  multi-  in- 
stitutton  corporations,  emergency  medi- 
cal systems,  health  maintenance 
organizations,  community  health  cen- 
ters, and  related  public  health  and  pri- 
vate agencies  to  give  students 
supervise  fiekJ  experiences  and  a  'practi- 
cal laboratory'  for  operational  research 
in  health  service  administration. 

The  goal  of  the  Department  of 
Health  Services  Administration  is  to  cre- 
ate an  academic  center  in  which  the  Uni- 
versity can  respond  to  the  educational 
needs  of  the  field  of  health  services  ad- 
ministration. The  Department's  mission, 
therefore,  is  dedicated  to  the  following 
educational  objectives: 

1 .  To  provide  professional  studies  in 
the  theories,  methods  and  practtees  of 
health  care  management,  planning, 
analysis,  applied  research,  and  policy 
development  in  health  services  organiza- 
tk>ns. 

2.  To  partkripate  in  interprofessional 
educatkin  experiences  with  faculty,  stu- 
dents, and  practitkxTers  of  the  allied 
health  sciences,  publk:  affairs,  puttllc 
health,  and  related  human  services  pro- 


fessions Interacting  with  tbe  field  of 
health  care  management. 

3.  To  extend  consultation  and  techni- 
cal assistance  to  appropriate  organiza- 
tional settings  and  practitioners  in  health 
services  and  administrative  practice. 

4.  To  conduct  scholariy  and  applied 
research  on  various  management  prob- 
lems and  Issues  of  significance  to  im- 
proving the  delivery  of  health  services. 

5.  To  review  and  revise  program  cur- 
ricula and  objectives  from  time  to  time  in 
order  to  keep  current  with  the  changing 
educational  and  professional  needs  of 
the  field. 

Master  of  Health  Services 
Administration 

Admission  Requiretnents 

Students  seeking  admission  Into  the 
graduate  program  must  meet  the  follow- 
ing minimum  requirements: 

1 .  Satisfactorily  meet  the  general 
University  requirements  for  admission  to 
graduate  programs. 

2.  Hold  a  bachelors  degree  from  a  re- 
gionally accredited  university  or  college. 

3.  Show  promise  of  success  in 
graduate  studies  as  determined  by  the 
faculty.  Admission  to  the  program  will  be 
based  upon  a  combination  of  the  Gradu- 
ate Record  Examination  (GRE)  and  the 
upper-division  (last  60  hours)  grade 
point  average.  Students  who  have  taken 
the  Graduate  Management  Admissions 
Test  (GMAT)  may  submit  that  score  in 
place  of  the  GRE.  The  GRE  or  GMAT 
must  have  been  taken  with  five  years  of 
application  to  the  program. 

4.  Foreign  students  must  obtain  a 
minimum  score  of  500  on  the  TOEFL  ex- 
amination. 

5.  Prerequisites  for  admission  in- 
clude coursewort<  in  accounting,  statis- 
tics and  micro-economics  with  a  grade 
equivalent  of  'C  or  higher.  Entering  stu- 
dents are  expected  to  possess  basic  mi- 
aocomputer  skills  Including  word 
processing  and  spreadsheet  applica- 
tions. Students  who  do  not  have  these 
skills  or  prerequisites  may  complete 
these  requirements  in  their  first  semes- 
ter of  study. 

Meeting  the  minimum  requirements 
does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the 
program.  Admission  will  be  based  on  ad- 
ditional factors  including  compatabillty  of 
the  applicants  career  goals  with  the  pro- 
grams objectives,  relevance  of  work  ex- 
perience, etc.  The  Departmental 
Admissions  Committee  may  require  a 
personal  interview  as  a  part  of  the  appli- 
cation process. 

All  applk:ations  for  admissions 
should  be  received  by  the  Department 
no  later  than  two  months  preceding  the 


semester  in  whk^  the  student  wishes  to 
commence  the  program.  A  maximum  of 
12  semester  hours  taken  as  an  affiliated 
student  Ccin  be  used  toward  the  degree. 
Affiliated  status  does  not  guarantee  ad- 
mission to  the  degree  program. 

Admissions  Procedures 

A  student  wishing  to  enroll  in  the  gradu- 
ate program  must  complete  the  follow- 
ing: 

1 .  Submit  a  Graduate  Application  to 
the  University  Admissions  Office. 

2.  Have  official  transcripts  of  all  pre- 
viously earned  college  or  university  cred- 
its sent  to  the  Admissions  Office. 

3.  Submit  scores  on  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination. 

4.  Submit  a  program  application  in- 
cluding three  letters  of  reference  to  the 
Department  of  Health  Services  Admini- 
stration. 

Degree  Requirements 

To  be  eligible  for  a  Master's  degree,  a 
student  must: 

1 .  Satisfy  all  University  requirements 
for  the  Master  of  Health  Services  Ad- 
ministration Program. 

2.  Complete  a  minimum  of  51  semes- 
ter hours  of  graduate  level  coursewort< 

in  the  department  approved  program. 

3.  Earn  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  or 
equivalent  In  all  wori<  completed  at  the 
University  as  a  graduate  student 

4.  No  courses  in  which  a  grade  be- 
low 'C  is  earned  may  be  counted  to- 
ward the  master's  degree. 

5.  A  maximum  of  nine  semester 
hour-credits  of  graduate  coursework  not 
included  In  another  degree,  may  be 
transferred  from  an  accredited  university 
by  petition  at  the  time  of  admission. 

All  Department  students  completing 
the  master's  program  are  subject  to 
graduate  student  regulations  and  de- 
gree requirements  governed  by  the  poli- 
cies of  the  School  of  Public  Affairs  and 
Services  and  the  University. 

Courses  are  sequenced  to  enhance 
the  development  of  competencies  as 
students  progress  through  the  curricu- 
lum. Students  need  to  pay  attention  to 
course  prerequisites  and  adhere  to 
course  sequencing. 

Program  Total:  (51) 

Core  Courses  required  of  all 
students:  (45) 

Group  I 

HSA  51 25     lntroductk>n  to  Health 

Services  3 

HSA  64 1 5      Managerial  Applications 
of  Social  Determinate 
of  Health  3 


176  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


HSC5515 
HSA6185 

Group  2 

HSA6175 

HSA6186 

HSA6187 
HSA6756 


Group  3 

HSA6155 

HSA6149 


HSA6195 


HSA6176 


Group  4 

HSA6426 


HSA6717 


Statistical  Metliods  for 
Healtli  Services  3 

IHealth  Care  Management 
Theory  and  Practice         3 

Rnandal  Management 
of  Health  Systems  3 

Organizational  Behavior 
in  Managing  Health 
Institutions  3 

Personnel  Management 
and  Labor  Relations  3 

Applied  Program 
Development  and 
Evaluation  Methods  3 


Health,  Policy  and 
Economics 

Strategic  Planning  and 
Marketing  of  Health 
Care  Services 
Quantitative  Managerial 
and  Applied  Research 
Methods 
Rnandng  and 
Reimbursement  of 
Health  Delivery 
Systems 

Health  Law  and  Legal 
Aspects  of 
Management 
Advanced  Health 
Services  Management 
and  Research  Seminar 


One  of  the  following  three: 
HSA  6877     Master's  Research 

Project 

or 
HSA  6875     Adknninistrative  Residency  3 
HSA  5876     Administrative  Residency 

in  Nursing  Home 

Settings  6 

Field  Elective:  (3) 

Electives  should  be  taken  during  or  after 
Group  3  courses.  One  elective  must  be 
taken  from  the  following: 
HSA  5225     Organization  and 

Management  in 

Nursing  Home 

Administration  3 

HSA  621 5     HMO  and  Ambulatory 

Care  Administration  3 

HSA  6205     Hospital  and  Health 

Facilities  3 

HSA  6245     Mental  Health 

Administration  and 

Planning  3 

Open  Elective:  (3) 

Students  may  select  an  elective  course 
from  the  following  courses  or  from  other 


units  of  the  University  (i.e.  public  admin- 
istrative, business  administration,  public 
health,  or  other  disciplines)  with  an  advi- 
sor's approval. 
HSA  5408     Health  Service  Consumer 

Behavior  3 

HSA  5935     Special  Topics  in  Health 

Services  3 

HSA  6905     Independent  Advances 

Study  3 

HSA  5226     Management  in  Long 

Term  Care  3 

HSA  5227     Applied  Management  in 

Long  Term  Care  3 

HSA  5816     Practicum  in  Long  Term 

Care  Management  3 

HSA  5454     Ethical  Decision  Making 

in  Health  .Administration    3 
HSA  5876     Administrative  Residency 

in  Nursing  Home 

Settings  3 

Nursing  Home  Administration 

Students  interested  in  nursing  home  ad- 
ministration and  seeking  licensure  as  a 
nursing  home  administrator  in  the  State 
of  Rorida  are  advised  to  take  the  follow- 
ing courses  within  tfieir  program  of 
study: 
HSA  5225     Organization  and 

Management  in 

Nursing  Home 

Administration  3 

HSA  5226     Management  in  Long 

Term  Care  Systems  3 

HSA  5227     Applied  Management  in 

Long  Term  Care  3 

HSA  5816     Practicum  in  long  term 

Care  Management  3 

HSA  5876     Administrative  Residency 

in  Nursing  Home 

Settings  6 


Course  Descriptions 

Definition  of  Prefixes 

HSA  -  Health  Sennces  Administration; 
HSC  -  Health  Sdences. 

HSA  5125  Introduction  to  Health  Serv- 
ices (3).  The  American  health  care  sys- 
tem is  broadly  analyzed  in  social, 
economic,  and  political  terms,  including 
examination  of  its  major  operational  and 
programmatic  components  as  they  have 
evolved  in  tfieir  changing  patterns  and 
trends  of  organizational  development. 

HSA  5225  Organization  &  Manage- 
ment in  Nursing  Home  Administra- 
tion (3).  Long  term  care  institution 
organization  and  management  are  stud- 
ied. Management  implications  of  the  so- 
cial, economic,  financial,  and  regulatory 


environment  of  nursing  homes  are  ex- 
amined. Prerequisite:  HSA  5226 

HSA  5226  Management  of  Long  Term 
Care  Systems  (3).  Organizational,  finan- 
cial, and  policy  issues  in  tiie  manage- 
ment of  long  term  care  systems  in  tiie 
U.S.  with  special  emphasis  on  State  of 
Rorida.  Prerequisites:  HSA  31 80,  HSA 
4110  or  HSA  61 85.. 

HSA  5227  Applied  Management  In 
Long  Term  Care  (3).  Survey  of  ti^ories 
of  gerontic  care  for  understanding  tiie 
aging  process.  Focus  is  on  the  applica- 
tion of  knowledge  of  ttie  aging  process 
to  management  and  care  giving  in  nurs- 
ing homes.  Prerequisite:  HSA  5226. 
Corequisite:  HSA  5225. 

HSA  5408  Health  Services  Consumer 
Befiavior  (3).  Course  examines  the  fac- 
tors affecting  consumer  choice  in  the 
utilization  of  types  of  health  senflces, 
healtin  services  delivery  locations,  and 
mettx)ds  of  healtii  care  delivery.  Exam- 
ines tiie  role  of  the  provider  in  consumer  | 
behavioral  model. 

HSA  5455  Ethical  Decisions  In  Health 
Services  Administration  (3).  This 
course  will  study  ethical  principles  as 
tfiey  apply  to  areas  of  management,  su- 
pervision and  clinical  practice  in  the  de- 
livery of  healtii  care.  Emphasis  is  on 
managerial  decision-making.  Prereq- 
uisites: HSA  51 25,  HSA  6185. 

HSA  581 6L  Practicum  In  Applied  iVIan- 
agement  in  Long  Term  Care  (3).  Stu- 
dents will  spend  180  hours  in 
supervised  practice  in  a  nursing  home 
setting.  They  carry  out  managerial  re- 
sponsibilities related  to  the  administra- 
tion of  tiie  facility. 

HSA  5876L  Administrative  Residency 
in  Nursing  Home  Setting  (6).  480 

hours  of  supervised  practice  in  a  se- 
lected nursing  home.  To  provide  experi- 
ence in  organization  and  management 
witiiln  the  nursing  environment.  Prereq- 
uisites: HSA  5816,  HSA  5225,  HSA 
5226,  HSA  5227.  4 

HSA  6147  Comparative  Health  Sys- 
tems and  International  Health  Plan- 
ning (3).  Students  are  directed  through 
a  study  of  tiie  social,  economic,  political, 
and  cross-cultural  aspects  of  comparing 
healtii  care  systems  of  different  coun- 
tries of  tiie  worid  in  terms  of  interna- 
tional perspective  and  relevance  to 
future  developments  in  the  U.S.  system. 

HSA  6149  Strategic  and  Marketing  of 
Health  Care  Services  (3).  Principles, 
techniques,  and  case  study  applbations 
of  strategic  planning  and  marketing  in 
tfie  context  of  changing  environmental, 
policy,  and  competitive  forces  in  the 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Putillc  Affairs  and  Services  / 177 


health  services  industry.  Prerequisites: 
HSA6175,  or  permission  of  instructor, 

HSA  6155  Health  Policy  and  Econom- 
ic* (3).  The  Impact  of  government,  pri- 
vate sector,  and  various  interest  groups 
on  health  care  policy  determination  is 
einalyzed  frirough  the  application  of  ba- 
sic economic  principles.  Prerequisite: 
HSA  6175  or  permission  of  instructor. 

HSA  6175  Financial  Management  of 
Health  Systems  (3).  Aspects  of  modern 
htospital  £tnd  health  care  organization  fi- 
nancial management  are  covered  to  pre- 
pare students  for  executive  roles  in 
policy  planning  and  control  responsi- 
bilities involving  budgeting,  auditing,  in- 
vesting, capital  financing,  etc. 
Prerequisite:  HSA  5125,  HSC  5515, 
HSA  6185,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

HSA  6176  FinarKing  &  Reimburse- 
ment of  Health  Systems  (3).  Rnancing 
models  for  fiealth  delivery  systems  are 
examined.  Reimbursement  strategy  of 
medicare,  medicaid  and  otfier  third 
party  payors  are  analyzed.  Prereq- 
uisites: HSA  6175  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

HSA  6185  Health  Care  Management 
Theory  and  Practice  (3).  This  is  the  an- 
choring course  for  examining  each  spe- 
cialized study  of  the  management 
functions  in  theory  and  in  practice  as 
they  apply  to  health  care  organizations 
of  both  public  and  private  sectors. 

HSA  6186  Organizational  Behavior  in 
Managing  Health  Institutions  (3).  Gen- 
eral theories  of  organizational  fciehavior 
and  executive  functions  are  examined  in 
their  application  to  hospitals  and  other 
fiealth  agencies.  Prerequisite:  HSA 
6185  or  instructor's  permission. 

HSA  6187  Personnel  Management 
and  Lat>or  Relations  (3).  Staffing  func- 
tion of  manpower  and  related  (jersonnel 
resources  in  health  care  organizations: 
practices  of  wage  determinations,  take 
analysis,  employee  recruitment/selec- 
tion, work  evaluation,  collective  bargain- 
ing, and  contract  negotiation 
implications.  Prerequisite:  HSA  61 85  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

HSA  6195  QuantitaUve  Managerial 
and  Applied  Research  Methods  (3). 
Surveys  the  operatkKis  research  tools 
arxi  techniques  used  in  health  care  or- 
ganizations to  solve  operational  and 
control  problems  tfiat  impact  en  effi- 
ciency, effectiveness,  productivity,  tech- 
notogical  change,  innovation,  retro- 
fitting. Prerequisite:  HSC  5515  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

HSA  6196  Research  Design  and  Ap- 
plied Analytical  Techniques  for 


Health  Care  Information  (3).  Develops 
skills  and  techniques  for  tfie  quantitative 
analysis  of  various  data  sets  for  health 
organization  administrative  and  dlnlcal 
Information.  Prerequisite:  HSC  5515. 

HSA  6197  Design  and  Management 
of  Health  Information  Systems  (3). 

The  development  and  management  of 
health  information  systems  to  support 
managerial  decision-making.  Emphasis 
is  on  ttie  integration  of  clinical,  person- 
nel, and  financial  data. 

HSA  6205  Hospital  and  Health  Facili- 
ties Organization  (3).  Administrative 
thieory  and  management  principles  are 
examined  in  their  application  to  the  or- 
ganizational analysis  of  hospitals  and 
fiealth  care  facilities.  Prerequisites:  HSA 
5125,  HSA  6185  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

HSA  6215  HMO  and  Ambulatory  Care 
Administration  (3).  Overview  of  the 
management  process  employed  in 
health  maintenance  organizations 
(HMO's)  and  other  group  medical  prac- 
tices operating  under  various  financial 
anrangements,  including  pre-payment. 
Prerequisite:  HSA  5125,  HSA  6185,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

HSA  6245  Mental  Health  Administra- 
tion and  Planning  (3).  Psychiatric  and 
mental  illness  institutions  are  examined 
in  terms  of  specialized  organizations 
and  administrative  knowledge  required 
for  the  operation  of  these  typed  of 
health  care  facilities  and  their  particular 
patient  populations.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  instructor. 

HSA  6405  Behavioral  Aspects  of 
Health  and  Illness  (3).  Psychological 
determinants  of  health,  illness,  and  sick 
role  behavior,  with  emphasis  on  risk  tak- 
ing behavior  and  preventive  interven- 
tion. Critical  review  of  models  of  health 
behavior. 

HSA  6415  Mangerial  Applications  of 
the  Social  Determinants  of  Health  (3). 
Social,  psychological,  and  cultural  deter- 
minants of  health  and  their  impact  on 
health  behavior  and  utilization  are  exam- 
ined. Implications  explored  for  manage- 
rial decision-making  and  health  policy. 

HSA  6426  Health  iuaw  and  Legal  As- 
pects of  Management  (3).  The  broad 
range  of  legal  issues  in  health  care  and 
administrative  aspects  of  law  that  con- 
cem  health  care  managers  are  sur- 
veyed for  implications  concerning 
malpractice,  patient  rights,  contracts,  li- 
ability and  immunity,  taxation,  surgical 
consent,  etc.  Prerequisite:  HSA  6185  or 
permission  of  instructor. 


HSA  6717  Advanced  Health  Services 
Management  and  Research  Seminar 
(3).  Integrates  the  tfieoretical  and  practi- 
cal knowledge  of  other  courses  arid  ac- 
tivities in  the  cuniculum.  Selected  case 
studies  and  relevant  research  drawn 
from  the  literature  in  health  care  man- 
agement provide  the  substantive  frame- 
work for  seminar  analysis  of  issues  and 
policy  questions.  Prerequisite:  Comple- 
tion of  all  other  coursework  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

HSA  6756  Applied  Programs  Develop- 
ment and  Evaluation  Methods  in 
Health  Services  (3).  Program  evalu- 
ation as  part  of  on-going  assessment  of 
effectiveness  and  resource  consump- 
tion (costs).  Evaluation  models  and 
study  design  are  analyzed.  Grant  pro- 
posal writing  is  emphasized.  Prereq- 
uisite: HSC  5515 

HSA  6875  Administrative  Residency 
(3).  Off -campus  placement  in  residency 
with  health  care  organizations  under  su- 
pervision of  a  managing  preceptor  at 
the  site.  Prerequisite:  Approval  of  the 
Coordinator. 

HSA  6877  Masters  Research  Project 
(3).  The  student  will  be  field  afforded  the 
opportunity  to  conduct  a  research  pro- 
ject on  a  specific  health  care  manage- 
ment problem  in  a  community  or 
institutional  setting.  A  formal  proposal 
will  be  prepared  and  approved  by  fac- 
ulty. Students  will  be  expected  to  dem- 
onstrate during  the  course  of  this 
research  project  that  they  can  imple- 
ment theoretical  knowledge  and  skills 
learned  eariier  in  courses  on  research 
methods  and  design.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  advisor. 

HSA  6905  Graduate  independent 
Study  (3).  This  course  is  designed  to  al- 
low students  an  opportunity  for  in-depth 
literature  research  or  an  action-oriented 
project  carried  out  under  the  supervision 
of  their  faculty  advisor.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  faculty  advisor. 

HSC  5506  Epidemiology  and  Re- 
search Methods  of  Public  Health  (3). 

Advanced  epidemiological  and  survey 
research  methods  are  applied  to  the  in- 
vestigation of  publb  and  personal  health 
problems.  Prerequisite:  HSC  5515. 

HSC  5515  Statistical  and  Research 
Methods  for  Health  Services  (3).  This 
course  presents  concepts  of  descriptive, 
inferential,  and  non-parametrk:  statis- 
tics, including  ttie  use  of  common  com- 
puter program  p>ackages  for  analyzing 
public  and  clinical  health  statistical  data. 
Prerequisite:  HSC  4510  or  equivalent. 


178  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


Public  Administration 

Harvey  Averch,  Professor  and  Director 
Keith  W.  Baker,  Associate  Professor 
James  Carroll,  Professor 
Milan  DIuhy,  Professor  of  Public 

Administration  and  Social  Work 
Howard  Frank,  Assistant  Professor 
Jean-Claude  Garcla-Zamor,  Professor 
Donald  Klingner,  Professor 
Ralph  G.  Lewis,  Associate  Professor 
Manny  Lorenzo,  Instructor 
Stephen  C.  Loveless,  Associate 

Professor 
Carmen  Mendez,  Instructor 
Robert  Meyers,  Assistant  Professor 
Allen  Rosenbaum,  Professor  and  Dean 
Barbara  Yarnold,  Assistant  Professor 

Master  of  Public  Administration 

The  Master  of  Public  Administration  is  in- 
tended to  prepare  students  for  careers 
in  public  service  and  non-profit  organiza- 
tions. It  is  also  intended  to  prepare  stu- 
dents for  private  sector  positions  for 
positions  fiaving  significant  contact  with 
public  organizations.  The  degree  pro- 
vides pre-service  and  mid-career  stu- 
dents with  an  appropriate  mix  of 
technical  and  generalist  skills  needed 
for  management  and  analytic  positions 
in  local,  state,  and  federal  government, 
as  well  as  non-profit  organizations.  Stu- 
dents are  given  a  broad-gauged  expo- 
sure to  thie  field  in  the  core  and 
suljsequently  develop  expertise  within 
their  areas  of  spedailization.  The  degree 
is  also  suited  to  provide  students  with 
the  necessary  analytic  arxl  substantive 
background  for  successful  pursuit  of 
doctoral  studies  within  the  discipline. 
Graduates  are  well-prepared  for  posi- 
tions as  city  manager,  finance  director, 
budget  analyst,  personnel  director,  spe- 
cial project  coordinator  and  program 
analyst. 

The  program  has  been  accredited  by 
tfie  National  Association  of  Schools  of 
Public  Affairs  and  Administration. 

Admission  Requirements 

All  applicants  must  hold  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  an  accredited  college  or 
university.  In  addition,  each  applicant 
must  have  a  Graduate  Record  Examina- 
tton  (GRE)  composite  score  of  at  least 
1000  on  the  Verbal  and  Quantitative 
sections  or  a  GPA  of  3.0  or  higher  for  all 
college  course  work  at  ttie  junior  and 
senior  levels.  All  applicants  regardless 
of  previous  GPA  are  required  to  submit 
the  appropriate  test  scores. 

In  addition,  etpplicants  are  required 
to  submit:  (1)  a  written  personal  state- 
ment concerning  tfieir  interest  in  a  ca- 
reer in  tfie  field;  and  (2)  a  recent  writing 


sample  from  either  tfieir  place  of  employ- 
ment or  previous  academic  work. 

[)egree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Public  Administration 
(MPA)  program  requires  a  minimum  of 
39  Semester  hours,  consisting  of  nine 
required  courses  (27  semester  hours), 
and  a  minimum  of  four  courses  within 
the  specialization. 

Core  Courses 

The  MPA  core  consists  of  the  following 

nine  courses: 

PAD  6053     Political,  Social  and 

Economic  Context  of 

Public  Administration         3 
PAD  571 6     Information  Systems  for 

Public  Organizatkjns         1 
PAD  6701      Quantitative  Methods  and 

Computer  Skills  4 

PAD  6706      Research  Methods  in 

Complex  Public 

Organizations  3 

PAD  61 06     Organizational  Theory  and 

Administrative  Behavior    3 
>i<PAD  6227     Public  Finance  and  the 

Budgetary  Process  3 

PAD  641 7     Public  Personnel 

Administration  3 

♦*-PAD  5256     Public  Economics  and 

Cost  Benefit  Analysis        4 
PAD  6056     The  Practice  of  Public 

Management  3 

PAD  5256,  PAD  5716,  PAD  6701, 
PAD  6706,  and  PAD  6053  must  be 
taken  during  tfie  first  16  credit  tiours  of 
course  wori<.  PAD  5716,  Information 
Systems  for  Public  Organizations,  is  a 
prerequisite  for  PAD  6701,  Quantitative 
Methods  and  Computer  Skills. 

PAD  6056,  The  Practice  of  Public 
Management,  is  a  capstone  experierx^ 
for  ttie  program  and  must  be  taken  dur- 
ing the  last  semester  of  course  work. 

Grading,  Sequencing,  and 
Substitution  Policy 

Students  must  maintain  a  3.0  GPA  to 
graduate.  A  grade  of  "B"  or  better  is  re- 
quired for  every  core  course. 

The  Department  reserves  tfie  right  to 
withhold  the  awarding  of  credit  for 
course  wori^  taken  out  of  sequence  and 
without  appropriate  prerequisites. 

Any  core  course  with  the  exception 
of  PAD  6056  may  be  waived  through  pe- 
tition to  tfie  Department  Director  and 
MPA  Coordinator.  The  petitioner  must 
demonstrate  tfie  equivalence  of  the  pre- 
vious course  wori<,  and  prove  that  tfieir 
performance  met  or  exceeded  core  re- 
quirements. 

Specializations 

At  least  four  more  courses  (12  credit 
hours)  must  be  taken  in  one  of  ttie  fol- 


lowing specializations,  which  are  de- 
signed to  strengthen  tfie  student's 
knowledge  in  a  specific  functional  or  pol- 
icy area  of  public  administration. 

Human  Resource  Policy  and 
Management 

Students  must  take  three  out  of  the 
following  nine  courses: 
PAD  5427     Collective  Bargaining  and 

ttie  Public  Sector  3 

PAD  54 1 7     Social  Equity  and  Human 

Resource  Management  3 
PAD  5363  Productivity  Improvement  3 
PAD  6109     Organizational 

Development  and 

Chiange  3 

PAD  5435     Administrator  and  the 

Role  of  Women  3 

PAD  5043      Government  and  Minority 

Group  Relations  3 

PAD  6437     Dynamics  of  Individual 

Growth 
PAD  6436      Professionalism  and 

Ethics  3 

PAD  56 1 6     Contracting  and 

Managing  Third  Party 

Governments  3 

In  addition  to  tfie  above  three 
courses,  students  must  take: 
PAD  6419     Seminar  in  Applied 

Personnel  Systems  3 

International  Comparative  and 
Development  Administration 

Ttie  following  two  courses  must  be 

taken: 

PAD  6836      International  Public 

Administration  3 

PAD  6838     Development 

Administration  3 

An  additional  course  from  ttie  Depart- 
ment must  he  selected  from  the  follow- 
ing three: 

PAD  6839     Comparative  Public 

Policy  3 

PAD  6225     Comparative  Public 

Budgeting  3 

One  course  must  be  taken  from  the 
following  offerings  of  tfie  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Department  of  Economics: 
FIN  6626       International  Bank 

Lending  cind  Practices  3 
FIN  6636  International  Rnance  3 
MAN  6603     Problems  in  Comparative 

Management  3 

ECS  5024     Economic  Planning  3 

ECS  5005     Comparative  Economic 

Systems  3 

ECS  5025      Economic  Problems  of 

Emerging  Nations  3 

Budget  and  Analysis 

Students  must  take  the  following  three 
courses: 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services  / 179 


PAD  6386     Applied  Policy  Analysis 

and  Management 

Science  3 

PAD  6205      Public  Rnandal 

Management  3 

PAD  561 6     Contracting  and  Managing 

Third  Party 

Governments  3 

Students  must  take  one  of  the  follow- 
ing two  methods  courses: 
PAD  7705     Applied  Quantitative 

Analysis  3 

PAD  6229     Advanced  Management 

Techniques  3 

Outside  Specializations 

Students  who  wish  to  construct  their 
own  concentrations  in  cognate  areas  of 
public  administration  such  as  criminal 
justice,  economics,  social  work,  or  an- 
thropology may  do  so  under  the  follow- 
ing the  conditions: 

1.  A  written  proposal  specifying  out- 
side courses  arid  concentration  ration- 
ale must  be  presented  to  the 
Department  Director  and  MPA  Coordina- 
tor for  approval  no  later  than  15  semes- 
ter hours  into  the  students  course  work; 

2.  Students  must  satisfy  all  core  re- 
quirements for  the  MPA;  and 

3.  The  outside  concentration  must 
have  a  minimum  of  1 2  semester  hours 
in  addition  to  the  24  semester  hour  core. 

Other 

Students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  gradu- 
ate program  in  Public  Rnancial  Manage- 
ment offered  in  conjunction  with  The 
School  of  Accounting,  will  be  required  to 
complete  48  semester  hours  to  earn  the 
MPA.  Students  in  this  program  may  sub- 
stitute a  thesis  in  lieu  of  PAD  6056  to 
satisfy  degree  requirements. 

Pre-sen/ice  students  (those  with  less 
than  two  years  post-baccalaureate  work 
experience)  are  strongly  encouraged  to 
enroll  in  PAD  6946  (Internship)  to  sup- 
plement their  academic  course  work. 
Students  are  normally  limited  to  three 
semester  hours  of  internship  credit  for 
ttieir  progreim  of  studies. 

Students  seeking  to  enroll  in  either 
PAD  6907  or  6915  tor  more  than  three 
credit  hours  must  obtain  permission 
from  the  MPA  Coordinator  prior  to  regis- 
tratk>n. 


Doctor  of  Philosophy 

The  Doctor  of  Phitosophy  in  Public  Ad- 
ministration (Ph.D.  PA)  is  offered  in  affili- 
ation with  Florida  Atlantic  University. 
The  basis  of  the  degree  is  scholarship: 
one  pursues  the  degree  in  preparation 
for  a  career  in  which  scholarly  compe- 
tence and  demonstrated  capability  to 


conduct  significant  research  is  an  essen- 
tial element  and  one  is  conferred  the  de- 
gree only  after  demonstrating  such 
knowledge,  in  course  work,  in  examina- 
tions, and  in  disciplined  research.  Its  pur- 
suit is  a  rigorous  one,  administered  by  a 
research-oriented  faculty  fostering  the 
commitment  to  testing  the  boundaries  of 
knowledge.  The  program  should  be  en- 
tered only  by  those  students  who  seek 
academic  and  research  careers  rather 
than  practitioner  advancement. 

The  Doctoral  program  is  a  research- 
oriented  degree.  However,  the  objective 
is  not  to  confine  holders  of  tfie  Ph.D.  in 
Public  Administration  entirely  to  teach- 
ing careers.  The  program  is  designed  to 
provide  students  with  a  firm  command 
of  relevant  theoretical  and  operatior^l 
knowledge  and  research  skills  in  public 
administration  and  to  assist  them  in  ap- 
plying this  knowledge  to  a  broad  array 
of  career  goals. 

The  concept  of  a  research -oriented 
Ph.D.  degree  is  firmly  supported  by  the 
National  Association  of  Schools  of  Pub- 
lic Affairs  and  Administration  (NASPAA) 
Guidelines  for  Doctoral  Programs,  whic^ 
stress  that  the  doctoral  should  not  be 
seen  as  merely  a  credential  for  practitio- 
ners. Accordingly,  tfie  Ph.D.  program  in 
Public  Administration  includes  a  sub- 
stantial amount  of  formal  course  work, 
£ind  requires  a  demonstrated  capacity  to 
be  a  problem-solver,  in  the  form  of  inde- 
pendent research  and  writing,  notably 
the  dissertation. 

Admission  Requirements 

Application  for  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  in 
Public  Administration  may  be  made 
either  at  FlU  or  FAU,  but  not  to  both.  Ad- 
mission into  the  Ph.D.  program  will  be 
granted  to  students  of  superior  ability 
who  have  demonstrated  a  record  of  pre- 
vious academic  success,  good  potential 
for  continued  success  in  doctoral  stud- 
ies, and  a  desire  to  prepare  for  a  career 
in  w/hich  scholarship  and  research  are 
major  elements.  An  Applicant  must 
have  received  a  master's  degree  from 
an  accredited  college  or  university.  Gen- 
erally, an  applicant  is  expected  to  have 
a  GPA  of  3.5  or  better  for  all  graduate 
coursework  and  a  combined  score  of 
1000  on  the  GRE  quantitative  and  ver- 
bal sections.  However,  some  applicants 
may  be  considered  on  tfie  basis  of  their 
baccalaureate  degree.  Foreign  students 
will  be  expected  to  acNeve  a  TOEFL 
score  of  550  or  higher.  Admitted  stu- 
dents may  treinsfer  a  maximum  of  six  se- 
mester credits  (not  included  in  another 
degree)  from  other  institutions  toward 
Ph.D.  degree  requirements.  Outstand- 
ing applicants  whose  prior  work  is 
judged  to  be  insufficient  relative  to  that 


required  for  an  MPA  will  tie  asked  to 
complete  additional  course  work. 

Degree  Requirements 

To  be  awarded  the  degree,  admitted  stu- 
dents must  complete  at  least  69  semes- 
ter hours  beyond  the  master's  degree, 
or  its  equivalent,  including  45  semester 
hours  of  approved  course  wori<  and  24 
hours  of  dissertation  work  after  admis- 
sion to  candidacy.  In  addition,  there  is  a 
residency  requirement  of  at  least  18  se- 
mester hours  in  three  consecutive  se- 
mesters of  study  during  the  first  year  of 
enrollment.  A  post-core  evaluation  and 
passing  scores  on  ttie  comprehensive 
examination  taken  after  completion  of 
ttie  core  curriculum  and  concentration 
(45  semester  hours)  is  required  before 
students  can  advance  to  candidacy  for 
tfie  Ph.D.  and  present  a  dissertation  pro- 
posal. Completion  of  all  wori<  must  be 
within  seven  years  after  an  applicant's 
admission  into  the  program. 

Program  of  Study 

Tfie  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Public  Ad- 
ministration is  a  69  semester  hour  pro- 
gram composed  of  eight  required 
courses  24  semester  hours;  two 
courses  (advisory  committee)  -  six  se- 
mester hours;  five  courses  (area  of  con- 
centration) - 15  semester  hours; 
dissertation  -  24  semester  hours  after 
admission  to  candidacy. 

Core  Curriculum:  (24 

PAD  7705     Advanced  Quantitative 

Analysis  3 

PAD  7707     Applied  Research 

Methods  3 

PAD  7026     Conceptual  Foundations 

of  Public  Administration     3 
PAD  7257     Economic  Context  of 

Public  Administration         3 
PAD  7607     Legal  Context  of  Public 

Administration  3 

PAD  7102     Advanced  Organization 

Theory  3 

PAD  7055     Scope  and  Theory  of 

Public  Administration         3 
PAD  7702     Empirical  Methods  in 

Public  Administration         3 

Specified  Courses:  (6 ) 

In  additkin,  students  must  complete  at 
least  six  hours  of  course  work  (as  re- 
quired by  their  advisory  committee).  Six 
of  tfiese  hours  must  be  in  research  re- 
lated courses. 

Areas  of  Concentration:  (15  ): 

Each  student  will  select  one  area  of  con- 
centration. The  specifto  courses  in  a  stu- 
dent's concentratton  will  be  determined 
by  consultation  between  tfie  student 
and  tfie  advisory  committee.  The  15  se- 


180  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


mester  hours  of  concentration  can  be 
earned  In  one  of  two  ways:  (1 )  Tiie  stu- 
dents may  select  tlielr  15  semester 
hours  from  one  of  tlie  following  pulsllc 
administration  concentrations  currently 
offered:  Public  Policy,  Human  Re- 
sources Administration,  Comparative  Ad- 
ministration, or  Budgeting  and  Public 
Rnancial  Administration  or  (2)  Students 
may  develop  their  own  concentration  in 
areas  of  their  choice  relevant  to  public 
administration,  such  as  criminal  justice, 
sodal  work,  etc.  All  areas  of  concentra- 
tion are  developed  after  consultation 
with  and  upon  approval  of  tiie  advisory 
committee: 

Post-Core  Evaluation 

All  students  will  be  evaluated  upon  com- 
pletion of  tiie  core  curriculum  to  deter- 
mine their  potential  for  completion  of  die 
program. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Students  will  be  given  eitfier  a  vmtten  or 
oral  examination,  or  both,  on  the  non- 
methodological  material  covered  in  tiie 
core  cumculum  and  area  of  concenti-a^ 
tion.  Upon  passing  these  exams,  the  stu- 
dent may  apply  for  advancement  to 
candidacy  for  the  Ph.D.  This  requires 
registration  tor  a  minimum  of  24  disser- 
tation credits. 

Dissertation  (24): 

Upon  successful  completion  of  tfie  com- 
prehensive examination,  students  select 
their  dissertation  guidance  committee 
and  begin  preparation  of  their  disserta- 
tion proposal.  Upon  approval  of  the  pro- 
posal, the  student  vwll  initiate  formal 
wori<  on  the  dissertation.  During  this 
time,  tiie  student  is  expected  to  mal<e 
appropriate  progress  toward  completing 
tiie  dissertation,  and  to  enroll  continually 
(at  least  3  credits  per  semester)  until  tiie 
degree  is  completed. 

Upon  completion,  candidates  will  for- 
mally defend  tiie  research  at  a  meeting 
conducted  by  the  Dissertation  Commit- 
tee. The  degree  will  be  awarded  upon  a 
positive  recommendation  of  the  Commit- 
tee and  compliance  witti  all  policies  and 
procedures  required  by  the  institution 
conferring  tfie  degree. 

Certificates 

The  department  offers  certificates  in  Ag- 
ing Policy  arnJ  Administration,  Human 
Resource  Policy  and  Management,  In- 
temationai  Comparative  Development 
Administration,  and  Public  Manage- 
ment. Please  refer  to  the  Certificate  sec- 
tion under  the  School  for  detailed 
information. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

CGS-Computer  General  Systems;  MAN- 
Management;  PAD-Public  Adminisb-a- 
tion;  PUP-PuNic  Policy. 

COS  6301 /MAN  6830  Management  In- 
formation Systems  (3).  Introduction  to 
the  application  of  computers  to  informa- 
tion processing  problems  in  organiza- 
tions. This  includes  a  survey  of  the 
basic  computer  hardware  and  software 
concepts  necessary  for  users  to  work 
with  information  processing  personnel. 
The  rudiments  of  a  computer  program- 
ming language  will  be  taught,  and  ap- 
plied to  data  processing  problems. 
Consideration  will  also  be  given  to  the 
managerial  aspects  of  information  sys- 
tems planning  and  development. 

PAD  5041  Values  and  Technology  in 
Modem  Society  (3).  Surveys  personal 
and  societal  value  assumptions  in  the 
context  of  tiie  technological  society.  Ex- 
amines organizational-societal  value 
structures,  and  tiie  ways  in  which  tech- 
nology creates  rapid  change  and  new  al- 
ternatives in  values.  Also 
interrelationship  of  tiie  past,  present  and 
future  is  explored,  through  futurism  and 
forecasting  techniques. 

PAD  5043  Government  and  Minority 
Group  Relations  (3).  Explores  the 
pressing  contemporary  issue  of  tiie  rela- 
tionship kjetween  government  and  mi- 
norities. Examines  the  dash  between 
established  institutional  values  and  mi- 
nority group  values,  and  surveys  reme- 
dial programs  aimed  at  dealing  with  the 
problem.  Comparative  case  studies  will 
be  used  to  analyze  public  agendes'  in- 
ternal relations  with  minorities  (recruit- 
ing, selection,  etc.),  as  well  as  their 
different  responses  to  the  minority 
groups  tiiey  serve. 

^PAD  5256  Public  Economics  and 
Cost  Benefit  Analysis  (4).  This  course 
provides  tiie  quantitative  and  qualitative 
tools  and  case  material  to  solve  alloca- 
tion problems  in  tiie  public  sector.  A  rig- 
orous inti-oduction  to  applied 
microeconomic  theory  is  provided  as 
virell  as  an  intiroduction  to  welfare  eco- 
nomics. Market  and  government  failure 
are  analyzed  as  are  the  public  alterna- 
tives available.  The  economics  of  inno- 
vation is  contrasted  to  tiie  benefit-cost 
analysis,  cost  effectiveness  aneilysis 
and  systems  analysis  are  presented. 
The  ethics  of  applied  practi'ce  are  dis- 
cussed via  actijal  cases  and  the  impor- 
tant skills  of  communicating  with 
decision  makers  are  taught.  At  the  end 
of  the  course,  every  student  presents 
orally  their  analysis  of  an  important  real 


worid  allocation  problem  or  an  actual 
cost-effectiveness  analysis  dravwi  from 
ttieir  own  work  situation  or  experience. 

PAD  5416  Social  Equity  and  Human 
Resource  Management  (3).  The 

course  deals  witti  the  human  resource 
management  issues  arising  from  equity 
arxi  affirmative  action  requirements  in 
ttie  workplace. 

PAD  5427  Collective  Bargaining  In 
the  Public  Sector  (3).  The  course  deals 
witii  the  nahjre  and  implications  of  col- 
lective fcargaining  for  managers  and  em- 
ployees in  (and  students  of)  public 
organizations.  Tfie  course  emphasizes 
similarities  and  differences  between  the 
private  and  public  sectors,  as  ttiey  apply 
to  collective  bargaining. 

PAD  5435  Administrator  and  the  Role 
of  Women  (3).  The  course  is  designed 
for  women  and  men  who  are  interested 
in  moving  into  management  positrons, 
or  wrfio  have  done  so  and  want  to 
hjToaden  ttieir  understanding  of  ttie 
dianging  role  of  women.  Classes  will  al- 
low for  experimental  as  well  as  aca- 
demic exploration  of  ttie  issues.  The 
course  will  also  explore  design,  imple- 
mentation, and  evaluation  of  affirmative 
action  programs. 

PAD  5443  The  Public  Administrator 
and  Media  Relations  (3).  Surveys  ttie 
government -mass  communication  media 
relationship,  and  then  concentrates  on 
tiie  ways  in  which  public  managers  han- 
dle media  relations  Emphasis  throughout 
is  placed  on  questions  of  information-han- 
dling unk]ue  to  public  organizations,  in- 
volving, for  example,  adherence  to 
Rorida's  Sunshine  Law  and  ttie  Federal 
Freedom  of  Information  Act. 

PAD  5460  Productivity  Improvement 
(3).  Provides  measures  to  improve  or- 
ganizational and  worker  productiwty  us- 
ing applied  behavioral  science. 

PAD  5616  Contracting  and  Managing 
Third  Party  Governments  (3).  Ana- 
lyzes ttie  legal  foundations,  administra- 
tive and  economic  characteristics  of 
government  instrumentalities  as  tfiey 
are  used  to  pursue  public  policy.  Ana- 
lyzes how  and  why  different  combina- 
tions of  instrumentalities  are  used  in 
different  policy  areas. 

PAD  5716  Management  Support  Sys- 
tems In  Public  Organizations  (1).  The 

course  examines  a  variety  of  computer- 
based  management  support  applica- 
tions used  in  public  sector  organizations. 
It  also  explores  design  and  implementa- 
tion issues  endemic  to  the  public  sector. 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Pul>llc  Affairs  and  Services  / 181 


PAD  571 6L  Information  Systems  for 
Public  Organizations  (1).  This  cx)urse 
will  provide  an  overview  of  microcom- 
puter and  mainframe  skills  required  for 
substantive  coursework  in  personnel, 
budgeting,  and  ottier  core  putjiic  sector 
functions. 

PAD  5934  Contemporary  Issues  In 
Public  Administration  (1-6).  An  analy- 
sis of  major  conceptual  issues  currently 
facing  public  administrators.  May  be  re- 
peated. 

PAD  6042  Democracy  and  the  Admin- 
istrative State  (3).  Juxtaposes  tlie  con- 
temporary administrative  condition  of 
American  government  witfi  the  values  of 
tfie  democratic  state.  Different  ap- 
proaches to  democracy  -  in  practice  as 
well  as  in  thieory  -  will  be  analyzed,  and 
their  implications  for  public  organiza- 
tions arid  individual  administrators  exam- 
ined. 

PAD  6053  Political,  Social  aod  Eco- 
nomic Context  of  Putilic  Administra- 
tion (3).  Examines  the  context  in  which 
public  organizations  operate,  stressing 
the  relationship  between  such  organiza- 
tions and  their  multifaceted  environ- 
ment. Emphasis  is  on  examining 
relevant  social  and  cultural  mores  and 
patterns,  political  values  and  processes, 
governmental  institutions,  economic  sys- 
tems, resource  availability,  and  other  en- 
vironmental factors  currently  significant 
to  public  organizations. 

PAD  6056  The  Practice  of  Public  Man- 
agement (3).  This  capstone  course  for 
the  MPA  Program  will  deploy  skills,  con- 
cepts, and  knowledge  acquired  in  pre- 
vious coursevrork  in  analytic  exercises 
related  to  students'  areas  of  specializa- 
tioa  Prerequisites:  Completion  of  MPA 
Core;  last  semester  of  coursework 
status. 

PAD  6106  Organization  Theory  and 
Administrative  Behavior  (3).  Historical 
perspective  and  phikisophical  founda- 
tions of  contemporary  and  emerging 
organization  tfieory  and  administrative 
behavior,  with  emphasis  on  concepts  of 
administrative  leadership,  the  organiza- 
tion's memkjers  and  systems,  group  dy- 
namics, socio-psychological  aspects  of 
organization  and  management. 

PAD  6109  Organizational  Develop- 
ment and  Change  (3).  Contemporary 
approaches  to  improving  the  overall  ef- 
fectiveness of  public  organizations 
tlvough  the  utilization  of  the  applied  be- 
havioral sciences:  personal  and  execu- 
tive development  programs,  team 
building,  action  research,  etc.  Survey  of 
research  on  tfie  effects  of  organizational 


development  programs,  with  special  ref- 
erence to  public  organizations. 

^AD  6205  Public  Rnanclal  Manage- 
ment (3).  Capital  asset  administration, 
debt  administration,  revenue  systems, 
public  employee  retirement  programs, 
purchasing,  inventorying,  and  risk  man- 
agement. 

PAD  6224  Advanced  Seminar  in  Pub- 
lic Budgeting  (3).  A  review  of  the  state 
of  ttie  art  in  public  budgeting,  emphasiz- 
ing conceptual  areas  for  significant  re- 
search and  appropriate  methodological 
design  for  addressing  them.  Prereq- 
uisites: PAD  6227,  PAD  6229,  and  PAD 
6205. 

PAD  6225  Comparative  Public  Budg- 
eting (3).  Public  budgeting  is  a  common 
activity  in  all  governments  and  interna- 
tional organizations.  Covers  the  differ- 
ences in  budgeting  and  explores 
patterns  implicit  in  those  differences. 

AD  6227  Public  Rnance  and  the 
udgetary  Process  (3).  Examines  the 
theory  and  practice  of  public  budgeting 
and  its  relationship  to  the  administrative 
processes  of  control,  management  and 
planning.  Special  emphasis  will  be  given 
to  the  social  t>alance  question;  thte  kirKis 
and  scope  of  government  expenditures; 
tfie  fiscal  role  of  government  in  a  mixed 
economy;  sources  of  revenue  available 
to  government;  administrative,  political 
and  institutional  aspects  of  the  budget 
and  the  budgetary  process;  and  prob- 
lems and  trends  in  inter-governmental 
financial  relations. 

PAD  6229  Advanced  Management 
Techniques  (3).  Explores  quantitative 
revenue  and  expenditure  models  and 
otfier  techniques  which  address  public 
sector  decision  making  under  conditions 
of  resource  constraint.  Prerequisites: 
PAD  5256,  6205  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

PAD  6305  Applied  Policy  Analysis 
and  Management  Science  (3).  Pre- 
sents techniques  and  tools  for  tfie  prac- 
tice of  policy  analysis  in  the  public  and 
non-profit  sectors.  Shows  how  to  use 
quick  metfiods  of  analysis  to  aid  deci- 
sionmakers. 

PAD  6366  Policy  and  Program  Imple- 
mentation (3).  This  course  examines 
and  evaluates  the  legal,  socio-political 
administrative  factors  influencing  the  im- 
plementation of  public  policy  and  pro- 
grams. Prerequisite:  PUP  6015. 

PAD  6417  Public  Personnel  Admini- 
stration (3).  This  course  focuses  on  tbe 
fundamentals  of  putalic  personnel  ad- 
ministration applied  to  general  and  spe- 
cific Issues  of  civil  service.  Some  of  the 


specific  issues  which  will  be  considered 
are:  the  merit  system  and  civil  service 
history  and  development;  manpower  de- 
velopment and  training;  the  application 
of  the  behavioral  approach  in  personnel 
administration;  unique  public  personnel 
management  problems;  governmental 
unionization  and  collective  bargaining; 
arxJ  future  perspectives  in  personnel  ad- 
ministration. 

PAD  6418  Seminar  in  Public  Person- 
nel Management  (3).  This  course  ana- 
lyzes tfie  four  key  values  of  social 
equity,  political  responsiveness,  mana- 
gerial efficiency,  and  employee  rights 
and  tfieir  relationship  to  tfie  respective 
mediating  functions  and  core  personnel 
activities.  Prerequisites:  PAD  6417. 

PAD  6419  Seminar  in  Applied  Public 
Personnel  Management  (3).  Analysis 
of  advanced  technique  for  staffing,  pro- 
ductivity improvement  and  cutl^ack  man- 
agement; focus  on  problems  faced  by 
federal,  state,  loccU  arfd  non-profit  agen- 
cies. Prerequisite:  PAD  6417 

PAD  6436  Professionalism  and  Eth- 
ics (3).  Examines  behavioral  ap- 
proaches toward  understanding  tfie 
personal  worid  of  public  managers  with 
emphasis  on  knowledge,  skills,  and  abili- 
ties which  aid  effective  goal  accomplish- 
ment 

PAD  6437  Dynamics  of  Individual 
Growth  (3).  This  course  focuses  on  the 
Importance  of  small  group  tfieory  to  the 
personal  growth  of  the  administrator, 
and  tfie  role  of  Interpersonal  abilities  in 
effectively  serving  dlent  groups.  The 
course  also  deals  with  tfie  expansion  of 
tfie  phenomenological  worid  view  of 
each  student;  and  will  look  at  existential 
tfieory  and  tfie  dilemma  of  personal 
growtti. 

PAD  6605  Administrative  Law  and 
Procedures  (3).  Emphasizes  the  re- 
sponsibilities public  administrators  have 
under  local,  state,  and  federal  laws.  Ex- 
plores such  concepts  as  dient  respon- 
siveness under  tfie  law;  the  regulatory 
process;  state  administrative  law  sys- 
tems; tfie  executive  order  process;  ttie 
relationship  between  administrative  law 
and  tfie  checks-and-balance  system;  dis- 
cretionary justice;  and  otfiers. 

PAD  6701  Quantitative  Metfwds  and 
Computer  Skills  (4).  Introduction  to  t>a- 
sic  quantitative  tools  for  ttie  analysis  of 
problems  arising  in  tfie  management  of 
organizations,  and  tfie  application  of 
these  tools  to  real-life  problems.  (No 
credit  will  be  given  to  students  wtio 
have  fiad  undergraduate  or  graduate 
equivalents.)  Prerequisite:  Previous  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  PAD  5716. 


182  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


PAD  6706  Research  Methods  in  Com- 
plex Public  Organizations  (3).  Theo- 
ries and  concepts  of  research  and 
evaluation.  Specific  focus  given  to  ac- 
tion components  of  the  research  proc- 
ess: design  and  formulation,  strategies 
and  methodological  tools  for  conducting 
research.  Discussion  of  the  role  of  re- 
search in  administrative  decisions  arxj 
in  testing  ways  to  Implement  public  pol- 
icy. A  review  of  contemporary  critiques 
on  research  design.  Prerequisite:  PAD 
6701. 

PAD  6715  Public  Monitoring  Systems 
for  Government  Organizations  (3).  Fo- 
cuses on  the  formal  Information  system 
which  is  or  can  be  used  to  guide  a  pub- 
lic organization  and  judge  Its  perform- 
ance. 

PAD  6807  Urban  and  Municipal  Gov- 
ernment Administration  (3).  Detailed 
examination  of  problems  facing  the  mu- 
nicipal administrator;  of  the  pressures 
upon  the  contemporary  urban  environ- 
ment; and  of  the  administration  of  large 
metropolitan  areas  comprised  of  numer- 
ous entities.  Emphasis  will  be  on  detemii- 
nation  of  cuirent  trends,  discussion  of 
cases,  and  arrival  at  suggested  solutions. 

PAD  6816  Regional  and  State  Govern- 
ment Administration  (3).  Surveys  the 
historical  development  of  regional  ad- 
ministration, analyzes  present  adminis- 
trative problems  of  the  states,  and 
explores  contemporary  and  suggested 
remedial  policies.  Emphasizes  ttie  com- 
plex proUems  of  tfie  institutional  relation- 
ships among  local,  state  and  regional 
governments,  and  their  implications  for 
public  policy-making. 

PAD  6836  International  Public  Admini- 
stration (3).  The  role  of  public  admini- 
stration systems  around  the  wortd;  and 
the  Impact  of  political  and  soclo-cultural 
frameworks  on  administration.  Focus  on 
national  and  state  organizations'  poli- 
tics, economics,  prot)lems,  and  possibili- 
ties. A  review  of  scope  and  programs  of 
contemporary  Intemational  public  ad- 
ministration organizations. 

PAD  6838  Development  Administra- 
tion (3).  The  role  of  public  administra- 
tion in  national  development,  with 
specific  attention  to  tlieories  of  eco- 
nomic aid  from  external  sources,  and 
the  effects  of  this  aid.  Theories  and  poli- 
cies of  economic  and  social  develop- 
ment are  explored;  and  particular 
attention  is  given  to  the  role  of  tlie 
United  States  in  strengttiening  adminis- 
trative capabilities  as  an  important 
means  for  achieving  developmental 
goals  in  selected  countries. 


PAD  6839  Comparative  Put>lic  Policy 
(3).  This  course  addresses  policy  formu- 
lation and  Implementation  as  a  general    )!r 
process  of  administrative  action  that  can 
be  Investigated  among  tlie  varying  na- 
tion-states. It  covers  tfie  differences  in 
policy  and  explores  pattems  implicit  in 
tJTOse  differences.  Prerequisite:  PAD 
6836  or  PAD  6838. 

PAD  6907  Independent  Study  in  Pub- 
lic Administration  (1-6).  (Normally  3 
credit  hours)  Individual  conferences;  su- 
pervised readings;  reports  on  personal 
Investigations  and  similar  undertakings. 
Prerequisites:  Completion  of  required 
courses  in  public  administration  Is  ex- 
pected. Consent  of  faculty  sponsor  and 
Department  Director  required. 

PAD  6915  Independent  Research  in 
Public  Administration  (1-6).  (Normally 
3  credit  hours)  An  individualized  re- 
search project  and  report  which,  if  feasi- 
ble, should  Include  field  wori<  with  a 
public  organization.  Prerequisites:  Com-    "^ 
pletion  of  required  courses  in  public  ad- 
ministration is  expected.  Consent  of 
faculty  sponsor  and  Department  Direc- 
tor required. 

PAD  6946  Public  Administration  In- 
ternship (1-6).  (Normally  3  credit  hours) 
Supervised  work  in  a  public  or  quasi- 
public  organization.  Should  not  be  un- 
dertaken until  completion  of  required 
courses  in  public  administration  pro- 
gram. Consent  of  faculty  advisor  and 
Department  Director  required. 

PAD  7026  Conceptual  Foundations  of 
Public  Administration  (3).  This  course 
analyzes  thie  conceptual  Issues  which 
provide  the  basic  foundations  for  the 
field  of  public  administration.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  epistemological 
foundations  and  the  philosophy  of  sci- 
ence and  their  implications  for  public  ad- 
ministration as  a  field  of  study. 

PAD  7055  Scope  and  Theory  of  Pub- 
lic Administration  (3).  An  integrative 
capstone  seminar  in  which  traditional 
Models  of  Put)lic  Administration  are  ex- 
plored and  employed  to  analyze  the 
structures  and  dynamics  of  pubt'tc  or- 
ganizations and  to  develop  alternative 
Models  and  new  tiieoretical  perspec- 
tives concerning  the  scope  and  theory 
of  the  field. 

PAD  7102  Advanced  Organization 
Theory  (3).  Philosophical  foundations  of 
contemporary  organization  theory,  with 
emphasis  on  dynamic  Interfaces  be- 
tween tfie  environmental  contexts  and 
organizations,  critical  analysis  of  both 
the  normative  and  incremental  orienta- 
tion of  concepts,  tfieories,  models,  and 


applications.  Prerequisite:  PAD  6106  or 
equivalent. 

PAD  7257  Economic  Context  of  Gov- 
ernment (3).  This  course  examines  In- 
terdisciplinary approaches  to  collective 
decision  making  and  the  delivery  of  pub- 
lic goods  and  services.  Prerequisite: 
PAD  5256. 

PAD  7607  Legal  Context  of  Public  Ad- 
ministration (3).  This  course  analyzes 
tfie  administrative  significance  of  delega- 
tion, judicial  review,  rule  making,  free- 
dom of  Information  and  sunshine  laws, 
legislative  veto,  and  liability  for  adminis- 
trators. Prerequisite:  PAD  6053. 

PAD  7702  Empirical  Methods  in  Pub- 
lic Administration  (3).  An  advanced  re- 
search/seminar practicum  focusing  In 
the  development  of  tiieoretical  models 
relevant  to  public  administration  and 
analytical  techniques  for  testing  tliese 
models.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to 
structural  equation  models  and  latent 
measures. 

PAD  7705  Applied  Quantitative  Analy- 
sis (3).  Application  of  selected  multlvari- 
ative  statistical  and  quantitative  models 
to  the  field  of  public  administration.  Pre- 
requisite: PAD  6701. 

PAD  7707  Advanced  Applied  Re- 
search Methods  (3).  This  course  will 
provide  students  with  an  increased  un- 
derstanding of  concepts  of  research 
metiiods  through  applied  research  pro- 
jects related  to  public  policy  and  public 
administration.  Prerequisites:  PAD  6701 
and  PAD  6706. 

PAD  7980  Dissertation  (3-12).  This 
course  provides  dissertation  guidance  to 
doctoral  candidates  in  tiie  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram in  public  administration.  Prereq- 
uisite: Ph.D.  candidacy  in  Public 
Administration. 

PUP  6006  Public  Policy  Analysis  and 
Evaluation  (3).  A  framewori<  for  evaluat- 
ing public  policy-  making  will  be  pre- 
sented. Tfie  emphasis  will  be  on  criteria 
and  methodologies  available  for  choos- 
ing among  alternative  courses  of  action. 
The  systems  approach,  alternative  fu- 
tures, and  nth-order  consequences  of 
policies  will  be  analyzed. 

PUP  6015  Public  Policy  (3).  An  Inten- 
sive analysis  of  tiie  normative  theories 
of  public  policy  maWng,  witii  empliasis 
on  die  processes  by  which  policy 
choices  are  made  and  implemented  by 
govemment  agencies.  The  current 
trends  and  perspectives  of  effective  pol- 
icy development  (such  as  participatory 
democracy,  multi-valued  choice,  etc.) 
are  examined. 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services  / 183 


Social  Work 

Scott  Briar,  Professor  and  Director 
L  Yvonne  Bacarlsse,  Associate 

Professor  and  Associate  IDean 
Milan  J.  DIuhy,  Professor  of  Public 

Administration  and  Social  Work 
James  E.  Garrett,  Associate  Professor 
Manuel  R.  Gomez,  Assistant  Professor 
Mary  Helen  Hayden,  Assistant 

Professor  and  Director  of  Held 

Instruction 
Katherine  Hooper  Briar,  Professor 
Michael  Kolevzon,  Professor 
Rosa  Jones,  Associate  Professor 
Monte  Koppel,  Professor 
Sanford  Kravitz,  Distinguished 

Professor  of  Public  Affairs 
Magaly  Queralt,  Associate  Professor 
Rorence  Safford,  Associate  Professor 
Betsy  Smith,  Associate  Professor 
Karen  Sowers-Hoag,  Assistant 

Professor  and  Coordinator 

Undergraduate  Program 

The  Department  of  Social  Worl<  offers 
graduate  and  undergraduate  studies 
leading  to  the  Master's  and  Bachelor's 
degrees  in  Social  Work. 

This  profession  requires  a  high  de- 
gree of  knowledge,  skill,  and  dedication. 
The  desire  and  ability  to  work  effectively 
with  people  and  to  help  solve  social 
problems;  demands  a  scientific  under- 
standing of  society  and  human  behav- 
ior; skills  of  social  vmrk  practice;  and 
ktentification  with  the  values  of  the  pro- 
fession. 

Master  of  Social  Work 

The  Department  offers  an  integrated 
program  that  leads  to  the  degree  of  Mas- 
ter of  Social  Work.  The  program  is  de- 
signed to  give  the  student  professional 
education  for  the  advarx«d  practice  of 
social  work.  All  students  will  be  required 
to  acquire  or  to  possess  the  common 
base  in  the  areas  of  professional  study 
considered  essential  in  social  work  edu- 
catnn:  human  behavior  and  the  social 
environment,  social  welfare  policies  and 
senfloes,  research,  and  social  work  prac- 
tice. Tfie  knowledge  acquired  in  the  pro- 
fessior»l  courses  will  be  applied  in 
supervised  field  experiences  in  social 
agencies. 

All  students  will  be  expected  to  se- 
lect one  of  two  advanced  concentrations 
-  Services  to  the  Ekterly,  or  Services  to 
ChikJren  and  Families,  and  to  plan  a 
course  and  field  practicum  program  that 
supports  practice  in  the  specialized 
field.  With  the  help  of  faculty,  students 
will  develop  indivkJualized  programs  in 
tfie  concentrations  that  seem  most  likely 
to  meet  their  educational  needs  and  con- 
tribute to  their  professk>nal  objectives. 


For  additional  information  regarding 
the  graduate  social  work  program  of 
study  and  degree  requirements,  contact 
the  Department  directly. 

The  Master's  program  is  accredited 
by  the  Council  on  Social  Work  Educa- 
tion. 

Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  to  tfie  graduate  program  are 
required  to  meet  the  minimum  stand- 
ards set  forth  by  the  Rorida  Board  of  Re- 
gents and  the  graduate  social  work 
program.  This  irxiludes  a  combined 
score  of  1000  on  the  Vertsal  and  Quanti- 
tative Aptitude  Tests  of  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  or  at  least  a  3.0  av- 
erage in  all  upper-level  division  work. 
Application  procedures  for  admission  to 
graduate  study  will  be  found  in  the  dis- 
cussion of  University  procedure  for  ad- 
mission to  graduate  study  in  the  current 
catalog.  An  application  to  the  Social 
Work  graduate  program,  a  personal  rar- 
rative,  and  three  letters  of  reference  will 
be  required  for  admission.  A  personal  in- 
terview may  be  requested  also.  All  appli- 
cants should  have  had  college-level 
courses  in  biology  (including  coverage 
of  Human  Biology)  and  statistics  and  1 2 
semester  hours  in  tfie  social  and  befiav- 
iorsil  sciences.  Any  deficiencies  in  these 
prerequisites  must  be  completed  by  the 
end  of  tfie  first  semester  in  tfie  program. 

Applicants  with  a  B.S.W.  degree 
from  a  program  accredited  by  the  Coun- 
cil on  Social  Work  Education  will  tie  con- 
sidered for  admission  to  advanced 
standing.  Applicants  for  tfie  advanced 
standing  program  will  not  be  awarded 
any  transfer  credit,  substitutions,  or  ex- 
emptions. Advanced  standing  is  not 
automatically  granted.  It  is  subject  to  thie 
following  additional  requirements:  Suc- 
cessful completion  of  an  appropriate 
field  practicum  in  tfie  undergraduate 
educational  experience.  Successful  com- 
pletion of  tfie  advanced  standing  core 
course  requirements  with  grades  of  'B' 
or  higher.  Admission  to  the  second  year 
concentration  will  be  governed  by  suc- 
cessful completion  of  ttiese  additional  re- 
quirements to  the  minimum  standards 
set  forth  by  tfie  Florida  Board  of  Re- 
gents and  tfie  graduate  Social  Work  pro- 
gram. 

All  applicants  must  be  approved  for 
admission  by  tfie  faculty  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Social  Wori<. 

Tfie  following  regulations  govern 
transfer  credits: 

1 .  Courses  taken  at  a  CSWE  accred- 
ited graduate  school  of  social  wori(  in 
which  the  applicant  was  a  fully  admitted, 
can  be  trsinsferred  up  to  a  maximum  of 
30  semester  hours. 


2.  Graduate  courses  taken  In  otfier 
than  accredited  social  work  programs 
and  tfiat  were  not  used  to  satisfy  tfie  re- 
quirements of  another  degree  may  be 
transferred  up  to  a  maximum  of  nine  se- 
mester hours. 

3.  Students  in  tfie  advanced  stand- 
ing program  will  not  be  awarded  transfer 
credits. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  Master  of  Social  Work  program  is  a 
60  semester  hour  program  composed  of 
30  semester  hours  of  tfie  required  com- 
mon base  in  tfie  first  year  and  30  semes- 
ter hours  of  concentration  courses  in  tfie 
second  year.  The  advanced  standing 
Master  of  Social  Wori<  is  a  41  semester 
hour  program  composed  of  1 1  semester 
hours  of  required  core  courses  and  30 
semester  fiours  of  concentration 
courses. 

A  'B'  average  is  required  for  gradu- 
ation. Any  core  course  in  which  a  stu- 
dent receives  a  grade  lower  tfian  'B' 
must  be  retaken.  A  passing  grade  in 
field  courses  is  required  for  continuation 
in  the  program.  Field  courses  cannot  be 
repeated. 

A  student  must  successfully  com- 
plete all  wori<  applicable  to  tfie  Master  of 
Social  Work  program  within  48  months 
from  initial  admission.  In  unusueil  circum- 
stances, and  if  the  reasons  warrant  it,  a 
student  may  petition  the  department  Di- 
rector for  an  extension  of  tfie  time  limit. 

First  Year 

Required  Courses:  (30  semester 

hours) 

SOW  51 05    Human  Behavior  and  the 

Social  Environment  I  3 

SOW  51 06    Human  Behavior  and  the 

Social  Environment  II  2 
SOW  51 25    Human  Behavior  and  the 

Social  Environment  III  2 
SOW  5235  Social  Welfare  Policy  I  2 
SOW  5236  Social  Welfare  Policy  II  2 
SOW  5342  Social  Wori<  Practice  I  3 
SOW  5344  Social  Wori<  Practice  II  3 
SOW  5404    Basic  Research 

Methodology  I  3 

SOW  5532    Field  Practicum  I  6 

SOW  5542    Integrative  Reld 

Seminar  I  1 

Elective  3 

Advanced  Standing 

Required  Courses:  (1 1  semester 

hours) 

SOW  5 1 25    Human  BehavKjr  and  the 

Social  Environment  III  2 
SOW  5236  Social  Welfare  Policy  II  2 
SOW  5344    Social  Wori<  Practice  II       3 


184  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


SOW  5541     Advanced  Standing 

Practicum  Seminar  1 

Elective:  A  Direct  Practice  Course         3 

Second  Year 

Concentration  Requirements:  (30 

semester  iiours) 

Services  to  Children  and  Families 

SOW  6243    Child  and  Family  Social 

Policy  Issues  3 

SOW  6281     Legal  Aspects  of  Social 

Work  Practice  3 

SOW  6351     Intervention  Strategies  in 

Marriage  arxl  the  Family    3 
SOW  6435    Evaluative  Research  in 

Social  Work  I  3 

SOW  6655     Intervention  Strategies 
with  Children  and 
Adolescents  3 

SOW  6535    Field  Practicum  II  8 

SOW  6543    Integrative  Field  Seminar  I1 1 
Elective  6 

Note:  Students  interested  in  administra- 
tion and  supervision  must  develop  a  pro- 
gram of  studies  plan  with  the 
concentration  coordinator. 

Services  to  the  Elderly 

SOW  5641     Understanding  the 

Process  of  Aging  3 

SOW  6245    Social  Welfare  Policy  and 
Services  for  the  Elderly 
(or  SOW  6649)  3 

SOW  6359    Social  Work  Treatment 
with  Families  of  the 
Elderiy  3 

SOW  6281     Legal  Aspects  of  Social 

Work  Practice  3 

SOW  6435    Evaluative  Research  in 

Social  Work  I  3 

SOW  6646    Social  Wori<  Practice  with 

the  Elderiy  3 

SOW  6649    Social  \Nork  Practice  in 
Long  Term  Care 
and  the  Elderiy  (or 
SOW  6359)  3 

SOW  6535    Reld  Practicum  II  8 

SOW  6543    Integrative  Field  Sem  inar  I1 1 
Elective  3 

Note:  Students  interested  in  administra- 
tion and  supervision  must  develop  a 
program  of  studies  plan  with  tfie  concen- 
tration coordinator. 


Course  Descriptions 
Definition  of  Prefixes 

SOW  -  Social  Work. 

SOW  5105  Human  Behavior  and  the 
Social  Environment  I  (3).  Study  of  indi- 
viduals and  families  with  emphasis  on 
the  analysis  of  bio-psycho-socio-cultural 


factors  (including  racial/ethnic  and  gen- 
der variaisles)  affecting  human  develop- 
ment and  social  functioning  through  the 
lifecyde.  Prerequisites:  12  semester 
hours  of  college-level  courses  in  the  so- 
cial and  behavioral  sciences  and  one 
college-level  course  in  biology  (including 
coverage  of  human  Isiology). 

SOW  5106  Human  Behavior  and  the 
Social  Environment  II  (2).  Study  of  the 
psycho-sodoxultural  dimensions  of 
groups,  organizations,  and  communities 
with  attention  to  racial/ethnic  and  gen- 
der factors  and  with  emphasis  on  how 
these  systems  affect  and  are  affected 
by  human  behavior.  Prerequisite:  SOW 
5105  or  equivalent. 

SOW  5109  Crises  In  the  Lives  of 
Women  (3).  An  overview  of  special  ex- 
periences in  the  lives  of  women  which 
might  lead  women  to  seek  professional 
assistance.  Topics  include  pregnancy, 
rape,  abortion,  childbirth,  sex  discrimina- 
tion, climacteric,  widowhood.  Prereq- 
uisite: Senior  or  graduate  standing. 

SOW  5125  Human  Behavior  and  the 
Social  Environment  III  (2).  Study  of  tiie 
psychosocial  aspects  of  client  problems, 
including  psychopathology,  frequently 
encountered  by  social  workers  in  direct 
practice  with  attention  to  differential 
treatment  issues.  Prerequisite:  SOW 
5105. 

SOW  5235  Social  Welfare  Policy  I  (2). 
A  beginning  study  of  a  historical  contin- 
uum of  institutional  mechanisms  that 
carry  out  specific  social  welfare  systems 
resulting  from  social  policies  developed 
by  society  in  response  to  social  prob- 
lems. Power,  standards,  and  scarcity  is- 
sues are  identified,  while  various 
definitions  basic  to  the  social  policy  field 
are  established  and  clarified.  Basic  ana- 
lytic and  evaluative  criteria  are  Intro- 
duced. 

SOW  5236  Social  Welfare  Policy  II  (2). 

A  study  of  the  present  institutional  re- 
sponse to  social  problems  and  social 
policy  evolution.  Definitions,  structure, 
and  modes  of  financing  are  considered 
utilizing  various  models.  Specific  deliv- 
ery systems,  such  as  health,  income 
maintenance,  housing,  corrections  and 
child  welfare,  are  explored.  Evaluative 
criteria  are  further  developed  upon  tiie 
framework  used  in  Social  Policy  I.  Pre- 
requisite: SOW  5235  or  equivalent. 

SOW  5324  Social  Group  Work  Prac- 
tice (3).  Application  of  principles  of  so- 
cial group  wori<  practice  in  an  ecological 
framewori<.  Skills  in  creating  groups, 
goal  achievement,  termination  and 
evaluation  are  stressed,  analyzing  is- 


sues of  diversity.  Prerequisite:  SOW 
5342  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  5342  Social  Work  Practice  I  (3). 

Basic  relationship  building  and  interview- 
ing skills  development,  in  context  of 
value  base  of  ttie  profession.  Critical 
self  and  peer  assessment  built  upon  in- 
dass  and  video  taped  case  simulations. 
Appreciation  of  ecological,  multidimen- 
sional assessment,  utilizing  written  and 
video  taped  case  materials,  with  oppor- 
tunities to  view  sodal  problems  and  se- 
rial wrark  practice  with  individuals, 
families  and  groups  within  a  crossxul- 
tural,  multi-ethnic  perspective.  Prereq- 
uisite: SOW  5105. 

SOW  5344  Social  Work  Practice  II  (3). 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  SOW 
5342.  It  includes  application  of  change 
process  tfieories,  techniques,  and  inter- 
vention strategies  dealing  with  groups, 
organizational  systems,  and  communi- 
ties. Prerequisite:  SOW  5342  or  equiva- 
lent. Corequisites:  SOW  5642  and  SOW 
5532. 

SOW  5354  Crisis  Intervention  In  So- 
cial Work  Practice  (3).  This  course  ex- 
amines the  etiology,  structure,  tfieory, 
and  application  of  crisis  intervention  in 
social  wori<  practice.  It  provides  assess- 
ment criteria  for  assignment  to  tills  form 
of  treatment  and  techniques  for  interven- 
tion. Prerequisite:  Senior  or  graduate 
level  practice  course,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

SOW  5404  Basic  Research  Methodol- 
ogy I  (3).  This  course  provides  informa- 
tion on  the  principles  and  methods  of 
basic  social  wori<  research.  The  ethical 
conduct  of  research  is  taught  wittiin  the 
context  of  sodal  work  purposes  and  val- 
ues. The  formulation  of  problems  for 
study  tinat  address  tiie  sodal  needs  of 
diverse  population  groups  is  empha- 
sized. Prerequisite:  Statistics. 

SOW  5532  Reld  Practicum  I  (6).  A  su- 
pervised educational  field  experience  in 
an  agency  setting  for  a  minimum  of  384- 
dock  hours  designed  to  provide  stu- 
dents opportunities  to  develop  and 
apply  generic  practice  skills  in  worthing 
witti  individuals,  families,  groups  and 
communities.  Prerequisites:  SOW  51 05, 
SOW  5235,  SOW  5342.  Corequisites 
SOW  5106,  SOW  5125,  SOW  5236, 
SOW  5344,  SOW  5542. 

SOW  5541  Advanced  Standing  Practi- 
cum Seminar  (1).  Drawing  on  experi- 
ences from  undergraduate  fields 
practica,  this  seminar  examines  current 
issues  and  values  in  the  profession,  the 
relationship  between  tiieory  and  prac- 
tice with  a  focus  on  thie  sodal  environ- 
ments in  which  clients  function  and  the 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  PuUlc  Affairs  and  Services  / 185 


implications  for  policy  and  research.  Pre- 
requisite: BSW  degree  from  a  CSWE -ac- 
credited program.  Co-  or  Prerequisites: 
SOW  51 25,  SOW  5236,  SOW  5344  and 
a  direct  practice  course. 

SOW  5542  Integrative  Field  Seminar  I 
(1).  Tills  tsl-weekly  seminsir,  taken  con- 
cun^ntly  with  the  first  field  practicum 
(SOW  5532),  requires  students  to  ana- 
lyze their  field  experience  and  integrate 
tfieory  and  practice.  It  provides  an 
sirena  for  students  from  various  settings 
to  come  together  in  order  to  provide  a 
richer  understanding  of  social  services 
at  all  levels.  Majors  only.  Corequisites: 
SOW  5532  and  SOW  5344. 

SOW  5605  lUledlcal  Social  Work  (3). 

Principles  of  medical  social  work  re- 
quired in  hospitals  and  community.  Fo- 
cus on  the  soci£il  wori<er  as  part  of  the 
hiealth  care  team,  with  basic  knowledge 
of  medical  problems  of  patients  and 
their  families.  Prerequiate:  Graduate  or 
senior  standing. 

SOW  5625  Feminist  Therapy  in  Social 
Work  (3).  Reviews  basic  principles  of 
feminist  therapy  and  focuses  on  the  ap- 
plication of  feminist  therapy  in  clinical  so- 
cial work  practice.  Prerequisite: 
Graduate  standing  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

SOW  5635  School  Social  Work  Prac- 
tice (3).  Designed  to  assist  students  in 
developing  knowledge  and  skills  neces- 
sary for  effective  social  work  practice  in 
school  settings.  Promotes  under- 
standing of  SOW  practice  to  improve 
the  functioning  of  children.  Prereq- 
uisites: SOW  5342  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

SOW  5641  Understanding  the  Proc- 
ess of  Aging  (3).  Study  of  the  physical, 
psychosocial,  and  cultural  factors  affect- 
ing human  development  in  late  life,  from 
a  social  wrark  perspective.  Prerequisites: 
Graduate  or  senior  standing  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

SOW  5665  Animal  Assisted  Treat- 
ment for  Social  Work  (3)  An  introduc- 
tton  to  the  human  animal  bond  and 
animal  assisted  treatment.  There  vi/ill  be 
illustrations  of  programs  using  small  ani- 
mals, horses,  and  dolphins.  Prereq- 
uisites: SOW  3313  or  SOW  5342  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  5689  Social  Work  Practice  with 
Sexual  Problems  (3).  Skills  applicable 
to  sex-related  concerns  encountered  in 
social  wori<  practice.  Presents  theories 
of  the  etiology  of  common  sexual  prob- 
lems; explores  treatment  intervention 
modalities.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  or 


senior  level  practice  course  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

SOW  5710  Chemical  Dependency 
and  Social  Work  (3).  An  oven/iew  of 
chemical  dependency  in  the  social  serv- 
ice delivery  system  including  policy  and 
program  approaches,  client  assess- 
ment, treatment  techniques  and  preven- 
tion issues.  Prerequisites:  SOW  4322  or 
SOW  5342  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  5845  Counseling  the  Elderiy  (3). 

Applied  gerontological  knowledge  to 
counseling  skills  required  for  inde- 
pendent as  well  as  frail  elderiy  clients. 
Course  focuses  on  long  and  short  term 
interventions  in  a  range  of  practice  set- 
tings. Prerequisite:  SOW  5641  or  per- 
mission of  instructor  (tills  course  cannot 
be  used  as  an  elective  by  concenb'ators 
in  Services  to  tie  Elderly  specializing  in 
direct  practice). 

SOW  5905  Individual  Study  (1-3).  Indi- 
vidually selected  program  of  advanced 
supervised  shjdy  related  to  specific  is- 
sues in  social  work  and  social  welfare. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  5932  Seminar  in  Social  Work 
(3).  An  exploration  of  various  critical  is- 
sues of  concern  to  the  soci£tl  work  pro- 
fession. Prerequisite:  Graduate  or 
senior  standing. 

SOW  6243  Child  and  Family  Social 
Policy  Issues  (3).  A  comprehensive 
overview  of  ti%  range  of  child  and  family 
policies,  programs  and  issues  in  the 
U.S.A.  in  the  context  of  comparing  resid- 
ual and  institutional  etpproaches  to  so- 
cial service  delivery,  and  policy 
implications  for  use  of  each  approach. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  concentration. 

SOW  6245  Social  Welfare  Policy  and 
Services  for  the  Elderly  (3).  Analysis 
of  welfare  policies  and  services  affecting 
thte  elderly,  including  study  of  service  de- 
livery models  and  program  sti'ategies. 
Policy  formulation  and  service  imple- 
mentation methods  are  examined.  Pre- 
requisite: Admission  to  concentration. 
Corequisite:  SOW  5641 . 

SOW  6247  Housing  and  Environ- 
mental Needs  (3).  Examination  of  hous- 
ing and  broader  environmental  needs  of 
individuals  and  families.  Focus  on 
needs  for  security,  motNlity,  privacy,  af- 
filiation, and  self  esteem.  Particular  at- 
tention to  thte  role  of  &te  professional 
social  worker  in  meeting  environmentcd 
needs.  Prerequisites:  SOW  5641  and 
SOW  6245. 

SOW  6281  Legal  Aspects  of  Social 
Work  Practice  (3).  Inb'oduction  to  legal 
aspects  of  social  wori<  practice  including 
client  and  agency  rights,  malpractice  is- 


sues, legal  research,  and  practice  inter- 
action with  legal  counsel,  legal  services, 
and  tiie  courts.  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  concenti-ation. 

SOW  6335  Community  Development 
arKl  Urt>an  Practice  (3).  This  advanced 
practice  course  examines  planned 
change  and  community  development  in 
urban  settings.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
community  decision  making  and  tfie  link- 
ages between  family  development, 
physical  development  and  economic  de- 
velopment. Prerequisite:  Admission  to  a 
concentration  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  6351  Intervention  Strategies  in 
Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  This 
course  will  provide  students  witii  an  un- 
derstanding and  application  of  the  major 
models  of  social  wori<  intervention  in 
working  with  families,  with  critical  analy- 
sis skills  in  assessing  family  functioning 
and  in  implementing  intervention  tech- 
niques. The  influence  of  cultural/ettinic 
differences  and  how  these  may  affect 
family  relationships  and  functioning  will 
be  assessed.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to 
concentration. 

SOW  6359  Social  Work  Treatment 
with  Families  of  the  Elderly  (3).  Pre- 
ventive artd  treabnent  approaches  in  so- 
cial wori^  practice  with  families  of  the 
elderiy.  Focus  on  aging  family  as  dient- 
system;  knowledge,  skills  needed  for  a 
range  of  interventions  are  provided.  Pre- 
requisites: SOW  5641 ,  SOW  6646. 

SOW  6372  Supervision,  Consultation 
and  Staff  Development  (3).  Key  as- 
pects of  tiie  social  services  supervisory 
sitijation  are  explored.  This  course  em- 
phiasizes  supervisory  competence,  is- 
sues facing  supervisor  and  supervisee. 
Also  explores  consultation  and  staff  de- 
velopment. Prerequisite:  Admission  to  a 
concentration  or  permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  6386  Social  Program  Planning 
and  Development  (3).  Theory  and  prac- 
tice of  social  program  planning  and  de- 
velopment for  organizations  and 
communities.  Social  services  to  families, 
children  £ind  elderiy,  especially  service 
needs  for  which  programs  do  not  exist 
will  receive  special  emphasis.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  a  concentration,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  6387  Social  Services  Manage- 
ment Skills  (3).  Learning  units  in  which 
students  practice  and  demonsti'ate, 
ttvough  simulation  and  participation, 
skills  in  major  aspects  of  social  services 
management.  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  a  concentration  or  (permission  of 
instructor. 


186  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


SOW  6435  Evaluative  Research  In  So- 
cial Work  I  (3).  This  course  focuses  on 
research  designs  for  evaluating  social 
work  practice  and  social  programs.  The 
ethics,  politics,  and  conduct  of  evalu- 
ative research  are  taught  within  the  con- 
text of  tfie  purposes,  values,  and  etiiics 
of  professional  social  work  practices. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  concentra- 
tion, or  permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  6436  Empirically-Based  Prac- 
tice In  Social  Woric  (3).  Advanced  utili- 
zation of  intervention  effectiveness 
research  results  and  techniques  in  so- 
cial work  practice  with  individuals,  fami- 
lies and  groups.  Prerequisites:  SOW 
6435  and  an  advanced  practice  course 
in  a  concentration. 

SOW  6535  Held  Practicum  11  (8).  This 
field  practicum  is  a  516-clock  hour  su- 
pervised educational  experience  In  an 
agency  setting  designed  to  provide  the 
sbjdent  witii  an  opportunity  to  develop 
and  practice  social  work  sidlls  in  the  stu- 
dent's area  of  concentration.  Majors 
only.  Prerequisites:  Admission  to  con- 
centration, SOW  6281  and  three  gradu- 
ate courses  in  concenti-ation. 
Corequisites:  SOW  6543,  and  an  ad- 
vanced practice  course. 

SOW  6543  Integrative  Field  Seminar  II 
(1).  This  bi-weekly  field  seminar  taken 
concurrentiy  witin  the  specialization  field 
practicum  in  the  concentration  area  re- 
quires students  to  analyze  ttieir  field  ex- 
perience and  integrate  tfieory  and 
practice.  It  provides  an  arena  for  various 
settings  to  come  together  in  order  to  pro- 
vide a  richer  understarxling  of  social 
services,  f^tejors  only.  Prerequisites: 
SOW  5532  and  SOW  5542.  Corequi- 
sites: SOW  6535  and  an  advanced  prac- 
tice course  in  tfie  concentf-ation. 

SOW  6611  Advanced  Practice  with 
Family  Systems  (3).  Advanced  clinical 
skills  in  working  with  families  and  cou- 
ples. Focus  will  be  given  to  non-tradi- 
tional chcinge  strategies  such  as  family 
sculpting,  family  reenactment,  family 
choreography  and  dramatization.  Exten- 
sive use  of  video  taped  case  simula- 
tions, co-tiierapy,  live  supervision  and 
peer  evaluation  models.  Prerequisite: 
SOW  6351  or  permission  of  Instructor. 

SOW  6646  Social  Work  Practice  with 
the  Elderly  (3).  The  krx>wledge  and 
skills  necessary  for  advanced  social 
work  practice  in  social  agendes  which 
deal  with  problems  and  issues  of  the  ag- 
ing population  in  contemporary  society. 
Pre-  or  Corequisite:  SOW  5641 . 


SOW  6647  Advocacy  in  Social  Woric 
Practice  (3).  This  course  covers  skills 
and  knowledge  necessary  for  tfie  prac- 
tice of  advocacy  on  behalf  of  individuals 
and  groups,  including  political,  legisla- 
tive, and  organizational  perspectives. 
Prerequisites:  SOW  5641  and  SOW 
6245. 

SOW  6649  Social  Work  Practice  in 
Long  Term  Care  and  the  Bderiy  (3). 

This  course  focuses  on  direct  practice 
witii  the  frail  elderly  and  tfieir  families 
witiiin  tfie  rapidly  ctianging  system  of 
community  and  institutional  long  term 
care.  Prerequisites:  SOW  5641  and 
SOW  6646. 

SOW  6655  Intervention  Strategies 
with  Children  and  Adolescents  (3). 

This  course  will  provide  students  with 
the  opportunity  to  select,  apply  and 
evaluate  appropriate  interventive  strate- 
gies in  working  witii  children  and  adoles- 
cents. Specific  attention  to 
socio-cultural,  gender  and  racial  differ- 
ences in  understanding  child  and  ado- 
lescent development  issues  and  in 
critically  assessing  the  applicability  of 
practice  theories.  Prerequisite:  Adnis- 
sion  to  concentration.  Corequisite:  SOW 
6535  or  permission  of  instfuctor. 

SOW  6656  Decision-Makii^  in  Child 
Placement  (3).  This  course  will  sb'ess 
decision-making  and  interventions  when 
substitute  care  is  considered  or  carried 
out.  Termination  of  parental  rights  and 
the  choice  and  timing  of  placements  of 
children  will  be  considered.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  concentration  or  pemiis- 
sion  of  instiiictor. 

SOW  6683  Social  Woric  Practice  with 
the  Developmentally  Disabled  (3). 

This  course  provides  knowledge  about 
the  potential  impact  of  developmental 
disabilities  on  iridividuals  and  families. 
Social  wori<  interventions  with  interdisci- 
plinary teams  will  be  addressed.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  concentration  or 
permission  of  insbuctor. 

SOW  6914  Independent  Research  (1- 

3).  Individually  selected  program  of  su- 
pervised data  collection  and  analysis  on 
specific  topics  in  social  work  and  social 
welfare.  Prerequisite:  SOW  3403  or 
SOW  5404  or  permission  of  insbuctor. 

SOW  7215  Social  Welfare  Policy 
Seminar  (3).  This  course  analyzes  tfie 
history  and  evolution  of  social  welfare 
policy  in  tfie  U.S.  and  examines  tfie  ma- 
jor tfieories  and  frameworks  used  to 
analyze  social  welfare  policy.  Prereq- 
uisite: Admission  to  Ph.D.  program  or 
permission  of  instructor. 


SOW  7237  Social  Welfare  Research 
Priorities  I  (3).  Analysis  of  research  pri- 
orities in  the  development  of  effective  in- 
terventions in  tfie  social  welfare  field. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram or  permission  of  instructor. 

SOW  7238  Social  Welfare  Research 
Priorities  II  (3).  Tfiis  course  focuses  on 
intervention  research  and  metfiods  at 
tfie  community,  organizational  and  so- 
cietal level.  Prerequisite:  SOW  7237. 

SOW  7492  Research  Methods  in  So- 
cial Welfare  I  (3).  Research  purposes 
arxi  methods  concentrating  on  design, 
measurement,  hypotiiesis  testing,  inter- 
vention assessment  and  analysis.  Pre- 
requisite or  Corequisite:  STA  6166  or 
equivalent.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to 
Ph.D.  program  or  permission  of  instf-uc- 
tor. 

SOW  7493  Research  Methods  in  So- 
cial Welfare  II  (3).  This  second  course 
in  a  two-semester  sequence  focuses  pri- 
marily on  design,  measurement,  and 
analysis  issues  in  ethnographic  field 
studies,  surveys  and  group  experiments 
for  tiie  evaluation  of  intervention  technol- 
ogy In-social  welfare.  Prerequisites: 
SOW  7492  and  STA  6166. 

SOW  7494  Advanced  Social  Welfare 
Research  (3).  Advanced  research  de- 
signs and  data  analysis  techniques  for 
use  in  developing  Interventions  in  social 
welfare.  Prerequisites:  SOW  7492  and 
SOW  7493. 

SOW  7935  Advanced  Seminar  in  So- 
cial Welfare  (3).  Course  analyzes  is- 
sues of  contemporary  interest  to  tfie 
field  of  social  welfare.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  examination  of  issues  from  a 
multi-level  perspective.  Prerequisites: 
SOW  7215,  SOW  7237,  SOW  7238, 
SOW  7492,  and  SOW  7493. 

SOW  7936  Dissertation  Seminar  in 
Social  Welfare  (3).  This  course  focuses 
on  helping  students  witfi  tfie  develop- 
ment of  tfie  dissertation  prospectus.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  development  of 
acceptable  research  protocol  in  the  stu- 
dents' specialization  area.  Prerequisites: 
SOW  7215,  SOW  7237,  SOW  7238, 
SOW  7492,  and  SOW  7493. 

SOW  7939  Seminar  on  Social  Woric 
Education  (3).  This  seminar  provides 
students  witfi  an  understanding  of 
trends,  issues  and  future  prospects  in 
social  wori<  education.  Prerequisites: 
SOW  7215,  SOW  7237,  OSW  7238, 
SOW  7492,  and  SOW  7493. 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services  / 187 


Certificate  Programs 

Certificate  in  Aging  Policy  and 
Administration 

Rorida  has  the  highest  percentage 
of  population  sixty-five  or  older  in  the 
country.  Providing  cost-effective,  high- 
quality  public  and  non-profit  services  to 
this  burgeoning  segment  of  the  popula- 
tion will  he  a  crucial  task  facing  policy 
planners  as  we  eipproach  the  year  2000. 
This  certificate  will  provide  practitioners 
with  tfte  requisite  skills  needed  to  make 
informed  policy  judgments  in  the  aging 
arena. 

All  applicants  must  fiold  a  baccalau- 
reate degree  from  an  accredited  college 
or  university.  Students  must  be  admitted 
to  the  program  by  ttie  Program  Coordi- 
nator, who  w\\  also  serve  as  their  faculty 
advisor.  Admission  to  a  certificate  pro- 
gram does  not  ensure  admission  to  the 
master's  degree  in  Public  Administration 
(MPA)  program. 

Note:  Those  students  wtx)  apply  for 
and  are  admitted  to  the  Master  of  Public 
Administration  degree  program  may 
have  Certificate  courses  credited  toward 
an  outside  specialization  in  Gerontology 
Policy.  However,  if  students  fiave  en- 
rolled in  more  than  one  certificate  pro- 
gram, a  maximum  of  15  semester  hours 
from  the  certificate  program  may  be  ac- 
cepted into  ffie  MPA  program. 

Program  of  Study:  (22)) 
SOW  5643    Understanding  the 

Process  of  Aging  3 

HSA  5225     Organization  and 

Management  in 

Nursing  Home 

Administration  3 

PAD  5256     PuWic  Economics  and 

Cost  Benefit  Analysis        4 
PAD  561 6      Contracting  and  Managing 

Third  Party 

Governments  3 

PAD  591 7     Decision  Support  Systems 

in  ttie  Public  Sector  3 

PAD  6205     Publk:  Hnandal 

Management  3 

PAD  6386     Applied  Policy  Analysis 
,  and  Management 

m  Science  3 

Students  must  complete  tfieir  pro- 
gram of  study  within  three  years  from 
tfie  date  of  admission  and  receive  no 
less  than  a  3.0  GPA. 


Professional  Certificate 
Development  Administration 
and  Management 

Tfie  objective  of  the  Professional  Certifi- 
cate in  Development  Administration  and 


Meinagement  is  to  develop  skills  and 
techniques  for  use  by  officials  involved 
in  public  administration  in  developing 
countries  and  newly  industrializing  coun- 
tries. 

Required  Courses 

PAD  6836     International  PuMk: 

Administration 
PAD  6838      Development 

Administration 

An  additional  course  from  the  Depart- 
ment must  be  selected  from  ttie  follow- 
ing: 

PAD  6839     Comparative  Public  Policy 
PAD  6225     Comparative  Public 
Budgeting 

One  course  will  have  to  b*  taken  from 

the  following  in  ttie  College  of  Business 

Administration: 

FIN  6226       International  Bank  Lending 

and  Practices 
FIN  6636       International  Rnance 
MAN  6603     Problems  in  Comparative 

Management 
One  course  must  be  taken  from  the  fol- 
lowing in  ttie  Economics  Department: 
ECS  5025      Economic  Planning 
ECS  5005     Comparative  Economic 

Systems 
ECS  Economic  Problems  of 

Emerging  Nations 

Students  enrolled  in  the  certificate  must 
obtain  the  consent  of  the  certificate  di- 
rector before  enrolling.  Students  must 
complete  tfieir  program  of  study  within 
three  years  from  ttie  date  of  admission 
and  receive  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0 


Certificate  in  Gerontology 

The  objective  of  ttie  certificate  is  to  pro- 
vide graduate  students  and  qualified 
practitioners  in  ttie  field  of  aging  vrith  a 
reinge  of  gerontological  courses  leading 
to  a  specialization  in  gerontology  to  sup- 
plement ttieir  chosen  disciplines. 
Through  provision  of  an  in-depth  under- 
standing of  the  bio-socio-psyctx}logical 
nature  of  the  aging  process,  and  the  re- 
lation of  political  and  economic  re- 
sources, the  program's  long  range 
objective  is  to  increase  the  knoviriedge 
and  sensitivity  of  professionals  in  this 
area,  eind  thereby  improve  ttie  service 
delivery  system  for  ttie  increasingly 
large  population  of  elderly  Roridians. 

Admission 

Students  must  have  a  bactielor's  de- 
gree and  be  admitted  to  the  program  by 
the  Program  Coordinator  who  will  serve 
as  their  faculty  advisor. 


Program  of  Study:  (17) 

SOW  5643    Understanding  the 

Process  of  Aging  3 

SOW  5905    Individual  Study  2 

Ttie  tialance  of  four  courses  to  be  se- 
lected from  the  following  electives,  from 
a  minimum  of  two  disciplines: 

Social  Work 

SOW  5605    Medical  Social  Work  3 

SOW  5845  Counseling  the  Elderly  3 
SOW  6245    Social  Welfare  Policy  and 

Services  for  the  Elderly^  3 
SOW  6247    Housing  and 

Environmental  Needs  3 
SOW  6359    Social  Work  Treatment 

with  Families  of  the 

Elderiy'  3 

SOW  6646    Social  Work  Practice  with 

ttie  Elderly^  3 

SOW  6647    Advocacy  in  Social  Work 

Practice  3 

SOW  6649    Social  Work  Practice  in 

Long  Term  Care  and 

the  Elderly^  3 

^Only  certificate  students  with  an  MSW 
degree  or  students  admitted  to  the  Mas- 
ter's degree  program  in  Social  Work. 

Health  Services  Administration 

HSA  5225     Organization  and 

Management  in 

Nursing  Home 

Administration  3 

HSA  6875  Administrative  Residency  3 
HSA  6905     Graduate  Independent 

Study  3 

Education 

ADE  51 95      Designing  Education  and 
HRD  Programs  for 
Disadvantaged  Adults       3 

Criminal  Justice 

CCJ  5935      Special  Topics:  Crime  and 
the  Elderiy  3 

Psychology 

SOW  5405    Proseminar  in 

Psyctiology  of 

Adulthood  and  Aging  3 
DEP  6438      Gerontological 

Assessment  3 

DEP  6465     Psychology  of  Culture  and 

Aging  3 

DEP  6446     Cognitive  Processes  of 

Aging  3 

DEP  6477     Psychology  of  Social 

Processes  in  Aging  3 

DEP  6937     Current  Literature  in  the 

Psychology  of 

Adulthood  and  Aging         3 


188  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


Occupational  Therapy 

OTH  5600     Study  of  gerontology  as 

Related  to 

Occupational  Therapy       3 
OTH  5630     Occupational  Therapy 

Assessment  of  ttie 

Elderly  3 

Professional  Certificate  in 
Human  Resource  Policy  and 
Management 

The  Professional  Certificate  in  Human 
Resource  Policy  and  Management  is  de- 
signed to  give  graduate  students  a 
range  of  policy-analytic  and  manage- 
ment sl<ills.  It  provides  training  in  alter- 
native personnel  systems,  (civil  service, 
collective  bargaining,  privatization  and 
contracting  out),  personnel  techniques 
for  productivity  improvement,  current  is- 
sues, and  ethics  and  professionalism. 
This  certificate  emphasizes  the  applica- 
tion of  behavioral  science  concepts  and 
techniques  to  employers  in  a  multi-cul- 
tural context. 

Required  Courses 

PAD  641 7      Public  Personnel 

Administration 
Four  of  the  ten  courses  listed  below: 
PAD  561 6      Managing  Third  Party 

Governments 
PAD  541 7     Social  Equity 
PAD  5427     Collective  Bargaining 
PAD  5363      Productivity  Improvement 
PAD  64 1 9     Sem  inar  in  Public 

Personnel  Systems 
PAD  6436     Professionalism  and  Ethics 
PAD  6109     Organizational 

Development  and 

Change 
PAD  5435     Adm  inistrator  and  the 

Role  of  Women 
PAD  5043     Government  and  Minority 

Group  Relations 
PAD  6437      Dynamics  of  Individual 

Growth 


Professional  Certificate  in 
Justice  Administration  and 
Policy  Making 

The  Professional  Certificate  in  Justice 
Administration  and  Policy  Making  is  de- 
signed to  complement  a  range  of  profes- 
sional activities,  academic  programs, 
and  degrees  in  tfie  field  of  criminal  jus- 
tice. Tfie  goals  of  the  program  are  to 
(1)  stimulate  interest  in  the  study  of  jus- 
tice administration  and  policy  making  at 
tiie  graduate  level,  (2)  to  promote  gradu- 
ate studies  with  a  concenti-ation  in  crimi- 
na\  justice,  and  (3)  to  provide 


practitioners  in  tfie  field  of  criminal  jus- 
tice witii  a  cluster  of  courses  leading  to 
a  specialization  in  criminal  justice. 

Admission 

Applicants  must  have  a  bachelor's  de- 
gree from  an  accredited  college  or  uni- 
versity. Students  must  be  admitted  to 
tfie  certificate  program  by  the  depart- 
ment director,  who  will  serve  as  ttieir  fac- 
ulty advisor.  Admission  to  the  program 
does  not  ensure  admission  to  tiie  Mas- 
ter's degree  in  Criminal  Justice  Admini- 
stration. 

Note:  Students  who  apply  for  and  are 
admitted  to  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Criminal  Justice  Administration  degree 
program  may  hiave  ttieir  certificate 
courses  witti  a  grade  of  'B'  or  better 
CTedited  toward  the  master's  degree  pro- 
gram 

Program  of  Study 

A  total  of  15  successfully  completed  se- 
mester hours  is  required  to  complete 
the  certificate  program.  Students  must 
complete  tfieir  program  of  study  witiiin 
three  years  from  tfie  date  of  admission 
and  receive  a  3.0  GPA  or  higher  in  tfieir 
program  of  study. 

Core  Required  Courses 

CCJ  5288      Legal  Issues  for  Criminal 

Justice  Administrators  3 
CCJ  6025      Theory  in  the 

Administration  of  Justice  3 
CCJ  5445      Corrections  and 

Correctional 

Management  3 

CCJ  5105      Police  Organization, 

Behavior  and 

Administration  3 

Optional  Courses 

Select  one  of  tfie  following  courses. 
Substitutions  may  be  made  witii  tfie  ap- 
proval of  ttie  faculty  advisor. 
CCJ  5605      Deviance  and  Social 

Control  3 

CCJ  5935      Special  Topics  3 

CCJ  6477      Seminar  in  Information 

Systems  3 

Law  and  Criminal  Justice 
Certificate 

The  Law  and  Criminal  Justice  academic 
certificate  is  designed  to  provide  legally- 
conscious  students  with  concepts  and  in- 
formation utilized  by  law  professionals. 
Study  shall  include  casewori<,  proce- 
dures, court  processes,  research  metfi- 
ods,  and  otfier  introductory  coursewori< 
designed  to  enhance  careers  in  the  le- 
gal profession. 


L 


Admissions 

Students  must  be  fully  admitted  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Criminal 
Justice  or  anotfier  bachelor  degree  pro- 
graim. 

Certificate  Award 

Tfie  Certificate  will  be  awarded  upon 
completion  of  ttie  required  certificate 
courses  and  the  bachelor  degree  re- 
quirements. The  certificate  will  be 
posted  on  tfie  student's  ti^anscript  at  tiie 
time  ttie  completion  of  the  bachelor  de- 
gree requirements  is  posted. 

Required  Criminal  Justice 
Courses 

Tfie  student  sfiall  complete  a  minimum 
of  18  semester  hours  of  the  following  se- 
lected criminal  justice  courses  with  a 
minimum  grade  of  "C'  in  each  course. 
Core  criminal  justi'ce  courses  will  not 
count  for  Criminal  Justice  majors. 
CCJ  3271       Criminal  Procedure  3 

CCJ  3290  Judicial  Policy  hiking  3 
CCJ  3291  Judicial  Administration  3 
CCJ  4032  Crime  and  the  Media  3 
CCJ  4252      Criminal  Justice  and  the 

Constitution  3 

CCJ  4280  Law  and  Criminal  Justice  3 
CCJ  4282      Legal  Issues  in 

Corrections  3 

CCJ  4752      Legal  Research  3 

CCJ  5216      Criminal  Law  3 

CCJ  5235      Criminal  Procedure  3 

CCJ  5286      Comparative  Law  3 

Certificate  in  Public 
Management 

This  professional  certificate  program  will 
provide  students  witii  a  ttiorough  un$Jer- 
standing  of  ttie  managerial  concepts 
and  techniques  of  public  administration 
and  is  designed  particulariy  for  ttiose 
wfio  already  fiave  a  professional  field  of 
specialization. 

Admission  -''^ 

All  applicants  must  hold  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  an  accredited  college  or 
university.  Students  must  be  admitted  to 
the  [xogram  by  the  Program  Coordina- 
tor, whn  will  serve  as  ttieir  faculty  advi- 
sor. Admission  to  a  certificate  program 
does  not  ensure  admission  to  ttie  mas- 
ter's degree  in  Public  Administration 
(MPA)  program. 

Note:  Those  students  wfio  apply  for 
and  are  admitted  to  ttie  Master  of  Public 
Administration  degree  program  may 
fiave  Certificate  courses  credited  toward 
tiie  MPA  core.  However,  if  students 
fiave  enrolled  in  more  ttian  one  certifi- 
cate program,  a  maximum  of  15  semes- 


Graduate  Catalog 


School  of  Pul>(ic  Affairs  and  Services  / 189 


ter  hours  from  the  certificate  program 
may  be  accepted  into  the  MPA  program. 

All  certificate  applicants  will  be  en- 
couraged to  acquire  proficiency  in  the 
use  of  microcomputers  prior  to  initial  reg- 
istration. Applicants  without  this  profi- 
ciency may  wish  to  take  PAD  5716, 
Information  Systems  for  Public  Organi- 
zations, prior  to,  or  concurrent  with,  in- 
itial course  work. 

Program  of  Study:  (1 5) 

PAD  6053      Political,  Social,  and 

Economic  Context  of 

PA  3 

PAD  6 1 06     Organization  Theory  and 

Administrative 

Behavior  3 

PAD  6227     Public  Rnance  and  the 

Budgetary  Process  3 

PAD  641 7     Public  Personnel 

Administration  3 

PAD  5934     Contemporary  Issues  in 

Public  Administration         3 
Students  must  complete  their  pro- 
gram of  study  within  three  years  from 
the  date  of  admission  and  receive  no 
less  than  a  3.0  GPA 


Certificate  in  International 
Comparative  and  Development 
Administration 

This  program  is  intended  to  develop 
skills  and  techniques  for  use  by  officials 
involved  in  development  administration 
in  developing  and  newly  industrializing 
countries. 

Admission 

All  applteants  must  hold  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  an  accredited  college  or 
university.  Students  must  be  admitted  to 
the  program  by  the  Program  Coordina- 
tor, wtx)  will  also  serve  as  their  faculty 
advisor.  Admission  to  tfie  certificate  pro- 
gram does  not  ensure  admission  to  the 
master's  degree  in  Public  Administration 
(MPA)  program. 

/Vote;  Those  students  who  apply  for 
and  are  admitted  to  the  Master  of  Public 
Administration  degree  program  may 
have  Certificate  courses  credited  toward 
an  outside  specialization  in  International 
Comparative  and  Development  Admini- 
stration. However,  if  students  fiave  en- 
rolled In  more  than  one  certificate 
program,  a  maximum  of  15  semester 
hours  from  the  certificate  program  may 
be  accepted  into  the  MPA  program. 

Program  of  Study:  (15) 

The  follovflng  twra  courses  must  be 

taken: 

PAD  6836     International  Public 

Administration  3 


PAD  6838     Development 

Administration  3 

An  additional  course  from  the  depart- 
ment must  be  selected  from  ttie  follow- 
ing: 
PAD  6839     Comparative  Public 

Policy  3 

PAD  6225      Comparative  Public 

Budgeting  3 

One  course  must  be  taken  from  tfie 
following  offerings  of  the  College  of  Busi- 
ness: 
FIN  6626       International  Bank  Lending 

and  Practice  3 

FIN  6636       International  Force  3 

MAN  6603     Problems  in  Comparative 

Management  3 

One  course  must  be  taken  from  tiie 
following  offerings  of  the  Economics 
Department: 

ECS  4024      Economic  Planning  3 

ECS  5005     Comparative  Economic 

Systems  3 

ECS  5025      Economic  Problems  of 

Emerging  Nations  3 

Students  must  complete  their  pro- 
gram of  study  witiiin  three  years  from 
the  date  of  admission  and  receive  no 
less  tiian  a  3.0  GPA. 


Certificate  in  Human  Resource 
Policy  and  Management 

Human  Resource  Policy  and  Manage- 
ment is  designed  to  give  graduate  stu- 
dents a  range  of  policy-analytic  and 
management  skills.  It  provides  training 
in  alternative  personnel  systems,  (civil 
service,  collective  bargaining,  privatiza- 
tion and  conti-acting  out),  personnel 
techniques  for  productivity  improve- 
ment, current  issues,  and  ethics  and  pro- 
fessionalism. This  certificate 
emphasizes  the  application  of  behav- 
ioral science  concepts  and  techniques 
to  employers  in  a  multi-cultural  context. 

Admission 

All  applicants  must  hold  a  baccalau- 
reate degree  from  an  accredited  college 
or  university.  Students  must  be  admitted 
to  the  program  by  thte  Program  Coordi- 
nator, who  will  also  serve  as  their  faculty 
advisor.  Admission  to  a  certificate  pro- 
gram does  not  ensure  admission  to  the 
master's  degree  in  Public  Administration 
(MPA)  program. 

A/ofe;  Those  students  who  apply  for 
and  are  admitted  to  ttie  Master  of  Public 
Administration  degree  program  may 
have  Certificate  courses  credited  toward 
an  outside  specialization  in  Human  Re- 
source Policy  and  Management.  How- 
ever, if  students  fiave  enrolled  in  more 
than  one  certificate  program,  a  maxi- 


mum of  15  semester  hours  from  the  cer- 
tificate program  may  be  accepted  into 
tfie  MPA  program. 

Program  of  Study:  (15) 

The  following  course  is  required: 
PAD  641 7     Public  Personnel 

Administration  3 

Four  of  tfie  following  ten  courses 
must  be  taken  to  complete  tfie  certifi- 
cate. 
PAD  5427     Collective  Bargaining  and 

tfie  Public  Sector  3 

PAD  54 1 7     Social  Equity  and  Human 

Resource  Management  3 
PAD  5363  Productivity  Improvement  3 
PAD  6109     Organizational 

Development  and 

Change  3 

PAD  5435     Administrator  and  tfie 

Role  of  Women  3 

PAD  5043     Government  and  Minority 

Group  Relations  3 

PAD  6437      Dynamics  of  Individual 

Growtii  3 

PAD  641 9     Seminar  in  Applied  Public 

Personnel  Systems  3 

PAD  6436      Professionalism  and 

Ethics  3 

PAD  56 1 6      Contracting  and  Managing 

Third  Party 

Governments  3 

Students  must  complete  their  pro- 
gram of  study  witfiin  three  years  from 
tfie  date  of  admission  and  receive  no 
less  tfian  3.0  GPA. 
OpUonal  Courses:  (One  needed) 
PAD  6056     The  Practice  of  Public 

Management  3 

PAD  5934     Contemporary  Issues  in 

Public  Administration         3 
Students  must  complete  tfieir  pro- 
gram of  study  witfiin  three  years  from 
tfie  date  of  admission  and  receive  no 
less  tfian  a  3.0  GPA. 

Certificate  in  Public  Personnel 
Management  and  Labor 
Relations 

Public  Personnel  Management  and  La- 
bor Relations  are  one  of  tfie  fastest 
growing  fields  in  public  administration  to- 
day. 

Supervisors  need  a  knowledge  of  hu- 
man relations  to  work  well  witfi  empkiy- 
ees  and  clients  in  a  multi-etfmic  society. 
Personnel  managers  need  to  know  tww 
to  design  and  improve  human  resource 
management  activities  as  well  as  how  to 
bargain  collectively  and  resolve  griev- 
ances. 

Tfie  Certificate  Program  goes  be- 
yond tfie  tracStional  areas  of  interview- 


190  /  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  Services 


Graduate  Catalog 


ing,  hiring,  and  salary  schedules  to  ex- 
plore the  effective  utilization  of  human 
resources  in  public  agencies  by  provid- 
ing both  a  philosophical  framewori<  and 
opportunities  for  knowledge  and  skills  in 
the  critical  field  of  Personnel  Manage- 
ment. 

Admission 

All  applicants  must  hold  a  h)acx:alaureate 
degree  from  an  accredited  college  or 
university.  Students  must  be  admitted  to 
tfie  program  by  the  Program  Coordina- 
tor, wtx)  will  also  serve  as  their  faculty 
advisor.  Admission  to  a  certificate  pro- 
gram does  not  ensure  admission  to  the 
master's  degree  in  Public  Administration 
(MPA)  program. 

Note:  Those  students  who  apply  for 
and  are  admitted  to  tiie  Master  of  Public 
Administration  degree  program  may 
have  Certificate  courses  credited  toward 
the  Track  II  specialization  in  Public  Per- 
sonnel Management  and  Labor  Rela- 
tions. However,  if  students  hiave 
enrolled  in  more  than  one  certificate  pro- 
gram, a  maximum  of  15  semester  hours 
from  the  certificate  program  may  be  ac- 
cepted into  MPA  program. 

Program  of  Study:  (15  semester 
hours) 

PAD  5427      Collective  Bargaining  in 

the  Public  Sector  3 

PAD  641 7      Public  Personnel 

Administration  3 

PAD  641 9      Seminar  in  Applied  Public 

Personnel  Management    3 
PAD  6437     Dynamics  of  Individual 

Growth  3 

Optional  Courses  (one  needed) 
PAD  5043      Government  and  Minority 

Group  Relations  3 

PAD  5435     Adm  inistrator  and  the 

Role  of  Women  3 

PAD  6 1 09     Organizational 

Development  and 

Change  3 

Students  must  complete  their  pro- 
gram of  study  within  three  years  from 
the  date  of  admittance  and  receive  no 
less  than  a  3.0  GPA. 


School  of  Public  Affairs 
and  Services 

Dean  Allan  Rosenbaum 

Associate  Dean      L  Yvonne  Bacarisse 
Director  of  Administration 
and  Budget  Manuel  Lorenzo 

Department  Directors: 
Criminal  Justice 
(Acting)  Raymond  Surette 


Health  Services 

Administration  David  Bergwall 

Public  Administration  Harvey  Averch 

Social  Woifc  Scott  Briar 


Faculty 

Ahern,  Melissa,  Ph.D.,  (Florida  State 
University),  Assistant  Professor, 
Health  Services  Administration 

Asltew,  Reubin,  Law  (University  of 
Rorida),  Distinguished  Visiting 
Professor,  Public  Administration 

Averch,  Harvey,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
North  Carolina),  Professor  and 
Director,  Public  Administration 

Bacarisse,  L.  Yvonne,  M.S.W., 
A.C.S.W.,  LC.S.W.  (Tulane 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Social  Work  and  Associate  Dean 

Baker,  Keith,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
California),  Associate  Professor, 
Public  Administration 

Becker,  Fred,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Oklahoma),  Associate  Professor, 
Health  Services  Administration 

Bergwall,  David,  D.B.A.  (George 
Washington  University).  Associate 
Professor  and  Director,  Health 
Services  Administration 

Briar,  Katharine  Hooper,  D.S.W., 
A.C.S.W.  (University  of  California, 
Berkeley),  Professor,  Social  Work 
and  Director,  FIU-HRSCYF 
Professional  Development  Centre 

Briar,  Scott,  D.S.W.,  A.C.S.W., 

(Columbia  University),  Professor  and 
Director,  Social  Work 
Carroll,  James,  Ph.D.  (fi4axwell  School, 
Syracuse  University),  J.  D. 
(Syracuse  University),  Professor, 
Public  Administration 
Clark,  Roberts.,  Ph.D.  (New  York 
University),  Professor,  Criminal 
Justice 
Deckard,  Gloria,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
hAissouri),  Assistant  Professor, 
Health  Services  Administration 
DIuhy,  Milan  J.,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
fvlichigan).  Professor,  Public 
Administration  and  Social  Work, 
Director,  Institute  of  Government 
Dunaye,  Thomas  M.  Dr.  P.H. 
(U.C.L.A.),  Professor,  Health 
Services  Administration 
Dunlop,  Burton,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Illinois),  Associate  Professor,  Health 
Services  Administration,  Research 
Director,  Southeast  Florida  Center 
on  Aging 
Foster,  Rosebud,  Ed.D.  (University  of 
Miami),  Professor,  Health  Services 
Administration 
Frank,  Howard,  Ph.D.  (Florida  State 
University),  Assistant  Professor  and 
MPA  Coordinator,  Public 
Administration 


Frankenhoff,  Charies,  Ph.D. 

(Georgetown  University),  Senior 
Lecturer,  Health  Services 
Administration 
Garcia-Zamor,  Jean-Claude,  Ph.D. 
(New  York  University),  Professor, 
Public  Administration 
Gan-ett,  James,  Ph.D,  A.C.S.W.  (St 
Louis  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Social  Work 
Gelber,  Seymour,  Ph.D.,  J.D.  (Florida 
State  University),  Distinguished 
Visiting  Professor  of  Juvenile 
Justice,  Criminal  Justice 
Gomez,  Manuel,  D.S.W.,  L.C.S.W. 
(New  Yori(  University),  Assistant 
Professor,  Social  Work 
Hayden,  Mary  Helen,  M.S.W., 

A.C.S.W.,  L.C.S.W.  (Florida  State 
University),  Assistant  Professor  and 
Director  of  Held  Instruction,  Social 
Work 
Jones,  Rosa  L,  M.S.W.,  A.C.S.W., 
LC.S.W.  (Florida  State  University), 
Associate  Professor,  Social  Work 
Klingner,  Donald,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Souttiern  California),  Professor, 
Public  Administration 
Kolevzon,  Michael  S.,  D.S.W. 

(University  of  California,  Berkeley), 
Professor,  Sodal  Work 
Koppel,  Monte  H.,  Ph.D.  (New  School 
for  Social  Research),  Professor, 
Social  Work 
Kravitz,  Sanfort  L,  Ph.D.,  A.C.S.W. 
(Brandeis  University),  Distinguished 
Professor,  Public  Affairs 
Lewis,  Ralph  G.,  Ed.D.  (Harvard 
University),  Associate  Professor, 
Public  Administration 
Lorenzo,  Manuei,  M.P.A.  (Rorida 
International  University),  Instructor, 
Public  Administration 
Loveless,  Stephen  C,  Ph.D. 
(Syracuse  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Public  Administration  and 
Ph.D.  Coordinator 
Marques,  Jose  A.,  M.S.W.,  A.C.S.W. 
(Barry  University),  Associate 
Professor,  Criminal  Justice 
Mendez,  Carmen,  M.P.A.  (Florida 
International  University),  Instructor, 
Public  Administration 
Meyers,  Robert  A.,  J.D.  (University  of 
Miami),  Assistant  Professor,  Public 
Administration 
Newman,  Frederick,  Ph.D.  (University 
of  Massachusetts),  Professor, 
Health  Services  Administration 
Pelaez,  Martha,  Ph.D.  (Tulane 

University),  Senior  Lecturer,  Health 
Services  Administration,  Associate 
Director,  Southeast  Rorida  Center 
on  Aging 
Querait,  Magaly,  Ph.D.  (University  of 
Miami),  Associate  Professor,  Social 
Work 


Graduate  Catalog 


Rosanbaum,  Allan,  Pti.D.  (University 

of  Chicago),  Professor,  Public 

Administration  and  IDean 
Rothman,  Max,  J.O.,LLM  (George 

WasNngton  University),  Senior 

Lecturer,  Healtfi  Services 

Administration,  Director,  Southeast 

Florida  Center  on  Aging 
Safford,  Florence,  D.S.W.  (Hunter 

College),  Assodate  Professor, 

Social  Work 
Salas,  Luis  P.,  J.D.  (Wake  Forest 

University),  Professor,  Criminal 

Justice,  birector,  Center  for  the 

Administration  of  Justice 
Sheam,  Reglna  B.,  Pti.D.  (Florida 

State  University),  Associate 

Professor,  Criminal  Justice 
Siddharlhan,  Krismaswaml,  Ph.D. 

(Carnegie-Mellon  University), 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  Services 

Administration 
Smith,  Betsy  A.,  Ph.D.  (State 

University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo), 

Associate  Professor,  Social  Work 
Snow,  Rotwrt  E.,  J.D.  (Florida  State 

University),  Associate  Professor, 

Criminal  Justice 
Sowers-Hoag,  Karen,  Ph.D.,  A.C.S.W. 

(Florida  State  University),  Assistant 

Professor,  Social  Work  and 

Coordinator,  Undergraduate  Program 
Surette,  Raymond,  Ph.D.  (Florida 

State  University),  Associate 

Professor,  and  Acting  Director 

Criminal  Justice 
Terry,  W.  Clinton,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

California),  Associate  Professor, 

Criminal  Justice 
White,  Vandon  E.,  Ph.D.  (Purdue 

University),  Professor,  Health 

Services  Admirvstration 
Wlltjanks,  William,  Ph.D.  (State 

University  of  New  York),  Professor, 

Criminal  Justice 
Yamold,  Bart>ara,  Ph.D.  (University  of 

Illinois).  J.D.  (DePaul  University), 

Assistant  Professor,  Public 

Administration 


School  of  Put>llc  Affairs  and  Services  / 191 


192  /  Campus  Map 


Graduate  Catalog 


i 


Graduate  Catalog 


Campus  Map  / 193 


\:>$^h        ■''.  [,■  ■■■" 


194 / Index 


Graduate  Catalog 


Index 

Academic  Affairs,  Office  of,  19 
Academic  Calendar,  2 
Academic  Programs,  6 
Academic  Degree  Requirements,  10 
Academic  Information,  General,  6 
Academic  Program  and  Course 

Regulations,  10 
Academic  Warning,  Probation, 

Dismissal,  12 
Accounting,  82 
Accreditation  and  Memterships, 

University,  6 
Add-On  Certification  Programs,  111 

Emotional  Disturtsances,  1 1 1 

Mental  Retardation,  1 1 1 

Guidance,  111 

ESOL,  122 

Specific  Learning  Disabilities,  111 
Admissions,  Office  of,  8,  22 

Admission  Procedure,  8 

Graduate,  8 

International  Students,  8 
Administration  and  Staff,  36 
Adult  Education,  104,  106 
AIDS  Policy,  26 
Annual  Estimate  of  Cost,  9 
Alumni  Affairs,  28 
Anttiropology,  70 
Art  Education,  1 1 6 
Art  Museum,  22 
Arts  and  Sciences,  College  of,  38 

Biological  Sciences,  38 

Chemistry,  41 

Computer  Sdence,  School  of,  43 

Creative  Writing,  45 

Economics,  46 

English,  49 

Geology,  50 

History,  53 

International  Relations,  55 

International  Studies,  55 

Journalism  &  Mass  Communication, 

School  of,  56 

Linguistics,  59 

Mathematics,  60 

Modem  Languages,  61 

Physics,  64 

Political  Science,  65 

Psychology,  66 

Sociology/Anthropology,  70 

Statistics,  72 

Visual  Arts,  73 

Faculty,  73 
Athletics,  Intercollegiate,  23 
Auxiliary  Services,  26 

Biological  Sciences,  38 
Board  of  Education,  State,  5 
Board  of  Regents,  5 
Broward  County  Programs,  6 
Business  Administration,  College  of,  80 


Accounting,  School  of,  82 

Decision  Sciences  &  Information 

Systems,  83 

Rnance,  83 

Management  and  International 

Business,  84 

Faculty,  100 
Business  Administration,  MBA,  80 
Business  Administration,  Ph.D.,  81 
Business  Core  Courses,  81 
Business  Education,  1 1 7 
Business  and  Finance,  Division  of,  26 

Campus  Ministry,  22 
Campuses,  University,  5 
Career  Planning  and  Placement,  22 
Cashiers,  18 

Centers  and  Institutes,  28 
Accounting,  Auditing  and  Tax 
Studies,  28 

Center  for  tfie  Administration  of 
Justice,  29 

Banking  and  Financial  Institutions,  29 

Drinking  Water  Research  Center,  30 

Economic  Research  and  Education, 

29 

Educational  Development,  Center 

for,  29 

Elders  Institute,  31 

English  Language  Institute,  31 

FAU-FIU  Joint  Center  for 

Environmental  and  Urtaan  Problems, 

31 

International  Institute  for  Housing 

and  Building,  32 

FlU  Institute  of  Government,  31 

Judaic  Studies,  32 

Labor  Research  and  Studies,  30 

Latin  American  and  Caribbean 

Center,  33 

Multilingual  and  Multicultural  Studies 

Center,  33 

Management  Development,  Center 

for,  30 

Public  Opinion  Research,  Center  for, 

33 

Public  Policy  and  Citizenship 

Studies,  32 

Small  Business  Development  Center, 

33 

Souttieast  Rorida  Center  on  Aging, 

34 

Women's  Studies  Center,  34 
Certificates,  7 

Accounting,  85 

Aging  Policy  and  Administratiog,  137 

Adult  Learning  Systems,  107 

Banking,  86 

Business  Education,  120 

Development  Administration  and 

Management,  187 

Educational  Leadership,  108 

Gerontology,  187 


Health  Occupations  Education,  120 
Human  Resource  Policy  and 
Management,  188 
International  Bank  Management,  86 
International  Business,  86 
International  Comparative  and 
Development  Administration,  189 
Justice  Administration  &  Policy 
Making,  188 

Law  and  Criminal  Justice,  188 
Occupational  Therapy,  1 63 
Public  Management,  188 
Public  Personnel  Management  & 
Labor  Relations,  189 
Reading  and  Language  Arts,  113 
Student  Media  Advising,  57 
Urhan  Education,  122 
Certification  Programs,  111,  114 
Chiange  of  Grade,  12 
Change  of  Major,  10 
Chemistry,  41 
Civil  Engineering,  138 
College/Major  Classification,  10 
Community  College  Teaching,  1 21 
Community  Counseling,  109 
Computer  Engineering,  144 
Computer  Science,  School  of,  43 
ConstiTjction  Management,  151 
Continuing  Education,  21 

Conferences  and  Short  Courses,  21 
Off-Campus  Programs,  21 
Weekend  Credit  Courses.  21 
Continuing  Education  Certificate 
Programs,  21 
Legal,  21 

Marketing  Communications,  21 
Realtors  and  Brokers,  21 
Travel  Agents,  21 
Video  Production,  21 
Counseling  Services,  25 
Courses 

Drop/Add,  1 1 

Forgiveness  Policy  (Repeated),  12 
RegisttBtion,  1 1 
Course  Numbering  System, 
Statewide,  34 
Creative  Writing,  45 
Credit  by  Examination,  12 
Criminal  Justice,  173 
Cumculum  and  Insti'uction,  106, 119 

Decision  Sciences,  83 
Design,  School  of,  151 
Development,  Office  of,  28 
Dietetics  and  Nutrition,  158 
Disabled  Student  Sendees,  23 
Dismissal,  Academic,  12 
Drinking  Water  Research  Center,  30, 
156 

Eariy  Childfiood  Education,  1 1 2 
Economics,  46 
Education,  College  of,  103 

Educational  Leadership  and  Policy 

Studies,  104 


Graduate  Catalog 

Educational  Psychology  and  Special 

Education,  108 

Elementary  Education,  1 1 1 

Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation,  114 

Middle,  Secondary  and  Vocational 

Education,  115 

Urtian,  Multicultural  and  Community 

Education,  120 

Faculty,  136 
Educational  Administration,  107 
Educational  Leadership,  105 
Educational  Psychology,  108 
Electrical  Engineering,  142 
Elementary  Education,  111 
Engineering,  School  of,  138 
Engineering  and  Design,  College  of,  138 

Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering, 

138 

Construction  Management,  151 

Electrical  and  Computer 

Engineering,  142 

Industrial  and  Systems  Engineering, 

147 

Landscape  Architecture  and 

Architectural  Studies,  154 

Mechanical  Engineering,  148 

Faculty,  156 
English,  49 

English  Education,  1 16 
English  Language  Institute,  31 
Enrollment  Support  Services,  23 
Environmental  Health  &  Safety,  27 
Environmental  Engineering,  138 
Environmental  and  Urtaan  Systems,  139 
Equal  Opportunity  Programs,  26 
Exceptional  Student  Education,  110 
Exercise  Physiology,  114 

Fees,  18 

Rnal  Examinations,  12 
Rnance,  83 
Rnancial  Aid,  1 4,  23 

Application  Procedures,  16 

Grants  and  Scholarships,  16 

Loans,  14 

Refunds,  15,  17 

Repayments,  15, 17 
Fbrida  Educational  Equity  Act,  26 
Forgiveness  Policy,  12 

General  Information,  5 

Geology,  50 

Gifted  Education,  114 

Graduate  Studies,  Division  of,  20 

Grade  Reports,  12 

Grading  System,  1 1 

Graduation  Application,  12 

Grants  and  Scholarships,  16 

GRE.8 

Greek  Organizations,  23 

GMAT.S 

Health  Center,  25 
Health  Education,  1 14 


Health  Occupations  Education,  118 
Health  Services  Administration,  1 74 
Health,  College  of,  158 

Dietetics  and  Nutrition,  158 

Medical  Laboratory  Sciences,  160 

Occupational  Tfierapy,  162 

Physical  Therapy,  166 

Public  Health,  159,  164 

Faculty,  167 
Hispanic  Studies,  61 
History,  53 

Home  Economics  Education,  118 
Hospitality  Management,  School  of,  169 

Faculty,  171 
Housing,  25 

Immunization,  1 1 

Incomplete  Grade,  12 

Independent  Study  by  Correspondence, 

22 
Industrial  Engineering,  147 
Information  Resource  Management 

(IRM),  27 
Instructional  Media  Services,  20 
Intercollegiate  Athletics,  23 
Internal  Management  Auditing,  26 
International  Admissions,  8 
International  Business,  84 
International  Development  Education, 

105 
International  Relations,  55 
International  Student  Services,  24 
International  Studies,  55 
International  Students,  8 

Journalism,  57 

Landscape  Architecture  &  Architectural 

Studies,  154 
Legal  Affairs,  Office  of,  27 
Legal  Certificate  Program,  21 
Libraries,  20 
Linguistics,  59 

Management,  84 

Management  Information  System,  83 

Maps,  Campus,  192 

Mass  Communication,  56 

Mathematics  Education,  116 

Mathematics,  60 

Mechcinical  Engineering,  148 

Media  Relations,  28 

Medical  Laboratory  Sciences,  160 

Minority  Student  Services,  24 

Modem  Languages,  61 

Modem  Language  Education,  1 1 6 

Music  Education,  116 

Non-Degree  Seeking  Students,  10 
North  Miami  Budget  Resource 
Managment,  27 

Occupational  Therapy,  162 
Off-Campos  Courses,  21 
Orientation,  24 


index  / 195 


Parks  and  Recreation  Management,  114 

Personnel  Relations,  27 

Physical  Education,  1 1 4 

Physical  Plant,  27 

Physics,  64 

Physical  Therapy,  166 

Political  Science,  65 

Precollegiate  Programs,  24 

Probation,  Academic,  12 

Professional  Education  for  Realtors  and 

Brokers,  21 
Professional  Travel  Agents  Certifteate, 

21 
Psychology,  66 
Public  Affairs  and  Services,  School  of, 

172 

Criminal  Justice,  173 

Health  Services  Administration,  174 

Public  Administration,  178 

Social  Wort<,  183 

Faculty,  190 
Public  Health,  163,  167 
Public  Relations,  57 
Public  Safety,  24 
Publications,  28 
Purchasing  Services,  27 

Reading,  113 

Refunds,  Fees,  15,  17 

Registration  and  Records,  Office  of,  10, 

24 
Residency,  Ffcsrida,  14 

Scholarships,  16 
School  Counseling,  109 
School  Psychology,  109 
Science  Education,  116 
Sexual  Harassment  Policy,  26 
Social  Stijdies  Education,  1 17 
Social  Wori^  183 
Sociology,  70 
Southeast  Rorida  Educational 

Consortium,  6 
Soutfieast  Regional  Data  Center 

(SERDAC),  28 
Special  Education  Programs,  109 
Sponsored  Research  and  Training,  22 
Sports  Management,  115 
Statewide  Course  Numt)ering  System, 

34 
Statistics,  72 
Student  Activities,  24 
Student  Affairs,  Office  of,  22 
StiJdent  Classification,  10 
Stijdent  Government  Association,  25 
Student  Judicial  Affairs,  25 
StiJdent  Records,  1 3 
Student  Union,  25 

Taxation,  83 

Technical  Educatton,  1 18 
Technology  Education,  1 18 
Telecommunications,  Office  of,  28 
Teleplione  Registration,  11 
Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of  Other 
Languages  (TESOL),  121 


1 96  /  Index  Graduate  Catalog 

TOEFL,  8 
Transcripts,  13 

Undergraduate  Studies,  Office  of,  1 9 
University  Budget  Planning  Office,  28 
University  Computer  Services,  27 
University  Events,  28 
University  Offldats,  5 
University  Pfiyslcal  Planning,  27 
University  Relations  and  Development, 

28 
University  Relations,  28 
Urban  Education,  121 

Veteran's  Affairs,  13 

Visual  Arts,  73 

Vocational  Education/Administration  and 

Supervision,  117 
Vocational  Home  Economics  Education, 

118 
Vocational  Industrial  Education,  119 
Vocational  andTecfinical  Education 

Leadership,  119 

Warning,  Academic,  12 
Withdrawal,  Student,  1 1 


Florida  International  University 

University  Park 

Miami,  Florida    33199 

Nortli  IVIiami  Campus 

Nortin  Miami,  Florida    33181 

Broward  Center 

at  Broward  Community  College/Central  Campus 

Building  12 

3501  SW  Davie  Road 

Davie,  Florida    33314 

University  Tower 

220  SE  2nd  Avenue 

Room  822 

Fort  Lauderdale,  Florida   33301